--- START: index.md --- The fast lane to AI-ready data ================================ Create governed, reusable data products from a single prompt. Get started Book a demo ### Smart companies making their data AI-ready with Peaka        One platform for governed enterprise data ----------------------------------------- Peaka unifies scattered data, lets teams query it in natural language, and adds the semantic and governance layers needed to securely power AI applications.  CORE CAPABILITIES Built to unify, define, and govern enterprise data -------------------------------------------------- Peaka provides the data foundation needed to power your AI initiatives. 1 Data Integration ### Zero-copy data integration * 300+ pre-built connectors for SaaS tools, databases, and APIs * Federated query capability to query data wherever it is * Materialization and caching on Iceberg   2 Semantic Layer ### One source of truth for every team * Reusable data products that can power reporting, analytics, and AI projects * Data dictionary and shared terminology to align teams on meaning and standardize metrics * End-to-end lineage to show where data comes from and how it changes   3 Security ### Granular access controls * Permission-based discovery so users only see what they are authorized to see * Governance that supports accountable ownership, access, and usage * Secure AI access at the data product level to accelerate AI initiatives without compromising control   ### Flexibility Get the most out of your existing stack and build new integrations   API to SQL Treat every data source like a relational database. Convert any API to a table, and blend and join it with your other data sources.  NoSQL to SQL Use the familiar SQL to run queries in NoSQL databases. Retrieve data from both SQL and NoSQL databases utilizing the same skill set.  SQL to API Query and filter your consolidated data to form new data sets. Expose them with APIs to serve other apps and systems. ### SAVINGS ON COST AND TIME Build your data stack in minutes instead of months       Build a Data Team  Create Data Models  Buy a Data Warehouse  Build ETL Pipelines     Build a Data Team  Create Data Models  Buy a Data Warehouse  Build ETL Pipelines    Do not get bogged down in scripts and logs while setting up your data stack. Eliminate the burden of building, managing, and maintaining ETL pipelines. Get rid of the time-consuming data preparation and transformation processes in your data integration process. Cut operational and maintenance costs as you remove the need for costly data engineering teams ### Data Democratization Do more with less  Stripe  MySQL  Sendgrid  Google Sheets  Slack  Zendesk  Mailchimp  Hubspot  Github  JIRA  PostgreSQL  Intercom  Airtable  Self-service Integration Leverage a wide range of ready-made connectors to pull in data from the most popular SaaS tools with one click.  Generate SQL with AI Use AI to save up to 50 percent of the time you would otherwise spend on SQL-related tasks. Write queries faster and minimize errors.  Share Your Insights Make data readily available to business users at your organization without investing in complicated systems or overwhelming your engineers. Built with security in mind --------------------------- Peaka adheres to the best practices in information security. Our SOC 2 Type 1 & Type 2 reports attest to our commitment to the security, confidentiality, and privacy of user data. [Trust Center ](https://trust.peaka.com/)  [ Actioner](https://actioner.com/) Maintaining our data pipeline drained our budget without providing value. Peaka’s cutting-edge zero-ETL replaced our nightly batch ingestion with real-time data without the ETL and maintenance hassle.  Emel Dogrusoz Head of Product [](/testimonials) [ Machinery Partner](https://popupsmart.com/) Our small tech team needed an easy-to-use data solution. Peaka was the perfect fit as it allowed us to unify data across sources and create essential reports without the need for a costly data warehouse or a full data team.  Daniel Henrique Engineering Lead [](/testimonials) [ Hop](https://hoplagit.com/) We were able to allocate 70% of our developers' time back to them by reducing back-and-forth conversations about pulling and interpreting reports on complex datasets. What Figma did for designers, Peaka did for our business teams.  Ahmet Bati Co-Founder / CTO [](/testimonials) [ Onewell](https://onewell.org/) Our business operates across multiple states and engages with various legislations and third-party apps. Peaka’s adaptability effectively meets all our data challenges in this complex environment.  Bailey Carey Executive Vice President [](/testimonials) [ Popupsmart](https://popupsmart.com/) We’ve discovered that 80% of the tools we use for our data stack have rigged pricing models. Instead of deploying $100,000s towards overhyped systems, Peaka allows us to maximize our data’s potential for much less.  Emre Elbeyoglu Chief Executive Officer [](/testimonials) ### Partners in connectivity We partner with some of the trendsetters in the tech industry to give users new capabilities and a better experience.      Join our community ------------------ Engaging discussions, knowledge, and ideas to build your next product. [ Twitter](https://twitter.com/peakacom)[ Newsletter](https://peaka.substack.com/)           See for yourself how Peaka simplifies data management ------------------------------------------------------- Try for free  --- START: about/about.md --- What Peaka does =============== Peaka is a ‘logical data warehouse,’ to use Gartner’s terminology. We are a platform that merges disparate data sources into a single data layer, letting you join & blend them, query them using SQL or natural language, and expose your data to outside users through APIs. We offer people and organizations an affordable alternative to the capital-intensive and overly complex data integration solutions in the market. ###### Peaka’s Mission To democratize data integration for organizations of all sizes and means.  ###### Peaka’s Vision We envision becoming an all-in-one platform for data access, integration, and utilization while offering the most user-friendly system.  Principles we live by  Simplicity and abstraction While managing a sophisticated data stack, users will not need to know the details of the data architecture. The data architecture will be fluid and dynamic and will be continuously and automatically migrated to the best available option according to the usage patterns.  Customer success as the best way of selling a product We will always ensure that our customers get the best out of our platform and succeed in their jobs.  Optimal performance Managing a dynamic data architecture will not always allow for the best-in-class performance. However, our customers will always get the optimal performance from our systems.  Fair pricing We will always charge according to the usage and the value we create. We will not abuse any situation. OUR STORY The journey of a tight-knit group of experienced tech leaders and young, ambitious developers willing to tackle unsolved problems. 2021  “No-code” beginnings Headquartered in Palo Alto, California, Peaka was founded at the beginning of 2021 as Code2, a no-code application platform with a drag-and-drop visual interface for developing fully-functional customer-facing web apps. The company set out to lower technical barriers for people without coding knowledge. 2022  Discovering the real problem Code2 found success by serving thousands of customers over a short period of time. However, the true pain point for users turned out to be bringing their data together. This prompted our founder and CEO Mustafa Sakalsız to look for an innovative solution to the data integration problem startups and SMBs had. 2023  A novel approach With this change in focus, Code2 was rebranded as Peaka at the beginning of 2023 and launched its data integration platform in June. Using the data virtualization technique and a host of connectors and APIs to unify data and expose it to other data consumers, the platform simplifies the data integration process for users, helping them save money and precious engineering hours. --- START: airbyte-embedded-vs-peaka-embedded/airbyte-embedded-vs-peaka-embedded.md --- --- START: api/overview.md --- The Peaka Partner API is a powerful gateway that lets you seamlessly integrate Peaka's features into your own applications and services. With secure access provided through a unique API key, you can leverage the full potential of Peaka's capabilities to enhance your user experience and streamline operations. **Resources:** [OpenAPI specification](https://www.peaka.com/api/peaka-openapi.json) · [Postman Collection](https://www.postman.com/peaka-api/peaka-api/collection/znssuf9/partner-api) ## Key Features - **Secure Authentication**: Access the API with confidence using the apiKey provided by Peaka, ensuring secure and authorized interactions. - **Robust Functionality**: Utilize a wide range of functions, from data retrieval to executing complex operations, all tailored to meet diverse integration needs. - **Real-Time Data Access**: Retrieve up-to-the-minute information to keep your services synchronized with the latest developments within Peaka. - **Customizable Integration**: Tailor the API's extensive features to fit your platform's specific requirements, providing a personalized experience for your users. - **Scalability**: Designed to handle requests at scale, the Peaka Partner API can accommodate growing traffic as your business expands. - **Dedicated Support**: Benefit from Peaka's dedicated support for API integration and usage. ## Getting Started - **API Key Activation**: Create your unique apiKey from the Developer section in Peaka Studio, following the [Partner API Key management guide](https://www.peaka.com/docs/cookbook/how-to-manage-partner-api-key). This key is essential for all API requests. - **Documentation**: Comprehensive documentation is provided to guide you through the integration process, detailing available endpoints, request/response formats, and best practices. ## Support and Assistance Our dedicated team is available to assist you throughout the integration process and beyond. Should you have any questions or require technical support, please reach out to our support channel. --- START: automate/automate.md --- Automate ======== Repetitive work? A breeze when you have smart workflows -------------------------------------------------------  Focus on what you love doing. Automate everything else. -------------------------------------------------------  Eliminate manual work from processes. Minimize the risk of human error and lost time during handoff. Accelerate execution.  Save hundreds of staff hours every week that would otherwise be spent on routine tasks.   Your back-end and front-end actions streamlined for you -------------------------------------------------------  Minimize the gap between your front-end and back-end right out of the gate without the need for any external tools.  Harmonize your back-end and front-end actions for a seamless integration.   Set your triggers once and let Peaka handle the rest ----------------------------------------------------  Set triggers to automatically send notifications, create new records, or update tables every time you edit a data entry.  Identify the actions you want to be taken upon certain user behavior, and leave it to Peaka to move prospects through the marketing funnel for you.  Explore Peaka and see how you can bring your SaaS data together Sign Up for Free Let’s talk! Let us walk you through Peaka. Contact us for more information. Submit --- START: cdata-vs-peaka-embedded/cdata-vs-peaka-embedded.md --- --- START: blog/blog.md --- [ Data January 08, 2024 Why Zero-ETL is the Modern Data Stack for Startups -------------------------------------------------- A discussion of how the modern data stack fails startups and why zero-ETL may be the solution to the data integration pains of these companies.  M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) Most Popular [ Peaka’s Provet Cloud Connector: How to Extend Your Vet CRM 7 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/provet-cloud-connector/) [ How to Simplify Post-M&A Data Migration Projects 17 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-migration-post-merger/) [ Data Migration in Healthcare: Challenges and Best Practices 13 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/healthcare-data-migration/) [ SaaStock USA 2024: Peaka Back in Austin 5 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saastock-usa-2024/) [ How to Choose the Right Data Migration Method 13 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-migration-methods/) [ From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture 11 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/) [ Why Zero-ETL is the Modern Data Stack for Startups 15 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) [ What is the Modern Data Stack? 7 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-the-modern-data-stack/) [ What is a Logical Data Warehouse? 11 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/logical-data-warehouse/) [ The Ultimate Guide to Key SaaS Metrics that Move the Needle 19 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-growth-metrics/) [ Top SaaS KPIs Sales Teams Should Track in 2026 20 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-sales-kpis/) [ How to Create One-Click Reports with HubSpot and Stripe 8 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/integrations-hubspot-stripe/) [ Data Virtualization with a No-code Touch 6 min read](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) Latest Updates -------------- All Categories Agile Software Development AI API Book Review Comparison Complementary Software Connectors & Integrations Dashboards Data Data Marketplace Digital Transformation Embedded Peaka Freelancing Fundraising Guest Author How to Human Resource Management Innovation Low-code Manufacturing Micro SaaS Network Effects No-code Open-source Podcasts Product-led Growth SaaS Analytics ServiceTitan ServiceTitan Reporting Cookbook Startups Subscription Business Model Templates Tips Vibe Coding Web 3.0  [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-infrastructure-for-ai-agents/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) August 03, 2026 [ AI-Ready vs. Traditional Data Infrastructure -------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-infrastructure-for-ai-agents/) BI-ready and AI-ready data aren't the same thing. Here's why most enterprise data infrastructure fails AI agents, and what to fix first..  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/access-control-ai-agents/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) July 28, 2026 [ Fine-Grained vs. Coarse-Grained Access Control for AI Agents ------------------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/access-control-ai-agents/) Every access control model trades simplicity for precision. See how RBAC, ABAC, and row-level policy stack up, and where a federated query layer fits in.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/rbac-ai-agents/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) July 21, 2026 [ Why Role-Based Access Control Breaks Down for AI Agents ------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/rbac-ai-agents/) Role-based access control assumes stable identities and stable tasks. AI agents break both. Here's why permissions need to move to the query level.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-access-governance/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) July 14, 2026 [ Data Access Governance: Framework, Risks, and Tools --------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-access-governance/) What is data access governance, and why is it suddenly urgent? A breakdown of the framework, the AI-driven risks, and what a real audit trail requires.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/ai-data-governance-metadata/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) July 07, 2026 [ How Metadata Enables AI Data Governance at Scale ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/ai-data-governance-metadata/) AI agents query data differently than humans do. See the five metadata types your stack needs for secure, auditable AI data governance.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-data-governance-fails-for-ai-agents/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) June 30, 2026 [ AI Agents Break Data Governance: 5 Reasons Why ---------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-data-governance-fails-for-ai-agents/) AI agents query at runtime, across sources, on someone else's behalf. Traditional data governance wasn't built for that. Here's where it breaks.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/ai-ready-data-for-ai-agents/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) June 03, 2026 [ Clean Data vs. AI-Ready Data: What AI Agents Actually Need ---------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/ai-ready-data-for-ai-agents/) Clean data is for human analysts. AI agents need self-describing, fresh, and governed at the query surface. Here's what that looks like.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/ai-data-governance-framework/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) May 12, 2026 [ AI Data Governance: A Framework for Enterprise Teams ---------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/ai-data-governance-framework/) Traditional data governance breaks when LLMs and agents enter the stack. Here are the eight controls — from query-time access to output redaction — that actually hold up.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-ai-ready-data/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) May 05, 2026 [ What Is AI-Ready Data? ---------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-ai-ready-data/) A practical definition of AI-ready data, its 8 must-have properties, the myths to ignore (vector DBs, warehouse rip-and-replace), and a checklist to score your stack.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-warehouse-limitations-ai/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [AI](https://www.peaka.com/category/ai/) April 28, 2026 [ Why Data Warehouses Aren’t Enough in the AI Era ----------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-warehouse-limitations-ai/) Data warehouses were built for static schemas and slow-changing questions. AI breaks both assumptions. Here's why a dynamic federated query layer fits the era.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-product-vs-dataset/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Data Marketplace](https://www.peaka.com/category/data-marketplace/) January 28, 2026 [ Data Products vs. Datasets: What “Productizing” Data Means ---------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-product-vs-dataset/) Learn the difference between data products and datasets, plus a minimum spec for banks and insurers to publish trusted, governed data in a marketplace.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-marketplace-vs-data-catalog/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Data Marketplace](https://www.peaka.com/category/data-marketplace/) January 21, 2026 [ Data Marketplace vs Data Catalog: What’s the Difference? -------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-marketplace-vs-data-catalog/) Should you use a data catalog or a data marketplace? Learn how data marketplaces differ from data catalogs and when you need both to govern your data.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-a-data-product-marketplace/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Data Marketplace](https://www.peaka.com/category/data-marketplace/) January 19, 2026 [ What Is a Data Product Marketplace? ----------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-a-data-product-marketplace/) Discover how banks and insurance companies can publish trusted data products with shared definitions, access controls, and audit-ready governance.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-mistakes-customer-facing-analytics/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Embedded Peaka](https://www.peaka.com/category/embedded-peaka/) May 19, 2025 [ Top Mistakes Made While Embedding Customer-Facing Analytics ----------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-mistakes-customer-facing-analytics/) Embedding a BI capability inside your product can be quite a challenge. We take a look at the top 6 mistakes SaaS teams make while chasing this goal.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/embedded-bi-tools-for-saas/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Embedded Peaka](https://www.peaka.com/category/embedded-peaka/) May 05, 2025 [ Why SaaS Needs Embedded BI for Customer-Facing Analytics -------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/embedded-bi-tools-for-saas/) Learn how modern SaaS companies can embed customer-facing analytics inside their products—without building complex data infrastructure.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/announcement-soc-2-type-2/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) March 13, 2025 [ Peaka’s SOC 2 Type 2 Milestone and Why It Matters ------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/announcement-soc-2-type-2/) Achieving SOC 2 Type 2 compliance is an important milestone for a B2B company. Read on to learn what this means for Peaka and our users.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-data-integration-tools/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) October 28, 2024 [ Top 10 Data Integration Tools in 2026 (Reviewed & Compared) ----------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-data-integration-tools/) Avoid buyer’s remorse with this detailed comparison of top data integration platforms. Learn about their pros, cons, and pricing plans before you commit.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Connectors & Integrations](https://www.peaka.com/category/connectors-integrations/) September 23, 2024 [ Reveal What Your Data Has to Tell with Tableau Integration ---------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/) Peaka’s Tableau integration combines innovative data integrations with dazzling data visualization capabilities.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Connectors & Integrations](https://www.peaka.com/category/connectors-integrations/) September 10, 2024 [ Simplify Data Visualization with Looker Studio Integration ---------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/) Peaka’s Looker Studio integration allows even non-technical users to turn their data into visualizations without hassle.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Connectors & Integrations](https://www.peaka.com/category/connectors-integrations/) August 09, 2024 [ Power BI Integration for Better Business Intelligence ----------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/) With Peaka’s Power BI integration, you can pull in and join data from distributed sources, turn your data into reports, and share it with others.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Connectors & Integrations](https://www.peaka.com/category/connectors-integrations/) July 29, 2024 [ Elevate Data Visualization with Apache Superset™ Integration ------------------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/) Peaka’s Apache Superset™ integration allows this platform to pull in and visualize data from a wider range of data sources, including SaaS tools.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Connectors & Integrations](https://www.peaka.com/category/connectors-integrations/) July 19, 2024 [ Visualize Your Data with Peaka’s Metabase Integration ----------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/) With Peaka’s Metabase integration, you can connect Metabase to more data sources, including SaaS tools, and turn your unified data into visualizations.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/provet-cloud-connector/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Connectors & Integrations](https://www.peaka.com/category/connectors-integrations/) July 09, 2024 [ Peaka’s Provet Cloud Connector: How to Extend Your Vet CRM ---------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/provet-cloud-connector/) Peaka’s new connector for Provet Cloud, a vet practice management software, extends this platform to integrate with all data sources at your disposal.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-migration-post-merger/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) June 24, 2024 [ How to Simplify Post-M&A Data Migration Projects ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-migration-post-merger/) A detailed analysis of post-M&A data migration projects, their challenges, current best practices, and how data virtualization can help simplify them.  M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka / Prolific Polemicist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/healthcare-data-migration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) June 10, 2024 [ Data Migration in Healthcare: Challenges and Best Practices ----------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/healthcare-data-migration/) A deep dive into data migration in healthcare, challenges involved in data migration projects, and best practices to follow.  Yuliya Melnik Peaka / Guest Author [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saastock-usa-2024/) [Startups](https://www.peaka.com/category/startups/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) May 06, 2024 [ SaaStock USA 2024: Peaka Back in Austin --------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saastock-usa-2024/) Find out about our lessons learned from SaaStock USA 2023 and what you can expect to see from Peaka in this year’s event.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-migration-methods/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) April 29, 2024 [ How to Choose the Right Data Migration Method --------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-migration-methods/) Discover what data migration is used for, the benefits it offers, the challenges involved, along with the most popular data migration methods.  Harikrishna Kundariya Peaka / Guest Author [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/startups-connector-infrastructure/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) [Startups](https://www.peaka.com/category/startups/) [Tips](https://www.peaka.com/category/tips/) April 22, 2024 [ Why You Must Focus on Your Connector Infrastructure in 2026 ----------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/startups-connector-infrastructure/) As each company uses a different tech stack, building an integration infrastructure has become a must for businesses. Here’s how you can get started.  Kerem Koçer Peaka / Founders' Associate [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-data-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) April 15, 2024 [ What Is Data Integration? ------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-data-integration/) Data integration allows you to easily combine various data sources to make informed decisions, improve efficiency, and gain a competitive edge.  Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/best-enterprise-data-warehouse/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) April 01, 2024 [ How to Choose the Best Enterprise Data Warehouse ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/best-enterprise-data-warehouse/) To choose the best enterprise data warehouse, consider your requirements. Evaluate the pros and cons of cloud and on-premise deployment.  Lily McFadden Peaka / Tech Evangelist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/product-hunt-launch-b2b-saas/) [Startups](https://www.peaka.com/category/startups/) [Tips](https://www.peaka.com/category/tips/) March 25, 2024 [ How to Launch on Product Hunt as a B2B SaaS Tool ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/product-hunt-launch-b2b-saas/) SaaS gurus think that a Product Hunt launch does not justify the time and effort needed from B2B companies. Here’s why our experience says otherwise.  Kerem Koçer Peaka / Founders' Associate [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-data-replication-strategies/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) March 11, 2024 [ Top 8 Data Replication Strategies to Try in 2026 ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-data-replication-strategies/) Try these data replication strategies to make better business decisions. Automatically transfer pertinent information to easily compare and analyze data.  Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/automated-data-processing-to-scale/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) February 19, 2024 [ How to Boost Scalability with Automated Data Processing ------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/automated-data-processing-to-scale/) Automated data processing compiles, analyzes, and shares data, making your company more efficient by freeing up your time to handle critical tasks.  Lily McFadden Peaka / Tech Evangelist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/how-to-get-started-with-customer-360/) [Startups](https://www.peaka.com/category/startups/) [Tips](https://www.peaka.com/category/tips/) February 12, 2024 [ How to Get Started with Customer 360 ------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/how-to-get-started-with-customer-360/) Most founders are unaware of the need to establish a pipeline for analyzing and cross-referencing engagement data. We've offered a modern alternative.  Kerem Koçer Peaka / Founders' Associate [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) February 05, 2024 [ From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture -------------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/) Explore the evolution of data integration architecture, from traditional ETL to real-time, event-driven models.  Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-zero-etl/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) January 30, 2024 [ How to Get Started with Zero-ETL -------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-zero-etl/) Zero-ETL eliminates time-consuming ETL processes, making data access and analysis easier than ever before.  Lily McFadden Peaka / Tech Evangelist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/best-saas-analytics-tools/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) January 23, 2024 [ Top SaaS Analytics Platforms: What to Use and Why It Matters ------------------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/best-saas-analytics-tools/) Explore the best 25+ SaaS BI and analytics tools. Learn how they give you visibility into customer journeys, product usage, and financial performance.  Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/customer-success-misinterpretation/) [Startups](https://www.peaka.com/category/startups/) [Tips](https://www.peaka.com/category/tips/) January 16, 2024 [ How Founders Should Approach Customer Support --------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/customer-success-misinterpretation/) Many founders neglect lean principles while interacting with customers, often focusing too much on customer support. We’ve explored a healthier way.  Kerem Koçer Peaka / Founders' Associate [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/pre-pmf-frameworks/) [Startups](https://www.peaka.com/category/startups/) [Tips](https://www.peaka.com/category/tips/) December 29, 2023 [ How You Can Succeed in the Pre-PMF Path as a Founder ---------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/pre-pmf-frameworks/) "Framework” founders often overcomplicate product vision and fail during Pre-PMF. We delved into the fundamentals and proposed an alternative way.  Kerem Koçer Peaka / Founders' Associate [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/benefits-of-data-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) November 30, 2023 [ Top 9 Benefits of Using a Data Integration Platform --------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/benefits-of-data-integration/) In this article, we listed the benefits of data integration. Visit our website to read and learn more about data integration!  Lily McFadden Peaka / Tech Evangelist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-the-modern-data-stack/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) October 30, 2023 [ What is the Modern Data Stack? ------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/what-is-the-modern-data-stack/) Uncover the secrets of a cutting-edge data infrastructure in our informative blog which answers the question of what is the modern data stack.  Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-business-metrics/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) October 16, 2023 [ How to Master SaaS Business Metrics ----------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-business-metrics/) Dive into our blog for essential insights on tracking and optimizing key performance indicators for your SaaS business.  Lily McFadden Peaka / Tech Evangelist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/b2b-inbound-marketing-strategy/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) September 29, 2023 [ How to Create an Inbound Marketing Strategy that Converts --------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/b2b-inbound-marketing-strategy/) Discover proven tactics and innovative approaches to drive lead generation and business growth in our comprehensive B2B inbound marketing strategy blog.  Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/logical-data-warehouse/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) August 18, 2023 [ What is a Logical Data Warehouse? --------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/logical-data-warehouse/) What is a Logical Data Warehouse? Why do we need one? How does it work with technologies like data virtualization and AI? Find out in this blog post.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-growth-metrics/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) July 07, 2023 [ The Ultimate Guide to Key SaaS Metrics that Move the Needle ----------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-growth-metrics/) This guide breaks down the most important SaaS growth metrics for founders, growth teams, and marketers looking to drive sustainable growth.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/best-chartmogul-alternatives/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) June 26, 2023 [ 5 Best ChartMogul Alternatives in 2026 -------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/best-chartmogul-alternatives/) An evaluation of ChartMogul as a SaaS analytics tool, its strengths and weaknesses, and how it compares to competitors, including Peaka.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-sales-kpis/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) June 16, 2023 [ Top SaaS KPIs Sales Teams Should Track in 2026 ---------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-sales-kpis/) A complete guide to SaaS sales KPIs. Learn how to calculate and apply the best metrics and KPIs for your sales pipeline.  M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka / Prolific Polemicist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-use-saas-analytics-tools/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) June 05, 2023 [ Why You Need to Use SaaS Analytics Tools in 2026 ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-use-saas-analytics-tools/) SaaS analytics refers to the way SaaS companies track, bring together, and analyze their data to make better decisions. Find out how they can help you.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) May 23, 2023 [ How to Create an Ideal Customer Profile for SaaS Businesses ----------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/) How do you create an ideal customer profile (ICP)? Why should a SaaS company create one? How does Peaka help you hone your ICP? Find out in this blog post.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) May 16, 2023 [ How to Create an Account-Based SaaS Marketing Strategy ------------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/) Here is everything a SaaS founder needs to know about account-based marketing, how it works, its benefits, and how Peaka can help ABM teams implement it.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) May 05, 2023 [ Top 6 SaaS Revenue Metrics to Track in 2026 ------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/) A deep dive into SaaS revenue metrics, four data integration tools to track SaaS revenue, and benefits of blending your revenue data with your CRM data.  M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka / Prolific Polemicist [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/integrations-hubspot-stripe/) [SaaS Analytics](https://www.peaka.com/category/saas-analytics/) April 12, 2023 [ How to Create One-Click Reports with HubSpot and Stripe ------------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/integrations-hubspot-stripe/) The first step in account-based marketing is to consolidate and turn your data into metrics. Peaka’s HubSpot-Stripe integration helps you do just that.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-misconceptions/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) February 18, 2023 [ Top 3 Misconceptions about Data Integration Platforms ----------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-misconceptions/) Common misconceptions about data integration receive special attention in this blog post. Join Kelly O’Connor as she goes on some myth-busting.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/zero-etl-data-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) February 12, 2023 [ The Pros and Cons of Zero ETL Explained --------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/zero-etl-data-integration/) Is zero-ETL the ultimate data integration solution, or does it promise more than it can deliver? Read on to understand zero-ETL and its pros and cons.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/self-service-data-integration/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) February 06, 2023 [ What to Know About Self-service Data Integration ------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/self-service-data-integration/) What’s the biggest obstacle to implementing self-service data integration? Read on to see how data virtualization can be the breakthrough we need.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/how-to-eliminate-data-silos/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) January 26, 2023 [ Top 3 Data Integration Methods to Eliminate Data Silos ------------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/how-to-eliminate-data-silos/) What causes data silos? How do they undermine organizations? Are there any novel ways of tackling them? Find out in this blog post.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) [No-code](https://www.peaka.com/category/no-code/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) September 15, 2022 [ Data Virtualization with a No-code Touch ---------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) Forget about data warehouses: Peaka CEO Mustafa Sakalsız explains why data virtualization is the ideal data integration solution for startups and SMBs.  Mustafa Sakalsız Peaka / CEO [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-warehouse-vs-data-mesh/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) September 05, 2022 [ Data Mesh: Rethinking Our Data Infrastructure --------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-warehouse-vs-data-mesh/) Data warehouses alone are no longer sufficient for modern enterprises. Enter data mesh: A product-oriented, domain-focused, self-serve solution.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-etl-vs-elt/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) August 25, 2022 [ ETL vs. ELT: Different Strokes for Different Folks -------------------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-etl-vs-elt/) What’s the best way of handling data, through ETL or ELT? This blog post takes a look at both methods and their respective strengths and weaknesses.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-unstructured/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) August 20, 2022 [ What is Unstructured Data? -------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-unstructured/) A long, hard look at what unstructured data is, its potential use cases, and the associated challenges.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-quality-tips/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) August 15, 2022 [ Top 4 Tips for Improving Data Quality ------------------------------------- ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-quality-tips/) Wanna learn what you can do to improve the data quality at your organization? Bruce McFadden shows you the way.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-quality-dimensions/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) August 10, 2022 [ The 6 Dimensions of Data Quality Explained ------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-quality-dimensions/) You can spot good data from a mile away because it has distinct qualities. Read on to learn about the six aspects of data quality.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-brief-history/) [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) August 05, 2022 [ Before the Warehouse, Lake, and Hub: A Brief History of Data ------------------------------------------------------------ ](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-brief-history/) Data management is a significant challenge but it’s nothing new. Join Kelly O'Connor to explore how people organized their data throughout history.  Kelly O'Connor Peaka / Sophisticated Nomad No Results Found ### Wanna learn how you can bring your SaaS data together? Meet our experts to explore the whole range of capabilities Peaka offers. Talk to Sales Book a Demo --- START: cloud/cloud.md --- ### Peaka Cloud A quick-to-start, low-maintenance solution for startups and SMBs. Try for Free  Get a Demo  Post-modern Data Stack ---------------------- ### Become a data-native company by using the latest technology in data space Remove the ETL and data pipeline hassle from your data integration process. Eliminate costly data warehouses with cutting-edge data technologies such as Data Virtualization, Iceberg Cache, and Federated Query Engine. Visualize your data with the BI tool of your choice.  Enhanced Data Connectivity -------------------------- ### Leverage 300+ connectors to access your data, wherever it resides Connect your data to Peaka instantly-whether it's from a SaaS tool, relational database, or NoSQL database-and query everything through a standardized SQL interface. Let your data flow between different applications with an extensive library of ready-made connectors. Integrate all your data, form a single source of truth, and share it with other systems and applications.                                 Text-to-SQL AI Capability ------------------------- ### Chat with your data to generate reports and modify an existing query Query every data source using natural language. Lower the technical barriers to data analytics and let non-technical users query their data. An all-in-one platform with a data layer, semantic layers, data dictionary, and access controls for the best AI-powered data experience..  No payment for idle time ------------------------ ### Take control of your bills  Better performance for a fraction of the cost of a data warehouse. Only pay for the resources and compute power you use, not idle capacity. A serverless data infrastructure that seamlessly scales up & down as needed. Peaka Cloud ----------- Try for Free  Get a Demo  --- START: community/community.md --- Community A community for data-driven people ================================== Join our network of startup founders and developers who build their data stack in minutes and scale their connector infrastructure with ease. See how tech-savvy business owners enjoy seamless data integration without the ETL hassle.  Join Our Discord Server ###### Get inspired Discover Peaka, meet like-minded people with exciting use cases, and talk to users who have been there and done that before you.    ###### Get informed Subscribe to our newsletter for anything related to data. Be the first to know about our feature releases, product tips, investment news from the industry, and more.  ###### Get support Get in touch with an expert from the Peaka team for any questions you might have about our platform.  NEWSLETTER SIGNUP Sign up for our newsletter to receive bi-weekly emails on data integration, SaaS analytics, and entrepreneurship tips. Stay in the loop with Peaka, our zero-ETL data integration tool. Subscribe ###### Explore Peaka and see how you can bring your SaaS data together Sign Up for Free Let’s talk! Let us walk you through Peaka. Contact us for more information. Submit --- START: contact-us/contact-us.md --- Have questions? Please fill out the form provided below to ask any questions that you may have. Submit --- START: docs/docs.md --- Documentation menu [Home](/) / Docs Peaka Documentation =================== Pick the path that fits your role — whether you're a business user who needs reports from the data you just unified or a developer who wants to provide customer-facing analytics in your app. Peaka is a data management platform that helps both business teams and developers connect to different data sources, query their data, and serve it to different applications and users. Whether you're looking to generate reports from data scattered over different tools or embed customer analytics in your SaaS product, you're in the right place. What type of user are you? -------------------------- ### 🧩 Business User Analysts, operations teams, and non-technical users who want to connect data sources, analyze data, and send their consolidated data to a BI tool for visualization. [Integrations Connect to CRMs, databases, and SaaS tools like Google Sheets, Meta Ads, QuickBooks, Shopify, and more.](/docs/integrations/activecampaign/) [BI Tools Send your datasets to data visualization tools such as Power BI, Tableau, or Google Looker Studio with just a few clicks.](/docs/bi-tools/looker-studio/) ### 🛠 Developer or Integrator Developers or technical teams who want to embed Peaka inside their product as a data delivery layer for analytics. [API Reference Explore how Peaka's API helps you automate data operations and project management.](https://docs.peaka.com/api-reference) [Embedded Peaka Learn how to embed interactive data tables, charts, and workflows into your own application.](/docs/embedded-peaka/introduction/) Connect Peaka to Claude ----------------------- Bring your unified data into Claude with one click. The button below opens Claude's **Add custom connector** dialog with the Peaka MCP server pre-filled — just confirm and authenticate. [Add Peaka to Claude One-click setup for the Peaka MCP server. Prefer a different assistant? See Supported clients for Cursor, VS Code, ChatGPT, and more.](https://claude.ai/customize/connectors?modal=add-custom-connector&connectorName=Peaka&connectorUrl=https://mcp.peaka.studio/mcp) Need Help? ---------- 🔍 See the [Cookbook](/docs/cookbook/how-to-generate-api-keys/) for step-by-step instructions on specific tasks · 📘 Visit the [Guides](/guides/) for tutorials and use cases · 💬 [Join our community](/community) for further support Browse all sections ------------------- [Core Concepts What is a Peaka Query? and more.](/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/) [Cookbook How to create a project and more.](/docs/project-operations/how-to-create-a-project/) [MCP Peaka MCP Server and more.](/docs/mcp/overview/) [Embedded Peaka What is Embedded Peaka? and more.](/docs/embedded-peaka/introduction/) [SQL Reference Introduction and more.](/docs/sql/introduction/) [Integrations ActiveCampaign and more.](/docs/integrations/activecampaign/) [BI Tools Looker Studio and more.](/docs/bi-tools/looker-studio/) [DB Drivers Python Driver and more.](/docs/db-drivers/python/) [JEXL How to use JEXL in Peaka and more.](/docs/jexl/using-jexl/) [Flows How to create a flow in Peaka and more.](/docs/flows/how-to-create-a-flow/) [API Reference Every endpoint with schemas and a live request runner.](/docs/api-reference/) [Guides Browse this section.](/guides/) [Guides Long-form tutorials: dashboards, RAG, MCP agents, and more.](/guides/) --- START: embedded-peaka/embedded-peaka.md --- ### Embedded Peaka The easiest way to embed analytics-ready data inside your SaaS product. Talk to Sales  Get a Demo  Real-time unified data with zero-copy ------------------------------------- ### Data integration without the heavy lifting Centralize data from any cloud data warehouse, data lake, database, or legacy system through API or database drivers. Leverage caching and API limit mitigations for efficient data retrieval. Get data into the hands of users who need it without hassle.   Do more with less ----------------- ### Time back for your core roadmap Put your engineering resources to better use without the need to build, maintain, and update integrations. Offload backend tasks to Peaka so you can focus on what matters most. Accelerate your roadmap with a more productive engineering team. Turn connectors into your growth engine --------------------------------------- ### Minimize time-to-revenue Effortlessly integrate with your customer’s tech stack. Ship connectors quickly and convert your leads before they turn cold. Boost product usage, minimize churn, and increase your average revenue per user by giving your customers the connectors they want.  All the infra you need for secure data integration and delivery ----------------------------------------------------------------- Create a single data layer for your customers to query any data source without the engineering overhead. Talk to Sales  Get a Demo     Peaka as a Data Management Backend ---------------------------------- ### Let Peaka handle complex backend tasks Use Peaka as a connector infrastructure to scale integrations, eliminate the maintenance hassle, and integrate with your customers’ tech stacks. Incorporate Peaka’s query engine into your product and retrieve data from any source. Leverage caching to optimize queries for speed and latency. Minimize redundant queries and keep your bills under control. Create projects and data catalogs on top of Peaka’s multi-tenant data backend. Bring your own OAuth Secret Keys and Secrets, or use ours to minimize the engineering, implementation, and compliance work needed. [View Documentation](/docs/embedded-peaka/data-management-backend)   Peaka as a Complete Data Management Solution -------------------------------------------- ### Create a seamless, end-to-end data management experience with Peaka’s UI components Tap into Peaka’s advanced features via API or UI. Quickly build out your app using Peaka’s ready-made UI components and white-label it. Choose from a selection of fully customizable pre-made themes featuring pre-made Light and Dark Themes. Integrate premium features such as autocomplete, AI-enhanced query editor, data hub, and connection dialogues into your product. Create different user profiles tailored to the technical capabilities of individual users. [View Documentation](/docs/embedded-peaka/data-management-tool-with-ui) Embedded Peaka -------------- A full-stack, white-labeled data integration and delivery layer purpose-built for SaaS platforms, analytics builders, and enterprise product teams. Talk to Sales  Get a Demo  --- START: enterprise/enterprise.md --- ### Peaka Enterprise Secure, efficient data management—no matter where it's deployed. Talk to Sales  Get a Demo  Data Governance --------------- ### Granular access controls for your data Control who gets to access what based on teams, roles, or apps, and be in charge of what you want to expose to other systems. Apply data governance down to individual rows and columns with row filters and column masks. Make multitenancy work as intended while sharing your infrastructure with other service providers. Use your existing data dictionary (or create a new one) and enhance it with Peaka’s advanced data discovery and AI capabilities.   Data Privacy & Security ----------------------- ### Built with security in mind Keep your data secure and confidential at all times with Peaka’s SOC 2-compliant data security. Add enhanced security layers and access controls for legacy systems (such as Hive) lacking modern permission capabilities. Share your data with third parties using encapsulated data wallets. Connect your user directories (such as Azure Active Directory) and existing permission systems seamlessly. Caching ------- ### Cache your data on Apache Iceberg™ Speed up access to frequently used data through caching, particularly for SaaS connectors.  Optimize costs on compute resources by cutting down requests to Snowflake and Databricks. Reduce load on critical systems through materialized views and change data capture (CDC). Semantic Layer -------------- ### A unified layer to power business insights and AI Give data users simplified and reusable modeled data they can use for business insights. Ensure data quality & uniformity across your organization with unified business definitions and data modeling. Introduce consistent business logic into your data so metrics mean the same to everyone. Refine your data scope for generative AI applications to improve accuracy and reduce hallucinations.   Bring Your Own Storage ---------------------- ### Your data, your rules Own your data without having to manage a cluster or deploy the whole system. Connect your data (persisted using Apache Iceberg™) to other query engines and data warehouses. Use the storage option that best fits your business needs and compliance requirements. Peaka Enterprise ---------------- Talk to Sales  Get a Demo  --- START: faq/faq.md --- FAQ === What kind of skills are required to use Peaka? ----------------------------------------------  You don't need to have any coding background or technical skills to develop an application on Peaka. If you still need help, look at the documentation page or watch our how-to videos. What can I do with Peaka? -------------------------  Peaka provides a web-based application development environment that lets you do everything required to develop a web app, including user interface design, data modeling, workflows, deployment and maintenance, without leaving the environment or the need to learn sophisticated technologies and coding. How should I do hosting and deployment? ---------------------------------------  Deploying and hosting web apps and maintaining a web server are all managed by the Peaka platform. What happens if Peaka closes? -----------------------------  We are working hard to ensure that Peaka will thrive for years to come and our community will receive the necessary support. In case Peaka has to shut down for reasons beyond our control, we pledge to keep the platform open to our users under an open-source compliant license, allowing them to keep their apps running in their respective environments. --- START: guides/guides.md --- All Categories Dashboards AI [ Dashboards 10 min read How to Build a Customer Health Dashboard with SaaS Data ------------------------------------------------------- Quickly build a customer health dashboard without ETL pipelines. Integrate data from HubSpot, Stripe, and Zendesk to identify risks and boost retention. Read guide](https://www.peaka.com/guides/build-health-dashboard-zendesk-hubspot-stripe/)[ AI 11 min read Why Semantics Matters in Text-to-SQL Systems -------------------------------------------- See how semantic modeling dramatically improves SQL accuracy, consistency, and query relevance, helping Peaka AI surpass Spider benchmarks. Read guide](https://www.peaka.com/guides/why-semantics-matters/)[ AI 6 min read Build AI Assistants with Peaka's API MCP Server ----------------------------------------------- Learn how to supercharge your AI assistants with Peaka's comprehensive API through the Model Context Protocol server, enabling seamless data management and querying capabilities. Read guide](https://www.peaka.com/guides/how-to-use-peaka-api-mcp-server/)[ AI 8 min read Mastra Agent with Peaka's MCP Server ------------------------------------ Create a smart SQL agent using the Mastra framework and Peaka, then deploy it with Vercel. Query your data easily with natural language. Read guide](https://www.peaka.com/guides/mastra-agent-with-peaka-mcp/)[ AI 7 min read Use any Rest API in RAG with Peaka and Pinecone ----------------------------------------------- Learn how to use Peaka's RAG capabilities with a sample project that combines a SpaceX REST API and Pinecone. Read guide](https://www.peaka.com/guides/how-to-build-rag-with-peaka/)[ Dashboards 10 min read How to Build a Churn Analysis Dashboard in 1 Hour Using Peaka and v0.dev ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Build a dashboard that identifies Pro- and Enterprise-tier subscribers who contacted support shortly before canceling their subscriptions. Read guide](https://www.peaka.com/guides/how-to-build-churn-dashboard/) No guides found. --- START: hevo-data-vs-peaka-embedded/hevo-data-vs-peaka-embedded.md --- --- START: integrate/integrate.md --- Integrate ========= Data integration made easy, affordable, and resource-efficient --------------------------------------------------------------  Spend less time on integration, more time on insights! ------------------------------------------------------  Build your data stack in minutes instead of months. Connect your data sources and start reaping the benefits right away at the click of a button.  Replace manual processes with state-of-the-art data virtualization tech. Let your teammates spend their time creating actual value instead of piecing together scattered data.  Save yourself the hassle of lobbying for expensive, complicated data integration solutions. Avoid the unpleasant bureaucratic tug-of-war on budget and implementation. Introduce one-click data integration at your organization.   A lean, purpose-built solution for startups and SMBs ----------------------------------------------------  Don’t settle for less-than-optimal enterprise solutions. Choose the features you need, leave out what you don’t need, and build the product that fits your specifications like a glove.  Save the money and engineering hours you would otherwise spend to set up and maintain a less-than-optimal enterprise-grade data integration product.   Achieve more with less ----------------------  Use Peaka’s rich suite of connectors instead of relying on ETLs. Divert your engineering resources to tasks other than building and maintaining ETLs.  Don’t get lost in scripts and logs. Empower your teammates and let them self-serve without being reliant on a data team.  Explore Peaka and see how you can bring your SaaS data together Sign Up for Free ### Let’s talk! Let us walk you through Peaka. Contact us for more information. Submit --- START: integrations/integrations.md ---  INTEGRATIONS ============ Connect to anything with an API ------------------------------- Peaka's zero-ETL integration platform simplifies data management by offering seamless connections across a diverse range of data sources, including relational and NoSQL databases, SaaS tools, and APIs. By aggregating these various sources into a unified data stack, users can query data as if it were coming from a single source. Our zero-ETL approach eliminates the need for extensive ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) processes, significantly reducing the time and technical expertise required to manage data integrations. With Peaka, businesses can quickly adapt to their data needs, ensuring efficient data analysis and decision-making processes, thereby enhancing operational efficiency and driving growth. Peaka Connectors ---------------- Showing 309 Connections Categories SORTED BY Line CATEGORIES  Load More --- START: merge-vs-peaka-embedded/merge-vs-peaka-embedded.md --- --- START: no-code-comparison/no-code-comparison.md --- --- START: polytomic-vs-peaka-embedded/polytomic-vs-peaka-embedded.md --- --- START: pricing/pricing.md --- Pricing =======  ### Free Tier Forever free with basic functionality. $ 0 *  Max 3 seats *  10 minutes of shared PCU *  100MB of storage *  2 connectors *  Community support Get started for free  ### Pay-as-you-go Recommended Keep your spending in check while you scale. Starts from as low as $1 / month *  Unlimited number of seats *  $0.25 per PCU / hour \* *  $0.50 per GB / month of storage *  Unlimited number of connectors *  Chat support Start free trial today  ### Enterprise For scaling up your business. Node Based Everything + *  Custom connectors *  Dedicated support *  Custom training & onboarding *  Self-hosted environment Contact Us (\*) Peaka Compute Unit (PCU) refers to the allocation of an 8vCPU/32GB compute unit. Compare plan features  COMPARE PLANS ------------- Choose the perfect one for you  ### Free Tier $ 0 Get started for free  ### Pay-as-you-go $ 199 /per month Start free trial today  ### Enterprise Node Based Contact us #### Feature List  ### Free Tier $ 0 Get started for free  ### Pay-as-you-go Starts from $1 / per month Start free trial today  ### Enterprise Node Based Contact us Developers 3 Unlimited Unlimited Query time 10 min of shared PCU $0.25 per PCU / hour Custom Storage 100 MB $0.50 per GB / month Custom Business connectors 2 Unlimited Unlimited Support Community support Chat support Dedicated support ###### PAY-AS-YOU-GO Get in Charge of Your Spending ------------------------------ With no up-front costs, Peaka's pay-as-you-go model gives you full control over your spending and a reliable estimate of how much you will be charged depending on your usage. Estimated Minutes $0 5 Extra Min 0 Estimated Storage $0 5 GB Storage 0 Your estimated cost $0 Let's talk about details Contact us  You got questions, We got answers ---------------------------------  ### What is PCU?  The Peaka Compute Unit (PCU) is the computing power consumed by a Peaka user while accessing and processing data. Each PCU allocates 8vCPU and 32GB of RAM. PCU denotes a combination of the CPU, RAM, and cloud resources a user consumes at any time, and it is used for measurement and pricing purposes. PCU is measured and rated in milliseconds. Total PCU usage is rounded to the nearest hour level usage at the end of the month. Storage operations such as inserting a record will return errors in that case. ### What is Storage?  Storage is used when the user wants to cache the data of connected systems. Updating the cache will require PCU and storage credits for newly inserted data. Storage is measured and rated in megabytes. Total Storage usage is rounded to the nearest gigabytes (GB) level usage at the end of the month. ### What does a "Peaka Table" refer to?  Peaka offers an internal database for its users. We will call it "Peaka Tables." ### How will the amount of data I store in Peaka Tables be calculated?  The data stored in Peaka Tables will be calculated in byte units. DB Storage credits, available in GB units, define your storage limits. To store 1,500 MB of data, you must have at least 2 GB of DB Storage credits. ### What happens when the storage reaches its limits?  Storage operations such as inserting a record will return errors in that case. ### If I connect external databases, will I spend Query Time units?  The system will not charge Query Time credits if you use your external databases through flows. The billing system will deduct from the Query Time units the time the system spends waiting for the external database. If you connect your external database to the Data Lake, you will only be charged for the time spent on Peaka systems. Still have questions? Please fill out the form provided below to ask any questions that you may have. Submit --- START: privacy-policy/privacy-policy.md --- Privacy Policy ============== Updated at 2024-12-17 Peaka (“we,” “our,” or “us”) is committed to protecting your privacy. This Privacy Policy explains how your personal information is collected, used, and disclosed by Peaka. This Privacy Policy applies to our website, and its associated subdomains (collectively, our “Service”) alongside our application, Peaka. By accessing or using our Service, you signify that you have read, understood, and agree to our collection, storage, use, and disclosure of your personal information as described in this Privacy Policy and our Terms of Service. Definitions and key terms ------------------------- To help explain things as clearly as possible in this Privacy Policy, every time any of these terms are referenced, are strictly defined as: * Cookie: small amount of data generated by a website and saved by your web browser. It is used to identify your browser, provide analytics, remember information about you such as your language preference or login information. * Company: when this policy mentions “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our,” it refers to Peaka Inc, 2100 Geng Road, Suite 210 Palo Alto, California 94303 that is responsible for your information under this Privacy Policy. * Country: where Peaka or the owners/founders of Peaka are based, in this case is United States * Customer: refers to the company, organization or person that signs up to use the Peaka Service to manage the relationships with your consumers or service users. * Device: any internet connected device such as a phone, tablet, computer or any other device that can be used to visit Peaka and use the services. * IP address: Every device connected to the Internet is assigned a number known as an Internet protocol (IP) address. These numbers are usually assigned in geographic blocks. An IP address can often be used to identify the location from which a device is connecting to the Internet. * Personnel: refers to those individuals who are employed by Peaka or are under contract to perform a service on behalf of one of the parties. * Personal Data: any information that directly, indirectly, or in connection with other information — including a personal identification number — allows for the identification or identifiability of a natural person. * Service: refers to the service provided by Peaka as described in the relative terms (if available) and on this platform. * Third-party service: refers to advertisers, contest sponsors, promotional and marketing partners, and others who provide our content or whose products or services we think may interest you. * Website: Peaka's site, which can be accessed via this URL: www.peaka.com * You: a person or entity that is registered with Peaka to use the Services. Information automatically collected ----------------------------------- There is some information like your Internet Protocol (IP) address and/or browser and device characteristics — is collected automatically when you visit our platform. This information may be used to connect your computer to the Internet. Other information collected automatically could be a login, e-mail address, password, computer and connection information such as browser plug-in types and versions and time zone setting, operating systems and platforms, purchase history, (we sometimes aggregate with similar information from other Users), the full Uniform Resource Locator (URL) clickstream to, through and from our Website that may include date and time; cookie number; parts of the site you viewed or searched for; and the phone number you used to call our Customer Services. We may also use browser data such as cookies, Flash cookies (also known as Flash Local Shared Objects) or similar data on certain parts of our Website for fraud prevention and other purposes. During your visits, we may use software tools such as JavaScript to measure and collect session information including page response times, download errors, length of visits to certain pages, page interaction information (such as scrolling, clicks, and mouse-overs), and methods used to browse away from the page. We may also collect technical information to help us identify your device for fraud prevention and diagnostic purposes. We automatically collect certain information when you visit, use or navigate the platform. This information does not reveal your specific identity (like your name or contact information) but may include device and usage information, such as your IP address, browser and device characteristics, operating system, language preferences, referring URLs, device name, country, location, information about who and when you use our and other technical information. This information is primarily needed to maintain the security and operation of our platform, and for our internal analytics and reporting purposes. Use, Retention and Disposal --------------------------- We collect personal information to provide and improve our Service, including: * Account Management: We use your information to create and manage your account, and to communicate with you about your use of the Service. * Service Functionality: We use your information to deliver and personalize the features of the Service, such as remembering your preferences and settings. * Analytics and Improvement: We use your information to analyze how you use the Service, to improve the Service, and to develop new features. * Marketing and Communication: We may use your information to send you marketing communications, such as newsletters or information about new features or services, with your consent. We will retain your personal information for as long as your account is active, or as needed to provide you with the Service. We may also retain your information for a longer period as required by law, such as for tax or accounting purposes. When we no longer need to retain your information, we will dispose of it in a secure manner according to industry standards. We use secure methods to dispose of personal information when it is no longer needed. These methods may include data wiping, shredding, or secure electronic deletion. Access to Personal Information ------------------------------ At Peaka, we are committed to transparency and empowering individuals to access and control their personal information. If you would like to access, review, update, or delete the personal data that we have collected about you, please follow the steps outlined below: 1. **Access Request:** You can submit a request to access your personal information by contacting us at [security@peaka.com](mailto:security@peaka.com). 2. **Verification Process:** For security purposes and to ensure the privacy of your data, we may need to verify your identity before processing your access request. We may require you to provide certain information or documentation to confirm your identity. 3. **Response Time:** We will make reasonable efforts to respond to your access request in a timely manner, typically within 30 days from the date of receipt. However, the timeframe may vary depending on the complexity of the request and applicable legal requirements. 4. **Information Provided:** Upon successful verification of your identity, we will provide you with access to the personal information that we have collected about you. This may include details such as your account information, usage data, and any other information relevant to your interactions with our services. 5. **Correction or Deletion:** If you discover any inaccuracies or wish to update or delete any of your personal information, please inform us, and we will promptly take appropriate action to correct, update, or delete the data as requested, unless otherwise required by law. 6. **Exceptions:** Please note that certain legal or regulatory requirements may limit your ability to access or modify your personal information. In such cases, we will provide you with a written explanation of the reasons for any denial of your access request. 7. **Contact Us:** If you have any questions, concerns, or would like to exercise your rights regarding access to your personal information, please contact us at [security@peaka.com](mailto:security@peaka.com). Security for Privacy -------------------- At Peaka, we prioritize the security and privacy of your personal data. Our comprehensive security measures are designed to protect your information from unauthorized access, disclosure, alteration, and destruction. Below are the key components of our security strategy: ### Data Encryption We utilize state-of-the-art encryption technologies to safeguard your data during transmission and storage. All data transmitted between our servers and your device is encrypted using TLS/SSL protocols, ensuring it remains secure while in transit. For data at rest, we implement Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) with a 256-bit key to protect your information from unauthorized access. ### Access Controls To ensure that only authorized personnel can access personal data, we employ robust access control mechanisms. Our systems use role-based access controls (RBAC), where access rights are assigned based on job responsibilities. Additionally, we enforce multi-factor authentication (MFA) for all employees accessing sensitive data, adding an extra layer of security. ### Network Security Our network security framework includes multiple layers of protection to defend against cyber threats. We use advanced firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) to monitor and control incoming and outgoing network traffic. Regular network monitoring and vulnerability assessments are conducted to identify and mitigate potential security risks. Data Quality ------------ We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of data quality to ensure that the personal information we hold is accurate, complete, and reliable. To achieve this, we employ a variety of measures, including regular audits, validation checks, and the use of advanced data management technologies. However, we also rely on you, the data subject, to help us keep your information up-to-date. We request that you notify us promptly of any changes to your personal data, such as changes in your contact details or other relevant information. You can update your information through our online portal or by contacting our support team at [support@peaka.com](mailto:support@peaka.com). By working together, we can ensure that your data remains accurate and up-to-date, enhancing the quality and reliability of the services we provide. Monitoring and Enforcement -------------------------- At Peaka, we are committed to ensuring the privacy and security of your personal data. To achieve this, we have implemented a comprehensive monitoring and enforcement framework. Our compliance team conducts regular audits and reviews of our data handling practices to ensure adherence to our privacy policy and relevant data protection laws. We employ advanced monitoring tools to detect and address any potential breaches of our data protection protocols. If a violation of the privacy policy is identified, we take prompt corrective actions, which may include employee retraining, system updates, or disciplinary measures. We encourage our users to report any concerns regarding their privacy by contacting our Data Protection Officer at [security@peaka.com](mailto:security@peaka.com). All reports are thoroughly investigated, and appropriate actions are taken to resolve any issues. Additionally, we cooperate with regulatory authorities to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Our monitoring and enforcement processes are designed to maintain the highest standards of data protection and to foster a culture of accountability and transparency within our organization. Personnel --------- If you are a Peaka worker or applicant, we collect information you voluntarily provide to us. We use the information collected for Human Resources purposes in order to administer benefits to workers and screen applicants. You may contact us in order to (1) update or correct your information, (2) change your preferences with respect to communications and other information you receive from us, or (3) receive a record of the information we have relating to you. Such updates, corrections, changes and deletions will have no effect on other information that we maintain, or information that we have provided to third parties in accordance with this Privacy Policy prior to such update, correction, change or deletion. Sale of Business ---------------- We reserve the right to transfer information to a third party in the event of a sale, merger or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Peaka or any of its Corporate Affiliates (as defined herein), or that portion of Peaka or any of its Corporate Affiliates to which the Service relates, or in the event that we discontinue our business or file a petition or have filed against us a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding, provided that the third party agrees to adhere to the terms of this Privacy Policy. Affiliates ---------- We may disclose information (including personal information) about you to our Corporate Affiliates. For purposes of this Privacy Policy, "Corporate Affiliate" means any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Peaka, whether by ownership or otherwise. Any information relating to you that we provide to our Corporate Affiliates will be treated by those Corporate Affiliates in accordance with the terms of this Privacy Policy. Governing Law ------------- This Privacy Policy is governed by the laws of United States without regard to its conflict of laws provision. You consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in connection with any action or dispute arising between the parties under or in connection with this Privacy Policy except for those individuals who may have rights to make claims under Privacy Shield, or the Swiss-US framework. The laws of United States, excluding its conflicts of law rules, shall govern this Agreement and your use of the website. Your use of the website may also be subject to other local, state, national, or international laws. By using Peaka or contacting us directly, you signify your acceptance of this Privacy Policy. If you do not agree to this Privacy Policy, you should not engage with our website, or use our services. Continued use of the website, direct engagement with us, or following the posting of changes to this Privacy Policy that do not significantly affect the use or disclosure of your personal information will mean that you accept those changes. Your Consent ------------ We've updated our Privacy Policy to provide you with complete transparency into what is being set when you visit our site and how it's being used. By using our website, registering an account, or making a purchase, you hereby consent to our Privacy Policy and agree to its terms. Links to Other Websites ----------------------- This Privacy Policy applies only to the Services. The Services may contain links to other websites not operated or controlled by Peaka. We are not responsible for the content, accuracy or opinions expressed in such websites, and such websites are not investigated, monitored or checked for accuracy or completeness by us. Please remember that when you use a link to go from the Services to another website, our Privacy Policy is no longer in effect. Your browsing and interaction on any other website, including those that have a link on our platform, is subject to that website’s own rules and policies. Such third parties may use their own cookies or other methods to collect information about you. Cookies ------- Peaka uses "Cookies" to identify the areas of our website that you have visited. A Cookie is a small piece of data stored on your computer or mobile device by your web browser. We use Cookies to enhance the performance and functionality of our website but are non-essential to their use. However, without these cookies, certain functionality like videos may become unavailable or you would be required to enter your login details every time you visit the website as we would not be able to remember that you had logged in previously. Most web browsers can be set to disable the use of Cookies. However, if you disable Cookies, you may not be able to access functionality on our website correctly or at all. We never place Personally Identifiable Information in Cookies. Blocking and disabling cookies and similar technologies ------------------------------------------------------- Wherever you're located you may also set your browser to block cookies and similar technologies, but this action may block our essential cookies and prevent our website from functioning properly, and you may not be able to fully utilize all of its features and services. You should also be aware that you may also lose some saved information (e.g. saved login details, site preferences) if you block cookies on your browser. Different browsers make different controls available to you. Disabling a cookie or category of cookie does not delete the cookie from your browser, you will need to do this yourself from within your browser, you should visit your browser's help menu for more information. Remarketing Services -------------------- Our company utilizes remarketing services to advertise on third-party websites to previous visitors to our site. This could mean that we advertise to previous visitors who haven't completed a task on our site, for example, using the contact form to make an inquiry. Third-party vendors may show our ads on sites across the Internet. These third-party vendors use cookies to serve ads based on a user's past visits to our website or app. Any data collected will be used in accordance with our own privacy policy and the privacy policies of the third-party vendors. Payment Details --------------- Peaka doesn't directly manage customer payment details; it relies on a payments processor that is PCI Service Provider Level 1 certified, which is the most stringent level of certification available in the payments industry. Peaka isn't designed for managing end-user payment data. Kids' Privacy ------------- We do not knowingly collect Personal Data from children under the age of 13 without verified parental consent. If You are a parent or guardian and You are aware that Your child has provided Us with Personal Data without your permission, please contact Us. If We become aware that We have collected Personal Data from anyone under the age of 13 without verification of parental consent, We take steps to remove that information from Our servers. Changes To Our Privacy Policy ----------------------------- We may change our Service and policies, and we may need to make changes to this Privacy Policy so that they accurately reflect our Service and policies. Unless otherwise required by law, we will notify you (for example, through our Service) before we make changes to this Privacy Policy and give you an opportunity to review them before they go into effect. Then, if you continue to use the Service, you will be bound by the updated Privacy Policy. If you do not want to agree to this or any updated Privacy Policy, you can delete your account. Disclosure to Third Parties --------------------------- At Peaka, we prioritize the privacy and security of your Personally Identifiable Information (PII). We do not sell, trade, or otherwise transfer your PII to outside parties without providing advance notice to our users. This does not include trusted third-party services that assist us in operating our website, conducting our business, or serving our users, as long as those parties agree to keep this information confidential. With this said, we may disclose your information to the following categories of third parties: **a. Service Providers:** We engage third-party companies and individuals to facilitate our services ("Service Providers"), to provide the service on our behalf, to perform service-related tasks, or to assist us in analyzing how our services are used. These third parties have access to your Personal Data only to perform these tasks on our behalf and are obligated not to disclose or use it for any other purpose. **b. Business Partners:** With your consent, we may share information with our business partners to offer you certain products, services, or promotions. **c. Affiliates:** We may share your information with our affiliates, in which case we will require those affiliates to honor this Privacy Policy. Affiliates include our parent company and any subsidiaries, joint venture partners, or other companies that we control or that are under common control with us. **d. Legal Requirements:** We may disclose your information if required to do so by law or in response to valid requests by public authorities (e.g., a court or a government agency). **e. Business Transfers:** We may share or transfer your information in connection with, or during negotiations of, any merger, sale of company assets, financing, or acquisition of all or a portion of our business to another company. ### Specific Third-Party Services Used We use the following third-party services, which may have access to your Personal Data as described in their respective privacy policies: * **Zipy (Error Tracking):** We use Zipy to monitor and track errors in our applications to improve user experience and resolve issues promptly. For more information about Zipy's data collection, please refer to [Zipy's privacy policy](https://docs.zipy.ai/legal/privacy-policy). * **Stripe (Payments):** Stripe processes all payment transactions on our behalf. Your payment information is securely processed and stored by Stripe. For more information about Stripe's data collection, please refer to [Stripe's privacy policy](https://stripe.com/privacy). * **Google Tag Manager and Google Analytics:** We use Google Tag Manager and Google Analytics to understand how our website is used and to improve our services. For more information about Google Analytics' data collection, please refer to Google Analytics' [Data privacy and security](https://support.google.com/analytics/topic/2919631?hl=en&ref_topic=1008008&sjid=17946805006423543723-EU) page. * **Crisp (Chat):** We use Crisp to facilitate real-time chat with our users. Crisp may collect and process data necessary to provide this service. For more information about Crisp's data collection, please refer to [Crisp's privacy statement](https://crisp.chat/en/privacy/). * **Dopt (Onboarding):** We use Dopt to facilitate and improve the onboarding experience for our users. Dopt may collect and process data necessary to provide this service. For more information about Dopt's data collection, please refer to [Dopt's privacy policy](https://www.dopt.com/privacy). Peaka's use and transfer of information received from Google APIs to any other app will adhere to [Google API Services User Data Policy](https://developers.google.com/terms/api-services-user-data-policy#additional_requirements_for_specific_api_scopes), including the Limited Use requirements. You have the right to opt-out of having your Personal Data shared with third parties for marketing purposes. You can exercise this right at any time by contacting us at [support@peaka.com](mailto:support@peaka.com). We ensure that any third parties with whom we share Personal Data are subject to appropriate confidentiality and security measures, consistent with this Privacy Policy and applicable laws. Storage and Sharing of Personal Data ------------------------------------ Peaka ("we," "our," or "us") does not store any personal data and does not share it with AI companies or libraries. We are committed to protecting your privacy and ensuring that your personal information remains secure. This practice aligns with the Google Policy guidelines to safeguard your data and maintain confidentiality. This statement further reinforces our commitment to maintaining the privacy and security of your personal information while using our Service. If you have any questions or concerns regarding the storage and sharing of personal data, please feel free to contact us at [security@peaka.com](mailto:security@peaka.com). Tracking Technologies --------------------- * Cookies We use Cookies to enhance the performance and functionality of our platform but are non-essential to their use. However, without these cookies, certain functionality like videos may become unavailable or you would be required to enter your login details every time you visit the platform as we would not be able to remember that you had logged in previously. * Sessions We use "Sessions" to identify the areas of our website that you have visited. A Session is a small piece of data stored on your computer or mobile device by your web browser. Contact Us ---------- Don't hesitate to contact us if you have any questions about this Privacy Policy. * Via Email: [security@peaka.com](mailto:security@peaka.com) * Via this Link: [https://www.peaka.com/community](https://www.peaka.com/community) --- START: provet-cloud-connector/provet-cloud-connector.md ---  PROVET CLOUD CONNECTOR ====================== Integrate with all your databases, SaaS platforms, and BI tools. Create a single source of truth for your veterinary practice. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Try for free  Book a free demo  ### Why use Peaka with Provet Cloud Peaka extends Provet Cloud, transforming it from a CRM into a data hub for veterinary practices. With Peaka, Provet Cloud users can consolidate data from all clinic branches, query it directly at its source, and integrate it with BI tools for visualization. Peaka enables Provet Cloud users to ----------------------------------- * Integrate Provet Cloud with databases like MongoDB or Teradata. * Unify your scattered veterinary clinic data without a data warehouse.  * Connect Provet Cloud to any data source—no data engineering needed. * Query your data across Provet Cloud and other tools without having to move or duplicate it.  * Push your Provet Cloud data to Power BI, Looker Studio, Metabase, or Tableau in minutes. * Turn your vet clinic data into dashboards and start monitoring your KPIs right away.  * Combine Provet Cloud and Stripe data to gain visibility into your operations. * Identify best-fit customers and most profitable locations to make data-driven decisions.  --- START: release-notes/release-notes.md --- What's new at Peaka =================== New features, improvements, or community events every week! June 02, 2025  New Connector Xero Accounting connector ------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine your Xero Accounting data with SaaS data and visualize the result with any BI tool. [See More ](/release-notes/xero-accounting-connector) May 30, 2025  New Connector Asana connector --------------- Peaka’s release notes: Join your Asana data with SaaS data for better visibility into your projects and sprints. [See More ](/release-notes/asana-connector) April 29, 2025  New Connector Gorgias connector ----------------- Peaka’s release notes: Enrich your Gorgias data with Peaka for better customer segmentation. [See More ](/release-notes/gorgias-connector) April 29, 2025  New Connector Klaviyo connector ----------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine your Klaviyo data with SaaS data to better understand your customers. [See More ](/release-notes/klaviyo-connector) April 29, 2025  New Connector PostHog connector ----------------- Peaka’s release notes: Join your PostHog data with any other data for better product development. [See More ](/release-notes/posthog-connector) March 27, 2025  New Feature New project structure with organizations & workspaces ----------------------------------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Smarter project management with a new hierarchy. [See More ](/release-notes/organization-workspace-hierarchy) January 23, 2025  New Connector Jira Service Management connector --------------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine your Jira Service Management data with data from any other source. [See More ](/release-notes/jira-service-management-connector) January 09, 2025  New Connector Freshdesk connector ------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Enrich your Freshdesk data with customer and payment data from other sources. [See More ](/release-notes/freshdesk-connector) December 25, 2024  New Connector Codat connector --------------- Peaka’s release notes: Join your Codat data with data from other sources without a data warehouse. [See More ](/release-notes/codat-connector) December 20, 2024  New Connector ProfitWell connector -------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine your ProfitWell data with data from other sources without a data warehouse. [See More ](/release-notes/profitwell-connector) December 06, 2024  New Connector ChartMogul connector -------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Join your ChartMogul data with data from other sources without a data warehouse. [See More ](/release-notes/chartmogul-connector) September 26, 2024  New Connector Zoom connector -------------- Peaka’s release notes: Retrieve your Zoom data and turn it into performance metrics with Peaka's Zoom connector. [See More ](/release-notes/zoom-connector) September 13, 2024  New Connector Github connector ---------------- Peaka’s release notes: Turn your GitHub data into actionable metrics with Peaka's GitHub connector. [See More ](/release-notes/github-connector) August 28, 2024  New Integration Tableau integration ------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Unify your SaaS data with Peaka and visualize your newly formed datasets with Tableau. [See More ](/release-notes/tableau-integration) August 15, 2024  New Integration Looker Studio integration ------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Pull in your data from any SaaS tool and view your consolidated datasets with Looker Studio. [See More ](/release-notes/looker-studio-integration) July 26, 2024  New Integration Power BI integration -------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine the data from different SaaS tools and view your consolidated datasets with Power BI. [See More ](/release-notes/power-bi-integration) July 11, 2024  New Integration Apache Superset™ integration ---------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Unify your SaaS data with Peaka and visualize your consolidated data with Apache Superset™. [See More ](/release-notes/superset-integration) June 26, 2024  New Integration Preset integration ------------------ Peaka’s release notes: Combine your SaaS data with Peaka and use Preset to view your new datasets as dashboards. [See More ](/release-notes/preset-integration) June 14, 2024  New Integration Metabase integration -------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Use Peaka to bring your SaaS data together and visualize your new datasets with Metabase. [See More ](/release-notes/metabase-integration) May 30, 2024  New Connector Microsoft 365 Excel integration ------------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Query your Microsoft 365 Excel data and combine it with other SaaS data. [See More ](/release-notes/excel-365-integration) April 30, 2024  New Connector Google Ads integration ---------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Query your Google Ads data and join it with the data from other tools. [See More ](/release-notes/ads-integration) April 15, 2024  New Connector Databricks integration ---------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Join the data you keep on Databricks with your SaaS data. [See More ](/release-notes/databricks-crm-integration) April 15, 2024  New Connector Firebase integration -------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Pull in and monitor the data from your mobile apps running on Firebase infrastructure. [See More ](/release-notes/firebase-integration) April 15, 2024  New Connector Snowflake integration --------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine the data you store in Snowflake with the data from other SaaS tools. [See More ](/release-notes/snowflake-integration) March 14, 2024  New Connector Bullhorn CRM integration ------------------------ Peaka’s release notes: Join Bullhorn CRM data with the data from other sources. [See More ](/release-notes/bullhorn-crm-integration) March 14, 2024  New Connector Pipedrive CRM integration ------------------------- Peaka’s release notes: Combine the sales data from Pipedrive with the data from other SaaS tools. [See More ](/release-notes/pipedrive-crm-integration) March 01, 2024  New Connector Segment integration ------------------- Peaka’s release notes: View and query your Segment data using Peaka. [See More ](/release-notes/segment-integration) February 08, 2024  New Connector Make integration ---------------- Peaka’s release notes: Use Make’s workflows on your Peaka data. [See More ](/release-notes/make-integration) February 08, 2024  New Connector Zapier integration ------------------ Peaka’s release notes: Use Zapier’s workflows on your Peaka data. [See More ](/release-notes/zapier-integration) January 12, 2024  New Feature Action buttons -------------- Peaka’s release notes: Perform a set of predefined row-based actions in your data tables. [See More ](/release-notes/action-buttons) December 15, 2023  New Feature Bulk deletion & selected-rows deletion -------------------------------------- Peaka's release notes: Delete multiple rows at once or selectively delete specific rows. [See More ](/release-notes/bulk-selected-rows-delete) December 15, 2023  New Feature Column-based filtering ---------------------- Peaka's release notes: Filter your data according to attributes. [See More ](/release-notes/column-based-filtering) December 15, 2023  New Feature Data export into a CSV file --------------------------- Peaka's release notes: Export your data into a CSV file to use it with other applications like Excel. [See More ](/release-notes/export-to-csv) December 15, 2023  New Feature Heatmap chart ------------- Peaka's release notes: View your data in a heatmap format. [See More ](/release-notes/heatmap-chart) December 08, 2023  New Connector Jira Cloud integration ---------------------- Peaka's release notes: Access your Jira Cloud data and join it with data from other sources. [See More ](/release-notes/jira-cloud-integration) November 16, 2023  New Connector Zoho CRM integration -------------------- Peaka's release notes: Access your Zoho CRM data and join it with data from other sources. [See More ](/release-notes/zoho-crm-integration) October 31, 2023  New Feature Turning Rest API into SQL tables -------------------------------- Peaka's release notes: Consume APIs as relational databases. [See More ](/release-notes/turning-rest-api-into-sql-tables) October 16, 2023  New Feature Caching option -------------- Peaka's release notes: Set a caching frequency for your project. [See More ](/release-notes/caching-option) September 15, 2023  New Feature Scheduled triggers ------------------ Peaka's release notes: Automate tasks using Peaka’s backend flows. [See More ](/release-notes/scheduled-triggers) September 01, 2023  New Connector Amazon Dynamodb integration --------------------------- Peaka's release notes: A dedicated connector enabling you to query NoSQL databases with SQL. [See More ](/release-notes/amazon-dynamodb-integration) September 01, 2023  New Connector Google BigQuery integration --------------------------- Peaka's release notes: A dedicated connector for running lightning-fast queries on Google BigQuery. [See More ](/release-notes/google-bigquery-integration) September 01, 2023  New Feature Sample data sets ---------------- Peaka's release notes: Get to know Peaka without connecting your own data. [See More ](/release-notes/sample-data-sets) August 11, 2023  New Feature AI Embedded ChatGPT ---------------- Peaka's release notes: Query your data using natural language. [See More ](/release-notes/embedded-chatgpt) July 19, 2023  New Connector New connectors launched (OpenAI, Google Analytics, and more) ------------------------------------------------------------ Peaka's release notes: Five new dedicated connectors for popular tools. [See More ](/release-notes/new-connectors) June 19, 2023  New Connector Hubspot-Stripe integration -------------------------- Peaka's release notes: Bring your HubSpot and Stripe data together and unlock new insights. [See More ](/release-notes/hubspot-stripe-integration) April 17, 2023  New Feature Visual queries without SQL -------------------------- Peaka's release notes: Use point-and-click actions to create your queries visually. [See More ](/release-notes/visual-queries) See More  No results found, try adjusting your search and filters. --- START: terms-and-conditions/terms-and-conditions.md --- Terms & Conditions ================== Updated at 2023-09-14 General Terms ------------- By accessing and placing an order with Peaka, you confirm that you are in agreement with and bound by the terms of service contained in the Terms & Conditions outlined below. These terms apply to the entire website and any email or other type of communication between you and Peaka. Under no circumstances shall Peaka team be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, loss of data or profit, arising out of the use, or the inability to use, the materials on this site, even if Peaka team or an authorized representative has been advised of the possibility of such damages. If your use of materials from this site results in the need for servicing, repair or correction of equipment or data, you assume any costs thereof. Peaka will not be responsible for any outcome that may occur during the course of usage of our resources. We reserve the rights to change prices and revise the resources usage policy in any moment. License ------- Peaka grants you a revocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable, limited license to download, install and use the website strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. These Terms & Conditions are a contract between you and Peaka (referred to in these Terms & Conditions as "Peaka", "us", "we" or "our"), the provider of the Peaka website and the services accessible from the Peaka website (which are collectively referred to in these Terms & Conditions as the "Peaka Service"). You are agreeing to be bound by these Terms & Conditions. If you do not agree to these Terms & Conditions, please do not use the Peaka Service. In these Terms & Conditions, "you" refers both to you as an individual and to the entity you represent. If you violate any of these Terms & Conditions, we reserve the right to cancel your account or block access to your account without notice. Definitions and key terms ------------------------- To help explain things as clearly as possible in this Terms & Conditions, every time any of these terms are referenced, are strictly defined as: * Cookie: small amount of data generated by a website and saved by your web browser. It is used to identify your browser, provide analytics, remember information about you such as your language preference or login information. * Company: when this policy mentions “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our,” it refers to Peaka Inc, 2100 Geng Road, Suite 210 Palo Alto, California 94303 that is responsible for your information under this Terms & Conditions. * Country: where Peaka or the owners/founders of Peaka are based, in this case is * Device: any internet connected device such as a phone, tablet, computer or any other device that can be used to visit Peaka and use the services. * Service: refers to the service provided by Peaka as described in the relative terms (if available) and on this platform. * Third-party service: refers to advertisers, contest sponsors, promotional and marketing partners, and others who provide our content or whose products or services we think may interest you. * Website: Peaka's site, which can be accessed via this URL: www.peaka.com * You: a person or entity that is registered with Peaka to use the Services. Restrictions ------------ You agree not to, and you will not permit others to: * License, sell, rent, lease, assign, distribute, transmit, host, outsource, disclose or otherwise commercially exploit the website or make the platform available to any third party. * Modify, make derivative works of, disassemble, decrypt, reverse compile or reverse engineer any part of the website. * Remove, alter or obscure any proprietary notice (including any notice of copyright or trademark) of Peaka or its affiliates, partners, suppliers or the licensors of the website. Return and Refund Policy ------------------------ Thanks for shopping at Peaka. We appreciate the fact that you like to buy the stuff we build. We also want to make sure you have a rewarding experience while you’re exploring, evaluating, and purchasing our products. As with any shopping experience, there are terms and conditions that apply to transactions at Peaka. We’ll be as brief as our attorneys will allow. The main thing to remember is that by placing an order or making a purchase at Peaka, you agree to the terms along with Peaka's Privacy Policy. If, for any reason, You are not completely satisfied with any good or service that we provide, don't hesitate to contact us and we will discuss any of the issues you are going through with our product. Your Suggestions ---------------- Any feedback, comments, ideas, improvements or suggestions (collectively, "Suggestions") provided by you to Peaka with respect to the website shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Peaka. Peaka shall be free to use, copy, modify, publish, or redistribute the Suggestions for any purpose and in any way without any credit or any compensation to you. Your Consent ------------ We've updated our Terms & Conditions to provide you with complete transparency into what is being set when you visit our site and how it's being used. By using our website, registering an account, or making a purchase, you hereby consent to our Terms & Conditions. Links to Other Websites ----------------------- This Terms & Conditions applies only to the Services. The Services may contain links to other websites not operated or controlled by Peaka. We are not responsible for the content, accuracy or opinions expressed in such websites, and such websites are not investigated, monitored or checked for accuracy or completeness by us. Please remember that when you use a link to go from the Services to another website, our Terms & Conditions are no longer in effect. Your browsing and interaction on any other website, including those that have a link on our platform, is subject to that website’s own rules and policies. Such third parties may use their own cookies or other methods to collect information about you. Cookies ------- Peaka uses "Cookies" to identify the areas of our website that you have visited. A Cookie is a small piece of data stored on your computer or mobile device by your web browser. We use Cookies to enhance the performance and functionality of our website but are non-essential to their use. However, without these cookies, certain functionality like videos may become unavailable or you would be required to enter your login details every time you visit the website as we would not be able to remember that you had logged in previously. Most web browsers can be set to disable the use of Cookies. However, if you disable Cookies, you may not be able to access functionality on our website correctly or at all. We never place Personally Identifiable Information in Cookies. Changes To Our Terms & Conditions --------------------------------- You acknowledge and agree that Peaka may stop (permanently or temporarily) providing the Service (or any features within the Service) to you or to users generally at sole discretion, without prior notice to you. You may stop using the Service at any time. You do not need to specifically inform Peaka when you stop using the Service. You acknowledge and agree that if Peaka disables access to your account, you may be prevented from accessing the Service, your account details or any files or other materials which is contained in your account. If we decide to change our Terms & Conditions, we will post those changes on this page, and/or update the Terms & Conditions modification date below. Modifications to Our website ---------------------------- Peaka reserves the right to modify, suspend or discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the website or any service to which it connects, with or without notice and without liability to you. Updates to Our website ---------------------- Peaka may from time to time provide enhancements or improvements to the features/ functionality of the website, which may include patches, bug fixes, updates, upgrades and other modifications ("Updates"). Updates may modify or delete certain features and/or functionalities of the website. You agree that Peaka has no obligation to (i) provide any Updates, or (ii) continue to provide or enable any particular features and/or functionalities of the website to you. You further agree that all Updates will be (i) deemed to constitute an integral part of the website, and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Third-Party Services -------------------- We may display, include or make available third-party content (including data, information, applications and other products services) or provide links to third-party websites or services ("Third- Party Services"). You acknowledge and agree that Peaka shall not be responsible for any Third-Party Services, including their accuracy, completeness, timeliness, validity, copyright compliance, legality, decency, quality or any other aspect thereof. Peaka does not assume and shall not have any liability or responsibility to you or any other person or entity for any Third-Party Services. Third-Party Services and links thereto are provided solely as a convenience to you and you access and use them entirely at your own risk and subject to such third parties' terms and conditions. Term and Termination -------------------- This Agreement shall remain in effect until terminated by you or Peaka. Peaka may, in its sole discretion, at any time and for any or no reason, suspend or terminate this Agreement with or without prior notice. This Agreement will terminate immediately, without prior notice from Peaka, in the event that you fail to comply with any provision of this Agreement. You may also terminate this Agreement by deleting the website and all copies thereof from your computer. Upon termination of this Agreement, you shall cease all use of the website and delete all copies of the website from your computer. Termination of this Agreement will not limit any of Peaka's rights or remedies at law or in equity in case of breach by you (during the term of this Agreement) of any of your obligations under the present Agreement. Copyright Infringement Notice ----------------------------- If you are a copyright owner or such owner’s agent and believe any material on our website constitutes an infringement on your copyright, please contact us setting forth the following information: (a) a physical or electronic signature of the copyright owner or a person authorized to act on his behalf; (b) identification of the material that is claimed to be infringing; (c) your contact information, including your address, telephone number, and an email; (d) a statement by you that you have a good faith belief that use of the material is not authorized by the copyright owners; and (e) the a statement that the information in the notification is accurate, and, under penalty of perjury you are authorized to act on behalf of the owner. Indemnification --------------- You agree to indemnify and hold Peaka and its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, employees, agents, partners and licensors (if any) harmless from any claim or demand, including reasonable attorneys' fees, due to or arising out of your: (a) use of the website; (b) violation of this Agreement or any law or regulation; or (c) violation of any right of a third party. No Warranties ------------- The website is provided to you "AS IS" and "AS AVAILABLE" and with all faults and defects without warranty of any kind. To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, Peaka, on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates and its and their respective licensors and service providers, expressly disclaims all warranties, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, with respect to the website, including all implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title and non-infringement, and warranties that may arise out of course of dealing, course of performance, usage or trade practice. Without limitation to the foregoing, Peaka provides no warranty or undertaking, and makes no representation of any kind that the website will meet your requirements, achieve any intended results, be compatible or work with any other software, , systems or services, operate without interruption, meet any performance or reliability standards or be error free or that any errors or defects can or will be corrected. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Peaka nor any Peaka's provider makes any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied: (i) as to the operation or availability of the website, or the information, content, and materials or products included thereon; (ii) that the website will be uninterrupted or error-free; (iii) as to the accuracy, reliability, or currency of any information or content provided through the website; or (iv) that the website, its servers, the content, or e-mails sent from or on behalf of Peaka are free of viruses, scripts, trojan horses, worms, malware, timebombs or other harmful components. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of or limitations on implied warranties or the limitations on the applicable statutory rights of a consumer, so some or all of the above exclusions and limitations may not apply to you. Limitation of Liability ----------------------- Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur, the entire liability of Peaka and any of its suppliers under any provision of this Agreement and your exclusive remedy for all of the foregoing shall be limited to the amount actually paid by you for the website. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, in no event shall Peaka or its suppliers be liable for any special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages whatsoever (including, but not limited to, damages for loss of profits, for loss of data or other information, for business interruption, for personal injury, for loss of privacy arising out of or in any way related to the use of or inability to use the website, third-party software and/or third-party hardware used with the website, or otherwise in connection with any provision of this Agreement), even if Peaka or any supplier has been advised of the possibility of such damages and even if the remedy fails of its essential purpose. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Severability ------------ If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable or invalid, such provision will be changed and interpreted to accomplish the objectives of such provision to the greatest extent possible under applicable law and the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect. This Agreement, together with the Privacy Policy and any other legal notices published by Peaka on the Services, shall constitute the entire agreement between you and Peaka concerning the Services. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the invalidity of such provision shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. No waiver of any term of this Agreement shall be deemed a further or continuing waiver of such term or any other term, and Peaka's failure to assert any right or provision under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right or provision. YOU AND Peaka AGREE THAT ANY CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE SERVICES MUST COMMENCE WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE CAUSE OF ACTION ACCRUES. OTHERWISE, SUCH CAUSE OF ACTION IS PERMANENTLY BARRED. Waiver ------ Except as provided herein, the failure to exercise a right or to require performance of an obligation under this Agreement shall not effect a party's ability to exercise such right or require such performance at any time thereafter nor shall be the waiver of a breach constitute waiver of any subsequent breach. o failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any right or any power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that right or power. Nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or power under this Agreement preclude further exercise of that or any other right granted herein. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and any applicable purchase or other terms, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Amendments to this Agreement ---------------------------- Peaka reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to modify or replace this Agreement at any time. If a revision is material we will provide at least 30 days' notice prior to any new terms taking effect. What constitutes a material change will be determined at our sole discretion. By continuing to access or use our website after any revisions become effective, you agree to be bound by the revised terms. If you do not agree to the new terms, you are no longer authorized to use Peaka. Entire Agreement ---------------- The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and Peaka regarding your use of the website and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous written or oral agreements between you and Peaka. You may be subject to additional terms and conditions that apply when you use or purchase other Peaka's services, which Peaka will provide to you at the time of such use or purchase. Updates to Our Terms -------------------- We may change our Service and policies, and we may need to make changes to these Terms so that they accurately reflect our Service and policies. Unless otherwise required by law, we will notify you (for example, through our Service) before we make changes to these Terms and give you an opportunity to review them before they go into effect. Then, if you continue to use the Service, you will be bound by the updated Terms. If you do not want to agree to these or any updated Terms, you can delete your account. Intellectual Property --------------------- The website and its entire contents, features and functionality (including but not limited to all information, software, text, displays, images, video and audio, and the design, selection and arrangement thereof), are owned by Peaka, its licensors or other providers of such material and are protected by and international copyright, trademark, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property or proprietary rights laws. The material may not be copied, modified, reproduced, downloaded or distributed in any way, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of Peaka, unless and except as is expressly provided in these Terms & Conditions. Any unauthorized use of the material is prohibited. Agreement to Arbitrate ---------------------- This section applies to any dispute EXCEPT IT DOESN’T INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO CLAIMS FOR INJUNCTIVE OR EQUITABLE RELIEF REGARDING THE ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR OR Peaka's INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. The term “dispute” means any dispute, action, or other controversy between you and Peaka concerning the Services or this agreement, whether in contract, warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis. “Dispute” will be given the broadest possible meaning allowable under law. Notice of Dispute ----------------- In the event of a dispute, you or Peaka must give the other a Notice of Dispute, which is a written statement that sets forth the name, address, and contact information of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute, and the relief requested. You must send any Notice of Dispute via email to: [\[email protected\]](/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection). Peaka will send any Notice of Dispute to you by mail to your address if we have it, or otherwise to your email address. You and Peaka will attempt to resolve any dispute through informal negotiation within sixty (60) days from the date the Notice of Dispute is sent. After sixty (60) days, you or Peaka may commence arbitration. Binding Arbitration ------------------- If you and Peaka don’t resolve any dispute by informal negotiation, any other effort to resolve the dispute will be conducted exclusively by binding arbitration as described in this section. You are giving up the right to litigate (or participate in as a party or class member) all disputes in court before a judge or jury. The dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association. Either party may seek any interim or preliminary injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction, as necessary to protect the party’s rights or property pending the completion of arbitration. Any and all legal, accounting, and other costs, fees, and expenses incurred by the prevailing party shall be borne by the non-prevailing party. Submissions and Privacy ----------------------- In the event that you submit or post any ideas, creative suggestions, designs, photographs, information, advertisements, data or proposals, including ideas for new or improved products, services, features, technologies or promotions, you expressly agree that such submissions will automatically be treated as non-confidential and non-proprietary and will become the sole property of Peaka without any compensation or credit to you whatsoever. Peaka and its affiliates shall have no obligations with respect to such submissions or posts and may use the ideas contained in such submissions or posts for any purposes in any medium in perpetuity, including, but not limited to, developing, manufacturing, and marketing products and services using such ideas. Promotions ---------- Peaka may, from time to time, include contests, promotions, sweepstakes, or other activities (“Promotions”) that require you to submit material or information concerning yourself. Please note that all Promotions may be governed by separate rules that may contain certain eligibility requirements, such as restrictions as to age and geographic location. You are responsible to read all Promotions rules to determine whether or not you are eligible to participate. If you enter any Promotion, you agree to abide by and to comply with all Promotions Rules. Additional terms and conditions may apply to purchases of goods or services on or through the Services, which terms and conditions are made a part of this Agreement by this reference. Typographical Errors -------------------- In the event a product and/or service is listed at an incorrect price or with incorrect information due to typographical error, we shall have the right to refuse or cancel any orders placed for the product and/or service listed at the incorrect price. We shall have the right to refuse or cancel any such order whether or not the order has been confirmed and your credit card charged. If your credit card has already been charged for the purchase and your order is canceled, we shall immediately issue a credit to your credit card account or other payment account in the amount of the charge. Miscellaneous ------------- If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision or portion of these Terms & Conditions to be unenforceable, the remainder of these Terms & Conditions will continue in full force and effect. Any waiver of any provision of these Terms & Conditions will be effective only if in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Peaka. Peaka will be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief (without the obligations of posting any bond or surety) in the event of any breach or anticipatory breach by you. Peaka operates and controls the Peaka Service from its offices in . The Service is not intended for distribution to or use by any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation. Accordingly, those persons who choose to access the Peaka Service from other locations do so on their own initiative and are solely responsible for compliance with local laws, if and to the extent local laws are applicable. These Terms & Conditions (which include and incorporate the Peaka Privacy Policy) contains the entire understanding, and supersedes all prior understandings, between you and Peaka concerning its subject matter, and cannot be changed or modified by you. The section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and will not be given any legal import. Disclaimer ---------- Peaka is not responsible for any content, code or any other imprecision. Peaka does not provide warranties or guarantees. In no event shall Peaka be liable for any special, direct, indirect, consequential, or incidental damages or any damages whatsoever, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other tort, arising out of or in connection with the use of the Service or the contents of the Service. The Company reserves the right to make additions, deletions, or modifications to the contents on the Service at any time without prior notice. The Peaka Service and its contents are provided "as is" and "as available" without any warranty or representations of any kind, whether express or implied. Peaka is a distributor and not a publisher of the content supplied by third parties; as such, Peaka exercises no editorial control over such content and makes no warranty or representation as to the accuracy, reliability or currency of any information, content, service or merchandise provided through or accessible via the Peaka Service. Without limiting the foregoing, Peaka specifically disclaims all warranties and representations in any content transmitted on or in connection with the Peaka Service or on sites that may appear as links on the Peaka Service, or in the products provided as a part of, or otherwise in connection with, the Peaka Service, including without limitation any warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement of third party rights. No oral advice or written information given by Peaka or any of its affiliates, employees, officers, directors, agents, or the like will create a warranty. Price and availability information is subject to change without notice. Without limiting the foregoing, Peaka does not warrant that the Peaka Service will be uninterrupted, uncorrupted, timely, or error-free. Contact Us ---------- Don't hesitate to contact us if you have any questions. * Via Email: info@peaka.com * Via this Link: [https://www.peaka.com/community](https://www.peaka.com/community) --- START: testimonials/testimonials.md --- Our customers all have their own reasons to love Peaka ====================================================== Read how Peaka simplifies data integration for businesses in different industries.  Unify your SaaS data with Peaka \-as Actioner did  Form a single view of truth with Peaka \-as Popupsmart did  Spin up your data stack with Peaka \-as Machinery Partner did  Connect to any data source with Peaka \-as OneWell did  Slash your data integration costs with Peaka \-as Hop did  Popupsmart [Go to the website ](https://popupsmart.com/) Our data was fractured: The problem stemmed from our inability to join the data in our internal Postgre database with the data we have in the SaaS tools we use. We tried some data integration tools that were able to pull in data from a few SaaS tools, but they fell short of joining that data with the one from the internal database. Peaka solved this problem, allowing us to form a single view of truth for the first time. Another point Peaka helped us with was adding time stamps to data points that lacked them. The lack of time stamps prevented us from querying our historical data. With Peaka, we were able to take a snapshot of a data point and add a time stamp to it, turning it into time-based data. This transformed the insights we could gain from our data.  Emre Elbeyoglu Chief Executive Officer  Actioner [Go to the website ](https://actioner.com/) Our data was siloed prior to switching to Peaka, and this hurt our bottom line. We keep our customer info and email addresses on HubSpot. We use Segment for tracking and storing event data. Then, we have DynamoDB for the app IDs and flow IDs to match events to the relevant email addresses. The problem was the amount of the Segment data and how to handle it. Normal databases came up short, and databases for big data were quickly overwhelmed by the sheer volume of data being pumped by Segment. We can now send any event data to Peaka to cross-join it with the rest of our data and draw insights we could not before. We achieved this without having to invest in sophisticated infrastructure to buffer data and load a big chunk of it in one move via bulk-insert. Having used Peaka to integrate HubSpot, Segment, and Dynamo DB data, we can finally have a holistic view of our product data. Doing that helps us recognize the patterns in how our customers convert and upgrade. We can use this insight to adjust our messaging for users in different stages of their customer journeys, improving conversion and capitalizing on upselling opportunities. Peaka’s impact on our business has been spectacular.  Emel Dogrusoz Head of Product  Hop [Go to the website ](https://hoplagit.com/) Our micro-mobility solution runs on a heap of data scattered over Postgre, MongoDB, and internal databases. We have branches in different cities that need dashboards with differing levels of authorization to access data relevant to their job definition. Prior to Peaka, we used Redash to build these dashboards for a long time. However, the fact that queries were sent over the front end in Redash created security risks for operations. Peaka revolutionized queries for us by allowing us to run queries for every employee and city and call them from the back end with a unique call ID. This eliminated the risk of exposing data to unauthorized people, giving us peace of mind like never before. Bringing together our scattered data using Google Sheets involved too much effort and was prone to human error in each copy-and-paste action. Using BigQuery to query our data had its drawbacks as well: It got expensive really quickly, which led us to turn on the system only when we needed to run queries. Peaka is always on because we are only charged for the queries we run, which allows us to do the same job for one-fiftieth of the previous cost. We have used Peaka to build flows to automate reports and create triggers for scheduled batch jobs. Peaka has been a godsend in our efforts to do more with less.  Ahmet Bati Chief Technology Officer  OneWell [Go to the website ](https://onewell.org/) Our in-house data is relatively well-organized and easy to access. Our data integration challenges stem from the very nature of our business, which requires us to work with different insurance companies and 3rd parties in every case. For example, we have to reconcile our records with the insurance company's records whenever we receive a payment. We have to pull in data from government databases or new partners in every state we expand into. This uncertainty renders our data needs rather unpredictable. What we needed was the ability to connect with generic APIs from 3rd parties we worked with. Peaka helped us do just that. It enabled us to use every API, even the ones Peaka had no ready-made connectors for, pull in data from different data sources, and view that data as a table in real-time. The speed and flexibility Peaka has afforded us proved priceless for our business.  Bailey Carey Executive Vice President  Machinery Partner [Go to the website ](https://www.machinerypartner.com/) Our small tech team needed an easy-to-use data solution, and Peaka was the perfect fit. We quickly onboarded without a dedicated data team, thanks to Peaka’s no-code setup and seamless connector integrations, which saved us time and resources from day one. Peaka allowed us to unify data across sources, create essential reports without a costly data warehouse, and streamline insights without the need for a full data team. As we grow, Peaka remains central to our roadmap, enabling efficient data integration and visualization as our needs expand. Highly recommend Peaka for agile data management!  Daniel Henrique Engineering Lead --- START: zero-etl-data-integration/zero-etl-data-integration.md --- Intimidated by complex data integration tools? Frustrated by maintaining data pipelines? What if you could do away with both? Intimidated by complex data integration tools? ============================================================================================================================================================================  Try for free  Book a free demo  ### Unify your data without a data warehouse or ETL processes No need to invest in data warehouses and big data teams to unify your data. Instead, virtualize and query your data in its source.  ### Easily pull in data from 300+ ready-made connectors Enjoy one-click data integration with the most popular data sources and SaaS tools.  ### Query any data source with natural language Leverage Peaka’s AI-to-SQL capability to have the platform generate SQL queries for you.  ### Ingest event and streaming data with webhooks Land high-velocity, high-volume data in Peaka Big Table and query it any time you want.  ### Use APIs to expose your unified data to other systems Once you have consolidated and filtered your data, you can serve other applications with your newly-formed data sets.  Join our community ------------------ Engaging discussions, knowledge, and ideas to build your next product. [ Discord](https://discord.gg/peaka)[ Twitter ](https://twitter.com/peakacom)[ Newsletter](https://peaka.substack.com/)           --- START: api/pages/authentication.md --- # Authentication The Peaka Partner API uses API keys for authentication. There are two types of API keys: - **Partner API Key**: Grants access to all resources for partner-level access. - **Project API Key**: Grants access to resources specific to the project for which the key was created.
What regulations or data governance policies must the EDW comply with?
### **Integration with Existing Systems** +Which source systems and BI tools does the EDW integrate with?
### **Budget Constraints** +What is your allocated budget for hardware, software, services, and ongoing management?
Clearly defining these requirements will guide your EDW selection and reduce misalignments down the road. ## **Cloud vs. On-Premises Deployment: What’s the Difference?** Choosing the right deployment model is critical when selecting an enterprise data warehouse. Both cloud and on-premise models have their advantages and disadvantages. ### **Cloud-Based Enterprise Data Warehouses** In a cloud model, the EDW software, hardware resources, and data files are housed within the vendor's cloud infrastructure, allowing online, remote access. AWS Redshift, Snowflake, and Azure Synapse Analytics are all popular models. #### **The top benefits of cloud-based enterprise data warehouses include:** ##### **Agility and Innovation** Innovate faster with quicker access to bleeding-edge analytics capabilities since the cloud provider continuously enhances services. ##### **Limitless Scalability** [Scale independently](https://www.domo.com/learn/article/the-advantages-of-using-a-cloud-data-warehouse-in-your-business) to support spikes in data volumes and user requests. This is useful in dynamic or seasonal use cases. ##### **Availability** Cloud providers architect redundancy across multiple fault domains for resilience. Achieve over 99.95% uptime via auto-failover. ##### **Pay-Per-Use Pricing** Only pay for the storage, IOPS, computing resources, and services leveraged to reduce wasted overprovisioning and overall TCO. ##### **Faster Time-to-Value** It’s operational in days/weeks since it doesn’t require a lengthy hardware setup. Shift focus to deriving insights instead of infrastructure management. #### **The disadvantages of cloud-based enterprise data warehouses:** ##### **Data Sovereignty** Your data moves outside the organization to align with the provider's security posture as per regulations. ##### **Vendor Lock-In** Although mechanisms exist to migrate data across cloud platforms, they still pose challenges, especially at scale. ##### **Network Dependencies** Your connectivity with the cloud provider impacts data loading speeds and query performance. ##### **Cloud Computing Skills** Retraining staff may be required to leverage cloud management tools, architectures, and services. ### **On-Premises Enterprise Data Warehouses** In an on-premises model, the enterprise data warehouse runs on infrastructure located within your physical data centers. #### **Top benefits of on-premises enterprise data warehouses:** ##### **Enhanced Security** [Maintain full physical control over data](https://www.stitchdata.com/resources/compare-on-premises-and-cloud-data-warehouse/#:~:text=Benefits%20of%20on%2Dpremises%20data,security%2C%20governance%2C%20and%20availability.&text=An%20organization%20has%20complete%20control,with%20an%20on%2Dpremises%20deployment.) access and protection via private infrastructure. ##### **Customization** Since you own the environment, you can tailor EDW deployments and settings as per your specific policies and tech stack standards. ##### **Constant Access** Eliminate internet connectivity issues that disrupt cloud performance. LAN speeds enable faster query responses. #### **The disadvantages of on-premises enterprise data warehouses:** ##### **Substantial Upfront Costs** Large CAPEX outlays are required for data center build-outs, servers, and storage before deriving value. ##### **Administrative Overheads** Your team handles provisioning, patching, monitoring, backups, and upgrades. ##### **Scalability Constraints** Adding capacity requires extensive data migration planning and downtime. It’s hard to match cloud elasticity. Consider the pros and cons of each model carefully based on business priorities, long-term trajectory, and willingness to digitally transform. [Hybrid enterprise data warehouse models](https://www.informationweek.com/data-management/hybrid-data-warehousing-best-practices-for-it-integration) blending both cloud and on-premise are also viable, as well as [logical data warehouses](/blog/logical-data-warehouse/). ## **Criteria for Evaluating the Best Enterprise Data Warehouses** Once you have a clear understanding of your needs and deployment preferences, it's time to evaluate potential EDW solutions based on the criteria below. ### **Data Modeling and Schema Flexibility** Assess how easily the EDW accommodates changes to your data model over time. Look for auto-optimization features and support for schema-on-read modeling alongside traditional schema-on-write. Evaluate the availability of data hierarchy, aggregation, and metadata management. ### **Scalability and Performance** Evaluate whether the EDW can scale up and out seamlessly to match the explosive growth in your data volumes and user base. Review query response times under load and examine throughput benchmarks for concurrent user queries. Check for in-memory caching, workload management, query optimization, and other advanced performance tuning features. ### **Security and Compliance** Check the availability of granular role-based access controls, dynamic data masking, and row-level security policies to protect sensitive data. Review built-in auditing, activity logging, and anomaly detection mechanisms. Aim for regulatory compliance certifications such as HIPAA, GDPR, or SOC-2. ### **Data Integration and Pipelines** Choose a platform with robust [data integration architecture](/blog/data-integration-architecture/), workflows, and pre-built connectors to simplify loading batch or streaming data from disparate sources. Review offerings for data quality, preparation, governance, and lifecycle management. ### **Analytics and Visualization** [Leading EDW platforms](https://www.g2.com/categories/data-warehouse) integrate advanced analytics capabilities such as machine learning, predictive modeling, and text and image analysis to supplement SQL querying. Some also provide intuitive, [no-code](/blog/low-code-vs-no-code/) drag-and-drop visualization for on-the-fly dashboard creation. ### **Cloud Architecture and Services** For cloud-based deployment, scrutinize the underlying infrastructure architecture, service level agreements, failover mechanisms, elasticity, and security controls. ### **License Cost Structure** Calculate the total cost of ownership over three to five years, factoring in license fees, data egress charges, professional services, and hardware refresh needs. Beyond technical capabilities, the vendor's vision, stability, partnership approach, and market footprint matter, too. Develop a scorecard to rate solutions based on your "must-haves" and ideal wishes. ## **The Bottom Line** The truth is data enterprise warehouses are from a bygone era and are best suited only for enterprise-level companies. For startups and SMBs, there are much better options, such as data virtualization, logical data warehouse, and [zero-ETL](/blog/what-is-zero-etl/). Partner with Peaka to meet your data integration needs with its state-of-the-art [zero-ETL approach](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/), offering hassle-free data integration without having to copy or move your data. See Peaka’s [growing library of custom integrations](/integrations/). --- START: blog/best-figma-alternatives/best-figma-alternatives.md --- # **The Best Figma Alternatives (For Designers and Freelancers)** Did you know that 77 percent of [small businesses already have websites](https://smallbiztrends.com/2021/08/small-business-no-website.html) set up to boost their business credibility, improve brand awareness, and maximize growth opportunities? However, 1 in 4 small businesses has yet to establish a site, which could help them compete in a crowded market. A good website lets businesses establish their legitimacy and better deliver their message. Of course, this is where web designers and freelancers come in. The rising demand for talent who can deliver the best results design- and interface-wise has led to a vast market for efficient design and collaboration tools and platforms. Today, there are many apps, software, and sites where designers and freelancers alike can collaborate on projects and get seamless feedback from clients. One prominent example is Figma. ## **What is Figma?** Figma is a collaborative design interface tool focusing on real-time collaboration between its users. The beauty of Figma is that it allows users to work together on a browser-based, cloud-based design tool—including the software development team—so everyone can keep track of design changes. Software developers often need a diverse set of strong interdisciplinary skills to create a functional software product, especially as their competitive job market is expected to grow [24 percent by 2026](https://www.bls.gov/ooh/computer-and-information-technology/software-developers.htm). Skills including creativity, relationship management, and programming are all important for a good [software developer](https://online.maryville.edu/online-bachelors-degrees/management-information-systems/careers). Figma enables these developers to collaborate live with designers, ensuring projects flow smoothly from the planning and design stages to prototypes and execution. Moreover, working with a hands-on design approach through Figma lets developers improve their own skills in creating software. However, recent developments for Figma may push some of its four million users towards making a switch to other platforms. The $20 billion [purchase of the platform](https://techcrunch.com/2022/09/15/adobe-is-buying-figma-for-20b-taking-out-one-of-its-biggest-rivals-in-digital-design/) by design giant Adobe, for instance, has got designers and freelancers worried that the incoming Adobe integrations might complicate simple, easy-to-use Figma. Below, we'll cover some excellent Figma alternatives for those looking for new digital collaborative workspaces: ## **Canva** While mainly geared towards graphic design and presentations, [Canva](https://www.canva.com/) is a popular platform for creating many brand assets for small businesses or individual branding purposes. The platform's collaboration feature, called Canva for Teams, lets users and teams of all sizes work on designs together seamlessly in real time. Canva's web-based nature also makes it an unrestrictive, cross-platform workspace that ensures everyone on a team can log in and start contributing to a project. For $12.99 a month, users can upgrade to Canva Pro for premium features, including access to premium images and media assets. Recently, Canva announced [its own productivity suite](https://fortune.com/2022/09/14/canva-design-melanie-perkins-workplace-tools-suite-google-docs-microsoft-office-adobe/) to rival that of Google Workspace, Microsoft Office, and Adobe's Creative Cloud, bringing forth collaboration opportunities that extend beyond design. ## **Penpot** Penpot is an online design workspace and the first of its kind to boast an [open-source build](https://opensource.com/article/21/12/open-source-design-penpot). Created for specialized design and prototyping, Penpot provides real-time collaboration across teams to seamlessly create designs and prototypes for further insights into user interaction. Similarly web-based as Figma, Penpot won't restrict its users to installations and specific operating software, providing multi-platform and tech-friendly collaboration. Due to its open-source nature, Penpot works with SVG (open web standards) formats, offering contributors various choices of tools to use to contribute assets to a project, all for free. We've previously written about [tech giants and open-source tools](/blog/open-source-and-tech-giants/), and how open-source tools form a loyal and dedicated community. Because of this, Penpot stands tall among its bigger and more popular contemporaries. ## **Adobe XD** Coming from one of the biggest design software companies, [Adobe XD](https://www.adobe.com/products/xd/pricing/free-trial.html) is a design and prototyping software. Unlike Figma and the other alternatives listed so far, Adobe XD isn't a web-based tool, even though it's available on both MacOS and Windows. Similar to most other Adobe products, XD comes in a 7-day free trial, and then $9.99 a month. Like other Adobe software, Adobe XD uses the same Creative Cloud system, facilitating real-time collaboration between designers. Additionally, the system also lets design teams execute prototypes and user interfaces that deliver high-quality results. This feature gives users access to Adobe's Creative Cloud Libraries for quality assets. While there aren't any official updates on web-based development yet, with Adobe's recent purchase of Figma, users are currently speculating on what Adobe XD will look like in the near future. ## **Sketch** [Sketch](https://www.sketch.com/) is another design collaboration tool great for high-quality prototyping while serving as a live workspace for teams to work in. It offers both a web-based version and a software format for MacOS. Sketch also has an iOS app where users can view documents, test software prototypes directly on an iPhone, and even mirror designs simultaneously with edits on Apple products. While often dubbed "just a Mac app," Sketch's features extend beyond Mac nativity. Sketch gives users a full offline workflow along with the use of an open file format for easy collaboration and asset contribution across other design tools and platforms. After a 30-day free trial for both individuals and teams, Sketch costs $9 a month or $99 yearly. ## **Conclusion** Ultimately, the best Figma alternative depends on your use case as a designer or freelancer. For example, designers who are accustomed to Adobe programs and their interface will benefit from not having to re-learn features and navigation in Adobe XD, especially if there will be significant updates post-Figma acquisition. If your setup functions within a Mac ecosystem, on the other hand, perhaps the Mac-exclusive Sketch can be a better fit for a more seamless workflow and exchange of assets. For designers and small businesses just starting out, alternatives such as Penpot and Canva that come at no cost will be better. Either way, the design tool is only a part of the bigger web design process. The ideal alternative will be one that best supports your productive, creative workflow. --- START: blog/best-hr-software-for-startups/best-hr-software-for-startups.md --- # **The Best HR Software for Startups** People are the most precious assets of any organization. This is all the more so for startups, which usually have little more than bright ideas and a few even brighter people willing to turn those ideas into reality. A large, established enterprise can afford to make a few wrong choices in hiring people every now and then since it has the resources to make up for such a mistake. Startups, though, can ill-afford to do that, and have to hit the jackpot every time they hire someone until the business takes off. The pressure for startups doesn’t end with hiring, either. The need to manage the workforce, instill a certain culture into them and sort out problems before they spiral out of control combine to make Human Resource Management one of the most critical areas for a startup. A well-designed HR strategy for a startup should ensure picking the right teammates, seamlessly integrating them to the existing structure and making sure that they are happy together. Bootstrapped startups would be wise to leverage cloud-based SaaS for tasks like web site design, payment management, email marketing and time management on the cheap. Cloud-based HR software can provide a startup with similar added value. Although there are [different versions of HR software](/blog/choosing-hr-software-startup/) such as Human Resource Information Software (HRIS), Human Resource Capital Software (HRCS) or Human Resource Management System (HRMS), here we will focus on the latter since it is the HRMS that offers the end-to-end capabilities from applicant tracking to employee onboarding to performance management to benefits and compensation management. We will start off with an account of the capabilities a good HR software equips startups with. ## **5 reasons why startups should invest in HR software** Implementing a Human Resource Management System (HRMS) in early-stage startups provides an affordable solution to managing HR tasks without the need for a full-fledged HR department, allowing founders to concentrate on business growth while cutting costs and paperwork. Additionally, HRMS enables data-informed decision-making by digitizing HR processes and generating key performance indicators from HR data, laying the groundwork for a data-driven company culture. Furthermore, HRMS enhances employee engagement by offering a transparent platform for self-service in HR processes, transforms performance reviews into a continuous, comprehensive evaluation process, and ensures the security of sensitive personal and business data, safeguarding against data breaches and legal complications. ### **Dedicated HR management at an affordable price** The small size of the team in an early stage startup usually does not justify a full-fledged HR department, and thus founders end up attending to HR-related tasks. HRMS can help with most of those tasks, from applicant tracking to scheduling interviews to payroll management, all of which would otherwise have to be done by a founder, and allows founders to focus on growing their business. In the meantime, it cuts the paperwork, reduces the time needed to create documents, lowers the HR headcount and saves the startup much-needed funds. ### **Data-informed decision-making made possible** Facing many daily challenges and being sometimes overwhelmed by the sheer number of tasks at hand, startups can hardly afford detailed [record-keeping](https://solutiondots.com/blog/importance-of-hr-system-for-startups/). HRMS solves this problem by digitizing the whole HR process and collecting, organizing and managing HR data in an efficient way. Stats like employee retention rates, absenteeism and leave requests collected on the system can be converted into [meaningful KPIs](https://rubygarage.org/blog/hrms-benefits-for-business), which can then be used to gauge how well the business is performing. These stats lay the foundation of a data-driven company where data will be informing the decision-making process. ### **Employee empowerment through increased visibility** HRMS offers a transparent platform where HR data can be viewed and modified by employees. HRMS gives employees increased visibility into the HR info, enabling them to self-serve. They can manage their leave requests, customize their training plans and update personal information on the platform. This not only introduces a more inclusive culture, but also helps reduce errors in data collection as the employees themselves would be providing and reviewing inputs. ### **Performance reviews transformed** The dreaded and usually unproductive annual performance reviews are turned into [continuous performance management](https://www.startupguys.net/startups-invest-in-hr-software/) by HRMS. This new concept is built upon two ideas: Year round assessment of performance and 360-degree performance evaluation, which involves feedback from various stakeholders such as colleagues, clients and supervisors. This allows employees to make incremental changes to their performance without the need to wait for the annual performance review and learn from their mistakes before it is too late. ### **Data security taken care of** Whether it is paper-based or on cloud, an HR system hosts a plethora of highly sensitive data: Personal information on employees, their social security data, payment details etc. Data security and privacy built into HMRS ensures safety of sensitive business and personal data. This prevents [data leaks](https://rubygarage.org/blog/hrms-benefits-for-business), which could trigger lengthy legal processes in addition to the damage to the reputation of the company. ## **Top 6 HRMS for startups** ### **Gusto** [Gusto](https://gusto.com/) brings its magic into your HR effort right from the start at the hiring stage. It creates offer letters and facilitates onboarding by creating with one-click accounts for the new team member. Payroll management can be a real hassle for startups. Luckily, Gusto offers a comprehensive solution package that automatically calculates, files and pays payroll tax and by doing so, ensures full legal compliance. When it comes to benefits management, Gusto really shines by offering fully-customizable benefit packages that will perfectly fit your company and the expectations of your employees. It also allows you to tailor your paid time-off policies according to the needs of your business and manage the leave requests made by your employees. The fact that time tracking is integrated with the payroll management saves the startup a lot of time and effort to bring those two in sync. The downside of Gusto is that its most basic plan does not include popular capabilities such as time tracking and onboarding. The basic plan with payroll and benefit management features costs $49 per month with an additional $6 per month for each person. In order to have the time tracking and onboarding tools, you should opt for the middle plan which comes with the same base price of $80 per month but with an added $12 per month for every person. Gusto's Premium plan costs $180 per month with an additional $22 per seat. ### **BambooHR** [BambooHR](https://www.bamboohr.com/)’s applicant tracking feature aims to smoothen the ride for both the company willing to hire and the applicant. The process starts with the one-click job posting on most popular job boards and social media sites. The applicant is kept up-to-date with continuous communication throughout the process. The system can draw up offer letters and allows the company to choose from among a group of templates to tailor the best onboarding experience possible. By making e-signatures an essential part of its system, BambooHR ensures a swift, stress-free onboarding process that does not waste paper. Once in, all the information regarding an employee is gathered on a single database, which minimizes the risk of error, facilitates integrations with other applications and gives the employees visibility into their data. BambooHR prides itself on its reporting and data analytics capabilities, which are increasingly important in today’s data-informed management style. Its reports even have customized viewing option, keeping sensitive information out of the reach of people who should not see it. BambooHR is offered in two plans: Essential and Advantage. The prices for these plans are not publicly available and potential customers are invited to ask for a quote. Some of the features like applicant tracking, onboarding and electronic signature are solely available with the Advantage plan and still others are offered as add-ons, which together make up the few cons of the system. ### **Trinet Zenefits** [Trinet Zenefits](https://www.zenefits.com/) offers an integrated HR platform that can handle every task related to an employee from the first day it joins the company to the day the two part ways. Zenefits capitalizes on its partnership with Checkr to provide background checks on applicants. It makes a seamless onboarding process possible, with the employee data syncing with the payroll automatically. Promotions, certain decisions regarding leave management and terminations can be arranged by way of automated workflows, freeing up a lot of time for a startup. Zenefits particularly excels in two areas thanks to two features that differentiates it from rivals: The first one, compensation management, provides benchmark figures for employee salaries. It uses its database of salaries collected from more than 100,000 employees across more than a hundred industries and provides its customers with information on what similar companies pay for an employee of comparable skill and experience level in a particular location or industry. This arms the Zenefits customers with the necessary information to make the best offers to the best candidates. The second difference maker in Zenefits toolkit is employee performance management. This suite allows the company to offer customized goal management and 360-degree feedback for each employee. Zenefits comes with three pricing plans: Essentials for $8 per month per employee, Growth for $16 per month per employee and Zen for $27 per month per employee. The most affordable plan comes with popular features such as automated onboarding and time-off tracking, unlike Gusto and BambooHR, which do not offer those in their base plans. For its highly competitive compensation management and employee performance management features, customers should at least opt for the Growth plan, though. ### **Cezanne HR** [Cezanne HR](https://cezannehr.com/) offers a modular platform that lets customers pick and choose the features they need the most and change the configuration of the platform as they go. In addition to traditional HR functions such as onboarding, time tracking or performance management, Cezanne HR offers specialized modules like the Career & Succession Planning Software. This particular module helps a company develop its talent pool to match company goals and groom certain people for certain roles. The unexpected resignation of a key employee can really test the resilience of a company. However, building a talent pipeline around Cezanne HR’s Career & Succession Planning module makes it possible for a company to quickly promote a qualified successor and weather the storm. Understanding the skill set of your employees and nurturing them in a pipeline framework render your company resilient when a key employee quits unexpectedly. Cezanne HR can be considered as the embodiment of the maxim “think global, act local” as it not only offers free-of-charge translations in 10 different languages, but also provides multi-currency record-keeping and processes that can be configured according to local needs. Its multi-language services and compliance with local laws and regulations in different countries make it the HR software of choice in the age of remote work and a global workforce. Bringing your foreign employees and freelancers into the fold is much easier with an HR platform tailored to their needs. Cezanne HR’s pricing is contingent on the modules picked and the active headcount of the customer. Prices start around £200, which might be a bit steep for a startup. However, the modular approach might fit the growth curve of a bootstrapped startup since founders could add different features as needs arise, and its multi-language interface could be the right call for startup leveraging talent from different parts of the world. ### **Freshteam** If you are determined to perfect your recruiting game, [Freshteam HRMS](https://www.freshworks.com/hrms/) can be the tool you are looking for. Its Applicant Tracking feature offers more than a hundred job description templates and is built to leverage job boards, social media and email automation to bring in the best talent out there. It builds a funnel from the candidate sourcing stage to applicant engagement to offer letters, and in that sense, Freshteam HRMS is a recruitment tool first and foremost. In addition to recruiting, Freshteam allows you to monitor and manage time-offs. It even lets you set up automated workflows for time-offs by defining the rules for them and identifying the necessary documents to be uploaded. However, the one area Freshteam truly excels in is reporting. The platform offers 7 curated reports on topics such as interviews, job postings and offers and hires, all of which can serve as metrics to evaluate your recruitment performance with. In terms of pricing plans, Freshteam looks more startup-friendly than most of its competitors as it offers a free plan for up to 50 employees and 3 published job postings. Its second plan, the Growth, charges a monthly platform fee of $71 and $1.20 per employee per month. This plan comes with recruitment automations and HR reports and analytics. The Pro plan charges a monthly platform fee of $119 and $2.40 per employee per month. On top of the Growth plan, Pro plan offers advanced features like Talent Pool Management, multiple language support and offer management. The Enterprise plan charges a monthly platform fee of $203 and $4.80 per employee per month and comes with a dedicated account manger, one click data export and advanced leave exports, in addition to the features offered in the lesser plans. ### **factoHR** [factoHR](https://factohr.com/) is a mobile-first HR and payroll software that simplifies hiring and payroll processes for fast-growing startups. The platform provides onboarding tools that generate custom offer letters and joining kits, while self-onboarding features allow new hires to input their details directly. This approach reduces manual work and minimizes data entry errors. The payroll system uses a wizard-like process that manages complex salary structures and statutory compliance requirements, ensuring employees receive accurate payments on time. Attendance and leave management integrate seamlessly, offering hybrid and remote teams biometric scanning, GPS tracking, and mobile punch-in options. The modular dashboard delivers real-time insights into attendance patterns, performance metrics, and payroll data for HR teams and company founders. Automated workflows handle approval processes and document management tasks efficiently. The platform also includes asset tracking capabilities, internal ticketing systems, and peer-to-peer recognition features that help create a transparent and efficient work environment. factoHR provides multilingual payslips, multi-currency support, and compliance with local employment regulations for startups expanding across multiple regions. This makes the platform suitable for global teams operating in different countries. Pricing starts at $60/month for up to 50 employees, with an additional $0.83 per month for each extra employee beyond that limit. Billing occurs quarterly. Users frequently praise the platform for its user-friendly interface and automation features. However, some users report experiencing a learning curve during initial setup and occasional server performance issues. ## **How does Peaka help you enrich your HR data?** [Peaka](/) simplifies data integration for startups and small to medium-sized businesses (SMBs), which typically cannot afford to employ large data teams. It uses APIs and ready-made connectors to pull in data from CRM relational databases, cloud platforms, and SaaS apps. + Traditional data integration relies on data replication to move data into a data warehouse to unify data from different sources. This process involves ETL pipelines and data modeling, which translates into significant maintenance hassle and related costs. Peaka offers startups and small to medium-sized businesses (SMBs) an affordable alternative, as it eliminates the need for data warehouses. By leveraging data virtualization, Peaka allows companies to unify their data with a much smaller team. + Companies can use Peaka to retrieve data from their HR systems and join it with data from any database or SaaS tool. This enables users to form a single view of truth and improve decision-making during performance evaluation and hiring. + Peaka’s dedicated connectors for BI platforms like [Looker Studio,](/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/) [Power BI,](/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/) [Tableau,](/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/) [Metabase,](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/) and [Apache Superset™](/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/) streamline data visualization for even non-technical employees. Users can push their consolidated data to their BI tool of choice and turn it into dashboards that reveal trends and patterns hidden in tabular data. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/best-nft-marketplaces/best-nft-marketplaces.md --- # **Top 7 NFT Marketplaces of 2024** In the digital space discussion these past few years, nothing is as polarizing a topic as NFTs. People either adore them and all the possibilities they bring or hate them with a burning passion. One thing’s for sure, though, more and more aspiring investors, businesses, and budding crypto enthusiasts are seeing the [value of NFTs](https://www.exodus.com/news/what-makes-an-nft-valuable/) and are hoping to join the game sooner rather than later. And, really, who wouldn't be interested? [Just last year](https://www.ft.com/content/e95f5ac2-0476-41f4-abd4-8a99faa7737d), NFTs reached a market capitalization of $41 billion and a more than $30 million daily trading volume. Because of this exponential growth, all eyes are on the industry and its increasing number of marketplaces. We've listed below the seven best marketplaces available today if you're curious about where you should buy or sell NFTs. ## **OpenSea** [OpenSea](https://opensea.io) has been in the game since 2017, making it one of the most long-standing players in the NFT market. Because of its experience, it is now one of the world's leading NFT marketplaces. Since its launch, it's also the platform that brought NFT trading to the mainstream audience. To add to its stellar record, OpenSea has the largest trading volume globally. OpenSea allows users to create, buy, and sell various NFTs. These include digital collectibles, music, art, trading cards, virtual worlds, and other digital tokens. OpenSea's platform is based on the Ethereum blockchain, and it has partnered with the Polygon network to reduce gas costs. In addition, users may access more than 700 NFT projects through the platform, with an incredible 80 million NFTs available to trade. Furthermore, one of OpenSea's most significant advantages is that it supports over 150 different cryptocurrencies as payment. This allows investors to buy and sell NFTs with their crypto balance in a simple manner. OpenSea charges sellers a 2.5 percent transaction fee when their item sells, but the buyer pays nothing (other than standard network fees). ## **Crypto.com** Alongside OpenSea is [Crypto.com](https://crypto.com/nft), one of the world's fastest-growing NFT platforms. The marketplace began solely with NFTs on the Crypto.com blockchain, but it has now been expanded to include the Ethereum blockchain. As a result, the number of NFTs available to buy and sell on this platform has considerably increased. What sets Crypto.com apart from its competitors is that it offers some of the lowest feeds for buying and selling NFTs. In addition, when you purchase an NFT on Crypto.com, you won't have to pay any transaction fees. They only charge sellers and creators a fee of 1.99 percent, which is relatively low. Another great feature of Crypto.com is the way it curates its collections into recommended galleries. This makes it easy to identify the most anticipated releases and digital art that will most likely appeal to you. The platform also allows sellers to run auctions and offer a buy-now price. So, if you see an NFT you want, you can buy it right away rather than risk losing out to another bidder. ## **NFT Launchpad** Compared to the first few platforms we mentioned, [NFT LaunchPad](https://nftlaunchpad.com) is a relatively new NFT marketplace created by and for creators. It only launched in February 2022. However, because the platform has made it easy to create your own NFTs using formats like MP4, it has already attracted a number of designers and talents who are just getting started with their NFT journey. So if you’re looking for something new, NFT Launchpad is the best place to be! The platform has an extensive collection of NFTs to choose from, and the great thing about NFT Launchpad is that it's easy to navigate through everything. Art, gaming, music, sports, collectibles, and more genres are available on this marketplace. Creators can also mint numerous NFTs simultaneously, set their royalty structure, and sell at a fixed price or at an auction. Currently, the platform is compatible with MetaMask wallets, and support for Trust Wallet is well on the way. ## **Binance** If you're looking for a highly-recommended platform that offers low fees, look no further than [Binance.](https://www.binance.com/en/nft/home) As one of the most notable cryptocurrency exchanges in the industry, Binance has a leg up in buying and selling NFTs. The marketplace is also one of the largest NFT marketplaces, with a collection size of over 2.5 million. Binance organizes its NFTs into trendy collections, making it easier to identify art you're likely to be interested in. Another exciting feature is its "Mystery Boxes." You don't even have to pick which NFTs you want to buy! These mystery boxes include a small number of NFTs from a single collection for a low, fixed price. So you might get a bunch of pretty standard NFTs, or you could get a few rare objects worth much more than you paid. ## **SuperRare** [SuperRare](https://superrare.com) is an Ethereum-based NFT platform that’s primarily a marketplace for consumers to purchase and sell one-of-a-kind, limited-edition digital artworks. Each piece of art is created by an artist and tokenized as a crypto-collectible digital commodity that you can own and trade. The platform provides a new way to engage with art, culture, and collecting on the internet. Before anyone can place any digital artwork for sale on the platform, it must undergo a rigorous verification and approval procedure. SuperRare aims to foster creativity among the few established creators on its marketplace to guarantee that digital art collectors get the most out of their collections. While SuperRare is not as eventful as all the other platforms listed above, it does have some pretty unique digital art pieces. However, one con of the platform is that it charges artists a steep 15 percent fee on direct sales. ## **Nifty Gateway** [Nifty Gateway](https://niftygateway.com) has NFTs, which they call Nifties, built on Ethereum. The platform specializes in premium NFT drops or NFT releases with a limited number of assets. The site has featured a wide range of well-known musicians and creatives in the past, including Beeple, Steve Aoki, and Grimes. Nifty Gateway's selection is geared primarily towards high-end investors due to the strong demand for these NFTs. Nifty Gateway isn't just an excellent platform for creators. It allows newcomers to the NFT market to purchase NFTs using a credit card, making it incredibly user-friendly. It also has open editions, which are NFTs that you may mint for a limited time for the base price. These limited editions are an excellent opportunity to acquire beautiful art without breaking your budget. One thing to know about the platform is that it’s founded on a solid policy foundation that prioritizes innovation and authenticity. As a result, it is well-known for having one of the world's best verification process systems. ## **Rarible** [Rarible](https://rarible.com) is a community-based NFT marketplace that allows users to purchase and sell various NFTs. In addition, the platform includes a user-friendly interface that will enable users to mint and trade NFTs easily. The platform is a one-of-a-kind cryptocurrency exchange that supports three different blockchain networks: Ethereum, Flow, and Tezos. This multi-chain capability allows users to mint, buy, and trade NFTs from these viable blockchain platforms in the Rarible NFT marketplace. If you're looking to discover new and unique NFTs, Rarible is the marketplace for that, as you can browse through trending collections, top sellers, and ongoing live auctions. Rarible's prices are denominated in Ethereum, but users may also use the platform's Rarible token to make purchases. Both buyers and sellers pay a 2.5 percent transaction fee on the marketplace. ## **Final Thoughts** Saying NFT marketplaces are taking the world by storm is probably an understatement. With more and more platforms popping up every day, the industry will become even more competitive. So if you haven't joined the game yet, there's no better time to do so than now. If you’re still at the very start of your NFT journey, don’t forget to [learn everything you can about it.](/blog/best-nft-marketplaces/) So gather your artworks and collectibles, and crack on displaying your works with [Peaka's NiftyExpo!](/templates/) --- START: blog/best-no-code-app-builders/best-no-code-app-builders.md --- # **The Best No-Code App Builders In 2026** Have you made up your mind to launch a brilliant mobile app but are not aware of the coding process? If so, no-code app builders could be the answer to your prayers. No code app builders enable you to design or create IOS apps, Android apps, and Web apps with little to no technical ability. That’s one way to reduce resources and costs in finding and hiring a well-experienced, trustworthy, or recognized coding team. According to a Gartner report, by 2024, the development of no-code apps will be answerable for over [65 percent](https://www.zdnet.com/article/top-8-trends-shaping-digital-transformation-in-2021/) of app development activity. It is predicted that the no-code development platforms will generate an income of [187 billion dollars by 2030](https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/2020/11/10/2123468/0/en/Global-187-Billion-Low-Code-Development-Platform-Market-to-2030.html) worldwide. [Around 75 percent](https://quandarycg.com/low-code-statistics/) of the largest enterprises will utilize no-code development tools by 2024, not only for developing IT apps but also for developing initiatives for the citizens. Keep reading for a comprehensive overview of top-notch no-code app builders on the market in 2022 for your particular needs. ## **1. Appypie–One of the best no-code app builders for mobile** Appypie accelerates the creation of mobile apps by ten times! The best feature of this app creator is that no coding skills are necessary to begin using it. Without any prior technical experience in mobile app development or design, you can try it for free and build some unique apps. You can easily drag and drop innovative functionality for your application using the editor in Appypie. The tool's workflow optimization does not require much work from you. You can successfully handle dull activities with the use of triggers and actions. This no-code app creator offers classes on developing the software for individuals from beginners to experts at all skill levels, whether you're constructing a dating app or a delivery app. ## **2. Clickup–A powerful all-in-one no-code solution for all businesses** You can manage projects, papers, deadlines, and remote teams with the help of ClickUp's no-code solutions. Numerous companies now use ClickUp. It is a flexible no-code tool that enables you to make user-friendly dashboards. With its adaptability, ClickUp provides several interfaces with various well-known programs and platforms. It is a full-featured app with the aspirational tagline "one app to substitute them all." Virtually, ClickUp is a capable platform that provides a fantastic no-code tool to link with various information sources or to build pathways and procedures for utmost efficiency. ## **3. Retool–Arguably the go-to software for building internal tools for businesses** Retool stands out because it provides a variety of adaptable building components, including tables, charts, forms, and maps. It enables connections to external information sources but prevents the creation of sophisticated tools. This tool can be used as a no-code tool, but still, it functions as a low-code solution. That’s because the developers have to write API queries manually. Although it is easy to accomplish, it requires some practice. Are you an architect? Or do you require a low-code answer? Retool is an excellent option for you. It allows you to create unique JavaScript code for virtually any component. Retool has gained recognition as a customizable extendable as a result. This software developer is passionate about security. Retool also offers friendly, responsive customer service and lets you utilize its corporate package to secure various apps against unauthorized users. ## **4. Bubble–A zero-code tool for web apps** Bubble enables you to construct various apps without typing a solitary line of code. You may build a prototype to test your ideas before converting them into actual products. Additionally, you may discuss your suggestions with your clients. Furthermore, since Bubble serves the app, you don't require a web server. As Bubble offers a fun trial that lets you design your homepage, you may try it out for free. Additionally, it has raised millions of dollars to make app development simpler for everyone. With Bubble, you may test your concept with a prototype before sharing it with platforms that interact with customers without having to deal with Javascript, HTML, or sizable databases. In addition, several venture-backed businesses already employ Bubble to drive their offerings. ## **5. Airtable–No-code data management app builder for the operations team** Airtable lets you make user-friendly spreadsheets and databases. Checkboxes, hyperlinks, scanners, and downloads may be added to data management spreadsheets to make them more active. It allows smaller teams and individual users to expedite project workflow. In addition, you can create some very compelling visualizations to streamline facts and tasks further. You may easily skip laborious and boring activities using Airtable. Airtable's ability to automate some operations and customize team-specific notifications is the cherry on top. This aids in focusing you or your organization on the most crucial matters! Airtable is a very potent app builder that resembles a project management methodology used by big organizations and corporations to handle their data and spreadsheets and produce solutions in line with the teams' requirements. Additionally, you may benefit from its periodic frameworks and user-friendly design in the advertising, manufacturing, operational processes, HR, sales, and finance departments to achieve new levels of efficiency and organization. ## **6. Adalo–An intuitive & easy-to-use no-code app maker** Adalo is a platform designed for front-end development, making creating online and mobile applications simple. You may quickly add features and UI Modules to your apps and carry out backend activities with its drag-and-drop functionality. Using the Actions feature, you may describe the on-page mechanism that starts the backend events. The operating system of your application, Adalo, consists of a built-in google doc database that you can use to input and recover information, such as the items in an online store. The Adalo backend does not support the conventional backend logic. However, it incorporates other programs that provide genuine backend functionality. Does it strike you as a little technical? You don't need to learn any programming or app design, so don't worry. ## **7. QuickBase–A flexible tool enhancing collaboration between the business and IT teams** Even those with less technical aptitude may create web applications at scale using QuickBase. It links information, people, and ideas.QuickBase is recommended for users willing to develop complicated systems at scale. The platform allows you to utilize and include several applications in your project and easily translate concepts into practical applications. Quickbase comprises a platform of programs that enable users with no technical expertise to scale and manage across many platforms. Additionally, it makes it quite simple for companies to effectively translate business ideas into applications. ## **8. Kintone–A powerful suite of countless tracking tools to enforce teamwork** Teams can effectively work together to create apps with Kintone. This software assists organizations and groups in creating robust tools and analytics to improve workflows. You may create internal apps using Kintone to encourage cooperation and teamwork. You may use Kintone to create a unified dashboard that is perfect for all of your reports, KPIs, and apps rather than keeping them all separate. With Kintone's no-code app builder, you have the flexibility of Excel plus a robust database to centralize your spreadsheets so you can complete the above activities without technical knowledge. ## **9. DraftBit–An online editor to access web browsers** You don't need coding experience or technical abilities to create apps using DraftBit. Instead, DraftBit's pre-built components may be used to develop the software. Bits and Blocks are its two constituent parts. The first component type enables more accurate app creation, while the second promotes higher-level and quicker app development. DraftBit also lets you preview new applications on your mobile device. So, it is more than just a tool for creating apps; it also allows you to test them on actual hardware. ## **10. AppSheet–An exceptional & less technically-oriented app creator** You can build a whole application using AppSheet without writing a piece of programming. With AppSheet, you can easily add pre-built functions to your app, including capabilities like location capture, barcode scanning, email sending, picture capture, location logging, scanning for barcodes, report generation, logic application, and much more. ## **11. Peaka: No-code app development meets easy data integration** [Peaka](/) is a no-code platform for building responsive, customer-facing web apps. The platform features a drag-and-drop interface that allows even people coming from non-technical backgrounds to develop apps and has served thousands of users since its inception. The latest iteration of Peaka boasts an advanced data integration capability addressing the data integration needs of startups and SMBs. These companies typically lack the financial means to build data warehouses or employ data teams to maintain such infrastructure. With the new Peaka, they can now bring together their data wherever it resides without having to copy or move it. Once the data is united, users can leverage it to automate tasks, build workflows, or power internal tools and web apps. "Data is the new oil," as they say. Peaka is democratizing access to data and empowering startups and SMBs to make the most of this powerful resource. **To bring things to a close,** Do you find coding difficult and cumbersome? No-code app developers execute the job of app designers for you; you'll undoubtedly start to enjoy apps. They give you a non-technical and simpler interface to build an app per your customers' needs. This way, you need not sit in front of your PC and suffer from mental stress to develop any app by coding manually. App development is difficult since it calls for ingenuity and unrelenting effort. No-code apps are amazing tools that level the playing field non-technical people and enable software development, process improvement, making the creation of new apps easier. ## **Author Bio** *Mike is a tech blogger and an avid reader. He has written various blogs and articles about the latest developments in blockchain technology, [Web3 development](https://bestweb3development.com/), Metaverse, and AI. When he is not researching or writing, he is probably playing Call of Duty, he is an avid gamer too!* --- START: blog/best-no-code-communities/best-no-code-communities.md --- # **Best No-Code Communities, Curated Lists & Resources in 2026** Over the past few years, there has been an explosion of no-code app development and technical problems. By 2030, the global low-code development platform market is expected to produce [$187 billion in revenue](https://userguiding.com/blog/no-code-low-code-statistics/) and account for more than 65% of app development by 2024. It’s simple, really. The more people with access to no-code tools that don’t require years of development education or skills, the faster new products will enter the marketplace. The world is full of creative people eager to find new ways of introducing their latest time-saving app or entertaining video game. That is why we wanted to highlight some of the no-code, low-code community resources that have been mentioned frequently by our customers and guests. Many of these sites and tutorials are perfect for the beginner looking to get started with no-code platforms for their next MVP project. Here is our list of the best no-code communities and resources in 2022. ## 1 - Popupsmart 694 No-Code Tools Popupsmart put together an amazingly [comprehensive list](https://popupsmart.com/no-code-tools/) of the latest and greatest no-code apps available online right now. They based their list on the low-code tools that are most frequently upvoted by users on Producthunt. Producthunt is an American website dedicated to sharing new products and discoveries based on user submissions. Popupsmart has an excellent array of mobile apps, no-code websites, and tech products sure to enhance your next project. ## 2 - Nocodelist.co The aptly named [Nocodelist](https://nocodelist.co/) has over 300 no-code tools and products broken down by different categories. You can find excellent no-code apps for solving everything from working in the Blockchain to designing your own communities section of your website. The goal of the project is to identify those perfect no-code software solutions using user-driven upvotes and endorsements. This is a great place for beginners to get their feet wet before taking a deep dive into their specific niche. ## 3 - NoCodeDevs [NoCodeDevs](https://www.nocodedevs.com/) was developed by famed no-code enthusiast Art West as a community that supports different creatives who want to connect and share stories about no-code/low-code solutions to their everyday problems. Users post everything from quizzes to webinars about their digital transformation into the no-code world and using automation for their projects. You’ll find a lot of high-powered tech insiders using this platform to swap ideas. ## 4 - 100 Days of No-Code [100 Days of No-Code](https://www.100daysofnocode.com/) is a relatively newer community operating on a unique premise. Their underlying structure is that you should be able to complete any no-code project using available online resources by finishing 1% of the intended roadmap each day. By the end, you’ll have 100% completion in 100 days. They enforce this idea by using a public accountability system that is quite enlightening to follow. It gives you insight into how other groups and projects navigate the no-code platforms online. ## 5 - No-Code HQ If you’re looking for more of the simple old-school sharing of project ideas, head over to [No-Code HQ.](https://community.nocodehq.com/) This is a community of like-minded individuals showcasing their latest successes and challenges involved in their project development. There are excellent tutorials to learn no-code app development with templates and tools that anyone from the beginner to the expert can take advantage of using. ## 6 - Nucode The unique thing about [Nucode](https://www.nucode.co/) is the detailed sharing of projects being completed with no-code tools. They have a rich community of more than 2,800 members dedicated to getting into the nitty-gritty of how to overcome roadblocks. This is another no-code platform with decent tutorials and learning resources that can help out people who are a little lost in this industry niche. ## 7 - NoCode.Tech We had to include a Slack community in our list because of the ease of using that platform for sharing information. [NoCode.Tech](https://www.nocode.tech/) is a little under 1,000 strong in its membership of incredible developers, designers, and innovators dedicated to showcasing their latest creations. On top of that, you get access to more than 200 tools and a “fortnightly” newsletter full of insightful industry news and relevant tech anyone in the no-code world would want to check out. ## 8 - NoCoders Academy It would not be much of a list without some form of an academy. Just like the early days of learning DOS or Javascript, there is now an online no-code community with the goal of offering courses and tutorials for teaching everyone how to use low-code solutions for their next app or software solution. While we are getting a little overdosed on online courses, [NoCoders Academy](https://www.nocoders.academy/) does a great job of separating out the resources so you can pick and choose without having to follow a considerable outline or curriculum. ## 9 - Codeless.how This is another company that really nailed their name. [Codeless.how](https://codeless.how/) is more on the crazy side of no-code app development that does not prescribe to any rule book. Their out-of-the-box solutions mix and match no-code tools from all kinds of sources for a truly unique outcome that will make you feel more MacGyver than Zuckerberg. We love the tools, topics, and showcases featured on this platform. ## 10 - NoCodeClub Go and check out this website the first chance you get. They feature some of the coolest retro gaming visuals that you know means they have decent developers lurking in the background ready to answer your complicated no-code questions. [NoCodeClub](https://nocodeclub.co/) is a community of makers who use a gamified leaderboard as an interactive way to award members that collaborate and motivate newer members. It is a very cohesive community where everyone is willing to pitch in on solving a project challenge. ## 11 - No Code Founders First things first, do not get intimidated by this community. The [No-Code Founders](https://nocodefounders.com/) community features, you guessed it, founders of no-code projects and solutions that have finished and are available on the market. They openly share the no-code tech stacks used and offer real-world advice for overcoming some of the more common challenges and roadblocks to getting a new idea to MVP. ## 12 - No Code MVP Speaking of MVPs, how about a no-code platform dedicated to getting your new product as quickly as possible? With [No Code MVP](https://nocodemvp.com/) you’re treated to intense tutorials that will accelerate your roadmaps with a more agile response to fixes, repairs, and solutions. Admittedly, this is a messy “get the project out” kind of style, but it does the job well and teaches you a ton about the business of no-code app development. ## 13 - Webflow University This is another of our “academy” resources that we thought we should feature. While it doesn’t have the scrappy style or rushed sense of producing a product as other no-code platforms, it does offer a ton of valuable insights and lessons taught by industry professionals. We suggest [Webflow University](https://university.webflow.com/) for those readers who prefer a bit more structure to their online learning. ## 14 - Nocodify We thought it would serve our readers well if we included a secondary no-code source of information from another well-structured company. [Nocodify](https://nocodify.com/) focuses on the individual step-by-step guidance of building a new app using no-code visual development. This is an excellent tool for those that want a more drag-and-drop experience in their online education. ## 15 - Hello Guru [Hello Guru](https://hub.helloguru.io) is a great place to start for those with absolutely no background in tech whatsoever. First off, we love the name. Secondly, this is a highly visual learning system that breaks down the individual tech and features being used in the no-code community. This means you have a lot more simplified instruction and tutorials available than the high-level information from entrepreneurs and developers who have already completed projects. ## Wrapping it Up No matter where you stand in the no-code world, plenty of no-code/low-code tools, platforms, apps, and tutorials are readily available online. Many communities have grown up around the complicated world of app development and are more than ready to make the change over to a no-code solution. When you join these communities, you’re bound to find an enthusiastic group of developers and designers eager to share their ideas, questions, projects, and provide you with pathways to new resources as they are announced. Whatever your style of learning, there is a no-code solution for you. If you’re ready to jump feet first into the low-code, no-code world, why not start with our professional experts at Peaka? We offer an easy-to-understand way of building web apps and frictionless projects using visual editors that anyone can pick up. This is an excellent resource from our developers, who understand the demand beginners and seasoned creatives have for customizable tools. You can schedule a demo with us at [Peaka](/) by visiting our site and checking out the many solutions available for your next project. --- START: blog/best-note-taking-software/best-note-taking-software.md --- # **The Best Note-Taking Apps of 2022** In the past, if you were struck with inspiration while doing your weekly shopping, you'd have to scribble your idea down on a scrap piece of paper or maybe even your arm. Today, we have access to powerful note-taking apps that allow you to capture and organize any idea on any device. But with so many options, how do you decide on the best note-taking app for you? Fear not — we've compiled a list of the best note-taking apps available right now. ## Evernote (iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Web) You knew it was coming! Founded in 2007, Evernote is one of the most popular note-taking apps out there, with over [225 million users](https://expandedramblings.com/index.php/evernote-statistics/) as of 2019. Looking at Evernote's comprehensive list of features, it's no wonder that it's so widely used. For example, you can add notes in a variety of formats, including text, images, PDF documents, scanned handwritten notes (provided that you have legible handwriting) and even audio clips. Evernote's versatility makes it an excellent note-taking app for people who like to capture notes on a napkin when they're on the go, as well as people who prefer a more organized approach. You can organize your notes into notebooks, add tags, create notes from calendar events, and even automate your note-taking. There are [four price plans](https://evernote.com/compare-plans) for Evernote: Free, Personal, Professional, and Evernote Teams. Ignoring Evernote Teams, for now, the main difference between the plans is device syncing, storage and access to AI-based features. For example, you're limited to syncing with up to 2 devices with the free plan, but the Personal plan offers unlimited syncing. In terms of AI features, Evernote can make personalized content recommendations, such as links to web articles, based on what you type, among other features like geolocation searching. In 2020 Evernote released a thoroughly [updated version](https://evernote.com/blog/new-evernote-android/) of the app for iPad and Android tablets, ironing out some of the previous bugs and making it easier for users to transition between note-taking on the tablet vs. computer. Overall, Evernote is a robust and powerful note-taking app, but its premium versions are slightly expensive for the average user. As a result, most people will need a good reason to justify going beyond the free version. ## Microsoft OneNote (iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Web) [OneNote](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/onenote/digital-note-taking-app) is the only note-taking app that can match the mastery of Evernote, and it's totally free. Both apps are similar in terms of functionality - you can draw, record audio, scan images, embed spreadsheets, and organize notes with ease on either of them. However, there are some distinct differences. OneNote is the better option if you want the most features without opening your wallet. Still, Evernote has the edge when it comes to content clipping, organization, and UI. It's also important to note that while the OneNote app is free, you are limited to [5GB of cloud storage](https://www.pcmag.com/reviews/microsoft-onenote). However, you can buy more storage if you need it, and Office 365 users get much more storage (1TB-6TB). ## Notion (iOS, Android, Windows, Web) [Notion](https://www.notion.so/) is a relatively new note-taking app with a specific focus on collaboration. In fact, it's more than a note-taking app; it's also a project manager and a reference wiki. So it can be your all-in-one workspace solution if you want it to be. You can create new notes, called pages, and then populate them with "blocks". Blocks are essentially responsive elements like images, audio, video, text, checklists, code snippets, files, and web bookmarks. You can also embed your current work tools to create a hub for everything you and your team are currently working on. The tables in Notion also function more like databases than tables — every row in the table is its own note that you can update freely. Notion offers [four pricing plans](https://www.notion.so/pricing): Free, Personal Pro, Team, and Enterprise. With the free plan, you get access to unlimited pages and blocks, can sync across all devices, and share with up to 5 guests. However, if you want to experience some of the more powerful collaboration features, you'll want the Team version. ## Roam Research (macOS, Windows, Linux, Web) The first three note-taking apps on our list utilize a similar approach to note organization — tags, folders, collapsible note hierarchies. However, [Roam Research](https://roamresearch.com/) does things differently. Described as a "note-taking tool for networked thought," Roam Research links notes together in a web structure (or graph database), making it easy to visualize the relationship between notes. If you've struggled to find a note-taking app that sticks, it could be down to the hierarchical nature of traditional note-taking apps. They are top-down, with each note having a dedicated place in the hierarchy. This makes them great for project-based work, but not so much for those sparks of inspiration you have. Roam Research's network-based approach allows each note to function autonomously, connecting to other notes when it fits organically. The downside to Roam Research is the price — the Pro version is $15 a month or $165 a year, and there's no freemium version, only a free trial. Not happy with your note-taking habits? Looking for a more organized way of note-taking that will replace your old notebook? These four tools will transform the way you organize your notes and will boost your productivity. Give them a try and see which one suits your style the best. --- START: blog/best-project-management-apps-2021/best-project-management-apps-2021.md --- # **The Best Project Management Apps in 2026** As the year slowly comes to an end, we took a moment to consider some of the best project management apps on the market. We handpicked those platforms that provided a wide range of tools for improving productivity and features that ensured clean communication. This was a bit of a challenge as remote, and hybrid work models heavily influenced our picks. We needed those applications that could accommodate a team working from anywhere who checked in with leadership on their own schedule. With so many demands on reporting, around [4 out of 5](https://www.axelos.com/getmedia/9bd107ec-ab67-40d2-b632-f962881cc137/AXELOS-PPM-Benchmarking-Report-2019.aspx) project managers report they cannot go without some form of project management solution. Not only were these low-code solutions excellent across multiple industries, but they are also the ones most likely to continue offering superior features and services well into 2022. Read on to see our list of the best project management apps. ## How Project Management Applications Help The whole point of a low-code or no-code solution to managing your team and internal processes is to streamline tasks for more efficient project closings. Each of these apps provides pathways that improve your project planning, tracking, measuring, and reporting. The main goal you should be fulfilling is collaboration. The pandemic has shifted the way we work, and having a suite of customized tools that encourage smoother communication is a must in today's market. Each of these app solutions on our list has at least two tiers of a free option or premium account. Most of them have more than just the two that can fit teams of any size. We've done our best to outline the subtle differences and hope this list improves your team's capabilities. ### 1 - nTask Most startups and small to medium-sized business owners find the real challenge when selecting project management software is the overabundance of choice. There always seems to be a particular app for specific niches. This is where [nTask](https://www.ntaskmanager.com/) shines. It is a high-quality no-code application that provides a versatile list of project and task management tools, including kanban boards, Gantt charts, time-tracking, meeting management, and more, all at a low operating cost. You can try nTask with their free plan that allows up to five team members and simple operations. When you upgrade to a paid plan, you'll find some of the most affordable options compared to other competitors. This is the perfect project management app for those starting out their journey with plenty of options and integrations with other task management tools like Google Calendar and Slack for easy communication. If you are looking for a quick alternative that meets most of your needs, nTask is it. ### 2 - Asana When you have a larger team spread out in different locations and time zones, [Asana](https://asana.com/) will probably be a great fit. We love to list a company like Asana because it is often left off of other lists due to its relatively low profile, but that doesn't make it any less effective. We really like Asana allows you to create to-do lists, reminders, due dates, instructions, and comments on items, all while integrating smoothly with cloud services like Google Drive. This way, you can easily track everything all your team members are working on without having to utilize a ton of complex third-party solutions. Asana uses a smooth interface that gets the job done well. This is a solid second place option designed for bigger teams with a modest price tag. There is a free option available, but it doesn't have as many features as the premium options, so you'll have to upgrade to get the full benefit. We also love the workflow automation Asana offers, with custom triggers available from multiple project views, so the entire team stays on task. ### 3 - Trello The nice thing about working with a low-code project management solution like [Trello](https://trello.com/) is its ability to communicate across almost all devices and platforms. It has an intuitive user interface that allows you to easily organize, coordinate, and track work. This isn't a great app for traditional management as it doesn't have tools for rebalancing resources. You won't find swimlanes or work-in-progress limits. You will find an excellent communication tool with an easy-to-use free plan, though, and pre-built templates that work great for first-timers in the project management arena. Trello is a kanban board app with a timeline view similar to a Gantt chart but more on the communication side than record keeping. With major companies like Google and Fender utilizing Trello, you can find decent benefits. If you're looking for a communication-driven project management solution, Trello is your best bet. ### 4 - Zoho Projects [Zoho Projects](https://www.zoho.com/projects/) is a well-balanced no-code project management option for smaller teams. You get a range of integrations and a suite of features at an excellent value point with robust time-tracking tools to ensure all of your team is on task. The downside is there are not any premade templates, and the resource management view can be a little overwhelming for larger teams. Nevertheless, this is a frequent choice for cash-strapped teams or developers looking for a quick turnaround on a project. We really like the webhooks and workflow rules that create actions to trigger events inside native features of Zoho Projects as well as externally with other integrations including cloud-based services. You can set flexible hours by the task instead of by the time of day, which offers a bit more versatility with hybrid working teams. Overall this is a decent choice for smaller groups that need a cheap option and the application of trigger events. ### 5 - Jira We weren't sure whether we should include this powerhouse on our list because, while the capability of the project management app is pretty impressive, you do need a lot of technical expertise to fully utilize the features. [Jira](https://www.atlassian.com/software/jira) is a highly agile project management app trusted by more than 65,000 organizations worldwide, including eBay and Airbnb. It offers a lot of features as well as active bug tracking that solve problems before they arise with the software. If you are an agile-based team, you'll probably want to check out Jira. You should keep in mind that this is a low-code solution. That means you will need some technical knowledge to set everything up. Anyone outside of developers or software engineers may want to steer clear of Jira. There aren't any timeline views, and the collaboration tools are a little limited, especially for remote-focused workers. ### 6 - Clickup [Clickup](https://clickup.com/) is an excellent all-in-one solution for a low-code project management app. While this can be a bit overcomplicated for some entry-level users, it does offer a ton of collaboration through multiple integrations like Google Sheets and real-time syncing with services from Apple, Google, and Outlook. It is at the bottom of our list only because almost all the features require customization to get the full benefit. The alternatives we've already listed are a lot more turnkey and help those startups crafting a new MVP to market or small businesses just getting into project management. After your team has outgrown other options, you may want to give Clickup a try as it offers some of the most robust options around. Just be sure to hire a digital Sherpa to get you through some of the more in-depth technical aspects. Once you get a solid understanding of the technical background, you may also want to consider graduating to Jira. ### 7 - Monday [Monday](https://monday.com/) is probably the only other top pick we would suggest newbies try out. While we like others a bit more for startups and SMB organizations, Monday is close behind because of its flexibility to work with anyone from an individual freelancer to entire enterprise-sized teams. The time-tracking and robust integrations are what set Monday apart from the rest. You can easily communicate with pretty much any other service and app you would need to grow your business, including Slack, Dropbox, Zoom, Google, Todoist, and more. The downside is you have to pay to play. If you want access to everything Monday has to offer, you'll need to pay for the premium options. You cannot utilize the Gantt charts and timeline views with an entry-level plan. ## Customizing Your Solution One other option that may work best for your team is to create a customized web app that fits your team's specific needs. We suggest trying out the free options of a few of these excellent project management apps and then coming over to Peaka to create a bespoke solution for yourself. Peaka offers a frictionless visual editor to create no-code web apps that solve your company's unique challenges. You get the ability to customize all the aspects of your project management app that meets the concerns and suggestions of your team and managers. Peaka goes beyond project management tasks. We offer a fully functional platform for designing incredible solutions through the power of simple components and database models that provide a wealth of options for practically any business. Take a look at our current temolates on [our website](/templates/) or reach out to our support staff with any questions you may have. Using our drag-and-drop editor to build your project management app will be a great way to usher in the new year. --- START: blog/best-saas-analytics-tools/best-saas-analytics-tools.md --- # **Top SaaS Analytics Platforms: What to Use and Why It Matters** If you want to improve your platform's user experience, then it’s time to explore the top SaaS analytics tools. These tools help leverage the right data to make informed decisions, optimize user experiences, and drive business success. The following sections take a closer look at the top 25+ SaaS Analytics tools. ## **Why Are SaaS Analytics Tools Important?** SaaS analytics tools empower organizations to make decisions based on concrete data rather than intuition or guesswork. Businesses can analyze trends, track [key performance indicators](https://www.clearpointstrategy.com/blog/18-key-performance-indicators) (KPIs), and identify areas for improvement, leading to more informed and strategic choices. SaaS analytics tools also have robust reporting features that enable organizations to create detailed and customizable reports. These reports can be tailored to specific business objectives, making it easier for stakeholders to understand complex data and trends. More and more businesses are using analytic tools to excel, and the SaaS market is likely to [exceed $800 billion by 2030](https://www.venasolutions.com/blog/saas-statistics). ## **What Are the 25+ Leading SaaS Analytics Tools?** Here's a list of the 25+ best SaaS analytics tools to try in 2024. ### **1. [Mixpanel](https://mixpanel.com/)** Mixpanel is a powerful SaaS analytics tool focused on user-centric insights for web and mobile applications. With advanced event tracking, user behavior analytics, and retention analysis, Mixpanel empowers businesses to make data-driven decisions, optimize user experiences, and drive growth through a deep understanding of user interactions. ### **2. [Plerdy](https://www.plerdy.com/)** Plerdy is a comprehensive SaaS analytics tool specializing in conversion rate optimization (CRO). Offering real-time heatmaps, SEO checking, session replay, and event tracking with Google Analytics integration, the tool helps businesses gain valuable insights into user behavior and efficient feedback collection. Other takeaways include customizable pop-up forms and detailed purchase information that enables you to make the right enterprise decisions. ### **3. [Twilio Segment](https://segment.com/)** Segment is a powerful customer data platform that simplifies data management for businesses. Efficiently collecting, cleaning, and [controlling customer data](/docs/), it serves as a centralized hub, enabling seamless integration and collaboration across applications and empowering businesses to make informed decisions based on accurate and organized data. ### **4. [Kissmetrics](https://www.kissmetrics.io/)** Kissmetrics prioritizes customer engagement, offering strategic insights to [optimize marketing efforts](https://improvado.io/blog/marketing-optimization-guide) and improve user experiences. The platform excels in cohort analysis, funnel tracking, and customer segmentation, enabling businesses to understand, measure, and improve the entire customer journey for enhanced conversions and loyalty. ### **5. [Matomo](https://matomo.org/)** Matomo delivers comprehensive user behavior analysis through heatmaps, scrollmaps, referral maps, and recordings. While using the platform, you can save unlimited data across websites, individual segments, and everything in between. The biggest takeaway? Matomo is an Open Source platform, and the data here is completely secure. ### **6. [Looker](https://cloud.google.com/looker)** Looker is a versatile business intelligence platform that facilitates data exploration and discovery for informed decision-making and comes with many nifty features. Its intuitive and user-friendly interface allows users to create and share interactive dashboards, fostering collaboration. LookML, Looker's modeling language, enables easy customization and definition of data relationships, ensuring data consistency across the organization. Looker's robust data modeling capabilities facilitate the transformation of raw data into meaningful insights, and its real-time analytics provide up-to-date information. ### **7. [Omniconvert](https://www.omniconvert.com/)** Omniconvert is a SaaS analytics and optimization platform designed to help e-commerce businesses increase customer lifetime value. It combines A/B testing, personalization, advanced segmentation, and survey tools to optimize user experiences and drive data-informed decisions. With powerful analytics and seamless integrations, Omniconvert enables teams to understand customer behavior, improve retention, and align marketing and UX strategies for measurable business growth. ### **8. [Tableau](https://www.tableau.com/)** Tableau is a powerful data visualization and business intelligence tool that transforms complex data into actionable insights. With diverse data source connectivity, Tableau allows seamless integration for powerful visualizations, aiding users in making data-driven decisions with clarity and precision. ### **9. [Hotjar](https://www.hotjar.com/)** Hotjar merges analytics and feedback tools to gain a deep understanding of user behavior on websites. Hotjar's insights help optimize website usability and conversion rates. Its user-friendly interface and comprehensive analytics make it a valuable tool for enhancing the online user experience. ### **10. [Optimizely](https://www.optimizely.com/)** Optimizely is an experimentation platform that empowers businesses to test and optimize digital experiences, enhancing user engagement and conversion rates. This tool specializes in [A/B testing](https://www.optimizely.com/optimization-glossary/ab-testing/) and experimentation, optimizing user experiences for enhanced website performance. ### **11. [Adobe Analytics](https://business.adobe.com/products/analytics/adobe-analytics.html)** Adobe Analytics offers robust features for web analytics, allowing businesses to track user behavior, measure campaign success, and gain actionable insights. An integral part of Adobe Marketing Cloud, this tool offers deep insights into customer behavior for strategic marketing decisions. ### **12. [Woopra](https://www.woopra.com/)** Woopra offers real-time customer analytics and insights to enhance understanding of user micro journeys, making way for improved end-user experiences. ### **13. [Pendo](https://www.pendo.io/)** This tool guides product teams in understanding user behavior and aiding users in creating superior product experiences. ### **14. [FullStory](https://www.fullstory.com/)** Fullstory provides session replay, heatmaps, and analytics, offering a holistic view of user interactions for website optimization. ### **15. [Statcounter](https://statcounter.com/)** This real-time web analytics tool provides valuable insights into website traffic and user engagement. ### **16. [Smartlook](https://www.smartlook.com/)** Smartlook captures user behavior on websites and mobile apps, offering the right insights for optimized user experiences. ### **17. [IBM Cognos Analytics](https://www.ibm.com/products/cognos-analytics)** This comprehensive business intelligence and analytics platform by IBM is ideal for informed decision-making. With self-service capabilities, IBM Cognos Analytics empowers users to explore data, create interactive dashboards, and share insights, fostering collaborative decision-making across teams. ### **18. [QlikView](https://www.qlik.com/us/products/qlikview)** This tool delivers business intelligence and data visualization solutions, transforming complex data into actionable insights. ### **19. [Domo](https://www.domo.com/)** Domo is a cloud-based business intelligence platform that facilitates data visualization and analysis for data-driven decision-making. ### **20. [Sisense](https://www.sisense.com/homepage/)** Sisense business intelligence and analytics solutions are specially designed for handling complex data sets. ### **21. Mode Analytics** This is a collaborative analytics platform that combines SQL, Python, and R for efficient data analysis and exploration. ### **22. Power BI** Power BI is Microsoft's business analytics tool for visualizing and sharing actionable insights. The tool seamlessly integrates with various data sources, supports AI-driven insights, and allows sharing and collaboration. ### **23. Keen IO** Keen IO is a customizable analytics platform that offers real-time event data processing. Its features include data visualization, dashboards, and API analytics for comprehensive insights. The customizable analytics backend helps build tailored analytics features directly into your platform. ### **24. Periscope Data** This data analysis tool directly connects to databases, providing quick insights for data-driven decision-making. ### **25. Google Analytics** Regarding [SaaS analytics tools](/blog/b2b-saas-analytics-tools/), Google Analytics excels in user engagement analysis, providing metrics on bounce rates, session duration, and pages per session. The platform's conversion tracking features enable the measurement of key actions, such as form submissions or product purchases, facilitating the assessment of marketing campaign effectiveness. ### **26. Heap Analytics** This tool offers event tracking, analytics, and insights without the need for code. ### **27. Amplitude** Amplitude empowers companies with insightful product analytics, enhancing understanding of user behavior for informed decision-making. ### **28. Zonka Feedback** [Zonka Feedback](https://www.zonkafeedback.com/) combines customer feedback and survey tools to help businesses gather real-time insights on customer experiences across multiple touchpoints. Zonka Feedback’s data-driven insights empower companies to improve customer satisfaction and streamline their feedback processes. With its intuitive interface and detailed analytics, it is an essential tool for businesses looking to enhance customer experiences and drive loyalty. ## **The Bottom Line** SaaS analytics tools exemplify innovation, providing businesses with versatile solutions to transform data into actionable insights. Whether it's the comprehensive analytics of Google Analytics or the real-time event processing of Heap Analytics, these tools are pivotal for organizations seeking to navigate the complexities of the data-driven era. Peaka’s data integration platform can connect to any API. See our [growing library of custom integrations](/integrations/). --- START: blog/best-slack-alternatives-2021/best-slack-alternatives-2021.md --- # **The Best Slack Alternatives in 2026** For many people, the transition to remote working during the pandemic was fraught with frustration. Businesses that relied on slow, clunky, and siloed communication apps felt the effects of poor communication. For example, did you know that miscommunication costs companies with over 100 employees an average of $420,000 per year? If that wasn't enough, a whopping 28% of employees cite poor communication as the primary reason for not delivering work on time. These statistics paint a critical story - communication tools are the lifeblood of successful businesses in 2021. But which communication app should you choose? Many companies default to using the mighty Slack - a popular app loved by many. However, there are plenty of excellent Slack alternatives out there, complete with unique features that might be a better fit for your company. ## Discord (Windows, macOS, Android, Linux, Web app) [Discord](https://discord.com/) has been dubbed "Slack for gamers," but the truth is, you don't need to be an energy-drink-guzzling video game enthusiast to benefit from Discord. Discord allows one-on-one messaging as well as group communication, and where it really shines is with its low-latency voice chats. In other words, if you're looking for a reliable platform with crystal clear audio, Discord is an excellent choice. Perhaps the best thing about Discord is that you can use its vast array of features for free. The paid version (Discord Nitro) essentially just adds a few vanity features you can take or leave. ## Zulip (Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, Android, Windows Phone) [Zulip](https://zulip.com/) is an open-source team chat that packs a punch. But how does it differ from the rest? Comparing itself to Slack, Zulip argues its app is better for busy managers who are too tied-up to participate in team chats and are often overwhelmed by a flood of messages. The app takes inspiration from email, using a unique threading feature where every chat has a topic (much like a subject line). The free version is available to all organizations and allows 10,000 messages of search history, 5 GB file storage, hundreds of integrations, and more. The Standard version is priced at $6.67 a month per user and funds the open-source project, as well as offering additional features like unlimited search history and 10 Gb of storage per user. ## Chanty (Windows, macOS, Android, iPhone, and iPad) [Chanty](https://www.chanty.com/) is a simple, no-frills team communication app that just works. However, despite its reputation for being simple and easy to use for the less tech-savvy among us, plenty of powerful things are going on beneath the hood. The app uses AI to improve communication and collaboration and has a deliberate focus on tasks over chat. For example, the Tasks button is displayed prominently above any conversations. Chanty has a "forever" free app for individual users or a business version, priced at $3 per user per month. The business version comes with a bunch of extra features, including unlimited integrations through Zapier, unlimited group audio calls, screen sharing, a dedicated support line, and more. The [website](https://www.chanty.com/pricing.html) also has a helpful tool where you can compare the cost of the communication tool you currently use against Chanty to see just how much you can save! ## Element (Web, Android, iOS, macOS, Windows, and Linux) [Element](https://element.io/) is an end-to-end encrypted decentralized messaging app available on a computer or as a mobile app. It has all the hallmarks of a great messaging app, including public and private rooms, audio and video calling, file sharing, and more. However, where Element really shines is in its approach to privacy and security. The decentralized nature of the app means that none of your data is held in one place by the company. In other words, you control your data and can even create your own server if you're particularly security conscious. You can also integrate Element with other chat platforms like SMS, Telegram, Facebook Messenger, and Slack. Pricing starts at $2 per active user on the cheapest business plan. ## Mattermost (Android, iOS, macOS, Windows, and Linux) [Mattermost](https://mattermost.com/) has been dubbed a blend of Slack and Microsoft Teams, and if you give it a spin, you'll see why: It looks and acts just like Slack but has the robust Enterprise features of Teams. Much like Element, Mattermost is dedicated to solid security, allowing you to create a server for on-premise or cloud access. Mattermost offers two plans for its cloud-hosted and on-premise packages. It charges $10 a month for its cloud-hosted regular package while its Enterprise package is subject to custom pricing. The only [free plan](https://mattermost.com/pricing-self-managed/) comes with the on-premise version and limited functionality. ## Rocket.Chat (iOS, Android, Windows, macOS, Linux, and Web) [Rocket.Chat](https://rocket.chat/) is a free, open-source communication tool that is fully customizable. So, what makes Rocket.Chat unique? Put simply, it's the total flexibility to adapt the platform into anything you need it to be. You have access to the code to customize, integrate, and extend the app's capabilities according to your businesses' wants and needs. There's a Free, Pro ($3 per user per month), and an Enterprise version of the software. ## What's the Verdict? While Slack might be the most well-known communication tool out there, it's not perfect. It is known to use a lot of RAM, deplete your battery quite fast while offering limited archiving capability and deleting your old messages after some time in the free version. Picking the right app for your business shouldn't come down to a popularity contest but rather the features that will help you and your employees thrive. For example, if tasks are as (or more) important to you as just chat, then Chanty could be a good option for you. On the other hand, if you want reliable audio and an excellent hub for project work, Discord will serve you well. It's time to take control of your team communication and pick the app that will drive results! --- START: blog/best-social-media-management-2021/best-social-media-management-2021.md --- # **The Best Social Media Management Apps in 2026** Social media is an essential part of running any business in 2021. It makes sharing products, reaching new customers and connecting with existing customers quicker and easier than ever before. But managing multiple social media profiles across numerous social networks, trying to keep up with messages, comments, and other interactions, and staying up to date on the latest trends can be an incredibly time-consuming part of any social media managers’ day. This is where social media management apps come in handy. These apps allow users to schedule, post and monitor their content as well as interact with followers and see insights into how their content is performing. But with so many apps to choose from, how do you know which one is right for you? To make it a little easier, we’ve put together a list of some of the best social media management apps in 2021. ## Hootsuite [Hootsuite](https://www.hootsuite.com/) is an all-in-one platform that allows users to manage multiple accounts across multiple social networks through one app. It’s been around since 2008 and is definitely a favourite among many, with more than 16 million users in 175 countries. Hootsuite is one of the most extensive social media management apps and allows users to connect to Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Pinterest. With Hootsuite, users can create and schedule posts, monitor content and see how its performing, schedule content, collaborate with team members to plan upcoming campaigns and reply to messages from a single streamlined inbox. Hootsuite also provides users with a number of valuable insights and the ability to create custom reports based on the metrics that are most important to their business. ## Zoho Social [Zoho Social](https://www.zoho.com/social/) is another fantastic all-in-one social media management app known for its simple yet elegant interface and ease of use. The app works with Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn and has a version specifically designed for marketing agencies, which enables additional features such as white labelling and client lists. With Zoho Social, users can schedule posts using the publishing calendar and content queue, curate their content within the app, monitor engagement and reply to Twitter and Facebook direct messages, and create custom and scheduled reports on performance and engagement. Zoho Social also integrates with the other Zoho apps, including Zoho Workspace, Zoho Campaigns, and Zoho CRM, making collaboration more manageable than ever before. ## Sprout Social [Sprout Social](https://sproutsocial.com/) stands apart from other social media management apps because it is one of the few platforms that include CRM features with the app. This feature allows users to plan, create, manage and post content for Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, YouTube, and Pinterest within the application. They can also access messages from all their accounts in a unified social inbox, making responding to messages quick and simple. One of the features that Sprout Social is best known for is its in-depth analytics that lets users to monitor keywords across all accounts and create easy-to-read reports. Sprout Social also helps users to improve their social media strategy by using insights and trends to take their content to the next level. ## Loomly [Loomly](https://www.loomly.com/) is a social media management app designed to be used by teams with collaboration in mind. With Loomly, users can get notified when someone on their team comments on or updates content through Slack, Microsoft Teams, email, or push notification. Users also can store their photos, videos, and templates in Loomly’s library and access Loomly Studio, the Hashtag Manager, and the UTM parameters generator. Like other social media management apps, Loomly allows users to schedule their content, preview their content before actually posting, respond to comments and messages from Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and LinkedIn, and view analytics for their posts. Loomly’s analytics are available in real-time, and the app also provides analytics for posts not posted using the app. ## Buffer [Buffer](https://buffer.com/) is best known for its post tracking tools and in-depth real-time analytics. The app is run by a smaller team, with 85 members across 15 countries, who work hard to regularly release new features and analytics to help businesses increase performance and engagement across multiple social networks. Users can plan and publish content for Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest, and LinkedIn right from Buffer’s comprehensive and straightforward dashboard. Buffer also offers additional features for Instagram that help users build their brand using Instagram marketing, planning and preparing stories as well as reminders when it’s time to post scheduled content. Users can also engage with commenters and collaborate with teammates. Buffer’s analytics not only allows users to analyze their content’s performance in real-time but also integrate with Google analytics and generate custom reports of those analytics. ## Crowdfire [Crowdfire](https://www.crowdfireapp.com/) is a fantastic social media management app for businesses or individuals looking for an all-in-one app that works with a large number of platforms. Currently, Crowdfire supports Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter, LinkedIn, WordPress, Etsy, Shopify, Pinterest, Medium, Vimeo and more. One of its most popular features allows users to create social media posts for every update they have on one of the connected sites. Additionally, users can discover content based on keywords and interests, pre-schedule and publish content, and customize content based on which platform it is going to be posted on. Crowdfire regularly adds new features to the app and also offers specific capabilities for certain platforms. For example, users can follow and unfollow on Twitter and have content suggested for sharing, such as articles. ## Social Pilot [Social Pilot](https://www.socialpilot.co/) is one of the most affordable social media management apps and offers users a simple yet powerful dashboard packed with features. The app is compatible with Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Google My Business, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and TikTok. It allows users to publish content using a social media calendar, upload up to 500 posts at a time and collaborate with team members. Social Pilot also has client management tools making it a great option for agencies who manage multiple clients. It also helps users to curate and create content by finding and suggesting relevant content. Users can search as many keywords as they’d like to see recent posts relating to that keyword to find inspiration and stay up to date. ## Agorapulse [Agorapulse](https://www.agorapulse.com/) is an all-in-one social media platform with scheduling, responding, and reporting features. Users can use a unified social inbox to respond to messages, comments and reviews from Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter and YouTube. The app also allows users to plan and schedule content through an easy-to-use and visually appealing content calendar and collaborate with other team members. Agorapulse is also a popular choice among many social media managers and agencies for its monitoring and reporting. Users can see trends and insights about their brand along with competitor analyses. Agorapulse’s analytics are updated in real-time, and users can easily create custom reports and have them sent directly to their email. ## Sendible [Sendible](https://www.sendible.com/) is often considered the best social media management app for agencies and was specifically designed to be used in that setting. It features a custom dashboard which can be helpful when attracting new clients and can be used with Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest, LinkedIn and Google My Business. Sendible also offers a number of unique integrations such as YouTube, Canva graphic editors and a royalty-free image search making it incredibly easy to create content all in one place. Apart from the dashboard, users can plan and publish content, collaborate with team members, and approve new posts. Sendible also provides users with valuable insights into how their content is performing and allows them to monitor mentions to increase engagement. ## Sprinklr [Sprinklr](https://www.sprinklr.com/) is a social media management app designed for enterprises and large agencies that deal with high profile clients. Sprinklr users can connect to more than 30 platforms, including Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram. Within the app, they can plan content, create campaigns, respond to reviews and comments and collaborate with team members. Sprinklr also provides users with valuable insights into everything from customer location to how they feel about products. In addition to the more traditional social media management application features, Sprinklr allows users to connect with customers via live chat, messaging, email, SMS and more. Users can also use chatbots to have more efficient conversations with customers using applications like Facebook messenger and WhatsApp, and have an automated workflow for how contact requests are handled to solve customer issues faster. Whether you’re a small business owner looking to increase traffic to your site or a social media manager for a major corporation, social media management apps are some of the most powerful tools you can have in your toolkit. With so many different apps available, there is sure to be one that fits every company’s needs and budget. --- START: blog/best-video-editing-software/best-video-editing-software.md --- # **Best Video Editing Software in 2024** Do you remember Windows Video Maker, that easy-to-use tool with bare-bones functionality we all used to edit videos in the early noughties to not-very-good results? I remember spending hours trying to edit family videos, adding effects that consistently fell short of creating the wow effect I hoped for but it was par for the course, I guess. Those videos were made to be memories, relics of better times and not intended for mass consumption. Windows Video Maker was a different tool for a different time when there was significantly less emphasis on visuals compared to today. The advent of the social media age changed all that — now videos were being made for a much a larger audience whose expectations considerably differed from the expectations of your family. Platforms such as Youtube, Instagram, Twitter and TikTok created a new breed of celebrities who made a living off their video-making skills. Video creation has been responsible for billions of dollars worth of sales and become an essential part of any marketing strategy. According to [Influencer Marketing Hub](https://influencermarketinghub.com/tiktok-stats/), TikTok reached one million views per day in its first year alone. Now, a video-sharing app is the most downloaded app on the Google Play Store! But how can you produce videos that will be up to the standards of our visually-driven society? Thankfully, hard times times create powerful tools (I know, [G. Michael Hopf](https://www.goodreads.com/quotes/8751435-hard-times-create-strong-men-strong-men-create-good-times) did not exactly say it like that) and today we have access to powerful video editing tools that can help us deliver top-quality video content. To save you time, we’ve put together a list of the best video editing software. Read all about our top video editing software recommendations, so you can start creating your own binge-worthy video content as soon as possible! ## Premiere Pro [Adobe's Premiere Pro](https://www.adobe.com/products/premiere.html) is an extremely popular video editing software. This industry-standard tool is suitable for both Mac and Windows and is used by some of the most successful video creators. Although Premiere Pro is an advanced piece of software, even a video editing novice can learn on the job and get to grips with Pro’s easy to use interface. Video creating professionals in business, marketing, music video production, documentary making and feature film creation all use Premiere Pro. I personally began using Premiere Pro due to a friend's recommendation. Despite having minimal video editing experience, a few hours playing around and a couple of Google searches helped me learn the ropes with the platform. Those looking to get the most out of Premiere Pro’s advanced features might benefit from taking a course on the platform. Adobe charges for Premiere Pro through a monthly subscription or yearly fee. The annual fee is $239.88, and the monthly fees range from $20.99 (annual, monthly plan) to $31.49 (per month plan). Although there is no free version of Premiere Pro, the price point for a non-linear video editor with the advanced feautures and creative freedom of Pro is very good value for money! ## Wondershare Filmora Video Editor [Wondershare Filmora](https://filmora.wondershare.com/video-editor/) users are mostly online content creators who use video to tell stories. If you're not familiar with video editing, Wondershare Filmora is an easy and accessible software for learning the basics of video editing. Although aimed at those with less experience, and predominantly for the online world, this platform has useful tools for perfecting your video and audio. Automatic audio sync, noise reduction, audio compression and transitions are all available on the platform. Alongside these technical tools, the platform focuses on branding and eye-catching editing. Animations, effects, texts and masks help make your videos recognizable and unique to your brand. Getting started on Filmora will cost you $7.99 per month, $39.99 per year, or a one-off lifetime payment of $69.99. The Filmora Wondershare software is suitable for both Mac and Windows. ## Final Cut Pro [Final Cut Pro](https://www.apple.com/final-cut-pro/) is Apple’s non-linear video editing software. Despite being one of the most popular video editors, it is only compatible with Mac, which means Windows users might want to try Adobe's Premiere Pro. Premiere Pro and Final Cut Pro have similar interfaces, clientele and tools. Both are designed for users who are well-versed in video editing or willing to invest the time and money required to learn. Video editing professionals tend to use Final Cut Pro to edit and fine-tune video using a fast and advanced video editor. Those who require fewer features and less advanced technology can still use Final Cut Pro for their basic needs. However, I’d recommend looking at cheaper software, such as Wondershare. After all, what’s the point of paying for features you don’t need? You can purchase Final Cut Pro for $299. This payment is for the latest version of the software and lasts for six years. Paying this upfront cost works out at $4.15 per month. Although this might seem like a large sum of money to pay upfront, you don't have to worry about updating or renewing your subscription for video editing software during these six years. ## Blender For those just getting started in video editing, this free video editor a great place to begin. [Blender](https://www.blender.org/) isn’t just a video editor; it’s a creative community. The Blender community is full of artists and creatives who cherish the Blender software and create wonderful content with it. Unlike the other video editors in this list, Blender is an independent public benefit organization. It pledges to remain a free, open-source software owned by its contributors. The Blender creation suite also offers rendering, modelling, animation, simulation and more alongside its video editing software. If you're searching for a free platform with unparalleled passion and dedication to create, Blender is the software for you. These four tools appeal to different users with different levels of video editing skills and budgets. Make up your mind on what your needs are and which one would be a better fit for your skills, budget and time, and then get down to creating content! Who knows, maybe you could be the next great YouTube phenomenon! --- START: blog/best-zapier-alternatives-2021/best-zapier-alternatives-2021.md --- # **The Best Zapier Alternatives of 2026** Did you know that more than [67 percent of global workers](https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20210520005067/en/New-Study-Finds-Majority-of-Global-Office-Workers-Crushed-by-Repetitive-Tasks-Stifled-From-Pursuing-More-Fulfilling-Work) feel they are doing the same monotonous tasks over and over during their day? More than two-thirds of the workforce think they are wasting time answering the same emails or completing tasks that should otherwise be automated. Think about all that lost resource allocation. If those same workers could free up time to focus more on customer needs and less on back-office tasks, they could explode the revenue potential for their company. These workers could benefit from automation software like [Zapier](https://zapier.com/). ## What is Zapier? Zapier is an online platform that connects your apps with the services you use the most. It automates routine tasks without needing customized integration. For example, imagine you’re a real estate agent trying to build leads and develop a strong network of buyers and sellers. With Zapier, you could use a Google lead sheet where prospective clients enter their contact information on your website. Then, every time a new customer is signed up to receive more information, Zapier automatically sends them a personalized letter. This cuts down on your time fostering that lead. Basically, Zapier lets you control “If/Then” statements throughout your digital ecosystem. It allows you to create trigger events where “if” one thing happens, “then” another thing is the result. If you send a Tweet, then it is resent to your Facebook feed. If a customer leaves a review on your site, then you receive an email notifying your team to review the contents. Zapier is a valuable tool to automate your business and help reallocate your precious resources. But, like everything else, it never hurts seeing what else is available on the market that could fit your company better or come in at a more attractive price point. So here are some excellent alternatives to Zapier in 2026. ## 1 - Integromat [Integromat](https://www.integromat.com/en) is a no-code alternative to Zapier that simplifies, optimizes, and integrates business processes into apps and software suites. This alternative is best for users who enjoy more customized control over their automation and understand complex multi-step integrations. It is the opposite of Zapier in that it is more powerful but also more complicated to set up. As a result, you can get more bang for your buck, but only if you won’t be overwhelmed by a heavy user dashboard and possible combinations. Integromat offers a free pricing level for 1,000 operations and 100 MB of data transfer. You can also sign up for their paid Basic, Standard, Business, Platinum, and Custom plans to accommodate anywhere from 10,000 operations to more than 800,000 operations. That allows companies of all sizes to find a price point that will work with their automation needs. [Learn more about Integromat](https://www.integromat.com/en) ## 2 - Automate.io This platform is a significant competitor to Zapier because of the number of actions users can process. Where Zapier offers only 2,000 tasks, [Automate.io](http://automate.io/) would allow 10,000 at the same price point. It also serves a wide array of organizations worldwide across the majority of cloud-based services. All of that integration is a serious benefit. This is the kind of Zapier alternative best designed for people with large newsletters or complex marketing campaigns that need CRM integration. They do offer a free plan for 300 actions and 5 bots. The paid plans are a bit more expensive than the average, but the value is definitely present. [Learn more about Automate.io](http://automate.io/) ## 3 - Outfunnel [Outfunnel](https://outfunnel.com/) is a cleaner marketing automation tool compared to Zapier. Once you set up a single automated campaign with your CRM, it will automate in the background based on data changes. Every customer touchpoint with your campaign (clicks, reads, etc.) gets recorded and put into context so you can adapt your campaign and retarget where needed. This platform is more manageable than Zapier to set up but does not offer as many app connections. Before you sign up, you should review their info to ensure your company apps and services integrate adequately into the platform. Unfortunately, they do not have a free plan but do offer a free trial. [Learn more about Outfunnel](https://outfunnel.com/) #4 - IFTTT We wanted to mention this alternative specifically because it is so user-friendly for individuals and mobile devices. They offer a variety of plans that start at the free level for 3 “applets.” These applets allow you to create cross-platform If/Then workflows like we mentioned at the start of the article. This is really useful for social media users who want to automatically post specific photos across different platforms or respond to certain comments with previously created text. IFTTT works great with mobile devices that have digital voice assistants. You can say something like, “Hey Siri, post that last photo,” and the most recent photo you took gets automatically sent to Instagram through the applet you created. [Learn more about IFTTT](https://ifttt.com/) ## Conclusion Zapier is a great way to automate your routine and repetitive tasks so you can focus on your customers. There are excellent alternatives to Zapier available across the digital landscape that offer lower rates, more tasks, and customized options. Whatever your current needs may be, there is most likely a task automation platform available. We think these 4 alternatives offer a wide array of services for most clients. If you would like to learn more about all of the no-code digital solutions available, check out our blog. Even better, learn how to create your own completely customized digital apps without needing any programming by viewing our demos at [Peaka](/). We look forward to hearing from you! --- START: blog/book-review-automatic-customer/book-review-automatic-customer.md --- # **Book Review: The Automatic Customer by John Warrillow** Lately, the Peaka content writing staff obsessed over the subscription model, bringing you blog posts analyzing this particular model throughout April. I thought I would join the party by reviewing a book on that particular model for the Peaka's *Book of the Month.* John Warrillow discusses ways of creating recurring revenue in any line of business in his book [*The Automatic Customer: Creating a Subscription Business in Any Industry*.](https://www.amazon.com/Automatic-Customer-Creating-Subscription-Business/dp/0241247004) The author urges everyone to look at their businesses from a broader perspective and seek ways to disrupt the market. He suggests his readers keep an open mind about the model and encourages them to think, “*How could this model apply to my industry?*” and “*What part of this model could I borrow for my company?*” ## A very personal thing *The Automatic Customer* is a comprehensive survey of the existing subscription models, the thinking behind them, and how they are implemented. The author had previously run a traditional consulting business wherein he chased customers for a month to achieve his financial goals, only to start over at the beginning of the next month. Exhausted by this never-ending cycle, he started to look for another model that would make his customers automatic and save him the monthly hassle. Warrillow cites eight reasons for entrepreneurs to consider the subscription model: The potential increase in the valuation of the company; the boost in the customer lifetime value; the fact that subscribers buy more from the brand they subscribe to; the increased efficiency and lowered cost resulting from the improved predictability in revenue streams… All convincing and sensible reasons to give the subscription model a chance. ## Templates to implement The author then moves on to discuss the most common business models based on subscriptions. By no means an exhaustive account, Warrillow’s list gives the readers an idea about how versatile the recurring revenue model can be if you have a little bit of creativity. It also provides us with a glimpse into some of the motives that get people to sign up for products and services: To gain exclusivity; to have peace of mind with regard to tasks of utmost importance; to receive front-of-the-line service; to have the luxury of not having to deal with routine, monotonous tasks… This section is uplifting for any entrepreneur as it shows the scope of opportunity the recurring revenue model offers. Dollar Shave Club example is a well-studied one and one that we wrote about on this blog. Warrillow demonstrates that there are people out there willing to sign up to receive fresh-cut flowers every week or month or have their light bulbs at home checked and changed regularly. Warrillow brings to the readers’ attention that any business can be reconfigured as a subscription business. If there is seasonality or uneven demand in your line of work or your sales cycle starts all over again every month, you can, and probably must, give the subscription model a chance. ## Tackling the churn menace There are several passing mentions of churn and how to contain it throughout the book. Churn is critical for the future success of a business. The recurring revenue model promises an ever-growing, long-lasting revenue stream but with a caveat: You have to minimize churn. However, the way churn is dealt with in *The Automatic Customer* is quite descriptive and leaves much to be desired. The most striking aspect of churn, the compounding effect it creates on monthly recurring revenue (MRR) over the long run, is missing from the account. For a more detailed analysis of the churn issue, one would do well to refer to a product-led growth guru like David Skok, whom Warrillow cites more than a few times in his book. *The Automatic Customer* offers a good read with many interesting examples from the author’s personal career and other successful businesses that took advantage of the subscription model. However, it isn’t the kind of user manual some readers might hope it would be. Although it demonstrates the extent of what is possible with the subscription model, *The Automatic Customer* falls short of providing a detailed roadmap that businesses can rely on. Entrepreneurs should turn to the qualitative analyses offered by people like Wes Bush and David Skok for that. --- START: blog/book-review-cold-start-problem/book-review-cold-start-problem.md --- # **Book Review: The Cold Start Problem by Andrew Chen** Along with the mythical "product-market fit," "network effects" must be the most commonly-used phrase in the pitch decks of SaaS startups. These two concepts help bridge the gap between the unremarkable today, with little to show for in terms of financials, and a glorious future, where the product in question will undoubtedly take off. Theoretically, every SaaS product is just a product-market fit and network effects away from becoming a unicorn. Nir Eyal's [*Hooked*](/blog/book-review-hooked/) was the first book we reviewed that laid out what network effects can achieve for products. Eyal's book proposed a model to understand the habit-forming dynamics that got users hooked on certain products. The hooks he talked about, such as "like," "share," and "retweet," made people come back to the product and kept the network effects humming. But *Hooked* was different from *The Cold Start Problem:* The former studied network effects at the product level, explaining how they took over once the users developed an itch to use the product. On the other hand, *The Cold Start Problem* looks at how the network effects come to be and elevate not only individual products but whole industries. In addition to its macro-level focus, the book also takes a scholarly approach and breaks network effects down into acquisition, engagement, and economic effects. ## **As insider as it gets** The author Andrew Chen is an entrepreneur and investor who helped popularize terms such as "viral loop," "growth hacking," and "network effects," and thus, played no small part in shaping the Silicon Valley culture as we know it today. Currently a general partner at Andreessen Horowitz, Chen led Uber's Rider Growth product teams from 2015 to 2018, during a period when the company was rewriting the book on growth before its IPO. Chen's experience at Uber provides the basis for his discussion of network effects in the book. However, he goes beyond that and conducts a series of interviews with decision-makers from other tech giants. Airbnb, Uber, Twitch, PayPal, LinkedIn, Clubhouse, and the like all have their dedicated chapters in the book, which Chen uses to dwell upon a particular aspect of network effects. A network effect refers to a phenomenon whereby some products become more valuable as more people use them. The usual example is the telephone, which would be useless if you were the only one in the world using it. A second telephone owner that you know about would at least make your device usable. However, for this invention to realize its full potential, a large group of phone owners, out of whom you would have a few that you would like to talk to every day, would be necessary. Without securing a certain number of users, networked products like marketplaces, ride-sharing apps, or social media platforms will find it difficult to convey their value proposition to existing users. Your Facebook feed would be pretty dull if you had only one contact. Would Twitter be the same menacing and addictive platform that it is now if there were only a handful of people on it? ## **I'll see your Metcalfe and raise you… a meerkat!** The book's title is a clear allusion to the trouble of getting your car started on a cold winter morning. It cleverly captures the challenge of getting your user base to a size where it can support itself before your existing users get fed up with the lack of interaction and disperse. This challenge of getting your network over the hump is the problem that Chen tries to solve in his book. In the startup world, you are advised not to question how a startup got its first hundred or thousand customers because you wouldn't want to know as anything goes in that process. Chen's book is about developing a framework that startups can employ to build that initial network that can sustain itself without collapsing. His source of inspiration, however, is quite uncommon. Usually, any discussion of network effects centers around a discussion of [Metcalfe's Law.](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Metcalfe's_law) Chen does away with convention, arguing that Metcalfe's law doesn't say anything about the quality of the engagement and that more nodes are not necessarily better. Instead, he turns to Warder Clyde Allee, a professor of ecology, and the study of population dynamics for inspiration. What Chen formulates as Meerkat's Law tells us that there is a tipping point—called an Allee threshold—in animal populations beyond which a group becomes more defensible against predators, until the population hits the carrying capacity of the ecosystem in question. This analogy helps readers understand that a critical mass is needed to make a network self-sustaining. Before that tipping point, there is not enough interaction, and hence value, to justify staying in the network for people. Once that tipping point is reached, everything starts to click, and the organic interaction within the network creates enough value to keep people engaged and make them stick around. *The Cold Start Problem*, in a sense, deals with the problem of "crossing the chasm," "overcoming the trough of sorrow," or "going from zero to one," in startup talk. ## **Key concepts from the book** Andrew Chen makes use of some key concepts to get his point across throughout the book. Here are three of them: **Atomic network:** "The smallest possible network that is stable and can grow on its own." For example, for Slack, this was a team of three. Members of an atomic network get to enjoy the product's value proposition, so they will stick around. Their engagement rate will increase, which, in turn, will start driving the network effects. Once a healthy atomic network is built, the next thing is to copy and paste the formula until the tipping point, where the network begins to thrive. This is where "growth hacks" like viral videos or referral programs involving sign-up bonuses work wonders. What happens when you don't have atomic networks? Your product fizzles out as Google+ did, despite all the initial fanfare, the media blitz, and the 90 million users announced at the beginning. **The hard side of the network:** "The small percentage of people that typically end up doing most of the work within the community." These are the busiest drivers in the case of Uber, people who pull in millions of views with every video they post on Youtube, or power gamers watched by millions of other gamers on Twitch. People making up the hard side of a network do tasks that require more work in their respective networked products. Therefore, satisfying their needs and improving their user experience is critical for the network effects to kick in. When these stars are unhappy and leave the network, they can take a big chunk of the user base with them, which can set off "anti-network effects" and trigger the unraveling of the whole network at some point. **Moat:** This term refers to the levers a network can use to defend itself. However, contrary to popular belief, Chen makes an important point that networks do not have an inherent defense capability resulting from merely being a network. In the market, the network that more effectively puts into action acquisition, engagement, and economic effects tends to win. While the smaller network wants to capitalize on niche segments, the larger network takes advantage of higher monetization to fend off newcomers. Features cannot serve as moats as they are easy to copy. It's nearly impossible to copy a network with its intrinsic value and engagement. That is your moat. ## **Final thoughts** *The Cold Start Problem* has all the characteristics of a great book: A cleverly chosen title, a clear theoretical framework, and real-life examples to illustrate how that theory is to be implemented. Andrew Chen takes the time to explain how businesses succeed when correct levers are pulled and drives his point home by discussing the instances where even the giants falter when they don't pull the right lever. Coming from a Silicon Valley veteran, *The Cold Start Problem* is a breath of fresh air, offering explanations instead of slogans as we are used to seeing from other Silicon Valley greats (\*cough\**Peter*\*cough\**Thiel*). It is a must-read for anyone planning to build or market a networked product. --- START: blog/book-review-crossing-the-chasm/book-review-crossing-the-chasm.md --- # **Book Review: Crossing the Chasm by Geoffrey A. Moore** How can a startup with its unproven product gain traction, pull itself out of obscurity, and become a thing? This happens to be the billion-dollar question on the minds of management professors, investors, and founders. With little traffic generating almost no meaningful metric to analyze, no historical pattern to take as a yardstick, and no customer base to receive feedback from, it is no wonder that founders begin to feel lost shortly after a product launch. The feeling is akin to waking up in a boat in the middle of the ocean, not knowing in which direction to row. You can row in any direction, but for what reason? What if you are actually getting further away from the nearest shore while you think you are rowing in the right direction? ## **A new solution to an old problem** Paul Graham called this state of being lost "[the Trough of Sorrow.](https://twitter.com/paulg/status/1316661104911806465)" Ben Horowitz dubs it "[the Struggle.](https://fs.blog/ben-horowitz-the-struggle/)" For Bruce Cleveland, it is "[the Traction Gap.](https://www.amazon.com/Traversing-Traction-Gap-Bruce-Cleveland/dp/1635765730)" Geoffrey A. Moore, in his book [*Crossing the Chasm*](https://www.amazon.com/Crossing-Chasm-3rd-Disruptive-Mainstream/dp/0062292986), which we review this month, describes it as "the chasm." A reference book that inspired other authors and has been cited thousands of times for almost three decades, *Crossing the Chasm* is about market development, focusing on how companies can grow their early market success into mainstream market dominance. Between the early and mainstream markets stands the chasm, which swallows many startups that initially showed promise. Moore analyzes why high-tech marketing produces inconsistent results, with some startups hitting the jackpot and others going under. Moore sets off reviewing the two previously dominant frameworks in the field: High-Tech Marketing Model and the Technology Adoption Life Cycle that it is based on. The latter groups customers into five: Innovators, early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards. The High-Tech Marketing Model assumes that successful products capture the first group, the innovators, and smoothly move from left to right, with each segment becoming a point of reference for the segment to its right. In his book, Moore debunks these two frameworks and asserts that there are cracks between each adjacent segment, posing obstacles to smooth market development. ## **Meet the personas** Moore introduces his own insights into the Technology Adoption Life Cycle and revises it. He gives us a psychographic analysis of each segment. He characterizes the innovators as "the technology enthusiasts," the early adopters as "the visionaries," the early majority as "the pragmatists," the late majority as "the conservatives," and the laggards as "the skeptics." These personas represent customer archetypes with distinctive features described by the author in laser-sharp detail as if he is looking at a photograph and telling us what he sees in it. Moore argues that the chasm happens to be between the visionaries and the pragmatists. Whereas the visionaries are risk-takers chasing breakthroughs and seeking "order-of-magnitude" returns on their investment, pragmatists are level-headed business leaders who want to play it safe, invest in proven products, and only buy from the market leaders. Because these two have almost diametrically opposed characters, Moore states that visionaries can not serve as a reference base for the pragmatists. Pragmatists want to see competition before deciding to use a product. So, a product should either beat its competitors, if there are any, or build a market first and wait for the competition to show up before being taken seriously by pragmatists. It is an idea also echoed in [*Traversing the Traction Gap*](/blog/book-review-traversing-the-traction-gap/), which we reviewed last month, as the authors of the book emphasized the importance of "category creation." *Crossing the Chasm* lays out what B2B companies can do to engender adoption for a product among the pragmatists. The author uses a D-Day analogy to drive his point home. Just as the Allies landed on a few beaches in Normandy in June 1944, secured beachheads, and went on to drive the entrenched Axis troops out of their positions, Moore suggests companies do the same with their new products. > *"Cross the chasm by targeting a very specific niche market where you can dominate from the outset, drive your competitors out of that market niche, and then use it as a base for broader operations."* ## **A few points to keep in mind** The fact that the book still has relevance after nearly three decades speaks to its success. Today, you can hardly read a book on management or listen to a podcast about marketing without reading or hearing it get cited. However, *Crossing the Chasm* is not without its problems. First, it was written in the golden age of B2B marketing. Therefore, its inferences do not automatically translate into today's more dynamic startup world. Two short appendices added to the main text seem to have done little to bridge that gap. Secondly, the author's style can sometimes render the text a difficult read. The book is full of analogies and metaphors: *Knocking over the headpin, assembling an invasion force, taking the beachhead, crossing the chasm, visionaries, pragmatists, pioneers, settlers…* Trying to figure out what all these metaphors map to in the mind of the author can be quite the challenge and adds to the cognitive load of the reader trying to chart a route out of the chasm. Lastly, when dealing with the market segmentation problem, Moore brings very little to the table other than advising his readers to rely on "informed intuition." His suggested methodology basically involves the marketing team coming together for a brainstorming session, laying out possible use cases and people who would be interested in them, and generating scenarios around these personas. He tacitly concedes that this methodology is not scientific at all, and thus not repeatable. This point considerably undermines his framework as he introduces no quantifiable, measurable and repeatable process for his readers to implement. "Gut feeling" doesn't make a good suggestion for founders with little to no experience. Still, *Crossing the Chasm* remains a must-read, if not for anything else, to understand and appreciate the impact it has had on a whole range of books on high-tech marketing. Supplement it with Anthony Ulwick's *Jobs to Be Done* and Bruce Cleveland's *Traversing the Traction Gap*, and you may consider yourself well-armed for your next battle on your way to building the next unicorn. --- START: blog/book-review-founders-faq/book-review-founders-faq.md --- # **Book Review: Founder’s FAQ by İlker Köksal** Entrepreneurs are a source of inspiration to most of us. They don't have to be an Elon Musk or Mark Zuckerberg to deserve our admiration—they don't even have to be successful, if you ask me. Something about people with the guts to chart their own way and working to bring their ideas to life has always fascinated me. This is why I have been drawn to reading books written on or by entrepreneurs as of late. The book we featured last month, [*Delivering Happiness*](/blog/book-review-delivering-happiness/) by the late entrepreneur Tony Hsieh, was one such look into how entrepreneurs deal with the immense challenges they take on, some of which they themselves seek. The book we feature today, [*Founder's FAQ: The Predictable Journey of the Ups and Downs of a Startup*](https://www.amazon.com/Founders-FAQ-Predictable-Journey-Startup-ebook/dp/B08XSBWL43) by İlker Köksal, is a similar attempt at shedding light on what it takes to succeed as a founder in today's startup environment. The book starts with Köksal nudging his readers into engaging in some kind of soul-searching before founding a business. Throughout that particular section, you feel as if Köksal is right in front of you, staring you right in the eye and questioning whether you have what it takes to succeed as a founder. He reminds you that you won't be going too far without first being honest with yourself about the core assets you bring to the table as a founder. Do not solely rely on your subjective evaluation of yourself but double-check by asking your colleagues to grade your skills and see if both evaluations are consistent, he says. It certainly is a good piece of advice; founding a business on wrong assumptions seems like a surefire way of dooming yourself to failure. ## **Find your own "why"** It is not without reason that Köksal is such a passionate champion of soul-searching before rolling up the sleeves for a startup. A startup founder will no doubt run into some setbacks during his journey. Money alone cannot motivate a person to overcome all those setbacks—there has to be a bigger idea he must be chasing. A founder should have convincing answers to questions about why he is building a startup or developing that particular product. Because, when times get tough and money is not there, he will need something to hold on to. The two critical questions are: + "Is there a market for your product?", and + "Are you the right person to build it?" Ambiguous answers short of a resounding "yes" to these two questions should be considered red flags. Once you are sure that you are the right person for the job, determining the total market size, developing a sound business model, and following up with a long-term business plan are the next steps. Being a computer engineer and a serial entrepreneur, Köksal boasts a proven track record with two startups he founded—one of them bootstrapped and the other one VC-backed. Therefore, his words carry a lot of weight. Not only that, but he also brings in the wisdom of CEOs, entrepreneurs, and institutional investors after the discussion of each topic throughout the book. This gives the readers a chance to see how business leaders think. ## **The journey to raise venture capital** The book is full of deep insights and words of wisdom distilled from the experience Köksal and the professionals he interviewed share with us. But the chapter on the fundraising process stands out the most among all the rest. It sheds light on how that magic moment that grabs the headlines when a startup receives a seven- or eight-figure investment comes about. Köksal offers us a glimpse into what goes on behind the scenes for a startup during its efforts to raise venture capital and covers a wide range of topics related to raising funding. He helps founders form a sound strategy, starting with how to determine the right time to start seeking funding and then moving on to other topics such as how much funding they should seek or what angel investors or venture capital firms look for at the funding stage, etc. Köksal's emphasis on the implications of the equity dilution and the need to keep an eye on how the cap table shapes up is very instructive for inexperienced founders. I think this is the section where Köksal's interviews with industry professionals really pay off. Institutional investors and venture capital firms have a different mindset than friends and family, who usually support you with pre-seed funding. Therefore, raising venture capital is an entirely different beast. Picking investors' brains on different aspects of a subject as complex as raising money puts things in perspective for the readers. Really neat stuff. ## ***Trade-offs, trade-offs, more trade-offs...*** [*Founder's FAQ*](https://foundersfaq.com/) is a much-needed reality check for prospective founders. This is a very clear account of the challenges awaiting them during their startup journey. Actually, it is a breath of fresh air among cliché-laden Ted Talks or Medium posts that don't tell the audience much more than "*You can do this, just believe in yourself!*" *Founder's FAQ* brilliantly lays out the conflicting goals a founder will be pursuing: The need to establish a certain culture, on the one hand, but keep things fluid and nimble at the same time, on the other; having to set a vision for the employees to follow, on the one hand, but avoid micromanagement, on the other, or the need to seek funding, while trying to avoid risking excess dilution of founder shares. It serves as a forewarning to the founders, teaching them about the tough decisions they will have to make at every stage and showing them that this will be no walk-in-the-park. No two startup journeys are the same—your own journey as a founder will come with its unique challenges. Having read *Founder's FAQ*, though, you will stand a much better chance to overcome them. --- START: blog/book-review-hooked/book-review-hooked.md --- # **‘Hooked’ by Nir Eyal and Ryan Hoover** Added someone as a friend. Liked a photo. Commented on another one. Retweeted a video. Exchanged emojis with. Swiped left. These are some of the actions millions of people carry out a total of billions of times on their mobile phones. They are also the basis on which some of the biggest brands in the world thrive. Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Snapchat, Tinder, Linkedin and the like all became what they are thanks to techniques employed that make users come back to their products multiple times a day. These platforms get their users ‘hooked’ and by doing so, increase the lifetime customer value, achieve higher growth rates, make it more difficult for their customers to shift to other brands and erect an entry barrier for the new players in the market. ## **The Hooked Model in practice** In order to shed light on how some products manage to gain a cult-like following while some don’t, Nir Eyal and Ryan Hoover dive deep into the mechanics of habit formation in their book [*Hooked*](https://www.amazon.com/Hooked-How-Build-Habit-Forming-Products/dp/0241184835). The authors introduce the Hook Model, which consists of four steps: Trigger, action, variable reward and investment. + **Triggers** are both internal and external and they refer to the things that cause the itch pushing us to use a product over and over. + **Action** is the actual behavior itself, which is done in anticipation of a reward. The easier and more fun the action, the higher the likelihood that the user will want to repeat it. + **Variable reward** is the unpredictability associated with the usage action and this turns every interaction with the product into a new adventure. + **Investment** involves the user giving the product a bigger place in her life. By bringing in more people, sharing more data with the platform or spending more money to upgrade to a more premium service, she makes it more likely that she will come back and go through the four steps of the Hook Model another time. The fact that we value more the products in which we invested significant time and effort is just one of the tricks our brain plays on us. ## **The creepy background to the model and ethical concerns** However, those tricks seem to be an integral part of marketing, customer acquisition and retention efforts these days. As Eyal and Hoover take us through the stages of the Hook Model and explain the reasoning behind each step, a chilling feeling sets in. Getting people addicted to something always involves taking advantage of particular weaknesses or cognitive biases we as human beings are particularly vulnerable to. Your favorite coffeehouse, for example, is taking advantage of one such bias (called “The Endowed Progress Effect”) when they gift you a punch card with two holes already punched, with the promise of a free cup of coffee when you get to ten punched holes. They could just as well give you a card with eight unpunched slots but the tactic with two pre-punched holes achieved a completion rate 82 percent higher than the other, as Eyal and Hoover quote from an [experiment](https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=991962). The possibility that corporate giants might have figured out all our cognitive biases and have us all wrapped around their fingers is a disturbing one. Ethical conduct on the part of companies is what can shield customers from the harm they are not even aware of. *Hooked* dedicates considerable space to a precautionary discussion of the role ethics should play in habit formation. Where does marketing end and manipulation start? Does the goal of creating an addictive product justify anything and everything? Eyal and Hoover bring to the fore two questions for product designers to use as a yardstick in deciding whether they crossed the red line in habit formation: “Would I use this product myself?” and “Does this product improve the user’s life?” Products for which both answers are “yes” are the ones you can get behind. On the other hand, pushing a product that wouldn’t improve the user’s life and you wouldn’t use yourself could simply be deemed exploitation. As legislation catches up with times, one can expect that this sort of exploitation of people’s cognitive weaknesses for material gain will have legal implications, too. ## **Final thoughts** *Hooked* reveals the magic touch that turns brands into integral parts of our daily lives. It is also a guide for product designers and growth marketers, full of hints on little adjustments you can implement in your funnel and make a big impact on customer usage rates. The questions under the ‘Do This Now’ section at the end of each chapter provide a good way of self-reflection and honest assessment of your product. If you think your product is underachieving, *Hooked* might be a good starting point to chart a new route. --- START: blog/book-review-how-open-source-ate-software/book-review-how-open-source-ate-software.md --- # **Book Review: How Open Source Ate Software by Gordon Haff** There was a time when open-source software was known by just a small group of coders. It has moved on from days when it was the free software advocated by a few tech geeks to an era where it now undergirds mission-critical public and private platforms. This month's book, [*How Open Source Ate Software: Understand The Open Source Movement and So Much More*](https://www.amazon.com/How-Open-Source-Ate-Software-dp-1484267990/dp/1484267990), by Gordon Haff, sheds light on how this transformation took place and what kind of ramifications it had on the software industry at large. ## **Been there, done that** The author of the book, Gordon Haff, is a tech guru and Red Hat evangelist with decades of experience in product development. Open source has been at the center of his professional life as he worked, wrote, and talked on this topic for years. *How Open Source Ate Software*, a definite reference to [Marc Andreessen's oft-cited words](https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424053111903480904576512250915629460), is a book on open-source software and the new software industry. As he talks about open source, Haff is actually analyzing the transformation the software industry underwent from software as an add-on used to sell more hardware to closed-source, proprietary software to software as a commodity. ## **A new way of developing software** In his book, Haff regards open source as "a broader movement for organization, collaboration, innovation, and development," as opposed to the narrower sense associated with people's right to access free software. Open source turned out to be a disruptor that changed the way software was developed. From Haff's account, one gets the impression that the emergence of open source, and Linux in particular, was an inevitable outcome. The rise of the Internet had changed everything and Microsoft, the king of the software market at the time, was slow to react to this change. If it weren't for Linus Torvalds, some other coder would take advantage of this window of opportunity. This position is supported by a quote from Bryan Cantrill, an engineer and co-founder of Oxide Computer, who says: >*"I think if it's not Linux, it would have been one of the BSD variants that would have been the de facto Unix on x86. It is the rise of the Internet, and it is the rise of SMP [symmetrical multiprocessing] to a lesser degree, and then the rise of commodity microprocessors as the highest performing microprocessors to which Linux grabbed a ride, drafted on those economic mega-trends, but did not really contribute to them."* Open source can be a confusing concept for regular folks to understand. First, just because some software is open-source doesn't mean it is free of charge. Red Hat, the company Haff has worked for since 2010, illustrates this point. Secondly, "open" does not mean "vulnerable." On the contrary, contributions from elite developers all over the world make a project more resilient. Thirdly, there is the issue of open-source licenses. Why would you need to use something that is seemingly open and free? Haff does a good job of touching upon topics like these and explaining them to the uninitiated. ## **Only selectively open** Haff also draws attention to a problem that might have far more serious ramifications for our society today than whether some piece of code is open or proprietary. He highlights that companies like Google and Facebook are rather enthusiastic about open-sourcing their code, but they are much more reluctant when it comes to sharing their data. The two tech giants, often criticized for the morally questionable methods they employ to gather data, are effectively using their [open-source contributions](https://www.statista.com/chart/25795/active-github-contributors-by-employer/) for a charm offensive to present a better image. They have achieved this without compromising the opaqueness of how they gather and handle data, which happens to be our data. However, the book isn't without its flaws. Its layout is a little confusing, as it usually happens when you try to blend a chronological narrative with a subject-based approach. The author spends page after page giving his readers tips on how to name a product in another section. He delves into topics such as the history of software, open data, open education, open hardware, and open culture, which are only tangentially related to open source while wrapping up the book. In that sense, the book sometimes feels like a collage of excerpts brought together from different texts or speeches and lacks coherence. ## **Final thoughts** Still, *How Open Source Ate Software* is worth a read to understand and appreciate how open source has evolved, changing our lives in the meantime. After all, it is one of the most unlikely stories in the tech world: A modern version of the well-known biblical story of David and Goliath, but with a different ending. This time, the flimsy David doesn't go so far as to destroy the giant but befriends him after teaching him a lesson. By first proving its mettle and then winning over the hearts and minds of everyone, including software companies whose livelihood depended on proprietary software, what open-source software has achieved so far is no less impressive than what David did. --- START: blog/book-review-innovators-dna/book-review-innovators-dna.md --- # **Book Review: The Innovator's DNA by Clayton M. Christensen** Saving innovation from the grasp of chance and divine intervention, and turning it into something predictable, repeatable have been the passion of many a scientist, industrialist, business executive, and scholar since the First Industrial Revolution. The late Harvard professor Clayton M. Christensen has been one of the more prolific scholars in researching innovation. His *jobs-to-be-done* concept focusing on understanding customer needs and having that understanding guide innovation have been significant contributions to the field, inspiring other works as well. [*The Innovator's DNA*](https://www.amazon.com/Innovators-DNA-Updated-New-Introduction/dp/1633697207) is a book on how to make disruptive thinking a core competency. Its methodology involves interviewing roughly 60 innovative entrepreneurs and senior executives in order to understand what makes them special and the common points they share. The authors found out that great innovators were exceptionally good at associational thinking, that is, "… making connections across seemingly unrelated questions, problems, or ideas…" to synthesize something new. This cognitive skill is nurtured by four behavioral skills: Questioning, observing, networking, and experimenting. Together, these five skills are dubbed the "discovery skills" throughout the book. The authors then compare innovators with non-innovators to verify their findings about skills that matter in effecting innovation. The book is organized around the four behavioral skills of questioning, observing, networking, and experimenting. It lays out how great innovators put these skills to use and how processes and philosophies built around these skills can pave the way for success. While deciding which innovative entrepreneurs and executives to interview, the authors focus on a list of most innovative companies by Businessweek, which relies on a company's past performance to judge how innovative it is. The authors challenge this approach with a creative method they devised, called “innovative premium.” This metric refers to the part of a firm's market value that cannot be accounted for by its cash flows generated by its products or services. It helps explain why companies like Google, Apple, or Amazon are valued much more highly than their cash flows can justify, and why the valuations of more traditional companies like Toyota, Nokia or Sony are so modest in comparison despite their relatively high revenues. It turns out that investors appreciate the innovative approach of the first group of companies—these companies keep bringing more innovative products and services to the market that generate profits. The second group of companies, even if they are engaged in innovative activities, rarely bring to market products and services that will disrupt the market and spur growth. However, the overall methodology of the book lacks the creativity that the authors exhibited in conceiving the innovative premium concept. To be fair, introducing scientific methodology into social sciences has always been tricky since social or psychological phenomena do not easily lend themselves to quantification. The same issue arises in *The Innovator's DNA*: How do we measure skills such as questioning, observing, networking, and experimenting? The authors conducted a survey to measure these skills, asking interviewees questions and eliciting answers on a scale where 1 corresponds to *strongly disagree* and 7 corresponds to *strongly agree*. The rest follows from this subjective analysis of a person's assessment of herself or a colleague or an associate. Another issue with the book is the confirmation bias that kicks in from time to time. Authors incorporate data and stories that will support the point they are driving home and leave out parts that will contradict the main argument. The discovery skills examined in the book cannot be the only factors that make people like Jeff Bezos and Marc Benioff so successful. But for the sake of convenience, data fitting into the theoretical framework of the book are emphasized, while attributes that do not corroborate the theory are left out. The same tendency applies to the anecdotes narrated to emphasize why some select qualities are the key difference-makers, although the same anecdotes could have been interpreted in a way that emphasizes completely different qualities as well. Despite some methodological problems that come with the territory and are hard to overcome in this specific genre, *The Innovator's DNA* is a powerful book that does a good job of dissecting disruptive innovation. It makes clear that innovative thinking should be the responsibility of everyone in an organization, not just the R&D department. A culture and philosophy of innovation have to permeate every corner of the organization if it is to stay ahead of the game and ensure sustainable growth in the future. The book's continuous focus on skills required to drive innovation can help entrepreneurs and executives fast-track a program of innovation in their respective companies. In addition to determining the skills key to associational thinking, the book wraps up with an appendix where readers can find advice on how they can hone their discovery skills. Still, for readers who would like to see a more scientific approach to innovation, Anthony W. Ulwick's [*Jobs to Be Done: Theory to Practice*](https://jobs-to-be-done-book.com/) and its ODI (Outcome-Driven Innovation) framework would be a better choice. --- START: blog/book-review-jobs-to-be-done-ulwick/book-review-jobs-to-be-done-ulwick.md --- # **Book Review: Jobs to Be Done by Anthony Ulwick** Understanding what makes some products significantly more successful than others in this day and age, and how innovation should be carried out have been the running themes in the [books reviewed](/category/book-review/) on our blog so far. Our last attempt in this regard was our review of [*The Innovator's DNA*](/blog/book-review-innovators-dna/) by Clayton Christensen et al., which suggested a rather descriptive, qualitative approach to improving the innovation process. This month's book, [*Jobs to Be Done: Theory to Practice*](https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-be-Done-Theory-Practice/dp/0990576744) by Anthony W. Ulwick, with its methodology firmly planted in the fundamentals of scientific management, offers a stark contrast to *The Innovator's DNA*. Anthony Ulwick is no stranger to researching and writing on innovation. Actually, it turns out that the *job-to-be-done* concept, which focused on customer needs and was widely publicized by Clayton Christensen, was developed by Ulwick. *Jobs to Be Done* is built around what the author calls "the Outcome-Driven Innovation (ODI) framework" (more on this later), and he tells us that he got his inspiration for this from techniques such as [Six Sigma](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Six_Sigma) and [Five Whys](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Five_whys). These techniques aim to improve quality by focusing on the root causes of defects and minimizing variability. Ulwick seems particularly influenced by Six Sigma, with its emphasis on statistical modeling and iterative processes. Throughout the book, the author strives to quantify the innovation process so that it becomes more of a science than art. Ulwick's North Star in his analysis is the customer needs. He asks himself two questions: “How do the customers define success? What metrics do they use to assess a product?” Relying on customers' perception of a product to understand how much the product help them solve their pain can sound somewhat “unscientific,” especially for someone willing to give innovation a more scientific footing. However, there is a logic to Ulwick's approach. Although a customer's evaluation of a product is purely subjective, it is the right kind of subjective, because it looks at a product through a customer lens and the purchase decision itself is a subjective one, based on the customer's opinion of the product. Ulwick's technique is based on uncovering the customer needs, discovering the customer-defined metrics, and using those metrics to improve the product. He calls his approach the Outcome-Driven Innovation. The ODI framework defines outcome as a metric the customer uses to measure success while executing a job. Desired outcome statements are formulated in a certain way that describes what the customer wants to do and how, like "cut wood in a straight line," or "automatically turn on the heater every time it is below 7°C and I start the engine." There can be 50 or more outcomes while dissecting a core functional job. Actually, the case studies in the book cite 165 or even 300 desired outcome statements. After the desired outcome statements are formulated, the customer is asked to put a number on how important he thinks a particular outcome is and how satisfied he is with the current offerings. Then all the outcomes are laid out in a diagram that depicts the "Opportunity Landscape" and shows the company which segment of the market to target. The outcomes that are satisfied at a high level despite not being valued by the customers are deemed “overserved.” In this overserved segment where there is an abundance of options and no pressing need for the solution to a problem, offering a more affordable option and better value for money can disrupt the market. Gaining this understanding can be invaluable as it prevents a company from investing in features that sound cool but doesn't serve a vital need for customers. The outcomes that are not satisfied well enough by the product despite being highly valued by the customers are considered "underserved." This segment lends itself to a dominant strategy where a company can offer a product that will do the same job better and at a lower price point. Linking customer needs to market segments, and market segments to market strategies are what set *Jobs to be Done* apart. The book starts with a focus on individual customer needs and minor complaints, and paves its way to a full-fledged company strategy that works. ODI reportedly raises the success rate of the innovation process from 17 percent to 86 percent by shedding light on what customers value in a product, which is undoubtedly impressive. Ulwick also argues against the wisdom behind the “fail fast” mantra common among today's startups. This mantra advises startups to act upon their ideas quickly, test them, and pivot to something else without having to invest significant resources in ideas that don't work. For Ulwick, though, a strategy that depends on churning out as many ideas as possible without understanding first what the customers need is a waste of time. In his opinion, any innovation effort should be informed by what customers look for in a product. The point Ulwick makes about the uselessness of customer personas built around demographic data or psychological traits is a true revelation. We are accustomed to categorizing people according to various combinations of attributes such as age, sex, profession etc. *Jobs to be Done* makes it clear that any categorization that cannot be validated by statistical analysis is bogus. We need to study customer needs like a statistician would do and try to turn them into metrics so that they become actionable and a common language can be built around them. Although the ODI framework is, in theory, applicable to every industry, it doesn't look easy to implement for startups. Tasks like defining the job map, interviewing customers to ascertain desired outcomes (Ulwick suggests administering the survey to a group of 180 to 3000 job executors), and statistical analysis of the data gathered are quite resource-intensive and are well beyond the means of a startup. That's why the author advises these organizations to outsource such tasks to his company, [Strategyn](https://strategyn.com/). Enterprises have the money and human resources necessary for such an ambitious task. Not all enterprises may stand to benefit the same from the ODI framework, though. Manufacturing companies may expect to gain more as processes involved in the use of products like cars, machinery, home appliances, etc., which customers physically interact with, better lend themselves to statistical scrutiny. On the other hand, software products should be harder to crack for the ODI framework as the customer experience offered by these products involves cognitive processes that are more challenging to decipher. Still, the analytical approach introduced by the ODI framework can help executives at a software company or even a startup analyze the product, consumption chain, and customer experience they offer and make high-impact changes to the processes that need to be improved. *Jobs to be Done* is an exciting book for readers interested in the literature on innovation. It encourages readers to think in terms of customer needs instead of products, features, or ideas, and delves deeper into the innovation process than most other books in the genre. By teaching you how to uncover customer needs, it shows you where you should invest your time and money, and charts an open route to success. The Outcome-Driven Innovation is no walk in the park, but the promise of success makes it worth a shot. --- START: blog/book-review-just-enough-research/book-review-just-enough-research.md --- # **Book Review: Just Enough Research by Erika Hall** If you happened to found a startup, you probably know that feeling of helplessness that engulfs you when the initial excitement wears off a few months into your journey and you realize that your business plan is not working. The product that you thought people would flock to use failed to gain traction. What little user base you had looked confused and lost as they tried to use it, and you didn't even know what was wrong because you had so little data. This scenario is so common in the startup world that management gurus and entrepreneurs who made it coined catchy expressions to define it: *The Trough of Sorrow*, *the Struggle*, *the Traction Gap*, or *the Chasm*. However, the prevalence of this problem doesn't mean that there is an easy solution. Many startups learn this the hard way. The real chasm exists between the fantasies of the product team and the surprise customers prepare for them. When you find out that you missed the mythical product-market fit by a mile and start looking into the chasm, you are actually looking into your lack of information on your customers. What do they think? What motivates them to buy the products of your rivals but not yours? Why all the angry comments under your Twitter posts? ## **How to make people talk** The only way out of this situation is by getting to know more about your customers, their pain points, and the obstacles they run into when they try to use your product. But this is easier said than done. "*Talk to your customers! Listen to what they say!*" is one of the cure-all advice you hear from self-proclaimed marketing experts all the time. Erika Hall, in her book [*Just Enough Research*](https://www.amazon.com/Just-Enough-Research-Erika-Hall/dp/1937557103/), shows that talking to your customers is not the panacea that some people make it out to be, and it sometimes may even be counterproductive. Getting people to give you the kind of information you need is an art unto itself, and *Just Enough Research* shows you the fine points of this art. *Just Enough Research* focuses on design research, the kind of research that aids and informs the product design process. The book targets non-professional researchers who want to become better at extracting information from diverse sources such as customers, stakeholders within the organization, competitors, or the public at large. From preparation to the actual research to evaluation of the results, *Just Enough Research* lays out the stages of research for the uninitiated and dives deep into what the researcher should do for good results. ## **Not the silver bullet you hoped for** Design research is a lever you can pull to improve your product design, positioning, and marketing efforts. However, it can't create miracles. Erika Hall warns the readers against the limitations of different research methods and where they come up short. Among the "don'ts" Hall lists are techniques such as focus groups, surveys, and split-testing praised to no end by marketing specialists. Here is a synopsis of how Hall sees them: + **Focus groups:** Research theater conducted in an artificial setting that will compromise the validity of the results. + **Surveys:** A common cop-out used whenever a serious business decision has to be made. Surveys are a waste of time and resources when the sample is not representative of the population. Even when you manage to solve the representation issue, there is the problem of interpretation. "*Quantitative data doesn't guarantee objective interpretation.*" + **Split-testing:** A corporate favorite that creates an illusion of mathematical certainty and gives testers peace of mind while implementing ideas. Split-testing kicks off an endless chain of gradual optimizations that can go on forever. However, making big leaps requires taking risks, something marginal adjustments hardly provide. Then there is the Net Promoter Score (NPS), the darling of every SaaS startup nowadays. Despite its popularity, NPS is of little use to a company because it tells nothing about what people do not like about you and what you can do to get a better score. It doesn't give you actionable insights and thus offers you no help in crossing the chasm. ## **Final thoughts** Underestimating the challenges of getting information from people is one of the grave mistakes you can make if you are running a startup. Talking to people is easy, but getting useful information from them is not. Without a methodology, you are certain to waste your already scarce resources to collect data that won't make your decisions any better. *Just Enough Research* gives you a blueprint to follow during your in-house research endeavor, increasing your chance to make better decisions. While showing you how to improve your research performance, Erika Hall also emphasizes the empty promises of specific techniques and their proponents that you should be wary of. You will be disappointed if you are banking on a few surveys and focus group studies to help you nail the product-market fit. *Just Enough Research* is a good book for non-professional researchers looking to educate themselves on design research. --- START: blog/book-review-life-after-google/book-review-life-after-google.md --- # **Book Review: Life after Google by George Gilder** > *'Under the leadership of Larry Page and Sergey Brin, Google developed the integrated philosophy that currently shapes our lives and fortunes, combining a theory of knowledge (nicknamed “Big Data”), a technological vision (centralized cloud computing), a cult of the commons (rooted in “open source” software), a concept of money and value (based on free goods and automated advertising), a theory of morality as “gifts” rather than profits, and a view of progress as evolutionary inevitability and an ever diminishing “carbon footprint.”'* George Gilder, previously of the *Life after Television* fame, is angry. He is angry at the way things are going around the world. He is angry about the economic system that took hold in the last decades. He is angry about what has become of the American technology industry. He sees a common thread linking all these problems and does a wonderful job of linking them together in a book full of analyses, insights, and forecasts about the future. Gilder begins [*Life after Google*](https://www.amazon.com/Life-After-Google-Gilder/dp/9388423682) by giving us a view of how the economy functioned for centuries when it was based on gold—a chemically-irreversible metal whose value has always been a function of the time required to extract it. Then, he pans over to today, where gross world product stands at $78 trillion with global debt at $257 trillion, with currency trading 73X more voluminous than the commercial trade in goods and services, and oil-futures and real estate derivatives dominating the economy news. Gilder laments America's transformation from a superpower energized by heavy industry and high-tech hardware to a fiefdom of financial institutions gambling on fiat money and tech firms like Google, Amazon, Meta, and Apple that want to control everything in the pursuit of big data. He describes the incumbent world order as such: > *'Birthed in the fogs of Stanford, hosted in the clouds of Google, and aiming at superhuman artificial intelligence, that system exalts academic honors, all-purpose Turing machines, software supremacy, open-source modularity, and secret-sauce integration.'* According to the author, this world order is faulty by design because it gives away services free of charge and thus has no customers. Due to that lack of customers, it is not guided by market signals. Giant data centers digging into petabytes of data to find the most suitable ads for internet users is no way of creating real wealth, Gilder states. Wealth is to be created by creativity and tested knowledge, of which there is none in the Google system. American industry is completely destroyed in the eyes of Gilder, and so is the American academia: Full of people flaunting degrees and titles, advocating reactionary causes, and virtue signaling without producing anything meaningful. However, not all hope is lost. Organizations like the 1517 Fund and Peter Thiel's Thiel Foundation, which support college dropouts who can defy the Silicon Valley norms and think out of the box, keep the hope alive for Gilder. These organizations advocate a science without scientists and back people like Stephen Balaban of Lambda, Austin Russell of Luminar, and Vitalik Buterin of Ethereum. These people give Gilder hope: Creative geniuses in the mold of the great American inventors of old, who are concerned with getting the job done and creating value instead of blending into the existing order. Gilder believes that trying to predict the future by analyzing the patterns hidden in the past data is not the way to create wealth, either. This is why he argues that investing in artificial intelligence and machine learning will not be the panacea they are made out to be. Gilder's money is on the blockchain-based distributed technologies to save humanity from the grasp of this despotic, power-hungry, and clumsy monster created by the Silicon Valley giants. He expects blockchain to unbundle financial conglomerates into "transactions, loans, crowdfunds and crypto-assets." However, blockchain-based coins like Bitcoin, with a hard cap of 21 million units imposed on it, cannot function as a currency because its value will remain artificially high compared to gold, whose amount increases at 1.6 percent per year. In Gilder's opinion, blockchain-based coins should dump the dream of becoming currencies and focus on offering "security, identity, and trust," just like Muneeb Ali's Blockstack. *Life after Google* is a frontal assault on the big tech companies best epitomized by Google. These companies love to monopolize and feast on our private data while failing to protect it. They funnel money into their coffers through a "porous, perforated internet stack," accumulating power in their hands and imposing their own version of morality on society. As he reckons with Google et al., Gilder delves deep into the history of information theory and weaves a thread linking Kurt Gödel, Andrey Markov, Clause Shannon, and Alan Turing to Larry Page, Sergey Brin, Urs Hölzle, Elon Musk, and Tim Cook. These sections can be difficult to grasp for the uninitiated as the author seriously philosophizes on what information science and computing have been and should be. Still, he does a masterful job of putting things into perspective. Gilder is openly rooting for the unlikely heroes like Vitalik Buterin and Muneeb Ali, who have shown promise in building an alternative to "Big Data." Having read *Life after Google*, one cannot help but hope that these young Davids find a way to take down Goliath for the sake of all of us. --- START: blog/book-review-move-fast-and-break-things/book-review-move-fast-and-break-things.md --- # **Book Review: Move Fast and Break Things by Jonathan Taplin** The authors of the books we review every month tend to be quite special people: Inspiring entrepreneurs, venerable scholars, and engineers who made it. Jonathan Taplin is no different. He is currently serving as the director emeritus at the Annenberg Innovation Lab at the University of Southern California. So he is part of a group of leaders guiding the digital revolution we have been going through in the last three decades. He is also a visionary, having founded with two friends a streaming-video-on-demand company, Intertainer, in 1996, long before the introduction of broadband internet network. In a sense, he had launched what could have become the "YouTube before YouTube" if it weren't for the lack of infrastructure. ## Feeling the pain It would have been a familiar "what-could-have-been" story if this was all there was to Taplin. However, he isn't your run-of-the-mill tech entrepreneur. He spent years working as the tour manager for the Band. A music and movie producer, he rubbed shoulders with the likes of Bob Dylan and Martin Scorsese. He was there when the music and movie industries peaked in the 1960s and 1970s and also witnessed how the advent of the Internet destroyed them. What dealt these two industries the first blow was platforms like Napster and pirate sites that acted as though copyrights never existed. Later, Youtube emerged, hosting pirated content and claiming ignorance while reaping the benefits in terms of ad revenues. Today, people are spending more money on music, books, and movies than they ever did, but the portion of that money going into the bank accounts of creators is getting smaller. It is the usual suspects that are pocketing the difference. As a result of this sea change, the majority of artists find it impossible to live on the income generated by the royalty fees of their past works. [*Move Fast and Break Things*](https://www.amazon.com/Move-Fast-Break-Things-Undermined/dp/0316275751) is a manifesto against the tech industry that knows no bounds in its quest for ever bigger profit margins. It is written by someone who has seen friends get taken advantage of and live personal tragedies while the rewards of their hard work accrue to others. Selfish Silicon Valley moguls destroyed the lives of Taplin's friends, and he is in no mood to let it pass. ## **Newer, bigger, stronger gatekeepers** Taplin is talking on behalf of many of us when he criticizes what has become of the Internet. The twentieth century was not an egalitarian utopia as it had its share of gatekeepers in show business—producers, record companies, and studios who decided which songs or movies would meet the masses. The twenty-first century, though, has replaced them with even more ruthless gatekeepers and turned artistic creation into a matter of 1s and 0s, with creators having almost no control over how their works are consumed. Taplin gives us a glimpse of the market in the tech industry, which goes a long way toward explaining what we are faced with: + YouTube enjoys a 52 percent market share in the music-streaming business. + Amazon controls 70 percent of the ebook business and receives 51 cents of every dollar spent on online commerce. + Google has an 85 percent share among search engines. Does that sound like an equal-opportunity arena to you? The object of Taplin's ire is libertarians, disciples of the economist Milton Friedman and the philosopher Ayn Rand, who shun government control or any form of regulation that can reign in the forces of the market. Among them are people like Google executives and the Koch brothers. They penetrate the U.S. government, recruit ex-government officials and send their employees to work for the government, meddle in the legislative process, and make sure that nothing can threaten their grasp on power. Leveraging their political clout, companies like Google, Amazon, and Facebook have built a moat around their businesses. Typically, highly profitable businesses make an industry attractive for newcomers, and the latter's entrance brings the profits down. The tech industry seems insulated from any such effect as technical barriers are high, and the incumbents can easily change the rules of the game as they have massive control over the government. Therefore, they continue extracting monopoly rents from services that have become utilities of our age. ## **No saint at all** One interesting character among the libertarian mob is Peter Thiel. Thiel was one of the good guys in George Gilder's book, [*Life after Google*]( https://www.peaka.com/blog/book-review-life-after-google/). He was the standard-bearer who led the assault on the alliance between the PhD-holding Silicon Valley elites and academia. In Gilder's eyes, Thiel was the protector of college dropouts who wanted to overthrow the existing order in the tech industry. He was the brains behind the Thiel Fellowship, which encouraged young people to stop chasing pointless degrees and pursue meaningful change instead. Gilder presented him as a guy who mentored rebels like Vitalik Buterin against the Big Data tyranny. Jonathan Taplin disagrees with this "Saint Peter of Silicon Valley" image Gilder paints. Peter Thiel, in his own words, "the godfather of the PayPal Mafia," is the main villain in Taplin's account. He is a libertarian with a Darwinian view of life who is out to destroy anything on his way, including regulation, taxes, copyrights, and democracy, to secure money and power for himself. This contrast between the two accounts of the same man reminds us of the complexity of the politics of tech business today. One party's hero turns out to be another party's thief. ## **Final thoughts** Jonathan Taplin fondly remembers the heyday of show business. His book is an emotional account of the demise of the pre-digital age entertainment industry. He is bitter against the perpetrators who enjoy fame and wealth despite building those two on the ruins of the livelihoods of artists. He is realistic in thinking that the golden age of music and cinema will never come back. The emergence of technologies like artificial intelligence and machine learning will make matters worse as what was successful in the past will determine what will be produced in the future, killing human creativity. *Move Fast and Break Things* was written in 2017, at the beginning of the Trump presidency. It is disheartening that the last few years haven't seen much improvement with regard to copyright infringement by the usual suspects. However, the public has become more sensitive to issues like data privacy and the control a few tech companies enjoy over our politics and the democratic process. The best days of music and cinema may be behind, but maybe we can save our democracy. --- START: blog/book-review-obviously-awesome/book-review-obviously-awesome.md --- # **Book Review: Obviously Awesome by April Dunford** Positioning is the bane of any tech startup. Complain to founders about a feature, and it will get fixed right away. Do you want better customer support? The whole team will sacrifice their night’s sleep to make sure that customers are satisfied with the support they get. Startups can solve most of their problems by putting in more effort. However, product positioning is not one of them. It is witchcraft to tech founders: They have a general idea of what it is and how it is supposed to be done but can't seem to nail it for some reason. ## **Chasing the ever-elusive product-market fit** Discussions on “product-market fit” dominate the product team meetings held during the initial stages of a startup. Product-market fit is defined by [Gartner](https://www.gartner.com/document/4016082) as "_the milestone in the development of a new product or service when the customer acquisition processes have become repeatable and predictable._" The term refers to that particular state of affairs where your company is ready to scale. Once you are there, your business plan starts to work like a well-oiled machine, demand surges, word-of-mouth kicks in, and you hop on the tide that will take you to glory. It is the dream of every startup founder to achieve the mythical product-market fit as soon as possible. But how do you get there? Even the most acclaimed management gurus have a hard time giving a definite answer to that. "When you find the product-market fit, you will know it," is the standard answer, meaning that it will be impossible to miss once you are there. It is not much of a help for founders trying to chart a route for themselves, though. In this month’s book review, we are taking a look at [_Obviously Awesome_](https://www.amazon.com/Obviously-Awesome-Product-Positioning-Customers/dp/1999023005), written by April Dunford, a business professional with sixteen product launches under her belt over twenty-five years as VP of marketing. Dunford tackles the product positioning problem in the book and has refreshing insights for founders and marketers looking to achieve product-market fit. ## **How it used to be** Getting the product positioning right is the _sine qua non_ for product-market fit—you don’t get the latter without the former. What should a company do to position its product correctly? The conventional quest for the product-market fit used to start with the formulation of a "[positioning statement.](https://www.lennysnewsletter.com/p/positioning)" > _Our product is a_ (**MARKET CATEGORY**) _that does_ (**UNIQUE ATTRIBUTES**)_, which enable_ (**VALUE**) _for_ (**TARGET CUSTOMERS**)_, unlike_ (**COMPETITORS**)_._ Once you filled in the blanks, you ended up with a riddle-like statement that was supposed to guide your marketing efforts from that point onwards. But it never worked because it said nothing about how the positioning would be implemented. Therefore, the issue was assigned to a junior marketer, brought up in a marketing meeting for a brief discussion, and then left behind as one of the numerous "feel-good" exercises a startup does early on in its journey, similar to what Dunford experienced as a marketer at IBM. ## **Challenges of positioning** There is a reason it takes even the most experienced marketers months, even years, to position a product correctly. The process is fraught with challenges. Dunford calls those challenges "traps" and points out two: - Not realizing that the product you built is not what you intended to build. - Finding out that the market is no longer the market you designed your product for. When you are not aware of what you are building and who you are building it for, any attempt at positioning becomes nothing more than shooting in the dark. Getting out of this situation takes a methodical approach, which April Dunford offers us in her book. ## **A new way forward** Having faced time and again the problem of positioning at every startup she worked for, Dunford felt pressed to devise a technique that could be applied to different environments. She decided to break successful product positioning into five components, plus a bonus one: - Competitive alternatives - Unique attributes - Value - Target market characteristics - Market category - Relevant trends, if there are any However, identifying the positioning components does not suffice because the components are interdependent. One component interacts with others, making it difficult for a novice to decide where to start. Dunford arranges the positioning components in a flow that guides the practitioners of the framework to success. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/obviously-awesome-positioning-flow.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="The product positioning flow") }} Product positioning flow. Image credits: April Dunford, _Obviously Awesome._ The image was modified to optimize page layout. This analytical approach is one of the points that set _Obviously Awesome_ apart from similar books: It goes beyond just describing the lay of the land and provides the reader with a road map to help her get to where she wants. ## **A game of manipulation** Dunford believes that positioning is all about context-setting: It involves changing what your customers think about your product. People see a product as part of a context and later use that context as a frame of reference to decide whether they want the product or not. Positioning is a way to tinker with this frame of reference and bring your product to the attention of a particular customer group that will make the most use of it. The author calls this group the "_best-fit customers._" According to her, you should narrow this group down to the point where it is just big enough to allow you to realize your business goals. Forgoing a big portion of the market right from the start may sound counterintuitive to ambitious founders. However, it is the right thing to do as it helps a startup gain traction faster without wasting the already scarce resources to lure customers who will never buy the product. This also ties in nicely with [Paul Graham's famous maxim](https://www.techinasia.com/airbnb-co-founder-brian-chesky-make-100-people-love-product): > _“It’s better to have 100 people [who] love you than finding a million who just sort of like you.”_ ## **Time to unleash your inner Draper** Having noticed the lack of a product positioning theory in the marketing literature, Dunford has spent time thinking, writing, and talking about positioning, becoming a prolific keynote speaker and a sought-after consultant in the process. The Peaka team was privileged to attend one of her webinars at a ScaleX event on June 30, 2022, and we were dazzled by her communication skills and wit as she talked about one of the more challenging topics in marketing. _Obviously Awesome_ is the culmination of Dunford's efforts to distill a repeatable process out of her experience. It gives startups an actionable plan to nail positioning once and for all. The book serves as a concise guide for founders and marketing people, helping them understand what positioning is and how to tackle it. _Obviously Awesome_ presents successful product positioning as a sequence of ten steps and provides the readers with relevant real-life examples of companies that managed to turn things around with smart moves. That it is also a very enjoyable read is another plus. Like [Don Draper said to a client](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ijJonVw7YPY) during a dinner meeting in a Mad Men episode, “_If you don’t like what is being said_ [about your product]_, then change the conversation._” April Dunford is showing you how. --- START: blog/book-review-product-led-organization/book-review-product-led-organization.md --- # **Book Review: The Product-led Organization by Todd Olson** Remember how big of an event a software launch would be 15 to 20 year ago? And the boxes, CDs and all that documentation that came with every software purchase? Every major release or update would be an event in its own right. We don’t have those anymore. ‘Product release’ as we knew it seems to be dead. Today, subsequent versions of a software product are rolled out in a more seamless and sometimes completely unnoticeable fashion. This is the age of continuous integration (CI) and continuous deployment (CD). What changed? ## **Adapting to changing times** A new approach to software development has emerged in the last decade or so with the proliferation of SaaS (software-as-a-service) companies. Capitalizing on the capabilities offered by cloud-based systems and built on principles of Agile project management, this new approach is characterized by shorter and faster iterations, constant path corrections informed by heavy utilization of usage data, continuous integration and more frequent deployments. It emphasizes customer experience over product features, not because that is the cool thing to do but because it makes perfect business sense: > *[Research by Forrester](https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2015/11/19/good-ux-is-good-business-how-to-reap-its-benefits/?sh=4229ee504e51) shows that every dollar spent for customer experience generates 100 dollars in return.* Improved customer experience is the way to achieve higher customer retention rates and reduce the cost of customer acquisition. The idea to use the product as an engine for acquiring and retaining customers and driving growth, in short making the product the experience itself, has simply come to be known as “product-led growth” and inspired quite a bit of literature lately. ## **The right man for the job** Product-led growth envisions an evolutionary approach to product development. At the centre of this strategy is the product manager who plans, guides and oversees the effort to develop the right product in light of the usage data gathered from customers. This month’s book, [*The Product-led Organization*](https://www.amazon.com/Product-Led-Organization-Putting-Customer-Experience/dp/1119660874), is, in a sense, a handbook for product managers who are willing to pursue a product-led strategy for their SaaS companies. The book makes a good job of laying out which metrics a product-led organization should keep an eye on, explains how to combine hard data with customer feedback, and describes the composition of a good product team. The author of the book, Todd Olson, is the CEO and co-founder of [Pendo](https://www.pendo.io), “*a platform that accelerates and deepens software product adoption,*” which has so far [raised $356 million](https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/pendo-raises-150-million-to-help-companies-deliver-software-that-meets-rising-user-expectations-301342064.html) worth of funding. Pendo is valued at $2.6 billion as of the time of the writing and currently boasts an annual recurring revenue of more than $100 million. So, it is safe to assume that Olson knows a thing or two about being a product manager. Having also had his fair share of failures in his career, he sets out in his book to find an answer to the question “*Is it possible to build a sticky product right from the start?*” He quotes from the Standish Group that “*nearly 84 percent of projects will either fail or go over budget,” and that “most features are rarely or never used.*” ## **The basics of being product-led** There is something fundamentally wrong with the way most projects are developed and Olson’s data-driven approach aims to fix that. What guides his philosophy is the famous maxim by Peter Drucker, the management guru: “*You can’t manage what you can’t measure.*” Olson’s ‘north star’ metrics in his quest to develop better products are the ones that show product adoption and usage. Throughout his book, Olson endorses giving up the old way of innovation, which mostly depended on unvalidated assumptions and gut feeling, and suggests instead taking advantage of cloud-based platforms that can provide a product team with more data about the users than they can handle. A product-led team, according to Olson, should focus on minimizing the friction a customer experiences once he enters the funnel. The idea is to make him discover value as soon as possible. In this model, interactive in-app help replaces old-school documentation and a customer success team is at work to make sure that problems are tackled before they become widespread. Every action taken within the organization is geared towards the goal of giving the customer the best possible experience. Olson is quite shrewd in the way he gives reasons why product development at a software company today has to be product-led. He reminds the reader that shipping features without paying attention to what customers want can ruin the whole customer experience, and brings up the case of Wall Street traders and investors who saw their productivity plunge when the keyboards at the Bloomberg terminals they used were replaced with mouses. The gist of the story is, *it is not an improvement if the customer does not want it*. ## **Final thoughts** *The Product-led Organization* is a lot like [*Hooked*](/blog/book-review-hooked/), the book we reviewed last month, in that they both focus on how to form customer habits. However, Olson’s book goes about it in a more data-driven and quantitative way, while *Hooked* follows a more descriptive and qualitative path. The two complement each other rather well, with *The Product-led Organization* demonstrating how to leverage data to make sure that every decision made is data-informed, and *Hooked* delving into the psychological mechanisms that bear on those decisions. *The Product-led Organization* offers a reality check to anybody dreaming of founding the next SaaS unicorn. It sheds light on the challenges of building the right type of software the customers will love using, one that nails the product-market fit. Having read it, one automatically gains a different perspective on why some firms are able to grow at a stunning pace without any problems attracting investment, while others fizzle out. Todd Olson knows how to overcome the challenges of a SaaS business, as he did more than once in his career, and provides product managers and entrepreneurs with a blueprint for success in this particular sector. You would be well-advised to read his book before spending a dime or writing a single line of code for your next project. --- START: blog/book-review-rocket-surgery-made-easy/book-review-rocket-surgery-made-easy.md --- # **Book Review: Rocket Surgery Made Easy by Steve Krug** > *"Usability testing? Man, that's rocket science to me."* > *"I know nothing about usability testing. You could as well ask me about brain surgery."* These imaginary statements could very well belong to a startup founder, and they might be responsible for the inspiration Steve Krug received to name this month's book.. Usability testing of any kind is the bane of decision-makers at companies. Whether it is a landing page, an app, an e-commerce interface, or just a good ol' conventional website, you know that you have to conduct a usability test to see what works and what doesn't. But it keeps getting delayed because there is always something more urgent and, more importantly, you don't know where to start. In his book, *Rocket Surgery Made Easy*, Steve Krug lays out a blueprint for usability testing so simple that you would feel bad if you did not give it a shot. ## **"When fixing problems, try to do the least you can do"** Krug is aware that usability testing is never high on the to-do lists of companies. He takes utmost care not to further complicate the process, which would only make any amendments less likely to be implemented. The title of one of the chapters sums up the author's rationale: "*The least you can do.*" He cheers on the reader throughout the book, telling him that, when it comes to usability testing, "doing something, anything, is better than doing nothing." He keeps the bar so low that you will have no excuses to postpone this task or cancel and feel like a traitor if you fail him. The author thinks most of the design problems are quite obvious, and even a short test will be enough to reveal them. It's great if you can commit time and resources to run tests with more participants and more frequently, but it's highly likely that you won't. So, Krug's bare-minimum testing is your best bet. And "*it works because:* + *All sites have problems.* + *Most of the serious problems tend to be easy to find.* + *Watching users makes you a better designer.*" ## **The how and the why** Steve Krug's ideal usability testing consists of three 50-minute tests you conduct one morning every month and a debriefing session afterward. This is how he describes the event: > "*Basically, a facilitator sits in a room with the participant, gives him some tasks to do, and asks him to think out loud while he does them.* > *There's no data gathering involved. Instead, members of the development team, stakeholders, and any other interested parties observe the session from another room, using screen-sharing software. After the tests are finished, the observers have a debriefing session where they compare notes and decide what problems should be fixed and how to fix them.*" The key here is to get the participants to keep talking as they navigate the website or app. Hearing what they are trying to do on the tool, what gets them confused, or where they are failing can be an eye-opening exercise for the development team. The team should take notes, write down questions, and discuss the session over lunch to identify the most urgent problems and appropriate fixes. Krug advises his readers not to obsess over recruiting people who are like their "actual users," reminding them that testing more than three participants generates too much information to digest. These suggestions may sound counterintuitive, but they are perfectly in line with his "simple, informal, small-sample, do-it-yourself usability testing" approach. Keeping that in mind, the book's title could as well be "*perfect is the enemy of good.*" ## **Conclusion** *Rocket Surgery Made Easy* is a short, easy-to-read book that removes all the excuses decision-makers list to avoid conducting usability tests. It recommends picking the low-hanging fruit first, no matter how small it is in size. Any improvement is better than no improvement. *Rocket Surgery Made Easy* provides you with the minimum requirements to get off on the right foot in your usability testing journey. --- START: blog/book-review-superconsumers/book-review-superconsumers.md --- # **Book Review: Superconsumers by Eddie Yoon** How to find and sustain growth is the question that haunts founders and executives in today’s hyper-competitive world. Many books we have reviewed in this column so far were part of the literature that strived to find a solution to the growth problem. Andrew Chen’s [The Cold Start Problem](/blog/book-review-cold-start-problem/) featured network effects as the solution to the problem. [For Tony Hsieh](/blog/book-review-delivering-happiness/), it was the company culture that held the keys to extraordinary growth. [Geoffrey A. Moore’s cure](/blog/book-review-crossing-the-chasm/) was based on a strategy focusing on a niche you could dominate from the start and expanding from that. This month’s book, *Superconsumers*, is written by Eddie Yoon, a growth strategist and a business consultant. In Yoon’s perspective, companies willing to nail the growth game should find, nurture, and capitalize on a group he calls superconsumers (*surprise, surprise*). ## **The theoretical framework** Superconsumers are your best-fit customers who immediately recognize the value of your product, make it a central part of their lives, and simply can’t get enough of it. These people are different from heavy users who buy a product in large quantities. They are passionate about a product in a way that other customers are not. They have a quest in life, and the product they identify with plays a big part in satisfying that quest. Yoon shares two facts to illustrate the impact superconsumers can have on whole industries: + One-third of all consumers in the office supplies market drove 70 percent of the profit, + 0.15 percent of gamers account for 50 percent of in-app purchase sales (that is, just 15 out of 10,000 gamers create as much as the remaining 9,985). The book is heavily built on the job theory of Clayton Christensen. It defines superconsumers as people who develop a strong bond with products they use to satisfy certain jobs or quests. Eddie Yoon also borrows from Christopher Lochhead and his friends the “category creation” idea. According to this perspective, superconsumers are the customers who help a product realize its potential in a category it created. No brand gets to be a category king without understanding and leveraging its superconsumer base first. ## **What makes superconsumers so special?** Yoon’s focus on superconsumers as the engine of growth stems from his work as an analyst and consultant over the years. Having studied Nielsen’s Homescan database, Yoon and his friends were able to create a data set of 125 consumer goods categories with a total sales volume of $400 billion. His four key observations are: + Superconsumers offer a higher ROI on the marketing dollars spent. They buy more products at higher prices, and they don’t mind price increases as long as they get a better product or experience. They not only spend more money than regular customers, but their enthusiasm can be infectious, too. **Regular consumers spend 20 percent more in markets with a high concentration of superconsumers.** Shops and stores frequented by this particular customer profile draw in other customers as well. + Superconsumers form clusters called ***super geos.*** It is these communities that create the buzz and drive most of the profit for a category. These people spread the word on social media, discuss the product in forums, and influence potential superconsumers. It is thanks to super geos that products become trends. + Superconsumers are not a fickle bunch. They have immense brand loyalty, and the products they like help them satisfy a quest in life, which makes their spending behavior more predictable. Strategies built around them are easier to communicate, implement, and more likely to win buy-in from decision-makers. + Superconsumers are a valuable source of insights and feedback. They understand a product better than anyone else and can even have their own unique ways of using it. Therefore, co-opting them as informal consultants can broaden the horizons of the product team. Companies should also find ways of tapping into the experience and insights of employees who are superconsumers at the same time. ## **Final thoughts** Eddie Yoon’s observations come from the consumer goods sector. Although they make a lot of sense, it is safe to assume that some of them will not readily translate into other fields like the tech industry. The business advice that Yoon provides throughout the book is quite descriptive in nature. Actually, the book reads like a collection of sensible recommendations but lacks a coherent, actionable plan. It tells you what to do but not how you can do it. There is a lot of literature written on the customer groups that we refer to as ideal customer profile, best-fit customers, or superconsumers, all of which roughly describe the same concept. Yoon’s explanation of super geos and the impact they have on regular customers is an impressive contribution to the business literature. But for readers looking for a game plan to follow, authors like [Clayton Christensen](/blog/book-review-innovators-dna/), [April Dunford](/blog/book-review-obviously-awesome/), and [Anthony W. Ulwick](/blog/book-review-jobs-to-be-done-ulwick/) offer far better alternatives. --- START: blog/book-review-talk-to-your-customers/book-review-talk-to-your-customers.md --- # **Book Review: Talk to Your F\*\*\*ing Customers by Steli Efti** Data has become something like a cult in Silicon Valley. While it is touted as the "new oil" for the rest of the world, data is the "new air" for Silicon Valley companies and especially startups fighting to gain traction. Collecting and studying data even becomes an end in itself nowadays, with product teams not knowing what to do with the data they have at hand. Not everybody agrees with the importance attached to data, though. Steli Efti, founder and CEO of Close, a CRM platform helping salespeople close more deals through more effective calls and emails, thinks data is overrated. He objects to people's obsession with data and proposes an alternative method for startup success in his book *Talk to Your F*\*\*\*ing *Customers.* This alternative method starts and ends with, yes, you guessed it right, talking to your f**\*ing customers. Efti's thought process seems to have been shaped by two people we are all familiar with: Eric Ries and Paul Graham. Let's take a brief look at the impact these two thought leaders had on Efti and the framework he developed. ## ***The Lean Startup* with a sales touch** Eric Ries's influential book *The Lean Startup* has shaped the way many founders saw business and managed their startups for years. Inspired by the lean manufacturing philosophy of the Japanese industrialists, the book suggested a new perspective on innovation that prioritized efficiency while cutting waste. Its main premise was "validated learning," which was based on the now-well-known Build-Measure-Learn feedback loop. Ries preached to his readers to act quickly to validate their assumptions and develop a product through continuous, frequent iterations. Basically, what he said was to"*fail fast so that you won't have to invest time and money in dead-end projects.*" *The Lean Startup* emphasized that the best way to cut costs was to build what customers wanted. It prioritized user experience and, in a sense, paved the way for modern approaches like product-led growth popular among SaaS companies today. Steli Efti's *Talk to Your F*\*\*\*ing *Customers* is a sales-focused interpretation of Ries's framework. Efti suggests an "Ask-Iterate-Analyze-Adjust" cycle to improve sales performance. The process starts with a cold email, followed by a call during which the founder inquires about what worked or didn't work in the cold email. The same applies to cold calls. Turning to customers is the go-to move in this approach whenever the founder feels stuck. ## **Do things that don't scale… and lots of them** Efti's insistence on talking to customers gets its inspiration from [Paul Graham's well-known advice to founders.](http://paulgraham.com/ds.html) The author is a firm believer in the benefits of a hands-on approach in leading a startup. That's why he keeps urging founders to get on the phone themselves rather than tell the marketing team to contact customers. Efti believes that personal contact with customers can tell founders what's wrong with their products in a way that data cannot. You see this piece of advice come up throughout the book multiple times: + Wanna know if people have real buying intent? Ask them and see if they do. + Are you curious about how your customers would respond to cold calling? Call them and see for yourself. + How effective are your cold emails? The recipients can tell you. + Are you having difficulty upselling? Ask your customers what else they need. + What's your best marketing channel? Call your customers and ask them how they found out about you. Efti envisages a customer-led sales process. Ask your customers what they want to see from you, learn how they want to be treated, and do as you are told. Do not spend hours analyzing metrics and what they tell you. The quote from Ezra Fishman at the beginning of a section perfectly summarizes what Efti thinks is wrong with data: "*When we let data drive our marketing, we all too often optimize for things that are easy to measure, not necessarily what matters most.*" ## **No silver bullet** However, Efti might be going overboard with this insistence on talking to customers at the risk of oversimplifying things and underestimating the value of hard data. Designing a whole funnel on customer feedback may sound like a good idea at first. Still, sometimes customers do not know what they want, may fail to effectively communicate their opinions, or are not aware of better ways of solving a problem. By taking your conversations with customers as gospel, you might be sentencing your startup to mediocrity, which is akin to a long-drawn-out death in the startupland. The real challenge remains the same whether you are looking at a data set on a computer screen or running a focus group: Converting information into knowledge and using it to solve problems. Asking your customers how likely they are to recommend you to a friend and colleague can give you a nice Net Promoter Score you can hang on your door. But it says nothing about why you got the score you did and what you should do about it. Learning what people think about you will not help you much unless you map those comments to business actions. ## **Conclusion** Although Steli Efti's advice may not be the silver bullet founders have been hoping for, it still makes a lot of sense for early-stage startups that have little data to analyze. Doing things that don't scale is the right thing to do when you feel lost, not knowing which way to go. Hustling, going the extra mile to listen to the customers, and sacrificing sleep to give better customer support can help you "[cross the chasm,](/blog/book-review-crossing-the-chasm/)" get out of the "[trough of sorrow,](https://twitter.com/davemcclure/status/497537488156512256)" or figure out a solution to "[the cold start problem.](/blog/book-review-cold-start-problem/)" However, you'd better have a capable data integration infrastructure and a good grasp of data concepts for what comes next because you won't get to the promised land by just chatting with your customers. --- START: blog/book-review-the-alliance/book-review-the-alliance.md --- # **Book Review: The Alliance by Reid Hoffman et al.** The 1950s and 1960s were the golden age of American capitalism. Having emerged victorious from the bloodbath that was World War II with a booming economy, life in the U.S. was transformed by the development of suburbs, middle-class access to TVs and cars, and the beginning of consumerism. That stability and ever-rising living standards, which at the time looked like they would go on forever, required a new bargain between the employers and the workforce. The employers would invest in their workforce and guarantee them lifetime employment in return for loyalty from the workforce. In this framework, an employee would join a company at a young age, climb up the corporate ladder through promotions, and gracefully graduate in his sixties. This is no longer the case. Globalization, the rise of the Internet, and the commoditization of software put an end to Industry 2.0 of the mid-twentieth century. Markets today are much more competitive and more easily disrupted than they were sixty years ago, which has rendered long-term, stable employment a distant memory. Nowadays, after two consecutive quarters of poor performance, a CEO starts to feel the heat from the shareholders, which usually ends with a massive layoff. The employees are aware that the old bargain no longer holds. That's why they don't hesitate to resign in droves as they did through the pandemic and hop from one job to another with the hope that things can improve somewhere else. This month's book, *The Alliance* by Reid Hoffman, Ben Casnocha, and Chris Yeh, tackles the problem of stable employment in the corporate world. The book emphasizes that employers won't invest in employees who can leave at any time, and there will be no innovation without long-term investments. Looking for a way out of this situation, the authors propose a new kind of employer-employee relationship based on "mutual trust, mutual investment, and mutual benefit." *The Alliance* expounds on this viewpoint and makes use of a few key concepts while laying out the framework. ## **"Tour of duty"** The central concept in the book is the "tour of duty." It is a phrase borrowed from the military and diplomacy, denoting the fixed term a soldier or a diplomat serves in a foreign country. The authors use the phrase to describe a specific, clearly-defined project an employee completes. "Tour of duty" strictly refers to a "transformational tour" in this context, although the authors explain the two other tours (rotational and foundational). A transformational tour is a personalized mission with clear goals negotiated between an employer and an employee. As part of this mission, the employee acquires new skills that will transform her future career while transforming her current company through the successful completion of a major project. A transformational tour of duty usually does not involve a promotion or a change in the employee's job title. It is an "alliance" between the employer and employee who both realize that lifetime employment is no longer possible in today's gig economy and try to derive lasting value from an existing relationship. At the end of a tour, the parties can extend the current tour, design a completely new one, or give it up altogether. The tour of duty concept reimagines professional life as a series of productive tours stitched together. There is no long-term commitment in this type of relationship. On the contrary, both sides are aware that it is bound to end at some point, but this does not stop them from engaging in a constructive alliance for mutual benefit. ## **Network intelligence and the alumni network** Another important concept from the book is "network intelligence," which is the byproduct of an alliance. When the employee leaves for greener pastures, she does that on good terms with her company because both parties benefited from the relationship. There are no grudges, so future cooperation is possible and desirable for both sides. This employee becomes a trusted source of intelligence whenever her previous company turns to her for information about what's going on in her new industry. With many sources of network intelligence at hand, a company has to institute a formal structure to capture, evaluate, and leverage the information gathered. There needs to be a push mechanism to collect information from past workers, pass it on to decision-makers, and use it to draw insights. This kind of an arrangement could give a company an edge over the competition at no cost. The authors advise corporate decision-makers to engage with alumni of the company and try to give their networks a somewhat formal character. Such a step may not appeal to the bean counters on the board as it does not offer any short-term, tangible benefits. But the small expenses made to hold occasional dinners for these networks, buy small gifts for the alumni, and send them regular newsletters eventually pay off. Nurturing the alumni network allows a company to tap into the problem-solving skills of a group of experts who still have some kind of a bond with the company. Feedback from such people is extremely valuable as they know the company, understand what it aims to achieve, and can offer an objective outside opinion. However, the greatest benefit of alumni networks involves the recruitment process. Knowing the values of the company in question and what it seeks in new employees, these people tend to make excellent scouts of talent, referring candidates that will be a great fit. Taking these points into account, it is safe to say that building and sustaining an alumni network is one of the highest ROI investments a company can make. ## **Conclusion** > *Amazon to axe 18,000 jobs as it cuts costs* — [BBC News](https://www.bbc.com/news/business-64171008) > *Alphabet cuts 12,000 jobs after pandemic hiring spree, refocuses on AI* — [Reuters](https://www.reuters.com/business/google-parent-lay-off-12000-workers-memo-2023-01-20/) > *Microsoft is laying off 10,000 employees* — [CNBC](https://www.cnbc.com/2023/01/18/microsoft-is-laying-off-10000-employees.html) > *Salesforce to lay off 8,000 workers in latest tech purge* — [LA Times](https://www.latimes.com/business/story/2023-01-04/salesforce-cuts-10-percent-workforce) Almost 50,000 people working for four tech giants have lost, or are about to lose, their jobs. This figure is the equivalent of the population of a mid-sized town in Europe when you take their families into account. Similar news involving smaller purges barely grabs any attention. It is the order of the day. *C'est la vie!* But it wasn't always like that. Layoffs like these would be unthinkable for Ford, Chrysler, or General Motors in the 1950s. It is a different world we are living in. *The Alliance* acknowledges the best days of the employer-employee relationship are behind us and searches for the second-best formula for a long-term, productive relationship between employers and employees. It offers no earth-shattering revelations; many companies have been taking their workers on 'tours' for years. However, the book does a great job of distilling those practices into an actionable playbook and highlights what both parties stand to gain from an alliance. Mission statements, lectures on values, and banging on about how culture matters... These won't amount to much in the absence of an honest and transparent employment strategy that benefits everybody involved. It all starts with accepting that nothing lasts forever and having more modest goals, like building an alliance that will go beyond the duration of employment. *The Alliance* shows you how. --- START: blog/book-review-traversing-the-traction-gap/book-review-traversing-the-traction-gap.md --- # **Book Review: Traversing the Traction Gap by Bruce Cleveland** Founding a startup and leading it to success is an uphill battle. It is akin to stocking up on food and fresh water at your homeport, weighing anchor, and sailing off into the ocean to find that distant land ancient sagas talk about. So many things can go wrong in the journey, and so much is at stake that the rationale behind the decision to set off can be impossible to understand for regular people. Founders are like explorers in that sense. They are special. The stats confirm the kind of uphill battle founders have to fight. 80 percent of startups fail. Only 5 percent of them produce the projected ROI, and according to a survey conducted by OpenView among 300 software companies, only 0.01 percent of SaaS companies manage to achieve $100 million in Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR). That is one in ten thousand companies. These stats are from the book that we reviewed this month, [*Traversing the Traction Gap*](https://www.amazon.com/Traversing-Traction-Gap-Bruce-Cleveland/dp/1635766249), by Bruce Cleveland and his fellow partners at the venture capital firm Wildcat Partners. This is not a book on innovation or secrets of successful product management. Being a book written by venture capitalists, *Traversing the Traction Gap* looks into the founder’s journey from the other side of the table. It leaves it up to you how you should develop your product and instead deals with how founders should manage the whole process from the conception stage through the eventual successful exit. The authors even coach you on how you should run a board meeting. How cool is that? The book’s primary focus is on B2B startups developing enterprise-grade software products. However, it is easy to see that most of the advice given by the authors should also apply to B2C firms. The authors define seven milestones in the startup journey: Ideation, Minimum Viable Category (MVC), Initial Product Release (IPR), Minimum Viable Product (MVP), Minimum Viable Repeatability (MVR), Minimum Viable Traction (MVT), and Scale. This heavy use of three-letter initialisms makes the book a bit confusing at the beginning. Americans love their alphabet soup, for sure. The phrase “traction gap” refers to the stage that extends from the IPR, when the product is launched, to the MVT, when the business model and the market are finally validated with the company starting to show signs of robust, sustainable growth. This approximately 36-month span defines whether the company will sink or swim. During the traction gap, there is very little data to analyze, very little demand for the product, and too little revenue to help you gauge whether you are on the right path or not. Trying to navigate the traction gap on your own is like sailing into the [Drake Passage](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drake_Passage) at the southern tip of South America, with little more than sailor’s tales handed down from one generation to another. Cleveland and his friends are volunteering to get you out of that gap. In addition to these startup lifecycle stages, the authors use a framework of four pillars to evaluate how a startup is doing at each stage. These four pillars consist of product, revenue, team, and systems architecture. Leaning on their vast experience in the VC business, Cleveland and his friends lay out metrics a startup must have achieved in terms of product development, revenue stream, team configuration, and the technology being used at any particular stage like the MVP or MVT. These rough guidelines are to serve as lighthouses dotting the shoreline of a stormy sea. Here are a few examples from the book: >*In an enterprise SaaS company, for example, ACV usually needs to be north of $75K to produce enough margin to fund a direct sales team.* >*As we’ve discussed, to be on model with the growth rates of the successful startups that came before you, you must roughly triple your customers and your revenue from MVR and reach MVT in about one year.* >*After MVT, a startup must be prepared to triple, then double year over year for at least the next 3 years on its way toward a liquidity event, either an IPO or an acquisition.* *Traversing the Traction Gap* doesn’t offer its readers the uber-scientific approach like Anthony W. Ulwick’s [*Jobs to Be Done: Theory to Practice*](/blog/book-review-jobs-to-be-done-ulwick/) does. The former is more of an account of observations, best practices, and rules of thumb founders can leverage—it basically provides founders with a proven template to increase their chances of success. What sets *Traversing the Traction Gap* apart from other books written for startups is the fact that its authors are successful VC executives. As you read the book, you get to understand how investors think and what they look for when they evaluate whether to invest in a startup. Founders are naturally inclined to focus on the features of their products, and they can miss the bigger picture in the process. But the book reminds them that it will be all for naught if they fail to solve a pain point in a scalable way. If a founder is to attract investment, he should remember that he is selling the investors a financial product first and foremost. There are a lot of technical founders around who could use a reality check like that. Remember the notorious [Trough of Sorrow](https://twitter.com/paulg/status/1316661104911806465) publicized by the YC founder Paul Graham? *Traversing the Traction Gap* reminds you that you are not all that helpless in dealing with that trough. Some wise people managed to navigate those waters before you—all you need to do is listen to their advice and hope for some favorable tailwinds. --- START: blog/book-review-zero-to-one/book-review-zero-to-one.md --- # **Book Review: Zero to One by Peter Thiel** > *"We are in a deadly race between politics and technology."*—Peter Thiel There he is, finally. The visionary mentor of the likes of Vitalik Buterin, St. Peter of Silicon Valley, according to [George Gilder.](/blog/book-review-life-after-google/) Or, [in Jonathan Taplin's eyes](/blog/book-review-move-fast-and-break-things/), the Godfather of PayPal Mafia, the villain behind what's wrong about the Big Data economy, who rubbed shoulders with everyone that produced the likes of Youtube, LinkedIn, Yelp, and Palantir. This month's book review features *Zero to One* by Peter Thiel, who is not only a polarizing figure in the tech circles but also a contrarian full of contradictions. We previously saw Thiel through the eyes of other authors. Now, it is time to let the man speak for himself. [A math prodigy and an elite chess player](http://fortune.com/2014/09/04/peter-thiels-contrarian-strategy/) in his age group at the age of 12, and one of the co-founders of a company that ushered in a new age of entrepreneurship, Thiel is a difficult figure to categorize. Here are of some of the contradictions that combine to make up the enigma that is Peter Thiel: + He is the son of immigrant parents from Western Germany but cannot even stand the word "multiculturalism." + Thiel demonstrated an open hostility to homosexuality for years, only to later declare his own homosexuality in 2003. + He shuns politics, but that did not stop him from donating to Tea Party candidates in elections. + Thiel doesn't think highly of the social media economy, which in his eyes cannot compare to the scientific achievements of the past. But he owes a significant part of his wealth to his investments in social media platforms. What probably best defines Peter Thiel is his stubborn objection to feminism, multiculturalism, political correctness, and anything the liberal left endorses. For Thiel, the selfish pursuit of happiness justifies every action. Politics is an obstacle to the progress of capitalism, but he seems to disregard the role of politics in resource allocation. He probably realizes that avoiding politics does not solve a thing, hence his donations to the Tea Party cause. Maybe he is just one of those people who likes to avoid anything that can challenge his convictions. Thiel looks like someone more interested in playing the conservative-minded contrarian than in genuinely changing our world. ## **A revolutionary committed to fighting evolution** *Zero to One* stems from a course on startups that Thiel taught at Stanford. The book's title is a clear allusion to creating something anew instead of growing or multiplying something already existing. In Thiel's eyes, there is no feat more significant than achieving a technological breakthrough, that is, making one out of zero. This attitude sums up what Thiel claims to stand for in business. Peter Thiel's thinking seems to have been shaped by the consequences of the dot-com crash of the early 2000s. The crash eradicated the confidence in grandiose visions of technological progress and instead started an era of incremental modifications made to risk-free ideas that were proven to work. This incrementalism, epitomized by the "lean startup" philosophy and the Japanese-inspired scientific management school that values improvement through continuous process refinement, is the enemy of revolutionary entrepreneurship in Thiel's eyes. He opposes the intellectual struggle scholars have been waging to save innovation from the grasp of luck and instead throws his lot with "the great men" of the tech industry like Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, Steve Jobs, and Bill Gates, who just happen to have the "it" factor. If there is anything that Peter Thiel detests as much as multiculturalism, it must be competition. He regards competition as an extension of simple one-upmanship: Copying what works and fighting to defend the marginal advantage you gained vis-a-vis your competitors. Thiel argues that the education system is designed to foster this meaningless competition, goading people to chase empty academic credentials instead of nurturing their talent to revolutionize the world. He established his Thiel Fund solely to guide students from academic competition toward more productive areas. That's why he gives scholarships of $100,000 to twenty university dropouts under the age of twenty every year, the rebels who probably remind Thiel of a young math prodigy in the 1990s. ## **An ode to monopoly** Thiel loves his monopolies. He yearns for the days of scientific breakthroughs that took men to the moon or added decades to the average life span with a single invention like penicillin. He thinks monopolies offer the shortest route to such breakthroughs because nothing other than the promise of monopoly profits can incentivize expensive, ambitious projects. His advice to startup founders is to avoid competition like the plague and find a niche they can dominate from day one. Being a libertarian, Thiel is not immune to usual libertarian themes. Taxes, regulations, and copyrights are bad. Monopolies are good because…. Yes, the mythical trickle-down economics. Does trickle-down economics really deliver on the promise of creating jobs, or does it benefit a small group of businessmen while the society at large has to feed on the bread crumbs? However, the author fails to explain why the huge profits tech giants like Microsoft, Apple, Amazon, and Google reaped did not trickle down to fuel revolutionary progress but ended up being spent for political clout and lower corporate tax rates. If tech monopolies were to bring about world-changing breakthroughs, the plan doesn't seem to have worked so far. ## **Looking for greener pastures or just escapism?** Peter Thiel must have recognized that tech giants being run as per his philosophy have failed to deliver the goods we were promised. He must have realized that the industry he has been involved in and shaped with his money and ideas has taken us to the land of likes, dislikes, and retweets, instead of other galaxies. It must be to escape this reality that Thiel is investing in firms looking to reverse human aging, build [anarchic off-shore communities](https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2011/11/peter-thiel-stutters-wants-live-forever/335005/), or develop computers that can replicate themselves. George Packer is probably right in arguing in his [New Yorker piece](https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2011/11/28/no-death-no-taxes) that Peter Thiel —consciously or subconsciously—knows that this utopia offers very little to the public at large and is unlikely to make our lives better if he somehow got his way. That might also explain why Thiel devotes a substantial part of his book to convincing us that computers will not replace humans but complement them and that anybody opposing the endeavor of developing such sentient computers is a Luddite. ## **What's in it for the founders?** The book contains very few actionable insights for regular startup founders (unless you think "be like Elon" is good advice). "Avoid competition," "start with a niche you can dominate," and "take sales and distribution seriously as they can help you create a monopoly" are the ones that immediately come to mind. The seven questions he brings together for startup founders are good for a reality check before setting out to start a business. Additionally, his emphasis on the company culture and giving entrepreneurs free reign may resonate well with the startup ethos thriving today. However, Thiel seems to think that anything will sound like a law of nature if you utter it with enough confidence: + *"[That's why hiring] consultants doesn't work. Part-time employees don't work. Even working remotely should be avoided…"* + *"[N]ever invest in a tech CEO that wears a suit."* + *"Don't disrupt... Disruptors are people who look for trouble and find it. Disruptive kids get sent to the principal's office. Disruptive companies often pick fights they can't win."* For a book written by someone considered a genius, an accomplished entrepreneur, and an acclaimed investor, *Zero to One* imparts surprisingly little wisdom to its readers. Maybe that was the plan all along, as Thiel wanted nobody to learn his secret sauce. Or maybe there wasn't much wisdom, to begin with, other than a utopian political stance of a man who refuses to grow up. Regardless, there are more than a few scholars—the type Thiel despises—who have produced much better guides for entrepreneurs than the *Godfather of the PayPal Mafia*. --- START: blog/cdata-vs-embedded-peaka/cdata-vs-embedded-peaka.md --- # **"Why Embedded Peaka Outperforms CData for Embedded Analytics** Customer expectations have evolved over the years to the point that customers now want their data embedded into the products they use in real-time. But delivering this kind of data experience, one that is complete with connectors, query logic, and UI, is no small feat. If you’re evaluating solutions like CData and Embedded Peaka, it’s critical to understand what each platform offers and what each one leaves up to your team to build. Spoiler: Only one gives you everything you need to ship a full embedded data experience. ## **1. CData connects data, Embedded Peaka delivers it** CData specializes in connectivity infrastructure. Their solution helps teams move data from external sources into local systems or data warehouses. That’s useful for backend analytics, but it falls short of creating the immersive customer-facing analytics experience SaaS platforms seek. Embedded Peaka is a full-stack embedded data delivery platform. It combines connector infrastructure with **fully customizable embeddable UI components** and **white-labeling** capability so SaaS teams can deliver in-product analytics seamlessly. | Feature | Embedded Peaka | CData | | :--------------------- | :------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------ | | **Deployment Mode** | ✅ Purpose-built for embedding | ❌ Drivers for internal use | | **UI Components** | ✅ Dialogs, query editor, autocomplete | ❌ None | | **Branding & Theming** | ✅ Full white-labeling | ❌ None | ### **What this means for you** If your goal is to deliver analytics inside your product, not just connect data, Embedded Peaka is the platform that does it all. ## **2. Query-ready, without replication headaches** CData’s model relies on pulling data into your environment, whether that’s a database, local system, or third-party warehouse. This process involves data replication and movement, introducing **latency, data duplication, and governance challenges**. Peaka enables live **querying without data replication**. And when performance demands it, Peaka adds Iceberg-compatible smart caching, optimizing speed while minimizing API calls. | Feature | Embedded Peaka | CData | | :----------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- | | **Data Access Model** | ✅ Live querying (no replication) | ❌ Data moved into local systems | | **Query Engine** | ✅ Built-in (Trino-based) | ❌ No query engine | | **Caching & Rate Limit Handling** | ✅ Rate limit-aware caching built-in | ❌ No caching or retry logic | ### **What this means for you** For SaaS products needing real-time dashboards, campaign performance views, or AI-powered copilots, Peaka delivers governed access without the overhead. ## **3. Built-in UI and governance features = Faster time-to-market** With CData, your dev team is on the hook for building an OAuth logic, multi-tenant isolation, and maintenance and updates over the life of the connectors. Peaka handles all of this out of the box: + Hosted or BYO OAuth with tenant awareness + Role-, column-, and row-level access control + Embeddable UI components for queries and connectors + Full audit logging and data lineage | Feature | Embedded Peaka | CData | | :----------------------- | :--------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------- | | **OAuth** | ✅ Hosted, tenant-aware | ❌ Manual setup per tenant | | **Multitenant Support** | ✅ Native project/catalog isolation| ❌ To be built by the user | | **Connector Maintenance** | ✅ Peaka-managed | ❌ To be handled by the user | ### **What this means for you** For product managers, this means fewer bottlenecks, fewer edge cases, and an accelerated product roadmap. ## **4. Developer-friendly SDKs and APIs** CData’s conventional data integration approach leverages drivers and legacy integration points to unify data, which translates into significant engineering overhead for SaaS companies looking to stay nimble. Embedded Peaka, on the other hand, gives your engineers the tools to plug into any workflow or architecture: + Connectors for 300+ SaaS tools (Stripe, HubSpot, Zendesk, etc.) + Modern SDKs for JavaScript, Python, and Java + Access via SQL, REST APIs, or drivers + Flexible deployment options (as a headless backend or UI+backend packaged together) ### **What this means for you** Embedded Peaka empowers you to build scalable embedded analytics solutions without overstretching your engineering resources. ## **Key takeaways** + **CData provides data connectivity only**. It does not include a query engine, UI components, or access controls for embedded analytics. + **Embedded Peaka is an all-in-one platform**. It includes connectors, a SQL query engine, UI modules, multitenant governance, and smart caching. + **Peaka enables live data access**. It eliminates the need for data replication or a separate warehouse. + **SaaS teams can launch faster with Peaka**. It removes the need to build infrastructure, reducing development time and effort. ## **Final verdict: Peaka replaces the stack that CData requires you to build** While CData helps you connect to data, Peaka helps you deliver value from that data inside your product, in a secure and scalable way. **CData gives you drivers. Peaka gives you dashboards.** If your roadmap includes in-product analytics, real-time customer insights, or embedded AI copilots powered by user data, Peaka provides everything you need in one embeddable platform. Explore [Embedded Peaka](/embedded-peaka/) or [book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how we can help you launch faster. Dive into our comparison series to understand how Embedded Peaka fares against other popular platforms in the market: + [Embedded Peaka vs. Airbyte Embedded](/blog/airbyte-embedded-vs-embedded-peaka) + [Embedded Peaka vs. Merge.dev](/blog/merge-vs-embedded-peaka) + [Embedded Peaka vs. Hevo Data](/blog/hevo-vs-peaka-comparison/) + [Embedded Peaka vs. Polytomic](/blog/polytomic-vs-embedded-peaka) --- START: blog/chatgpt-ai-evolution/chatgpt-ai-evolution.md --- # **ChatGPT: An Evolution Rather than a Revolution** Humans are mesmerized every time they see animals or robots showing human-like abilities. That's why parrots have been a popular pet for centuries, and videos of [gorillas observing caterpillars](https://twitter.com/Rainmaker1973/status/1566047560841805825) or [dancing Boston Dynamics robots](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BFK9lkez32E) still garner interest years after their internet debut. Open AI's ChatGPT, an AI-powered chatbot, was the most recent example of this phenomenon, taking the internet by storm in December 2022. People rushed to find out what it was all about, and 1 million people had used it within the first week of its launch. We previously talked about [AI-powered coding assistants](/blog/ai-pair-programmers-future-copilots-nocode/) like Github Copilot and Open AI Codex on our blog. However, neither of those two predecessors generated the buzz ChatGPT did. This might have something to do with how [Open AI trained](https://openai.com/blog/chatgpt/) its latest chatbot. While developing ChatGPT, AI trainers ranked the answers given by the language model, providing the AI with a benchmark to train on and fine-tune its answers. As a result, the ChatGPT's reactions turned out to be more human-like. The chatbot can get into lengthy arguments with users, deflect questions that can get it in trouble, and backpedal when it is wrong. Reactions like these make the experience more believable and all the more awe-inspiring for people who give it a try. However, although ChatGPT seems to have nailed the style, its content needs to improve significantly. The good news is that ChatGPT appears to be a marked improvement over its predecessors when it comes to bias and discrimination in the texts generated. While Copilot and Codex were frequently criticized for insensitive remarks, ChatGPT does a much better job in this regard, which is a testament to Open AI's meticulous moderation efforts to avoid scandal. ## **Not the search tool we all hoped for** The real surprise here is the failure of ChatGPT to reliably retrieve factual information, something one would think would be one of the strong suits of such a tool. But it turns out context matters more than we give it credit for, and ChatGTP is not as good at reasoning as it is at [pattern recognition](https://clivethompson.medium.com/on-bullshit-and-ai-generated-prose-611a0f899c5). Failure to retrieve information spelled doom for Galactica, too. Meta's attempt at creating an AI-powered chatbot, Galactica, was launched with the express purpose of finding facts and information, but it was [pulled out of service](https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/technology/meta-ai-bot-contributed-to-fake-research-and-nonsense-before-being-pulled-offline/ar-AA14qKEZ) after just two days of operations as it provided its users with wrong information. Similarly, ChatGPT tends to make up facts whenever it feels like it, and it may be challenging to determine how much of what it says is pure fabrication. The fact that it lets you down when you want precise, factual information is what will keep ChatGPT from replacing Google as the go-to search engine unless Open AI does something about it. For now, ChatGPT looks like a social media trend that we go through every few months. However, the AI power that underpins this tool can have dramatic effects on different aspects of our lives once it gets more polished. Here are three possible implications of ChatGPT that is worth keeping an eye on: ## **Content writing** One of the first areas of implementation for ChatGPT will be content writing. AI-powered apps have been helping creative people produce content for some time. SEO-oriented texts lend themselves particularly well to this type of arrangement. Ranking high on a Google search becomes the priority over content quality, and AI can do a great job of generating texts that tick all the boxes for SEO success. If content quality is not a concern, ChatGPT will churn out as much content as you like at an incredible rate and saturate certain communication channels. [Cassie Kozyrkov](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kozyrkov/), Chief Data Scientist at Google, demonstrated ChatGPT's writing skills [in a blog post](https://medium.com/@kozyrkov/introducing-chatgpt-aa824ad89623). While reading her piece on Open AI's latest tool, you find out halfway through that what you read up to that point was written by ChatGPT and, thus, not factually correct. The style was a bit cheesy compared to Cassie's usual writing, but the extent to which ChatGPT can mimic a human writer is quite scary. ## **Academic essays** Essays have been part and parcel of scholarly work for centuries. Scientists wrote essays to expound their theories or refute existing ones. Scientific essays not only helped communicate knowledge but also built the scientific community as we knew it. It seems this is about to change as ChatGPT enters the picture. Texts generated by ChatGPT will not automatically replace scientific essays as they include glaring factual errors that are easy to detect. But with a little bit of improvement, this tool can soon be expected to write essays for college students, rendering these assignments useless as a way of performance assessment. Then, it will be just a matter of time before ChatGPT starts writing master's and Ph.D. theses and articles. Considering the central role of academic writing in college education and scholarly work, it looks like how we define academic competence will need a thorough revision soon. ## **Big Data** The average person is producing multiple orders of magnitude more data than his parents were doing a few decades ago. We use a plethora of electronic devices every day that generate data in different formats and employ software specifically designed to create, aggregate, and organize data. Most of this data is unstructured: Audio files, video footage, photos, etc. However, unstructured data does not readily lend itself to use unless you are a data scientist. Converting it to structured data and presenting it in a tabular form would make it easier for people without a data science degree to search and work on unstructured data. It turns out ChatGPT can help with that: Maximilian Evans from Climate AI has [demonstrated](https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:7007029782597009409/) how ChatGTP can convert field notes from a farm into a CSV table upon being given a simple prompt. In another example, it can help [analyze a given text](https://twitter.com/jwblackwell/status/1599700695833538562), extract relevant information, and present it as JSON. ## **Conclusion** ChatGPT is an impressive tool for demonstrating the current capabilities of AI and giving us a hint of its future potential. However, it is not the radical AI breakthrough that people have been looking forward to for some time. It is not dependable and polished enough to produce end products yet. But it still is a step up from tools like Copilot and Codex in terms of taking some burden off people and increasing efficiency. The hope is that ethical concerns will be front and center while using tools like ChatGPT, and they will be employed with an eye to taking humanity forward. --- START: blog/choosing-a-no-code-platform/choosing-a-no-code-platform.md --- # **3 Points to Keep in Mind While Choosing a No-code Platform** You have been reading about no-code technology, educating yourself on what you can do with no-code tools. You have come to the realization that this is the way to go for your startup, local business or career, and decided to put a no-code platform at the heart of your work life. Of all the platforms available, which one should that be? Here are a few points to remember when you finally go out to choose the no-code platform for your business. ## **Specify the features you need to prioritize** No-code platforms are highly capable tools and this renders them suitable for different use cases. However, choosing one for your particular scenario can be difficult as it involves striking a delicate balance between ease of use, on the one hand, and capabilities, on the other. The ideal no-code platform should not only suit your current skill level, but also be capable enough to satisfy your present and future needs. It is no easy task to find one that checks both boxes. Focusing on the most relevant features for your needs could be a good first step towards making the right choice, though. If you want to design a website, responsive design capability has to be a priority for you because your website should feel the same whether it is on desktop, tablet or mobile. Drag-and-drop interface, which makes the design process easier and less stressful, is another feature you should seek. If it is an application that you are willing to build, things get a little bit more complicated. Time and budget constraints usually rule out developing [native apps](https://ionic.io/resources/articles/what-is-hybrid-app-development) for both iOS and Android—that’s probably one of the reasons you are interested in low-code/no-code platforms and building web apps in the first place. The audience for your web apps and the technical skills you possess to a large extent come to determine which no-code platform you should choose—and also what you can offer your audience. Provided that you have the time and effort to explore the features of a no-code platform and train yourself, the wise choice here would be to go with a more capable tool even if that means sacrificing a little bit of UI practicality. ## **Long-term needs over short-term gains** Looks seem to matter more than substance in most aspects of our daily lives—at least at the beginning. It is the brash designs that make the headlines every time a new model is launched at a car show or a new line of clothing or furniture is introduced. But in the long-run, it is the reliable Toyotas, affordable GAP or sensible IKEA products that survive because they get the job done. Every time. The same applies to no-code platforms where fancy UI or ease of use can be tempting because we all want quick results. However, it is better to think ahead and invest in what will serve your future needs even if this requires a bit of a steeper learning curve. Quickly validating your idea and producing an MVP right away can be satisfying, but this usually comes at the price of future problems. The higher the level of abstraction, the easier it becomes to use a platform although this also takes away from its flexibility. Just as your business is taking off, you might discover that your no-code platform doesn’t scale in sync and be forced to shift to another which will fit your use case better. It is important to pick a no-code platform that hits the balance between abstraction and adaptability. ## **The intangibles matter** Parameters that the user can experience dominate the decision making process during app development. Speed and usability naturally take precedence but the not-so-sexy topics like hosting, maintenance and security are just as important for your long-term success. A no-code platform taking care of the hosting will save you from looking for third party solutions or maintaining your own server. The uptime is another critical parameter you should keep an eye on—your efforts will go to waste if your app is down frequently and the resultant revenue loss can be crippling. The margin for error shrinks when you venture beyond the MVP stage. You can suddenly find out that your no-code platform, which was once a joy to use, comes up short on different tasks. That’s why investing in premium no-code platforms like Webflow, Integromat or Peaka is the safe option—these tools have the capabilities to take you all the way. Your business doesn’t deserve anything less as it should be built on sure footing. Trying to choose a no-code platform from among the multitude of options available in the market can be a daunting task for the uninitiated. You can soon find yourself looking at feature sheets or comparison tables, trying to decipher acronyms you haven’t seen before. In addition to the three key points we listed above, a comprehensive guide prepared by [UserGuiding](https://userguiding.com/blog/no-code-tools/#ftoc-heading-2) comes in handy here. The guide categorizes no-code platforms according to their purpose and capabilities and lays out the respective pricing plans of each option. Make sure that you check it out before making the final decision. --- START: blog/choosing-hr-software-startup/choosing-hr-software-startup.md --- # **7 Tips for Choosing the Best HR Software for Your Startup** Your day starts early as a co-founder. You kick the day off by spending an hour or so on the speech you will give at the tech summit in a few days. During your commute to work, you will be listening to the recording of the latest podcast you attended. Just as you are getting midway through the product meeting, you receive a text message from one of the best developer prospects you spotted, asking you whether he should come back later for the interview, the one that was scheduled for that morning and you completely forgot about. Your latest hire, the content writer, looks completely lost during the meeting as nobody bothered to help her with her onboarding, but you are too pressed to think about that. After the lunch, you will be joining a few other founders for a webinar, but first, you should decide what to do about the leave requests your only two designers filed at the same time. It would be nice, you think to yourself, if you had a Human Resources department at your disposal that could rid you of all this hassle. A startup may not afford to establish a proper HR department for a long while. However, it also won’t be going too far if the co-founders spend their time worrying about the chores of HR instead of the more strategic aspects of business. A good HR software can address all the HR-related needs of a startup, but with the availability of tens of different platforms, the selection process itself can prove to be overwhelming. Cloud-based, on-premise, Human Resource Information System, Human Capital Management Software, Human Resource Management System, Applicant Tracking System, Succession Management System so on and so forth. There are plenty of options, which is never a bad thing. However, it just makes it harder to make the right choice. Here are a few points that could help you out as you try to choose the right HR software for your startup: ## **1 - Define your job-to-be-done** Modern HR software is a platform comprising different programs or modules. Most of these platforms are designed for enterprises or SMBs, which employ hundreds, if not thousands of people. Therefore, paying for such a system is probably too big of an investment for a startup to justify. Goals of a startup wildly differ from goals of more established companies. In order to compete with the Goliaths of the industry, startups need to find talented people and be able to hold on to them for the long term. Lacking the funds to hire the stars of the industry, startups should focus on finding hidden gems and developing them. Choosing the right candidates during the recruitment process and providing them with a stress-free, welcoming onboarding experience are known to improve the loyalty of an employee. An HR software with a good Applicant Tracking and Onboarding module might go a long way towards serving this job-to-be-done. ## **2 - Look for ease of use** Established firms are like well-oiled machines: They have detailed business plans, well-defined roles and processes, and tried-and-tested methods. Startups work in more chaotic ways. In a startup, everybody is pressed for time: There is too much work and not enough manpower. While established companies have dedicated HR departments that can spend weeks trying to master an HR software, startups cannot afford going through a steep learning process. Focusing on user-friendly packages that can be quickly deployed and integrated to other services without much fuss should be the way to go for startups. ## **3 - Make automation a top priority** One of the reasons you are looking for an HR software in the first place is to make life easier for you and your employees. HR is rife with paper-based manual work at every stage, from the job postings to leave management to offboarding. The more manual work you can offload to an HR software, the more time you and your employees will have in your hands to create value. Make sure that the HR software you choose comes with robust workflows and integrations that will unlock efficiencies for you. ## **4 - Make your employees part of the process** It is always a good idea to listen to your employees and let their input inform your search for HR software. Where do they think the current system is lacking? What are some of the best practices they experienced in their previous jobs? Is there a particular field like onboarding or leave management that they would like to see prioritized? Comments from your employees can change the way you look at HR. It can help you reimagine the experience you want to provide instead of just automating your existing HR processes. Employee participation should not be limited to the searching phase, though. Once you settle on an option, having your employees personally type in their personal information, letting them review data and customize their training program will cultivate a culture of transparency and earn the trust of your employees, making them feel empowered. ## **5 - Customizability is king** Business life is full of uncertainty and this is all the more so for startups. As a startup founder, you don’t want to get locked into a choice you made at the very beginning that you won’t be able to back out of in the future. This also applies to the HR software you will choose. No matter what your initial requirements are, you want to have the flexibility to reconfigure your system as your company scales up. That’s why it would be wise to choose an extendable platform to which you can add new capabilities with modules or add-ons. ## **6 - Go for a system with mobile option** A founder’s life can get really hectic at times. Long trips, meetings with investors and attending all kinds of activities you will be involved in for networking purposes mean that you will spend very little time at your desk. You want to keep tabs on the HR side of things all the time, though. Being able to run your HR software on mobile gives you that chance. Signing off on leave requests and scheduling interviews on mobile and being in control of your payroll from afar could prove invaluable when you have to be out of town but your startup should keep working as usual. ## **7 - Seek capable, dedicated customer support** Every platform runs into hiccups from time to time. In case of a platform like an HR Management System, however, those hiccups need to be sorted out really quickly because they might have serious legal ramifications. Picking a platform that prides itself on providing excellent customer support can come in handy in those situations. Free and unlimited customer support can ensure that your HR software will keep delivering value for years to come. Founding and growing a business is one of the most challenging things one can choose to do. Thankfully, founders have now access to a host of cloud-based platforms to help them handle supplementary business functions outside their core line of work. As you try to decide on which HR software system to buy, just set your priorities straight and everything will fall into place. --- START: blog/code-quality-no-code/code-quality-no-code.md --- # **Code Quality No Longer a Concern in the Age of No-code** It is never a good time to ask a developer to conduct a code review. He is just too pressed for time: Some tasks are waiting in the backlog, new projects are piling up in the pipeline, there are meetings to attend and deadlines to meet. Just like a Michelin-star chef doesn’t like tidying up the kitchen while he is focused on preparing his signature dish, asking a developer to review code, produce documentation or focus on limiting technical debt while he is struggling to meet deadlines can throw him off. But a Michelin-star chef can’t postpone tidying up forever if he is to keep those stars. Similarly, developers have to maintain a long-term vision that prioritizes code quality if they want their software products to last a long time. The first thing we expect from high-quality code is for it to [work and do what it was intended for](https://medium.com/free-code-camp/why-i-changed-the-way-i-think-about-code-quality-88c5d8d57e68). It should also be bug-free, but these are hardly enough. Bug-free code that works while creating a lot of technical debt is not desirable at all because poor code quality and the resulting inefficiency will eventually catch up with you down the road. Thankfully, there are some parameters that can guide us when we need to gauge the quality of some piece of code. First of all, high-quality code should be reliable as measured by the number of failures occurring over a certain period of operation. Reliable code, in turn, makes the software more predictable and robust. High-quality code is readable. It comes with correct [indentation, comments where necessary and documentation](https://medium.com/the-liberators/teams-and-a-shared-understanding-of-code-quality-the-11-rules-of-quality-f4ab7e07304) to help reviewers, other developers and the end users. [Refactoring](https://www.codegrip.tech/productivity/how-to-format-code-for-maximum-code-readability/) legacy code might come in handy here: It not only makes code shorter and more readable but also renders it easier to manage, leaving less room for errors and security risks. High-quality code is reusable. It is modular and lends itself to being used again. High-quality code is easy to maintain. It requires less rework. As a result, updating or building upon it will be easy, which will drive down the cost of ownership of the particular software. There are [well-established methods](https://betterprogramming.pub/things-that-you-can-do-to-improve-code-quality-c746c30e7521) to improve code quality: Sticking to a well-defined coding convention, having the code reviewed by at least two people, employing incremental but continuous integrations to detect problems right away, and using metrics to determine the frequency of defects and system complexity are some of them. Another way to guarantee high-quality code is to take advantage of no-code technology. No-code platforms are basically built on the principle of a trade-off between flexibility and system complexity: You are basically trading some of the flexibility afforded by coding for lower levels of complexity thanks to the higher level of abstraction involved. The byproducts of this trade-off are manageable [technical debt](/blog/no-code-pays-down-tech-debt/) and significantly less maintenance headache. No-code platforms score high points on all the parameters cited above. These tools are developed with certain use cases and user personas in mind. Therefore, provided that you chose the right platform for your needs, you will find out that it is streamlined for the circumstances you will be operating in. The platform will take your [high-level directions](https://www.forbes.com/sites/nishatalagala/2021/08/21/will-ai-make-coding-obsolete/?sh=6fc60cf81049) and choose the right kind of reusable blocks to form the code. Having been tested rigorously to industry standards, no-code platforms offer you the luxury of working with chunks of code you can move around with simple drag-and-drop actions, without the hassle of testing, reviewing and maintaining code. --- START: blog/consultants-servicetitan-kpi-dashboards/consultants-servicetitan-kpi-dashboards.md --- # **How to Deliver KPI Dashboards for Your ServiceTitan Clients** If you’re a consultant or tech advisor working with ServiceTitan operators, you’ve probably spent more hours than you’d like to admit wrangling spreadsheets or building dashboards from scratch. Every new client means another round of CSV exports, data cleanup, and dashboard configuration, time that could be spent coaching or driving strategic improvements. What if you could cut that setup time by 90 percent and get straight to delivering insights? Let’s walk through how you can speed up KPI dashboard delivery without writing custom scripts or hiring a developer. ## **Why dashboard delivery slows you down** Your time as a ServiceTitan consultant is precious; it’s too precious to spend days building and delivering custom dashboards to clients. There are numerous areas where you can make a significant difference and add value to your clients’ operations. But if you’re manually exporting reports or relying on fragmented workflows, dashboard creation becomes a bottleneck. + **Each client is a custom job:** No two home service businesses track performance the same way. This change from one client to another requires constant adjustment and slows you down. + **Limited tools:** Many home service companies rely on spreadsheets as a data source, which are useful but not scalable for reporting purposes. Unifying data from spreadsheets and sending it to BI tools can be a real challenge for consultants lacking the proper tool for the job. + **Drain on resources:** Building dashboards diverts scarce engineering resources from other productive and possibly more urgent tasks. Your consulting business should focus on unlocking efficiencies for clients, rather than creating dashboards. The result? Slower onboarding, limited insight in early engagements, and less time for high-impact coaching. ## **What ServiceTitan consultants actually need** To move faster and serve more clients, consulting firms need a better approach that’s scalable, flexible, and easy to manage across engagements. Here’s what that looks like: + Live data from ServiceTitan flowing into your reporting tools without manual exports. + Support for popular BI platforms like Power BI, Looker Studio, and Metabase. + Multi-client management from a single workspace. + Repeatable workflows that you can adapt and reuse across clients. And crucially, you need all this without adding developer overhead or building a custom data pipeline. ## **How Peaka speeds up dashboard delivery** Peaka isn’t a dashboard builder. It’s the layer that gets your clients’ data from ServiceTitan, joins it with data from other tools like [QuickBooks, Xero Accounting, or Sage Intacct](/blog/integrate-servicetitan-with-quickbooks-xero-sage/), and pushes this consolidated data into the tools you already use to build dashboards. Here’s how it works: + **Direct integrations with ServiceTitan:** As an [official ServiceTitan partner](https://marketplace.servicetitan.com/partner/peaka), Peaka readily integrates with this platform, enabling you to skip manual exports and automatically sync your clients’ data to your BI environment. + **Multi-client support:** Peaka allows you to manage multiple ServiceTitan accounts from a single platform, which is a lifesaver for consultants juggling 5, 10, or even 50 clients. + **BI tool flexibility:** Thanks to Peaka’s ready-made connectors for popular data visualization tools such as [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/), [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/), or Tableau, you can push data to whichever platform your clients prefer to see their KPIs. + **No-code setup:** Peaka removes the need for engineering teams, letting you configure data flows and transformations yourself. With Peaka, you’re not just delivering data faster; you're also building a repeatable system that saves hours per client. ## **Real-world scenario: Streamline your onboarding with instant BI dashboards** Let’s say you’re onboarding five new ServiceTitan clients this month. Each one wants a monthly KPI dashboard covering job profitability, technician performance, and booking trends. Without Peaka, consultancy firms face an uphill battle to onboard clients: + 2–3 days per client to collect, clean, and structure the data + Logging in and out of different tools for hours to repeat the same steps + Increased risk of errors or versioning issues with spreadsheets + Automated manual exports to keep the dashboards updated The result is a messy onboarding that fails to deliver the “aha!” moment to wow clients. Peaka revolutionizes this entire process, simplifying how you unify data scattered across different platforms, visualize, and update it: + Connect each client’s ServiceTitan account once + Retrieve client’s data from QuickBooks, Xero Accounting, Sage Intacct, or Google Sheets + Push cleaned, structured data into Power BI, Looker Studio, or Metabase + Generate real-time reports and dashboards without manual exports or copying and pasting Total time saved? Days per engagement. Multiply that across your client base, and the ROI is immediate. ## **Faster dashboards, happier clients, increased revenue** When you deliver dashboards faster, the benefits go far beyond time savings. + **Accelerated onboarding:** Show value in week one, not week four, which is a big boost to your retention figures. + **Stand out from competitors:** Make live dashboards a staple offering in your consulting package. + **Unlock new revenue:** Consider bundling reporting as a premium add-on or monthly subscription. + **Improve retention:** Use live KPIs in your recurring coaching sessions to demonstrate impact and ROI. ## **Key takeaways** + For ServiceTitan consultants, delivering dashboards can be a significant hurdle when onboarding new clients weekly. + Despite its challenges, fast dashboard delivery can be a source of competitive edge as it allows ServiceTitan consultants to reduce time-to-value, make a strong first impression, and improve retention. + Peaka automates data flow from ServiceTitan into BI tools, eliminating the need for CSV downloads and manual data replication. + By using Peaka’s infrastructure for data visualization, ServiceTitan consultants can channel their engineering resources to creating more value for clients. ## **Ready to supercharge your dashboard delivery?** [Manual data exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/) and custom dashboard builds are no longer the price of doing business with ServiceTitan clients. With Peaka, you can unify and deliver the right data to the right BI tools without writing code, hiring engineers, or repeating the same work across clients. Whether you’re serving 5 clients or 50, Peaka helps you deliver insights faster, scale your services, and reclaim your time. To get started with instant BI dashboards for your clients, [sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a quick demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and see how you can accelerate dashboard delivery for your ServiceTitan clients with Peaka. --- START: blog/contractors-how-to-replace-spreadsheets/contractors-how-to-replace-spreadsheets.md --- # **The Contractor’s Dilemma: How to Replace Spreadsheets** If you run a home-service business with 50 to 500 employees, your data challenges have probably evolved faster than your tools. What once worked—a few spreadsheets, some manual exports from ServiceTitan or Sage Intacct, and a dashboard built by a helpful consultant—now feels painfully slow and brittle. You’re managing multiple branches, juggling different systems, and tracking technician performance, job profitability, and backlog across locations. Every team wants real-time visibility, but your data lives in too many places to keep up. The problem? You’ve outgrown spreadsheets, but Snowflake isn’t made for you either. ## **Key takeaways** + Large contractors are stuck in a data gap: Their operations are too complex for spreadsheets, but too lean for enterprise-grade data stacks like Snowflake or Databricks. + Manual reporting doesn’t scale. As data grows across multiple ServiceTitan accounts and accounting systems, spreadsheet workflows hinder decision-making and create inconsistencies. + Building a traditional data stack isn’t practical. It requires high costs, technical expertise, and ongoing maintenance that most home-service businesses can’t afford. + Peaka offers a middle ground with data virtualization and ready-made connectors. Zero-ETL, zero-copy integrations connect ServiceTitan, accounting, and BI tools in real time, without the need for engineers or data warehouses. ## **The two extremes of the data spectrum** ### **The spreadsheet trap** Spreadsheets and manual CSV exports were great when you had one office and a handful of techs. But as your operations scaled, the limits showed quickly: + Each report is a minefield of human error and security issues as it requires you to copy and paste data between files. + The manual cleanup and validation required is a time drain, which renders data outdated by the time it’s ready. And then there is the issue of metric definitions + Metrics are defined differently across different spreadsheets. No two “completed job” columns mean the same. These errors compound across locations, costing hours of staff time and eroding trust in your reports. ### **The modern data stack mirage** At the other end of the spectrum lies the “modern data stack” consisting of tools like Snowflake, Databricks, dbt, and Airbyte that promise real-time integration, governance, and scalability. They work beautifully if you’re an enterprise company with a full-time data team. For most home-service contractors, this approach is overkill. The costs are daunting: + Cloud compute and storage fees can easily cost thousands of dollars per month. + Maintaining ETL pipelines, schemas, and permissions introduces new complexity, which can only be handled by a data team. + Data engineers and consultants command six-figure annual salaries. For businesses whose margins depend on operational efficiency, this kind of overhead simply doesn’t make sense. ## **Why hiring a data team isn’t the answer** When the reporting workload becomes unbearable, many contractors consider hiring a data engineer or outsourcing to a BI consultant, thinking this will solve their data integration and reporting problems without having to invest in a data stack. But even one full-time data engineer costs upward of $120,000 per year. It’s difficult to justify such an investment for a home service business when all these qualified people will be asked to do is build and maintain ETL pipelines, not generate insights. An alternative is to call upon consultants. However, this often leads to [automations managed by Zapier or Tray.ai](/blog/servicetitan-integrations-trayai-zapier/) that fail to cover different scenarios. If you opt for dashboards personally delivered by consultants, then you have to rely on static data that quickly goes stale when your data model changes. The reality is simple: The home-service industry doesn’t need to mimic Silicon Valley’s data architecture. It needs something lighter, smarter, and built for operational agility—not engineering complexity. ## **The hidden costs of living between two worlds** Many fast-growing contractors end up stuck in the middle as they are too big for manual reporting but too lean for a data warehouse. The cost of being stuck in this no man’s land isn’t just financial; it’s operational. + **Delayed insights:** Revenue per technician or [job-cost reports](/blog/track-job-costs-servicetitan/) arrive days late. + **Fragmented decision-making:** Finance, operations, and branch managers each rely on their own spreadsheets. + **Wasted expertise:** Skilled managers spend hours cleaning data instead of analyzing it. + **Reporting chaos:** Different definitions and KPIs make cross-branch comparison impossible. Without a unified, automated data layer, your “data strategy” becomes a patchwork of exports, Google Sheets, and one-off dashboards, none of which can keep up with how your business scales. ## **The middle path: Data virtualization, zero-ETL infra, zero-copy integrations** That’s where the next generation of data infrastructure comes into play. Instead of copying and moving data to a physical data warehouse, you can use a virtual layer that connects to your existing systems, such as ServiceTitan, QuickBooks, Sage Intacct, and others. This approach, known as [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/), eliminates ETLs from the data integration process, removing the need for data teams that would be required to maintain brittle data pipelines. Data virtualization achieves the same results as a system built around data warehouses would, but without the astronomical cost and engineering overhead needed. Peaka leverages this technique to turn your data scattered across multiple sources into virtual tables. It then provides a virtual data layer that defines your metrics (e.g., “revenue per technician,” “gross margin per job”) once and applies them everywhere. The result is [real-time KPI dashboards](/blog/servicetitan-dashboards-no-data-team/) that don’t depend on engineers or ETL scripts. With Peaka, you can + Query data where it lives, instead of relying on [manual CSV exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/) to unify it in a spreadsheet. + Create consistent KPIs across ServiceTitan and accounting systems. + Feed unified data directly into BI tools like [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/) or [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/). Contractors no longer have to invest in Snowflake or Databricks to integrate and make sense of its data integrate and make sense of their data, as Peaka gives them all the data stack they will ever need. ## **The future data infrastructure that contractors need** The next generation of home-service leaders will win not because they built massive data teams, but because they made data access simple, affordable, and fast. AI-driven analytics and semantic-layer platforms are removing the need for traditional ETL. Instead of copying and moving data around, you define relationships once and let automation do the rest. For large contractors, this shift changes everything: + Dashboards can be built in hours, not weeks. + [Multi-location reporting](/blog/multi-location-servicetitan-reporting/) becomes plug-and-play. + Business users can finally own their data workflows without relying on IT people. The future of reporting in home services isn’t about data warehouses; it’s about connectivity and self-service business analytics for everyone. ## **Conclusion: Rethinking data readiness** Fast-growing contractors no longer have to choose between chaos and overkill. The middle path is here—one that helps [integrate data from ServiceTitan and finance software](/blog/servicetitan-sage-reporting-gap/) and sends it to BI tools without replication or maintenance overhead. If you’ve ever felt “too advanced for spreadsheets, too resource-constrained for Snowflake,” it’s time to rethink what data readiness means. You don’t need to rebuild a data stack; you just need to remove the friction between your systems. Peaka is the middleware that will turn your existing systems into a cohesive reporting infrastructure. [Sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how Peaka helps top contractors save thousands of dollars in data integration costs every month. --- START: blog/cultural-resistance-1/cultural-resistance-1.md --- # **Cultural Resistance to Technology: The Never-ending Saga (1)** > *“Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”*—George Santayana New technology is always disruptive. Because [technology has a human component](https://tulip.co/ebooks/digital-culture/), the introduction of new technology changes something at the social, cultural and economic level. It puts some people at a disadvantage and gives some others an upper hand. If people can adjust to the ongoing technological change, the results can turn out to be manageable. If not, new technology will wreak havoc like a wrecking ball. You can be sure that the invention of wheel caused a ripple effect throughout the societies that started using the wheel for the first time. It made pottery possible and overland transportation easier. The introduction of gunpowder must have raised some eyebrows among the artisans who made the bolts, arrows and bows the armies of that era used—they must have sensed that this black powder was about to put them out of work. Change triggered similar patterns of reactions every time. As the French would say: [*Plus ça change, plus c'est la même chose*](https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/plus%20%C3%A7a%20change%2C%20plus%20c%27est%20la%20m%C3%AAme%20chose). Fortunately, the destruction that Industrial Revolution caused among the working class in Britain is better documented. Actually, this is the topic of [*The Making of the English Working Class*](https://www.google.com/books/edition/The_Making_of_the_English_Working_Class/wNNzCwAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=making+of+the+english+working+class), the monumental work by the British historian E. P. Thompson. In his own words, Thompson’s effort was an attempt “to rescue the poor stockinger, the Luddite cropper, the "obsolete" hand-loom weaver … from the enormous condescension of posterity.” (Thompson, 1963, p.12) These people fell by the wayside as the industrial machinery gained more reception. They were handworkers in the textile and woollen industries who lost their jobs and were left without a livelihood after the introduction of machinery. These people did not take it lying down, however. They fought back, first, through legal means: They petitioned the parliament and lobbied for a complete ban on industrial machinery. When that failed, they organized in armed groups and started roaming around in Nottinghamshire, Yorkshire and Lancashire, breaking machinery, threatening and attacking industrialists (Thompson, 1963, pp.472-602). They came to be called the Luddites, after a certain Ned Ludd, who was supposedly the first person to break machinery in protest. The machine-breakers were quite clear about their demands (Thompson, 1963, p.530): > *We will never lay down Arms [till] The House of Commons passes an Act to put down all Machinery hurtful to Commonality, and repeal that to hang Frame Breakers.* The Luddite movement started in 1811 and was totally defeated by 1817. The determination machine-breakers showed in protest of a technological breakthrough garnered a lot of attention in the later historiography. But there might be a lesson for us in their motives. Thompson used the term 'moral economy' to account for the way machine-breakers perceived the transformation they were subject to (Thompson, 1963, pp.63, 550, 583). According to this view, the machine-breakers believed that there were social values rooted in a [traditional, paternalistic society](https://understandingsociety.blogspot.com/2008/07/moral-economy-as-historical-social.html) upholding the economic order. These people thought they were party to a social contract, and thus had a right to livelihood. But the new machinery, by driving down prices of products, was putting them out of work and violating their ancient rights. This was the reason that made them take up arms against the royal army. In other words, stockingers, croppers, weavers and the like were the casualties in the battle between a traditional moral economy and free market forces. The machine-breaker protests and the ensuing mob violence were the symptoms of a crumbling socio-economic order. They were the signs that Industry 1.0 had arrived. [Industry 2.0](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Second_Industrial_Revolution), which came with increasing electrification, expanding railway network and the first assembly lines, and [Industry 3.0](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Revolution), which relied on computer technologies, all had their winners and losers. Today we are standing at the threshold of another industrial revolution—the term Industry 4.0 was not coined for nothing. This one, too, is coming with all the destructive powers of previous revolutions. Do we have a moral economy in place? Who stands to lose this time around? This discussion deserves another post. --- START: blog/cultural-resistance-2/cultural-resistance-2.md --- # **Cultural Resistance to Technology: The Never-ending Saga (2)** It seems that we are going through the initial phases of another industrial revolution. This time, it is the [software threatening the way traditional companies have operated](https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424053111903480904576512250915629460) for decades. Giant hierarchies are being reorganized to render them more agile and processes are being streamlined, resulting in a reduction in time-to-market. Corporate culture, from top to bottom, is going through a change and this brings about uncertainty. Despite not being as pronounced as the traditional moral economy of the pre-industrial age, every period has its own version of a moral economy—i.e. a set of values that regulate the way economic actors act. Today’s moral economy does not put a premium on job security—unlike the machine-breakers of the nineteenth century, we recognize that unemployment and having to change careers are part of the game. Nevertheless, certain expectations are to be met to keep modern employees happy. Employees want their voices to be heard—this entails delegation of authority and a certain level autonomy. In addition to material compensation, they are motivated by a chance to [make an impact](https://www.forbes.com/sites/glennllopis/2012/06/04/top-9-things-that-ultimately-motivate-employees-to-achieve/?sh=39aa8dd2257e) and the recognition of their contributions. Other things that motivate the modern workforce include challenging but achievable tasks and opportunity to acquire new skills that will help them remain [relevant](https://www.forbes.com/sites/glennllopis/2012/06/04/top-9-things-that-ultimately-motivate-employees-to-achieve/?sh=39aa8dd2257e) while keeping them at the top of their game. This is why there is more to digital transformation than just digitizing certain processes. Digital transformation is not only an administrative policy but a cultural phenomenon as well. The human component of technology can easily complicate things: Workers will refuse to use new technology if they [believe](https://tulip.co/ebooks/digital-culture/) that the old ways worked better or that they don’t have enough involvement in a project or that it will cause them to lose their jobs. Lack of buy-in from the workforce can stifle any wholesale transformation effort or worse, even scuttle it altogether. A case in point where business logic might conflict with values of the workforce is the plethora of metrics being introduced to the work place everyday and how they might be perceived by the employees. Digital transformation produces an immense amount of data and this data is organized into metrics so that change can be measured. These metrics are supposed to increase visibility at work. Visibility makes the value-creation activities more transparent for the decision makers, making it possible for them to understand how employees at each work station perform. However, employees could associate such micromanagement with loss of autonomy and see that kind of data collection as a threat to their jobs. Involving employees in the planning phase of digital transformation and letting them know what they could expect can disperse the clouds of doubt and build trust within the organization. Employees want to be heard and giving them a say in the way their work is being shaped goes a long way towards making them feel secure and wanted. This gives a company an edge in recruiting and retaining elite talent since material benefits are easily replicable for these people and what makes them jump ship most of the time tend to be factors other than money. No-code tools provide a solution to this dilemma between organizational productivity and employee autonomy. While, on the one hand, they improve the response time and shorten iteration cycles, on the other hand, they empower the employees to devise tailored solutions to the problems they detected. No-code tools reinforce the values that the modern workforce cares about such as being able to make an impact and staying relevant. Citizen developers will not be going on a computer-breaking frenzy anytime soon just because they feel their values are violated. But it would be unwise for any company to ignore the needs of its employees when there are no-code platforms that can harness for the common good the creative powers of these people. No-code platforms like [Peaka](/) offer companies with a digital transformation agenda the best of both worlds. --- START: blog/customer-success-misinterpretation/customer-success-misinterpretation.md --- # **How Founders Should Approach Customer Support** ## **Introduction** In product development, prioritizing the end-user’s needs is paramount. Neglecting these can lead to product failure, increased churn, and the inevitable failure of a startup. With customers increasingly becoming the focal point of services they use — thanks to easily accessible pricing information, online review platforms, and social media — companies face greater challenges in persuasion and customer acquisition. New products are continuously tested and phased out, leading to elevated customer expectations across the board. ## **Customer support or just an Anti-Lean Startup?** Many founders mistakenly believe that constantly meeting with customers can satisfy these rising expectations. In reality, many customers prefer a functional relationship with the product itself, expecting it to deliver seamlessly without much intervention – product gives, they take, no contact made. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/kerem/customer-support-1.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Lean Product Development for a fast growing startup") }} Often {{ highlight_text(text="founders resort to 'Customer Success' and 'Customer Support' teams to cover products’ inadequacies, intervening between the user and the product to compensate for design flaws.", small_text="Top Highlight") }} This is especially true when the design is non-intuitive, leaving users confused without support. While sophisticated enterprise software like B2B SaaS inherently caters to complex needs and requires Customer Success (CS) team guidance, a product’s reliance on constant customer support should not be the norm. Ideally, every product should be developed with the motivation of necessitating ZERO customer support. Though Peaka is engineered for complex data pipelines, we take pride in dedicating months to refine our user interface to its current state – customer favorite by a mile. We continue to dedicate hours to our customers, learning from their use cases and assisting them with report creation, but the majority of our interactions are directly aligned with improving the product for the future. ## **Many startups don’t need large support teams** Lean interaction is fundamental to understanding user experience, hinged through brief and honest communication towards improving the product. Ideally, customer success meetings should not exceed 15 minutes, conducted by people with deep technical knowledge on the product, and focus exclusively on customer feedback; guiding the startup to enhance product value and minimize support necessity. Support documentation should be succinct and readily accessible, designed to render the product intuitive enough to obviate extensive manuals and meetings. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/kerem/customer-support-2.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Flawless UI Design for a B2B Data Startup") }} Many founders tend to adhere to a proven framework because that's what they were taught in their consulting or IB experiences—follow a generic framework, apply it to all customers, provide minimal value, and don’t solve anything so client returns for more service: “*[The unicorn in our space] succeeded with their initiative so let’s blindly copy them.*” This approach is akin to how the majority of founders treat Customer Support teams. As startups scale, many founders tend to hire numerous personnel, who lack a deep technical understanding of the product, to interact with customers on behalf of the startup. Though many startups view Customer Success as a holy grail, companies mostly cannot get a good return on their investment. I see two issues here that could and should be solved: 1. Since the majority of the CS hires aren’t familiar with the technical aspects of the product, they often fail to provide instant solutions, leading to 30-minute meetings that deliver ZERO value. 2. With remote work becoming more popular for these teams, many spend a significant portion of their day unproductive — believe me, I’ve seen enough proof. How should we address these issues? If it were for me, I’d reduce the CS team’s headcount by half, replace the team with Support Engineers, and have them focus exclusively on understanding use cases and customer motives. Some might argue that understanding customer experience and testing new features should be the domain of Product Managers or Design Architects. In my experience, Product and CS teams should operate in tandem. Support Engineers should be responsible for resolving ad hoc problems and interacting with customers to understand their long-term vision/expectations in using the product. These insights should then be passed on to the product team so the PMs can create or iterate on a roadmap that aligns with customer motivations. Investing in your support team's understanding of the product details – both what it is & is not intended for – will significantly reduce the time spent on understanding what’s working, and often shed light on gaps in sales enablement. ## **Conclusion** Ultimately, the goal for startups should be to develop products that are so intuitive and well-aligned with the user segment that the need for customer support is significantly diminished. Founders should focus on lean methodologies and follow the *Build–Measure–Learn* principle: Improve the product, ask users how they feel about it, iterate, and repeat. This approach not only leads to a more seamless and satisfying experience but also sets the foundation for lasting success and innovation in the dynamic world of startups. This commitment to user-centric design and proactive problem-solving is what ultimately distinguishes the most successful and resilient startups from the rest. --- START: blog/customize-complement-extend-software/customize-complement-extend-software.md --- # **No-code Helps Customize & Extend Your Software Product** Salesforce, SAP, ServiceNow… These are the brands that spring to mind when you think of business software. They have become household names after being highly successful businesses year in, year out. Even people somewhat allergic to them end up using them at some point. What makes them so special? What is it that they have and others don't? ## **An API-led revolution** Before turning his company into one of the biggest brands, Marc Benioff, the founder and CEO of Salesforce, was seeking the secret sauce for success. He visited Steve Jobs in 2003 as he struggled to gain traction at the head of Salesforce. Jobs had a simple [recipe](https://www.zdnet.com/article/benioff-salesforce-was-made-possible-by-steve-jobs-meditation-and-perseverance/) for Benioff: >"You've got to land a big customer like Avon. You've got to be ten times bigger in 24 months, or you're gone, and you've got to build an application economy." Of all the advice Jobs gave, it was the "application economy" idea that proved to be the most transformative—a whole ecosystem of different software products capable of working together in harmony when needed. The revolutionary thing about what Benioff did afterward was his positioning of Salesforce as a development platform rather than an end product people would just pay for and use as it was. Benioff envisioned Salesforce as an API-based development platform. He opened it up to its customers, just like Amazon, SAP, and ServiceNow did with theirs. By doing that, he let customers tinker with the platform until they came up with a configuration that would meet their needs. The result turned out to be a very flexible platform where everybody could find something for themselves. The reason for creating an API-based ecosystem is to offer the customers the maximum amount of customization possible. The one-size-fits-all solutions no longer work in today's world. Data flows in via all sorts of different media and has to be transformed into different formats, stored, shared, or integrated with other systems. Every customer has a different set of needs. Things get even worse as these needs keep changing, creating a network of almost infinite possibilities. No stand-alone software product can keep up with this. The best way to serve the diverse set of customer needs is to give the user a product with an extendable architecture and let him self-serve. Giving the user the tools he needs to devise solutions to his own problems takes the burden off the shoulders of developers and minimizes the risk of miscommunication. ## **Doing it the SAP way** SAP is one of those companies that appreciated the potential of an extendable architecture in enterprise software early on. It is primarily a record-keeping software with lots of database and data operations involved. What gave SAP its extendable character was ABAP, its domain-specific language. ABAP made SAP extremely customizable and allowed the addition of new features to the platform without much hassle, giving the platform a low-code character. This increased customizability turned SAP into a very flexible platform that can serve a diverse range of use cases by offering different solutions. SAP not only offers its customers a business model today, but also empowers them to deliver the services they promised. The result of the ABAP-induced customizability for SAP has been an ever-expanding customer base and a growing, healthy ecosystem built around the product. SAP has also taken notice of the growth of the mobile app market. It has realized that it has to be competitive in that segment and offer mobile users similar capabilities if it is to retain its dominant position in the market. Its recent acquisition of AppGyver was an effort to plug that well-defined gap in its portfolio. ## **What if you are not a billion-dollar company?** The strategies employed by Salesforce and SAP might be potent, but they are also difficult to replicate, especially for smaller companies. Such companies need to follow a different strategy here. A company with a CRM tool has to offer a level of customization that could rival Salesforce, which is impossible due to a lack of resources. What it can do, however, is to find an underserved segment in the market and focus on the needs of that particular segment. The shortest route to success in this scenario? Using APIs to open the platform to users and letting users leverage no-code tools to customize the CRM tool in question. No-code platforms will be offering [ready-made templates](/blog/no-code-templates-competitive-edge/) to make it even easier for the users to customize the software for their particular use cases. Every company in the software business today should have an extensions strategy. This is not a matter of preference but a necessity for a software company to get over the hump. Having in place a sound extensions strategy ensures the product is customizable, and thus fulfills a broader range of needs. Peaka takes care of the customization needs of its customers through APIs so that they can focus on their core line of work. We believe that software companies should not have to diverge from their roadmaps and allocate scarce resources just to serve the specific needs of customers. Whether it is a customer portal, an internal tool, or a partner portal that your customers desire, Peaka makes sure that you deliver it to your customers with no added cost or effort. --- START: blog/data-access-governance/data-access-governance.md --- # Data Access Governance: Framework, Risks, and Tools There's a particular kind of organizational panic that happens when someone asks "who looked at the customer records last Tuesday?" and the room goes quiet. Nobody answers, because nobody actually knows. Data access governance (DAG) exists to solve that problem. Most organizations find out they need it right after something goes wrong. Maybe you already have. At its core, DAG is the set of policies, processes, technologies, and accountability structures that control who can access specific data, under what conditions, and what gets logged when they do. It's a subset of data governance, which lives inside the broader universe of data management. Each layer narrows the scope. Data management handles the entire lifecycle; data governance adds standards and accountability; and DAG specifically handles the access-control layer. The goal (“the right people get the right data at the right time”) is simple to say but genuinely hard to pull off. The distinction that matters most is between knowing who can access something and knowing who did access it, when, and what they did with it afterward. That second part is where organizations consistently underinvest, until a regulator or a breach forces the issue. ## Why 2026 looks nothing like 2016 The global data governance market was valued at $3.91 billion in 2024 and is projected to reach $12.66 billion by 2030 ([Grand View Research](https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/data-governance-market-report)). Organizations don't spend money like that because someone read a persuasive whitepaper. They spend it because something broke. The threat environment and the regulatory floor were the two things that broke, roughly simultaneously. In 2024, internal actors were the catalyst behind 35% of data breaches, up from 20% the year before ([Verizon DBIR, 2024](https://www.verizon.com/business/resources/reports/2024-dbir-data-breach-investigations-report.pdf)). The common thread is permissions that outlasted their purpose, a failure of the principle of least privilege that eventually became a problem. Eighty-three percent of organizations reported at least one insider incident in the past year ([Cybersecurity Insiders, 2024](https://www.cybersecurity-insiders.com/2024-insider-threat-report/)). Most of those incidents were preventable. Meanwhile, GDPR never went away, the EU AI Act entered into force in August 2024 with substantive requirements applying from August 2026, and finance and healthcare have always operated under demanding sector-specific rules. The audit log that used to be optional is now a compliance artifact someone will ask for during a regulatory review. Then there's AI. In 2024, 78% of companies were using AI in at least one business function, up from 55% the prior year ([McKinsey, 2024](https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/quantumblack/our-insights/the-state-of-ai-how-organizations-are-rewiring-to-capture-value)). Every AI deployment is also a new data consumer, one that queries constantly, leaves no paper trail on its own, and lacks institutional memory about which tables to trust. Add agents, APIs, and a proliferating stack of dashboards all hitting the same infrastructure, and manual review of who accessed what becomes operationally impossible at any meaningful scale. ## What a real framework does The core challenge is that most organizations don't have a reliable picture of what data they hold, where it lives, who can reach it, or what's happening to it in real time. Permissions compound the problem by drifting quietly over time. Without a structured framework, there's no way to close that gap at scale. Sensitive data discovery comes first, because you can't govern what you don't know exists. Sensitive data ends up in inconvenient places, such as S3 buckets nobody's audited in two years, SaaS tools the security team forgot were connected, a spreadsheet someone exported in 2019 and emailed around. A data catalog drives discovery and surfaces what's there. Classification tags data by sensitivity and regulatory category, so policies apply automatically. Access controls, both role-based (RBAC) and attribute-based (ABAC), define what each identity can actually reach. The critical detail is that permissions should be evaluated at query time in a zero-trust model, scoped to the actual end user making the request. Too many systems still inherit permissions from a service account that was provisioned broadly three years ago and never revisited. That's where most teams get caught. It's also exactly what Peaka enforces. When a query runs through Peaka's semantic catalog, permissions are resolved against the real end-user identity at query time, and shared service credentials never enter the equation. Audit logging is where the accountability layer lives, and it's where most companies have a gap they don't realize exists. Logs that capture only an IP address and a timestamp are functionally uninterpretable when something goes wrong at scale. Useful logs combine identity, intent, data lineage, and business context. That means capturing who ran the query, what business question they were trying to answer, where the underlying data came from, and what happened with the result. Without all four elements together, a high-volume incident becomes a forensic nightmare on a deadline. Automated remediation closes the loop by quarantining files, blocking access, alerting the security team, and triggering a documented response in real time when something anomalous occurs, rather than the next morning when someone checks their email. ## AI makes this harder in specific ways Only 29% of technology leaders strongly agree that their enterprise data meets the quality, accessibility, and security standards needed to scale generative AI ([IBM Institute for Business Value, 2024](https://www.ibm.com/think/topics/ai-ready-data)). That gap is about to get much wider. An AI agent doesn't operate the way a human analyst does. A human analyst knows which metrics finance actually trusts, which tables became unreliable after a schema change last quarter, and when to ask a clarifying question before running a number up the chain. An agent carries none of that institutional knowledge unless the context is machine-readable and embedded in the infrastructure itself. Stale or partial answers come back looking exactly as confident as correct ones; the agent returns a number either way. Write actions sit in a different risk category than reads entirely. An agent that can modify or delete data is an actor with real operational consequences, and governance controls for write access need to reflect that distinction explicitly rather than treat it as an edge case. Model drift is a related problem, particularly in regulated sectors. AI models degrade when fed inconsistent or outdated data, and a governance framework that doesn't track freshness won't catch it until the model is already producing bad outputs at scale. ## The semantic layer problem AI agents resolve ambiguity probabilistically. They infer meaning from column names, schema patterns, and surrounding context. If "Customer" means one thing in the CRM and something else in the billing system, every model that touches both inherits that confusion and becomes a model-drift risk. Prompt engineering can't compensate for a schema that carries no meaning. A semantic layer sits between raw infrastructure and the things querying it. It translates technical structures into business-meaningful terms, defines metrics once ("Revenue," "Active Customers," "Churn Rate"), and ensures every dashboard, API, and agent query works from the same definitions. The metric in your BI tool matches the metric in the Python notebook, which matches what the AI agent returns. That consistency is built into the structure itself, so it doesn't depend on everyone remembering which version of a calculation is canonical this quarter. Governance controls belong in the semantic layer, built in from the start. An agent that can reach ungoverned raw tables through a back door makes the rest of the framework decorative. That's the principle Peaka is built around. Its semantic catalog is where both business definitions and access policies live, so there's no gap between what a query means and what it's allowed to touch. If you're evaluating how that works in practice, the documentation is a useful starting point. ## "Clean" is not the same as "AI-ready" This distinction has real financial consequences. Gartner projects that through 2026, organizations will abandon 60% of AI projects that lack AI-ready data ([Gartner, 2025](https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2025-02-26-lack-of-ai-ready-data-puts-ai-projects-at-risk)). The pattern is almost always the same: Data was cleaned for human analysts, declared ready, pointed at an AI system, and produced confidently wrong answers. AI readiness requires that freshness, context, permissions, and lineage be machine-accessible. A weekly snapshot that works perfectly for a Monday morning dashboard is genuinely stale for an agent making a real-time operational decision. Permissions need to match the use case rather than carry over from whatever service account was convenient to reuse. These distinctions produce different outputs, and downstream decisions depend on those outputs being correct. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/mathew/data-governance-vs-ai-readiness.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="a table comparing ai agents to human interaction") }} ## How organizations are actually handling this The practical starting point is an honest current-state assessment laying out what's been discovered, what's classified, whether access is enforced at query time, whether there's semantic context, and whether the audit trail is sufficiently complete to be useful during an incident. The governance layer doesn't require replacing existing infrastructure. Controls can be layered on top of what's already there, whether that's Snowflake, BigQuery, Redshift, or a Databricks lakehouse. Rebuilding from scratch would stall AI programs for years. Data product marketplaces, where producers publish governed and documented data products that consumers can discover and request access to, are becoming the operational mechanism for doing this at scale, borrowing directly from data mesh principles. Trusted AI requires trusted data. Without governance embedded at the data layer, with semantic context, query-time enforcement, and full audit lineage, AI initiatives tend to follow the same arc which always involves a promising pilot, scaling problem, stall. Getting the governance in place before the stall is considerably cheaper than the alternative. If you're working through what that looks like for your stack, [Peaka's platform](/) is designed to handle exactly this. It unifies data sources, adds the semantic and governance layers, and makes that infrastructure AI-ready without a ground-up rebuild. It's worth a look. To see how you can introduce data governance into your AI project, [book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) with Peaka. --- START: blog/data-brief-history/data-brief-history.md --- # **Before the Warehouse, Lake, and Hub: A Brief History of Data** "_Data is the new oil,_" [said](https://towardsdatascience.com/is-data-really-the-new-oil-in-the-21st-century-17d014811b88) the British mathematician Clive Humby in 2006. Even the metaphor itself, whether data was the new oil, the combustion engine, or something totally different, became the subject of articles and spurred long debates. Cumby's words proved prophetic as data was central to the historic rise of Big Tech over the last fifteen years. Data-related jobs are some of the most popular, highest-paying jobs in the tech industry today and even the most modest SMBs are advised to focus on data and make "data-informed" decisions. [Data](https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/data) is defined as the "_factual information (such as measurements or statistics) used as a basis for reasoning, discussion, or calculation._" This information can be about anything, i.e., the amount of monthly traffic a website attracted, the score each student got in an exam, or the average temperature recorded at a location on a specific day over a decade. Today data may have become predominantly digital, but that wasn't always the case. Let's take a brief look at the history of data and how its nature has changed over the centuries. ## **Prehistoric Africa** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/data-1-history-ishango-bone.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Image showing the Ishango bone") }} The Ishango bone. Image credits: [The Ishango Bone](https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Osso_di_Ishango.jpg) by [Matematicamente.it](https://www.matematicamente.it/staticfiles/manuali-cc/algebra1_dolce_1ed.pdf), February 4, 2016, shared under Creative Commons [Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.en) license. One of the earliest tools used for storing data was discovered in the Democratic Republic of Congo in 1950. [Ishango bone](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ishango_bone) is an animal bone with groups of notches carved on it and dates from 18,000 BCE-20,000 BCE. Whether it was a simple tally stick or a more sophisticated tool to track the lunar calendar is [up for debate.](https://www.maa.org/press/periodicals/convergence/mathematical-treasure-ishango-bone) However, it shows that humans needed data even when they were leading supposedly much more primitive lives than we do now. ## **Ancient Babylonia** As society got more complex, so did the types of data people needed to track. Studies led by Professor Eleanor Robson of University College London have shed light on how Babylonians used clay tablets to store data. This Mesopotamian civilization took a census took a census [every six or seven years](https://www.abs.gov.au/websitedbs/d3310114.nsf/51c9a3d36edfd0dfca256acb00118404/eadaffffb171cab6ca257161000a78d7!OpenDocument) to count the people and livestock and record the amount of milk, honey, wool, and vegetables produced. The aim was to determine the number of people that could be taxed or called up for military service. With its seat of power located between the Euphrates and Tigris rivers, the Babylonian rule [depended on](https://www.historyonthenet.com/the-wonders-of-ancient-babylon) controlling water resources, expanding irrigation, and undertaking massive public works projects. This endeavor involved the mobilization of a large workforce, provisioning of supplies for these people, a bureaucracy to oversee the projects, and lots of account keeping. Babylonians used clay tablets to create tabular accounts for keeping track of data. For example, a Babylonian tabular account dating from 2028 BC demonstrates a tally of [sheep and goats.](https://www.academia.edu/1261769/Accounting_for_change_The_development_of_tabular_bookkeeping_in_early_Mesopotamia) Later examples were more sophisticated. One tablet [found in the city of Nippur](https://www.academia.edu/1261769/Accounting_for_change_The_development_of_tabular_bookkeeping_in_early_Mesopotamia) was used to account for a ditch construction project, with headed columns and each row denoting the length and width of walls being built, the name of the worker responsible, and total wages to be paid in grain and wool. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/data-1-history-babylonia-larsa.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="The Babylonian tablet found in Larsa") }} The Babylonian tablet found in Larsa. Image credits: [(BM 085232)](https://cdli.ucla.edu/search/search_results.php?SearchMode=Text&ObjectID=P368686) by Eleanor Robson. [Another tablet](https://www.datafix.com.au/BASHing/2020-08-12.html) found in the ancient city of Larsa and dating from [circa 1900-1600 BC](https://cdli.ucla.edu/search/search_results.php?SearchMode=Text&ObjectID=P368686) probably served as a payroll summary from a construction project, showing us the base rate, the amount of work done, and the wage earned. These artifacts demonstrate that the spreadsheet format was the king centuries before MS Excel was a thing. ## **Roman Empire** Rome was a civilization that perfected record-keeping out of sheer necessity. Ruling over vast territories, building cities, roads, aqueducts, and all kinds of public works, and controlling a war-making machine that was the Roman army, the Roman Empire needed records more than anything. In order to gauge the pool of manpower at hand and determine taxes, The Roman administration conducted a census [every five years](https://www.ons.gov.uk/census/2011census/howourcensusworks/aboutcensuses/censushistory/censustakingintheancientworld), with every man and his family returning to his place of birth. Effective taxation kept the Roman administrative machine working, and it was the data collection that made this possible. ## **Early modern England** [John Graunt](https://www.smithsonianmag.com/smart-news/people-have-been-using-big-data-1600s-180962949/) was a hat maker from London, a growing city frequently hit by bouts of plague in the mid-seventeenth century. His studies on the number of deaths resulting from plague based on the Bills of Mortality were of pioneering character. Graunt's use of Life Tables derived from the mortality data was a first in the field. Following "a virtual population of one hundred people through the [age-specific mortality](https://www.encyclopedia.com/social-sciences/applied-and-social-sciences-magazines/graunt-john-0) rates of the actual population," these tables enabled Graunt to make projections about the future and past populations, providing an early example of data-informed policy suggestions. For these tables, Graunt used christening and burial data, aggregated it, and broke it down according to [gender](http://www.edstephan.org/Graunt/tables.html) and [causes of death](http://www.edstephan.org/Graunt/chart.html) to reach conclusions that no one else had done before. His book, [_Natural and Political Observations upon the Bills of Mortality_](https://www.scb.se/contentassets/ca21efb41fee47d293bbee5bf7be7fb3/london-plague-statistics-in-1665.pdf), first published in 1662, changed the way people saw life and death. Grant's work was so influential that he has been [credited with](https://www.encyclopedia.com/history/encyclopedias-almanacs-transcripts-and-maps/graunt-john-1620-1674) laying the foundations of modern demography and statistics. ## **Modern era** Under the _ancien régime_, the European society consisted of three classes: Aristocracy, clergy, and peasantry. Social mobility was restricted, the state apparatus was rather small, and the bureaucracy in the modern sense was nowhere to be found. Things began to change with the rise of overseas trade and the emergence of a new class of merchants and later urban professionals. The dealings of these ambitious upstarts brought about an increase in the data produced. It was a faster, more complex world, calling for heavier data use. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/data-1-history-tabulating-machine.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Herman Hollerith's tabulating machine") }} The tabulating machcine developed by Herman Hollerith. Image credits: [Tabulatrice, selezionarice e perforatrice holleritho](https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tabulatrice,_selezionarice_e_perforatrice_hollerith_-_Museo_scienza_tecnologia_Milano_D0779.jpg) by I.B.M. Italia, May 31, 2016, shared under Creative Commons [Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 International](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.en) license. The second half of the nineteenth century saw a further uptick in the amount of data produced: The industrial revolution was in full swing, and another revolution in communication was unfolding. The world was a smaller place thanks to new technologies like the telegraph, telephone, and radio. However, the data produced was still at modest levels, manageable by devices like Herman Hollerith's [tabulating machine.](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tabulating_machine) Hollerith invented a way to store data in machine-readable form in punched cards. His method was used in the U.S. census held in 1890, resulting in time and budget savings. Data processing had become more efficient. The next bottleneck seemed to be data storage. Luckily, [Fritz Pfleumer's](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fritz_Pfleumer) invention of the magnetic tape in 1928 solved the data storage problem for decades to come. There was a noticeable pattern in data production and usage up until the mid-twentieth century: The amount of data being produced and people involved in data production was on the rise, but the type of data did not change much. It was mostly structured data produced by governments and different branches of bureaucracy, traders, banks, and industrialists. The general public was not a part of the process yet. What brought the general public into the fold was the introduction of computers in the middle of the last century. The ensuing nonstop miniaturization of computers, capped with the introduction of the Internet in the 1990s, meant that billions of people were producing data in wildly different formats. ## **From 2007 onwards** If the Internet caused a surge in the amount of data produced, what smartphones, social media, and cloud technology did was trigger a true [Cambrian explosion](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cambrian_explosion), growing the amount of raw data produced by orders of magnitude. Every like, dislike, click, or move of the mouse was a data point now. It was around this time, towards the end of the first decade of the new millennium, that we started hearing about data science, data scientists, and data analysts. Overwhelmed by the amount of data unleashed in a short time, people decided to focus on gathering as much data as possible first and worry about making sense of it later. Collecting, sorting, transforming, making sense of, and securing the data became specialized tasks in their own right, requiring expert attention. Concepts like data warehouses, data lakes, and data hubs were all products of the efforts to tackle this sheer volume and complexity of data. ## **What changed?** The way people treat data has gone through a transformation over the centuries. For ancient people, data was merely a record of past transactions or a predictor of a few phenomena like collectible taxes or available manpower. Today we use data to inform our every decision about the future. Data allows us to monitor the progression of certain processes, and find patterns and trends, making course correction possible. Its importance in our lives justifies further discussion. --- START: blog/data-etl-vs-elt/data-etl-vs-elt.md --- # **ETL vs. ELT: Different Strokes for Different Folks** Unstructured data's sudden rise to dominance came with immense technical challenges. Managing the storage costs for vast amounts of data was one of those. Another was to ensure that the data remained accessible whenever needed, despite being scattered across many locations. Making sense of all that data on the analytics front was the third of the hurdles to be tackled. The sheer amount and different formats of data meant that old ways of working with data were no longer viable. These challenges have been high up on the agenda for the software industry during the last decade. Tools to pull data from different sources, optimize storage usage, and improve data analytics have become mainstream. Another change involved data pipelines: They had to be reconfigured to accommodate the requirements of handling unstructured data. This change manifested itself in ELT's (Extract - Load - Transform) rising popularity against ETL (Extract - Transform - Load). ELT hasn't replaced ETL altogether but rather proved more applicable to a broader range of scenarios as it caters to the most pressing needs in the market. Understanding why ELT is more popular and how ETL can still stick around can shed light on the future trajectory of data integration. ## **ETL (Extract - Transform - Load)** In the ETL, you extract data and move it to a staging layer where transformation will take place. Transformation is the act of converting data to the desired format for analysis. Once that is done, you load the data into the designated storage location. Here, all three actions (extract, transform, and load) are tied together and occur in the same run. In the ETL, you basically define a transformation process that can be applied to a general use case. ETL is more suited to handling structured data. The data is cleansed and enriched in a processing server before loading it. The user can perform [security checks](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8MfyfW9CeKA) and encrypt the data at the source. These steps help ensure that privacy concerns are taken into consideration (such as removing [personal identifying information](https://rivery.io/blog/etl-vs-elt/) from data) and that the data now complies with regulations. ETL is a cost-effective data integration method. However, it is not flexible since each process is designed for a specific type of transformation. You have to [build a new ETL pipeline](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=voC0ewDeltA) every time you want to make a change in the way your data warehouse works. The whole process has to be reconfigured when the input or output data format is changed. Therefore, ETL can be rather cumbersome to use when format changes are a regular thing. ## **ELT (Extract - Load - Transform)** Despite its success with structured data, ETL was not a good fit for unstructured data, the [predominant form of data today](/blog/data-unstructured/). Unstructured data comes in a wide range of formats from a plethora of different sources and requires complex transformations. The more diverse data formats are, the more the number of reconfigurations you have to implement for data transformation. A sensible way to minimize the number of transformations was to extract the data, load it into a data warehouse, and delay the transformation until a specific need arose. This method was the ELT. ELT offers the users the flexibility and scalability that ETL can not. With the ELT, you move [the whole data set](https://www.techtarget.com/searchdatamanagement/definition/Extract-Load-Transform-ELT), not just a subset of the data as you would do with ETL, to the target destination, where it will remain as raw data until you need to transform it. The ELT method decouples the "extract" function from the "transform" function— you don't have to transform the data right after extracting it. This "decoupling" affords you the luxury of delaying the data model decisions to the moment you need to use them. Moreover, you can also configure transformation processes for different, unique use cases instead of configuring a transformation that will apply to a general use case. When you change the SQL queries you run in an ELT pipeline, you are basically changing the transformations you make. In spite of these advantages, ELT comes with a serious [security risk](https://blog.panoply.io/etl-vs-elt-the-difference-is-in-the-how). As the data is loaded into a data warehouse or a data lake before any transformations or security checks, it is likely to contain sensitive personal or confidential data. The data will probably not comply with data security protocols at that point. ## **Final thoughts** The bifurcation of data integration methods into ETL and ELT stemmed from real needs. Users who work with structured data on source systems with high compute power and prioritize data security keep using ETL. Users who deal with more current problems associated with unstructured data and value the flexibility in designing more complex and unique transformations can transition to ELT. It looks like ELT has nailed the product-market fit in a field dominated by unstructured data. --- START: blog/data-infrastructure-for-ai-agents/data-infrastructure-for-ai-agents.md --- # AI-Ready vs. Traditional Data Infrastructure Traditional data infrastructure was built for human analysts. Humans are forgiving consumers. They ask colleagues when something is unclear, they know which numbers to trust, and they carry institutional context that no schema ever documented. AI agents cannot do any of that. They act on what the data says, with full confidence, whether it is right or wrong. That difference changes everything about how data infrastructure needs to be designed. An AI agent cannot ask a follow-up question, infer business intent from a poorly labeled field, or distinguish between a stale snapshot and a live feed. A wrong answer stops being a misread number on a chart and becomes an action taken. That consequence asymmetry is the defining shift, and most infrastructure decisions in enterprise data were made before it existed. Traditional architecture was optimized for batch processing, periodic analytics, and relational schemas normalized for joins. It worked because the humans consuming it compensated for its gaps. Remove the human from that loop and replace them with an agent executing autonomously, and every assumption the infrastructure was built on collapses at once. ## The collapse is already underway The most visible collapse is latency tolerance. A [nightly batch refresh](https://ai-ready-data-69208a.letterstory-staging.com/posts/data-freshness-requirements-for-ai-agent-decision-making) that serves a morning dashboard is already stale for an agent making a real-time decision. But the deeper collapse is interpretive. Institutional memory lived in people, in the analyst who remembered the Q3 re-classification meeting, in the data engineer who knew which pipeline occasionally drops a day. Now that memory needs to live in the data itself. For most enterprises, it simply does not. The scale of what's coming makes this more urgent, not less. Gartner projects that 40% of enterprise applications will integrate task-specific AI agents by the end of 2026, up from less than 5% in 2025. That trajectory means agent-driven query volume will rapidly overwhelm governance frameworks designed for human-paced access. And the bulk of enterprise data is unstructured, spanning images, audio, documents, and transcripts. Traditional infrastructure treated that as an edge case. For AI agents, it is the primary workload. ## The five properties that define AI-ready data  BI-ready and AI-ready are not the same thing. Conflating them is the source of most failed AI pilots, and it happens constantly. AI-ready data requires five properties that should all be upheld at once: - Discoverability: rich metadata including ownership, lineage, and business context in a catalog an agent can actually navigate. - Real-time or near-real-time accessibility: change data capture or streaming pipelines, not batch exports with unpredictable freshness. - End-to-end governance: a single identity model and a coherent audit trail across every engine and every agent traversal. - Certified quality: data contracts, validation gates, and freshness SLAs designed per use case rather than inherited from whatever the existing batch cadence happens to produce. - Semantic contextualization: the data must carry an explanation of what it means, not just what it is. ## Where traditional infrastructure falls short Traditional infrastructure typically addresses fragments of the first four and ignores the fifth entirely. Metadata describes provenance and ownership, useful for lineage audits, but it does not explain what a metric means to a query engine. Access controls are assigned at provisioning time on service accounts. Schemas are normalized for joins, not structured for retrieval. The semantic layer was never part of the design because it was never needed; the analyst had it in their head. The gap isn't a lack of tooling, which exists at every layer already; it's a design failure to recognize that the consumer changed while the infrastructure did not. The most common architectural mistake being made right now is bolting a vector layer onto a data warehouse without rebuilding the metadata layer underneath it. The demo works, but production doesn't hold up. The agent retrieves something, generates a confident answer, and the answer is wrong in ways that take weeks to diagnose because nobody instrumented the data layer to explain itself. That failure mode traces directly to the absence of those five properties. ## The semantic layer advantage ### From schema to semantic layer A schema tells you what data exists. A [semantic layer](https://ai-ready-data-69208a.letterstory-staging.com/posts/what-a-semantic-layer-is-in-a-data-warehouse) tells you what it means. It encodes business definitions, metric logic, calculation rules, relationships between entities, and the exceptions that apply in specific contexts, all in one governed layer that every consumer queries through. Traditional infrastructure exposed schemas because that was sufficient. An analyst could read the schema, cross-reference their institutional knowledge, and produce a correct answer. The semantic translation happened inside a human brain, informally, invisibly, non-reproducibly. Nobody documented it because nobody had to. When an LLM is the analyst, that translation does not happen. The model generates syntactically valid SQL against a raw schema and produces an answer that is wrong in ways that look exactly like right answers. The query runs and the number appears, with confidence indistinguishable from a correct result. The error is invisible until downstream, and by then the damage is done. ### The research behind the shift Published research shows LLM analytical accuracy improving from roughly 40% without a semantic layer to over 83% when grounded in governed semantic definitions. A 2026 arXiv benchmark found accuracy gains of 17 to 23 percentage points across multiple frontier models when a semantic-layer document was supplied alongside the raw schema. The model did not change. The context did. Organizations keep treating that finding as a footnote. Gartner elevated the semantic layer to essential infrastructure in the 2025 Hype Cycle for Business Intelligence and Analytics. GigaOm classified the category as mature for the first time that same year, after years of it occupying an ambiguous middle ground between nice-to-have and architectural requirement. The practitioner community reached this conclusion through experience, not through vendor roadmaps. The organizations that figured it out generally did so after getting burned by the alternative. ### Built for consistency and governance The semantic layer also resolves a consistency problem that process never reliably could. If business logic is defined once in a governed semantic layer, every consumer, BI tools, analysts, AI agents, gets the same definition. Consistency becomes an architectural property rather than a convention enforced by institutional memory that walks out the door when someone leaves. Combined with emerging protocols like MCP ([Model Context Protocol](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/)), the semantic layer allows agents to reason over governed definitions rather than make probabilistic inferences about what a column probably means. That distinction matters enormously when the agent is acting rather than just reading. This is the design principle [Peaka](/) is built on. It's a semantic catalog where business definitions and access policies live together, exposed to agents through MCP, so what a query means and what it is allowed to touch are never defined in two different places.  ## Governance for agent-driven queries ### Three broken assumptions Traditional governance was built on three assumptions. It assumed human-paced access, structured data, and permissions set at provisioning time. All three fail under agentic workloads, and they fail in ways that traditional frameworks have no mechanism to address. Human-paced access meant a governance team could, in principle, review access requests, audit logs, and exception reports because the volume was manageable. Agent-level query volume is not manageable by inspection. The audit trail has to be automated, comprehensive, and machine-readable from the start. Permissions set at provisioning time on service accounts create a specific problem. A [shared service account](https://ai-ready-data-69208a.letterstory-staging.com/posts/service-account-risks-in-agentic-pipelines) with broad access cannot be scoped to a single workload without affecting everything else relying on it. When an agent executes a query, the permissions need to reflect the actual end user's identity, evaluated at the moment of the query, not a service account provisioned months earlier. That is a fundamentally different model, and most existing frameworks were not designed for it. ### The combination risk The governance gap that gets underestimated most consistently is sensitivity at the combination level. A field-level sensitivity label tells you that a given column contains PII. It does not tell you that combining three individually non-sensitive columns creates an exposure equivalent to direct identification. Agents traverse data in non-linear ways, joining sources that analysts would never have combined in a single session. Governance frameworks that evaluate sensitivity field by field, at ingestion time, will miss the exposures that actually materialize in production. Write [actions carried out by agents](https://ai-ready-data-69208a.letterstory-staging.com/posts/ai-agent-read-vs-write-permission-asymmetry) require different risk calibration than reads. An agent that can execute writes, trigger downstream processes, or initiate external API calls creates a risk surface that read-only governance was never designed to constrain. This is where the gap between "we have a governance framework" and "our governance framework covers agentic workloads" becomes consequential rather than theoretical. ### Regulatory pressure is rising IDC's 2026 enterprise AI planning data shows AI data governance became the top AI adoption priority at 45.7% of organizations, overtaking AI business strategy and AI infrastructure. That ranking reflects hard-won understanding. Organizations that moved fast on model deployment and slow on governance are now living with the consequences, and in many cases those consequences are visible enough to inform the decisions of organizations still in early deployment stages. The EU AI Act entered into force in August 2024 and began phasing in substantive obligations in February 2025. More than half of organizations now identify compliance and regulatory readiness as their primary AI adoption challenge. Regulatory pressure is accelerating what should have been an architectural priority from the beginning. ## Why AI initiatives stall ### The numbers behind the failures  MIT Project NANDA published findings in July 2025 showing that 95% of organizations deploying generative AI saw zero measurable return. S&P Global Market Intelligence found that the share of companies abandoning most AI initiatives jumped from 17% in 2024 to 42% in 2025, with the average company scrapping 46% of proofs of concept before production. Gartner's data shows that only 48% of AI projects reach production, and the median time from prototype to production is eight months. ### The common failure pattern The failure pattern is consistent across organizations and industries, consistent enough to be predictable. A team identifies a compelling use case, selects a capable model, builds a demo against a clean, curated dataset. The demo impresses stakeholders. Then production exposes that the actual enterprise data is ambiguous, stale, ungoverned, inconsistently defined, and structurally incompatible with what an AI agent needs. The project stalls. The prototype gets scrapped. The lesson recorded is "AI doesn't work for us," when the actual lesson is that someone tried to run AI infrastructure on top of analyst infrastructure. Informatica's 2025 survey of 600 data leaders globally found that 43% cite data quality, completeness, and readiness as the leading obstacle preventing AI pilots from reaching production. A study from Drexel University and Precisely found that 62% of organizations cite lack of data governance as the primary barrier to successful AI initiatives. These numbers describe a sequencing problem. Organizations selected use cases and models before establishing the data foundation those models require. ### What high performers do differently The organizations that consistently produce measurable AI returns made a different call. They built data infrastructure before selecting use cases. McKinsey's 2025 State of AI report found that high performers were nearly three times as likely to have fundamentally redesigned workflows, and that strong data infrastructure was among the practices most consistently associated with meaningful returns. Infrastructure first, use cases second. It sounds obvious in retrospect. Most organizations still have not done it. ## Building AI-ready infrastructure ### The Peaka approach For most enterprises, replacing existing warehouses and pipelines outright isn't practical, so the architectural task has to be additive and integrative instead. That is the approach Peaka takes. It connects the sources an enterprise already runs, from warehouses like Snowflake and BigQuery to databases and SaaS APIs, and adds the semantic and governance layer above them without moving the data. The semantic layer sits above existing storage and exposes a single interface carrying business definitions and metric logic. Agents query meaning rather than raw schema. The translation that used to happen inside an analyst's head is encoded, versioned, governed, and available to every consumer uniformly, including the ones that cannot improvise. ### Governance and data contracts Governance enforced at the query layer, not patched at the model or prompt layer, means permissions evaluated at runtime under the real user's identity. Every query logged with full lineage capturing identity, intent, and the data traversed. Sensitivity evaluated at the combination level, not field by field. Write actions governed under stricter controls than reads, with explicit rather than implicit constraints. Data contracts and validation gates encode freshness and quality requirements per use case. A streaming feed informing an agent decision carries different SLA requirements than a nightly batch populating a dashboard. The infrastructure should enforce that distinction explicitly. Convention has never been a reliable mechanism for managing it. ### The bottom line The underlying shift is from infrastructure designed for consumers who fill in what the schema omits, to infrastructure that carries its own context, enforces its own permissions, and logs its own lineage. Because the consumer on the other end cannot do any of those things itself. The organizations resolving that architectural challenge first are the ones accumulating the performance gap that the aggregate statistics already reflect. If you're assessing where your own stack falls on that spectrum, [Peaka's documentation](/docs/) is a practical place to see what an AI-ready layer looks like on top of infrastructure you already have. --- START: blog/data-integration-architecture/data-integration-architecture.md ---    Link copied Table of Contents * [From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#from-etl-to-zero-etl-a-guide-to-data-integration-architecture) * [What is data architecture?](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#what-is-data-architecture) * [What are the benefits of a sound data integration architecture?](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#what-are-the-benefits-of-a-sound-data-integration-architecture) * [What are the different types of data integration architecture?](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#what-are-the-different-types-of-data-integration-architecture) * [New techniques and concepts in data integration architecture](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#new-techniques-and-concepts-in-data-integration-architecture) * [How Peaka approaches data integration architecture](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#how-peaka-approaches-data-integration-architecture) * [Final thoughts](https://www.peaka.com/blog/data-integration-architecture/#final-thoughts) [Home](/) / [Blog](/blog) / From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture [Data](https://www.peaka.com/category/data/) Last updated on June 04, 2025 11 min read From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture   Martin Carrell Peaka / Data Guru **From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture**[](#from-etl-to-zero-etl-a-guide-to-data-integration-architecture) ==================================================================================================================================== Organizations have finally woken up to the fact that they are sitting on a heap of data that’s growing by the second. The real challenge is to access, unify, and harness this data and turn it into information that can guide decisions. Tackling this challenge requires a well-thought-out data integration architecture in place. Data integration architecture is a blueprint depicting how different data sources, pipelines, data warehouses and lakes, transformations, and data management activities work together to enable an organization to access, unify, and make sense of its data. It is the foundation on which every data-related activity within a company takes place. Therefore, the type of data integration architecture chosen comes to determine how well a company can leverage its data. For the uninitiated willing to understand how modern data stack works and where it comes up short, our article titled [What is the Modern Data Stack?](/blog/what-is-the-modern-data-stack/) would be a good primer. Now, let’s dive into data integration architecture and why it matters for an organization. **What is data architecture?**[](#what-is-data-architecture) ------------------------------------------------------------ **Data architecture refers to the overall framework that governs the acquisition, storage, management, and utilization of data across an organization.** It encompasses the technologies, tools, processes, and best practices that ensure data integrity, accessibility, and alignment with business objectives. **Data integration architecture**, therefore, serves as a sub-discipline within this overarching framework, specifically focusing on the seamless movement of data between disparate systems. It's the detailed wiring connecting your CRM system to your marketing automation platform, your customer databases to your financial records, and your website analytics to your operational dashboards. ### **What are the components of data integration architecture?**[](#what-are-the-components-of-data-integration-architecture) Understanding the key components data integration architecture is crucial for implementing a robust system. These components work cohesively to ensure the smooth flow of data through diverse nodes in an organization: ### **1\. Data sources**[](#1-data-sources) Data integration begins with identifying and connecting various data sources. These sources can include databases, cloud applications, APIs, flat files, and more. The architecture must support a diverse range of sources to accommodate the modern data landscape. ### **2\. Data storage**[](#2-data-storage) Once data is collected, it needs to be stored appropriately. Data integration architecture includes a storage layer that can be a data warehouse, data lake, or a combination of both, depending on the organization's needs. ### **3\. ETL processes**[](#3-etl-processes) Extract, Transform, Load (ETL) processes are the heart of data integration. These processes ensure that data is extracted from source systems, transformed into a suitable format, and loaded into the target storage. ETL tools are a vital component of this stage. ### **4\. Data transformation**[](#4-data-transformation) Data often needs to be transformed to meet the requirements of the target system. Transformation processes within data integration architecture handle tasks such as data cleansing, normalization, and enrichment to ensure data quality and consistency. ### **5\. Data movement**[](#5-data-movement) Efficient movement of data between systems is critical. The architecture must facilitate secure and seamless data movement, whether in real-time or batch processing, depending on the organization's needs. ### **6\. Metadata management**[](#6-metadata-management) Metadata, or data about data, is essential for understanding the context and meaning of the information being integrated. Effective metadata management is a key component of data integration architecture, aiding in data governance and compliance. **What are the benefits of a sound data integration architecture?**[](#what-are-the-benefits-of-a-sound-data-integration-architecture) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  Investing in a well-designed integration architecture brings forth a plethora of benefits that go beyond mere data accessibility. Here are some key advantages: ### **Unified view of the customer**[](#unified-view-of-the-customer) Integrating data from disparate sources eliminates data silos and helps form a holistic understanding of your customers. This unlocks powerful insights to improve customer experience and drive targeted marketing campaigns. This is where Peaka comes into play! With its many [integration](/integrations/) options, Peaka helps you bring together and make sense of your data in one place! ### **Enhanced operational efficiency**[](#enhanced-operational-efficiency) By automating data exchange between systems, a robust data integration architecture eliminates manual data manipulation and streamlines workflows. This translates into reduced operational costs and faster time-to-insights. ### **Data-driven decision-making**[](#data-driven-decision-making) By providing access to unified and high-quality data, a well-designed data integration architecture empowers informed decision-making across all levels of the organization. From strategic planning to daily operations, every decision can be backed by actionable data insights. ### **Improved agility and adaptability**[](#improved-agility-and-adaptability) Resilience is the ultimate attribute organizations can hope to have in the face of uncertainty. Adaptability is how you develop that resilience. A sound data integration architecture ensures that your organization will be able to leverage different data sources and scale its operations without effort when needed. ### **Boosted productivity and collaboration**[](#boosted-productivity-and-collaboration) Breaking down data silos fosters collaboration between teams. With access to the same unified data, departments can work together more effectively, leading to improved productivity and innovation. **What are the different types of data integration architecture?**[](#what-are-the-different-types-of-data-integration-architecture) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Data integration architecture comes in various types, each catering to specific organizational needs: ### **1\. Enterprise service bus (ESB)**[](#1-enterprise-service-bus-esb) ESB architecture acts as a middleware layer facilitating communication and data exchange between different applications. It ensures seamless integration and scalability in complex enterprise environments. ### **2\. Hub-and-spoke integration**[](#2-hub-and-spoke-integration) Hub-and-spoke architecture involves a central hub that connects with various spokes (applications or systems). This centralized approach simplifies management and enhances data governance. ### **3\. Data pipeline**[](#3-data-pipeline) Data pipelines provide a structured way to move data from a data source to a target destination. This method involves a series of steps through which data is discovered, cleaned, prepped, transformed, and loaded to its destination. Once built, data pipelines ensure efficient movement of data as long as it adheres to a strict data model. The downside of this method, however, is the continuous monitoring and costly maintenance required from expensive data teams. Therefore, data integration architecture based on data pipelines are not ideal for startups and SMBs that lack the resources to hire data teams. **New techniques and concepts in data integration architecture**[](#new-techniques-and-concepts-in-data-integration-architecture) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In addition to the traditional methods listed above, there are new approaches to data integration architecture that are revolutionizing the field: ### **Data virtualization**[](#data-virtualization) This technique eliminates the need for data replication, allowing data to remain in the source systems. The data is assembled from distributed sources at query time, providing a unified “virtual” view without physical replication. ### **Logical data warehouse**[](#logical-data-warehouse) This approach combines physically persisted data with virtualized views of data. A logical data warehouse offers flexibility by allowing high-value data to be moved into a warehouse while virtualizing less frequently used data. ### **Query federation**[](#query-federation) This method is a subset of data virtualization and allows for retrieving data from distributed data sources with a single query. It achieves this by leveraging connectors and drivers and removing the need to physically move data into a central repository. ### **Zero-ETL**[](#zero-etl) This is another technique that relies on data virtualization to eliminate labor-intensive data pipelines. By keeping the data in a single environment, zero-ETL makes data available for business analytics and facilitates near-real-time reports. These novel methods offer users significant advantages: ### **Less physical movement**[](#less-physical-movement) Unlike traditional ETL-based data architectures, data virtualization, logical data warehouses, and query federation reduce the need to move data from one repository to another. This translates into less need for maintenance and less workload for engineering teams. ### **Near real-time integration**[](#near-real-time-integration) The lack of ETL pipelines means that data can be retrieved in near real time. This advantage helps improve decision-making as it allows business teams to act upon up-to-date data. ### **Enhanced flexibility**[](#enhanced-flexibility) Organizations using federated and virtualized architectures can easily add new sources to existing systems. This allows organizations to maintain a single source of truth without letting data silos form. **How Peaka approaches data integration architecture**[](#how-peaka-approaches-data-integration-architecture) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The current paradigm in data integration architecture emerged to cater to the needs of enterprises with thousands of employees and abundant resources to employ large IT departments. As a result, it is capital- and labor-intensive, which was no problem since this particular type of user had the resources to invest in expensive infrastructure and hire data teams. However, the rise of the startup economy changed the picture. These small companies with limited runways could not afford to use the same data integration architecture as enterprises, but they were forced to do so because there were no viable alternatives. Cognizant of the [data integration](/blog/benefits-of-data-integration/) pains of these smaller organizations, Peaka has used the data virtualization technology to develop a purpose-built solution for startups. Peaka’s [zero-ETL](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) approach to data integration removes the need for complex transformation processes and brittle data pipelines, allowing startups and SMBs to bring their data together without the need for costly data teams. Peaka goes the extra mile in lowering the technological barriers for startups and offers a wide array of ready-made connectors. These connectors enable one-click integrations with the most popular SaaS tools, helping startups build their data stack in minutes instead of months and query their data from its source in real time. To save time and minimize errors while querying data, Peaka users can use the platform’s embedded ChatGPT capability to run SQL queries using natural language. After forming new data sets from their consolidated data, users can connect these data sets to other systems and applications through APIs. Peaka redefines data integration architecture for startups striving to stay ahead of the curve and make data-driven decisions without breaking the bank. **Final thoughts**[](#final-thoughts) ------------------------------------- Investing in a sound data integration architecture is one of the best decisions a startup can make, as this investment ensures that the startup’s data operations will remain scalable in the future. After a decade spent trying in vain to adapt enterprise solutions to startup problems, startups can finally enjoy built-to-purpose solutions that take into account their resource constraints. Techniques and concepts such as data virtualization, [logical data warehouse](/blog/logical-data-warehouse/), query federation, and zero-ETL have emerged as the perfect options for the data integration needs of startups. These methods differ from conventional enterprise solutions as they don’t require an upfront investment in a new data stack or expensive maintenance teams. They provide the lightweight data integration architecture a startup needs without straining its budget and offer the best bang for the buck. Startups taking advantage of these methods will start making better decisions and gain a significant edge over their competitors.  Frequently Asked Questions -------------------------- ### What is business architecture in Data Integration? Business architecture, in the context of data integration, focuses on aligning data strategy with overall business goals. It defines the business capabilities and processes requiring data from various sources and how integrating that data creates value.
### What is Data Architecture? Data architecture defines the outline for data management within an organization. It outlines the technologies, tools, and standards used to collect, store, transform, and analyze data. It ensures data is accessible, reliable, and consistent across different systems and applications.
### What is the role of a Data Integration Architect? Data integration architects design and implement data integration solutions to meet business requirements. They collaborate with business stakeholders, data analysts, and IT teams to understand data needs, identify integration points, and select appropriate tools and technologies.
### What is meant by Integrated Architecture? Integrated architecture refers to an approach to designing and managing the interaction between various systems and platforms within an organization. It encompasses business architecture, data architecture, application architecture, and technology infrastructure.
### What are the components of Data Integration Architecture? The specific components of data integration architecture vary depending on the organization's needs and complexity. However, some common elements include data sources, data extraction tools, data transformation tools, data integration platforms, data warehouses, and data analysis tools.
Your biweekly inspiration delivered to your inbox Join our newsletter for news, tips, and blog posts on anything data integration! Subscribe  Please fill out this field  Thank you! You have been subscribed. Similar posts you might be interested in [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/) Data February 05, 2024 [How to Create an Ideal Customer Profile for SaaS Businesses](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/) How do you create an ideal customer profile (ICP)? Why should a SaaS company create one? How does Peaka help you hone your ICP? Find out in this blog post.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/) Data February 05, 2024 [How to Create an Account-Based SaaS Marketing Strategy](https://www.peaka.com/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/) Here is everything a SaaS founder needs to know about account-based marketing, how it works, its benefits, and how Peaka can help ABM teams implement it.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/) Data February 05, 2024 [Top 6 SaaS Revenue Metrics to Track in 2026](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/) A deep dive into SaaS revenue metrics, four data integration tools to track SaaS revenue, and benefits of blending your revenue data with your CRM data.  M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka / Prolific Polemicist   Begin your journey today Start your 14-day free trial to explore Peaka! Get started for free Enjoying this article? Subscribe to our monthly newsletter for insights on ServiceTitan data integration and KPI reporting.   First Name Last Name Email Company Name Phone Number (optional) Subscribe You can unsubscribe anytime. For more details review our [Privacy Policy](https://www.peaka.com/privacy-policy/). --- START: blog/data-integration-architecture /data-integration-architecture .md --- # **From ETL to Zero-ETL: A Guide to Data Integration Architecture** Organizations have finally woken up to the fact that they are sitting on a heap of data that’s growing by the second. The real challenge is to access, unify, and harness this data and turn it into information that can guide decisions. Tackling this challenge requires a well-thought-out data integration architecture in place. Data integration architecture is a blueprint depicting how different data sources, pipelines, data warehouses and lakes, transformations, and data management activities work together to enable an organization to access, unify, and make sense of its data. It is the foundation on which every data-related activity within a company takes place. Therefore, the type of data integration architecture chosen comes to determine how well a company can leverage its data. For the uninitiated willing to understand how modern data stack works and where it comes up short, our article titled [What is the Modern Data Stack?](/blog/what-is-the-modern-data-stack/) would be a good primer. Now, let’s dive into data integration architecture and why it matters for an organization. ## **What is data architecture?** **Data architecture refers to the overall framework that governs the acquisition, storage, management, and utilization of data across an organization.** It encompasses the technologies, tools, processes, and best practices that ensure data integrity, accessibility, and alignment with business objectives. **Data integration architecture**, therefore, serves as a sub-discipline within this overarching framework, specifically focusing on the seamless movement of data between disparate systems. It's the detailed wiring connecting your CRM system to your marketing automation platform, your customer databases to your financial records, and your website analytics to your operational dashboards. ### **What are the components of data integration architecture?** Understanding the key components data integration architecture is crucial for implementing a robust system. These components work cohesively to ensure the smooth flow of data through diverse nodes in an organization: ### **1. Data sources** Data integration begins with identifying and connecting various data sources. These sources can include databases, cloud applications, APIs, flat files, and more. The architecture must support a diverse range of sources to accommodate the modern data landscape. ### **2. Data storage** Once data is collected, it needs to be stored appropriately. Data integration architecture includes a storage layer that can be a data warehouse, data lake, or a combination of both, depending on the organization's needs. ### **3. ETL processes** Extract, Transform, Load (ETL) processes are the heart of data integration. These processes ensure that data is extracted from source systems, transformed into a suitable format, and loaded into the target storage. ETL tools are a vital component of this stage. ### **4. Data transformation** Data often needs to be transformed to meet the requirements of the target system. Transformation processes within data integration architecture handle tasks such as data cleansing, normalization, and enrichment to ensure data quality and consistency. ### **5. Data movement** Efficient movement of data between systems is critical. The architecture must facilitate secure and seamless data movement, whether in real-time or batch processing, depending on the organization's needs. ### **6. Metadata management** Metadata, or data about data, is essential for understanding the context and meaning of the information being integrated. Effective metadata management is a key component of data integration architecture, aiding in data governance and compliance. ## **What are the benefits of a sound data integration architecture?** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/flatart/saas-written-floor-and-laptop.png", width=780, height=518, op='fit_width', alt='man working on laptop and saas written in the back') }} Investing in a well-designed integration architecture brings forth a plethora of benefits that go beyond mere data accessibility. Here are some key advantages: ### **Unified view of the customer** Integrating data from disparate sources eliminates data silos and helps form a holistic understanding of your customers. This unlocks powerful insights to improve customer experience and drive targeted marketing campaigns. This is where Peaka comes into play! With its many [integration](/integrations/) options, Peaka helps you bring together and make sense of your data in one place! ### **Enhanced operational efficiency** By automating data exchange between systems, a robust data integration architecture eliminates manual data manipulation and streamlines workflows. This translates into reduced operational costs and faster time-to-insights. ### **Data-driven decision-making** By providing access to unified and high-quality data, a well-designed data integration architecture empowers informed decision-making across all levels of the organization. From strategic planning to daily operations, every decision can be backed by actionable data insights. ### **Improved agility and adaptability** Resilience is the ultimate attribute organizations can hope to have in the face of uncertainty. Adaptability is how you develop that resilience. A sound data integration architecture ensures that your organization will be able to leverage different data sources and scale its operations without effort when needed. ### **Boosted productivity and collaboration** Breaking down data silos fosters collaboration between teams. With access to the same unified data, departments can work together more effectively, leading to improved productivity and innovation. ## **What are the different types of data integration architecture?** Data integration architecture comes in various types, each catering to specific organizational needs: ### **1. Enterprise service bus (ESB)** ESB architecture acts as a middleware layer facilitating communication and data exchange between different applications. It ensures seamless integration and scalability in complex enterprise environments. ### **2. Hub-and-spoke integration** Hub-and-spoke architecture involves a central hub that connects with various spokes (applications or systems). This centralized approach simplifies management and enhances data governance. ### **3. Data pipeline** Data pipelines provide a structured way to move data from a data source to a target destination. This method involves a series of steps through which data is discovered, cleaned, prepped, transformed, and loaded to its destination. Once built, data pipelines ensure efficient movement of data as long as it adheres to a strict data model. The downside of this method, however, is the continuous monitoring and costly maintenance required from expensive data teams. Therefore, data integration architecture based on data pipelines are not ideal for startups and SMBs that lack the resources to hire data teams. ## **New techniques and concepts in data integration architecture** In addition to the traditional methods listed above, there are new approaches to data integration architecture that are revolutionizing the field: ### **Data virtualization** This technique eliminates the need for data replication, allowing data to remain in the source systems. The data is assembled from distributed sources at query time, providing a unified “virtual” view without physical replication. ### **Logical data warehouse** This approach combines physically persisted data with virtualized views of data. A logical data warehouse offers flexibility by allowing high-value data to be moved into a warehouse while virtualizing less frequently used data. ### **Query federation** This method is a subset of data virtualization and allows for retrieving data from distributed data sources with a single query. It achieves this by leveraging connectors and drivers and removing the need to physically move data into a central repository. ### **Zero-ETL** This is another technique that relies on data virtualization to eliminate labor-intensive data pipelines. By keeping the data in a single environment, zero-ETL makes data available for business analytics and facilitates near-real-time reports. These novel methods offer users significant advantages: ### **Less physical movement** Unlike traditional ETL-based data architectures, data virtualization, logical data warehouses, and query federation reduce the need to move data from one repository to another. This translates into less need for maintenance and less workload for engineering teams. ### **Near real-time integration** The lack of ETL pipelines means that data can be retrieved in near real time. This advantage helps improve decision-making as it allows business teams to act upon up-to-date data. ### **Enhanced flexibility** Organizations using federated and virtualized architectures can easily add new sources to existing systems. This allows organizations to maintain a single source of truth without letting data silos form. ## **How Peaka approaches data integration architecture** The current paradigm in data integration architecture emerged to cater to the needs of enterprises with thousands of employees and abundant resources to employ large IT departments. As a result, it is capital- and labor-intensive, which was no problem since this particular type of user had the resources to invest in expensive infrastructure and hire data teams. However, the rise of the startup economy changed the picture. These small companies with limited runways could not afford to use the same data integration architecture as enterprises, but they were forced to do so because there were no viable alternatives. Cognizant of the [data integration](/blog/benefits-of-data-integration/) pains of these smaller organizations, Peaka has used the data virtualization technology to develop a purpose-built solution for startups. Peaka’s [zero-ETL](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) approach to data integration removes the need for complex transformation processes and brittle data pipelines, allowing startups and SMBs to bring their data together without the need for costly data teams. Peaka goes the extra mile in lowering the technological barriers for startups and offers a wide array of ready-made connectors. These connectors enable one-click integrations with the most popular SaaS tools, helping startups build their data stack in minutes instead of months and query their data from its source in real time. To save time and minimize errors while querying data, Peaka users can use the platform’s embedded ChatGPT capability to run SQL queries using natural language. After forming new data sets from their consolidated data, users can connect these data sets to other systems and applications through APIs. Peaka redefines data integration architecture for startups striving to stay ahead of the curve and make data-driven decisions without breaking the bank. ## **Final thoughts** Investing in a sound data integration architecture is one of the best decisions a startup can make, as this investment ensures that the startup’s data operations will remain scalable in the future. After a decade spent trying in vain to adapt enterprise solutions to startup problems, startups can finally enjoy built-to-purpose solutions that take into account their resource constraints. Techniques and concepts such as data virtualization, [logical data warehouse](/blog/logical-data-warehouse/), query federation, and zero-ETL have emerged as the perfect options for the data integration needs of startups. These methods differ from conventional enterprise solutions as they don’t require an upfront investment in a new data stack or expensive maintenance teams. They provide the lightweight data integration architecture a startup needs without straining its budget and offer the best bang for the buck. Startups taking advantage of these methods will start making better decisions and gain a significant edge over their competitors. --- START: blog/data-integration-misconceptions/data-integration-misconceptions.md --- # **Top 3 Misconceptions about Data Integration Platforms** ETLs, ELTs, data mesh, data fabric, logical data warehouse... These concepts have been making the rounds for the last few years, but they don't seem to resonate much with the community outside the enterprise segment. As a result, data integration has remained mostly an enterprise-only affair, with companies failing to tap into the startup and SMB markets. Maybe tech companies did not make a strong enough push to expand into other segments, but startups and SMBs looked hesitant to explore the possibilities on their own as well. What has kept them from showing more interest in bringing their data together? We investigate the common myths surrounding data integration and reveal why they do not hold water. ## **"*We have too little data to worry about data integration*"** This is the lie most startups and SMBs tell themselves to justify their inaction. These organizations do not have a fraction of the data enterprises have to deal with every day. However, the smaller volume of data does not change the fact that whatever data you have will be the basis for your decision-making. Your employees still need access to accurate, complete, relevant, and timely data regardless of the size of your operations. Additionally, implementing a data integration plan has very little to do with where you are in your startup journey. Hence, “[it’s too early for us to think about data integration](https://insidebigdata.com/2019/09/14/data-integration-myth-busting-dont-let-these-4-misconceptions-hold-you-back/)” is not a good excuse. The more you postpone the data integration issue, the bigger the problem will be in the future. When you finally decide that you finally have enough data to justify a data integration strategy, you will realize that you are sitting on top of data silos. The life of a founder is full of moments where he needs to make important decisions, reevaluate previous ones, and look for trends in data. Data scattered far and wide over spreadsheets and SaaS tools that don't talk to each other poses another challenge for a founder. Not having a single view of truth undermines decision-making, cripples product development, and costs time and money—two resources a startup can ill afford to waste. Even simple periodic reports will take much longer to produce than they should when data is fragmented. That's why data integration should be on the agenda right from the start, and the data infrastructure should grow with the startup. ## **"*We don’t have the resources for it*"** The decision on data integration usually comes down to building it in-house or buying it off-the-shelf. Both options are prohibitively expensive for startups and SMBs, which causes inertia to set in. As a result, decision-makers choose to do nothing. Building a data integration infrastructure in-house requires a talented IT team and a lot of time to design for the integration needs of different users. The in-house solution takes an ongoing effort to establish governance procedures, rebuild broken data pipelines, and uphold security, which might be more than most SMBs signed up for. The alternative is to buy off-the-shelf, but it also has drawbacks. Most solution packages in the market cater to enterprise needs. They cost an arm and a leg while offering features a small organization would hardly ever need. Startups and SMBs need and deserve a purpose-built solution. Luckily, the move toward data virtualization heralds a future where employees will be able to self-serve. [Data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) allows startups and SMBs to lean on their frontline workers to bring together their data. By getting rid of labor-intensive transformation and minimizing maintenance, data virtualization eliminates the need for a large, expensive IT team. Therefore, startups and SMBs would be well-advised to follow the developments in the self-service data integration area. As innovations like zero-ETL or other no-code data integration approaches trickle down from the enterprise segment, new opportunities will come up for business owners who would like to be self-reliant on data integration. ## **"*A data warehouse is all we need*"** For now, maybe. But a data warehouse cannot satisfy the data integration needs of an organization for long in this day and age. You may be happy with your data warehouse if your data is completely structured and arranged in rows and columns. But don’t hold your breath that it will remain that way in the future. [80 percent](https://www.delltechnologies.com/partner/ru-ru/partner/powerscale.htm) of data today is unstructured and growing at a rate of [30 to 60 percent](https://www.gartner.com/document/4012543) year over year. You can’t ignore the different formats data is stored in if you want to have a single view of truth. A change in the game plan is necessary if we are to build a data infrastructure incorporating unstructured data. We are talking about a more dynamic environment where data flows in from a plethora of sources in various formats. Therefore, metadata, which describes the name, size, and type of data, becomes all too important. You either accept the challenge and look for ways to integrate all data you have, regardless of its location, or you neglect the need and settle for a small portion of the truth. The latter scenario is a recipe for disaster in a business environment where everyone strives to become more data-driven. ## **Conclusion** It’s only natural that people have misconceptions about a technical and intimidating field like data integration. The tech industry has so far done little to correct those misconceptions. Data integration companies were comfortable serving enterprise customers, which employed technical teams that needed no education on why data integration matters. However, if we are to bring startups and SMBs into the fold, we should start by opening their eyes to their own needs first. Everything will fall into place once regular people realize the power of data and what they can do with it. --- START: blog/data-marketplace-vs-data-catalog/data-marketplace-vs-data-catalog.md --- # **Data Marketplace vs Data Catalog: What’s the Difference?** You can have a best-in-class data catalog and still hear the same complaint from the business: “Great, we found it. Now, how do we actually use it?” That disconnect is why “data catalog” and “data marketplace” should not be treated as interchangeable terms. They solve different stages of the data lifecycle. A data catalog is built for discovery and understanding: What exists, where it lives, what it means, and who owns it. A data product marketplace is built for consumption and sharing, as it turns raw assets into governed products people can request, access, trust, and reuse. This post explains the difference, shows where each one stops, and helps you decide when you need both. If you want the foundational definition and examples of marketplaces, start with our pillar page “[What is a Data Marketplace?](/blog/what-is-a-data-product-marketplace/)”, then come back for the “vs” breakdown below. ## **Key takeaways** + A data catalog helps people find and understand data assets; a data product marketplace enables them to access, trust, and reuse governed data products. + If your pain starts after discovery (access delays, conflicting KPIs, repeated extracts), it’s likely that a data catalog is no longer enough for you. + A combination of a data catalog for metadata backbone and a data product marketplace for product packaging, streamlined access workflows, and visible trust signals. + Peaka helps teams publish governed, permissioned data products so consumption is self-serve. ## **The problem: Finding data** Most organizations think their problem is “we can’t find data.” Often, the real problem is consuming data safely and consistently. Discovery is only the first step. After someone finds a dataset or dashboard, they still need answers to operational questions: Who can approve access? Which version is correct? Is this metric certified? How fresh is it? What happens if the schema changes next week? Without a clear consumption path, teams fall back to workarounds. They export CSVs, copy tables into personal workspaces, or rebuild logic in spreadsheets. In addition to being inefficient, these methods also break governance. Policies may exist, but bypassing them for speed becomes tempting, leading to broken governance. This is the gap between metadata awareness and usable value. Catalogs excel at the first part, but marketplaces are essential for the second. They facilitate packaging, access workflows, and trust signals that make compliant usage the norm. ## **Data catalog: What it does** A data catalog is a system of record for metadata. It helps users discover assets across warehouses, lakes, BI tools, and pipelines, then understand what those assets mean. At its best, a catalog connects technical context (lineage, schemas, upstream sources) with business context (glossary terms, owners, descriptions, classifications). This is essential infrastructure. It reduces duplicate effort, improves documentation, and enables effective data stewardship at scale. A catalog typically stops when a user attempts to take action. Catalogs rarely offer a complete workflow from discovering an asset to being able to use it. Access is often handled elsewhere through separate processes like tickets, manual approvals, or tribal knowledge. Trust is implied by documentation, not proven at the point of consumption. Even “certified” badges can become outdated if they are not backed by checks and operational ownership. Therefore, the issue isn’t that catalogs are ineffective; rather, they are designed to excel at finding and understanding assets rather than delivering governed consumption as a workflow. ## **Data product marketplace: What it changes** A data product marketplace transforms discovery into tangible results by treating data as a consumable end-to-end asset, not merely something to locate. The fundamental shift lies in the unit of value: moving from “a table" to a data product. Such a product is designed for reuse, featuring a clear purpose, defined interfaces (such as tables, APIs, and semantic models), version control, an owner, and quality and update standards. This productization is what makes consumption repeatable. Next is access. A marketplace facilitates practical, governed access, where users can request access (or be auto-provisioned based on policy), approvals are captured in a workflow, entitlements are applied where data resides, and audits become straightforward. The experience is closer to “self-serve with guardrails” than “submit a ticket and hope for the best.” Finally, marketplaces display trust signals at the decision point, such as freshness, quality checks, certification, ownership, SLAs, and usage context. This reduces debate and rework, guiding teams toward trusted products instead of quick, less reliable workarounds. ## **Data catalog vs data product marketplace** The simplest way to differentiate is this: Catalogs specify “what exists,” whereas marketplaces focus on “how to use it safely.” Both are important, but they have distinct objectives and success measures. A catalog acts as a map, while a marketplace includes the store, checkout process, policies, and receipts. Here’s a practical comparison you can use when explaining the distinction internally: | Dimension | Data Catalog | Data Product Marketplace | | :--------------------- | :------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------ | | **Primary goal** | Discover and understand assets | Consume and share governed products | | **Unit of value** | Datasets, tables, dashboards, metadata | Packaged data products with standards | | **Governance** | Documented policies, classifications | Policies enforced through workflows | | **Access** | Often external (tickets/manual) | Built-in request, approval, provisioning | | **Trust** | Descriptions, owners, lineage | Freshness, quality checks, certification, SLAs | | **Success metric** | “Can people find it? | “Can people use it repeatedly and safely?” | If search and documentation are your main challenges, begin with a catalog. If issues revolve around access, trust, and reuse, you're already operating within marketplace territory. ## **When you need both** In mature stacks, the best answer is not “catalog or marketplace.” Instead, both should be integrated seamlessly. Think of the catalog as your metadata backbone and the marketplace as your consumption layer. The catalog provides lineage, glossary alignment, technical discovery, and classifications. The marketplace builds on that foundation to publish products, enforce access workflows, and present trust signals in a user-facing way. A healthy integration typically involves the marketplace retrieving technical metadata from underlying sources, often via the catalog’s metadata graph, and then generating product pages that link back to lineage and definitions. Certification in the marketplace should map to real checks and accountable owners, not static labels. Access decisions must translate into entitlements at the point of storage or delivery, ensuring governance is enforced where it matters most. Quality and freshness signals should update automatically, so trust does not rely on manual upkeep. If you already have a catalog, the fastest path is to productize the top 10–20 most requested assets and publish them through a marketplace workflow. ## **Which one do you need?** If a data catalog is working well, you will see faster discovery, clearer ownership, and fewer “unknown” assets. If you have outgrown a catalog-only approach, the pain shows up after discovery. Use the checklist below to self-diagnose. Checking five or more signs typically indicates that adding a marketplace layer is the next logical step. ### **Access and workflow** + Access requests take more than 48 hours on average + Users find assets, but do not know how to get permission + Approvals and audits are manual, inconsistent, or scattered ### **Trust and consistency** + The same KPI has multiple definitions across teams + “Certified” data is not obvious at the point of use + Data freshness and quality are not visible without asking someone ### **Reuse and scalability** + The same extracts are recreated every month + Teams build shadow pipelines or spreadsheets to move faster + Ownership is unclear, or the owners cannot support consumers A data catalog improves visibility. A data marketplace improves the reliability of consumption. When trust and access become bottlenecks, you've crossed the point of optimal system design. ## **Common misconceptions** ### **“A marketplace is just a prettier catalog.”** A better interface helps, but it is not the point. The difference is operational: Marketplaces showcase products, enforce access workflows, and highlight trust signals that influence real usage. ### **“We can do this with tickets and policies.”** You can, at small scale. But tickets do not scale with demand, and policies do not help if they are not embedded in the workflow. When speed is prioritized, governance often gets neglected. ### **“Marketplaces are only for external monetization.”** External sharing is one use case, but internal value is often greater and faster, as it provides fewer duplicated pipelines, faster analytics, and consistent, certified metrics across teams. ### **“If we have a marketplace, we do not need a catalog.”** Most organizations still benefit from strong catalog capabilities for lineage and glossary management. The marketplace serves as the primary access point for consumption, not a substitute for metadata discipline. If any of these misconceptions are driving your tool decisions, you may be solving the wrong problem with the wrong layer. ## **Practical next steps** Start with a narrow, high-impact scope. Pick one domain where inconsistency and access delays cause major business pain: Finance metrics, customer 360, risk reporting, claims, or revenue operations. Target a single audience (analysts, product teams, compliance, or leadership) so you can measure outcomes quickly. Next, define lightweight product standards for your first set of data products: + owner and escalation path + freshness standards and update schedule + automatic quality checks + certification criteria and review cycle + versioning and change communication + access policy (auto-provision vs approval workflow) Then publish your first products through a marketplace-style experience featuring clear product pages, request or grant access, and trust signals that update automatically. Treat every access request and consumer question as product feedback, not as a one-off ticket. ## **Conclusion** In the last few years, we’ve seen a flood of new terms emerge, such as data mesh, data fabric, logical data warehouse, semantic layers, data observability, data contracts, and now data marketplaces. That’s not just hype. It’s a response to a real shift. Data has moved from a back-office byproduct to a shared, operational asset that more teams depend on, more often, with higher expectations for speed, trust, and accountability. In this new era, data catalogs and data product marketplaces solve real problems for modern enterprises. While the former helps users locate data, the latter turns datasets into governed products, streamlining access and making trust visible at the point of consumption. If you’re ready to move from “we found it” to “we can use it safely,” [Peaka](/enterprise) is built for exactly that shift. It helps you turn datasets into searchable data products with shared definitions and granular access controls, so teams can consistently use and securely share governed data end to end. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how a data product marketplace can sit on top of your existing stack, adding permission-based discovery, product-level governance, and an AI-ready layer without disrupting current workflows. --- START: blog/data-migration-methods/data-migration-methods.md --- # **How to Choose the Right Data Migration Method** Did you know, as per Bloor Research’s 2007 Data Migration Customer Survey, that more than [80 percent of data migration projects](https://curiositysoftware.medium.com/the-research-is-clear-too-many-migration-projects-fail-cff52b32e340) were either aborted or overran time and budget? Yes, you read that right! The figures may sound alarming but are true. In our daily lives, moving data from one place to another requires just a simple copy-and-paste operation. However, things get pretty complicated when you have to transfer millions of pieces of data to a new system. You need to migrate data to keep pace with the dynamics of the industry and technological advancements. Data migration also ensures enhanced cost savings, better accessibility, greater security, and improved compliance. However, it’s easier said than done! Data migration comes with a lot of challenges. Identifying the right approach and solution is the key to success. Read on to explore everything in detail! Firstly, let's understand the term ‘Data Migration’ and how it is helpful. ## **What is data migration?** Simply put, data migration is the process of transferring data from one storage environment to another. It involves extracting data from the original source, transforming it into the desired format, and loading it into the new storage environment. The process includes migrating data from one operating system to a new target system or moving applications and data from on-premises systems to the cloud platform. Moreover, it may even involve the migration of data from one application to another. Data migration may appear pretty simple and straightforward. However, it isn’t! A lot of preparation and post-migration activities are essential to ensuring successful outcomes. Check out this video for a quick intro into data migration: {{ youtube(id="_7gmKYmzIpw") }} ## **Key takeaways** - Data migration becomes as a necessity for organizations that are trying to move way from legacy systems. - Data migration improves efficiency, lowers costs, enhances disaster recovery, and increases scalability. - The process of migrating data is indeed intricate and demands careful preparation, planning, and execution for optimum success. - Data migration is an opportunity to improve operations, future-proof your organization, and gain a competitive edge. ## **Data migration in numbers** - The global market size of data migration is likely to reach [$33.58 billion](https://www.nextmsc.com/report/data-migration-market) by 2030. - [66 percent of C-suite executives](https://www.oracle.com/a/ocom/docs/data-security-report.pdf) believe that security is among the top benefits of migrating data to the cloud. - [30 percent of data migration projects](https://www.oracle.com/a/ocom/docs/middleware/data-integration/data-migration-wp.pdf) result in cost overruns, while 41 percent of projects end up with time overruns. - Only [36 percent of data migration projects](https://www.forbes.com/sites/moorinsights/2021/03/15/overcoming-the-challenges-of-data-migration/?sh=7893f506427c) are able to remain within the set budget. ## **When is data migration essential?** Overhauling and replacing the old systems is indeed the most common reason for data migration. However, there are several other situations when you may need to migrate your existing data into a new system: - Upgrading data schemas or database management systems owing to the need for greater storage capacity. - Minimizing operational costs by lowering the number of data hosting systems. - Upgrading existing applications, hardware, and file formats. - Setting up new data warehouses for reporting and analytics purposes. - Shifting to the cloud computing environment from the on-premises systems. - Removing data that is no longer useful for the organization. - Consolidating diverse data sources following an acquisition or corporate merger. ## **Benefits of data migration** Organizations stand to gain a host of benefits from successful data migration projects: ### **Improves business processes** When you migrate data from the old systems to a new environment, you can easily streamline and improve various processes. ### **Enhances security** Migrating data to modern platforms allows organizations to strengthen their security and protect their sensitive data against potential attacks and unauthorized access. ### **Ensures scalability** Data migration provides companies with more space for their databases and makes scaling easier. ### **Easy data recovery capabilities** Moving your data to the cloud offers you one-click data recovery and backup capabilities, saving time and labor. ### **Reduces storage costs** Data migration enables organizations to avail themselves of the best services, and that too at a very competitive price. ## **Common mistakes made in data migration projects** Before you proceed to identify the correct approach and strategy for data migration success, having an idea of common mistakes committed in data migration projects is a must. Make sure you take into account these six most common mistakes: ### **Lack of planning** You may be tempted to get started with data migration without any prior planning. However, it isn’t a wise decision. Having a solid plan can actually save you hours during the data migration process. ### **Not involving the key stakeholders** Irrespective of the size of the migration, there is always someone who is affected by the data you are moving. So, involving them in the process can increase the chances of success and prevent unnecessary disruption. Track the key stakeholders and explain to them the need for data migration. Moreover, you can also clearly highlight the impact of the move. ### **Lack of expertise** You need to have appropriate technical skills to ensure smooth data migration. With an incomplete understanding of data, you are likely to end up making costly errors, thereby exceeding the budget. ### **Inconsistent data** Maintaining the consistency of the data can indeed be challenging. Especially when the data formats and structures of the old and new systems differ, it can be even more difficult. ### **Incorrect estimation** Not estimating the time, effort, and cost accurately can complicate organizational endeavors. It may either lead to unavailability of resources or disrupt the operations of your business. ### **Inaccurate data backup** Before you migrate data to the new system, keeping a backup is a must. However, inaccurate or incomplete data backup can be a serious threat to the organization. It will not only result in process failures but also loss of confidential and crucial organizational data. ## **Best practices to follow for successful data migration** Following established best practices for data migration can save you significant time and effort. Let's take a brief look at some of them: - Define and examine the data prior to migration. - Before moving data, you need access to the source to understand what you are migrating and whether it will fit the target. - Test and validate the migrated data properly. - Prepare a solid data protection and backup plan. - Properly allocate your resources for smooth operations. - Hire specialists to run the data migration project and ensure optimum success. ## **Most popular data migration methods** Migrating important and sensitive data isn’t a task to be taken lightly. Botched data migraton initiatives can cause issues like data loss, compatibility issues, business disruption, and downtime, affecting your overall business. That is why choosing the right approach matters a lot. Delve into the most prominent successful data migration methods below! ### **1. Big Bang data migration** Do you have less time for data migration? Opting for the Big Bang of data migration can be an ideal solution. In this approach, you move data assets from the original source to the target system in just one operation. The overall process takes place within a short period of time. This approach empowers organizations to complete data migration in the shortest time possible. You get to save a lot of time and effort. A point to note here is that the source databases will remain down and unavailable until the migration of data is complete. Therefore, it is always a smart move to implement this approach during a holiday, when customers will not be using the application. The Big Bang migration approach is suitable for small businesses working with a smaller amount of data. #### **Pros** **Simplicity of planning:** This data migration approach involves only one migration event. So, the planning process is pretty straightforward in comparison to the phased approaches. **Immediate functionality:** After the migration is complete, the new system becomes completely operational. That means you can get access to all functionalities without having to wait any longer. The Big Bang data migration approach can be completed in much less time. It prevents the need to run both systems simultaneously for a prolonged period. **Lower cost:** In this approach, the old and new systems do not run for an extended period of time. So, you can expect better cost savings in terms of support and maintenance. #### **Cons** **High risk:** In case something goes wrong during the data migration process, it can have a direct impact on the entire organization. **Potentially disruptive:** The sudden change may be disruptive to business operations. Moreover, it requires significant downtime for a successful transition. **Limited flexibility:** Making necessary adjustments to the strategy in the middle of the process isn’t possible. As a result, the issues identified later can be difficult and costly to fix. ### **2. Trickle data migration** Trickle data migration is often referred to as iterative or phased migration, as it involves moving the data in different phases. In this approach, the entire process is divided into sub-migrations. Each transfer comes with unique goals, scope, timelines, and quality checks. During the migration process, both the old and new systems will run in parallel, and data transfer occurs in small increments. That means you need not worry about downtime. With this, keeping your customers happy with 24/7 application availability becomes simple and easy. However, the iterative approach can consume a lot of time and may complicate the entire process. You need to keep track of which data has already been transported to the new system and which is yet to be sent. Moreover, you also have to ensure that data across both platforms is synchronized in real time and users are capable of switching between systems to access the required data. The trickle data migration approach is suitable for medium and large organizations, as they cannot afford lengthy downtime. #### **Pros** **Minimal disruption:** Both systems will continue to operate during the migration. As a result, it can significantly lower disruptions to business processes. As you can make small changes throughout the process, it significantly minimizes the chances of failures. **Flexibility:** This approach allows you to make refinements and adjustments to the strategies throughout the migration process. **Easy management:** Smaller changes are easy to test, manage, and troubleshoot. #### **Cons** **Higher costs:** In this approach, you need to run both systems for an extended period of time. As a result, it can give rise to additional costs. **Complexity:** Maintaining data synchronization between both systems can be resource-intensive and complex. ### **3. Lift-and-shift data migration** Planning to transfer data to the cloud? Then lift-and-shift data migration is the most suitable approach. It reflects no or minimal changes to the data flow, multi-cloud architecture, and authentication mechanisms of the application. When there isn’t any change required, you can easily lift the application from the source system and shift it to the new location. However, for optimum success, make sure to plan the cloud migration properly, keeping aspects like the computing, networking, and storage requirements of the application in mind. #### **Pros** **Speed:** In this approach, you do not have to dedicate time to code revisions or optimization. As a result, the migration can be completed in much less time. **Minimal planning:** Planning a data migration can take up to one year. However, this approach requires the least amount of resources and strategy, thereby minimizing the need for extensive planning. **Cost savings:** In this data migration approach, you do not have to pay for configuration or code changes. So, you can expect greater savings in the long run. #### **Cons** **Optimization issues:** Optimizing your legacy workload without any native environment resources can be challenging. **Security risks:** This approach doesn’t allow you to examine potential weaknesses beforehand. Once in the cloud, the weaknesses can lead to security risks. ## **Choosing the ideal data migration solution** With a plethora of data migration solutions available, selecting the right one can be confusing. Make sure to choose a solution that can effectively address the challenges of data migration. There are a few key capabilities you need to consider: ### **Adequate connectors** The data migration solution should enable the source and target databases to be well connected through a variety of file types and heterogeneous sources. ### **Portability** The data migration process of the solution needs to be functional and portable in all compatible environments, ensuring optimum convenience for ongoing migrations. ### **Convenient data mapping** Look for an intuitive solution that comes with a graphical user interface. It will make it easier for you to visualize the entire data migration process. A solution with drag-and-drop and a code-free GUI can easily map the source and target data. Moreover, it will completely eliminate or, at least, reduce tedious efforts during the data migration process. ### **Data integrity** The solution you choose must be able to factor in the orchestration of the relevant tables and migrate data accordingly to ensure that the records of tables in the source and target systems are in sync. ### **Data reconciliation report** The solution should provide detailed performance statistics on the volume of data migrated, its completeness, accuracy, and more, offering in-depth insights into the efficiency of the overall data migration process. ## **Data migration content to consume** - Video–[Maximizing Efficiency: Data Migration and Mapping Insights from a Business Analyst and Scrum Master](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P6qC2ksDPRo) - Podcast—[Data Migration Best Practice – Overcoming Persistent Missteps](https://podcasts.apple.com/za/podcast/data-migration-best-practice-overcoming-persistent/id1541321209?i=1000577093090) - Article–[What is Data Migration?](https://www.ibm.com/topics/data-migration) ## **Conclusion** Digital transformation may require businesses to move data to modern systems. Successful data migration necessitates careful planning and execution. You can choose between Big Bang, trickle, and lift-and-shift approaches for effective migration. Moreover, make sure to select the right solutions to perform the move in a hassle-free and convenient manner. Recent developments in data integration technology have made techniques like data virtualization available to solve data migration problems. [Data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) introduces a semantic layer over distributed data sources and enables access through SQL, REST, or GraphQL. By eliminating the need to replicate and move data, data virtualization creates a single view of truth without the hassle of data migration. Peaka takes data virtualization to another level and puts an end to the data sprawl problem that results from data migration projects. Its zero-ETL approach makes data integration possible without any data warehouses, complex data pipelines, and expensive data teams involved. [Book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and discover how Peaka can simplify your data migration project! --- START: blog/data-migration-post-merger/data-migration-post-merger.md --- # **How to Simplify Post-M&A Data Migration Projects** Mergers and acquisitions (M&As) result in a situation where many of the participating companies' assets must be combined: Workforce, tech stack, physical inventory, and data. Data integration and migration are needed to combine the two companies' data. In this blog post, we will take a look at how this process works and the steps that can be taken to ensure that it achieves the intended goals. ## **Trends in mergers and acquisitions (M&As)** Mergers and acquisitions (M&As) tend to have a cyclical character that is closely related to macroeconomic changes. While periods of reduced economic activity, like the early 2000s recession and the 2007-2008 financial crisis, caused a sudden drop in M&A deals, times of economic growth and optimism, like the mid-2000s and 2010s, saw an uptick in M&As. [A survey by Deloitte](https://www.telecomreview.com/index.php/articles/reports-and-coverage/4227-mergers-and-acquisitions-an-opportunity-for-telecom-companies) revealed that three main reasons drive most M&A deals: - Technology acquisition - Growing the market share - Diversifying the products/ services being offered. Besides these reasons, dealing with uncertainty can be another one leading to more M&A deals. 2021 saw the peak in global M&A activity, with [58,308 deals amounting to more than $5.2 trillion](https://imaa-institute.org/mergers-and-acquisitions-statistics/). These figures denote a 23 percent increase from the number of deals in 2020 and a whopping 60 percent increase from the total amount of deals in the same year. This surge was a result of the pandemic's impact on the global economy. Faced with unprecedented levels of uncertainty, companies chose to join forces and combine capabilities to weather the storms. For many firms, though, being acquired was simply the only option as they lacked the resources to overcome the challenges imposed by the pandemic. In addition to the Covid-19 pandemic, another factor in the increase in the number of M&A deals was the recent proliferation of startups. Investors poured billions of dollars into tech startups over the last decade as these companies offered high returns at a time when interest rates were low. The ones that survived among these startups became attractive acquisition targets for bigger companies and tech giants, which were looking for convenient ways to plug holes in their product ranges and acquire new capabilities as quickly as possible. Apple was particularly ambitious in its acquisition strategy in this period, acquiring close to [100 startups](https://www.cnbc.com/2021/05/01/how-apple-does-ma-small-and-quiet-with-no-bankers.html) in the second half of the 2010s. The M&A activity subsided to a large extent after the peak in 2021. The number of deals in 2023 was just above two-thirds of what it was two years ago. The total value of deals was also less than half of what it was in 2021. However, things are looking better in 2024. The boom in the number of AI startups has been driving this last upward trend. Determined to stay competitive in the AI race, tech giants are acquiring startups leveraging artificial intelligence in ingenious ways to solve problems: Cisco has made more than [20 AI-focused acquisitions](https://investor.cisco.com/news/news-details/2024/CISCO-LAUNCHES-1B-GLOBAL-AI-INVESTMENT-FUND/default.aspx) over the last few years. Apple made [32 acquisitions](https://www.cdomagazine.tech/aiml/ai-shopping-spree-apple-leads-charge-with-32-startup-acquisitions-in-2023) in 2023 alone, followed by Google with 21 deals and Meta with 18, signaling a consolidation of the market as the technology matures. Check out this video on the possible trajectory of M&As in 2024: {{ youtube(id="YNqnqJYXcYA") }} ## **Key takeaways** - M&As are cyclical in nature and follow the ebb and flow of the economy. - Taking stock of the data in two distinct companies, understanding the relationships between different data sets, breaking down data silos, dealing with legacy systems, and reconciling inconsistent data formats headline the major challenges in post-M&A data migration challenges. - By virtualizing legacy data for later reference, companies can significantly reduce the amount of data to be physically moved from one storage location to another. ## **Mergers & acquisitions in numbers** - According to Harvard Business Review, between [70 and 90 percent](https://hbr.org/2011/03/the-big-idea-the-new-ma-playbook) of acquisitions fail. - 2024 saw a rebound in the number and total value of [mergers and acquisitions in the U.S.](https://imaa-institute.org/mergers-and-acquisitions-statistics/united-states-ma-statistics/), with 15,217 deals reaching a total value of $1.688 trillion. - The total value of [mergers and acquisitions in China](https://imaa-institute.org/mergers-and-acquisitions-statistics/china-ma-statistics/) has declined by 71 percent since 2015, when it was $1.038 trillion, dropping to $306.14 billion in 2024. - From 1985 to 2016, banking was the leading industry for mergers and acquisitions, with a total value of [$5.072 trillion](https://imaa-institute.org/mergers-and-acquisitions-statistics/ma-statistics-by-industries/) in deals. ## **Types of post-M&A data migration** There are six main types of data migration, and any post-M&A data migration project will involve a combination of one of these main types: ### **Storage migration** Storage migration refers to the process of moving data [from one physical storage medium to another](https://www.k2view.com/what-is-data-migration/). Most of the time, this is done to replace outdated storage equipment with something better performing. Examples of storage migration include moving from paper to digital documents or from on-premises systems to the cloud. ### **Database migration** Database migration describes the process of changing the [database management system](https://www.capco.com/intelligence/capco-intelligence/mastering-data-migration-in-merger-and-integration-scenarios) (DBMS) altogether or adding a new database to the ones already in use. ### **Application migration** Application migration occurs when an organization changes its [software vendor](https://www.zucisystems.com/blog/process-types-all-golden-rules-to-follow-for-data-migration/#6). Due to possible compatibility issues, companies try to avoid this as much as possible, preferring to upgrade their current software instead of switching vendors until a vastly superior option surfaces. ### **Cloud migration** Cloud migration involves moving data [from on-premises systems to the cloud](https://www.altexsoft.com/blog/data-migration/) or from one cloud environment to another. While the first transition is driven by a desire to achieve scalability, flexibility, and increased accessibility, moving from one cloud vendor to another is usually motivated by cost concerns. ### **Business process migration** Business process migration usually results from mergers and acquisitions or reorganization activities. These initiatives require moving [applications and business-critical data](https://itrexgroup.com/blog/what-is-data-migration-definition-types-process/) for optimized performance. ### **Data center migration** A data center is the physical infrastructure comprising [servers, computers, network routers](https://softwaresupp.com/blog/data-migration), and other types of hardware. Data center migration involves the relocation of this infrastructure to a new facility or moving all digital assets to new servers and storage. ## **Post-M&A data migration challenges** An M&A deal is one of the most complex transactions one can encounter in the business world. It involves integrating the various business functions of two distinct entities, in addition to the standard legal, financial, and personnel-related challenges found in any significant transaction. One of the more challenging aspects of an M&A deal is the data migration needed to unify the data repositories of the companies involved in the deal. Post-M&A data migration refers to the process of transferring data from one environment to another in order to unify and harmonize data from the companies that are party to an M&A deal. It is a complicated process that involves taking inventory of the data the companies possess, transforming that data into the required format, and unifying it so the post-M&A entity enjoys a single view of truth. ### **Taking inventory** The first challenge in post-M&A data migration is to find out where all the data is. Considering hundreds of different apps, software programs, and databases used by an enterprise nowadays, this task can turn into a massive project that can keep engineers occupied for months. IT people should analyze the various data formats and decide how much of the data will be used by the post-M&A entity. Sifting through the different naming conventions practiced by organizations can really test patience as the data is being prepped for integration. ### **Data consolidation** In 2023, an enterprise company used [473 SaaS apps on average](https://www.spendesk.com/blog/saas-statistics/). Add to that number all the spreadsheets, databases, and legacy systems in use, you are looking at more than a thousand data sources for most companies. The problem is these data sources will act as data silos unless you can make them talk to each other. Data silos are a scourge on organizations and have to be dealt with properly after an M&A because: - They damage [data integrity](https://www.talend.com/resources/what-are-data-silos/), resulting in fragmented data. Unless synced, this fragmented data causes multiple views of the same phenomenon, which reduces the [searchability and discoverability](https://datavid.com/blog/why-are-data-silos-problematic) of the data. - Data silos come with individual [storage, maintenance, and management](https://estuary.dev/why-data-silos-problematic/) requirements, which drive up the costs. The redundant effort different departments expend to work with the same data brings about inefficiencies in allocating human resources. - Data silos limit collaboration between teams. Working with different versions of the same data creates inconsistencies in analyses and makes it difficult to pursue organizational goals. Productivity takes a plunge when precious time is spent searching for data across different systems. - Decision-makers lack a single view of truth in organizations where data silos are prevalent. Without deeper insight into daily operations, they cannot make data-informed decisions. ### **Handling legacy systems** Companies tend to have various software programs that they have been using for decades. Despite being state-of-the-art at the time of their launch, these legacy systems become obsolete over time, making it difficult for companies to operate and maintain them. Managing legacy systems becomes particularly problematic after an M&A deal as companies find it hard to tap into the data stored in different on-premises systems. Integrating these systems can be quite challenging. Decision-makers would be well-advised to first pick which systems to integrate and which to sunset as the benefits of data migration, in some cases, may not justify the efforts. ### **Reconciling inconsistent data formats** Enterprise data tends to be structured in widely different ways depending on the departments and what the data is for. This variety has significantly increased over the last decade with the boom in the amount of data being produced and newly-introduced formats aiming to make the storage and transfer of data more efficient. This sea change has made post-M&A data integration and migration even more complicated than they were before. Cleaning and prepping the data in various formats and changing the data format to ensure that it maps to the target schema used by the destination platform requires hundreds of hours of engineering work. This is no easy thing to do, considering that IT departments are already stretched thin by having to oversee daily operations and maintenance work. ## **Post M&A data migration best practices** New technologies have revamped the way data migration is implemented. Cloud, AI, and machine learning are here to help engineers with labor-intensive tasks in the process. AI-powered automation tools can fast-track data mapping between the source and the destination, data transformation, and data validation processes. Another trend that helps with data migration projects is [containerization](https://cloudnativenow.com/features/migrating-applications-to-containers/). With software packed in containers, migrating applications from one environment to another becomes a breeze. A container holds an application with all its dependencies in a self-contained unit, making the application more portable and eliminating the concerns that it may not perform in another environment. Here are seven best practices you should follow for successful post- M&A data migration: ### **Run an audit of your data, applications, and systems** Any data migration project should start with an audit of [systems, software licenses, and hardware](https://rivery.io/data-learning-center/data-migration-best-practices/) at hand. A data migration project can serve as a good cut-off point to get rid of underperforming legacy systems, unused applications, and obsolete hardware. Simplifying the tech stack prior to data migration can reduce complexity, minimize the risk of errors, and accelerate the project. ### **See data migration as a company-wide process** Data is a shared asset for an organization. Therefore, it is critical to talk to the stakeholders across different departments about the scope of the changes they can expect and their [required deliverables](https://etlsolutions.com/a-six-stage-process-for-data-migration/) while giving them the chance to provide feedback. Talking to the actual users of departmental data can be a good source of insight for IT people as they work to decide which systems, applications, and data sets to migrate and which to sunset. ### **Clean the data** Corporate data gets corrupted over time as people work on it, convert it from one format to another, and generate copies of it. Incorrect and corrupted pieces of data should be removed before the start of a data migration project. Make sure that the data you are going to migrate is of high quality, that is, correctly formatted, accurate, complete, and relevant. ### **Back up your data** Companies should ensure that reliable copies of their data are ready before the migration starts. These copies will be used to restore the systems in case something goes wrong. Extra care should be taken while taking backups of business-critical and sensitive data. ### **Do not upgrade your systems during data migration** Any updates to the systems and applications should be done before the data migration starts. Updating the systems during the migration can cause [compatibility issues and data loss](https://www.techrepublic.com/article/data-migration-best-practices/). ### **Follow a phased approach** A one-and-done type of data migration can disrupt daily operations. A phased approach with goals set for the end of each phase makes data migration more manageable. Migrating the critical applications first, like IBM did after it [acquired Red Hat](https://www.appletechsoft.com/data-migration-best-practices-for-merging-companies-and-acquisitions/) in 2019, performing the migration in stages, and running tests at the end of each stage help contain possible problems and prevent compounding effects. ### **Establish a framework for data governance** Providing governance and guidelines before, during, and after a data migration is key for resolving problems. [Data governance frameworks](https://medium.com/@williamsmth22/unlocking-the-power-of-data-integration-best-practices-for-legacy-system-migration-in-m-a-caf637cabb67) enable organizations to determine the rules of data ownership, lay out how data is to be created and consumed, and describe the data management practices to be followed. By ensuring that data is complete, consistent, accurate, relevant, valid, timely, and unique, data governance upholds [data quality](/blog/data-quality-dimensions/) throughout the data lifecycle. ## **Using data virtualization to simplify post-M&A data migration** Today, most data migration projects involve moving databases, data warehouses, and analytical workloads to the cloud. Companies prefer [migration to the cloud](https://www.datamanagementblog.com/easy-database-migration-with-data-virtualization/) because they want to achieve scalability, reduce costs associated with operating on-premises and legacy systems, or start using cloud-optimized platforms. [Data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) is an interesting option that can be used in combination with data migration or replace the latter completely in some cases. Data virtualization establishes a virtual layer over diverse data sources and facilitates data integration without having to copy or move the data. It makes it possible for organizations to unify their fractured data without any [back-end processes](https://www.infoworld.com/article/3628448/how-to-screw-up-data-migration-to-the-cloud.html) to restructure the data and helps keep complexity low without burdening the IT people with ever-growing maintenance responsibilities. Thanks to data virtualization, users can query the data in different formats regardless of where it resides. This capability enhances [accessibility and usability](https://www.linkedin.com/advice/0/what-most-innovative-approaches-data-migration-lldmf), making it easier to run an audit of the data assets, catalog them, and analyze the relationships between them before starting a data migration project. Most organizations follow the well-trodden path of establishing [point-to-point integrations](https://www.mulesoft.com/resources/cloudhub/mergers-acquisitions-it-integration) between different data sources during a post-M&A data migration. However, this decision is usually wrong, as each point-to-point integration entails custom coding, which is hardly practical in an enterprise with hundreds of different applications. Building those integrations one by one is a challenge for any enterprise, regardless of the size of the IT department. Maintaining them for years to come is a whole other story. Like [technical debt](/blog/no-code-pays-down-tech-debt/) swept under the rug until it becomes too difficult to ignore, there comes a point where point-to-point integrations start to break, and IT teams become overwhelmed with maintenance tasks. Each new integration added to the system [increases complexity exponentially](https://www.mulesoft.com/resources/esb/eliminating-point-point-integration-pain-mule-esb-use-cases) and requires refactoring of existing components for smooth operation. Things can easily spiral out of control under these conditions, leaving the IT department paralyzed within a few months. Data virtualization eliminates the need to build point-to-point integrations between systems, applications, and databases that are so commonly used to stitch systems together in a post-M&A data migration. It offers the flexibility needed in an enterprise environment where new components can be added to or removed from a system without disrupting other integrations. In summary, data virtualization + Eliminates ETL pipelines and makes data available in real time, reducing time-to-insights, + Allows daily operations to run undisturbed during data integration, + Ensures that data models are in harmony without the need for physical transformation, + Reduces the cost of data migration and the infrastructure needed to integrate data after an M&A deal. ## **Post-M&A data migration content to consume** - Video – [What Happens to Salesforce Data When You Acquire a Company?](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zyYg2Aa7XZw) - Podcast – [Hub & Spoke | Assessing a Company’s Data Asset during M&A](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5p1DdjnDd1kk5wdmgyvYm8) - Article – [IT Mergers & Acquisitions: A Guide for Seamless Migrations](https://sharegate.com/blog/it-mergers-and-acquisitions-a-guide-for-seamless-migrations) ## **Conclusion** The increasing pace of digital transformation has made data migration inevitable for healthcare organizations. However, medical data migration projects can pose a significant challenge due to the complexity of the data landscape in such organizations and the rules and regulations at play. Adopting a systematic approach to medical data migration, leveraging specialized data migration tools, prioritizing data security and compliance, and following the rules and regulation go a long way toward successfully migrating data. [Peaka](/) uses data virtualization to bring data together from a wide range of databases, data warehouses, SaaS tools, and APIs. Peaka’s innovative zero-ETL approach eliminates brittle ETL pipelines, allowing users to access and query data wherever it resides without any maintenance or data teams involved. With Peaka, companies can virtualize their legacy data for later reference and migrate just a minimal amount of data, simplifying the gigantic task of data migration by multiple orders of magnitude. [Book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and discover how Peaka can simplify your data migration project! --- START: blog/data-product-vs-dataset/data-product-vs-dataset.md --- # **Data Products vs. Datasets: What “Productizing” Data Means** If your organization is building a data marketplace (or even just thinking about it), a key question determines whether it becomes a durable capability or another short-lived portal: What exactly are you publishing? If the answer is “datasets,” you will eventually hit the same wall when users can locate data but cannot confidently use it without reinventing context, validation, and controls every time. A marketplace only works when its contents are designed for reuse. That is what “productizing” data is all about. This post clarifies the difference between a dataset and a data product, explains why the distinction matters most in regulated environments like banking and insurance, and provides a minimum specification you can adopt without turning it into a year-long governance program. For a broader framing of the marketplace concept, start with our pillar page “[What is a Data Marketplace?](/blog/what-is-a-data-product-marketplace/)”, then come back for the “vs” breakdown below. For a deeper dive into modern data concepts, check out our blog explaining the [difference between a data marketplace and a data catalog](/blog/data-marketplace-vs-data-catalog/). ## **Key takeaways** + A dataset is records. A data product is a reusable offering with ownership, meaning, reliability, and controlled access. + In banks and insurance, reuse fails when consumers have to re-interpret, re-validate, and re-secure data every time. + You can ship data products quickly with a minimum set of specs: Purpose, owner, definitions, SLA, quality checks, and access rules. + Marketplaces succeed when they publish products people can trust, not just artifacts people can find. ## **Why “dataset thinking” falls short in banks and insurance** Financial services handle large amounts of data, and the fragility of the processes used to share it poses a significant challenge for these organizations. + Each team needs to reinterpret the data, as the same field name can mean different things across various lines of business, jurisdictions, products, or time periods. + They also must re-validate the data, since issues like freshness, completeness, and edge cases often only become apparent when something fails. + Additionally, teams must re-secure the data, as controls are applied downstream in tools, spreadsheets, and custom pipelines, leading to audit difficulties. “Dataset thinking” falls apart at this point because, once you share a dataset broadly, the cost of safe reuse is borne by every consumer. In banks and insurers, the consequences of unsafe data reuse are tangible, manifesting as: + Inconsistent regulatory reporting across departments + Duplicated anti-money laundering (AML), fraud, and risk procedures in parallel pipelines + Delayed decision-making due to a lack of trust in the existing datasets + Ongoing access reviews caused by controls implemented across various areas. A dataset simply contains records. When dealing with large volumes, you need a reliability guarantee. A data product offers this guarantee. ## **What makes a data product?** A dataset becomes a data product when you can quickly and confidently answer these questions: 1. What is it for? 2. What does it mean? 3. Who is accountable for it? 4. How reliable is it? 5. Who is allowed to use it, and under what rules? So a practical definition looks like this: A data product is a reusable data offering with clear ownership, business meaning, reliability standards, and policy-aware access, packaged for safe discovery and use by other teams. Notice how this definition makes no mention of the tables users can query. That is necessary, but not sufficient. A data product is not just “more data.” It is data with a service boundary, which establishes responsibility, standards, and controls that go with it. ## **The minimum spec a data product must have** When teams say they are building data products, the gap is usually not technical. It is missing components that make reuse safe. Here are the parts that turn a dataset into something other teams can adopt without calling you every week. ### **1. Business purpose** + Primary use cases + What it is not intended for + Well-defined scope If a consumer can’t answer “Should I use this?” within 30 seconds, you haven’t productized it; you've just published a new dataset. ### **2. Meaning that survives handoffs** + Definitions of core concepts and important fields + Clear inclusion and exclusion rules + Assumptions and known limitations In financial services, meaning must also survive time. If rules change (new product structure, new KYC policy, new claims categorization), the product should clearly reflect those changes. ### **3. Ownership and support** + A named owner specifying a team and an accountable person + A support channel showing consumers how to report issues, request changes, or ask questions + A lifecycle clarifying whether the data product is active, in review, deprecated, or replaced Without ownership, products decay into “shared assets” that no one can safely depend on. ### **4. Reliability signals** + Freshness standards laying out how often the product is updated + Quality checks clarifying what is being monitored + Stability standards that determine how often the schema or logic changes + Operational signals indicating last refresh time, recent incidents, and whether quality checks passed These signals make quality measurable, helping create a shared understanding of what “good” looks like and how drift is detected. ### **5. Policy and access rules at the boundary** + Who can discover it + Who can request it + What needs approval + How sensitive elements are handled (masking, redaction, restricted fields) With access rules embedded at the product level, teams no longer have to repeatedly address security downstream or inherit untracked risk. ## **Data productization use cases in financial services** Data productization turns operational feeds into reusable building blocks that teams can trust without having to reinterpret rules or reapply controls. For example, KYC and onboarding data becomes a consistent status product that defines what “verified” or “pending” means, how statuses take effect over time, and how exceptions are handled, while separating identity attributes from anonymized signals. AML alerts can be shipped with standardized stages, unambiguous closure outcomes, and built-in quality checks, so risk teams can measure throughput and effectiveness without exposing sensitive notes. Dispute and chargeback data can be packaged with a shared taxonomy, cross-system mapping rules, and predictable arrival expectations, making it reliable for fraud strategy and customer experience reporting. In insurance, underwriting decision factors can include model context, drift signals, and restrictions on sensitive attributes, enabling monitoring and oversight while keeping decision logic from becoming a compliance risk. ## **What to avoid in data productization projects** For a quick test, give your “data product” to a new team and see if they can use it without a lengthy explanation. When it doesn’t transfer smoothly, it often gets stuck in a few familiar traps. ### **Trap 1: The “crowned table”** The first trap is the “crowned table,” which refers to datasets labeled “gold,” “final,” or “official.” These datasets are trusted by everyone, despite the lack of a clear explanation for that trust. Over time, the rationale for trusting them changes quietly, edge cases emerge, and downstream teams start duplicating the data because they no longer feel confident building on top of it. The solution is to publish the dataset with a designated owner, clear definitions, visible quality checks, and a straightforward change policy, thereby making trust and responsibilities explicit rather than assumed. ### **Trap 2: The “single-purpose extract”** The second trap is the “single-purpose extract.” It starts as a pragmatic pipeline built to answer one team’s urgent question, then gets promoted into a shared asset because it exists and seems useful. The problem is that it carries hidden assumptions tailored to the original use case, so it breaks or misleads when other teams apply it to different workflows. A better approach is to separate what should be reusable from what is team-specific by publishing a domain-level product and letting each team build local views on top of it. ### **Trap 3: “The dashboard is the product”** The third trap is viewing the dashboard as the ultimate product. When definitions and metric logic are embedded within a BI report, the “truth” becomes tied to that specific tool, model, or even an individual analyst’s modifications. This complicates testing, governance, and reuse across workflows such as automation, risk monitoring, or downstream systems. To address this, the solution is to deliver the core metric set as a data product, complete with definitions and signals of reliability, and have dashboards serve as consumers of that data, rather than being the definitive source of truth. ### **Trap 4: “Just export it”** The fourth trap is the “just export it” mentality. CSV files, emailed extracts, and one-off pulls feel fast, but they quietly bypass consistent controls and create data copies that you cannot track, revoke, or audit. Once distribution becomes informal, security and compliance quickly turn into guesswork, especially when sensitive fields are involved. The safer strategy is to enforce policy at the product boundary so people request access to the product itself and receive governed access, instead of receiving bespoke files that immediately escape your control. ## **How data products make a data marketplace actually work** A data marketplace offers more than just simplifying data discovery; it also ensures secure, hassle-free data sharing. That only happens when what you publish is: + Easy to evaluate (meaning and intended use are clear) + Safe to request (access rules are explicit, approvals are standardized) + Reliable to run on (freshness and quality are visible) Data products create consistency by letting the marketplace operate as a repeatable path: Publish → Govern → Consume → Monitor If you publish raw datasets, the marketplace becomes a repository of tables. If you publish products, it becomes a collaborative environment. ## **Conclusion** Data products package data in a reusable way to power operations, going beyond datasets that lack a clear purpose and ownership. With data products, you can scale self-serve analytics, operational monitoring, and AI initiatives using the same trusted building blocks without having to rebuild definitions and logic in every tool. Peaka simplifies the data productization process, enabling you to turn existing datasets into searchable data products with shared definitions and granular access controls. You can then publish them into a marketplace organized by domain, category, and business use case. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how you can transition from datasets to data products in days. --- START: blog/data-quality-dimensions/data-quality-dimensions.md --- # **The 6 Dimensions of Data Quality Explained** Most organizations today, from startups to enterprises, profess to be data-driven. Putting data at the center of the business operations and making data-informed decisions are sound strategic objectives, but they are easier said than done. Very few organizations seem to have grasped what that entails, let alone harness the potential of data to achieve business goals. ## **The enigma called 'data'** Companies experience problems in leveraging data. [A report commissioned by Seagate](https://www.seagate.com/files/www-content/our-story/rethink-data/files/Rethink_Data_Report_2020.pdf) revealed that only 32 percent of data available to enterprises was properly used. The remaining 68 percent was left unexploited, showing us the extent of missed opportunities despite all the talk around data and its value. The data organizations were able to use was not without flaws, either: A study conducted with [75 executives in Ireland](https://hbr.org/2017/09/only-3-of-companies-data-meets-basic-quality-standards) found that 47 percent of newly-created data records contained a work-impacting error. Only 3 percent of the organizations in the study scored 97 or higher error-free records out of 100. What happens when data quality decreases? Confidence in analyses dependent on that data plunges; customers [lose trust](https://www.gartner.com/smarterwithgartner/how-to-stop-data-quality-undermining-your-business) in the organization; costs increase as more time and resources are expended, and the [reputation](https://www.experian.com/blogs/news/2021/02/25/highlights-2021-global-data-management-research/) of the organization takes a big hit. Data is piling up at an ever-faster pace as you read these lines. Without a holistic and systematic view, no organization can keep up with that growth or tap the potential of data. Improving the quality of the data should be the first step in that regard. Such an endeavor should start with understanding the six dimensions of data quality: ## **Accuracy** This dimension measures how well the data maps to reality. Compromise in this department can seriously hamper business operations. For example, suppose the bank account number of a customer asking for a refund is not correctly recorded in your database. In that case, the refunding process will take longer than it should. You can expect winning over that frustrated customer to be a formidable challenge. ## **Completeness** This dimension refers to the data conveying enough information to make a [productive engagement](https://www.collibra.com/us/en/blog/the-6-dimensions-of-data-quality) possible. If you are running a pizza parlor and trying to improve your delivery performance, getting the customer address right without missing parts is the prerequisite. The data in question would be deemed complete if it allows business operations to go on smoothly, even without other details like the customer's gender or age. ## **Consistency** Consistency refers to a situation where data stored in different locations matches. If two different departments like customer support and sales have different data for a customer's phone number, confusion ensues. The presence of hundreds of inconsistent data entries can paralyze business operations at a company. Sorting out conflicting pieces of data can be a challenge. This is where data lineage comes into play. Understanding how data was moved from one location to the other and how it was transformed go a long way toward preventing discrepancies in data. That's why having a data governance policy in place is critical. ## **Validity** Data is considered valid when it conforms to the predefined format requirements of a special domain and falls within the specified ranges. Different domains may require different formats for things like birthdays (MM/DD/YYYY in the U.S. or DD/MM/YYYY in Europe) or phone numbers (starting with either a zero or plus before the international dialing codes). Entries incompatible with the requirements are rendered invalid, providing no benefit to the data user. ## **Timeliness** This dimension [refers to](https://icedq.com/6-data-quality-dimensions#what_is_timeliness_data_quality_dimension) the lag between the actual time of an event and the time it was captured as data on a system. While some bureaucratic jobs are insensitive to this lag or are even defined by using outdated data, some professions like air traffic controllers rely on real-time data. Organizations should define the maximum data lag they can tolerate and take necessary measures to ensure data is captured with acceptable promptness. ## **Uniqueness** Uniqueness is about data being stored in a single location without any redundancy or duplication. It ensures that one identifier (for example, a name like James Thompson) corresponds to a single individual and that individual, in turn, is identified by a single identifier (strictly as James Thompson, not as "Jim" or "Jimmy"). Ensuring that data entries are unique prevents confusion. Verifying whether these two entries belong to the same person takes time and effort, making data processing needlessly difficult. ## **Final thoughts** Any attempt at making data-informed decisions is doomed to be a futile exercise in trendiness so long as the data quality remains low. Improving the quality of data at hand and making sure that it is reliable, accessible, and up-to-date for the data users is the first step in transforming your organization into a data-driven one. How that can be achieved deserves another post in its own right. --- START: blog/data-quality-tips/data-quality-tips.md --- # **Top 4 Tips for Improving Data Quality** Becoming data-driven is the trend everyone subscribes to nowadays. But other than being the cool thing to talk about, data is paramount to your company's success. Data quality impacts your bottom line. The quality of your analyses suffers, and your decision-making falters when you work with low-quality data. The cost of acting on flawed data can be staggeringly high according to the [1-101-100 rule](https://www.makingstrategyhappen.com/the-cost-of-quality-the-1-10-100-rule/). Suppose you are verifying data as you enter it, and this costs you $1. Then, correcting inaccurate data after the fact will cost $10, and not correcting the data at all will set you back $100. Therefore, [being proactive](https://www.dqglobal.com/blog/why-data-should-be-a-business-asset/) in maintaining data quality makes much more financial sense than relying on correction mechanisms after the fact or accepting failure. When you take the "correction" path and focus on fixing data errors after they occur, a few things happen: You lose time, incur high processing costs for the same job, and risk tarnishing your brand image. When you choose to do nothing at all in the face of poor data quality, then you basically accept to live with bad analyses and wrong decisions and guarantee that your reputation will be ruined in the long run. So, being proactive in ensuring data quality data makes sense for many reasons. However, a single individual or a department cannot improve data quality on their own. This task cannot be left to the IT department. It takes a holistic, strategic view that encompasses every phase of the data lifecycle to improve the quality of the data. Here is how you should go about it: ## **Starting off: Plan, observe, measure** You should define what success means at the outset. [Determine the metrics](https://www.techtarget.com/searchdatamanagement/feature/Proactive-practices-for-data-quality-improvement) you will use to measure data quality. Show your employees what high-quality data will look like. Map out how your organization is expected to achieve those metrics. A good starting point would be to take an inventory of all the locations where data is stored within the organization. This catalog of data assets should identify all the sources and point out all the data lineages, underlining how data was aggregated, manipulated, or transformed. Conduct a data audit (check out the [Friday Afternoon Measurement](http://hbr.org/2016/07/assess-whether-you-have-a-data-quality-problem), it offers a good template for the uninitiated). Bring together the last 100 records processed in your department or company. Identify a set of critical data attributes you need to focus on, evaluate each record for data errors, and determine the error-free ones. The number of perfect data records will be your Data Quality Score. This score will be a yardstick you will use to measure performance when you repeat the audit after you start implementing data governance policies. ## **Eliminate data silos** Pay attention to data silos. A data silo is a [repository of data](https://www.techtarget.com/searchdatamanagement/definition/data-silo) accessible to a business unit but isolated from the rest of the organization. Most of the time, this data is stashed away somewhere in the organization, and most employees are not even aware of its presence. The possibility that there might be a pile of inaccurate, inconsistent, incomplete, obsolete, and redundant data which does not conform to predefined formats is enough to give any IT manager nightmares. Data silos are caused not only by the organization's verticals but also by every single application used by the employees. Each application functions as a data silo unless it is integrated with others. The situation may be direr than any of us could have imagined. A recent [Mulesoft report prepared in collaboration with Deloitte Digital](https://resources.mulesoft.com/ty-report-connectivity-benchmark.html#loaded) found that organizations have an average of 976 discrete applications in 2022, an increase of 16 percent over the 2021 figure. The same report pointed out that only 28 percent of those applications were integrated. So, around 700 applications work on their own, serving as bonafide silos. High-quality data has to be consistent and unique, as we touched upon during our discussion of the [dimensions of data quality.](/blog/data-quality-dimensions/) Data entries stored in different locations should match, and there should be no duplication or redundancy in what a data entry corresponds to. The mere presence of data silos breeds inconsistent and duplicate data. The elimination of data silos has a direct impact on data quality. ## **Establish a data governance culture** Of all the definitions of data governance being thrown around, [this one](https://profisee.com/data-governance-what-why-how-who/) makes the most sense: A set of principles and processes that ensure high data quality throughout the data lifecycle. However, like all policies that set out with lofty goals, data governance, too, needs to be connected to the realities of the field if it is to be successful. That's why you should make sure that the data governance policies and measures you introduced to raise data quality align with business operations. Employees will shun your suggestions unless they see how improved data quality helps their work and have a positive impact on their day-to-day activities. Establish linkages between the improvement recorded in data quality and the actual business KPIs. For example, if your organization has achieved a 20 percent reduction in invalid customer phone numbers that do not conform to the predetermined format and your NPS increased by 10 percent in the meantime, that connection deserves emphasis. That kind of tangible, meaningful connection between policies and outcomes will motivate your employees to embrace a data governance plan. ## **Go for quick wins** Establishing data governance is a long process during which lots of ideas will clash. There will be a lot of hearts and minds for you to win. That's why targeting the low-hanging fruit is key. Scoring quick wins in some areas will alleviate resistance and help promote new policies in the eyes of the stakeholders. ## **Final thoughts** Upholding data quality is an ongoing process, just like quality management in the manufacturing industry is a never-ending endeavor. Data governance should permeate every major decision taken at an organization. Are you planning to hire for a vacant position? Not everybody you hire will be a data scientist. But recruiting people who are data-focused or capable of understanding the implications of being data-driven goes a long way toward establishing the right culture. Organizations do not become data-driven without integrating this mindset into every aspect of business operations. --- START: blog/data-unstructured/data-unstructured.md --- # **What is Unstructured Data?** We had only structured data in the good ol' days, and it was pretty straightforward to deal with. That's no more the case: We have semi-structured and unstructured data to worry about today. We will ignore semi-structured data for the purposes of this blog post, but the latter is about to become the data for us. IDC predicts that the total data will amount to [175 zettabytes](https://venturebeat.com/data-infrastructure/the-new-metrics-for-unstructured-data-management/) by 2025, and 80 percent of that will consist of unstructured data. We are being bombarded by unstructured data, people. Think about how many photographs you receive on WhatsApp or how many files you share daily with friends at work. Your favorite culinary channel on Youtube must have uploaded a few videos since last week, right? The surveillance cameras scattered all over the city keep recording nonstop. Hundreds of [satellites](https://www.pixalytics.com/earth-observation-satellites-2022/) flying over the Earth take snapshots of certain locations at regular intervals, creating terabytes of imagery per day. These are all various forms of unstructured data, and our civilization generates a staggering amount of it every day. Understanding the nature of unstructured data, the mind-boggling increase in its volume, and its implications can be key to understanding some of the problems the tech industry is trying to solve nowadays. Without further ado, let's dive in. ## **Data yesterday** The best days of structured data seem to be behind us. Most of the data we generated before the rise of cloud technology and the explosion of social media was structured. Structured data is arranged in a predefined format, most of the time in rows and columns. A relational database is a good example of this type of data which is formatted into fields such as "customer name," "age," "phone number," etc. This type of data [lends itself to SQL queries](https://www.talend.com/resources/structured-vs-unstructured-data/), can be stored in data warehouses and leveraged by machine learning tools, and has a large user base and a wide ecosystem built around it. However, its use cases and storage options are limited by its predefined purpose, rendering it rather inflexible. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems were the stars of the corporate world in leveraging structured data and generating reports on business operations. These reports helped professionals keep an eye on the financials, sales performance, efficiency, and guided decision-making. It was a time when data was in fairly standardized formats and came from a limited number of sources. In today's world, where every person and every digital device has become a source of data in a plethora of different formats, on-premise ERPs can no longer be effective business intelligence tools. ## **Data today** At the heart of business operations today is the drive to understand the way customers think and their motivations. Gone are the days when you just looked at financials and reports of how your business was doing to decide what you should do next. You need to be proactive today, and understanding the nature of unstructured data can shed light on how data needs to be used today. Unstructured data is information communicated in different forms (audio, video, satellite imagery, text, etc.) and stored in wildly different formats. Thanks to its ability to convey information in so many different forms, it expands the definition of data and allows for faster data accumulation. That it can be dumped into data lakes makes its storage easier. However, the real challenge begins once data is stored. ## **Two challenges: Storage cost and the data interpretation problem** Gartner reports that unstructured data is growing at a rate of [30 to 60 percent](https://www.gartner.com/document/4012543) year over year. Storing that much data brings about a huge data management problem. As the data stored grows, costs associated with it increase at an even greater pace because of all the [backup copies](https://venturebeat.com/ai/why-unstructured-data-is-the-future-of-data-management/) needed for data recovery. For organizations looking for efficiencies, optimizing data storage costs is paramount. Organizations should distinguish between actively-used data and data that is rarely accessed. Storing the latter in low-cost storage is a good first step in bringing down the cost of data storage. Another challenge aggravated by the ever-increasing amount of data at hand involves analyzing the data and making sense of it. A simple content search conducted across unstructured data is not enough to unlock the potential of this precious source. Tapping into the wealth of information that can be gathered from unstructured data takes expertise. That's why data science has been one of the most popular fields for over a decade. You need data scientists and specialized tools to find out what kind of insights can be drawn from the terabytes of unstructured data your organization is sitting on. ## **Possible use cases for unstructured data** The biggest gain that could result from unlocking the potential of unstructured data is the social listening ability it affords organizations. The Internet is choke-full of social media accounts, forums, and e-commerce websites where people keep talking about your brand and product all the time. Listening in on that chatter can reveal valuable insights about how people are using your product, what they like or don't like about it, and how it compares to rival products. Armed with this kind of information, companies become more agile, correcting mistakes on the fly, pivoting and changing course when needed, or doubling down without having to wait for the quarterly financial reports. Unstructured data can also be used to boost [data mining](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5UH6PDPTbB4) practices, resulting in much better decisions. Tasks like credit risk assessment and insurance claims management would benefit from incorporating outputs from unstructured data into their business flow. An insurance company can employ ML to analyze a person's Facebook and LinkedIn pages to gain visibility into her travel and driving habits. This information can then be used to revise her car insurance premium for the upcoming year. Likewise, a bank can pick up on the high level of activity in a brand's social media accounts or capture insider gossip in an internet forum and learn about an impending product launch, which can significantly change the brand's credit standing. Another wide-scale use of unstructured data involves analyses of digital communications to detect criminal activity or enforce [content moderation](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ADTPRTlWKE0) against online mobbing and harassment. Signals suggesting such actions are not out in the open: They are buried in the millions of discrete interactions between people. Audio files, surveillance camera footage, satellite imagery, and social media are fertile grounds for the kind of unstructured data that some people would like to keep hidden from the eyes of authorities. Unstructured data plays a prominent role even in international affairs nowadays. As the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine proved, analysis of unstructured data offers an endless amount of open-source intelligence (OSINT) information regarding troop movements, logistics, and possible war crimes committed. ## **Final thoughts** Harnessing the power of unstructured data has been one of the biggest drivers of innovations in the software industry lately. The challenges regarding storage cost and making sense of huge amounts of data in a short time still remain. The hope is that artificial intelligence and machine learning technologies will help with those challenges once they are mature enough. Only then will we unlock the full potential of unstructured data. --- START: blog/data-virtualization-no-code/data-virtualization-no-code.md --- # **Data Virtualization with a No-code Touch** The [challenges](https://www.tibco.com/reference-center/what-is-a-data-federation) of data management today are evident. The sheer amount of data needing storage, all the different data formats and the plethora of locations data is scattered over, the lack of data consistency… How to deal with those challenges is up for debate. The challenge becomes even more daunting when the data must be real-time. The conventional data architecture built around data warehouses can no longer deliver the results sought by data users. The billion-dollar question is: > “*Is data integration possible without a data warehouse?*” In other words, can we integrate our data in real-time without having to copy and move it or invest in expensive hardware? Proponents of the data virtualization concept think that it is possible. ## **What is data virtualization?** Data virtualization is a data integration technique that introduces a [semantic layer](https://www.denodo.com/en/webinar/modernizing-integration-data-virtualization?display) on top of a host of distributed data sources. This semantic layer can be accessed via SQL, REST, or GraphQL. In a sense, data virtualization merges all the different data sources into a single database users can access in real-time. The advantages of data virtualization are manifold: ## **Pros of data virtualization** + Real-time data availability is the biggest appeal of data virtualization. Data virtualization is based on the “[zero replication, zero relocation](https://www.denodo.com/en/webinar/data-virtualization-introduction-4?display)” principle: Data does not have to be copied, moved, or synced—all processes that take time. Data virtualization not only allows for access to real-time data but also minimizes the risk of data loss since data is not moved. + Data virtualization helps eliminate data silos and presents a single source of truth for everyone in the organization to draw their data from. This single source of truth provides the decision-makers with a holistic view of their data and makes it easier to receive buy-in from other stakeholders. + By not moving the data, data virtualization puts an end to the [data sprawl](https://www.gartner.com/document/4002921) problem. It stops data from continuously getting duplicated and modified in different locations without any syncing in between and thus prevents the degradation of data quality. + Data virtualization also empowers knowledge workers to self-serve—something Zhamak Dehghani envisioned with her “[data mesh](/blog/data-warehouse-vs-data-mesh/)” concept. Without an ETL process to curate data and prepare it for consumption, data consumers will no longer be reliant on an IT department overwhelmed by demand. + Finally, data virtualization replacing a data warehouse-based architecture removes the need to build and maintain data warehouses. Thanks to the lack of physical data integration in data virtualization, organizations do not have to invest in expensive hardware. Normally, adding new nodes to a data warehouse is a time-consuming process that takes a lot of work hours from highly-skilled personnel. With data virtualization, the process is straightforward, requiring no extra effort to reconfigure the system. ## **Cons of data virtualization** + While enjoying all these benefits brought to you by data virtualization, you are sacrificing data historicity. The data that this technique brings together and displays is just a snapshot. The lack of historicity prevents you from tracing the data back to its earlier version and tracking its change over time. Combining data with a data warehouse would overcome this hurdle if data historicity is indispensable to your organization. + Servicing a host of improvised data analytics requests from different users can put stress on the source systems, raising scalability issues. [Caching](https://datavirtuality.com/en/blog/data-virtualization-the-complete-overview/) can help compensate for the dip in performance in such cases, but it comes at the expense of a slight increase in latency. + [Downtimes of the source systems](https://medium.com/swlh/the-5-data-store-patterns-data-lakes-data-hubs-data-virtualization-data-federation-data-27fd75486e2c) may render data virtualization unusable. Therefore, a holistic approach to maximize source system uptime is required. ## **Data virtualization and Peaka** Every organization, regardless of its size, needs to harness the power of data one way or another. You can be the founder, CEO, and product development team of your startup all at the same time, and you still must gather data to inform your decision-making. Current solutions in the market are optimized for the enterprise segment: They are good at managing a sophisticated data infrastructure and integrating massive amounts of data. They come at a considerable price, though. Therefore, these solutions are a bit of an overkill for the needs of startups and SMBs, which neither require such sophisticated capabilities nor possess the means to pay for them or maintain them. In today’s hyper-connected world, data gets created in multiple locations, flows from one platform to another, and blends into other data. We at [Peaka](/) recognize the need for startups and SMBs to bring together data from various SaaS tools, whether it is Stripe, Zendesk, Twilio, Shopify, or Hubspot. The new version of Peaka allows you to access real-time data and consolidate it without copying or moving it. You can then query your data and execute the analytics tasks as you see fit. The dreaded scalability issue is no longer a problem with Peaka. The scalability problems usually arise from the limited capacity of the APIs to service queries. When you send a query with Peaka, the platform caches your data for a few minutes just in case you may need it for further queries. The later queries you send during that time frame get answered from the cached data without putting any stress on the APIs. In addition to the slick data integration, Peaka’s new version also allows you to automate tasks that you otherwise have to do manually every day. You can even create triggers for the scheduled batch jobs and access real-time data without paying for extra features that you will never use. For example, would you like to nudge the users on your e-commerce platform when they have items remaining in their shopping carts at the end of the day? What if you want to send an email to every user who quits the onboarding walkthrough on your app? Peaka takes care of such tasks with ease. The true distinguishing aspect of Peaka lies in how it blends data integrations with app building. Our platform lets you build responsive web apps or internal tools on top of the data you brought together from different sources. Using data to improve decision-making makes you more efficient at work. Using it to create apps that can get things done has the potential to transform your whole business. Peaka shows you the no-code way of harnessing the power of your data. Whether you will use it to generate reports, metrics, or tools that will give you a leg over your competition is up to you. --- START: blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration.md --- # **Simplify Data Visualization with Looker Studio Integration** Becoming data-driven is a two-step process: First, you must break down data silos and bring your data together. Then, you must employ the necessary tools to make sense of your data. The second step in the process entails business intelligence (BI) tools, and Peaka spent the 2024 summer launching integrations with some of the most powerful of such tools. Our latest integration in the BI series connects Peaka with Looker Studio, Google’s data visualization tool catering to users looking for a simple solution to set up and use. ## **What is Looker Studio?** Google’s naming convention for its products in the data analytics/BI space leaves a lot to be desired. The company has two products, Looker and Looker Studio, with different but complementary capabilities, but this inevitably creates some confusion among the uninitiated. However, they are clearly differentiated in their capabilities: Looker is a data analytics platform that uses a modeling language (LookML) to define data relationships in a relational database. It was acquired by Google in 2020, and the tech giant positioned its new acquisition as an umbrella under which other BI products would be placed. Looker handles data modeling, harmonizes what different metrics refer to, and promotes a uniform understanding of data across an organization. By doing that, it ensures that different data users who look at a data point such as “monthly sales” understand the same thing. Looker Studio, on the other hand, is how Google renamed Data Studio in 2022. It is Google’s answer to other popular data visualization tools, such as Tableau and Power BI, but with significant differences. It serves the BI needs of non-technical people and functions as the go-to data visualization solution within the Google ecosystem. + Looker Studio features an easy-to-use drag-and-drop interface. This makes it a popular choice among marketing and growth teams, who want to draw insights without much fuss. + It seamlessly integrates with tools in the Google ecosystem. Just like Power BI boasts native connectivity with other Microsoft products, Looker Studio offers hassle-free integration with Google Analytics, Google Ads, and BigQuery. + In addition to 21 connectors built in-house, the platform offers a collection of more than 1000 third-party integrations that are built and supported by its partners. + Looker Studio comes with 40 pre-made visualizations for basic data visualization tasks. Users needing more advanced charts and graphs can tap into the collection of visualizations created by Looker Studio partners. + Users can utilize LookML to define data relationships and create consistent data models that can be shared across the organization. These features make Looker Studio a good option for business teams looking to generate reports and build dashboards without IT involvement. True, the platform lacks the endless customizability offered by some of its rivals. However, this lack of control over the minute details of a report's layout and appearance translates into ease of use and improved self-serve capability, which may be desirable in some use cases. ## **What is Peaka?** Peaka is a data platform specifically developed to cater to the data integration needs of startups and SMBs. Lacking a purpose-built option in the market, these organizations usually have to pay for the modern data stack, which is overkill for their needs, or get by relying on spreadsheets. Peaka turns data integration into a smooth, one-click process where users can aggregate data from distributed sources and expose their consolidated data to other applications. It currently serves two use cases as a zero-ETL data integration platform and a serverless connector infrastructure: ### **Zero-ETL data platform** The extract-transform-load (ETL) process is the backbone of the modern data stack and is essentially what makes it inflexible, costly to run, and troublesome to maintain for startups and SMBs. Lacking the precious engineering hours needed to build and maintain ETL pipelines, these companies either end up paying for a solution they cannot utilize properly or resort to copying data from one spreadsheet and pasting it to another to unify their data. Peaka’s [zero-ETL approach](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) approach relies on [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) to eliminate the transformation stage from the ETL process. It turns your data into virtual tables and removes the need to physically copy and move your data from one location to another. Thanks to this single virtual layer, you can query every data source, execute join queries on them, and form a single view of truth. ### **Serverless connector infrastructure** Peaka not only simplifies data integration for startups but also helps them ship connectors at scale, giving them a serverless connector infrastructure. One of the most formidable challenges keeping startups from gaining traction is the sheer number of connector requests they receive from prospects before they can close deals. Building a connector takes weeks, if not months, and doing this at scale takes a big engineering team, which most startups cannot afford. Once built, every connector demands years of maintenance and updating, which requires a long-term commitment of resources. Peaka’s serverless connector infrastructure offers an innovative way of launching “white-label” connectors and ensures that these connectors are always up-to-date and scalable. This allows startup founders to close deals faster and expand into new markets by shipping the popular connectors in that market while channeling engineering resources to other productive tasks. ## **What does Peaka’s Looker Studio integration do?** Peaka has become a [Looker Studio partner](/partners/looker-studio/) by launching an integration with this popular BI tool. This integration provides Peaka users with another option to turn their data into visualizations. Non-technical users stand to benefit more from this integration, considering Looker Studio’s user-friendly interface, simple report generation, and scheduled automated reports. Thus, Peaka’s Looker Studio integration democratizes access to reports without creating a burden on IT people. As stated above, Peaka enables users to establish a semantic layer over all data sources, allowing them to view and query their data as relational databases. Peaka users can pull in data from various SaaS tools like HubSpot, Stripe, and Zendesk or even a [specialized CRM like Provet Cloud](/provet-cloud-connector/) and join it to form new datasets. They can then push the resulting dataset to Looker Studio for visualization. Looker Studio’s native integration with other Google products pays dividends for users who are comfortable working within the Google ecosystem. Marketing teams using Google Ads and Google Analytics can turn their marketing data into charts and graphs with Looker Studio’s pre-made templates and quickly gain insights into their ad spend. ## **Conclusion** Data is just a cost factor unless it is turned into information and put into use. BI tools do a great job of extracting value from data as they turn tabular data into visual representations and reveal hidden trends and patterns. The question is, which BI tool suits your needs the best? Peaka’s recent series of BI integrations solve this problem, giving users access to a range of highly capable tools with different areas of focus. [Metabase](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/), [Apache Superset™](/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/), and [Power BI](/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/) all have their strengths and fit different use cases. Our Looker Studio integration is a nice addition that complements this group well with its ease of use and emphasis on simplicity. With many options in the market, there is a BI tool for every user persona, and Peaka is making sure that you will find the best one for your needs. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration.md --- # **Visualize Your Data with Peaka’s Metabase Integration** Having introduced an innovative way of integrating data with data virtualization and zero-ETL, our next task at Peaka was to help our users make the most of their unified data. Instead of investing precious engineering hours into building a more-of-the-same data visualization module, we’ve decided to pair Peaka with top-notch business intelligence (BI) tools you are familiar with. These BI integrations will allow you to turn your tabular data into charts and dashboards that tell a story. The first such tool is Metabase. ## **What is Metabase?** Metabase is an open-source business intelligence (BI) tool that connects to more than twenty commonly used data sources. In addition to its free open-source tier, the platform offers different packages with varying levels of capability at different price points. Here’s a quick look into some of the features that set Metabase apart in a crowded BI tool market: ### **Visual Query Builder** Metabase removes a technical barrier with its Visual Query Builder, facilitating self-serve analytics for everyone in an organization. Thanks to this feature, even non-technical employees with limited or no knowledge of SQL can query and dissect their data for business insights. In addition to drag-and-drop querying, Metabase also offers highly adjustable access controls, helping determine who gets to access what. ### **Native Query Editor** For those proficient in SQL, Metabase’s native query editor is the way to go when they need to drill down into the data. Developers, data analysts, and data scientists can use this tool to write queries as text, slice their data as they see fit, and create templates and reusable code snippets for later use. ### **Pre-built visualizations** A host of pre-built visualizations make it easy for Metabase users to view their data as charts and dashboards and share their insights. They can embed these visualizations, dashboards, or the entire Metabase app in their products and web pages. ### **X-ray** Once you turn your data into charts and dashboards, Metabase also allows you to analyze your data from different perspectives. With Metabase, users can apply different filters and break their data down into its components as they look for explanations for changes. The X-ray feature facilitates data exploration and insight generation, providing users with an automatically generated dashboard of questions, which helps when you don’t know where to start. ## **What is Peaka?** Peaka is an innovative data integration platform that makes it easy to bring together data from different sources and share the consolidated data across different systems and applications. ### **Zero-ETL data platform** Peaka was developed as a [zero-ETL data platform](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) for startups and SMBs to replace the modern data stack, which is too expensive to set up, too complicated to use, and too demanding to maintain. Peaka leverages [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) to unify data without complex and time-consuming ETL processes. It turns your data into virtual tables, creating a semantic layer over relational and NoSQL databases, SaaS tools, and APIs. This semantic layer allows users to query disparate data sources as a single source right away. ### **Serverless connector infrastructure** In addition to its zero-ETL data integration capability, Peaka also functions as a serverless connector infrastructure for its customers. Building connectors at scale is a formidable challenge for even enterprises, much less startups. Shipping a single integration can take weeks or even months. Due to the scarcity of engineering resources, startups find it extremely difficult to build the connectors their customers demand at a quick rate. Maintaining these connectors is even harder, especially because version changes in third-party APIs cause connectors to malfunction and require extensive work to fix. Peaka’s serverless connector infrastructure empowers startups to quickly launch “white-label” SaaS connectors without hassle. These connectors are always up-to-date, scalable, and capable of performing at a high level, which reduces development costs for startups, enables them to respond to connector requests right away, and minimizes maintenance costs. ## **What does Peaka’s Metabase integration do?** Peaka’s Metabase integration adds new dimensions to Peaka’s data integration capabilities. ### **Extensibility** Metabase currently integrates with more than twenty databases and data warehouses. Thanks to data virtualization, Peaka can go beyond this and connect Metabase with other data sources like SaaS tools and Google Sheets documents. Peaka’s Metabase integration extends this capable BI platform so it can visualize data regardless of where it resides. ### **Single view of truth** Nowadays, even a typical startup or SMB has fragmented data due to the tens of different SaaS applications and spreadsheets they use. Without breaking down these silos and incorporating SaaS data, it is impossible to form a single view of truth. Peaka’s new integration solves this problem by connecting Metabase to SaaS platforms it currently does not support. ### **360-degree view of customers** Users can leverage Peaka to run join queries on disparate data sources and view the results with Metabase, thanks to Peaka’s Metabase integration. Incorporating data from different sources allows for a 360-degree view of customers, making it easier for decision-makers to spot patterns and trends and create more effective marketing campaigns. ## **Conclusion** Data visualization is a powerful instrument for extracting information from your consolidated data and making sense of it. That’s why at Peaka, we put a special emphasis on building integrations with the most popular BI tools. These integrations will enable you to form a single view of truth for your business and unlock insights that you would not be able to draw from tabular data. [Click here](/docs/bi-tools/metabase) to access the how-to guide on on Peaka's Metabase integration. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration.md --- # **Power BI Integration for Better Business Intelligence** At Peaka, we've replaced tedious ETL processes with an innovative zero-ETL approach, allowing our users to unify their data from different sources without brittle data pipelines. The next step was to ensure that users would make sense of their data. That’s why we launched our business intelligence (BI) blitz this summer, announcing integrations with the most popular BI tools in the market every two weeks. Our Metabase integration expanded the capabilities of this data visualization tool that is popular with non-technical users. Then came our integration with Apache Superset™, a rather technical open-source tool supported by a huge community. Our latest integration connects Peaka to Power BI, a tool that appeals to a broader range of user personas than the other two integrations. ## **What is Power BI?** Power BI is Microsoft’s data visualization solution designed to work in complete harmony with other Microsoft products. Power BI unifies the data from different Microsoft platforms and turns the result into powerful visualizations, making analytics accessible to users. Power BI offers two capabilities that set it apart from other BI tools in the market: ### **Native connectivity within the Microsoft ecosystem** Product ecosystems offer more value to customers because individual products within an ecosystem are better integrated and, therefore, complement each other better. Successful digital ecosystems simplify workflows, streamline operations, and create value for customers. Despite the fears of vendor lock-in and limited customization options available to users, the benefits of well-designed product ecosystems far outweigh the potential downsides. Power BI’s native integration with other Microsoft solutions, such as Teams, SharePoint, and Microsoft 365, makes it easy for users to draw insights from their data no matter where it’s located. Users can then embed their reports in other Microsoft services and share them with other data consumers, fostering a data-driven culture across the organization. ### **Versatility** As the top software company for decades, Microsoft develops software for the masses. Each software product they launch is designed for millions of users with varying levels of technical capabilities, which enables these products to serve wildly different use cases. This holds true for Power BI as well, allowing it to cater to the data visualization needs of organizations of different sizes, such as startups, SMBs, and enterprises. Optimized for different user personas, Power BI empowers users to self-serve regardless of their technical proficiency. A business analyst from a non-technical background can leverage the platform to generate reports, just as a data scientist can rely on it for deeper analysis. Luckily, Power BI offers the same polished user experience for every type of user. ## **What is Peaka?** Peaka is a data platform developed mainly for startups and SMBs. It replaces the modern data stack, which has proved too complicated and too expensive for these organizations to run. Peaka streamlines the data integration process so users can unify data from scattered sources and share the results across different systems and applications. The platform functions as a zero-ETL data integration platform and a serverless connector infrastructure, serving different needs in different use cases. ### **Zero-ETL data platform** The modern data stack relies on ETL pipelines to extract, transform, and load data. Building and maintaining these data pipelines requires a lot of engineering hours, which renders ETLs unfeasible for startups and SMBs. Leveraging the [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) technique, Peaka’s [zero-ETL approach](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) eliminates complex and time-consuming ETL processes from data unification. It establishes a semantic layer over your data sources—relational and NoSQL databases, SaaS tools, and APIs. This semantic layer allows you to query disparate data sources, providing a single view of truth without having to maintain a data team. ### **Serverless connector infrastructure** In addition to its zero-ETL data integration capability, Peaka also doubles as a serverless connector infrastructure for its customers. Startups face the challenge of satisfying a large number of connector requests from their prospects to convert leads and close sales. This challenge is two-fold: + Building the connectors usually takes weeks or even months for a single connector. + Maintaining these connectors is a hassle that continues for years and gets more complicated with version changes in third-party APIs. Peaka’s serverless connector infrastructure helps startups overcome this challenge by enabling them to quickly launch “white-label” SaaS connectors that are always up-to-date, scalable, and highly capable. This service removes the development and maintenance hassle for startups, allowing them to focus on nurturing leads, closing deals, and growing their business. ## **What does Peaka’s Power BI integration do?** Peaka’s Power BI integration gives our users another superb option for visualizing their data. Having established a semantic layer over all the data sources, Peaka users can execute join queries to retrieve data from disparate sources, form new datasets, and feed them to Power BI for visualization. Power BI then turns these datasets into reports and dashboards, which makes it easier for data users to detect trends and patterns hidden in the data and draw insights that lead to data-informed decisions. Unlike [Metabase](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/) and [Apache Superset™](/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/), Power BI benefits from the synergies resulting from being part of a product ecosystem. That’s what makes it such a good choice for a Peaka user working with Microsoft products and looking for a BI solution. Power BI seamlessly integrates with the apps deployed in the Azure cloud environment and other Microsoft solutions like Teams, Excel, and PowerPoint. Peaka’s Power BI integration further extends this impressive platform by allowing it to bring in data from SaaS tools that it currently does not support, such as HubSpot and Stripe. As a result, it helps break down data silos and gives users a single view of truth, facilitating improved decision-making. ## **Conclusion** At Peaka, we believe in the power of choice: Our users must have access to whatever data warehouse, CRM, or BI tool they like to work with. That’s why we’ve launched integrations with powerful BI tools that cater to different needs, user personas, and use cases. We know that your data has a story to tell and we make sure that you unlock that story with your favorite BI tool. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/data-visualization-with-superset-integration.md --- # **Elevate Data Visualization with Apache Superset™ Integration** At Peaka, we decided at the beginning of this summer to launch a series of integrations with top-notch business intelligence tools. Having unified your data via innovative techniques like data virtualization and zero-ETL, it was time to provide you with the best data visualization capabilities so you could make the most of your data. Our [Metabase integration](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/) went live a few weeks ago so we could democratize data visualization for non-technical users. This time around, we are unveiling an integration with Apache Superset™, a more technical tool that performs at a high level in the most demanding corporate settings. ## **What is Apache Superset™?** Apache Superset™ is an open-source, Python-based platform for data visualization, exploration, and analytics. Superset started as an in-house project to develop a data visualization tool at AirBnB in 2015. In 2017, it became a part of the [Apache Incubator program](https://news.apache.org/foundation/entry/the-apache-software-foundation-announces70), which ensures the smooth development of software projects according to the principles set forth by the Apache Software Foundation. Superset graduated from the program in 2021, officially becoming a “top-level project.” Today, Apache Superset is available as an open-source platform under the [Apache License 2.0](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_License), and it offers a way out of the “Build vs. Buy” dilemma for organizations in need of a capable data visualization platform. ### **Build or buy? Why not use open source?** Most tech companies face the “build vs. buy” dilemma at some point. When you need a particular kind of software, do you buy it off-the-shelf or develop it in-house? The first option provides a well-designed product with some highly sought-after features. However, it might fall short for domain-specific tasks, and because they are a bit of a black box, customizing them to accommodate those needs may be impossible. Then there’s the price issue: Enterprise-grade products can be prohibitively expensive for some use cases. Building in-house, on the other hand, can be a viable alternative for organizations with ample engineering resources. These organizations can specify the features they want and build software that is tailor-made to their specific needs. However, not many companies can undertake such projects due to resource constraints and the challenges of maintaining and managing such software. Open-source software, when supported by a lively community, can offer a third option. For tools that are not part of the core business functions and where there are established standards, using the open-source alternative makes sense, especially when you don’t want to incur high costs to buy off-the-shelf and commit engineering resources to build in-house. Data visualization is not a core business function for most companies and does not offer a competitive advantage when implemented one way or the other. Moreover, metrics and KPIs vary from one company to another, leading to an increased need to customize data visualization tools as required by the workflows. Open-source platforms tick all the boxes here and are perfect fits for data visualization. ### **Superset: Customizable and enterprise-ready** Superset offers the Goldilocks solution for the common data visualization problem many startups and SMBs suffer from. A few pros make it stand out among the alternatives in the market: - User-friendly interface, - More than forty pre-built visualizations, - Granular access control with table- and metric-level restrictions, - Reduced query time for frequently used and elaborate dashboards thanks to cache warmup. However, Superset’s true strength lies in customizability. Members of the Apache community can influence the roadmap, propose new features, or develop features for common use. Developers have access to the source code, which allows them to modify existing features for their use cases. As a result, Superset users end up with made-to-order data visualization capabilities for their organizations instead of trying to fit squares in round holes. Another point that distinguishes Superset is its enterprise-readiness. Most open-source projects disappoint when it comes to user experience and polish. That’s because they are developed and maintained by rather small teams of volunteers who have other responsibilities and find it difficult to continuously improve the user experience and fix glitches. That’s not the case for Apache Superset™. The standards observed by the Apache Software Foundation and the continuous support from the community solve this problem, ensuring that the platform is always up-to-date and scalable. As a result, companies from different industries, such as [tech, gaming, media & entertainment, e-commerce, healthcare, finance, and energy](https://github.com/apache/superset/blob/master/RESOURCES/INTHEWILD.md), rely on Superset for data visualization. AirBnB, Lyft, Wise, Rakuten Viki, Nielsen, Udemy, and Dropbox have been using Apache Superset and contributing news features to this platform for years. If something is good enough for AirBnB, it will probably be good for your SaaS company as well. ## **What is Peaka?** Peaka is a cutting-edge data platform that simplifies the process of consolidating and sharing data from various sources across different systems and applications. Peaka is capable of serving as a zero-etl data integration platform and a serverless connector infrastructure. ### **Zero-ETL data integration platform** Developed as a [zero-ETL data integration platform](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) for startups and SMBs, Peaka replaces the modern data stack for these companies. The modern data stack has proved to be overkill for startups and SMBs, whose data integration needs do not justify expensive and complicated systems that are also maintenance nightmares. Peaka is a good fit for startups and SMBs because it eliminates complex and time-consuming ETL processes from data unification thanks to [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/). Turning your data into virtual tables, Peaka establishes a semantic layer over your data sources—relational and NoSQL databases, SaaS tools, and APIs. This semantic layer allows you to query disparate data sources, providing a single view of truth. ### **Serverless connector infrastructure** In addition to its zero-ETL data integration capability, Peaka also functions as a serverless connector infrastructure for its customers. Building connectors at scale poses two serious challenges for organizations. The first involves building the connector, which may take weeks or even months for a single connector. Doing this at scale even stretches the engineering resources of enterprises. The second challenge arises from the maintenance hassle, which continues for years to come and gets more complicated with version changes in third-party APIs. Thanks to Peaka’s serverless connector infrastructure, startups can quickly launch “white-label” SaaS connectors that are always up-to-date, scalable, and highly capable. This reduces development costs for startups, enables them to close deals faster, gain traction, and save on maintenance costs. ## **What does Peaka’s Apache Superset™ integration do?** Peaka’s Apache Superset™ integration expands this platform’s already impressive skill set. ### **Further extends Superset** Apache Superset™ currently integrates with more than twenty SQL-based databases and data warehouses, including PostgreSQL, MySQL, Snowflake, Google Big Query, and Amazon Redshift. Peaka maximizes the potential of Superset by connecting it to the most popular SaaS tools. Users can leverage Peaka to pull in their SaaS data from tools such as HubSpot, Salesforce, and Stripe and use that data to enrich the data they keep in SQL databases. ### **Allows for deeper analysis of data** Every time you run join queries on Peaka and filter your data, you create new datasets. Peaka’s Apache Superset™ integration allows you to visualize these newly-formed datasets as charts and dashboards, helping capture the story they tell. By enabling you to slice & dice your data every which way, this integration makes it possible for you to make the most of your data and draw insights from it, which would not be possible otherwise. ### **Improves decision-making** Data visualization tools are critical to data-driven decision-making. They help you uncover the trends and patterns hidden in gigabytes of data, which would not be possible in tabular form. However, these tools are limited by the data sources they can connect to. Peaka turns Apache Superset™ into a core part of your decision-making process by letting it retrieve data from all kinds of data sources and establishing a semantic layer over them. ## **Conclusion** Data visualization is a powerful instrument for extracting information from your consolidated data and making sense of it. That’s why at Peaka, we put a special emphasis on building integrations with the most popular BI tools. These integrations will enable you to form a single view of truth for your business and unlock insights that you would not be able to draw from tabular data. [Click here](/docs/bi-tools/superset) to access the how-to guide on on Peaka's Apache Superset™ integration. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration.md --- # **Reveal What Your Data Has to Tell with Tableau Integration** One of the biggest challenges for companies today is putting data in the hands of domain experts who can use it for insights. This requires unifying the data that is scattered across different systems, applications, and databases and then serving it to users searching for that specific piece of data. Business intelligence (BI) tools play a crucial part in this process as they convert tabular data into visualizations and help form a narrative out of it. Peaka launched a series of BI integrations in the summer of 2024 to give users a set of first-rate options for viewing their data. The last of these integrations brings you Tableau, the popular BI tool known for its dazzling visualizations. ## **What is Tableau?** Tableau was founded by three Stanford University researchers in 2003. After becoming one of the most popular BI tools in the market, Tableau was acquired by Salesforce for $15.7 billion in 2019. Today, the platform’s free version, Tableau Public, boasts more than 3 million user accounts, which is a sign of its reach and monetization potential. If you care about the visual appeal of your reports, hardly any product offers nicer visualizations than Tableau. In addition to a large suite of charts, Tableau also comes with various maps to communicate geospatial data, adding a new dimension to the story your data can tell. Tableau accelerators, pre-made dashboard templates users can leverage to visualize their data right away, make self-service data visualization possible, enhancing ease of use for users with limited technical skills. Tableau has been the gold standard in data visualization for the last decade. Its visual appeal and high customizability played a big part in the platform’s success. However, there is more to its success than meets the eye: + The platform can handle large datasets, making it a good fit for the enterprise use case. + It offers some data modeling capability along with well-defined access permissions. + It supports both SQL and visual querying, although the latter (called VizQL) involves a steep learning curve. + The Level of Details (LOD) feature provides advanced analytics at different levels of visualization, enabling users to customize their calculations according to their needs. + On the connectivity side of things, Tableau integrates with a wide range of data sources, including major data warehouses and databases. Its native connectivity with the apps within the Salesforce ecosystem gives the platform a leg up in the enterprise environment, where both Salesforce and Tableau are rather popular. ## **What is Peaka?** Peaka is a platform that is purpose-built to serve the data integration needs of startups and SMBs. Before Peaka, these organizations used to either pay for enterprise-grade solutions they did not need or had to make do with spreadsheets to unify their data. Data integration is a highly technical process that can be intimidating for the uninitiated. Peaka simplifies this process by eliminating the ETL process. As a result, users can retrieve their data from disparate systems and applications with one click and push this consolidated data to other applications. In addition to being a zero-ETL data integration platform, Peaka also serves as a serverless connector infrastructure. Let’s take a brief look at these two use cases: ### **Zero-ETL data integration platform** The modern data stack is a set of tools and technologies to collect, process, store, and analyze data. The cornerstone of the modern data stack is the extract-transform-load (ETL) process. Since ETL is a complex process built around data pipelines that are hard to build and maintain even with a data team, startups cannot afford these enterprise-grade solutions. Peaka revolutionizes this field with its [zero-ETL approach](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/), which removes the transformation stage from the ETL process. Zero-ETL is based on the [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) technique, which virtualizes data as relational databases, removing the need to physically copy and move data from one location to another. Establishing a semantic layer over your data sources, Peaka allows you to query every data source using SQL, run join queries to merge data from different sources, and create a single view of truth for everyone in the organization. ### **Serverless connector infrastructure** Another use case Peaka excels at is basically functioning as a serverless connector infrastructure and helping startups launch connectors at scale. Tech startups find it hard to gain traction because responding to the connector requests of their prospects can be an overwhelming task. Building a single connector takes weeks, if not months, so a founder willing to close deals should employ a large data team that can ship connectors at a fast enough rate so leads can be converted before they turn cold. Building those connectors in-house also means a long-term commitment to maintain and update them, which multiplies the effort needed from a team already stretched thin with daily operations. Peaka provides users with a serverless connector infrastructure they can use to launch “white-label” connectors that are scalable and always up-to-date. By shipping tens of connectors in the time it would take to ship just a few, startups can close deals faster and focus on growing instead of allocating resources to maintain and update connectors. ## **What does Peaka’s Tableau integration do?** Peaka’s collection of BI integrations aims to meet users where they are the most comfortable, enabling them to view their data with their favorite BI tools. Our Tableau integration serves the same purpose and gives users another option to view the data they unified with Peaka. Although Tableau supports integrations with a host of data sources, Peaka goes beyond that as a dedicated data integration platform, allowing users to retrieve data from relational and NoSQL databases, APIs, and hundreds of SaaS platforms. Users can leverage Peaka to join data from different tools and create new datasets. They can then expose those new datasets to other systems and applications or feed them to a BI tool like Tableau to generate reports and dashboards. Tableau seamlessly integrates with other apps in the Salesforce ecosystem, making this BI tool all the more attractive to Salesforce users. Peaka empowers these users to merge their Salesforce data with data from other platforms and gain visibility into different aspects of their operations. Thanks to Peaka’s Tableau integration, sales and marketing people can conduct customer segmentation at a more granular level and turn their reports into visualizations that tell a story. ## **Conclusion** The different offerings in the BI tools market have their strengths and shortcomings. Each choice comes with a trade-off. Therefore, it is essential to pick the right tool for the job to be done. If you work for an enterprise, deal with vast amounts of data, and prioritize the visual appeal of your charts and dashboards while having access to a capable IT team for data modeling purposes, Tableau is the tool for you. If this description does not fit your use case, you can always try one of [Metabase](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/), [Apache Superset™](/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/), [Power BI](/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/), and [Looker Studio](/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/) integrations for your data visualization needs. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/data-warehouse-limitations-ai/data-warehouse-limitations-ai.md --- # **Why Data Warehouses Aren’t Enough in the AI Era** Today, data warehouses aren’t enough. The pitch was always simple: Connect a warehouse to BI tools and you'd have analytics. That model assumes data sources and query needs stay largely static. Neither does, and data warehouse maintainers are stuck in an endless cycle of building connectors and reshaping data structures. When the world around a data warehouse moves faster than it can adapt, its usefulness falls apart. This issue is getting worse with AI. On a weekly basis, AI agents add new tools and modify schemas, changing the source side. At the same time, they're tweaking BI dashboards, pulling data for RAG, and changing the use cases. Because we’re wrangling with a static system in a dynamic world, everything keeps breaking, and it’s why your average warehouse maintainer and warehouse user are frustrated. How do we avoid a warehouse that's perpetually out of sync? One option is to let AI agents own the warehouse's configuration and automate maintenance. But if we've learned anything over the last few years, it’s that agents tend to degrade code quality over time. Instead, we need a system that runs parallel to the warehouse and can adapt to constant change. That’s what we’re building at Peaka. The goal of Peaka isn't to replace a data warehouse. Warehouses still earn their keep on OLAP workloads where sources and schemas are stable enough to amortize the cost of pipeline maintenance. Instead, we're building a dynamic layer on top of your existing data infrastructure that queries and joins data at runtime, handling all the performance sub-problems under the hood. It's not as fast as a fully tuned data warehouse, but it's significantly faster than a warehouse that requires hours of engineering time just to stay in sync. Today, we want to discuss our vision at length. ## **Why warehouses struggle to keep up** At the risk of over-categorizing, I want to break the problems with data warehouses into three buckets. ### **The shaping problem** A data warehouse’s underlying data shape is a complex problem. A warehouse isn’t just a massive USB drive. It de-normalizes data into an ordered structure so that diverse sources can be joined and collectively queried. Without this work, information would be stored in a crooked fashion and be fundamentally useless at query time. This raises many sub-problems for engineers. How do you join an application’s Postgres state with a customer’s Stripe records? How should the web-app’s PostHog events be joined with an Amplitude instance? This is the purpose of the “T” in ETL: Transform. To add to the chaos, many data sources produce redundant or out-of-order events: CDC pipelines emit duplicate change events, retried syncs push the same rows twice, and webhooks fire more than once. Engineers end up writing dedup logic to enforce idempotency into nearly every pipeline they own. ### **The moving target problem** The shaping problem is complicated by schema drift, the constantly changing inputs and outputs of warehouses. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/mathew/data-source-warehouse-query.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="how data warehouses struggle to keep up with the evolving data environment") }} Sources change, and use cases change. New SaaS tools are added, new data stores are created by AI agents, and operators are constantly asking new questions. This puts engineers in a never-ending spiral of maintaining their data warehouse. Even well-funded data teams with mature Snowflake or BigQuery deployments feel this. The warehouse is *always* catching up. ### **The separation of duties problem** For many companies, the biggest issue is the separation of duties. The data warehouse’s users are typically distinct from its maintainers. Operators and product teams need to query data to make decisions. But they don’t build the data warehouse; that responsibility falls on data engineers. A warehouse's configurations trail behind real-time demand as engineers get bogged down by other tickets (especially since a warehouse is rarely considered an urgent issue), causing a lag. Even worse, indecisiveness and poor communication from operators slow down the necessary changes. ## **AI raises the stakes** Thus far, the answer has been more workarounds. ETL layers on top of ETL layers, pipelines slapped on top of pipelines, trying to create clean views out of already-messy data. There are entire schools of thought around navigating this complexity (the lambda vs. kappa architecture debate being a prime example). Enter AI. AI needs data. Not just data, but metadata. It wants to know what the tables and columns mean, the relationships between them, and the statistics. For RAG, it needs recent information. Broadly speaking, we’re entering an age of copious prompts that are data hungry. Queries that multiply into dozens of queries. A warehouse that can't keep up with these demands becomes a bottleneck for AI adoption. Speaking candidly, it's a tricky situation. On one end, leaders are yelling "go, go, go" to integrate AI, while builders are rigging things together haphazardly. On the other end, data teams are struggling to build a data operation that can keep up, relying on Claude Code to plug the holes. There's a different option. Keep the warehouse and add a data layer on top that queries the root sources at runtime and fills in where the warehouse falls short. That's how Peaka is designed. ## **Consolidation at the query level** Peaka might seem like a “yeah, but…” product. *Yeah, that sounds straightforward, but what about the speed?* The skepticism isn’t unwarranted, but there are significant optimizations that can happen under the hood to deliver near-data-warehouse efficiency while keeping joins at runtime. Simultaneously, you’ll net massive benefits by using a product like Peaka: - **Federated querying:** Peaka connects directly to databases, SaaS APIs (Stripe, HubSpot, etc.), and your existing warehouses, sitting on top of them without mandatory data movement. This is an optimal design: data is accessible whenever, yet doesn’t need to be ported over prematurely. - **Selective caching:** With federation as a default, Peaka still supports optional caching. With incremental sync on configurable schedules (down to 1-minute intervals), Peaka users can achieve data warehouse performance through materialized views for BI and RAG use cases despite the data layer being virtualized. The short interval window also ensures cached content is minutes, not hours, old. This piece of the puzzle is critical when understanding Peaka alongside data warehouses: it's a dynamic layer that delivers warehouse-like performance while remaining flexible and up-to-date. - **Semantic layer:** Peaka's users compose their own views from modular building blocks without waiting on the data team. They can also publish or discover reusable data products in a shared marketplace, assembling their own data space à la carte. Especially now with AI tooling, anyone can construct a complex query without worrying about the underlying data shape. - Observability:** All queries are sent to Datadog, Grafana, OTel, or a built-in observability layer. These benefits also collapse security into a single control plane: Masking, row- and column-level filtering, and user permissions are enforced once, across all connected sources. ## **From hand-tuned servers to managed data** We believe Peaka is part of the natural evolution of software infrastructure. Years ago, teams hand-orchestrated servers on EC2 before Kubernetes ate the world. Now, most teams push to an orchestration platform and let it handle the complexity. Peaka applies that same philosophy to data. Peaka doesn't ask you to rip out your warehouse. It sits alongside it, absorbing the parts of the workload your warehouse can't keep up with, and grows in scope as your sources and questions keep changing. --- START: blog/data-warehouse-vs-data-mesh/data-warehouse-vs-data-mesh.md --- # **Data Mesh: Rethinking Our Data Infrastructure** Enterprise data warehouse (EDW) has been around for a long time. The story begins more than forty years ago, when [Oracle invented the first database in 1979](https://www.denodo.com/en/webinar/data-virtualization-introduction-4?display), which offered fragmented analytics at best if any. This problem was solved at the end of the 1980s, with EDWs emerging and consolidating in one server data gathered from multiple nodes. EDWs provided their users with unified analytics, serving them well for decades when the bulk of data was structured. ## **EDWs: Pros and Cons** EDWs make things easier for users as they keep the data [pre-aggregated and sorted](https://datavirtuality.com/en/blog/data-virtualization-the-complete-overview/) in a predefined format, which facilitates faster access. The data can easily be converted into business reports and give decision-makers visibility into where a company stands at a certain point in time. Another advantage EDWs offer concerns the historicity of data: One can dive into data stored in an EDW and come up with a time series analysis. Despite these advantages, EDWs saw their popularity fade over the years, especially with the explosion of data format types and the emergence of cloud technology. Data grows [three times](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZGF0nAS28mA) as fast as data storage does in this new era. Most of the data today is unstructured, and it keeps piling up, giving users no chance to pre-aggregate it. The most one can do about this problem is to stash the data somewhere until it is needed. The data warehouse lacks the scalability to keep up with this dramatic growth in the amount of data produced. The system can only scale by adding new nodes to the central data warehouse, which gets more challenging as the number of nodes increases. Another area where EDWs come up short is providing users with real-time data. With e-commerce booming, inventory management and logistics have become more important than ever. These operations rely on real-time data: Your three-month-old data won’t help you much when you are amidst a supply chain crisis. Finally, there is the data ownership issue. The data stored in a data warehouse is static, waiting to be discovered by a user in need. Modifying that data in a way that can serve the needs of different users is a serious hurdle as it means reconfiguring the entire ETL/ELT process. More frequent data transformations mean more changes to the data pipeline. Treating data as a product and curating it as close to the source as possible can solve this problem. ## **Enter data mesh** One of the concepts proposed to revolutionize data integration is the “data mesh.” Coined by [Zhamak Dehghani](https://www.linkedin.com/in/zhamak-dehghani/), the concept arises from the current circumstances caused by the monolithic data infrastructure developed over decades and describes how we should rethink data infrastructure. Dehghani argues in [a long essay](https://martinfowler.com/articles/data-monolith-to-mesh.html) that the [first generation of data architecture platforms](https://martinfowler.com/articles/data-monolith-to-mesh.html#TheCurrentEnterpriseDataPlatformArchitecture) was built upon EDWs centralizing data storage. In the second generation, this architecture was complemented with data lakes that were capable of integrating to the big data ecosystem. [According to Dehghani](https://martinfowler.com/articles/data-monolith-to-mesh.html#ArchitecturalFailureModes), while trying to avoid monoliths, this path led to an even bigger monolith, which made it difficult for people to bring together and use their data. The monolithic infrastructure suffered from scalability problems, which Dehghani hopes to solve by [decomposing it into business domains](https://martinfowler.com/articles/data-monolith-to-mesh.html#DomainOrientedDataDecompositionAndOwnership). Her data mesh concept aims to tackle this structure and features three key principles: ### **1 - Domain focus** In the traditional monolithic approach, one central data warehouse handles the ingestion, transformation, and storage of data. The data mesh approach replaces this outdated view with a more distributed model that transfers the [ownership of data](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_bmYXWCxF_Q) from a central IT department to those who create it. Conventionally, it is the central IT department that manages the different data pipelines of various departments, which can cause [bottlenecks](https://www.eckerson.com/articles/the-data-mesh-re-thinking-data-integration). The resultant delays are unacceptable in today’s dynamic business environment, where some domains can’t do without real-time data. On the other hand, a distributed data mesh approach empowers domain experts to handle their own data pipelines. In addition to creating backlogs, the conventional approach is doomed to fail because IT teams know very little about the respective contexts in which each department generates its data. These teams are disconnected from business operations and are not well-versed in what business units use the data for. In the data mesh model, domain experts are responsible for generating, curating, and serving the data for consumption by others while ensuring the quality of data. In a sense, this shift resembles the emergence of citizen developers in the enterprise segment, who are expected to leverage no-code/low-code tools to solve their own problems at a time when IT talent is scarce. ### **2 - Data-as-a-Product** Enterprises have finally woken up to the value of data and started to treat it as their most valuable asset. Although this is a step in the right direction, it is still not good enough. The data mesh concept replaces this approach with a data-as-a-product perspective. According to this perspective, domain experts are to produce and curate data, keeping in mind that it will be consumed by other people across the organization. Data owners are expected to treat their data as a product and potential users of that data as customers. Therefore, the needs of these people should be a priority, and data owners must strive to make the user experience as frictionless as possible, with an emphasis on [delighting their customers](https://martinfowler.com/articles/data-monolith-to-mesh.html#DomainDataAsAProduct). That’s why data owners should focus on ensuring that the data is accurate, timely, discoverable, and accessible to people who need it. ### **3 - Establishing a self-serve infrastructure** The third principle of the data mesh approach follows immediately from the product thinking in the second principle. The aim of the data-as-a-product is to help consumers of data self-serve. The data generated should be [cataloged and published](https://siliconangle.com/2021/08/06/data-warehousing-problems-data-mesh-solution/) in such a way that other users should easily be able to find it and use it to achieve their own ends. Making the data more discoverable results in less hand-holding needed from the IT department. Empowering consumers of data to self-serve takes some of the burden off the IT department and removes bottlenecks. Moreover, it has the potential to unlock the creativity of data users without engaging in a back-and-forth with the IT people at every step. ## **Final thoughts** Data mesh is a useful framework, a mental exercise offering us a fresh look at the data infrastructure, its problems, and what needs to be done about them. It is not a tool we can buy off-the-shelf and deploy, though. It is more of a vision about how we should treat data. Data mesh involves a set of technologies we can leverage to make the most of data and tap into its potential. It is not the last word on data infrastructure, but it shows how our thinking needs to evolve to tackle today’s data challenges. --- START: blog/delivering-happiness-hsieh-book-review/delivering-happiness-hsieh-book-review.md --- # **Book Review: Delivering Happiness by Tony Hsieh** Culture must be one of the most overused but least understood terms in the business world. Today it has turned into a buzzword without which you cannot prepare a press release or make an announcement. What it refers to in the business context and what it does for a particular company rarely get more attention than a few sentences in a mission statement, though. However, this does not mean that there aren’t companies that live and die by their culture. Despite being a rare sight, such companies are built around a few core values that define their *raison d'être*, rely on these core values to develop sustainable competitive advantage and try to beat their competition in the long game. Some companies put so much value on culture that they go to extreme lengths to promote their corporate culture, just like Zappos did by publishing the Culture Book explaining what culture means to them. Starting out as your run-of-the-mill online shoe retailer, the Las Vegas-based Zappos was acquired less than a decade later by Amazon in 2009 for more than $1 billion and it happens to be the subject of the book we review this month: [*Delivering Happiness*.](https://www.amazon.com/Delivering-Happiness-Profits-Passion-Purpose/dp/0446576220) The book narrates the Zappos story through the eyes of Tony Hsieh (pronounced as ‘Shay’), the Harvard-graduate entrepreneur who led the company from 1999 to 2020 after having sold his former company, LinkExchange, to Microsoft for $265 million when he was just 25 in 1998. ## **A man looking for a tribe of his own** Tony comes across as a man who dislikes formalities, and his style throughout the book reflects that: Casual, fun, readable with a “substance over form“ approach. He is an eccentric man who values sincerity in relationships and never settles for anything less than genuine experiences. He is almost childishly transparent in what he wants: He doesn’t like working a lot or getting bored. It looks like there is nothing he can’t get bored with within a few weeks. He develops an interest in something, devours it, and then moves on because he no longer sees any point in doing it further. However, when he is engaged, he is locked in. Tony is one of those people who jump in with two feet when he is engaged. He takes an interest in rave parties, but he won’t be content with just dancing, so he will rent a warehouse to organize the best rave parties in town. He takes an interest in poker, but just playing won’t be enough for him; he studies it religiously as if it were a course he took at Harvard. Tony does not want to be around people he does not like. He wants to become a part of a bigger whole, a *tribe*, in his own words. Tony wants to be happy. Actually he is obsessed with the concept of happiness. He wants to be happy so much so that understanding, experiencing and delivering happiness becomes his life goal. This is where awkward and silly details in the book start to come together and the reader gradually realizes that Tony the fun-seeking guy and Tony the millionaire entrepreneur kind of align: Tony’s story is a struggle to be himself while chasing success in business. ## **Turning corporate culture into a business strategy** *Delivering Happiness* is a book about culture. It reveals how culture, not some new technology or an ingenious idea, can be the source of lasting competitive advantage and the foundation upon which a billion-dollar company can be built. Tony draws parallels between his character and his company’s culture throughout the book. When he draws parallels between what makes someone happy (pleasure, passion, purpose) and a company great (profit, passion, purpose), it occurs to you that this man did business just like he lived his life. Tony recounts that his happiest moments in life were when he felt like he was part of a bigger whole—that was the reason he was obsessed with rave parties for a while in his life where it would feel like taking part in a tribal ritual. Getting to know new people and increasing the number and depth of his relationships are principles he discovered to be extremely rewarding. One cannot help but notice that Tony Hsieh pursued similar feelings in business. He left $40 million on the table by quitting Microsoft because he was not happy sitting around doing nothing after they had bought LinkExchange for $265 million. Money is a non-issue; Tony is at his best when he is part of a group perfectly aligned behind a single purpose. The core group of guys at Zappos turning his loft into a dorm, or majority of his employees moving to Las Vegas with him when he decides to move the Zappos headquarters from San Francisco to the City of Lights… Moments like those are when the culture he has built crystallizes. ## **Customer service as the engine of growth** While finding, understanding and giving happiness is at the center of his personal life, customer service—delivering happiness to customers—stands at the center of the company culture Tony and his partners instilled in their employees. Instead of investing in marketing, Zappos chose to invest in customer service and the personnel that would provide that service, which eventually paid off. The obsession with customer service is what led Zappos to resort to some counterintuitive practices like making phone calls a central part of the marketing effort. However, such tricks worked because Zappos had positioned itself as a high-touch company that valued personal contact. Another of such counterintuitive practices was giving vendors full visibility into inventory levels, sales, and profitability figures of Zappos. This aimed at leveraging the vendors’ expertise, treating them in a fair manner and creating a collaborative environment as opposed to a hostile one, and fit perfectly with one of the core values of Zappos: *Build Open and Honest Relationships with Communication*. But it wasn’t all smooth sailing for [Zappos](https://www.zappos.com). The company had to weather storms during its first few years and was on the brink of going out of business a couple of times. Still, it managed to remain loyal to its core values to ensure long-term success while chasing short term goals to make its runway a bit longer. ## **Final thoughts** Can anyone else borrow Tony’s playbook? How likely is it for an entrepreneur to have such a good fit between his character and the company he helped build? These are difficult questions to answer. However, focusing on things you like doing often and turning them into a strength for your company, devising a game plan to capitalize on that strength, building a culture around it, and supporting it with core values your employees can embrace would be a good start. People like Tony Hsieh are not immune to failure; they do fail. What they excel in is building resilience through culture—building a structure that can keep functioning in the face of adversity and failure. It is the kind of spirit that gets a company back on its feet to fight back every time its existence is on the line. Tony Hsieh is no longer with us, unfortunately, but his body of work and *Delivering Happiness* keep reminding us about one of the golden rules of doing business: A good business idea might suffice to get you in the game. However, it is the culture that will make you play that game out. --- START: blog/deskless-workers/deskless-workers.md --- # **The Neglected Majority: Deskless Workers** Digital transformation has been all the rage in the last few years, dominating the agenda during the pandemic. Some companies botched it. Some undertaking digital transformation initiatives faced numerous obstacles and settled for less-than-desirable results. Despite all the talk, digital transformation remained confined to a limited portion of the active businesses, with many firms still a long way from entering the Industry 3.0 era, let alone digital transformation. The category that did not receive its fair share of technology investments is the deskless workforce. Making up 80 percent of the global working population, this category of employees numbers around 2.7 billion, mostly concentrated in [eight industries:](https://venturebeat.com/entrepreneur/the-deskless-workforce-a-massive-opportunity-for-entrepreneurs/) Agriculture, education, healthcare, retail, restaurant and hospitality, manufacturing, transportation and logistics, and construction. By 2018, only 1 percent of the venture funding going into the software industry was invested in projects designed for deskless workers. The pandemic served as a crash course on the software industry’s perspective on deskless and desk-bound workers. With the introduction of lockdowns and other limitations on the number of people allowed to be in a confined space, software companies raced to provide remote-working employees with the solutions they needed. Video-conferencing and online collaboration tools really took off, receiving new functionality to make remote work more effective. While desk-bound workers were spoiled for choice, deskless workers experienced difficulty in finding even the basic productivity tools for their jobs. Deskless workers never received even a fraction of that attention paid to the pains of desk-bound workers. This was the case even though deskless workers in industries like health, logistics, and agriculture kept our world going round during the pandemic. In a world where [45 percent](https://www.raydiant.com/blog/state-of-deskless-work-2021) of deskless workers do not have a corporate email address, a digital transformation not addressing the needs of this group is bound to fail. ## **The problem: One-size-fits-all approach to technology** Of the 1,532 deskless workers surveyed in a [2020 study], 60 percent stated that they were unsatisfied with the technology they were given at work, and 56 percent brought their own technologies to work. Imagine the risks associated with such a move, starting with data security and increased technical debt. However, workers are the least to blame as the market lacks the tools they need–they are just improvising with the tools available to them. This lack of purpose-built technology for deskless workers stems from a basic fact: Tech entrepreneurs do not usually come from backgrounds in deskless jobs, so their insight into the needs of deskless workers remains limited. While developers can empathize with potential customers and feel at home working on tools like Jira, Confluence, or some other online collaboration tool, they cannot put themselves in the shoes of deskless workers. As a result, most of the time, deskless workers have to make do with desktop computers or laptops when they actually need tablets, wearables, and drones. [Another study from Australia, India, and Japan](https://www.workplace.com/blog/deskless-frontline-workers-asia-pacific#failure-to-provide-even-basic-tools-makes-the-day-job-harder) drives this point home: Although 85 percent of managers believe they give deskless workers the right digital tools, only 32 percent of employees agree that they have the tools to connect, collaborate, and do their jobs. This is a critical point as software designed for office use may prove difficult to use at a construction site, a mine, or a busy warehouse. The usability needs of deskless workers are entirely different than those of desk-bound workers, so pouring more effort and money into UX design is well justified. The lack of purpose-built technology products for deskless workers results in two major problems: ### **1 - Lack of autonomy and flexibility at work** Flexible work options that appeared during the pandemic saved whatever remained of the employee morale during that awkward time. People could work from home and exercise more control over how and when they would get things done. The resulting autonomy was a welcome change for employees at a time of great uncertainty. Spending more time with loved ones and polishing baking skills between Zoom calls while still hitting business goals proved that there could be another way. Few people realized, though, that deskless employees also want and need that alternative to achieve better work-life balance and increased motivation. Indeed, remote work is not an option for most, if not all, deskless workers. However, having more control over work routines is an issue for these people as well. This desire is backed by a figure from a study: [51 percent](https://info.skedulo.com/rs/960-CDH-700/images/State-of-Deskless-Work-Report-2022_Skedulo.pdf) of the deskless workforce would even change jobs for more autonomy and flexibility. Delegating more authority to deskless workers would be a good start to demonstrate that their input is valued by the organization. Empowering these people with tools and software products that are fit for the job would go a long way toward boosting their morale. Imagine all the paperwork that you need to do during an inspection at a construction site while you walk around and pause to fill out forms using pen and paper. Replacing that process with digital forms that you can fill out on your tablet and a drone shooting videos of the site would be safer and more practical, making life much easier for employees without compromising the quality of the job done. ### **2 - High levels of employee churn** Deskless jobs are prone to high employee turnover. Industries like restaurant and hospitality and retail are particularly plagued by this problem. According to [the Bureau of Labor Statistics](https://www.bls.gov/news.release/jolts.t16.htm), the turnover rate was 86.3 percent in the accommodation and food services industry and 64.6 percent in retail in 2021. Partly responsible for this outcome is the fact that employers in these industries see deskless workers as replaceable. In return, employees turn to industries where they can build themselves a career. In jobs characterized by high employee churn, onboarding becomes more crucial than ever. Employee motivation tends to be lower in these jobs. The lack of a proper onboarding process introduces further friction into an already non-ideal situation. Online onboarding tools and walkthroughs can make the transition easier for jobless people. Furthermore, leaning on apps for training and reskilling deskless workers can help improve the abysmal retention rates so much so that deskless employees equipped with sufficient technology are [50 percent](https://www.skedulo.com/blog/announcing-2022-state-of-deskless-work-report/) more likely to stay at their job for the next five years. ## **The solution: No-code** The challenge is crystal-clear: Providing deskless employees with the technology they need to succeed in their jobs, feeling valued and part of the organization. There are three options here: + Developing the software in-house. This is an expensive option that takes too much time with the already strained IT resources at hand. Maintaining and updating the software down the road are further hurdles. + Buying software off-the-shelf. This option is bound to be inflexible, as the capabilities of the software will not be a perfect match for the needs in the front lines. This situation sustains the flawed policy of offering one-size-fits-all solutions to problems that require purpose-built solutions. + Leveraging no-code platforms to design internal tools for deskless workers. Frontline workers are well-placed to diagnose the technology requirements of their jobs. No-code platforms can empower these people to develop solutions for the problems that they diagnosed and management does not care much about. No-code tools minimize paperwork and clutter and save time for employees. A no-code platform like Peaka can automate tasks for the deskless workforce, create workflows, and even trigger batch jobs so that certain actions follow when the worker completes a task at hand. For example, a warehouse worker using Peaka will not have to send emails to vendors after taking inventory every time. Instead, emails will be automatically sent to relevant vendors when the inventory on an item is below a certain threshold. In addition to automation and internal tools, Peaka can bring together your data from different sources in real time, which is a huge plus in a distributed work environment. Data coming from the warehouse, the sales team, and the customer support team can be integrated into one single view of truth, keeping everyone in the organization up-to-date at all times. Combined with modern hardware, no-code can give the silent majority a voice at work. --- START: blog/developer-shortage-revisited/developer-shortage-revisited.md --- # **The Developer Shortage Revisited: Where from Here?** The developer shortage was on top of the agenda in 2021. Digital transformation was picking up speed, there was labor shortage everywhere due to pandemic restrictions, and something needed to be done to keep the economy rolling. Almost a year has passed, and it is time to take another look at the labor market for developers. ## **Stating the problem in numbers** While the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics expects the number of developers employed to grow by [22 percent](https://www.bls.gov/ooh/computer-and-information-technology/software-developers.htm) from 2020, it forecasts an average of 189,200 job openings every year during the same period. Therefore, the developer shortage is here to stay, and decision-makers had best plan ahead. The increased demand for developer skills calls for an accompanying increase in the supply of developers, which is impossible to accomplish in the short run. The resulting gap between supply and demand translates into more workload for developers currently in the workforce. 83 percent of these people report feeling some level of burnout, [according to a study.](https://haystack-books.s3.amazonaws.com/Study+to+understand+the+impact+of+COVID-19+on+Software+Engineers+-+Full+Report.pdf) This burnout is the main reason for the developers’ share in the Great Resignation. Senior developers are taking time off to rethink their priorities and change their lives to gain more control over how they work. The surge in the number of startups founded and the capital flowing to them attest to that. Developers who decided to stay in their jobs insist on remote or hybrid work arrangements to improve conditions at a stressful time. Recruiting new developers and retaining those you already have on your team have become more critical than ever in this age of developer shortage. [A study conducted by Reveal](https://www.revealbi.io/whitepapers/software-developers-biggest-challenges) indicates that employers agree. 53 percent of the employers responding to the survey see recruiting developers with the right skills as their biggest challenge, while 46 percent of the respondents cite retaining the current talent at hand as a business challenge. ## **Employers make their move** Recruiters are taking steps to mitigate the effects of the developer shortage. Some of these steps involve expanding the talent pool they are recruiting from. According to the findings of the [2022 Tech Hiring Survey](https://www.codingame.com/work/codingame-coderpad-tech-hiring-survey-2022/) conducted by CodinGame and CoderPad, employers are dropping CVs as the decisive criteria during recruitment. This move gives self-taught people a better chance to get hired for positions previously reserved for employees with college degrees. The recent hiring practices of recruiters reflect this change: There has been a [17 percent increase](https://www.techrepublic.com/article/how-developers-face-a-changing-job-market-in-2022/) (from 22 percent to 39 percent) in the number of employers hiring people without college degrees. A more merit-based future seems to be awaiting us instead of one where academic background matters a lot. A second measure to deal with developer shortage involves giving employees training to help them undertake different responsibilities. The same CodinGame and CoderPad report mentioned above cites two-thirds of recruiters stating that they invest in reskilling efforts, while around 50 percent push for upskilling initiatives. However, upskilling and reskilling are complex and expensive undertakiings. Identifying the skill sets of the employees, deciding which skills they need to have, and finding ways to bridge the gap between the two can be quite challenging. For a training program to achieve its goals, it must be tailored to the specific needs of an employee, which is no easy task. Failure in giving employees the kind of training they need causes them to question the wisdom of the program, as indicated by [44 percent](https://www.techrepublic.com/article/how-developers-face-a-changing-job-market-in-2022/) of employees stating that the training they received at the office had no impact on their work. Another challenge stems from the fact that technical skills tend to [age rather quickly.](https://trainingindustry.com/articles/content-development/the-challenges-of-reskilling-and-how-to-overcome-them-spon-allencomm/) The time and effort invested in teaching employees a certain programming language can be all for nothing when that programming language becomes obsolete within a few years. ## **The promise of low-code/no-code** The Reveal survey cited before draws attention to another measure employers are taking to tackle the developer shortage: 54 percent of the respondents state that they would invest in low-code/no-code (LCNC) tools. These tools can help employers at two levels: First, they can bring structure to the ongoing upskilling and reskilling initiatives that lack a clear direction. Once they get proficient in using LCNC platforms, employees themselves can tailor these tools for their own needs, eliminating the risk that training may not fit the actual requirements of the work. Such domain experts leveraging the LCNC technology to improve productivity have come to be defined as “citizen developers” in the corporate world. These people are well-positioned to take some burden off the shoulders of developers and IT departments as they can easily self-serve with the LCNC tools at their disposal. The second way LCNC platforms can help employers in these tough times is by enabling developers to do more in less time. LCNC tools not only help developers with mundane, repetitive tasks, but they also fast-track the development process by reducing the time needed to produce proofs of concept or MVPs. The recent [Zapier no-code report](https://zapier.com/blog/no-code-report/) we [reviewed last week](/blog/zapier-no-code-report/) demonstrates that 35 percent of no-code users are actually professional developers and corroborates the notion that these tools can solve real problems for developers. With developers no longer having to spend that much time on boring parts of the work, we can expect them to experience less burnout, which should help with their retention rates. We launched Peaka almost a year ago with the manifest aim to cure the developer dearth problem. The feedback we receive from our community is a sign of the great strides we have made in that regard, with people coming from non-technical backgrounds launching apps with little help. Yes, the developer shortage will be there for the foreseeable future. But thanks to no-code platforms like Peaka, people and businesses will be better equipped than ever to deal with it. --- START: blog/digital-nomadism/digital-nomadism.md --- # **Digital Nomadism: Can Work and Travel Coexist?** The workplace will never be the same after the pandemic, that's for sure. According to some reports, office attendance is at around one-third of its pre-pandemic levels in 10 major U.S. cities. This is in line with prior reports stating that [almost three-fourths of employees](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/worklab/work-trend-index/hybrid-work) want some sort of flexible work. Americans expect to work from home [25 percent of the time](https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2022/02/work-from-home-revolution/622880/) in the next decade. While most people choose between hybrid and remote work, some take it up to 11 and become digital nomads, successfully blending remote work with travel. A [digital nomad](https://www.masterclass.com/articles/what-is-a-digital-nomad) is someone who works remotely while traveling to new places. Digital nomads bring together work and travel by taking advantage of the advances in communications technology and the fact that air travel has become more affordable and convenient. These people value experiences over careers. They want to see new places, immerse themselves in new cultures, and meet new people while making a living working remotely. The inflationary period the U.S. is going through recently fuels the interest in this lifestyle. Seeing that inflation is canceling the salary raise they receive and eating into their earnings, people are looking to relocate to places where the U.S. dollar retains its purchasing power or home currency is hit by inflation even harder than the U.S. dollar was. Digital nomadism can be a fun way of preserving the standard of life one is used to. The interest in this way of life has reached such an extent that governments are passing new legislation to attract digital nomads. Countries like [Estonia, Greece, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates](https://andysto.medium.com/spains-digital-nomad-visa-is-in-the-making-andy-sto-8f771ab5e13a) offer digital nomad visas. Spain takes it up a notch by combining digital nomad visas with a favorable tax code and promoting its [small towns and villages](https://andysto.com/spains-small-towns-are-opening-their-arms-to-digital-nomads/) as ideal stops for digital nomads. Already one of the favorite destinations for digital nomads, Spain aims to leverage the interest from these people to revitalize its economy while offering them the authentic life experience they are after. The appeal of digital nomadism is evident. Being able to choose where you will work from, meeting new people, turning boring work into an exciting adventure, setting off once again when another opportunity arises… The whole experience sounds too good to be true. But it's not without its challenges. + Freedom without any structure can lose its appeal quickly. Like many other phenomena, boundless, unchallenged freedom loses its meaning. Having the freedom to work from anywhere without the constraints of office life may translate into doing too little with your day. Preserving the work-life balance can prove difficult for some people in the absence of a traditional office. Digital nomads are [splitting the difference between vacationers and expats](https://eubanks.medium.com/i-traded-my-digital-nomad-life-for-a-job-offer-in-nyc-6d87f132f9cd), not having as much fun as the former and not earning as much as the latter. Not putting down roots may make it difficult for a person to work with dedication, which translates into settling for less than you can achieve. It's no wonder that some digital nomads report being disappointed by the experience. + Work has a social side to it and suffers immensely when it is reduced to emails and Zoom calls. When you are working remotely, you are denied social contact with your colleagues, which holds you back at your job. People peg you into the "tourist" category and treat you like one. + The bureaucratic work involved in travel, renting a place, dealing with legal matters, and the inconsistent internet infrastructure across different countries can create an unnecessary burden on people. Time spent dealing with such issues is time you can neither spend on travel nor work. With travel restrictions coming to an end after the pandemic, we may expect digital nomadism to become even more popular. The deferred demand for travel will definitely translate into more people ending up in Phuket, Tuscany, or Zanzibar for "work purposes." Bloggers, artists, and authors might have dominated the ranks of digital nomads for years, but the rapid advances in no-code technology and SaaS platforms are telling us that this is about to change. Developers and web designers who led the Great Resignation and the Great Exodus out of Silicon Valley can end up in different corners of the world, knowing full well that they can now run a full-fledged business from thousands of miles away. It takes a bit of self-discipline, no doubt, but it is doable. And you only live once, don't you? --- START: blog/digital-transformation-composable-enterprise/digital-transformation-composable-enterprise.md --- # **Composable Enterprise: Shortcut to Digital Transformation** No-code, low-code, SaaS, iPaaS, IoT, citizen developer… It feels like not a week passes without us coming across a new term in the software industry. From the CEOs to publications like Gartner, opinion leaders in the tech industry definitely have a knack for coming up with colorful new phrases and acronyms to describe new phenomena taking place in the industry, and the tech community, being steeped in the characteristic dynamism of the industry, has been quite receptive to all that. The new term of the week is “composable enterprise,” and we’ll take a look into what it stands for. Gartner [defines](https://www.gartner.com/en/doc/465932-future-of-applications-delivering-the-composable-enterprise) the composable enterprise as such: *An organization that delivers business outcomes and adapts to the pace of business change. It does this through the assembly and combination of packaged business capabilities (PCBs). PCBs are application building blocks that have been purchased or developed.* Basically, the term refers to a particular approach aimed at rendering a company more flexible and agile in a cloud-driven world. A composable enterprise is [a highly connected organization](https://www.mulesoft.com/ty/wp/rise-composable-enterprise) that leverages on-demand services from the cloud and APIs. Most of the time, this organization tends to be one with a legacy on-premise system that has served it well for a long time, but is no longer capable of keeping up with the times. We had previously [touched upon](/blog/cultural-resistance-2/) how digital transformation could prove to be a tough nut to crack for some companies—not every company is ready for or capable of managing such a drastic change. The composable enterprise is a good, middle-of-the-road-solution for such companies. Organizations used to have monolithic systems in place before the cloud-based systems gained wide reception. Monolithic systems are no longer deemed suitable for the modern companies because they are quite difficult to modify—[changing or updating](https://www.europeanbusinessreview.com/are-you-ready-to-become-a-composable-enterprise/) part of the system can render the whole monolithic system unusable. The dynamism of the market requires a more nimble system that is easy to modify and composed of services that are [independently scalable and deployable](https://martinfowler.com/articles/microservices.html). This problem is solved by a microservices architecture—a collection of loosely coupled, independently deployable services that are organized around certain business capabilities. The previous capabilities of a monolithic structure are distributed among services within a microservice architecture that communicate with each other through APIs. The idea is that you can put these services together to “compose” your enterprise from scratch. The end result is a composable enterprise, which turns a monolithic structure into [flexible, scalable, extensible, and customizable](https://www.processmaker.com/blog/composable-enterprise/) bundle of workflows and processes. In the meantime, by equipping legacy systems with the new capabilities of brand-new cloud-based systems, this approach saves the legacy systems from falling into complete disuse. The fact that the composable enterprise is organized around certain business capabilities put frontline employees under the spotlight. Business users are to be the real “composers” here. Information delivery in a composable enterprise works on an on-demand and self-service basis provided via the APIs. The business users, in other words “domain experts,” will be the ones leveraging services to find solutions to the problems they face in their fields of expertise. “Citizen developers,” anyone? With the business users no longer having to run everything through the IT department, the role of the IT looks slated to change, too. In a composable enterprise, the IT should see itself as a [strategic partner](https://www.mulesoft.com/ty/wp/rise-composable-enterprise) to business operations. It should assume responsibility to provide business users with the capabilities they need rather than delivering complete projects. In this new role, the IT will be more of a coordinator and worry about the technology-level steps it needs to take instead of racing to supply business users with finished products. It will strive to ensure governance and established guardrails for non-technical users to follow. The IT department should act with the understanding that non-technical users, under pressure to do more work in less time, will look for solutions that can help them become more productive and efficient, whether the IT likes it or not. It is best that this happens under the guidance of the IT with a view to limit shadow IT and technical debt as opposed to a situation where business users would take matters into their own hands and start using software without any supervision at all. A more [flexible, agile organization](/blog/innovation-in-the-age-of-no-code/); [frontline workers being empowered](/blog/no-code-for-manufacturing-industry-2/) as business users; IT shifting to a [supervisor role](/blog/no-code-shadow-it/); part of a legacy system being [renovated](/blog/no-code-do-not-rewrite-but-renovate/)… Our long-time readers must be noticing a pattern here. All of these outcomes are perfectly in tune with the results of the no-code revolution we have been advocating for some time. The details of the fit between the composable enterprise and no-code technology deserves [another post](/blog/no-code-recomposing-enterprise/). --- START: blog/digital-transformation-dos-donts/digital-transformation-dos-donts.md --- # **Dos and Don’ts of a Successful Digital Transformation** Companies worldwide are projected to [spend $1.78 trillion](https://www.statista.com/statistics/870924/worldwide-digital-transformation-market-size/) on digital transformation in 2021 alone. Despite the reports of low success rates and unmet expectations, it is obvious that most companies believe that they should get on the bandwagon in one way or another. [Having recently covered](/blog/digital-transformation-false-hope/) the main reasons why digital transformation attempts fail, we feel it is about time that we focus on the common points in the stories of companies that succeeded in their digital transformation attempts. ## **1 - The top management should lead the way** IT might be expected to lead any tech-related process in a company, but that does not apply to digital transformation. Digital transformation is too complex and multi-faceted a process for a single department to oversee. Since it is more than a technical renovation of the existing system or installation of new software, it cannot be solely left to the IT—the C-suite members are the ones that should lay out the vision, scope and goals of the process, define what success will look like and assure key stakeholder buy-in. Nothing can be transformed without commitment from the top-level leadership. ## **2 - Eliminate interdepartmental data silos and unify data** In order to be able to set realistic goals and define key parameters, top management needs to have a clear understanding of the current situation. This is all about setting a baseline and gaining a clear bird’s-eye view of all the data available in the system. [Eliminating data silos and integrating the whole corporate data](https://digileaders.medium.com/poor-data-quality-is-the-leading-cause-of-digital-transformation-failure-4e4e68bafa15) give you that. Once your roadmap is formed, this integrated data structure will help you create standardized decision-making procedures and eventually [automate decision-making processes](https://blog.palantir.com/levels-9be772098942) regarding certain situations. ## **3 - Break the whole thing into sprints** Breaking your digital transformation project into [shorter sprints](https://enterprisersproject.com/article/2019/8/why-digital-transformations-fail-3-reasons) and setting actionable goals for each sprint ensure your control over the progress being made. Just like Rome was not built in a day, you, too, will be building your success one brick at a time. Moreover, defining limited, meaningful goals will help keep your team motivated as opposed to working towards a distant, vague “nirvana state” nobody in your organization truly believes in. Harvesting the low-hanging fruits first and scoring wins that are limited in scope is a much better option than aiming for the best but failing completely. ## **4 - “Good enough” is good enough** Chasing the perfect strategy during digital transformation that will take you to the “[nirvana state](https://medium.com/@TheDigitalTP/5-steps-to-digital-transformation-success-c61248197cc0)” we talked about can turn the whole thing into a never-ending saga—you are more than likely to get stuck in the analysis stage without being able to take much action. Sometimes just “good enough” [should suffice](https://www.cmswire.com/digital-experience/why-digital-transformation-fails/) so that you can focus on other areas where you can make high-impact changes. It is a folly to think that something perfect can be achieved right away at the start of a digital transformation. One should be mindful that progress will take a series of iterations and constant adjustment. ## **5 - Throwing money at every problem won’t take you too far** Making big software and hardware purchases that rarely deliver the promised benefits is never a good idea in digital transformation projects. Not only it is a waste of money, but it also causes the illusion that the management has done its part by picking the tab without doing much else and that things should be radically different with new tech stuff in place. Digital transformation is not about acquiring the latest fancy technology but [business disruption](https://www.cio.com/article/3240978/digital-transformation-five-critical-success-factors.html)—modifying your processes and finding new ways of engaging with your customers. A successful implementation does not mean that the challenges of digital transformation are over. As the company adapts to the market conditions and the competition, this whole process will have to be revisited and modified—it is never one-and-done. The costs, complexity and uncertainty involved could be intimidating for both decision-makers and employees, and have the process put on hold for a long while. For such cases, our friend Bruce [suggests](/blog/digital-transformation-composable-enterprise/) another way. --- START: blog/digital-transformation-false-hope/digital-transformation-false-hope.md --- # **Is Digital Transformation a False Hope?** It is a single-food diet for the enterprises nowadays and the only thing on the menu is digital transformation. It is the panacea. The cure-all. The silver bullet. But, is it, really? Some recent figures cast doubt on the effectiveness of digital transformation. For example, [70 percent](https://edvinicombe.medium.com/the-people-paradox-human-natures-impact-on-digital-transformation-be1640e16e32) of the $1.3 trillion spent on digital transformation in 2018 failed to generate the intended results. The success rate in [tech-related industries](https://www.mckinsey.com/~/media/McKinsey/Business%20Functions/Organization/Our%20Insights/Unlocking%20success%20in%20digital%20transformations/Unlocking-success-in-digital-transformations.ashx) like high tech, media and telecom is not more than 26 percent. So, what’s going on? Was digital transformation an illusion all along? Probably not. It is just that implementing digital transformation is more difficult than it seems—there is no one-size-fits-all solution. Every company should have a custom-designed roadmap addressing their particular needs, and factors like the industry a particular company is operating in, its size and how tech-heavy its processes all play a role in the formulation of the right recipe. The reasons for failure, however, are more easily identified. Here are three of them: ## **1 - Absence of a strategic vision in the leadership** The prime responsibility in digital transformation lies with the corporate leadership. A huge endeavor like digital transformation effects so many different aspects of the business such as finances, human resources, culture and technology that it is doomed to fail without the engagement of and coordination from the C-suite. In the absence of a whole-hearted buy-in from the top management and the necessary changes in the organizational hierarchy, any attempt at a digital transformation will have to be led by middle management and it will amount to [little more than mere window dressing](https://www.forbes.com/sites/stevedenning/2021/05/23/why-digital-transformations-are-failing/?sh=1e0324657617). ## **2 - Undefined scope, vague goals** *“When you don’t know where you are going, any road will get you there.”* Companies that lack a well-thought-out roadmap fail to bring their means and ends together. They will have difficulty in prioritization of tasks and allocating resources in an efficient way. Soon, different departments will be working at cross purposes, fighting for funds to carry out their own plans instead of that of the company. It will be every man for himself and the most likely end result in such a situation will be empty coffers without [any meaningful change having taken place at all](https://www.cnbctv18.com/views/no-code-automation-from-hrs-marketers-to-salespersons-how-non-techies-can-build-applications-11017552.htm). ## **3 - Lack of transparency** Without the human component, digital transformation would be just another project for replacing the legacy systems in place with new, cool stuff. The human component is what makes it so complex. The leadership should invest in, work with and consider making changes to the workforce if necessary. People might have their reasons for opposing change—they might simply prefer the status quo, or they might be intimidated by the possible ramifications of change. It is only natural that employees feel threatened by the increasing automation and the ongoing fundamental change in the way tasks are done in an organization. They need to know the scope and goals of the transformation and be told how they will fit in the new situation where IT responsibilities will be more distributed across the organization. Although digital transformation can be a difficult beast to tame and control, it is neither a false hope nor an illusion. Digital transformation can breath new life into traditional companies if done properly. It is the breadth and depth of the change involved, that is the complexity of the whole process, which causes things to spiral out of control in the absence of a roadmap. However, companies and decision-makers are not completely helpless. Our friend Eugene will be focusing on the kind of specific steps companies can take to improve their odds of success in our [next blog post](/blog/digital-transformation-dos-donts/). --- START: blog/embedded-bi-tools-for-saas/embedded-bi-tools-for-saas.md --- # **Why SaaS Needs Embedded BI for Customer-Facing Analytics** Data is the lifeblood of the SaaS concept. SaaS companies use data to perfect their products through iterative design-build-test-learn cycles. Simultaneously, for SaaS users, data is needed for the smooth running of daily operations and insights. These people want their data delivered right into the platforms they use without disrupting their workflows. As a result, data analytics has become table stakes for every SaaS product. SaaS companies now feel the need to integrate customer-facing analytics into their product experience. That is easier said than done, though. Building this capability in-house requires significant investment in time, engineering, and money. Using the traditional embedded BI tools is an option. However, these tools present challenges in terms of implementation and scalability. Enter **[Embedded Peaka](/embedded-peaka/):** A modern, full-stack solution that helps SaaS teams deliver powerful in-product analytics, without the data infrastructure burden. ## **What are embedded BI tools?** Embedded Business Intelligence (BI) tools refer to software that allows users to access analytics and reporting capabilities directly through an application’s user interface. This enables users to view, analyze, and act upon data without leaving the platform, providing them with a better user experience. Embedded BI tools become part of your application’s core UX, unlike standalone BI tools that live outside the product and expect you to adapt to their own mechanics. ## **Embedded BI vs. Traditional BI** To understand why embedded BI is so compelling for SaaS products, it helps to contrast it with traditional BI: + **Workflow integration:** Traditional BI tools require users to leave their main application and switch to a separate analytics platform whenever they need insights. This disrupts their workflow and often slows down decision-making. Embedded BI, on the other hand, brings analytics directly into the tools users already work with, ensuring seamless workflow integration and real-time access to insights without logging in and out of different apps.. + **User experience:** Traditional BI solutions can feel complex and intimidating, especially for non-technical users. They often demand learning a new interface and adapting to unfamiliar processes. Embedded BI, by contrast, is designed to feel native within your application’s UI. This makes analytics accessible and intuitive, encouraging adoption across all user types, not just data experts. By embedding analytics into the heart of your product, you’re not just delivering another feature but also enhancing the overall user experience and making data-driven decisions a natural part of every workflow. ## **Why traditional embedded BI tools fall short for SaaS** Building [customer-facing analytics](/blog/top-mistakes-customer-facing-analytics/) with traditional embedded BI tools is a tall order due to several shortcomings that these tools come with: + **Technical complexity:** For many tools, creating an embedded analytics experience requires cobbling together separate pipelines, query engines, and UIs. + **Performance bottlenecks:** Unifying the data before sending it to the BI tool requires pushing large volumes of data to a warehouse. This adds significant latency and cost. + **Customization limitations:** Introducing dashboards from standalone products into your own platform is bound to undermine the style and feel you strive to establish for your product. + **Poor multitenancy support:** Due to the variety of analytics needs in a company, data teams struggle to isolate customer data, implement fine-grained access controls, and maintain security across tenants. ## **Benefits of embedded BI** Embedded BI addresses many of the limitations of traditional BI, providing benefits such as + **Increased user engagement and stickiness:** Embedded BI tools deliver analytics through your product’s UI and eliminate one of the major reasons that cause users to leave your app. This drives greater adoption, making your product a bigger part of the user’s daily workflow. + **Differentiated product value:** The seamless analytics experience offered through your product’s UI adds a new capability, helping it stand out from the crowd. + **Faster decision-making for your users:** Embedded BI tools reduce time-to-insight, letting users access reports and dashboards while using your app. This helps eliminate dragged-out processes and inertia that all too often plague business operations. ## **How to track the success of an embedded BI project** When it comes to evaluating your embedded BI rollout, simply tallying up dashboards or counting monthly report downloads won’t cut it. To truly measure the success of embedded BI, you need to look beyond surface-level metrics like the number of dashboards created or reports generated. The real sign of value comes from user adoption and engagement: Are users interacting with the analytics regularly? Are these insights driving better, faster decisions that actually move the needle for their business? To get a pulse on your implementation, keep an eye on these essential metrics: + **User adoption rates:** Track how many users regularly explore analytics features within your app, rather than bouncing over to external tools. + **Time-to-insight:** Measure whether users are getting answers faster—think hours instead of days—by having data woven right into their workflows. + **Depth of engagement:** Look at session length, frequency of report access, or custom dashboard creation. These signal whether users are moving beyond casual glances to meaningful analysis. + **Actionability:** Assess whether embedded analytics are prompting users to make more or faster decisions, or changing the way teams approach daily operations. These KPIs help you determine not just if embedded BI exists in your product, but how deeply it’s become a part of your users’ everyday decision-making. When you see sustained growth in these areas, it’s a good sign your embedded BI isn’t just embedded but indispensable. ## **Embedded Peaka: A simpler way to deliver in-product analytics** Embedded Peaka was purpose-built for SaaS platforms to simplify their access to analytics. Rather than stitching together backend data systems, query engines, and frontend libraries, Peaka offers a fully integrated solution that covers the entire data delivery pipeline from connector to dashboard. Here’s a brief look at some of the features that set Peaka apart from the competition: ### **Seamless data integration** + Connect to 300+ data sources, from CRMs and billing systems to support platforms and ad tools + No need to build and maintain your own connectors + [Zero-ETL](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) data integration with live querying or smart-cached data access ### **High-performance query engine** + Built on an enhanced Trino-based federated SQL engine + Smart caching via Iceberg to handle rate limits and reduce latency + Real-time data access through APIs or SQL ### **Embedded, customizable UI components** + Prebuilt, brandable UI elements such as connector dialogs, SQL editor, data browser + Full white-labeling and theming support + Light, dark, or custom themes that match your product’s UX ### **Multi-tenant and secure by design** + Native support for project and catalog separation + Row-, column-, and role-based permissions for fine-grained access control + Built-in OAuth flows, audit logging, and compliance readiness ## **Why SaaS companies choose Embedded Peaka** For SaaS teams, Embedded Peaka offers several strategic advantages: + **Faster time-to-market:** Ship analytics features in weeks, not months. + **Reduced engineering overhead:** Let your engineering team focus on creating value instead of spending hours to maintain a fragmented BI stack. + **Scalable governance:** Manage user permissions, tenant isolation, and audit logs with the same efficiency regardless of the level of demand for analytics. + **Differentiated UX:** Give your users a branded, embedded analytics experience that feels native to your product without building UI components from scratch. ## **Real-world use cases** Embedded Peaka has been used in different scenarios by companies from a variety of industries: ### **Martech** Embedded Peaka enables a marketing SaaS to pull campaign and ad data from HubSpot, Meta Ads, and Google Ads and visualize performance metrics inside the product. ### **Fintech** A B2B payments platform uses Embedded Peaka to retrieve data from Stripe and QuickBooks, turn it into financial dashboards, and embed them in the product. ### **E-commerce SaaS** Embedded Peaka provides an order management tool with [real-time dashboards](/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/) sourced from Shopify and Amazon. It lets merchants track order fulfillment, returns, and inventory. While giving SaaS platforms the data access, transformation, and UI components they need, Embedded Peaka saves SaaS teams from the burden of building infrastructure from scratch to achieve this. ## **Final thoughts** Customer-facing analytics has become a key product differentiator for SaaS platforms. But achieving this capability is a challenge, as traditional embedded BI tools often fall short when it comes to speed, flexibility, and scalability. Embedded Peaka changes that. This full-stack embedded BI solution is designed specifically for SaaS products that need to deliver governed, analytics-ready data and visualizations natively, without the data engineering burden. Whether you’re embedding your first dashboard or scaling analytics across thousands of customers, Embedded Peaka gives your team the edge. [Schedule a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and see how easy it is to embed BI into your SaaS product. Or skip the demo and start building your first dashboard right away, with step-by-step instructions from our blog post on [how to build a churn analysis dashboard in one hour](/guides/how-to-build-churn-dashboard/). --- START: blog/employee-directory-template/employee-directory-template.md --- # **Peaka's Employee Directory Template Fosters Harmony at Work** Frost & Sullivan, the reputable business strategy, consulting, and research firm, reports that "[only 1 percent of new products recoup their product development costs.](https://strategyn.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Innovation-Track-Record-Study-Strategyn-1.pdf)" This figure reminds us of the kind of uphill battle building a startup and launching a product can turn out to be for founders. The odds are stacked against you when you set off as a founder. You are practically venturing into the unknown. To make it worse, your organization is fragile, and the margin for error is really small. A few bad calls, and you can say goodbye to your dreams. To change circumstances and pull off a miracle, you not only need stars to align but have to make the right decisions over and over. Paul Graham's now-famous advice for founders to "[do things that don't scale](http://paulgraham.com/ds.html)" is the most surefire way of tackling this initial fragility. Those things Graham alludes to involve actions that are impossible to copy and paste a million times without incurring the same cost every time. For example, every time you pitch to prospective customers or personally give your customers support, you are, in a sense, starting over. There are no efficiencies for you to take advantage of from one time to the next. Another measure to deal with startup fragility would be to invest in the intangibles and build a resilient culture within your team. A shared culture and harmony can help a startup preserve composure in the face of adversity and bounce back every time. How do you engender harmony at work? Let's take a look at a few steps you can take at different levels. ## The co-founder question Co-founders should possess complementary skills for the startup to have a chance of succeeding. It is widely assumed that if one of them has expertise in technical matters, it would be great for the other to specialize in management, finance, or networking. With primary skills covered between them, lacking skills can always be added later when investors become part of the board during the fundraising rounds. However, there is no cure for the conflicting visions of the co-founders. As İlker Köksal argues in his book [*Founders' FAQ*](/blog/book-review-founders-faq/), co-founders need to engage in some kind of soul-searching to find out their own 'Why?' If their visions are not compatible, the startup is shot, and it is better to liquidate it before wasting resources. Conflicting visions between co-founders translate into conflicting roadmaps and deadlines for the startup in later stages. Two leaders trying to pull an organization in opposing directions causes stress on employees and if not properly dealt with, paralyzes the company. Without harmony between the co-founders, what you have is a mess, not a startup. ## Recruiting the right people After the harmony between the co-founders, it is the recruitment strategy that makes or breaks a startup. Lacking the reputation and the vast financial resources to attract top talent, startups must bank on discovering hidden gems, training them, and giving them the opportunity to move the company forward. Startups can ill-afford a lack of harmony within the team. They already suffer from a shortage of resources. A wrong hire not only means a waste of scarce resources, but it also risks throwing off the working parts of the team. Bringing a toxic personality into what is essentially a small team of specialists can thwart whatever chances of success a startup has. Any newly-hired employee should be someone that can play a meaningful part, add value, and have the personality traits necessary for blending in. ## Inclusive decision-making Startups are prone to making wrong decisions because they know very little about their customers, rivals, and even their own capabilities. The way to cope with this fallibility is to stay nimble and flat, always capable of pivoting easily. The co-founders might aspire to grow their startup into a behemoth with different departments and hundreds of employees. However, a staff of 20-25 people at most is the sweet spot, ensuring that the startup is both capable and agile at the same time. A flat organization with an egalitarian culture promotes free speech and discussion, which in turn spurs innovative thinking. On the other hand, a hierarchical organization where the CTO calls the shots and developers merely do his bidding without any discussion or brainstorming leads to a dead-end. This is the shortest route to failure. Co-founders willing to get their money's worth should encourage their employees, even the junior ones, to speak their minds. Inclusive decision-making that seeks participation from everyone and helps people buy into the eventual roadmap maximizes your odds of success. ## Keeping the human touch alive No matter how technical your field of work may be, your employees will still want to feel special and cared about. Just think about how you felt when your phone rang during the lockdowns last year, and it was a friend calling. The pandemic taught us several lessons, and one of them is that hardships are easier to overcome when you have your friends with you. Here are a few sensible steps to make your teammates feel that they matter to you and the organization: + Make sure that you have the full contact details of your employees so that you can reach them when they are away for whatever reason. If your employee is away for health reasons or tends to an ailing family member, check upon her to see how she is doing. Those contact details will come in handy in case of an emergency. + If an employee remembers a colleague's birthday, she will expect hers to be remembered, too. Not only birthdays but work anniversaries are important, too. Veterans of the company would like to see their contributions recognized. Congratulating them on career milestones achieved goes a long way toward boosting their spirits. With those points in mind, [Peaka](/) has recently published the [Employee Directory](/templates/) app template to help users keep the human touch alive at work. The template basically works like a good ol' notebook you kept for birthday and anniversary reminders. Employee Directory provides the users with a practical way of keeping employees' contact details, birthdays, and career milestones. It is a treasure trove of little acts of kindness that will nurture harmony at your startup. --- START: blog/freelancer-way-of-life/freelancer-way-of-life.md --- # **No-code: Tailor-made for the Freelancer Way of Life** Freelancing has become a big part of the job market in the last decade. The expansion of the internet infrastructure, introduction of smartphones and 5G network encouraged a new breed of self-reliant professionals. The pandemic also accelerated what was already a fast transformation. It provided a new incentive for many people to pull away from corporate jobs in office buildings and start anew as freelancers. However, there are two sides to freelancing. For some, it means freedom: Freedom from an office space, fixed working hours, fixed salary etc. For others, it is a true ordeal: Something you just have to put up with when you lose your job and hit rock bottom or something like a life raft you should feel thankful for a chance to hold on to. It can be a struggle haunted by uncertainty and insecurity. Regardless of whether it involves copy writing, translation or app development, freelancing can be [extremely demanding](https://medium.com/@aizawanana/the-neoliberal-trap-of-freelancing-17e0696085d3) at times—despite the freedom and flexibility it affords freelancers. It is an environment where [merit comes to replace seniority](https://medium.com/@aizawanana/the-neoliberal-trap-of-freelancing-17e0696085d3) and you come to be seen as good as the last project you delivered. Freelancing opens doors for an app developer, especially one from a non-Western country. It expands your reach like you never thought was possible. If you are venturing into the freelancing world, it is safe to assume that you were a relatively small fish in your pond and have now found a way to venture into the ocean. The upside is more promising in the ocean, but the threats are just as big: More competition from professionals scattered across the world, the continuous presence of someone out there who is ready to do the same job for less than you charge and having to work for much less than you deserve (or even for free) until you get good reviews. You have to come to terms with the reality that you basically start off somewhere around the bottom of the food chain. Success in freelancing does not happen out of the blue; you have to build it brick by brick. First of all, freelancing is no different than any other business. It involves different tasks such as job search and application, networking, negotiating, project management, accounting, collection of payments etc. Your success depends on your ability to find your way around all these tasks and remain productive at the same time. Delivering on time is the primary criterion a freelancer is evaluated on at the beginning. One of the better pieces of advices for freelancers is summed up by the dictum "[underpromise-overdeliver](https://betterprogramming.pub/hard-truths-about-being-a-freelance-software-developer-bebbda366329)"—offering the best bang for buck and earning goodwill in the eyes of the clients is the shortest way to success for a freelancer. This is where no-code tools come in. These tools significantly reduce app development time, helping developers ship more apps in a shorter period of time. No-code platforms like Peaka and Webflow make it possible for freelancers to over deliver in the UI department, too, offering pixel-perfect designs that can dazzle clients. Additionally, being a freelancer means that you are deprived of the [talent pool and peer review](https://medium.com/hackernoon/being-a-freelance-software-developer-is-awesome-5849b7db59fe) a traditional office environment would offer. There are no colleagues to fall back on when client has demands requiring skills you lack as a developer. That’s why freelancers need all the help they can get, and unlocking a freelancer's full potential as a developer is key. Premium no-code platforms, coming with industry-best practices out-of-the-box, can pick up the slack here and fill in for talents a freelancer does not possess. In that sense, whenever you use a no-code platform, you are actually putting to work the skills of an elite group of developers that created the no-code platform you are using. Premium no-code platforms may require somewhat of a learning curve. Freelance developers are unique among the customer base of these tools because they have both the skills and the motivation to leverage the capabilities of these tools. Not much can be done about the disadvantages of freelance life—they come with the territory, but no-code tools can at least make it worth your while and help you build a lucrative career out of it. --- START: blog/fundraising-3-questions/fundraising-3-questions.md --- # **3 Questions Every Startup Founder Should Ask Themselves** What do investors do when they want to cut to the chase and quickly evaluate the potential of your startup? What are some of the questions they ask to separate the wheat from the chaff? Let's take a look at three curveballs you can expect from investors during a meeting. ## **1 - *Can you explain to me like a five-year-old what problem you are trying to solve?* — Dave Peterson, Celonis** Investors want to see founders who attack urgent, frequently occurring problems. Actually, it should be so urgent that people are willing to "[try half-baked ideas,](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ugmjf0fJY84)" as Michael Seibel suggests. As Dave Peterson and his co-authors lay out in their book [Play Bigger](https://www.amazon.com/Play-Bigger-Dreamers-Innovators-Dominate/dp/0062407619), the business idea can be based on a technology insight or a market insight. Technology insight arises from an advanced skill your company possesses that you want to apply to a problem. For example, mRNA technology has been around for a few decades. But its widespread application for vaccine development only happened during the Covid-19 pandemic. Faced with the pressing need to fight Covid-19, scientists looked for a way to put this technology to use and came up with the mRNA vaccines. On the other hand, market insight receives its inspiration from an underserved need in the market. That's how [Jeep launched Cherokee XJ](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeep_Cherokee_(XJ)), the first modern SUV, in 1984. There was a glaring need in the market for a vehicle with enough interior space for a full family, a big trunk, good ground clearance, and a commanding view of the road. Something that would bring together the strengths of a station wagon and a truck would corner the market. Jeep did not need to develop some deep tech to serve this need. It looked at its capabilities in a new light and repackaged its existing mobility solutions in a new, attractive fashion. There was nothing revolutionary about Cherokee XJ's technology. It was all about finding out what the market wanted. When you start with a technology insight, you move from a skill to a solution that will solve a problem. With a market insight, you start from a gap in the market and use that information to develop a product that will plug that gap. Both are viable ways and good templates to introduce a problem to prospective investors. ## **2 - *Can your startup become a ten-billion-dollar company?* — Sam Altman, Open AI (previously, the Chairman of Y Combinator)** Everybody dreams of building a unicorn, but very few can because all the stars should align for a startup to become a billion-dollar company. The founder, her idea, and the team she built all play roles in determining the potential of a startup. However, the most significant parameter here is the size of the total addressable market (TAM). The market trumps every other concern. That's why Sam Altman has that [10-billion-dollar rule](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s-4QqHHE16s): He will invest in any startup that he believes can become a 10-billion-dollar company, regardless of the valuation. Altman is not interested in things that worked a few years ago. He's looking for that new iPhone or Facebook that will shape our lives in the coming decades. For founders, proving the market's potential, as in TAM, is getting half the job done in fundraising. Dave Peterson looks at the same problem from a different perspective and asks the entrepreneurs pitching at the Fullpen sessions (Play Bigger, pp.145-6): > "*If you win 85 percent of your category, what's the size of your category potential?*" With this question, Dave Peterson is encouraging entrepreneurs to think about category design. Peterson and his co-authors promote category design (or creation) as a strategic move to gain market dominance. This involves building a new category around an unsatisfied need in the market and becoming the king of that particular category. Category kings are known to capture 70 to 80 percent of the profits and market value. Peterson basically wants entrepreneurs to think about their odds of achieving that: > "*Can you build a new category and become so dominant as to capture 85 percent of it?*" > "*If the answer is yes, is that category worth billions of dollars?*" ## **3 - *How big is your moat?* — Omri Amirav-Drory, NFX** In startup talk, moats are the defensibilities or sustainable advantages you have that can stop other companies from eating your lunch. The moat is the barrier to entry you build around your category. Omri Amirav-Drory, an Israeli biotech entrepreneur and a general partner at NfX, refers to moats as the "[defensible magic](https://www.nfx.com/masterclass/network-effects/network-effects-in-techbio)" and regards them as one of the three parameters to take note of during an investment decision. Most founders claim to have some sort of a moat, but in reality, that's hardly the case. Because, as Elad Gil states, there are [real and fake moats](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VThN7kpjRpM). Here are the two most prominent real moats a startup can hope to have while looking for investors: Network effects: The term refers to how a new node added to a network makes the network more valuable to all nodes. It has, in time, turned into a buzzword that comes up in almost every pitch deck, although not many founders understand them properly. According to the venture capital firm NfX, there are [16 different network effects](https://www.nfx.com/masterclass/network-effects/mapping-the-16-network-effects) with varying degrees of applicability, strength, and defensibility. Patents and other forms of IP: Deep tech companies rely on patents and IP for lasting competitive advantage. A piece of proprietary software, a process, or a production method can give companies a healthy head start and acts as a deterrent against the competition. Other moats like economies of scale, brand equity, or big, long-term contracts are not very realistic to achieve for early-stage startups. On the other hand, fake moats are features that promise defensibility but fail to deliver it when it counts. Just having a two-sided marketplace would offer one such elusive moat, as network effects take much more than building a marketplace. Another fake moat can be data, according to Elad Gil. You can keep hoarding data, but data can't serve as a moat on its own outside of particular fields like genomics unless you can leverage it to build an entry barrier. Among the signs that you have a reliable moat are your revenue renewal rate and customer mix. If you have contracts locked in and people have to pay for your product every year, you are in good shape. That's why some deep tech ideas are not suitable for startups: It is difficult to monetize them and build a predictable revenue stream on top of them. The presence of a few big accounts in your customer mix hurts your bargaining power as a startup since you rely on them to survive. Thousands of small accounts that regularly pay for your product and keep renewing their commitment… That's the dream scenario for a startup. ## **Conclusion** Investors are busy people. They meet thousands of entrepreneurs every year, evaluate hundreds of projects and negotiate tens of deals. As a result, they have had their fair share of buzzwords like "network effects," "viral loops," or "disruption." They need no more. To stand out from the crowd, a founder would be well-advised to do away with the marketing talk and get to the point right away. Succinctly laying out the problem you are going to solve, providing a rough estimate of the TAM you are looking at, and listing a set of durable defensibilities you can rely on go a long way toward convincing investors to back your project. Just tell them what you are trying to do, how you are going to do it, and what will happen when you finally do. If for nothing else, being remembered as "the only founder who took just 5 minutes to explain his vision" can be a good enough reason to give it a shot. --- START: blog/generative-ai-hard-tech/generative-ai-hard-tech.md --- # **Top 3 Generative AI Use Cases for Hard Tech** 2022 saw many hard tech startups emerge with a bid to solve real problems in fields like health, agriculture, and energy security. Hard tech's comeback was a welcome change for investors, too, who wanted to chase big ideas instead of the next social media app. [In the words of Peter Thiel](https://thevcfactory.com/we-wanted-flying-cars-instead-we-got-140-characters-peter-thiel/), "*we wanted flying cars; instead, we got 140 characters,*" and some people took issue with that. Generative AI's sudden rise to fame dominated headlines in the last few months. From tools like Lensa and Midjourney that help you generate visuals to ChatGpt and GPT-4, which you can use for creating various kinds of content, generative AI looks poised to transform marketing and content production. However, is there anything in all this for people who want to tackle hard problems? Can generative AI make life easier for entrepreneurs pursuing hard tech projects? We have three cases that demonstrate that it can. ## **Drug discovery** Developing new drugs is one of the most capital-intensive and time-consuming industrial processes. According to the consultancy firm Deloitte, the top 20 pharmaceutical companies spend [an average of $2.3 billion](https://www.genengnews.com/gen-edge/the-unbearable-cost-of-drug-development-deloitte-report-shows-15-jump-in-rd-to-2-3-billion/) on research and development of new drugs. On average, it takes [12 years](https://www.biostock.se/en/2023/01/drug-development-the-four-phases/) to bring a new drug to market. Drug discovery stands out as one of the most promising use cases for generative AI because any reduction in the cost of developing drugs and accelerating clinical trials can save lives. An early mover in this field is Absci, which uses machine learning to figure out the relationship between a gene sequence and the function of a protein. The company employs generative AI to engineer E. coli and develop antibodies that will [bind to specific targets](https://www.forbes.com/sites/johncumbers/2023/01/10/this-company-is-using-generative-ai-to-design-new-antibodies/) in a single trial without having to run the full design cycle to exhaust all possibilities. The generative AI approach shrinks the time frame to develop antibodies from the five and a half years it took in the past to [18 to 24 months](https://venturebeat.com/ai/how-generative-ai-and-e-coli-are-speeding-up-new-drug-discovery/) and improves the 4 percent success rate of the previous method. This breakthrough opens the door for us to a future wherein we can have personalized drugs for illnesses. ## **Materials discovery** It turns out that generative AI has capabilities other than making up pseudo-scientific explanations for scientific inquiries. Researchers have recently been using it to speed up the usual cycle of scientific research that consists of forming hypotheses, testing them, and iterating on the original question. Victor Fung, an assistant professor from Georgia Tech, demonstrated one of the more creative uses for generative AI. In layman's terms, Fung developed an algorithm that studies the structure of materials possessing required properties. This technique allows scientists leveraging generative AI to build new materials with desired properties via a technique called [inverse design.](https://www.cc.gatech.edu/news/new-research-explores-using-generative-ai-technology-materials-discovery) Basically, it will be possible to pick and choose specific attributes and create materials that are purpose-built and customized to individual specifications. Studies carried out by IBM Research [illustrate](https://research.ibm.com/blog/generative-models-toolkit-for-scientific-discovery) the practical applications of this technology. IBM's generative AI model studies a data set of known molecules and their corresponding properties. Then, scientists determine the parameters they want in a material like the photoacid generator (PAG), a material used in semiconductor manufacturing, and the model comes up with all the possible configurations for scientists to choose from. In other words, the model works backward from the desired properties of the PAG to [reverse engineer](https://research.ibm.com/science/generative-models/) the molecules that fit the bill. Thanks to generative AI, scientists were able to develop an innovative method that reduces from [ten years to ten months](https://research.ibm.com/interactive/photoresist/) the time it takes to discover a new molecule. ## **Manufacturing** Generative AI has the potential to revolutionize the manufacturing industry as it can introduce efficiencies into every single process, redesign components, and discover new materials. It can help reduce the complexity of processes and designs and bring down costs as a result. The industry will be able to do more with less and become more agile as generative AI comes to play a bigger role. Airbus has been reaping the benefits of generative AI for quite some time. The European aerospace giant used this novel approach to manufacture [a partition wall for its Airbus A320 aircraft.](https://www.autodesk.com/customer-stories/airbus) The Airbus design team started with the target attributes they wanted to achieve and let the algorithm explore all the possible permutations of parameters that produce the desired goal. The result was a partition design that met the strength and volume targets while weighing 45 percent less than the standard partition did. This small case illustrates that generative design in aerospace holds the key to lighter and more efficient designs, which will translate into lower fuel consumption and a smaller carbon footprint at the end of the day. We can expect generative AI to power breakthroughs in manufacturing in the near future. New alloys, counterintuitive designs that get the job done, standard components reimagined in new forms… Generative AI is slated to make us rethink what is possible in manufacturing. ## **Conclusion** The massive challenges we face today cannot be tackled with some of the old methods because those methods themselves were what brought about the problems in the first place. Old ways no longer work, and new ones need to be discovered. Now that we are under pressure from climate change, "thinking out of the box" should become the norm rather than an exception. Generative AI is the right technology for a civilization that can't afford to leave any stones unturned. It allows us to explore all the choices available to us, discover new relationships between phenomena, and develop novel solutions to our problems in a short time. Knowing that hard tech has an ally in generative AI that it can rely on gives us a glimmer of hope that we can find a way out of the situation we are in today. --- START: blog/great-reset-tech-layoffs/great-reset-tech-layoffs.md --- # **The Great Reset: A Tsunami of Tech Layoffs** The long-awaited economic downturn is finally here. We survived the pandemic, navigated our way through a supply chain crisis, and even held on tight as one former super-power invaded its smaller neighbor. But the ensuing inflationary tide, triggered by the rise in energy prices, proved too much to bear. The tech industry seems to be looking at rough times. The days when money printed by the Fed found its way into Big Tech stocks are over. In May 2022, rumors surfaced that Meta was planning to [freeze hiring for the rest of the year.](https://www.businessinsider.com/leaked-facebook-memo-details-hiring-freeze-negative-business-impacts-2022-5) The company's stock price had already been tumbling before those rumors started and kept going downhill throughout 2022, having lost half of its value in the last twelve months at the time of writing. Apparently, that hiring freeze did not produce the desired results, and Meta ended up firing [11,000 people](https://techcrunch.com/2022/11/09/meta-confirms-11000-layoffs-amounting-to-13-of-its-workforce/), who made up 13 percent of its workforce. All in all, over [150,000 employees](https://www.businessinsider.com/tech-layoffs-in-2022-vs-2020-and-whats-next-2022-12) lost their jobs in the tech industry last year. Judging by the figures in January 2023, the tide does not look like it will subside any time soon. [Amazon](https://www.reuters.com/business/retail-consumer/amazon-lay-off-over-17000-workers-wsj-2023-01-04/) fired 18,000 tech workers at the beginning of the year, followed by [Salesforce](https://observer.com/2023/01/salesforce-layoff-software-revenue-slow/), which decided to eliminate 8,000 roles. [Alphabet](https://www.npr.org/2023/01/20/1150234270/google-layoffs-12000-jobs), Google's parent company, parted ways with 12,000 of its employees, and most recently, [Microsoft](https://edition.cnn.com/2023/01/18/tech/microsoft-layoffs/index.html) announced that it was purging 10,000 jobs. The extent of layoffs tells us we are looking at the symptoms of a systemic crisis in the tech industry. ## **The canary in the coal mine** Looking in hindsight, the economic downturn was the worst-kept secret in town. Everybody knew it was coming but kept pretending all was good. The signs were already there in spring 2022 when Softbank announced [a loss of $27.7 billion](https://news.crunchbase.com/venture/softbank-vision-fund-didi-uber-son/) on its investments making up its Vision Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022. 2022 saw startup valuations starting to fall after a long time. Something was wrong, and investors were quick to reach out to startup founders to draw their attention to changing conditions and give them a reality check. [Sequoia](https://www.sequoiacap.com/adapting-to-endure-2022/) held a series of sessions where they discussed with founders different scenarios for the near future, and YC sent founders a letter titled "[Economic Downturn](https://siliconangle.com/2022/05/19/y-combinator-warns-startup-founders-wary-economic-downturn/)" to prepare them for the worst. The message was to cut costs, prioritize profitability over growth, do whatever was necessary to extend their runway in the next 24 months, and buckle up for a hard landing. YC was particularly frank with its [prediction](https://techcrunch.com/2022/05/19/yc-advises-founders-to-plan-for-the-worst/): > *"If you are post-Series A and pre-product market fit, don't expect another round to happen at all until you have obviously hit product market fit."* In other words, *"stay away from vanity expenses, make sure that you stay afloat until this is over, and don't expect any money until you show some results first."* ## **But why now?** It turns out the pandemic was not the historic watershed moment analysts made it out to be. The labor market is seeking a new equilibrium after the pandemic. The layoffs are part of the return to the previous normal. Let's take a closer look at this Great Reset and its causes. ### **E-commerce losing steam** The pandemic seemed to herald the advent of a new era in tech business: E-commerce exploded, which also drove up ad revenues for Google and Meta. Platforms like Amazon and Shopify were enjoying unprecedented growth. In those days, you would be forgiven for thinking this would be the new normal. Even [Mark Zuckerberg](https://about.fb.com/news/2022/11/mark-zuckerberg-layoff-message-to-employees/) thought so: > *"At the start of Covid, the world rapidly moved online, and the surge of e-commerce led to outsized revenue growth… Many people predicted this would be a permanent acceleration that would continue even after the pandemic ended. I did too, so I made the decision to significantly increase our investments. Unfortunately, this did not play out the way I expected. Not only has online commerce returned to prior trends, but the macroeconomic downturn, increased competition, and ads signal loss have caused our revenue to be much lower than I'd expected. I got this wrong, and I take responsibility for that."* Additionally, companies experiencing supply chain problems strived to streamline processes through digital transformation. Labor shortages caused by Covid-19 restrictions and remote or hybrid work practices made firms increasingly rely on online collaboration software. With the demand for software shooting through the roof, software companies went on a hiring spree, recruiting anyone who knew how to code. Because, if they did not snatch up those people, a competitor certainly would. Among these decision-makers who overrecruited was [Marc Benioff](https://fortune.com/2023/01/05/tech-layoffs-amazon-18000-salesforce-8000-largest-company-history-recession-downturn/), the co-founder and CEO of Salesforce, and the godfather of SaaS platforms: > *"As our revenue accelerated through the pandemic, we hired too many people leading into this economic downturn we're now facing, and I take responsibility for that."* All good things come to an end, and this one did, too. The problem is whether some of this turmoil could have been avoided had celebrity tech leaders shown a little more prudence. ### **Overinvestment in me-too industries** The favorable market conditions in the software industry were to come to an end sooner or later. Lately, there was too little authentic innovation and too many "me-too" projects that just copied another successful product. Investors, too, favored those proven ideas rather than backing moonshot projects that venture to solve a real problem. How many more project management, note-taking, or dating apps do we need? Most startups developing such software were not viable businesses, to begin with, but they still employed substantial numbers of developers, pulling away resources from the more productive segments of the economy. 2022 spelled the end for these companies, and the first signs of an economic downturn were enough to pull the rug out from under their feet. With software startups facing dire straits, layoffs were the natural outcome. The very real problems that surfaced in the last couple of years set the stage for [the emergence of hard tech startups](/blog/investors-hard-tech-revival/), which also attracted strong support from investors. It is safe to assume that startups operating in sectors like aerospace, defense, biotech, and agrotech will be hiring more developers in the near future as software companies try to reduce their payrolls. ### **Loss of ad revenue** Platforms like Google, Youtube, Facebook, and Instagram have relied on user data to bring hyper-personalized ads to people, which has become a major source of revenue for them. However, since the [Cambridge Analytica scandal](/blog/web3-better-internet/), people are not as comfortable sharing their private data with big tech firms as they were in the past. Data privacy is a primary concern among users, tech leaders, and policy-makers today, which threatens the corporate hold over the private data of people using these platforms. The last blow to ad revenue came from Apple. The company launched an [App Tracking Transparency](https://techcrunch.com/2021/04/26/apples-app-tracking-transparency-feature-has-arrived-heres-what-you-need-to-know/) feature in its mobile iOS operating system, allowing users to opt out of in-app tracking so that their data will not be shared with third parties. It is no wonder that Meta's ad revenue suffered after this development, experiencing a year-on-year decline of [4 percent](https://searchengineland.com/meta-q3-earnings-ad-revenue-declined-4-but-monthly-users-showing-promise-389112) in the third quarter of 2022. Additionally, Meta faces intensifying competition from TikTok and struggles to attract young people. [Zuckerberg's push for the metaverse project](https://www.forbes.com/sites/danielnewman/2022/10/31/big-tech-earnings-put-advertising-privacy-and-user-experience-in-focus/) can be interpreted as a move to reach out to this demographic in the long term, although it makes little sense for the short-term goals of the company. The slump in ad revenue is bound to have a profound impact on how Meta and Alphabet operate. It is naive to expect them to go back to recruiting at the levels they used to before unless they increase their ad revenue. ## **Conclusion** [The Great Resignation](/blog/great-resignation-no-code/) involved tech professionals quitting their jobs in droves throughout 2021. These people took some time to reflect on their lives and got more proactive about their lives, starting more meaningful endeavors during the pandemic. The Great Reset, on the other hand, refers to the layoffs corporate decision-makers are undertaking to correct the mistakes they made during the pandemic. It is a desperate attempt tol signal to shareholders that they are in control of the situation and doing whatever is necessary to correct the course. It is the employees and their families who pay the price for the baseless optimism of corporate leaders. Thousands of people who previously changed jobs and made long-term commitments suddenly found themselves unemployed because can-do-no-wrong visionaries like Zuckerberg and Benioff dropped the ball this time. The hope is that they will learn from this and act more responsibly in their future decisions. --- START: blog/great-resignation-no-code/great-resignation-no-code.md --- # **The Great Resignation: Symptom of a Bigger Change?** We will realize how transformative the years 2020 and 2021 have been for our personal lives, careers, and the economy at large only when we look back and reflect in a decade or so, it seems. The health concerns, recurring lockdowns, uncertainty surrounding the business environment, employees waiting in suspense for the clouds to clear out, chip shortages, the unraveling supply chain chaos… We have witnessed more change and drama in just two years than we would expect to see in a generation. We have drawn attention to some of these drastic changes in our previous blog posts. [Freelancing](/blog/freelancer-way-of-life/) has been [on the rise](/blog/top-freelancing-sites-for-developers/) for quite some time. Some people chose to become digital nomads, setting off with a backpack, setting up camp in exotic places, and working from there. Then "[the Great Exodus](/blog/after-deluge-post-pandemic-business-world/)" happened—tech workers started to leave the Bay Area, where life can be rather expensive, for places like Miami, Atlanta, or Austin, where they can find more affordable housing. The most drastic of such changes took longer to attract attention and grab headlines, but it will probably be the most fateful among them in terms of consequences. We are talking about the Great Resignation, a recent trend of people leaving their jobs and refusing to return to the workforce. Stats tell us that [11.5 million workers](https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/great-resignation-work-meaning-esther-perel.html) quit their jobs in April, May, and June 2021. [4.4 million workers](https://thehill.com/policy/finance/581314-quits-reach-record-high-in-september-as-tight-market-boosts-workers) in the U.S. quit their jobs in September alone. Unsurprisingly, the health industry, which has borne the brunt of the fight against the pandemic, had the highest number of resignations. The tech industry was in second place, with resignations in 2021 [increasing by 4.5 percent](https://hbr.org/2021/09/who-is-driving-the-great-resignation) over the 2020 figure. The most interesting point about the Great Resignation is that it does not fit the pattern we observed in the previous economic downturns. With economy contracting and job opportunities disappearing during an economic downturn, employers usually have the upper hand vis-à-vis the employees. The latter cannot afford to risk unemployment during an economic downturn. Instead, they bite the bullet and try to ride out the storm, no matter how unhappy they are with the working conditions. This time, things have panned out differently, though. Having done well financially in the last decade and having access to better social security and stimulus payments during the lockdowns, people in the tech industry were better positioned to say “no” to working conditions they no longer found agreeable. People generally quit their jobs primarily for tangible reasons like low compensation or a better opportunity elsewhere. However, millions of employees coming to the conclusion that they deserved better pay over a few months sounds rather implausible. A more plausible explanation would be the pandemic’s impact on the way people saw life and what they wanted from it. Stuck at home, worried about the future, and reevaluating their priorities, people engaged in some kind of soul-searching during the lockdowns. They are keener to balance work and family and demand remote or at least hybrid work arrangements now. Companies that did not offer their employees [remote work possibillity](https://medium.com/geekculture/great-resignation-programmers-and-why-companies-should-care-89e2bb5adedd) were the first to lose workers. That some companies made rushed decisions and laid off employees in order to further cut costs alienated members of the workforce. People were once again reminded that corporate decision-makers could act selfishly without any regard for the well-being of their employees in moments of crisis. Another fact is that people have come to take their health more seriously during the pandemic. They simply decided that the [grind of office life](https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/great-resignation-work-meaning-esther-perel.html) with its long commutes, accompanying stress, and little chance for physical exercise was not worth it anymore. The majority of software developers who quit their jobs are senior developers [aged between 30 and 45](https://medium.com/codex/why-senior-developers-are-leading-the-great-resignation-movement-37b93ab9a634). Being financially secure and already fed up with the corporate world, these people seem to have found the courage in themselves to chase their dream jobs or even start their own businesses that could bring some purpose to their lives. That experienced software developers have been leaving their jobs to start their own businesses ties in well with the latest figures regarding startup funding. U.S. startups raised a total of [$240 billion](https://qz.com/2074714/2021-has-already-shattered-yearly-records-for-startup-funding/) in only the first nine months of 2021, which is 45 percent more than the $166 billion funds invested in the U.S. startups in all of 2020. Recognizing the abundance of capital in the markets, some software engineers must have decided to put their talents to work not to enrich other people but to realize their own projects. It is safe to say that the booming SaaS ecosystem and the proliferation of low-code/no-code platforms have made it easier for startup founders to attract investment. SaaS companies have recently productized many services such as website design, payment processing, and email marketing, which every newly-established business needs nowadays. Software engineers can also deploy low-code/no-code platforms to automate the tedious parts of their work, quickly whip up proofs of concepts, and put together an MVP without having to spend months. These two developments mean that developers no longer need to bring together crowded teams of experts to try their luck in entrepreneurship. Using a tech stack of existing SaaS products and low-code/no-code platforms, this new breed of entrepreneurs enjoy a shorter time-to-market than it was ever possible before. With the introduction of [no-code templates](/blog/no-code-templates-competitive-edge/), we can expect more business ideas to come to fruition in the near future and startups to raise even more money. The number of unicorns, private companies with a valuation over $1 billion, stands at [more than 800](https://www.cbinsights.com/research-unicorn-companies) as of November 2021, with more than half of them joining the list in 2021. You can bet that this number will surpass 1000 in the first half of 2022 as more entrepreneurs start to leverage the no-code technology to turn their dreams into reality. --- START: blog/hard-tech-challenges/hard-tech-challenges.md --- # **Top 3 Ways to Solve the Biggest Challenges in Hard Tech** Hard tech startups make up only a small fraction of the overall number of startups. Investors, most of the time chasing safe bets despite claiming otherwise, bear only part of the blame for the lack of interest hard tech projects suffered from for a long time. That situation is finally changing, as our friend Eugene explained in our [previous blog post](/blog/investors-hard-tech-revival/), but hard tech founders still face some formidable challenges. Some of these challenges involve project management issues we are familiar with from other startups. Still others entail high capital requirements or the day-to-day running of a business. It’s time we take a deep dive into the challenges that may hold hard tech founders back. ## **Shorten the iteration cycles** Modern software development is characterized by short iteration cycles inspired by the “Build-Measure-Learn” principle. Publicized by Eric Ries in his book *The Lean Startup*, this method seeks to ensure that the development process is informed by customer reactions so that resources can be used in the most efficient manner. The teams leveraging the Build-Measure-Learn cycle analyze customer feedback to execute a series of course corrections instead of sticking to an initial plan until it falls apart. Hard tech startups, on the other hand, usually have longer iteration cycles. A hard tech startup developing a cure for cancer cannot build an MVP or a prototype as quickly as a SaaS startup. Industries like health, defense, aviation, and transportation are strictly regulated, which makes the development process more complicated and time-consuming. Testing different hypotheses at a high pace is impossible when other actors control the pace. However, this does not mean that hard tech founders should lock themselves in a garage, only to come out when the product is 100 percent ready. One idea proposed by Y Combinator to overcome this hurdle involves [identifying in the business idea a smaller project](https://www.ycombinator.com/library/4r-yc-and-hard-tech-startups) that lends itself to quick iterations without demanding huge sums to implement. Just like you start with building an ‘atomic network’ of a few nodes before unlocking network effects, this smaller project would be ideal for testing the waters, engendering interest and feedback from customers, and pitching to investors. ## **Use hacks to reduce the need for capital** Bringing a new piece of hardware to market is a daunting challenge, even in the comparatively well-understood segments like consumer goods. When you are trying to revolutionize the energy industry like [Oklo](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MEfkW9IyYfI) is trying to do, though, the numbers involved can be intimidating for even the most risk-tolerant entrepreneurs. Frugality makes a lot of sense when you are running a hard tech startup. The good news is that founders have the technological means to pitch and validate ideas without incurring millions of dollars in costs. Avoiding bespoke designs and parts at first and going with the standard, mass-produced components can save founders a lot of money while testing hypotheses. Most of the time, a simple proof of concept can go a long way toward convincing an investor to back a project. When you need to create a proof of concept, hacking together off-the-shelf components or different commercial products may be more than enough. The emergence of 3D printing and the proliferation of suppliers all around the world have already lowered the barriers for founders chasing big dreams. In capital-intensive industries like defense and aviation, [computer simulations and plastic scale models](https://youtu.be/C1DlZWfI6rk?t=480) can do a fairly good job of serving as proofs of concept. ## **You are running a business, not a lab** Hard tech founders usually come from academic backgrounds and prefer "just doing their thing" as researchers. However, a hard tech startup cannot afford to sacrifice the business side of things for incremental gains on the R&D front. Those two should go hand in hand if the idea in question is to go beyond the realm of an academic article. Hard tech startups face [two types of risks:](https://ecorner.stanford.edu/clips/market-risk-and-technology-risk/) Technical and market risk. R&D can take care of the former, that is, the risk of failure to find a solution to a problem. But founders should get involved in the nitty-gritty of running a startup if they want to tackle the market risk, which involves whether there is a market for that solution. Usually, while overcoming the technical risk is a matter of science, dealing with the market risk proves to be more of an art than science and, thus, quite difficult. As an extension of the incremental approach to developing and validating an idea we suggested above, founders should not shy away from looking for ways to monetize the idea at every stage possible. The monetization efforts can kick off with a simplified version of the product or a related service. Sam Altman calls this tactic “[taking a detour,](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7HyWFJMAxg)” i.e., diverging from your road map a little bit if it will help you generate some customer demand and revenue. Notable Labs is a good case in point. A YC company focusing on [personalized cancer treatment](https://www.ycombinator.com/companies/notable-labs), the company started offering [tumor screening services](https://youtu.be/C1DlZWfI6rk?t=622) to fund its core operations. Once there is some semblance of a product at hand, another trick up the sleeve for founders can be to get creative with the sales process. Hard tech founders should explore opportunities to secure [pre-sales contracts](https://youtu.be/C1DlZWfI6rk?t=769) from interested parties. When that is not possible, the next best thing would be to pursue [letters of intent](https://youtu.be/C1DlZWfI6rk?t=807), non-binding documents expressing the intention of a potential buyer to buy a product once it is launched. Letters of intent can detail the sales price, order size, and features required, thus removing uncertainty for a startup. Pre-sales contracts and letters of intent allow founders to mitigate risks and secure future revenue streams without committing to costly manufacturing processes. Armed with these two documents, founders will have proof of existing demand and be able to raise money from investors. ## **Conclusion** Problems like climate change, migration, affordable housing, and food and energy security are at the top of the agenda in every country nowadays. These issues are here to stay, and software offers very little in terms of solving them. Therefore, it is a given that people will turn to hard tech for solutions to these big problems. Turning an idea into a life-altering product is rife with challenges. But do not despair: As they say, "*where there is a will, there is a way.*" --- START: blog/healthcare-data-migration/healthcare-data-migration.md --- # **Data Migration in Healthcare: Challenges and Best Practices** There are only a handful of industries where data security and privacy are as mission-critical as they are in healthcare, which happens to be one of the most tightly governed sectors. However, the ever-growing amount of data being stored and processed by healthcare organizations begins to outstrip the existing infrastructure at some point, making data migration a necessity. Migrating data from one system to another is one of the most complex projects that can be undertaken in healthcare. This post will help you determine the medical data migration approach that suits your medical business goals and priorities. ## **What is healthcare data migration?** Healthcare data migration is the process of transferring healthcare data from one eHealth environment to another. It’s usually a necessary step if you choose to abandon your legacy system and move on to one that has a greater capacity to securely store patient-related medical data. In this way, you’ll manage to improve data storage and integrity, increasing your trustworthiness as a medical institution. On top of that, a well-conducted data transfer enables you to significantly improve patient care, contributing to more precise diagnoses. Check out this video for a quick intro to healthcare data migration: {{ youtube(id="kOK0iNrceNk") }} ## **Key takeaways** - Healthcare data migration involves the transfer of healthcare data from one environment to another. - Changing data formats, the growing need for data connectivity, and the increasing complexity of data are the most common drivers of data migration in healthcare. - The volume and complexity of data, interoperability between different systems, and resource constraints pose challenges for healthcare data migration projects. ## **Healthcare data migration in numbers** - RBC Capital Markets [claims](https://www.rbccm.com/en/gib/healthcare/episode/the_healthcare_data_explosion) that the healthcare sector generates 30 percent of the global data volume. - According to a 2023 HIMSS Analytics Report, [78 percent](https://www.himss.org/resources/himss-healthcare-cybersecurity-survey) of healthcare organizations have either completed or are in the process of migrating their data to the cloud. - A 2021 survey by KLAS Research reported that [82 percent](https://klasresearch.com/) of healthcare facilities observed improved patient care after migrating medical data to a centralized platform. - A 2022 study published in the Journal of Medical Systems found that medical data migration can improve operational efficiency by up to [25 percent](https://www.twopoint.com/why-is-data-migration-important-in-healthcare/). ## **Reasons for healthcare data migration** Why exactly do medical establishments choose to conduct data migration? Below are the five main reasons for data migration: ### **Adoption of cloud storage** The most common reason for medical data migration is the inability of the current software system to handle the increasing volume and complexity of stored data. The healthcare sector deals with large amounts of data, which usually requires significant investments in infrastructure, hardware, and server maintenance. That’s why cloud storage is now gaining popularity. Cloud data storage solutions allow for quick and cost-effective scaling of storage infrastructure without reliance on physical servers and with predictable spending. Additionally, the majority of cloud-storage service vendors provide solid data backup options, making your healthcare data migration less risky and facilitating an additional layer of security for patient data. ### **Data consolidation** Usually, a lot of healthcare service providers have more than one eHealth platform. Consequently, each type of software contains drastically different data types that somehow have to be gathered within a unified data storage. The medical data migration process engages a wide range of useful tools and algorithms that make it possible, such as: + Data encryption algorithms, + Data correctness validation algorithms, + Machine Learning (ML) algorithms, + Mapping algorithms. ### **Electronic Health Record (EHR) updating** Unfortunately, your EHR software can become outdated, prompting the need to modernize it or switch to new software. By choosing to conduct [EHR data migration](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCC1IfpX6Lo), you are taking a step toward enhancing the quality and accuracy of medical services. Then, you'll need to consider how to transfer data without any issues and ensure carefully planned [data management](https://digitalknowledge.cput.ac.za/bitstream/11189/3516/1/Fakier_Muhammad_Naasih_De_la_Harpe_Retha_FID_2008.pdf). Here are the key ways proper data migration can help during the adoption of a new EHR: **Smooth new feature implementation:** A newly upgraded EHR will most likely include new features and interface variations. Data migration ensures that new features are effectively utilized in all patient data. **Optimized eHealth environment:** EHRs are supposed to work tightly with other software systems within your digital health environment, including Laboratory Information Systems, Remote Patient Monitoring Software, and telemedicine applications. Proper data migration enables seamless data exchange, bringing about a wholesome treatment journey for your patients. ## **Challenges of healthcare data migration** There are a number of common challenges medical enterprises encounter during healthcare data migration: ### **Data volume and complexity** Healthcare data often comes in large volumes and a wide diversity of formats, which may make it challenging to migrate effectively at once. Additionally, medical data like images, multi-level patient records, and diagnostics are quite complex to operate, adding another layer of difficulty to the migration process. **Solution:** To overcome issues associated with increased data complexity and volume, start off with a thorough assessment of the current data landscape. Then, leverage data cleansing tools to get rid of inaccurate or damaged data and establish unified data standards. ### **Interoperability failures** As the amount of data increases, ensuring its seamless flow within other medical software solutions becomes more complicated. If you’ve lost track of formats, data types, and standards, you may experience difficulties during data mapping and migration. **Solution:** To avoid problems with data interoperability, strictly follow unified standards like HL7 and FHIR and ensure seamless data flow across different digital healthcare systems. ### **Regulatory compliance and security** Keeping up with medical industry laws and regulations appears to be the most significant challenge for many healthcare providers. In addition to the industry-specific legislation, there are also ever-evolving privacy laws one needs to keep tabs on. **Solution:** Make sure to conduct in-depth research on all healthcare regulations that can be applied in your location and strictly follow them during your healthcare data transfer. ### **System disruptions** Given the challenges of migrating huge volumes of healthcare data, a total collapse of the system may not be excluded from the list of potential risks. This could result in downtime and have a potential negative impact on patient care, causing treatment delays and compromising overall patient safety. **Solution:** The best way to mitigate these risks involves carefully planning and implementing data migration strategies in incremental stages. Furthermore, scheduling healthcare data migration during off-peak hours can help reduce the impact on medical services. ### **Resource constraints** Healthcare data migration projects require highly qualified and experienced experts, which may be quite challenging to find initially. A lack of sufficient numbers of well-qualified technical experts can result in poor execution and delay the completion of healthcare data migration initiatives. **Solution:** To address this issue, invest more time and resources into training programs to upskill existing staff members. Another option is to outsource particular tasks and data migration project scopes to a third-party vendor with strong technical expertise, experience, and a deep understanding of the eHealth domain. Additionally, you may want to explore relevant tools that can assist you in implementing a more organized approach to data migration with limited resources. ## **Healthcare data migration best practices** So, what do you need to prioritize to ensurea properly executed data migration in healthcare? Here is a short 6-step list for a sound medical data migration flow: ### **1. Define why you need medical data migration** Understanding your specific migration needs, identifying requirements, and setting goals will help transform an undefined migration strategy into a precise plan. Healthcare businesses undertake such an initiative to + Reorganize data and improve consistency, + Enhance data integrity, + Ensure scalability for future data volume growth, + Bolster data security. ### **2. Conduct an audit of the data ecosystem** An audit of your current data environment may provide you with a 360-degree view of the current data storage picture, enabling you to prevent potential major risks like significant loss of data. Here is what you should check out primarily: + Common and repetitive data patterns, types, formats, and data sources, + Common data inaccuracies and inconsistencies, + Data protocols and standards, + Transmitted data complexity and volume, + Essential health regulations to comply with, + Financial planning and assessment. ### **3. Choose the right medical data migration tools** There is a wide range of tools in the market that can be used for data migration in healthcare. To find the most suitable instruments for your use case, start by making a list of the qualities you should seek in medical data migration tools: + Ability to support your data standards (FHIR, HL7, etc.), + High interoperability bandwidth, + Ease of use within your existing tech infrastructure, + Vast customization options to meet your unique requirements, + Scalability for your current migration needs. ### **4. Ensure regulatory compliance** Healthcare services providers encompass a wide range of industry regulations. HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act) is the most common regulation your medical software solution has to meet (if in the US) to be reliable in terms of protecting patient-related medical information. However, in addition to [HIPAA compliance for software development](https://www.cleveroad.com/blog/hipaa-compliant-software-development/), data migration in healthcare is also sensitive to a lot of international medical security standards, including: + eHealth Action Plan, GDPR (in Europe), + PIPEDA, PHIPA (in Canada), + Data Protection Act 2018 (in the UK), + Australian Digital Health Agency Standards (in Australia). The set of essential regulations may differ depending on your location, so make sure to conduct thorough research before starting the data transfer process. ### **5. Safeguard medical data** Complying with medical regulations requires robust data security, which, in turn, helps mitigate risks, including data leaks, data disruptions, and invalid data. Here are basic data security measures you can utilize: + Medical data encryption, + Role-based access controls, + Data retention and residency, + PHI (Protected Health Information). ### **6. Keep track of migration** Usually, medical data migration requires a systematic approach to transferring the data from a source system to a destination system. That’s why you’ll need to plan the medical data migration as well as monitor its flow. Additionally, a sound plan also helps you identify the potential risks involved and establish robust error-handling processes. This strategy enables you to detect errors, record details, and apply off-the-shelf issue resolution algorithms promptly. You can automatically resume the medical data migration process after the resolution of the main issue, thanks to advanced error-handling capabilities. A well-executed data migration process consists of many stages. To simplify this task, you can utilize tools such as: + **Splunk** - for medical data migration troubleshooting + **Dynatrace** - for end-to-end monitoring of the infrastructure + **SolarWinds** - for tracking database state and performance during migration. ## **Benefits of data migration in healthcare organizations** Healthcare organizations reap the benefits of successful data migration projects in several key areas: ### **Improved patient care** Succesful data migration helps break down data siloes and unifies healthcare data, facilitating better diagnostics and even personalized treatments. ### **Enhanced data security and compliance** Replacing legacy systems with modern infrastructure introduces modern security approaches that reduce data exposure risks. Modern cloud-based and hybrid systems are more resilient than legacy systems thanks to disaster recovery mechanisms, redundancy, and automated backups that safeguard critical data during failures. When it comes to handling sensitive data, modern systems are designed to comply with regulations such as HIPAA and GDPR, prioritizing data security and privacy. ### **Increased operational efficiency and cost savings** Eliminating data siloes and centralizing healthcare data through data migration results in streamlined workflows for every department and reduces the burden on IT teams. Maintaining cloud and hybrid systems tends to be less resource-intensive than maintaining legacy systems, which translates into cost savings for organizations. ### **Better decision-making** Migrating data away from legacy systems improves data discoverability and accessibility. This allows healthcare organizations to generate timely and accurate reports, run predictive analytics, and leverage cutting-edge data visualization technology to view their data. As a result, these organizations can uncover new insights from their data and take prompt action in clinical and operational matters. ### **Scalability** Migrating data to cloud systems ensures better scalability, which will be sorely needed as healthcare data keeps growing at a dizzying pace. Cloud systems are also extendable as they can incorporate new technologies, AI-powered apps, and state-of-the-art devices, which increasingly tend to be designed for the cloud. ## **Healthcare data migration content to consume** - Video – [Migrating Clinical Data in Various Formats to a Clinical Data Management System](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LVS7JJU_BFc) - Podcast – [The Good, Bad, Ugly, and Even Uglier of Healthcare Data Migration; Will Erskine, PBT Australia](https://www.talkinghealthtech.com/podcast/231-the-good-bad-ugly-and-even-uglier-of-healthcare-data-migration-will-erskine-pbt-australia) ## **Conclusion** The increasing pace of digital transformation has made data migration inevitable for healthcare organizations. However, medical data migration projects can pose a significant challenge due to the complexity of the data landscape in such organizations and the rules and regulations at play. Adopting a systematic approach to medical data migration, leveraging specialized data migration tools, prioritizing data security and compliance, and following the rules and regulations goes a long way toward successfully migrating data. A relatively new technique that caters to the specific needs of healthcare organizations is data virtualization, which facilitates the creation of a single view of truth from different data sources. It establishes a semantic layer over distributed data sources, enabling users to access data via SQL, REST, or GraphQL. This capability makes data virtualization ideal for healthcare organizations striving to break down data silos and form a single view of truth from their scattered data. Data virtualization eliminates the need for copying or moving data, simplifying data management for healthcare organizations where huge amounts of data need to be migrated. It minimizes the risk of data loss and reduces data storage requirements. Thanks to the absence of complex and brittle data pipelines for moving data, data virtualization removes the need for large data teams and brings about cost savings. [Peaka](/) leverages data virtualization to combine data from a wide range of databases, data warehouses, SaaS tools, and APIs. Its zero-ETL approach allows users to access and query data wherever it resides without any maintenance or data teams involved. [Book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and discover how Peaka can simplify your data migration project! --- START: blog/hevo-vs-peaka-comparison/hevo-vs-peaka-comparison.md --- # **Why Embedded Peaka Beats Hevo Data for In-Product Dashboards** Building embedded analytics into your SaaS product sounds simple until you realize what it actually takes: connectors, query infrastructure, data caching, governance, UI components, and tenant-level control. Hevo Data and Embedded Peaka both help you bring data into your app, but they take radically different approaches. One gives you the infrastructure for ETL to your warehouse. The other gives you a drop-in data delivery layer with a built-in UI, query engine, and live data access—no warehouse required. Here’s why Embedded Peaka is the better fit if you want to ship customer-facing analytics faster. ## **1. Peaka unifies and embeds data at the same time** Hevo is built for internal analytics. It’s a classic ETL pipeline that syncs data from various sources into your cloud warehouse. After that, you’re on your own: you still need to manage query performance, frontend UIs, data governance, and multi-tenant access control. Peaka surpasses conventional data integration by providing a comprehensive data management solution that simplifies embedding analytics in SaaS products. Peaka not only unifies data from distributed sources, but it also gives you the UI components and white-labeling support to present that data as dashboards in your product. | Feature | Embedded Peaka | Hevo Data | | :--------------------- | :------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------ | | **Deployment Mode** | ✅ Purpose-built for embedding | ❌ ETL for internal analytics | | **UI Components** | ✅ Dialogs, query editor, autocomplete | ❌ None | | **Branding & Theming** | ✅ Full white-labeling | ❌ None | ### **What this means for you** Peaka enhances data connectivity and helps you create a plug-and-play embedded data experience. ## **2. Peaka eliminates data replication and data warehouses** Hevo’s data integration model relies on replicating data into a data warehouse such as Snowflake, BigQuery, or Redshift. This results in latency, ongoing need for maintenance, and security issues. By leveraging data virtualization and federated queries, Embedded Peaka eliminates the need for a data warehouse and all associated maintenance costs. It enables users to query the data at the source, while smart caching reduces query execution time and lowers costs for frequently accessed data. | Feature | Embedded Peaka | Hevo Data | | :----------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------- | | **Data Access Model** | ✅ Live querying (no replication) | ❌ Data replication to destination | | **Query Engine** | ✅ Built-in (Trino-based) | ❌ No query support | | **Caching & Rate Limit Handling** | ✅ Rate limit-aware caching built-in | 🟡 Basic retry logic only | ### **What this means for you** While Hevo Data refines the traditional ETL method, Embedded Peaka removes the need for ETLs and simplifies the data stack for SaaS teams working to embed analytics into their products. ## **3. Peaka offers advanced features to accelerate development** Hevo requires you to manage all the customer-specific logic yourself: from securing OAuth credentials to building tenant-level isolation and row-level access. From the start of its development, multitenancy was baked into Embedded Peaka, which offers + Hosted or BYO OAuth with full tenant awareness + Row-, column-, and role-level access controls + Audit logs and lineage tracking + Isolated projects, catalog, and schemas for multi-tenant control | Feature | Embedded Peaka | Hevo Data | | :----------------------- | :--------------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------- | | **OAuth** | ✅ Hosted, tenant-aware | 🟡 To be handled by the user | | **Multitenant Support** | ✅ Native project/catalog isolation | ❌ None | | **Connector Maintenance** | ✅ Peaka-managed | 🟡 To be maintained by the user | ### **What this means for you** OAuth flows, multitenancy, and governance are typically pushed to the end of the development cycle or completely ignored, as is the case with Hevo. Embedded Peaka handles allBy offering them out of the box, Embedded Peaka ensures that product velocity remains high. ## **4. From backend to UI, Embedded Peaka has the entire stack** Hevo gives you a data pipeline. That’s it. No query editor, connector dialogs, or theming. Embedded Peaka comes with premium features such as + AI-enhanced query editors + Connector dialogs + Autocomplete + Visual theming Instead of building every component from scratch, product teams embed them in their platforms and channel their resources to more productive tasks. ### **What this means for you** The advanced feature set offered by Embedded Peaka helps product teams save weeks in engineering effort that would otherwise be used to develop such features. ## **Key takeaways** + **Hevo Data is an ETL platform** that replicates data to warehouses, but doesn’t provide query engines, UI components, or multitenant controls. + **Embedded Peaka delivers a complete embedded analytics stack**, including live querying, smart caching, governance, and white-labeled UI. + **Embedded Peaka eliminates the need for data replication**, allowing SaaS teams to access real-time data without setting up a data warehouse. + **Embedded Peaka shortens time-to-market**, enabling teams to embed dashboards and analytics directly into their products with minimal engineering effort. ## **Final verdict: Embedded Peaka helps you deliver value, not just integrate data** Hevo is an excellent choice for centralizing data into a warehouse for internal analytics. But if your goal is to **embed real-time data, analytics, or AI insights** directly into your product without building all the infra yourself, Embedded Peaka is purpose-built for you. Don’t build a stack to deliver analytics. Embed one with Peaka. Visit [Embedded Peaka](/embedded-peaka/) to see how it powers embedded analytics for SaaS teams or [book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to watch it in action. Want to explore how Peaka compares to other data platforms? Check out our in-depth comparisons with other leading tools: + [Embedded Peaka vs. Airbyte Embedded](/blog/airbyte-embedded-vs-embedded-peaka) + [Embedded Peaka vs. Cdata](/blog/cdata-vs-embedded-peaka) + [Embedded Peaka vs. Merge.dev](/blog/merge-vs-embedded-peaka) + [Embedded Peaka vs. Polytomic](/blog/polytomic-vs-embedded-peaka) --- START: blog/how-to-build-churn-dashboard/how-to-build-churn-dashboard.md --- # How to Build a Churn Analysis Dashboard in 1 Hour Using Peaka and v0.dev # Project Overview What if your high-paying customers try to tell you something before they churn, and you don’t catch it? In this tutorial, you will build a dashboard that identifies **Pro- and Enterprise-tier subscribers who contacted support shortly before canceling** their subscriptions. The goal is to help support and product teams understand churn patterns and take action before it’s too late. This dashboard provides real value for: - **Customer support teams** looking to spot at-risk users, - **Product managers** needing context around cancellations, - **Growth and revenue teams** focused on reducing churn. Best of all, instead of spending days coding, you will build this entire system in **just 1 hour** using **Peaka** for data integration and **v0.dev** to generate the frontend. ## The Tools You’ll Need / The Stack Here’s what you’ll use to bring everything together: - **Peaka** – A no-code data integration platform that connects and joins data from Stripe and Zendesk, then turns those queries into APIs you can consume. - **v0.dev** – An AI-powered tool that generates a full-stack dashboard UI based on a simple natural language prompt. - **Stripe + Zendesk** – The core data sources providing subscription details and customer support tickets, respectively. --- ### Why Peaka? Peaka is a no-code data operations platform that enables you to: - Connect to external data sources like APIs, databases, and SaaS applications, - Model your data as **virtual tables** without moving or duplicating it, - Create APIs on top of those virtual tables to serve your applications. For this dashboard, Peaka provides: - A seamless way to **connect Zendesk and Stripe data** by matching customer emails, - A flexible query builder that lets you **join support tickets with subscription data** using SQL, - Ready to use API endpoints that you can call directly from your app. By using Peaka, you avoid building and maintaining a custom backend, saving significant development time and complexity. --- ### Why v0.dev? With v0.dev, you can: - Skip writing any frontend code. Just describe your app in a prompt, - Get a fully functional, developer-friendly UI generated for you, - Automatically generate backend integration logic that connects to Peaka’s APIs, - Easily adapt your app by updating prompts or API specs and regenerating the code. ## Let's Start ### Step 1: Setting Up Your Peaka Project Before you start building, you need to set up your Peaka workspace and generate an API key for authentication. Follow these steps: 1. Go to [peaka.studio](https://peaka.studio/) and log in. > If you don’t have an account yet, sign up. It only takes a minute. 2. Create a **new project** from your dashboard. 3. Open your new project, then click the gear icon (⚙️) in the bottom left sidebar to open **Settings**. 4. In **Settings**, navigate to the **API Keys** tab and create a new API key. 5. Copy your **Project ID** from the URL in your browser’s address bar. It should look like this: ```javascript `https://peaka.studio/studio/${project_id}/..` ``` Save both the API key and Project ID safely, you’ll need these when connecting Peaka to v0.dev. ### Step 2: Connecting Data Sources in Peaka With your project set up, it’s time to bring in your external data. In this example, you’ll connect **Stripe** and **Zendesk** to Peaka. These will serve as the foundation for your churn and support analysis. --- #### ✅ Connecting Stripe - In your Peaka project, click the **➕ Add** button on the left sidebar to open the **Connector List**. - Use the search bar to find **Stripe** among the available connectors. - Select it, give the connection a name (e.g., `stripe_main`), and enter your **Stripe API Key**. - Click **Connect,** and you’re done! Your Stripe data will now appear under your connected data sources. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image.png", width=786, height=636, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="Search Datasource to Connect", bordered="true") }} {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image1.png", width=548, height=554, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="Connecting Stripe Account", bordered="true") }} --- #### ✅ Connecting Zendesk - Back in the **Connector List**, search for **Zendesk** and select it. - Since Zendesk supports **OAuth authentication**, setup is quick and easy. - Provide a **connection name** and your **Zendesk subdomain** (e.g., `yourcompany.zendesk.com`). - Peaka will redirect you to Zendesk for login and authorization. Once approved, the connector will be activated. - You’ll now have access to **Zendesk tickets and user data** within Peaka, no API handling required. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image2.png", width=506, height=756, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="Connecting Zendesk Account", bordered="true") }} --- By the end of this step, both **Stripe** and **Zendesk** will be live in your Peaka project fully authenticated and ready to query. ### Step 3: Writing Queries in Peaka With Stripe and Zendesk connected, it’s time to extract insights by writing queries across both data sources. --- #### 🧠 Creating a New Query in Peaka - From the left sidebar, go to the **Queries** section. - Click **➕ New Query** to create a new SQL query. - Choose **Start from Scratch** instead of using a template. > (You can explore Peaka’s templates later for common use cases.) - Write the following SQL queries and click **Run** to preview the results. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image3.png", width=786, height=344, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="Create a New Query", bordered="true") }} {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image4.png", width=786, height=581, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="Query Screen", bordered="true") }} --- #### 📊 Query 1: Support Tickets Submitted Shortly Before Churn This query finds **Pro or Enterprise users** who submitted a support ticket **within 14 days before canceling** their subscription. Use it to identify customers who might have been unhappy or struggling and possibly prevent future churn. ```sql SELECT u.name, prod.name AS plan_name, z.subject, z.description, u.email AS customer_email FROM "zd"."public"."tickets" z JOIN "zd"."public"."users" u ON z.requester_id = u.id JOIN "stripe"."payment"."customers" c ON u.email = c.email JOIN "stripe"."payment"."subscriptions" sub ON c.id = sub.customer_id JOIN "stripe"."payment"."plans" p ON sub.plan_id = p.id JOIN "stripe"."payment"."products" prod ON p.product_id = prod.id WHERE prod.name IN ('Pro Plan', 'Enterprise Plan') AND sub.canceled_at IS NOT NULL AND z.created_at BETWEEN (sub.canceled_at - INTERVAL '14' DAY) AND sub.canceled_at ORDER BY z.created_at DESC LIMIT 100; ``` --- #### 📊 Query 2: All Tickets from Premium Users This query retrieves **all support tickets** submitted by **Pro and Enterprise plan** users, whether they churned or not. It’s useful for exploring the overall support volume, issue trends, and satisfaction signals from your premium customer base. ```sql SELECT u.name AS customer_name, prod.name AS plan_name, z.subject AS ticket_subject, z.description AS ticket_description, u.email AS customer_email, z.priority, z.status, z.updated_at FROM "zd"."public"."tickets" z JOIN "zd"."public"."users" u ON z.requester_id = u.id JOIN "stripe"."payment"."customers" c ON u.email = c.email JOIN "stripe"."payment"."subscriptions" sub ON c.id = sub.customer_id JOIN "stripe"."payment"."plans" p ON sub.plan_id = p.id JOIN "stripe"."payment"."products" prod ON p.product_id = prod.id WHERE prod.name IN ('Pro Plan', 'Enterprise Plan') ORDER BY z.created_at DESC LIMIT 100; ``` ### Step 4: Integrating Peaka Queries into the Frontend with v0.dev With your Peaka queries ready, you can now build a complete frontend dashboard using [v0.dev](https://v0.dev/). This step shows how to integrate live query results into your UI, entirely through prompt-based generation. #### 💬 Start with a Prompt Begin by opening [v0.dev](https://v0.dev/) and entering a prompt like this: ``` I have a Peaka account and a Peaka project that contains two queries. I want to create a dashboard with the following charts: - A table listing users who contacted support shortly before canceling. (You can execute the tickets_by_pro_enterprise_customers query from Peaka) - A list of recent feedback entries from premium subscribers. (You can execute the zendesk_tickets_with_stripe_customer_and_plan_info query from Peaka) It should be a full-stack system. The design should be developer-friendly and backend should be integrated with Peaka. You can check the API reference here: https://docs.peaka.com/api-reference/introduction ``` {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image5.png", width=786, height=477, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="V0 initial prompt", bordered="true") }} --- #### 🔐 Set Environment Variables v0.dev will likely ask you to define the following environment variables to authenticate with Peaka: - `PEAKA_API_KEY` - `PEAKA_PROJECT_ID` Use the values you obtained earlier from your Peaka project’s settings and paste them into v0.dev’s environment configuration. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image6.png", width=551, height=207, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="v0 Api Key Screen", bordered="true") }} --- #### ⚠️ Fix the API Base URL By default, v0.dev may try to connect to `https://api.peaka.com/v1`, which is not the correct base URL for query execution. You can fix this by prompting v0.dev with: ``` API Endpoint base is different than api.peaka.com/v1. It should be https://partner.peaka.studio/api/v1 ``` If you're using the **EU zone**, use: ``` https://partner.eu.peaka.studio/api/v1 ``` {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/churn-analysis-dashboard/image7.png", width=687, height=470, op='fit_width', center='true', alt="Base URL Fix in v0", bordered="true") }} --- #### 📄 Use the Correct Request Format After correcting the base URL, you’ll also need to make sure the request payload matches Peaka’s `execute-query` API format. You can provide v0.dev with this sample request and response structure, based on the [official documentation](https://docs.peaka.com/api-reference/data-queries/execute-query): **Sample request:** ```tsx const options = { method: 'POST', headers: {Authorization: 'BearerMonthly Churn Rate = [(Number of customers at the end of the month) - (Number of customers at the beginning of the month)] X 100 / (Number of customers at the beginning of the month)
** One should keep in mind that the churn rate calculated will probably understate the real churn rate, as there will be people who would like to churn but can’t because they are [bound by a contract.](https://medium.com/the-saas-growth-blog/the-ultimate-guide-to-saas-growth-metrics-2a4de6f1779) Therefore, excluding these people from the initial number of customers might be a good idea. #### **Why does churn matter?** Churn is the opposite of growth and works in a way that offsets it. A high churn rate is a symptom of the lack of product-market fit and can signal problems with your product, onboarding, customer support, and customer success functions. Dan Martell taps into his experience as an entrepreneur and gives some practical advice on how to reduce churn in this video: {{ youtube(id="viG8ocpkweo") }} The real issue with churn is how monthly compounding can turn it into a menace to be reckoned with. **Annual Customer Churn Rate = (1 — (1 — Monthly Churn Rate)^12)
** Thus, a seemingly innocent-looking monthly churn rate of 6 percent will amount to an annual churn rate of 52.4 percent. That’s more than half of your customers gone within a year. Think for a moment that you had 1,000,000 subscribers at the beginning of the period and lost 524,000 of them throughout the year. _Ouch!_ For a more nuanced look at the churn rate, it would be wise to keep an eye on the revenue churn, as well. Losing a small number of customers can still cripple your business if those accounts turn out to be high-value accounts. Eliminating churn altogether is impossible because people die, they forget to renew their subscriptions, or their credit cards expire. But you can always focus on your Tier 1 accounts instead of the smaller deals if deal sizes vary across your customer base. ### **Net Revenue Retention** Net revenue retention (NRR) is [the cumulative total of your retained, contracted, and expanded revenue](https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesbusinesscouncil/2022/04/15/why-nrr-net-revenue-retention-is-the-one-metric-to-rule-them-all-for-saas/) over a period (a month, quarter, or a year), expressed as a percentage of revenue in that period. For monthly NRR, you add the revenue you earned from upselling and cross-selling (expansion MRR) to the base MRR figure at the beginning of the period. You then subtract the revenue you lost due to downgrades to a lower pricing tier (contraction MRR) and churned customers (churned MRR). Dividing the result by the MRR figure at the beginning of the period and multiplying it by 100 gives you the NRR figure you are looking for. **NRR = [(Starting MRR + Expansion MRR — Contraction MRR — Churned MRR) / Starting MRR] X 100
** #### **Why does NRR matter?** NRR is a measure of your customer success function and speaks volumes about how well your customers were able to extract value from your product. It doesn’t let revenue from new contracts cloud your judgment, as it excludes the revenue growth provided by the newly acquired customers, which could change the picture by making up for the revenue lost from churning or downgrading customers. The NRR gives you two important insights: - How much growth your existing customers can generate for your SaaS business, - How happy your existing customers, the contracts you already won, are with your product. NRR is a critical metric for SaaS companies because it shows the way to cost-effective growth: Reduce churn and increase customer lifetime value through upselling and cross-selling. Rather than pouring money into customer acquisition to sustain a leaky bucket model, NRR encourages you to [fix your onboarding issues](https://www.thesaascfo.com/how-to-calculate-net-dollar-retention/), give your customers a better product experience, and invest in your customer success team to increase revenue. An NRR rate of 100 percent implies that you have a stable ARR base that is neither growing nor shrinking, without taking newly acquired customers into account. An NRR rate of greater than 100 percent tells you that your company is able to grow by leaning on its existing customer base alone. [A study of 98 SaaS companies](https://blossomstreetventures.medium.com/benchmarking-net-dollar-retention-61c297eada93) that disclosed their net revenue retention rates at the time of their IPOs reveals that the median figure for these companies was 114 percent. For instance, Gitlab’s 179 percent NRR rate means that the company would be able to grow its revenue by 79 percent without acquiring a single new customer, which is nothing short of impressive. ### **Rule of 40** The rule of 40 is a rule of thumb stipulating that [the combined revenue growth rate and profit margin](https://www.saasacademy.com/blog/rule-of-40) of a SaaS company should be equal to or greater than 40 percent. **Rate of revenue growth + Profit margin ≥ 40
** Instead of the established VC view that pushed for growth, growth, and more growth, the rule of 40 brings a more balanced view. It emphasizes that if you managed to grow your revenue by just 15 percent from last year, you would still be on the right track, provided that your EBITDA (earning before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) was at least 25 percent. The macroeconomic developments of 2022 made this rule of thumb more popular than ever. With the Fed tightening monetary policy through rate hikes, it became obvious that the cost of borrowing would go up. This meant that investors would be less enthusiastic about throwing money at every SaaS project coming their way. The drop in SaaS valuations and investors suddenly getting cold feet in backing projects were the signs that a sea change was underway. VCs began warning their portfolio companies that there might not be a next round of fundraising and advised them to focus on profitability. Sequoia [gathered founders](https://www.sequoiacap.com/adapting-to-endure-2022/) to discuss different scenarios, and YC sent founders a letter titled "[_Economic Downturn,_](https://siliconangle.com/2022/05/19/y-combinator-warns-startup-founders-wary-economic-downturn/)" urging them to prioritize profitability over growth. The message was clear: > “_The age of free cash is over. You’re on your own until you show us some results first._” Here is a short video explaining how the rule of 40 tries to balance growth and profitability: {{ youtube(id="w8KXVcLENWI") }} #### **Why does the rule of 40 matter?** - Rule of 40 underlines the importance of balancing growth with profitability rather than chasing growth at all costs. - There is empirical evidence that healthy SaaS companies that have validated their business models and surpassed $1 million in ARR consistently perform at around this level, which makes this figure a good target to aim for. It’s worth keeping in mind that the rule of 40 does not apply to early-stage SaaS firms, which find it almost impossible to turn a profit, and thus push for growth at all costs. It applies to SaaS companies that have reached some level of maturity and achieved $1 million or more in ARR, according to [Brad Feld](https://feld.com/archives/2015/02/rule-40-healthy-saas-company/), who popularized the rule. Instead of Neeraj Agrawal’s 3X-3X-2X-2X-2X runaway growth formula, the rule of 40 shifts the focus to profitability at a much earlier stage. [The data gathered by Scale](https://www.scalevp.com/blog/a-quick-primer-on-the-rule-of-40) from its portfolio companies shows that 40 percent has been a threshold that mature SaaS companies consistently hit over a decade but found it difficult to surpass by a significant margin. Therefore, it serves as a very good proxy for approximating growth and profitability for a specific type of SaaS company. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/growth-rule-of-40.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Median rule of 40 graph") }} Graph showing the median value for the sum of revenue growth and gross margin for 68 publicly traded SaaS companies. The image was slightly modified for aesthetic purposes. Image credits: [Scale](https://www.scalevp.com/blog/a-quick-primer-on-the-rule-of-40). ### **Gross margin** Gross margin is one of the more traditional metrics that does not require you to jump through hoops to calculate it, but it is still a very valuable source of information. Gross margin is gross profits presented as a percentage of total revenue. It is the amount of revenue left after the cost of goods is subtracted, expressed as a percentage of total revenue. **Gross margin (%) = [(Revenue - Cost of Goods Sold) / Revenue] X 100
** The gross margin figure is different from the net profit margin, which you find by further deducting the operational expenses and taxes. SaaS businesses typically have a low cost of goods sold as they don’t incur production costs like the more traditional industries do. The COGS in SaaS involves hosting, maintenance, licensing fees, and the money spent on customer onboarding, support, and success. Thus, SaaS companies end up with gross margins of 70-80 percent, with a KeyBanc Capital Markets Technology Group survey putting the median gross margin for SaaS companies at [73 percent.](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/2021-KBCM-SaaS-Survey.pdf) This figure is significantly lower for traditional industries like [aerospace and defense (17 percent) and consumer electronics (32 percent).](https://pages.stern.nyu.edu/~adamodar/New_Home_Page/datafile/margin.html) #### **Why does gross margin matter?** - Gross margin is a sign of your operational efficiency, showing you how much revenue you need to generate for a certain level of gross profit. - The higher the gross margin, the more cash you will have to pay for operational expenses and reinvest in your business. - Gross margin also speaks volumes about the value of your business. A company with an ARR of $5 million and 75 percent gross margin can be much more valuable than one with $10 million in ARR and just 25 percent gross margin, as the former will be generating three times as much profit per every dollar of revenue compared to the latter. Shrewd investors would be valuing the first company more highly than the second one. ### **Burn multiple** The rough couple of years SaaS companies went through at the beginning of 2020s with regard to access to funds inspired come creative metrics that prioritize efficiency. One such metric is the burn multiple, popularized by [David Sacks](https://medium.com/craft-ventures/applying-the-burn-multiple-to-marketplace-business-models-6b8e9e4f8c94) during an economic downturn in the SaaS industry. Burn multiple is a measure of capital efficiency. It measures how much money is spent to achieve the current level of growth. To calculate the burn multiple, David Sacks took Bessemer’s "[efficiency score](https://www.slideshare.net/BessemerVP/bessemer-venture-partners-2019-state-of-the-cloud-130798518)" and flipped it on its head. **Efficiency Score = Net New ARR / Net Burn
** **Burn Multiple = Net Burn / Net New ARR
** In this inverted version, the formula gives you how much cash you need to burn to generate one unit of growth. An early-stage SaaS company usually has burn multiples as high as 3 because it is spending a lot of money to test different hypotheses and experiment with different marketing and sales techniques. Also, there is little brand value to speak of, which could have brought in new customers without any added costs. However, if the burn multiple does not improve over time, it means that the company failed to find a more efficient way of generating revenue, which is a serious problem that requires immediate attention. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/growth-burn-multiple.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="burn multiples and what they mean") }} Burn multiples and what they mean for SaaS companies. The image was slightly modified for aesthetic purposes. Image credits: [The Burn Multiple | David Sacks](https://sacks.substack.com/p/the-burn-multiple-51a7e43cb200). #### **Why does burn multiple matter?** Burn multiple is important because any serious problem the company is experiencing on the cost or revenue fronts will be reflected either in the money spent or the ARR generated. David Sacks lists [five major problem areas](https://sacks.substack.com/p/the-burn-multiple-51a7e43cb200) that will have an impact on burn multiple: **Gross margin** — A lower growth margin means you don’t generate enough revenue for the COGS you incurred. The burn will increase in such a situation, resulting in a worse burn multiple. **Sales efficiency** — Problems with inefficient sales processes will result in an increasing burn multiple. **Churn** — Churn will bring the ARR down, meaning the same burn will be raking in less revenue, causing a worse burn multiple. **Traction and growth** — The futile marketing and sales efforts that fail to generate desired levels of traction and growth will show in the increased burn rate without a corresponding increase in revenue. **Leadership** — A consistently high burn multiple is indicative of the possibility that the decision-makers do not have the skill or the will to improve this metric. ## **How does Peaka help you with tracking growth metrics?** Gaining full visibility into your growth metrics requires you to - Unify the data you have scattered across multiple platforms, - Turn your consolidated datasets into a dashboard that reveals trends. Peaka’s unique set of capabilities ticks both boxes. - Peaka enables you to combine data from different sources, be they CRMs, databases, or SaaS applications, with zero-copy. It eliminates the need to first copy and move the data into a data warehouse. Without any ETL pipelines to build and maintain, IT teams become instantly more productive and channel their resources to core engineering activities. - When it comes to visualizing data, Peaka supports ready-made integrations with top-notch BI platforms such as [Looker Studio](/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/), [Power BI](/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/), [Tableau](/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/), [Metabase](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/), and [Apache Superset™](/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/). This allows you to turn your tabular data into dashboards, track saas metrics that matter, and generate reports without relying on the engineering team. Peaka brings down the technical barriers to data integration and visualization and democratizes those tasks for everyone. It empowers business teams to self-serve without waiting for support from data teams, monitor key SaaS metrics and KPIs at all times, and make informed decisions based on real-time data. ## **SaaS growth metrics content to consume** - Video–[The SaaS Business Model & Metrics: Understand the Key Drivers for Success](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5RR6M_d6eKcc) | David Skok - Podcast—[5 SaaS Metrics that Matter to Investors with Jess Bartos of Salesforce Ventures](https://chartmogul.com/blog/5-saas-metrics-that-matter-to-investors/#h-growth-needs-to-endure-at-high-rates) - Article–[SaaS Metrics 2.0 – A Guide to Measuring and Improving What Matters](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/saas-metrics-2/) ## **Conclusion** Growth metrics are indispensable to decision-makers at SaaS companies. However, they offer the most value when they are put into a context that offers visibility into the efficiency of operations, showing you not only how far you have come but also at what cost. In essence, these growth metrics serve as a compass, guiding businesses toward their goals while identifying potential pitfalls along the way. By consistently monitoring these metrics, companies can make data-informed decisions, adapt their strategies, and ultimately boost their growth. Therefore, understanding and leveraging these metrics should be a top priority for businesses seeking to thrive in today's competitive landscape. --- START: blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/saas-ideal-customer-profile.md --- # **How to Create an Ideal Customer Profile for SaaS Businesses** ## **Introduction** Rising above the marketing noise in this day and age is the number one concern for marketing teams. How do you get your message across to your audience, who have been exposed to similar messages from a plethora of different mediums? It is this particular concern that led to the emergence of account-based marketing (ABM). Instead of churning out marketing content to saturate every communication channel and reach every kind of customer, ABM focuses on a handful of target accounts. It emphasizes undertaking research to better understand the needs of those targeted accounts and produce personalized content for them. At the center of this strategy is the "ideal customer profile" (ICP) concept. ## **What is an ideal customer profile?** An ICP is "[the type of company that would benefit the most from your product or service.](https://about.crunchbase.com/blog/what-is-an-ideal-customer-profile-and-how-do-you-create-one/)" The term does not refer to your potential customers, though. ICP corresponds to a much more focused group of customers who are a fit for your product and aware of their pain. These customers are actively looking for a solution to a problem, thus motivated to make a purchase. Finding and detailing customer personas is nothing new. You probably built up profiles like "[Amy the accountant](https://www.uxbooth.com/articles/whats-in-a-name-how-to-select-a-name-for-your-persona/)" or "Tony the technician" at some point in your career. Working to generate customer personas is a fun exercise that you do because you were asked to do but then put aside and never look back on later. Because customer personas are rarely actionable. That's why people have developed tools like Strategyzer's [business model canvas](https://www.strategyzer.com/canvas/business-model-canvas) to join customer personas with value propositions and specific actions to be taken. ## **Key takeaways** + ICP is an account-level concept that refers to the companies that will become your best-fit customers. It differs from a buyer persona, which corresponds to the individuals within an account. + ICP stands on four pillars: Firmographic data, demographic data, technographic data, and psychographic attributes. + Creating an ICP is not a one-and-done exercise. The ICP has to be updated and optimized depending on the market conditions and the macro-level changes in the economy. + [Peaka’s HubSpot-Stripe integration](/blog/integrations-hubspot-stripe/) is the kind of capability you need to merge your revenue and CRM data and discover which accounts you must target. ## **ICP in numbers** + Organizations with well-defined ICPs achieve [68 percent](https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/account-based-marketing-stats) higher account win rates. + Messaging built around ICPs can work wonders. Personalized emails can drive [18 times](https://salesintel.io/blog/the-most-important-things-to-consider-when-creating-your-ideal-client-profile/) more traffic than non-personalized emails. + A study conducted by the Insight for Professionals community revealed that [60 percent](https://www.inboxinsight.com/advanced-abm-lookalikes-uncover-the-priorities-within-your-icp/) of senior B2B marketers use ICP to identify and prioritize market opportunities. ## **Target audience vs. Potential customers vs. ICP vs. Buyer persona** These four terms refer to a group of people with varying degrees of potential to become your customers. They can actually be thought of as a funnel or pyramid with increasingly better-defined needs, representing a better fit for a product. ### **Target audience** Your target audience simply refers to the market segment you are addressing. This group consists of people sharing the same pain points, but they lack the fit and motivation components, which renders them too broad a category to focus on. ### **Potential customers** These are the members of your target audience for whose needs your product is a good fit. Your value proposition resonates with these people. You will be top of mind for these people when they get the motivation to shop to satisfy that need. ### **ICP** ICP corresponds to a subset of your potential customers who, in addition to pain and fit, also demonstrate a motivation to buy your product. Your ICP has a pain, knows about available solutions, thinks your products can solve his problem, and shows a readiness to make a purchase. ### **Buyer persona** This term refers to the members of the buying committee in your target account. Among this group are the everyday users who personally use a product, managers who oversee the work of everyday users, and executive decision-makers who write the check. There can be other people involved in roles like champions, influencers, or blockers. See this short video by product-led growth guru Myk Pono for a quick look into the differences between these four concepts: {{ youtube(id="Y1u-ngsyH60") }} ## **Why do you need an ICP for your SaaS company?** If you are running a SaaS company, you need an ICP because "[not all customers are created equal.](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/all-customers-created-equal-eli-weiss/)" You need an ICP because your resources are scarce, no matter how much money you have raised. You need an ICP because some segments offer higher value and much higher return on the marketing dollar you spend. ICP is a handy tool for understanding, segmenting, and acquiring customers. [Myk Pono](https://www.mykpono.com/ideal-customer-profile-icp-how-to-create-a-comprehensive-customer-profile/) sums it up well: > “*... [U]nderstanding your customers requires you [to] first understand the whole marketplace and then zero in on an ideal customer profile to pursue. Understand first, then segment. It's also worth noting that picking the right market and the right customer can decrease your customer acquisition cost (CAC).*” Here is a brief look at the benefits SaaS businesses may expect from a well-defined ICP: + **ICP provides you with a blueprint you can use to acquire more customers similar to the ones who are the best fit for your product.** ICP reduces the time it takes to generate leads and vet them. Sales and marketing teams have more time to focus on high-value accounts without wasting time on prospects who will either not make a purchase or churn after the buy. By focusing on the ICP, you can produce personalized content that will be much more effective than generic content in converting people. + **Your ICP represents the people who will be your most loyal customers once you convert them.** They will buy more, upgrade more and make your product a bigger part of their lives. Nailing the ICP is a surefire way of [increasing the customer lifetime value.](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/importance-getting-your-ideal-customer-profile-icp-right-panchagiri/) + **ICP provides you with a scalable template for your [account-based marketing strategy.](/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/)** ICP refers to the low-hanging fruit for your customer acquisition engine, as these are the companies with a problem that your product solves and a willingness to solve the problem. They are receptive to your value proposition and messaging, which brings down your customer acquisition cost. As the ICP is a better fit for your product, it is also more likely to be an evangelist. By creating an ICP, you are actually developing an [actionable plan](https://www.gartner.com/en/articles/the-framework-for-ideal-customer-profile-development), not just engaging in a simple thought exercise. ## **Pillars of a well-defined ICP** There are four parameters you should work on to ensure that your ICP can inform your future marketing and sales effort. ### **Firmographics** Firmographics are the attributes of a company that help you place that particular company in a segment. These attributes give you a reference point, enabling you to compare metrics with those of other companies with similar firmographic data. Firmographic data should include: + Company size + Vertical + Country + Annual revenue The HubSpot-Stripe integration allows the user to pull 'country' data from HubSpot and combine it with 'pricing plan selected,' 'amount charged,' and 'invoice paid' data from Stripe. This integration gives you valuable insights into how your MRR and revenue differ from one country to another. It also reveals whether the demand for different pricing plans varies depending on the location. ### **Technographics** Technographics refer to the tech stack a company uses. Information on the tech stack can reveal valuable insights into how a particular company works, its pain points, and how processes can be improved. Technographics is a great tool to find the best match for your product and [make a shortlist of best-fit customers.](https://youtu.be/RqN41GVY6UQ?t=256) There are tools like [Built With](https://builtwith.com/) that can help you explore the tech stack of a company. The fact that a business is using products from your competitors can qualify that company as a good candidate for your marketing and sales efforts. Knowing in advance the kind of technologies a company employs can help you understand which one of them your product can work with and which ones it can replace. The existing tech stack is a good indicator of the fit between a customer and a product. ### **Demographics** While firmographics involve the attributes of a target account, demographics refer to the characteristics of the buyer personas within that account. These characteristics give you a better picture of who you will personalize your content for and work with to close a deal. The demographics include information on the following parameters: + Age + Gender + Job title and position + Place in the decision-making mechanism + Skills and expertise + Needs and pain points + Motivations and triggers to seek a solution ### **Psychographics** Psychographics are the sum total of the values, motives, goals, and aspirations that cumulatively make up the culture of a company. Psychographic data provides us with information on critical issues like the power structure, how authority is shared and decisions are made, risk tolerance, and what the organization aspires to become in the future. Here's how Dan Martell goes over these four pillars and more in nine minutes: {{ youtube(id="RqN41GVY6UQ") }} ## **4 steps to create the perfect ICP for your SaaS company** ### **Identify your highest-value customers** + Make a list of your current customers. + Identify the high-value accounts on that list. This involves determining the customers who have generated the most revenue for your business, spotting the repeat buyers, and those who upgraded to a more expensive pricing plan or bought other products from you. ### **Establish a segmentation pattern for your best-fit customers** + Analyze the attributes of your high-value accounts and find out [commonalities.](https://about.crunchbase.com/blog/what-is-an-ideal-customer-profile-and-how-do-you-create-one/#toc-how-do-you-create-an-ideal-customer-profile) + [Study the firmographics](https://youtu.be/pRuy3yp85yM?t=1065) of these customers and try to discover a [pattern.](https://www.saasceo.com/ideal-customer-profile/) Where are they located? In which industry do they operate? How many employees do they employ? Are they bootstrapped? If not, how much funding have they raised? + Connecting the dots between the common attributes will reveal the outlines of your ideal customer profile. However, this still is a rudimentary definition, which you will clarify in the next phase. Here, a tool like Peaka that can join and blend your revenue and CRM data can help you isolate the characteristics of your best-fit customers by allowing you to break down the data into meaningful components. ### **Hone your rudimentary ICP** + The silhouette of an ICP you formed in the first phase will not be enough to build an actionable plan. To create a more granular picture of your ICP, you must enrich your initial findings with demographic, technographic, and psychographic data. + Discover the stakeholders who make up the buying committees in your target accounts and try to understand the way decisions are made. Distinguishing between the daily users, managers, and check signers goes a long way toward understanding who can be your allies and who will likely block your efforts in the future. + What kind of tools do your best-fit customers have in their tech stacks? Do they use any products from your competitors? What are the friction points the daily users of these tools complain about? + Does the company culture in your best-fit customers allow for feedback from frontline workers? How open is the management to purchasing new tools, employing new techniques, and fine-tuning established processes? What are the growth objectives they are chasing? + Your research into the demographic, technographic, and psychographic data of your customers gives you visibility into a typical "[day in the life of your customer.](https://medium.com/@StartupBusinesstips/how-to-create-a-powerful-ideal-customer-profile-icp-83531bf603d9)" By walking in the shoes of your high-value accounts, you will understand the problem they had, what made your product a good fit for them, and the triggers that made them purchase your product. You can use this information to develop a customer acquisition template that can apply to companies with similar pains. ### **Adjust your value proposition** + There has to be a near-perfect fit between the value you propose at the beginning and what your ICP expects from. It is thanks to this fit that you will be able to gain customers without incurring high acquisition costs. + Your value proposition can be compelling for your initial customers, but that group will probably be too small to help you achieve your revenue goals. + You will have to expand into adjacent segments to secure a customer base big enough to fund your operations. This means drifting away from your initial ICP and appealing to customers who are not as motivated to purchase your product. + Therefore, your ICP definition will have to change a little bit. Your value proposition has to change, too, to accommodate the broader ICP you target. ## **Mistakes to avoid while searching for an ICP** Nailing the ICP can be quite a challenge, with lots of parameters factoring in. The following are the three most common mistakes: ### **Going too broad or narrow with the ICP** Your ICP refers to the group of customers who have a pain your product solves. Companies fitting this description will be the most receptive to your messaging, and their motivation to buy will be strong. However, there is a delicate balance to strike while defining your ICP. If you keep it too narrow, it will be easy to create hyper-personalized content for your target accounts, but their number will be too few to help you hit your revenue goals. An ICP that is too broad will [dilute your message](https://www.kalungi.com/blog/nailing-b2b-saas-icp) and make it difficult for you to focus on a subsegment that can drive your growth. Make sure that your ICP is limited to the narrowest possible group that will allow you to realize your business objectives. ICP definition can be expanded as the need arises, which brings us to the second common mistake. ### **A stagnant ICP definition** Your first ICP is based on [intuition.](https://www.saasceo.com/ideal-customer-profile/) You haven't launched your product yet and have no data to speak of, just a gut feeling telling you who will be your best-fit customers. If everything goes well, your initial ICP will serve as your engine of growth, and your product will appeal to people outside this core group of customers. You will soon acquire new customer groups who adopt your product, hack, and use it in ways that you did not foresee before. If you aim to create a customer acquisition flywheel for these customers, your initial ICP definition will not offer you much help. This is why you need [dynamic ICPs](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/5-common-mistakes-avoid-when-defining-your-ideal-customer-profile/) that you constantly update. ICPs that do not perform up to expectations get eliminated while new ones are created. Keeping an eye on revenue from different customer segments and enriching them with customer data, you will be continuously optimizing your ICPs so that target accounts with different characteristics can get the personalized content to convert them. ### **Failing to blend qualitative and quantitative data** While creating an ICP, historical data may fail to tell the whole story without a human touch. What looks like a decent segment right now may be a shrinking one or about to be completely replaced by something else (like the EV technology replacing the internal combustion engine today). Field teams who directly deal with customers can provide the ABM teams with the contextual information they need to evaluate the potential of different segments and help mitigate these risks. The SDRs can spot growing trends and latent problems in a segment that will be hard to detect in revenue data, providing [feedback](https://blogs.gartner.com/greg-hessong/3-common-mistakes-in-building-an-ideal-customer-profile-icp/) that can be used to fine-tune the ICP. That's why successful ABM teams have an active SDR component that keeps the rest of the team up-to-date about the market. ## **How can Peaka help you fine-tune your ICP?** ICP is the product of customer segmentation and represents the highest-value segment in your target audience. This segmentation needs to be based on the revenue from each customer profile. Forming an ICP requires enriching the revenue data with the customer attributes you keep in a CRM. This is one of the strong suits of Peaka. Peaka allows users to pull in the revenue data from a payment processing platform and blend it with the CRM data. Peaka's HubSpot-Stripe integration makes things even easier, providing a one-click data integration between two popular SaaS platforms. Having consolidated their data, users can run queries and break down the data into different firmographic components, which reveals the best candidates to become the ICP. ## **ICP content to consume** + Video—[WEBINAR: How to Create an Ideal Customer Profile (ICP) | MYK PONO](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pRuy3yp85yM) + Video—[How to Define the Ideal Customer Profile for Your B2B SaaS Company](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RqN41GVY6UQ) + Podcast—[Your Ideal Customer Profile and How to Identify It](https://www.madkudu.com/blog/customer-profile) + Article—[Ideal Customer Profile (ICP): How to Create a Comprehensive Customer Profile](https://www.mykpono.com/ideal-customer-profile-icp-how-to-create-a-comprehensive-customer-profile/) + Article—[How to Establish a SaaS Ideal Customer Profile (ICP)](https://breyta.io/touchpoints/saas-ideal-customer-profile) + Article—[3 Steps to an Ideal Customer Profile](https://www.saasceo.com/ideal-customer-profile/) ## **Conclusion** Sometimes "less is more." It's this kind of thinking that guides people to invest in creating ICPs. A well-defined ICP can create high levels of growth by concentrating resources on better prospects. However, defining the ICP is both an art and a science. It has to be a data-driven process, for sure, but data alone will not suffice. It takes a comprehensive approach and a lot of iterations to blend data with first-hand experience from the field. It all starts with intuition, builds on research, and requires human expertise to find its final form. --- START: blog/saastock-usa-2024/saastock-usa-2024.md --- # **SaaStock USA 2024: Peaka Back in Austin** The event season is in full swing, and one of the most special events is right around the corner: SaaStock USA 2024. This year's conference will be held at Palmer Events Center in Austin from May 13 to May 15. With more than 1500 attendees, 500 companies, and 60 speakers expected in just three days, it will be jam-packed with networking and partnership opportunities for like-minded people. ## **SaaStock 2023: Lessons learned** SaaStock USA is an event that is particularly close to our hearts at Peaka. It’s because last year’s gathering was the first major event Team Peaka had attended after our rebranding. We had just pivoted from a B2C no-code app development platform to a B2B data integration platform in Spring 2023. When our product manager Burak and I landed in Austin in our Star Wars-themed t-shirts, we had one thing on mind: How we could make the most of SaaStock ’23. With a mission to make data integration accessible to startups, we were determined to capitalize on this event to meet as many startups as possible, test our hypotheses, and refine our ICPs. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saastock_2023_peaka_t-shirt.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="burn multiples and what they mean") }} Team Peaka rocking our Star Wars-themed t-shirts at SaaStock USA 2023. During the event, I gave a keynote speech about how successful data integration initiatives could drive growth in SaaS companies. Although data integration is often seen as the domain of enterprises, startups and SMBs have data integration needs that are often overlooked. The speech laid out the rationale behind Peaka’s focus on developing solutions for these types of companies: Startups were facing data challenges earlier than anticipated, and they needed a sound plan for data integration right from the outset. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saastock_2023_mustafa_growth_stage.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="burn multiples and what they mean") }} Peaka CEO Mustafa Sakalsız seen during his speech at the Growth Stage during SaaStock USA 2023. The feedback we received in Austin proved pivotal in shaping the recent trajectory of our platform. It confirmed our belief that startups and SMBs with a headcount of 20-200 people and newly-forming data silos would be our target segment. Over the past year, we have been diligently crafting solutions for startups that have reached a certain scale and started facing data-related challenges. These startups, often constrained by limited resources to invest in enterprise-grade products or maintain large data teams, have become the focal point of our platform's evolution. ## **SaaStock 2024: What’s ahead?** This year’s SaaStock is poised to be even busier and more exciting than last year’s event. Here is a brief look at our schedule: ### **May 13** As part of the SaaStock Startup Program, Team Peaka will meet with investors and attend a series of workshops at Inn Cahoots on May 13. The Startup Program will be a good opportunity for us to show where our platform stands a year after our launch, demonstrate its capabilities, and explore future partnerships with people and organizations who need a more streamlined data integration process. ### **May 14 & 15** We will be at Palmer Events Center for the last two days of SaaStock ’24 (May 14 and 15). We are currently setting up meetings with other participants with the aim of having a full schedule by the time we touch down in Austin. Our team will offer one-on-one demos of Peaka at our booths at R3 & R4 and discuss individual use cases with attendants. High on our agenda are two particular topics: **Our zero-ETL approach to data integration:** Team Peaka will demonstrate how data virtualization is the ideal data integration solution for startups with limited resources. With federated query capability, streaming ingestion, and change data capture (CDC), Peaka makes [zero-ETL](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) accessible to startups, allowing them to consume data regardless of source and without having to build and maintain ETL pipelines. Peaka’s zero-ETL enables SaaS startups to leverage their data while staying nimble and flat. **Our serverless connector infrastructure:** We are particularly looking forward to meeting founders of AI startups who are striving to easily integrate with their customers’ tech stacks and ship more connectors faster. Building an integration, which usually takes weeks, is one thing, but maintaining those integrations is quite another. Under pressure to launch a series of integrations to convert leads, maintain connectors, and carry out daily operations, these organizations are stretched too thin. With its [serverless connector infrastructure](/blog/startups-connector-infrastructure/) that offers connectivity to 300+ relational and NoSQL databases, APIs, and SaaS tools in minutes, Peaka can single-handedly enable AI startups to scale their operations. On May 15, I will take to the Growth stage once again, this time for a speech titled “*The Top 5 KPIs You Should Be Tracking to Scale in 2024.*” I think this is a good time to talk about what high-quality growth looks like. The last two years have been a rough ride for SaaS companies around the world, and the *growth-at-all-costs* mentality no longer seems to hold true. Instead of throwing money at every project with some potential, venture capital firms now prioritize profitability over growth. I will try to offer a new perspective on how to quantify various aspects of growth and the different metrics that tell us about the health of a company in my speech. ## **Final thoughts** SaaStock USA is a great venue for a company like Peaka that offers innovative solutions to niche problems. It brings us together with many of our target users and almost feels like running a 3-day focus group. Last year’s event was a rewarding experience that helped set us on our course for a year. Here’s hope that this year’s event will be even better. --- START: blog/self-service-data-integration/self-service-data-integration.md --- # **What to Know About Self-service Data Integration** One of the main themes of the fast change we are going through is the "democratization" of technology. The basic premise of this fancy expression is quite simple: It refers to ever bigger masses enjoying the benefits of technological breakthroughs, which helps level the playing field to some extent and change lives. Our journey from mainframe computers in select few institutions to workstations at the office to personal computers in every house and smartphones in every pocket has been one of democratization. Low-code/no-code tools are democratizing software development, for example. People love ChatGPT because it made AI accessible to the masses, democratizing the field. The next frontier in this wave is data integration because data is at the core of any technological breakthrough, and without democratizing data, there will be no real democratization. ## **Difficult trade-offs** Every effort to democratize technology has to involve some level of abstraction. This abstraction lowers the technological barriers and opens up certain technologies to more people. The improved accessibility comes at a price, though: Flexibility and certain capabilities are sacrificed for usability because of the limitations of regular users. The new abstraction level should empower people with limited knowledge to help themselves without getting lost, creating security risks, or causing trouble for others. This rule applies to data integration as well. In an ideal world, self-service data integration brings the popular "[do-it-yourself](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/era-self-service-data-integration-meitav-harpaz/)" attitude to the office. It allows frontline workers who consume data to solve problems by accessing, curating, and bringing together their data on their own, without the direct involvement of an IT team. By doing that, self-service data integration fulfills three objectives: * Overcoming the bottlenecks formed by the backlog of data integration requests waiting to be handled by the IT people * Liberating the software engineers from the day-to-day chores of attending to the requests from business units so that they can focus on more high-level tasks like improving the [performance, uptime, and the overall security of the system](https://tdwi.org/Articles/2013/01/08/Self-Service-Data-Integration.aspx?Page=2) * Reducing the size and the payroll of the IT team as subject matter experts can become self-reliant in data integration. ## **Checks and balances** But there is a caveat. Self-service data integration can become a disaster without well-defined user [privileges, permissions, and role-based security measures.](https://www.dataversity.net/self-service-data-integration/) Without these in place, an organization would be opening its sensitive data to people who should not see it or do not have the capabilities to handle it. This would be a disaster in many industries like health, defense, and finance. This immense security risk is among the reasons for the lack of a bigger push toward self-service data integration in the enterprise segment. This brings up the issue of data governance. Just like the abstraction level in software causes a trade-off between usability and capability, data governance and management needs are a source of a [trade-off between usability and security](https://medium.com/datalogue/fixing-the-data-integration-problem-b0620af946d8) in data integration. Enterprises cannot afford to take risks with security, and when they impose data governance and management principles, tools [quickly become too sophisticated](https://medium.com/datalogue/fixing-the-data-integration-problem-b0620af946d8) for non-technical users to use. SMBs and startups are more fortunate as they don't have as much sensitive data. ## **'*Tell me doc, am I self-serving or self-deceiving?*'** Considering these limitations, trade-offs , and challenges, is self-service data integration even possible? Or is it just a fantasy we are served as part of a marketing campaign? Self-service was not a thing in the data integration space for years because we did not have [easy-to-use data integration tools](/blog/top-data-integration-tools/) at hand. Therefore, we were dependent on a handful of skilled engineers. These people had to build data pipelines for each data source, an overwhelming task that was not scalable in an enterprise environment. Against this backdrop, it is safe to say that products that were claiming to let users self-serve without offering a data integration capability were, in fact, pseudo-self-service. Assuming that the user would somehow bring the data together, they instead focused on empowering the users in the later stages. Data would be put together by engineers, and then the data consumers would use it to build dashboards or perform business analytics. However, there is more to self-service data integration than just [building real-time dashboards.](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/) For non-technical users to be able to self-serve, everything should start with integrating data. A seamless and preferably automated ETL process would be a good start to reduce employees' reliance on the IT department. This is where the [data virtualization technique](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) comes in. Data virtualization makes self-service even more achievable as it removes ETL altogether and eliminates the need for engineers to be involved. It is empowering because frontline workers can leverage it to consolidate their data, create a single view of truth, and run any kind of business analytics without having to wait for technical people to respond. This technique truly holds the key to genuine self-service data integration. Peaka has leveraged data virtualization to introduce [zero-ETL data integration](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/). By removing the transformation phase in ETL, zero-ETL also eliminates the need to engineer data so it fits the schema of the destination. Thanks to query federation, Peaka enables users to query data at the source, eliminating the need for costly data warehouses and big data teams. ## **Conclusion** Software has been eating the world for over a decade, and for that to continue, developers need our help. Democratization of the tech in this context is not a nice-to-have but a necessity. People need to be able to create apps on their own, leverage AI tools, and bring their data together without the involvement of developers so that technical people can keep us moving forward. By adding a data integration capability to our sophisticated no-code platform, that's exactly what we are trying to achieve at Peaka. --- START: blog/servicetitan-dashboards-no-data-team/servicetitan-dashboards-no-data-team.md --- # **How Trades Businesses Can Track KPIs without a Data Team** Home service businesses would like to make data-driven decisions as much as any other business. But when it comes to turning ServiceTitan data into business intelligence, most home service companies run into the same problem: Data tools are built for companies with data engineers and analytics teams, which HVAC, plumbing, and roofing cannot afford. Instead, they end up with a choice between outdated spreadsheets or expensive consultants. Neither is scalable. Neither gives the team the control or visibility they need to grow. It is time for a new playbook. Business intelligence without engineers is no longer a fantasy. With the right tools, it is achievable—and practical—for growing home service companies. ## **Key takeaways** + **Home service teams fail to get value from BI tools:** Due to the challenges of integrating ServiceTitan with BI tools, most BI initiatives in home service companies fail to deliver value. + **Spreadsheets and consultants are not scalable solutions for reporting:** Manual reporting wastes time and money, while outsourced dashboards are expensive to update and lack flexibility. + **Peaka enables self-serve BI without a data team:** Peaka offers seamless data integration between data sources and BI tools, helping home service businesses unify their data and track key metrics without engineering overhead. ## **Why home service businesses struggle with BI tools** As powerful as ServiceTitan is for managing jobs and operations, getting actionable, visual reporting out of it remains a pain. Its built-in reports are limited, and exporting data manually to build dashboards in Excel is time-consuming and error-prone. Most BI tools, meanwhile, are too complex to integrate with ServiceTitan directly—especially without technical help. Business intelligence platforms like Power BI, Looker, or Tableau promise powerful insights. But for most contractors, BI projects rarely get off the ground. Here is why: + Data integration remains the biggest challenge, as BI tools can be too complex to integrate directly with ServiceTitan, especially without technical assistance. + BI tools require some technical skill to set up and model data before building dashboards. + Most teams do not have SQL skills or data analysts on staff. + For the more capable but technical options like Tableau, the learning curve is steep, and the payoff takes too long. + The more user-friendly options, like Looker Studio, come up short in the customization department. Without a simple way to integrate and prep ServiceTitan data, these tools sit unused or create more confusion than they solve ## **The risks of spreadsheets and outsourced dashboards** To work around the BI gap, many companies fall back on Excel. However, spreadsheets require constant manual updates, are prone to human error, and quickly become outdated. Copying and pasting data from ServiceTitan each week just to calculate job costs, margins, or technician performance can become a full-time job. Others try to escape this cycle by hiring consultants to build one-off dashboards. But these dashboards are often hard to update, rely on static data, and break as soon as the business changes. Neither approach provides the real-time visibility into operational data that operators need to make fast, confident decisions. ## **What “BI without engineers” actually looks like** There is now a third option—lightweight, self-serve data platforms designed for non-technical teams. These platforms remove the heavy lifting around ServiceTitan reporting and make it easy to build live dashboards using your existing BI tools. With this option, you can + Connect your systems to any data source and pull in data + Choose the metrics that matter most to your business + Send your consolidated data to your BI tool of choice + Get real-time updates as your dashboards will refresh automatically without any need for [manual data exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/) This gives ops, finance, and leadership teams the freedom to explore and act on their KPIs without relying on IT, analysts, or spreadsheets. ## **The new BI playbook for contractors** If you are running a $5M or $50M home service company, here is the new playbook for getting value from your ServiceTitan data: **Step 1: Connect your data sources** Plug in your operational systems like ServiceTitan and your financial tools like QuickBooks or Sage Intacct. **Step 2: Define the metrics that matter** Focus on the KPIs that drive your business—[job cost](/blog/track-job-costs-servicetitan/), margin per job type, tech performance, and close rates. **Step 3: Push your data to a BI tool for visualization** Turn your tabular data into visualizations by sending it directly to [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/), [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/), Tableau, or some other tool. **Step 4: Share and act on insights** Distribute dashboards across your team so everyone is aligned on what is working and what needs fixing. ## **How Peaka makes this possible** Peaka is purpose-built for home service businesses using ServiceTitan. It enables non-technical teams to unify their operational and financial data and send it to BI tools with zero engineering effort. + It connects natively to [ServiceTitan, QuickBooks, and Xero](/blog/servicetitan-finance-integration/) + It includes a semantic layer so you can define business terms like “gross margin per job” without using code + It is designed for operators, not engineers, and enables you to send your data to any BI tool using a no-code interface + It makes data available to even the non-technical employees in an organization, empowering business units to make informed decisions With Peaka, your team no longer has to wrestle with ServiceTitan exports or wait on custom dashboards. You get reliable, analysis-ready data where you already build reports: Your BI tool. ## **Conclusion: It's time for a purpose-built solution** Business intelligence should not require a data team or a six-figure budget. And it should not require hours of copying and pasting from ServiceTitan every week. Home service operators need visibility, and now Peaka gives them a faster way to unify their data, track critical KPIs, and scale reporting—all without hiring engineers or building a custom data stack. The new playbook is simple: Connect your data. Track the metrics that matter. Build dashboards you can actually use. And grow with confidence. Ready to power your dashboards without hiring a data team? [Sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how Peaka empowers non-technical teams with real-time reporting. --- START: blog/servicetitan-finance-integration/servicetitan-finance-integration.md --- # **How to Unify ServiceTitan + QuickBooks in One Reporting View** Home service businesses often find themselves running two different companies under one roof. The operations team lives inside ServiceTitan, monitoring dispatches, job status, and technician performance. The finance team, on the other hand, works with QuickBooks, Sage Intacct, or Xero, focusing on margins, revenue, and cost controls. Both teams are looking at the same business. Yet, they often struggle to agree on what the numbers are actually saying. This disconnect slows down decision-making, creates friction, and ultimately hurts growth. But with the right approach, it’s fixable. ## **Key takeaways** + **Ops and finance teams often work from disconnected systems:** ServiceTitan and accounting platforms operate in silos, making it difficult to get a unified view of performance. + **Manual reporting wastes time and leads to misalignment:** Exporting data into spreadsheets slows teams down and creates conflicting reports that delay decisions. + **Peaka bridges the gap with live, unified dashboards:** By connecting ops and finance data in one place, Peaka enables real-time insights without the need for a data team. ## **One business, two realities** Picture this: Your operations manager claims the last two weeks were a win. Jobs were completed on time, techs were efficient, and revenue looked strong in ServiceTitan. Then your controller runs the numbers in QuickBooks and reports that margins are down and [job costs](/blog/track-job-costs-servicetitan/) are trending in the wrong direction. Who’s right? The answer often requires someone to manually stitch together data from multiple sources just to get a clear view. That takes time. And by the time the full picture emerges, the business has already moved on. This is the reporting gap between ops and finance. And it’s more common than you think. ## **What the disconnect looks like in practice** When operational and financial data are siloed, confusion becomes routine: + Finance flags a drop in gross margin, but has no context on the type of jobs completed. + Ops highlights a high-performing technician, only to find their jobs are consistently unprofitable. + Executives ask for a board-ready report. Each team submits a different version of the truth. This back-and-forth creates inefficiencies. More importantly, it prevents leadership from making timely, confident decisions. ## **Why bridging the gap is so difficult** For most growing contractors, the challenge isn’t a lack of interest. It’s a lack of infrastructure. + ServiceTitan focuses on scheduling, dispatch, and customer experience. It doesn’t natively track job profitability. + Accounting platforms like QuickBooks or Xero track financials but lack operational context. + There’s no internal data team to build custom integrations or reporting pipelines. + Buying off-the-shelf is not an option, as there are no products on the market that are purpose-built for the needs of home service businesses, but rather only enterprise-grade offerings that are expensive to purchase and costly to operate. So teams fall back on what they know: [Manual data exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/), spreadsheet workarounds, and disconnected dashboards. The result is a fragmented view of the business. ## **The cost of disconnected reporting** Falling back on manual data replication can be a short-term fix, but not a long-term solution for a company looking to grow. These companies will eventually have to face the consequences of working with different data sets: + Job profitability is often unclear until weeks later + Technician performance is misinterpreted without context on revenue or cost + Financial forecasts are built on assumptions rather than real-time metrics These problems don’t just slow down reporting. They undermine the organization’s ability to operate effectively in a rapidly changing competitive environment. Without accurate visibility, it’s hard to plan new hires, expand into new markets, or adjust pricing strategies. ## **What integrated reporting actually looks like** A unified reporting system solves these problems by bringing ops and finance data into one shared dashboard. No more guesswork. No more conflicting reports. Imagine dashboards that show: + Job revenue versus job cost per technician + Gross margin by job type or location + Real-time tracking of backlog and revenue targets + Marketing ROI alongside dispatch efficiency Everyone works from the same data. Teams stay aligned, and leaders get the clarity they need to act fast. ## **How Peaka bridges ops and finance** As an [official ServiceTitan partner](/blog/peaka-servicetitan-bi-integration/), Peaka makes this kind of integration possible for home service businesses—[without a data team](/blog/servicetitan-dashboards-no-data-team/) or costly custom development. + Peaka connects directly to ServiceTitan and your accounting platform + It pulls in both operational and financial data automatically + Once consolidated and filtered, this data is then sent to BI tools like [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/), or [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/) for visualization + Everything is live, always up to date, and accessible from a single interface With Peaka, you don’t need to choose between simplicity and sophistication. You get both. ## **Fix the gap, supercharge your growth** When operations and finance teams aren’t aligned on the numbers, growth becomes harder. Misunderstandings multiply. Reporting takes too long. And strategic decisions are made with incomplete information. The fix is not more spreadsheets. It’s not more meetings. It’s a single source of truth—one that connects ServiceTitan and accounting data in real time. Peaka helps you close the gap between ops and finance so your team can focus on what matters: running a better business. Ready to streamline reporting and scale your services? [Sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a quick demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and see how Peaka connects ServiceTitan and QuickBooks in minutes. --- START: blog/servicetitan-integrations-trayai-zapier/servicetitan-integrations-trayai-zapier.md --- # **Your Guide to ServiceTitan Integrations: Tray.ai vs. Zapier** If you’re in the trades industry, you are probably familiar with ServiceTitan, the CRM for home service businesses willing to centralize their business data. The platform’s versatility is an asset to its users as it helps align field and office teams, streamlines scheduling and dispatching, and improves decision-making with detailed reports and dashboards. By lowering the technical barrier to being more data-driven, ServiceTitan makes even the modest corner shops more competitive. Hence, the popularity. But what if these companies want to extend ServiceTitan to pull in data from other sources? That’s quite a common scenario, as businesses operating in the trades industry often need to integrate ServiceTitan with some accounting software, a human resource management platform like Bamboo, or a call-tracking tool like CallRail. Unfortunately, connectivity is not one of ServiceTitan's strengths. You’d be well-advised to use a third-party tool to connect ServiceTitan to other data sources so you can break down data silos, incorporate data from various data sources, and form a single source of truth for better decision-making. What are your options for building ServiceTitan integrations? In this blog post, we take a look at two popular platforms, Tray.ai and Zapier, which people use for similar tasks. After evaluating these platforms regarding ease of use, scalability, and pricing, we’ll focus on how Peaka compares with these two popular solutions. ## **Key takeaways** + Despite being a highly capable product, Tray. ai loses in the usability and pricing departments, which are a priority for home service businesses using ServiceTitan. + Zapier is an easy-to-use automation tool but struggles with ad hoc integration requests that can come up when users want to scale their ServiceTitan integrations. + Peaka offers the Goldilocks solution for home service businesses looking to scale ServiceTitan integrations, as it combines usability and scalability at a reasonable price point. ## **Tray.ai** Tray.ai is a cloud-based data integration and automation platform. It enables businesses to connect different applications, gather data from different sources, and sync it across different systems. The platform caters to the automation needs of various business teams as well. Companies can use Tray.ai to automate marketing campaigns, create customer support tickets, and process invoices, to name a few. ### **Ease of use** ServiceTitan users tend to be small businesses with limited technical resources. Due to the scarcity of engineering resources at hand, ease of use becomes one of the main criteria for these companies when choosing a data integration platform. Tray.ai is a technical product that was developed with the data integration needs of enterprises in mind. Therefore, IT involvement is required to set it up and use it. With a sophisticated feature set that most SMBs do not need and technical complexity, it just is not a good fit for home service businesses. Another factor that undermines the usability of Tray.ai is the small number of pre-built connectors. This results in a steeper learning curve, making it difficult for non-technical users to self-serve while accessing data. ### **Scalability** Building integrations is an IT-only job with Tray.ai, as the platform does not lend itself to use by non-technical users. Even with IT involvement, only one integration can be built at a time with this platform. Factoring in the maintenance required by these integrations and other tasks that demand IT attention, scaling the number of integrations becomes a formidable challenge with Tray.ai. ### **Pricing** Tray.ai’s pricing depends on the number of workflows and integrations used. Starting at around $695 per month, the cost can quickly rise as more workflows and integrations are added, and it is easy for users to lose control of their expenses. This lack of transparent pricing undermines predictability for home service businesses, which would like to plan for the IT bill they will pay every month. ## **Zapier** Zapier is an automation platform for connecting SaaS apps and automating repetitive tasks across these tools without any need for coding or developer involvement. It’s particularly popular among startups as it simplifies tedious tasks and makes it possible to do more with less. Teams typically use Zapier to automate email notifications that are sent upon certain events, back up data into cloud storage at predetermined intervals, or update CRM contacts regularly. ### **Ease of use** Zapier has been the king of user-friendliness since its inception. The way Zapier simplified automation has propelled its widespread adoption and extraordinary growth. The easy setup and hundreds of pre-built integrations have made the platform very popular with startups and SMBs that typically have limited technical resources. ### **Scalability** Zapier offers simple, linear connectivity with your favorite apps, which is probably what you are looking for if you are running a startup or an SMB. It performs well when it is asked to retrieve data from a data source upon a predetermined trigger and push it to a new platform. However, Zapier lacks the horizontal scalability needed to handle complex integration scenarios seen in enterprise use cases. Its simplicity comes at the expense of customizability, which prevents it from adjusting to changing integration requirements. ### **Pricing** Zapier’s pricing plans include a free tier and two more tiers with fixed monthly prices. These three cover almost every use case that startups and SMBs may have. An enterprise plan with custom pricing caters to the needs of larger organizations. All in all, Zapier offers more transparency in pricing, which makes it easier for customers to budget. ## **Peaka** Peaka is a [zero-ETL data platform](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) developed primarily to replace the modern data stack, which is too expensive to set up, too complicated to use, and too demanding to maintain for startups and SMBs. It relies on [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) to unify data without complex and time-consuming ETL processes. Acting as a universal middleware, Peaka turns data into virtual tables and forms a semantic layer over relational and NoSQL databases, SaaS tools, and APIs. This semantic layer allows users to query disparate data sources as a single source right away. ### **Ease of use** In terms of user-friendliness, Peaka is placed somewhere between Tray.ai and Zapier. A technical person can set it up, and users can pick from a list of connectors to start accessing their data. Peaka allows anybody with some basic knowledge of SQL to query their data regardless of the source. ### **Scalability** Peaka functions as a serverless connector infrastructure that allows users to build integrations easily. It leverages data virtualization to create avatars of your scattered data and join them, enabling you to view your data as a unified data layer that you can query and expose to other systems. The process involves no ETLs, data warehouses, or maintenance, which makes it perfectly scalable. ### **Pricing** Peaka comes with a free tier that lets users get a taste of the Peaka experience and handle some meaningful data-related tasks. In the upper tier, pricing is based on a pay-as-you-go model where users are charged based on the storage space and query time they use up. ## **Final thoughts** In terms of user-friendliness, Peaka is placed somewhere between Tray.ai and Zapier. A technical person can set it up, and users can pick from a list of connectors to connect to any data source and access data. Peaka allows anybody with some basic knowledge of SQL to query their data regardless of the source. Its embedded ChatGPT functionality, which allows the use of natural language for querying, lowers technical barriers further for people who are not proficient in SQL. Tray.ai and Zapier both have interesting value propositions. While the former offers a highly capable product fit for technical teams, the latter’s value proposition is based on simplicity at the price of some functionality. Home service businesses do not have to settle for a compromise, though. Peaka proves that companies do not need to sacrifice either one of usability or technical capability to have the other. By eliminating ETLs, data warehouses, and maintenance hassle, Peaka allows even a data team of one to integrate and manage data at a home service company without the hefty bills. It’s the ideal solution for home service businesses looking to connect ServiceTitan to other platforms and create a single source of truth. Visit our documentation to see how you can [connect ServiceTitan to Peaka](/docs/integrations/service-titan#servicetitan). Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs.md --- # **Hidden Costs of Manual Data Exports for ServiceTitan Users** Manual data exports may seem harmless, as they have become tasks we perform on autopilot with a simple CSV file here, a spreadsheet there. But for home service businesses running complex operations across multiple locations, these everyday tasks quietly eat up time, money, and opportunities. In this post, we’ll break down why manual exports persist, what hidden costs they carry, and how automating ServiceTitan data flows can free your business to focus on growth. ## **Why manual data exports still happen in home service businesses** Many home service companies rely on tools like ServiceTitan for scheduling, invoicing, and CRM. Yet, despite ServiceTitan’s robust features, teams still find themselves manually exporting CSV files. Why? + **Data silos:** Home service businesses work with disconnected systems, which require data teams to integrate them. In the absence of such teams, data silos build up, forcing users to bring data together manually. + **Cost concerns:** Some businesses are intimidated by the cost of engineering teams and data integration and automation tools needed for breaking down data silos and unifying scattered data. + **Legacy habits:** Old habits die hard. Operations staff often default to Excel because it feels familiar, even if it’s inefficient. Due to this inertia, copying and pasting remains the dominant data integration technique in home service businesses. ## **The hidden costs that home service businesses overlook** Although operations staff and decision-makers may have their own reasons to stick with manual data exports, home service businesses incur hidden costs from this practice. ### **Time wasted by teams** Consider how many hours per week your admin or ops team spends pulling reports, cleaning spreadsheets, or sharing updated files. For a multi-location home service business, that time compounds: + 5–10 hours/week per team spent on manual reporting isn’t unusual. + That’s time better spent scheduling jobs, managing technicians, or improving customer service. ### **Increased risk of errors** Every manual export introduces risks of + Copy-paste mistakes, + Overwritten files, + Data sprawl that results from multiple versions of the same file scattered across systems. This practice leads to inconsistent and inaccurate data, with different departments operating on conflicting versions. Such errors can impact payroll, inventory management, and customer billing. ### **Slower decision-making** When leadership has to wait days for up-to-date revenue, dispatch efficiency, or customer service metrics, decision-making becomes laggy: + Opportunities are missed. + Decisions are delayed. + Technicians may be dispatched inefficiently, costing fuel and labor. Without a single view of truth, no decision can be made with confidence. ### **Security and compliance risks** With increasing awareness of data security and privacy, manual data exports are becoming obsolete. Repeated CSV downloads and data replication continuously expand the attack surface for malicious actors. With manual data exports, + Sensitive data like customer addresses, credit card details, or payment history is stored in unsecured files that keep getting shared and moved. + Ensuring compliance with privacy regulations such as GDPR and CCPA becomes increasingly difficult due to challenges in tracking who accessed what data. ## **Real-world scenarios: How manual data exports impact home service businesses** Just like the majority of SMBs, home service companies often find themselves performing manual data exports multiple times daily, in the absence of an automated system for data extraction and report generation. Imagine a home service company with 15 locations: + Each branch sends weekly performance data via spreadsheets. + The staff at the HQ spends hours consolidating that information before leadership meetings. + Errors creep in during copy-paste, rendering reports inconsistent. + The leaders don’t trust the numbers they see and fail to make the necessary decisions regarding resource allocation, cash flow management, and customer service. ## **The alternative: Automating ServiceTitan data flows** ServiceTitan users are seeking automated updates for databases and dashboards. While they are exploring ways to automate CSV exports, some are leveraging tools like [Tray.io and Zapier](/blog/servicetitan-integrations-trayai-zapier/) to reduce their reliance on manual processes. However, these experiments yield suboptimal results. Tray.io is a technically complex product that’s not a good fit for the capabilities of a home service business. Zapier, on the other hand, ticks the box for user-friendliness, but lacks the functionality needed by these companies. Peaka solves this dilemma, proving that a data integration platform can be both user-friendly and capable. [Peaka’s ServiceTitan integration](/blog/peaka-servicetitan-bi-integration/) allows home service businesses to automatically push ServiceTitan data to BI tools such as: + [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/) + [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/) + [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/) Peaka’s partnership with ServiceTitan and its ready-made BI connectors for popular data visualization tools help users + Eliminate manual data exports and the associated errors, + Standardize reporting across all locations and departments, + Create [real-time KPI dashboards](/blog/consultants-servicetitan-kpi-dashboards/) that get updated automatically, + Reduce administrative overhead for office staff and analysts. With Peaka, your team can focus on delivering great service and growing revenue, instead of chasing spreadsheets. ## **Key takeaways** + Manual data exports create hidden costs in time, accuracy, and compliance. + Home service businesses relying on spreadsheets risk slow, error-prone decision-making. + Automating ServiceTitan data flows unlocks faster, more reliable business insights. + Platforms like Peaka simplify BI dashboard creation and integration—no coding required. ## **Ready to eliminate manual exports?** Manual data exports slow you down, provide you with stale and inaccurate data, and undermine decision-making, resulting in missed business opportunities. Peaka allows you to unlock greater value from your ServiceTitan subscription without committing additional resources. By automating data exports and providing real-time data to your reports and dashboards, Peaka empowers you to make informed decisions and concentrate on value creation rather than repetitive tasks. [Sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a quick demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and see how easily you can automate your data flows and streamline reporting for your home service business. --- START: blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/servicetitan-power-bi-integration.md --- # **Simplifying ServiceTitan-Power BI Integration with Peaka** It is a must for white-collar employees to be data-driven nowadays. Regardless of the company size, every decision-maker has metrics and KPIs to track, which puts immense pressure on these people to make better decisions and improve performance. This phenomenon is not limited to global companies, either. Just because you don’t rake in millions in ARR or know what ARR is does not mean you can’t be data-driven. Blue-collar jobs need to be data-driven as well. Whether you are running a plumbing, lawn-mowing, cleaning, or HVAC service, gathering your business data and leveraging it to make better decisions is the only way to grow your revenue and optimize your resource utilization. One company that recognized home service businesses’ need for data early on was ServiceTitan. Founded in 2007, this California-based company capitalized on the software needs of tradespeople, reaching more than 8,000 customers and [$685 million in ARR](https://www.saastr.com/5-interesting-learnings-from-servicetitan-at-in-arr/) this year with a year-on-year growth rate of 23 percent. The company filed for an IPO in November 2024 and reached a [valuation of $8.9 billion](https://www.cnbc.com/2024/12/12/servicetitan-starts-trading-on-nasdaq-after-ipo.html) in its Nasdaq debut on December 12. ## **Key takeaways** + ServiceTitan comes with a decent dashboard in addition to its CRM capability. + For users who find ServiceTitan’s built-in dashboard lacking, Power BI offers a good alternative with its customizability and polished UX. + ServiceTitan does not have a ready-made integration for Power BI, but Peaka’s zero-ETL integration between the two platforms fills the void. ## **What is ServiceTitan?** ServiceTitan is a dedicated CRM platform designed for home service companies, commonly referred to as “the trades,” such as cleaning, plumbing, electrical, and HVAC services, to oversee their operations. The platform serves as a comprehensive software suite for these businesses, helping them manage appointments, evaluate employee performance, handle customer calls, track job progress, and monitor customer satisfaction. ServiceTitan goes beyond the usual CRM duties and offers other functions a small business needs. It is an all-in-one platform that can handle purchasing, inventory management, and communications. Its integration with Google Ads shortens the time between insights and marketing campaigns, helping local companies run more effective campaigns. One ServiceTitan feature that simplifies things for business teams is the dashboard. This capability enables users to turn their data into charts, graphs, and metrics so they can uncover trends in their business operations, albeit with limited personalization options. Let’s take a closer look at this tool now. ### **The ServiceTitan dashboard: Yay or nay?** ServiceTitan is a one-of-a-kind platform that focuses on the data needs of field service jobs. In addition to serving as a central repository for dispatch job data, it also integrates with over a hundred different tools, including accounting, tax, payment, or human resource management platforms. ServiceTitan’s advanced reporting capability allows users to dissect and analyze their consolidated data through detailed reports. Thanks to these reports, users can track a multitude of metrics and KPIs related to business operations, call center effectiveness, Customer Service Representative performance, and field technician activity. When it comes to turning tabular data into visualizations, users can leverage ServiceTitan’s built-in dashboard, which offers two pre-made templates: + Business status dashboard for tracking the lead pipeline and job progress, + Commercial dashboard for viewing the revenue- and sales-related metrics. These dashboards features date filters, which help users view the data from the last 18 months and conduct trend analysis on metrics. Trend analysis can then be used to make projections and inform decision-making. If the pre-made dashboards do not cut it for you, you can dive into the customization options to tailor the dashboard so it fits your business intelligence needs better. For a deep dive into the capabilities of the ServiceTitan dashboard, make sure to check out this video: {{ youtube(id="Bmjjrl3DkyQ") }} ## **What is Power BI?** Power BI is Microsoft’s business intelligence solution. It is designed and developed to be a part of the Microsoft product range and thus complements the company’s other software products rather well. For people who are used to working with Microsoft products, Power BI offers visualizations they can use to view their centralized data. Microsoft, like its main rival Google, has tried to be everything to its users for some time now. Whether you need an email account, a spreadsheet, a data warehouse, or an entire cloud infrastructure, Microsoft has a product that can meet your needs. This allows the company to raise the switching costs for customers while offering them a better user experience and receiving brand loyalty in return. Serving as the go-to data visualization tool in the Microsoft ecosystem, Power BI minimizes friction for users as it allows data visualization while still staying within a product ecosystem. Despite lacking the simple UI or the wide range of pre-made visualizations some of its competitors have, it stands out from the competition with its customizability and the ability to serve different use cases. Here are the two aspects Power BI shines in: ### **Interoperability with other Microsoft products** Microsoft has a product offering for almost any business need, from Azure to Office 365 to Teams. Power BI is embedded in this ecosystem as the go-to data visualization solution. If you are comfortable working in this environment, making your data flow from one node to another, Power BI is the natural destination for turning your data into visualizations. This native connectivity benefits users when they want to share their reports with other Microsoft services, promoting data consistency across different teams. ### **Multi-purpose use** Another strength of Power BI is its versatility, which saves companies from deploying different tools for different teams. A company can use Power BI to serve both its business users with limited technical skills and data teams willing to drill down into reports. This prevents duplicate expenses on tools that will do the same job and improves productivity as data is easily shared across different business units. ## **Replacing the ServiceTitan dashboard with Power BI integration** Home services are not practiced the same way everywhere: Local practices, regulations, habits, and customs have a significant impact on the way these businesses operate. Therefore, companies tend to have different reporting needs, and customization goes a long way toward satisfying these needs. ServiceTitan offers a decent dashboard capability, but it is bound to struggle when customization requirements become too granular. A dedicated data visualization tool comes in handy in such times and provides a tried-and-tested solution to the common data visualization problems that regular users experience. Power BI enjoys an advantage over its competitors as most SMBs run the Windows operating system and use Microsoft products such as Office 365. Power BI seamlessly integrates with and pulls in data from such products, which simplifies things while working in this particular ecosystem. However, visualizing ServiceTitan data with Power BI is not a straightforward process because ServiceTitan does not support integration with the latter. A determined user looking for a workaround can manually copy and export ServiceTitan data to a spreadsheet and send it to Power BI for visualization. Yet, this can’t be a one-and-done project, as the spreadsheet will have to be continuously updated. Considering the number of reports a home service business needs on a regular basis, it is safe to say that such a task won’t be popular with the employees. ## **Peaka's ServiceTitan-Power BI integration: The benefits** If only there were a tool that could streamline data flow from ServiceTitan to Power BI… A tool that could be operated without a data team, so business units could generate reports and create dashboards without manual labor or being dependent on tech people. The conventional data integration process usually involves a data warehouse and data pipelines. You pay for a data warehouse and copy your data from different sources, moving it to a central repository where you can query it. You build data pipelines between the source and your data warehouse to ensure that your data is modeled to fit the format your destination requires. This is where things get tricky because any change in the input or output format requires a data team to build new data pipelines and maintain them, which would be prohibitively costly for a home service business or an SMB. Peaka eliminates this costly problem by [virtualizing your data](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/), basically creating an avatar of your data so you don’t need to physically move it to a data warehouse. This principle applies to ServiceTitan, as well. Being a [ServiceTitan partner](/partners/servicetitan-integration/), Peaka offers a dedicated connector for this versatile platform, allowing you to easily retrieve your ServiceTitan data and join it with data from other sources, such as CRM, SaaS tools, or internal databases. Visit our documentation to see how you can [connect ServiceTitan to Peaka](/docs/integrations/service-titan#servicetitan). Peaka enables you to query your fractured, siloed data as if it were in one single repository, use filters to create new datasets, and send them to BI tools such as Power BI, Looker Studio, Metabase, and Tableau for viewing. All without investing in a data warehouse or having to maintain data pipelines. The result? + Reduced workload for data teams, which would otherwise have to spend significant time and effort to build and maintain data pipelines to respond to the requests of business units. + Saved engineering hours that can be channeled to more productive tasks. + Less room for human error as there is no need for manually copying and pasting data. + Savings from not investing in a data warehouse or a bigger data team. ## **Final thoughts** ServiceTitan is an outstanding CRM for the trades. It centralizes all the data such a business has, helps organize daily work, and allows users to see and evaluate the results. With an advanced reporting capability that gives users visibility into every aspect of the business, ServiceTitan deserves to be complemented by a top-notch dashboard. If you are a ServiceTitan user, Power BI is one of the best purpose-built business intelligence tools available. Connecting these platforms can be problematic, though, because ServiceTitan does not offer a connector for Power BI. Peaka solves this problem by acting as a middleware between the two, allowing you to seamlessly send your ServiceTitan data to Power BI. Make sure to read our blog post on [how to connect ServiceTitan to Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/) if you are looking to use [Looker Studio for data visualization](/partners/looker-studio/). If Metabase is your BI tool of choice, then our blog post on [how to connect ServiceTitan to Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/) is the one for you. Check out Peaka’s growing [library of custom connectors](/integrations/) and [book a free demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see Peaka in action! --- START: blog/servicetitan-sage-reporting-gap/servicetitan-sage-reporting-gap.md --- # **How to Fix the Reporting Gap Between Ops and Finance** You have technicians in the field, trucks on the road, and dispatch working smoothly, but reporting still feels like a secondary task, often overlooked and handled with whatever tools are available. Even with systems like ServiceTitan and Sage Intacct in place, many large home service companies with multiple branches and 50-500 employees still rely on manual workflows to get answers to basic operational questions. If your team is spending hours every week preparing reports, building dashboards, and digging through spreadsheets just to understand what happened last week, you’re not alone. But you’re also not set up for scalable growth. Let’s break down what’s really going on here and how modern operators are escaping the reporting treadmill. ## **The weekly reporting grind** Here’s what the typical reporting process still looks like for [contractors operating across multiple locations](/blog/multi-location-servicetitan-reporting/): + Export job data from ServiceTitan + Pull accounting numbers from Sage Intacct + Copy and paste into spreadsheets + Clean the data manually + Match columns, filter dates, and chase down missing entries + (Maybe) push it into a [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/) or [Looker Studio dashboard](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), if someone on the team knows how to set up and use a tool like Zapier For most ops teams, this eats up hours every week. One mid-sized HVAC company we spoke to reported spending nearly 10 hours/week on reporting across their operations and finance teams. And what happens when leadership asks for a breakdown by technician, service line, or region? That means another round of [manual data exports](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), filters, and rework for an already busy team. ## **What this is really costing you** The extra work needed to prepare reports is more than an inconvenience. Manual reporting workflows are actively holding your company back in several ways. + **Time drain:** High-value team members are stuck doing low-value data cleanup that can be automated with the right setup. + **Slower decisions:** You get your reports after the fact, while your teammates are already fighting problems. + **Higher risk of error:** The more manual steps, the more likely someone is to make a mistake. + **Missed opportunities:** Without visibility into your operations, you will inevitably miss out on business opportunities to maximize revenue. This bottleneck only gets worse if you are a growth-oriented contracting business looking to add new locations, expand services, or roll up smaller shops. ## **Why the Zapier + BI Tool formula doesn’t work** You might be thinking: “*But we already use Power BI*” or “*We built something in Looker Studio.*” That’s great (until it breaks). Most of the time, your dashboards are only as good as your data pipeline. Here’s the catch: + Outsourced BI gives you dashboards, but you’re stuck waiting days (or weeks) for a consultant to gather your data and build the dashboards you need. + Power BI, Looker Studio, and Tableau are capable BI tools, but ServiceTitan lacks connectors for them, and setting them up requires a data engineer on staff (which most companies in this range don’t have). + An [automation tool like Zapier or Tray.ai](/blog/servicetitan-integrations-trayai-zapier/) might help you move data for very specific, strictly defined use cases, but it’s fragile and prone to breaking when formats change. In other words, standard solutions will let you down at some point. You need a solution specifically designed for teams like yours: Growth-focused, fast-moving, and resource-constrained. ## **The better way: Self-serve reporting for everyone** That’s where a solution like Peaka comes in. Peaka connects directly to your ServiceTitan and Sage Intacct accounts, bringing together operational and financial data in a unified data layer. In addition to removing the need to download CSVs, copy data from one spreadsheet to another, or maintain a data team, Peaka offers a text-to-SQL capability. This enables non-technical users to dig into their data using natural language prompts in case they are not confident in their SQL skills. With Peaka, your operations staff, finance team, or even your ServiceTitan lead can consolidate their data, generate reports, and refresh [KPI dashboards](/blog/servicetitan-dashboards-no-data-team/) in real time. This helps them track the metrics that matter most, such as revenue per technician, [job costing](/blog/track-job-costs-servicetitan/) and gross margin by service line, call booking rates, or marketing ROI by channel. ## **From hours to minutes: What this looks like in practice** Let’s say you’re running a $20M plumbing and HVAC company with five locations. Your ops team currently spends 8–10 hours each week prepping the Monday morning report deck. Peaka allows you to + Connect your ServiceTitan and Sage Intacct data once, + Consolidate data from different accounts and filter it using natural language prompts or AI, + Send the consolidated data to your favorite BI tool, turning your data into visualizations that show trends. That’s not just saving time; it's more about changing how your business operates. ## **Key takeaways** + Most growing home service companies still rely on manual reporting, even after adopting ServiceTitan. + Time spent on reporting eats into your ops team’s ability to focus on growth and performance. + Traditional BI stacks built around spreadsheets, Zapier, and a BI tool are too limited to cover all the data needs of a contractor and still demand a lot of manual work to operate and maintain. + Peaka provides a no-code, real-time reporting layer designed specifically for ServiceTitan users running operations across multiple locations. ## **Conclusion: What could your team achieve with that time back?** Every hour your operations or finance team spends assembling reports is an hour not spent improving margins, training techs, or planning growth. Multiply that by 10 hours a week, 52 weeks a year, and the opportunity cost becomes huge. The truth is, manual reporting is a legacy habit, not a necessity. As your business grows beyond a single shop, the same spreadsheet-based systems that once worked start to collapse under the weight of multi-location complexity. The companies winning today aren’t necessarily bigger; they’re faster. They identify issues in real-time, make adjustments mid-week, and possess the data discipline of much larger organizations without hiring a single data engineer. If your team still treats reporting like a chore, it’s time to change the workflow, not the people. ## **Ready to reclaim your week?** If your team is still spending hours every week assembling reports, there’s a faster, smarter way. With Peaka, you can stop building reports and start using them to lead, grow, and stay ahead. [Sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how Peaka helps large contractors manage ops and finance data at scale. --- START: blog/silicon-valley-bank-lessons/silicon-valley-bank-lessons.md --- # **What Founders Can Learn from the Silicon Valley Bank Ordeal** We spent 2022 with the ghost of a recession looming over our heads. Higher interest rates and rising energy prices were pointing to an economic slowdown by the year's end at the latest, and the layoffs in the tech industry seemed to confirm the worst fears. However, no one expected a bank run, and not in California, of all places. Yes, we got a bank run, people. The fact that it involved a bank that allegedly served "[nearly half of all U.S. venture-backed startups](https://www.svb.com/venture-funded)" makes it a case worthy of a deep dive. ## **What happened?** Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), the bank of choice for many well-known tech startups, collapsed and was seized by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation on March 10, 2023. SVB had $209 billion in assets and was the 17th largest bank in the U.S. at the time of its collapse. Luckily, SVB was much smaller than banks like Goldman Sachs and Lehman Brothers, which were involved in the subprime mortgage crisis of 2007-2008. But SVB's central role in the tech industry still caused concern among government officials as a liquidity problem could spread through the startup ecosystem like wildfire and render startups insolvent in a short time. Two other relatively smaller banks shared the same fate with SVB: Signature Bank, which had assets worth $110 billion and was the 32nd largest bank in the U.S., and Silvergate Bank, the 153rd largest bank in the U.S., with $11.4 billion in assets. Both of these banks were prominent lenders to crypto companies. ## **Why did it happen?** SVB failed because it got stuck between its short-term liabilities and long-term investments. It had invested heavily in U.S. Treasury bonds to secure high gains. With the Fed raising interest rates to fight inflation, the value of those bonds dropped, shrinking SVB's asset base. Apparently, SVB was late to secure liquidity in an environment where the cost of borrowing was surging. So, it had to sell its Treasury bonds for a significant loss to meet liquidity demands from its depositors, which set off alarm bells in the industry. SVB's liquidity problems were no secret among investment circles. What complicated the situation was the fact that depositors had become more reliant on their savings while SVB struggled to create liquidity. Startups were struggling to find funding on favorable terms throughout 2022 and were forced to withdraw more money to sustain their operations. Individuals, too, [increased their drawdowns](https://calmatters.org/economy/2023/03/silicon-valley-bank-collapse/) as a result of the tech layoffs in California. SVB found itself drifting into a perfect storm. The bank announced on March 8 an emergency sale of its common and preferred stock to raise $2.25 billion. Coming at the heels of the sale of Treasury bonds before, this served as the last straw and triggered a bank run. The bank's stock plunged by [60 percent](https://news.yahoo.com/svb-drops-most-record-startup-211032722.html) on March 9. People rushed to withdraw deposits, moving out [$42 billion](https://dfpi.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/337/2023/03/DFPI-Orders-Silicon-Valley-Bank-03102023.pdf?emrc=bedc09) in a single day, leaving the bank with [a negative cash balance of $958 million.](https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/10/silicon-valley-bank-collapse-how-it-happened.html) ## **To bail out, or not to bail out, that's the question** Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures deposits in U.S. banks [up to $250,000](https://www.fdic.gov/about/what-we-do/) per depositor, per insured bank. Any amount above that figure has no state guarantee and can only be covered by other means like insurance bought from private firms. Reuters [reported](https://www.reuters.com/business/finance/global-markets-banks-wrapup-1-2023-03-10/) that SVB had $175 billion in deposits, 89 percent of which was above the threshold and thus without insurance. The clients received access to the insured portion of their deposits on March 13. But the question of uninsured deposits was more difficult to deal with. The Biden administration found itself between a rock and a hard place: Make every client whole, and the government would be accused of performing another bailout on taxpayers' money. Leave to their own devices the depositors with uninsured deposits, and it could cripple the tech industry, setting off a domino effect. Authorities were under pressure from two camps defending two opposing views. ## **Old sins have long shadows** Y Combinator led the effort urging authorities to make all depositors whole at SVB. Garry Tan, the CEO and President of YC, wrote [a petition](https://www.ycombinator.com/blog/urgent-sign-the-petition-now-thousands-of-startups-and-hundreds-of-thousands-of-startup-jobs-are-at-risk) addressing the U.S. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen and was joined by 650 CEOs. The petition asked for a backstop, that is, credit support or cash injection, not a bailout. Still, the move created a significant backlash on social media, as it revealed that CEOs of multi-million dollar companies were not particularly good at managing risk, despite knowing full well how the banking industry operated. The backlash was understandable in light of SVB CEO Greg Becker's past efforts to reduce federal oversight over SVB. The law (The Dodd-Frank Act) called for increased regulations for financial institutions controlling assets of more than $50 billion. Becker lobbied against this law, campaigning for the threshold to be raised to $250 billion because SVB had such a "[deep understanding of the markets it serves](https://www.theguardian.com/business/2023/mar/11/silicon-valley-bank-weaken-risk-regulations-svb)" that there was no need for extra regulations to kick in. Becker got his wish on May 24, 2018, when Donald Trump finally [signed the bill](https://thehill.com/policy/finance/389212-trump-signs-dodd-frank-rollback/) that raised to $250 billion the threshold for more stringent banking regulations to be applied and exempted banks like SVB from more thorough stress tests. Becker [sold $3.6 million worth of SVB stock](https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/14/svb-execs-sold-84-million-of-the-banks-stock-over-the-past-2-years.html) on February 27, two weeks before the bank run, and flew with his wife off to Hawaii, where he has a condo. FDIC announced on March 13 that it would guarantee uninsured deposits as well, raising doubts about another bank bailout. However, the Biden administration denied these allegations, citing that it was not rescuing the bank management or the shareholders. Instead, the Fed chose to intervene by creating the [Bank Term Funding Program](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/March_2023_United_States_bank_failures#Bank_Term_Funding_Program) (BTFP), which would offer loans of up to one year in length to troubled financial institutions. The fact that the BTFD is funded through the [Deposit Insurance Fund](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/d/deposit-insurance-fund.asp), which itself is sponsored by the finance industry, seems to have put an end to the bailout allegations. ## **Key takeaways for founders** Venture capital firm NFX [conducted a survey](https://www.nfx.com/post/founder-sentiment-survey-postsvb) among 870 founders immediately after the collapse of SVB. The survey results shed light on the problems of the startup ecosystem right before the SVB collapse, and the steps founders took to rectify mistakes in risk management right after it: + Most startups had a single bank account before SVB went under. The percentage of startups having just one bank account halved in a few days, going from 58 to 28.5 during the crisis. The fact that more than half of the founders were comfortable keeping in a single account the millions of dollars they raised in fundraising rounds attests to the illusion of immunity they were in. Spreading out the funds to different banks would give them an insurance of a quarter of a million dollars per bank, which is no small sum for a startup. Neglecting this point speaks to their lax management practices. + The almost simultaneous collapse of SVB, Signature Bank, and Silvergate Bank raised doubts about the resilience of regional banks in case of a bank run. More than a quarter of founders responded to this by choosing to open an account with a big bank, raising the percentage from 31 before the SVB collapse to 57 after. [Bank of America, Wells Fargo, and Citigroup](https://edition.cnn.com/2023/03/16/tech/silicon-valley-bank-supporters/index.html) did particularly well, enjoying a surge in deposits recently. + 54 percent of founders communicated with their investors for guidance and financial advice as the SVB-gate unfolded. This figure is all the more striking when you take into account that 75 percent of founders talk to their investors only once a month or even less frequently. While Hoxton Ventures advised its portfolio companies to [withdraw two months' worth of burn](https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/10/vcs-urge-startups-to-withdraw-funds-from-silicon-valley-bank.html) from SVB, Peter Thiel's Founders Fund urged the startups on its portfolio to move their deposits to another bank. This short episode once again demonstrated that being in frequent contact with well-connected investors can pay off for founders at critical moments. Investors tend to be steeped in the ups and downs of the business world and possess a strategic perspective that many founders lack. Tapping into their wisdom and insights to manage risk and review existing practices is the least founders can do. However, founders would be well-advised to prepare for a period where investors will get to enjoy more bargaining power at the negotiating table. ## **Final thoughts** Despite all the funding rounds closed, the impressive year-on-year growth rate, and the incredible boost it received during the pandemic, the startup ecosystem in the tech industry remains fragile. The news of SVB going under in just 48 hours showed that most startups are only a single bad decision away from being unable to pay wages unless the government intervenes. Tech startups dodged a bullet in March 2023. Here is hoping that they will at least have the prudence to keep their money in more than one bank in the future. --- START: blog/single-source-of-truth-contractors/single-source-of-truth-contractors.md --- # **How Large Contractors Can Build a Single Source of Truth** Rapid growth through local acquisitions and market expansion defines successful home service franchises. Yet, this very expansion can become a challenge when reporting workflows fail to keep pace. What once sufficed for a single office crumbles under the strain of disparate teams, incompatible software, and fragmented, inconsistent data. For multi-location operations, establishing a single source of truth is critical. However, achieving this is more complex than simply implementing a BI tool or relying on spreadsheets. This blog post examines the challenges multi-location contractors face in reporting and offers solutions for unifying their operational, financial, and marketing data. ## **Key takeaways** + Multi-location home service businesses need a single source of truth to scale operations with data-driven insights. + Spreadsheets and manual reporting can’t keep up with growing complexity. + Zapier + BI tool setups are too limited for the operational complexity of a large home service franchise. + Peaka offers a [zero-ETL, zero-copy data integration](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/) that unifies data from different sources without requiring a data warehouse or a dedicated data team. ## **The visibility challenge in multi-location businesses** Contractors with 50–500 employees often operate across multiple regions, service categories, and technician teams. Each branch needs to adapt to the local conditions, which brings about differences in dispatch practices, sales motions, marketing campaigns, and even ServiceTitan configurations. This creates headaches for anyone trying to understand performance at a company-wide level: + Which branches are profitable? + Where are we losing money on jobs? + How does marketing ROI compare across markets? + Which teams are exceeding expectations, and which need help? Without centralized reporting, every department works with its own view of the truth. Finance relies on Sage Intacct or QuickBooks. Operational data lives in ServiceTitan. Only marketing has visibility into the ROI from the Google Ads campaigns being run. All this data is presented to the leadership in a weekly Excel sheet that’s already outdated by the time it hits their inbox. ## **Why a “single source of truth” changes the game** A true single source of truth means every team (ops, finance, marketing, leadership, and even private equity stakeholders) works from the same set of live metrics. It ensures that the data is accurate and consistent across all systems. A single source of truth enables users to get real-time answers to questions like: + Technician revenue per hour, ranked across all locations + [Job costing](/blog/track-job-costs-servicetitan/) and gross margin across service categories + Marketing performance by region + Close rates by call type, location, and sales rep + Backlog by branch and time-to-completion This kind of clarity results in better decisions, faster course correction, and stronger growth. It’s the kind of data that drives operational agility. ## **What’s holding these companies back?** Despite the obvious need, most multi-location service businesses struggle to get there. Here’s why: + **Spreadsheets don’t scale:** They’re great for one branch, not ten. Manual data aggregation is slow, error-prone, and poses security risks. + **ServiceTitan’s native reporting is limited:** ServiceTitan may be the operational backbone of a home service franchise, but it is not designed for cross-location or financial visibility. + **Zapier + BI tools are brittle:** The Zapier + BI tool formula is good for moving data from one tool to another, but it comes up short when reporting needs become more complex in a dynamic environment. + **Outsourced dashboards are slow and expensive:** Waiting weeks for a consultant to update a report just doesn’t cut it in a fast-moving operation. Most companies in this range don’t have a data team. They are stuck in a data no man’s land: They know that they need to replace spreadsheets, but neither can they afford nor do they need platforms like Snowflake and Databricks. What large contractors need is fast, flexible reporting that doesn’t rely on engineers or expensive vendors. ## **What the ideal solution looks like** To build a real single source of truth, your reporting setup needs to check several boxes: + Integrate data from operational software, accounting systems (e.g., ServiceTitan + Sage Intacct or QuickBooks), and marketing tools (Google Ads) + Unify metrics across branches even when ServiceTitan setups vary + Automate dashboard updates—no more manual exports + Give business users control so your dispatcher, finance lead, or marketing team can explore the data themselves + Support both high-level overviews and deep dives for leadership, branch managers, and analysts alike In short: You need a flexible data platform capable of forming a unified data layer from disparate data sources without requiring a Snowflake or engineering team to manage it. ## **How Peaka makes it possible** Peaka was built for growth-focused service companies that are outgrowing spreadsheets but don’t want to hire a data team. Here’s how it solves the single source of truth problem: + **Zero-ETL, zero-copy integrations:** Connects directly to ServiceTitan, accounting, and marketing systems without any ETL pipelines or having to move or duplicate data. + **Standardized metrics and KPIs:** Translates messy, inconsistent data into [consistent metrics and KPIs](/blog/servicetitan-dashboards-no-data-team/) that make sense across all branches. + **BI tool flexibility:** Allows teams to send their consolidated data to any BI tool for instant visualization without any IT involvement. + **Real-time visibility:** Peaka enables you to integrate data from different ServiceTitan accounts. As a result, you can [list invoice data](/blog/list-invoices-multiple-servicetitan-accounts/), [monitor call data](/blog/list-calls-multiple-servicetitan-accounts/), track job profitability, close rates, and more across multiple locations. Whether you’re a $5M regional operator or a $50M franchise scaling fast, Peaka helps you get the same reports you’d get with Snowflake and Databricks, without the massive initial investment, astronomical monthly bills, and engineering complexity. ## **A real-world example: 5 locations, one unified view** Let’s say you run a $20M HVAC and plumbing company with five locations. Your ops team spends hours each week exporting ServiceTitan data to prep weekly reports. With Peaka: + You no longer have to update your dashboards manually as Peaka supports [integration with ServiceTitan and BI tools](/blog/peaka-servicetitan-bi-integration/), simplifying how you can send your ServiceTitan data to [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/) and [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/). + Dashboards update automatically without any CSV exports or spreadsheet wrangling + Your CFO can [integrate ServiceTitan and Sage Intacct data](/blog/multi-location-servicetitan-reporting/) in real-time and make better decisions + Your COO can [track technician data](/blog/list-technician-multiple-servicetitan-accounts/) and job profitability by region + Your marketing team measures ROI across locations in real-time No more digging through disconnected reports or waiting for dashboard updates from a consultant. Everyone on your team gets the answers they need when they need them. ## **Conclusion: Centralized data for decentralized teams** If your team is tired of [manual data exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/) to build dashboards, it might be time to modernize your data stack (preferably without having to invest in an outrageously costly “modern data stack”). Peaka allows you to integrate ServiceTitan with your accounting software, marketing tools, and other legacy systems. It centralizes all your data with ready-made connectors without copying and moving your data into a data warehouse, eliminating the need for a data team to maintain ETL pipelines. Purpose-built for the data needs of home service businesses, Peaka is the data stack a contractor will ever need. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how Peaka helps home service franchises build a single source of truth out of scattered data. --- START: blog/social-media-partnership-template/social-media-partnership-template.md --- # **The BrandBoost App Template Unleashes Marketing Synergies** Everybody was blogging at the beginning of the 2000s, remember? Kids, housewives, sports fans, travelers… It looked like WordPress had unleashed the creative powers of millions of people who apparently had so much to tell. Then, in 2005, an obscure video sharing platform, whose possible impact probably very few people could foresee, entered our lives. With YouTube's emergence, we learned that blogging (or vlogging) could be the basis for a sound, lucrative economic model. Today top-3 highest-paid YouTubers, [Mr. Beast](https://www.youtube.com/c/MrBeast6000), [Jake Paul](https://www.youtube.com/c/jakepaul), and [Markiplier](https://www.youtube.com/c/markiplier) rake in $54 million, $45 million, and $38 million, respectively. YouTubers, at least initially, were like TV stars: You needed to be at your desk to tune in to watch their performances. The rise of smartphones and social media changed that. These two combined to multiply the number of visual content creators and transformed the way creators engaged with their fans. A smartphone and [a social media account](https://www.broadbandsearch.net/blog/social-media-facts-statistics) were the only prerequisites for becoming a content creator. The average number of social media accounts a person owns has grown from [4.8 in 2014 to 8.4 in 2020.](https://backlinko.com/social-media-users) The success of content creators was one of the prominent factors that drove this growth. A new economy gradually took shape around the interactions transpiring on social media. Twitter, Instagram, and later TikTok not only became the stages where content creators interacted with their fans, but they also facilitated the monetization of those interactions in this period. How many times a message was viewed, liked, and shared helped marketers gauge the potential of content creators as a marketing channel. Individuals among content creators who could generate and guide interest came to be known as "influencers." Rachael Cihlar from the influencer marketing platform Mavrck [predicts](https://influencermarketinghub.com/influencer-marketing-predictions-2022/) that the number of people self-identifying as creators will surpass the 1 billion mark in the near future. This prediction is in tune with the projections about the growth of [the influencer market](https://influencermarketinghub.com/influencer-marketing-statistics/): Amounting to just $1.7 billion in 2017, the influencer market has grown to $13.8 billion in 2021 and is projected to surpass the $15 billion mark this year. Of all the demographic groups, one stands out regarding how they interact with influencers: Gen Z. Influencers have an outsized impact on Gen Z's purchasing habits. That's because people in this demographic group tend to spend more time on social media, and most of them were born into a world where influencers were already household names. An Ipsos Connect study commissioned by Google discovered that [70 percent](https://www.thinkwithgoogle.com/marketing-strategies/video/youtube-stars-influence/) of adolescent YouTube subscribers found YouTubers more relatable than traditional celebrities. It turns out that [6 in 10 teenagers](https://digitalmarketinginstitute.com/blog/20-influencer-marketing-statistics-that-will-surprise-you) listen to, take advice from and relate to influencers more than traditional celebrities. Previous generations may have a low opinion of influencers, but Gen Zers see them as role models. If you want to reach out to young people, leveraging the influencers' credibility in the eyes of Gen Zers is the way to go. Business leaders were quick to realize the value influencers offered for marketers. Thanks to social media and influencers, big companies could "act small again," as Jay Baer, entrepreneur and marketing guru, [puts it](https://twitter.com/jaybaer/status/672800288483377152?lang=en). Companies can tap into the hitherto out-of-reach customer groups by finding influencers that appeal to different customer profiles and curating campaigns that target niche segments. Decision-makers have already found out that [influencers are more effective](https://mediakix.com/influencer-marketing-resources/influencer-marketing-statistics/#effectiveness) in generating demand than conventional forms of marketing. Influencer marketing was measured to generate [between $5.20 to $6.50](https://mediakix.com/influencer-marketing-resources/influencer-marketing-statistics/#roi) for every dollar spent. A well-chosen influencer can introduce more precision into a firm's marketing efforts, letting it focus on high-impact customer segments. However, there is a caveat. As a business leader, you may decide to work with influencers to boost your brand's online presence, but that's easier said than done. [61 percent](https://mediakix.com/influencer-marketing-resources/influencer-marketing-industry-statistics-survey-benchmarks/) of marketers think finding suitable influencers for a company is a real challenge. Mindful of this challenge, Peaka has recently published an app template that brings together brands and influencers: BrandBoost. The template allows businesses to search through influencer profiles to find the most suitable influencer for a particular campaign. Additionally, BrandBoost can be used to build a two-sided marketplace where brands and influencers list their requirements to find the best match. Making the wrong choice on influencers you work with can come back to haunt your brand down the road. Similarly, an influencer can cripple her career working with brands that are not a good fit for her audience. BrandBoost lays the ground for a marketplace that can minimize these two risks. Social media partnerships do not have to be hit-or-miss affairs. BrandBoost makes sure you get your time and money's worth. --- START: blog/standardize-servicetitan-kpis-portfolio/standardize-servicetitan-kpis-portfolio.md --- # **How to Integrate ServiceTitan with Accounting Software** For private equity firms rolling up home service businesses, operational data is everything. Whether it’s HVAC, plumbing, roofing, or pool cleaning your business specializes in, you can’t drive growth without knowing which branches are performing, where revenue is slipping, and how technician utilization compares across brands. The challenge? In most roll-ups, each brand runs its own ServiceTitan instance. Pulling performance numbers means chasing multiple teams, exporting CSV files, and manually stitching together reports before every board meeting. It’s a process that consumes hours, delays insights, and often leaves leadership making decisions based on outdated numbers. And with only a 3–5 year value creation window, that’s a problem you can’t afford. ## **The pain of manual ServiceTitan reporting** Disconnected ServiceTitan instances create a snowballing effect that leads to inefficiency across the board: + **Fragmented processes:** Each brand rolled up comes with its own reporting habits and KPI definitions, making it difficult for PE leaders to evaluate the performance of comparable business units. + **Time drain:** Reconciling different records and manually integrating data is a time-consuming process. It requires portfolio operators to spend hours (sometimes days) downloading CSVs and replicating data to spreadsheets. + **Risk of human error:** Every manual merge consists of hundreds and sometimes thousands of copy & paste actions, which creates a fertile ground for data inconsistencies and mistakes. + **Lagging insights:** Gathering data from all portfolio companies, reconciling differences, and creating meaningful reports can take weeks, forcing decision-makers to work with outdated data most of the time. You're reacting to the market instead of leading it, and by then, it's too late. ## **Why consistency and speed are crucial for PE timelines** Private equity firms operate on compressed timelines. Every quarter matters, and reporting delays can directly impact value creation plans. Faster, more consistent reporting enables: + Standardized KPIs across brands for apples-to-apples comparisons. + Real-time insights to act on operational trends immediately. + Better board communication with consistent, credible data. + Operational alignment that helps spread best practices quickly across the portfolio. In a value creation cycle, time saved on reporting is time invested in driving growth. ## **The traditional fix and why it falls short** Some PE firms try to solve the problem with a traditional BI stack, pulling ServiceTitan data into Snowflake or BigQuery, transforming it with dbt, and visualizing it in Tableau or Power BI. But for most home service portfolios, this approach fails to deliver on PE timelines: + **Months to deploy:** Every data stack becomes a project in its own right, with custom integrations and data modeling, which delays time-to-insight. + **High engineering overhead:** Building and maintaining a data stack requires a data team that most operators don’t have. + **Six-figure costs:** Tooling and talent costs add up quickly. + **Poor fit for lean operators:** A traditional stack is overkill for the actual reporting needs of a PE firm. By the time the stack is live, you could already be halfway through your holding period. This is not how smart companies use their resources. ## **The ideal reporting solution for PE-led portfolios** For private equity operators, the right solution isn’t about more tools or complex data stacks. It’s about speed, consistency, and simplicity. An ideal reporting approach should deliver: + Direct connections to multiple ServiceTitan accounts without custom coding. + Standardized KPI definitions so that revenue, close rates, and technician efficiency are measured the same way across all brands. + Real-time visibility into portfolio performance, eliminating reporting delays. + Accessibility for non-technical users, so operators and finance teams can generate insights without relying on engineers. + Deployment within days, not months, so value creation plans stay on track. In other words, the best solution for PE firms is one that replaces spreadsheets with a unified, always-on reporting layer—without the heavy lift of building a full BI infrastructure. ## **How Peaka simplifies ServiceTitan reporting** Peaka streamlines the whole reporting process, replacing slow, manual processes with real-time, automated reporting. It achieves this by + Connecting directly to [multiple ServiceTitan instances](/blog/unify-servicetitan-data-pe-firms/) without any code or ETL pipelines. + Standardizing KPI definitions so you can compare performance across brands. + [Integrating with accounting tools](/blog/integrate-servicetitan-with-quickbooks-xero-sage/) like QuickBooks, XeroAccounting, or Sage Intacct for reports on revenue, profitability, and job costing. + Lowering the technical barriers for non-technical people so they can push their data to [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/), [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), and [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/) without a data team. + Deploying in days, not months, which makes it a good fit for post-acquisition integration. Peaka provides you with the insights you need, when you need them, reducing your reporting cycles and helping you take proactive action. ## **Key takeaways** + Manual ServiceTitan reporting wastes valuable time and creates inconsistency. + [KPI dashboards](/blog/consultants-servicetitan-kpi-dashboards/) that get updated automatically deliver faster insights and standardized benchmarks. + Peaka enables portfolio-wide reporting without huge investments in data warehouses and data teams, which ties in nicely with the timeline of a PE firm. ## **Conclusion: From manual reports to real-time insights** For ServiceTitan consultants, integrating operational and financial data has always been necessary, but until now, it’s also been painful. If you’re tired of waiting for reports that never get delivered on time, you may want to start thinking about replacing manual processes. Peaka fits the bill here as it helps you unify and automate your ServiceTitan reporting across the portfolio. No engineers, no spreadsheets—just real-time insights you can trust. Ready to streamline reporting and scale your services? [Sign up to Peaka](https://peaka.studio/signup) for free today. [Book a quick demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and see how we help PE firms replace [manual data exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/) with automated dashboards in days, not months. --- START: blog/startups-connector-infrastructure/startups-connector-infrastructure.md --- # **Why You Must Focus on Your Connector Infrastructure in 2026** AI-based solutions brought to light a problem that already needed answers but was pushed to later dates by businesses due to its complexity: **Having a connector infrastructure that is compatible with your customers' tech stack.** Many organizations, regardless of their size, often build connections to major software: Big CRMs, payment platforms, or relational databases that support only a small share of their clients’ integration needs. However, with many tools disturbing big players for market share, every company’s tech stack started to look different than others. Even with NoSQL databases alone, there are at least 7 options business leaders can consider. When you scale this to more software categories like Application Tracking Systems (ATS), Marketing Automation, and AI tools, you end up with thousands of different variations for businesses to build their tech stack around. So what happens to the remaining tools? Customers usually integrate what's available at first and give your product a go, but eventually churn as your tool cannot provide a full solution to them. With many competitors around, they’ll soon start looking for other solutions. This churn can usually be explained by two major reasons: Vendor lock-in and the inability to cross-source your products' analytics. ## **Connectors: The hidden key** The idea of being dependent on a single tool can be concerning for customers because it limits their ability to switch to competing products, potentially leading to higher costs if the vendor (you) decides to increase prices or reduce the quality of service. Furthermore, being tied to a single vendor restricts customers’ flexibility in adapting to new technologies. By offering extensive APIs and integration options with other platforms, SaaS tools can fit into a customer's existing ecosystem. Being vendor-neutral also means you constantly have to deliver the best product in the market, but that should be your goal anyway. Though many founders are aware of the importance of these integrations and the potential capital lost due to not offering them, they frequently misjudge the optimal timing. Many believe that it’s best to first find product-market fit (PMF) and then scale their integrations, which is very reasonable. Unfortunately, after achieving PMF and experiencing rapid scaling, numerous other developments pile up, leaving little time to build these connectors. “*We’re building integrations as demanded.*” I’ve been hearing this phrase quite a lot from all sizes of companies. However, this approach is doomed to fail. Even if you start building integrations the second you meet the prospect, by the time they churn, you’ll have built one or two new integrations at most. {{ highlight_text(text="Having a strong connector stack in place before reaching customers improves new business close rates while reducing customer churn.", small_text="Top Highlight") }} Given these considerations, the question isn't about whether to build integrations but about the pace and quantity of these integrations. ## **Should you build your connector empire or buy it off-the-shelf?** Despite all the benefits listed above, there are several reasons why building integrations does not appeal to companies: * Performance & Scalability * Customer Churn Possibility * Integration Maintenance * API Documentation Each point raises bigger concerns than the last. Considering that the majority of organizations rely on small in-house engineering teams with competing priorities in their backlogs, many companies struggle to initiate this project. Tasking the engineering team would take up most of (if not all of) their time, forcing them to forgo product-related tasks. Cases where there is limited effort to get started usually fail as the integrations are not being built at the pace needed. While it may appear simple, many companies spend months integrating just one additional connector into their product. The common issue is that building these integrations in-house is technically complicated and time-consuming. Furthermore, there's always a risk of these integrations failing to meet client expectations regarding data synchronization. In a hypothetical scenario, a company building out its integrations before engaging with customers loses a lot of time and potential capital in the process. However, the real technical challenges surface during the development phase, as managing and maintaining these integrations proves even more painful than building them. To give you an idea of the complexity, think of a relatively simple software system. This system often consists of multiple components, services, and technologies, where each element may have its own updates, dependencies, and configurations. Within these dependencies, there are external libraries, frameworks, and services. To complicate matters further, ensuring data consistency, security, and integrity across shared libraries requires careful execution. The list goes on, but you get the idea. Failing in any of these aspects will lead to non-functional infrastructure. Addressing these challenges often requires a combination of skilled personnel, effective project management, and the use of tools and methodologies designed to manage complexity, such as DevOps practices, continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipelines, and automated testing. In today's fast-paced tech landscape, where a new SaaS solution emerges almost daily, businesses are constantly exploring new technologies, which necessitates daily construction of new connections by engineers. Once a commitment is made to develop all connections in-house, it invariably requires dedicating an engineer solely to crafting new connections. Unfortunately, the challenges don't stop there. Integrations that have been previously built often malfunction due to changes in third-party APIs. When this occurs, the engineering team must delve into the documentation to re-establish these connections. And, as you might guess, some of these documents are exceptionally difficult to decipher, almost as if they were deliberately written in an obtuse manner. ## **Peaka’s “white label” model** Recently, Peaka introduced a Partner API, enabling customers to leverage Peaka’s offerings under their own branding for their connector infrastructure. For those who aren’t familiar with the product, Peaka is a serverless connector infrastructure that offers connectivity to 300+ relational and NoSQL databases, APIs, and SaaS tools in minutes ([check out this MongoDB example to see how it works](https://www.loom.com/share/eaa3027ccc1b4369b5f187e69c71baf8?sid=4f52dd09-2a35-427a-accc-f4d294d70df8)). By using Peaka, companies can not only construct their data stack in mere minutes but also seamlessly integrate with their customers' tech stacks. Peaka's partners have the flexibility to use the Partner API, JDBC driver, ODBC driver, or Python connectors for instant connection to the solutions their customers need. Furthermore, if necessary, partners can utilize Peaka’s zero-ETL solution to access every aspect of the data pipeline. Peaka's usage-based pricing model, coupled with 24/7 engineering support, provides partners with an efficient and scalable pricing strategy, allowing them to pay as they grow. Recently, a Peaka customer shared a success story with us that underscores the importance of connector infrastructure. During a demonstration to a B2B SaaS unicorn, the prospect's Product Manager (PM) explained how they wanted to interact with our customers’ AI agent. The process required multiple systems to be interconnected, which is a fancy way of saying our customer needed built-in connectors. Fortunately, we had onboarded this customer just two weeks before the meeting, enabling them to showcase a brief demonstration of how the agent would function on the spot. After closing that deal in about two weeks, the prospect's PM revealed that they typically spend around six months to finalize their third-party software purchases. However, the on-spot demonstration piqued their interest and significantly expedited their decision-making process in that meeting. ## **The bottom line** Once a business leader grasps how an accessible connector infrastructure can broaden their market reach, their go-to market strategy dramatically shifts, often leading to faster deal closure. For those who’re interested in exploring how Peaka can differentiate their product, we’d love to [discuss potential use cases and synergies](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo?month=2024-03) and encourage everyone to [discover Peaka](/)! --- START: blog/subscription-business-flops/subscription-business-flops.md --- # **3 Examples of Subscription Model Flops** Not having to chase new sales at the beginning of every month, being able to sit back instead and enjoy a passive income-like revenue stream while thinking of ways to upsell and cross-sell to your customers... One can dream, right? It is dreams like this one that have entrepreneurs adopt the subscription model as the basis of their businesses. However, not every subscription scheme succeeds. For every Dollar Shave Club story that made a successful exit, you can find tens of failures that left behind wiser entrepreneurs, less wealthy investors, and frustrated customers. Understanding how seemingly good business ideas went bust can be instructive for all of us. ## **MoviePass** ### **What is it?** Sometimes, an offer sounds too good to be true. That might be because it really is. That was the case for MoviePass, a subscription plan that gave people [a movie ticket a day](https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2017-08-15/netflix-co-founder-s-crazy-plan-pay-10-a-month-go-to-the-movies-all-you-want) regardless of the market and theater for a monthly fee. The plan's detractors argued that it was unsustainable, which turned out to be correct. But there was a time when the future looked bright for MoviePass for a while. After Ted Farnsworth and Mitch Love bought 51 percent of the company in 2017, they lowered the monthly subscription fee from [$50 to $9.95.](https://www.businessinsider.com/inside-story-moviepass-rise-fall-2019-8) This move created the much-needed buzz, and MoviePass was adding a quarter-million new subscribers every month by the end of the year. The company had [three million](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MoviePass) paying subscribers by June 2018. However, there was a problem: Cash burn. An average movie ticket costs somewhere between [$9 and $17](https://www.vox.com/culture/2018/8/3/17643798/moviepass-outage-subscription-blockbuster-peak-pricing), depending on the market. Since MoviePass paid the full price of a ticket to the distributor, it was losing money on every ticket. Heavy users used the service more than ten times a month, inflicting serious damage on the company’s finances. ### **How did it end?** Bleeding money on every movie ticket, MoviePass found it extremely difficult to hold up its end of the bargain. It sought ways to lower the usage rate of its [most active users](https://www.vox.com/22526008/moviepass-ftc-complaint-password-block-scam) in an effort to control the damage. So it cheated its customers: + [75,000 power users](https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/08/business/moviepass-settlement-ftc.html) had their passwords invalidated, + These users were allowed to see a maximum of three movies per month, + Screening for movies was limited to certain movie theaters and time slots. Customers do not like being cheated. MoviePass's moves to deceive its customers triggered a [class action lawsuit](https://www.businessinsider.com/moviepass-class-action-lawsuit-alleges-bait-and-switch-scheme-2019-2), hastening the end for the already cash-strapped company. The company ceased operations in September 2019. Nowadays, the brand is [attempting a renaissance](https://www.vulture.com/2022/03/moviepass-is-back-and-its-selling-your-attention.html) with a new business model. ### **Diagnosis** How could MoviePass executives hope to make money with such a business plan? Actually, their subscription plan was just a ploy to create a vast, devoted customer base. They thought they would be able to use that customer base to negotiate lower ticket prices with movie theaters, cut [revenue-sharing](https://www.theverge.com/2019/9/19/20872984/moviepass-shutdown-subscription-movies-helios-matheson-ted-farnsworth-explainer) agreements with them, and get a portion of the food and drink sales. The Moviepass executives believed that the bigger the customer base, the more leverage the company would have *vis-à-vis* other stakeholders in the industry. Positioning itself as a data mining company, MoviePass banked on the idea that advertisers would fight each other for the privilege of accessing this customer base, which never happened. It turned out that established movie theater chains like AMC did not want to be bullied around by an upstart. They refused to share revenue with MoviePass. Upon realizing how easy it was to copy the idea, those chains launched their own subscription services like AMC Stub A-List or Regal Unlimited. MoviePass took the disruptor role to an extreme. It failed to blend into the Hollywood ecosystem, where many different players make money from the existing business model. Instead, it attempted to overthrow the established order on a wing and prayer. It was a shame that it forgot it was selling [another company's product](https://www.theverge.com/2019/9/19/20872984/moviepass-shutdown-subscription-movies-helios-matheson-ted-farnsworth-explainer) and had no extra revenue streams. ## **ScaleFactor** ### **What is it?** ScaleFactor's rise to fame had all the elements of a feel-good story: A tech startup from Austin, Texas, leveraging a trendy technology, artificial intelligence, to solve a problem affecting a large group of people, bookkeeping for small businesses. Founded in 2014, the company claimed that its technology would allow the automation of accounting processes after a brief consultation with clients. This promise may sound too good to be true now, but it was deemed credible by investors. ScaleFactor raised [$100 million](https://news.crunchbase.com/news/scalefactor-raises-third-round-60m-in-13-months-after-700-arr-growth-in-2018/) in funding from [June 2018 to July 2019.](https://pitchbook.com/profiles/company/167820-49#overview) ### **How did it end?** Despite its lofty promises, ScaleFactor proved to be a scam of epic proportions. As was revealed by former employees of the firm, ScaleFactor's operations had nothing to do with AI. It was just good ol' manual bookkeeping carried out in the background and obscured by financial tricks. Part of the job was even outsourced to an accounting firm in the Philippines. Although nobody could have predicted this dark secret about how ScaleFactor conducted its business, the poor quality of the service spoke for itself. Unimpressed by the quality and suffering from costly accounting mistakes, ScaleFactor customers began to quit in droves in 2019. The churn rate was so high that the company set up a "[Churn Desk](https://www.forbes.com/sites/davidjeans/2020/07/20/scalefactor-raised-100-million-in-a-year-then-blamed-covid-19-for-its-demise-employees-say-it-had-much-bigger-problems/?sh=647425f62928)" to prioritize the cancellation requests so that the financial outlook of the company wouldn't take a big hit. Having realized there was no hiding the truth, the company announced in January 2020 that it was adopting a marketplace model to bring together small businesses and accountants (one could argue that was what ScaleFactor had been doing all along). This decision was followed by a hike in subscription fees as customary for startups about to go under. The firm finally [ceased operations](https://www.emergingtechbrew.com/stories/2020/07/22/scalefactor-reportedly-struggled-develop-software-promised-customers) in July 2019. ### **Diagnosis** ScaleFactor's bookkeeping product did not possess the capabilities advertised. The AI technology at the time was not mature enough to help develop an AI-powered accounting suite capable of delivering real-time updates, and it still is not. Moreover, it turned out that accounting did not lend itself particularly well to AI-powered automation due to the high level of human judgment required and the potential cost of any mistakes. Accounting processes might seem tedious, boring, and quite straightforward to us. But it takes a good deal of professional experience and a deep understanding of legislation and [Generally Accepted Accounting Principles](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/g/gaap.asp) to decide how a transaction should be categorized. This certainly is not the kind of job you assign to AI and walk away. ## **Munchery** ### **What is it?** Munchery was a meal delivery startup that sold meals prepared by chefs in one of its kitchens in San Francisco, Seattle, and New York. It charged its customers a monthly membership fee of $8.95, which gave them a 20 percent discount on every meal they purchased. One of the early movers in the meal delivery business, the company raised a total of [$125 million](https://www.crunchbase.com/organization/munchery) from investors. ### **How did it end?** Right before its $85 million funding round in 2015, Munchery's weekly revenue had reached almost $600,000. That funding round took Munchery's valuation as high as [$300 million.](https://techcrunch.com/2019/01/21/munchery-shuts-down/) However, this surge resulted from extraordinarily intense marketing efforts—the number dipped below $400,000 after the funding round. Faced with increased competition from startups with similar business models and losing money on every customer, Munchery ceased operations in 2019, nine years after its foundation. ### **Diagnosis** Munchery suffered from the usual problems that plague every food delivery startup: Having to excel in the supply and delivery side of operations at the same time. Buying, transporting, and preserving different kinds of chicken, fish, meat, vegetables, and herbs; preparing the meals and delivering them in the most efficient way possible is a [logistical nightmare](https://progressivegrocer.com/chefds-failure-reinforces-grocers-will-eventually-own-meal-kits) a startup can hardly cope with. That's why meal delivery startups are always hungry for cash and entangled in supply chain issues. Morgan Springer, [the co-founder of Sprig](https://digiday.com/retail/prepared-food-delivery-startups-failing/), another meal delivery startup, sums it up nicely: > *"…[It's] not necessarily the food that was difficult, but the challenge was more on both delivery and food, which are lower-margin businesses that are tricky to get right."* For meal delivery startups, building brand loyalty among customers is an almost insurmountable obstacle. Customer loyalty is virtually non-existent beyond [six months](https://www.forbes.com/sites/brittainladd/2018/07/18/the-meal-kit-company-chefd-is-no-more-what-does-it-mean-for-the-meal-kit-industry/) as customers want to try new brands and are lured away by cheaper options. Therefore, customer acquisition cost tends to be really high for a meal delivery startup. Because competing on price in the subscription-based food delivery (meal-kits or microwaveable meals) segment is a race to the bottom and expanding into new regions exacerbates the logistical problems, [the best case scenario](https://www.pymnts.com/news/retail/2018/meal-kits-chefd-grocery-blue-apron-hellofresh/) these startups can hope for is to be acquired by a retailer. Plated was acquired by Albertsons in 2017 and [Home Chef by Kroger](https://www.forbes.com/sites/neilstern/2018/05/23/kroger-buys-home-chef-as-the-meal-kit-industry-rapidly-consolidates/) in 2018. Others like Chef'd and Munchery weren't that fortunate and had to shutter. ## **Conclusion** Making promises you can't deliver, lying to your customers about the capabilities of your product, and trying to execute a business model far beyond your means can support are surefire ways for a subscription business to shoot itself in the foot. Having a bright idea never suffices. Turning a good idea into a sound business plan is what differentiates a unicorn from a flop. Instead of gauging its success by its popularity, a subscription-based startup should focus on attaining a defensible position in the market and keeping track of the number of its customers that will be there in a few months. Any short-term success is doomed to be elusive without a moat around your business. The CEOs of MoviePass, ScaleFactor, and Munchery can attest to that. --- START: blog/subscription-business-model/subscription-business-model.md --- # **Whatever-You-Want-as-a-Service: Subscription Business Model** The "job-to-be-done" approach has been a revelation for the business world. The realization that people want to buy outcomes, not products or services, has transformed the way companies develop their products and market them. People can get surprisingly creative to attain those outcomes and get the jobs done. As Clayton Christensen points out in his book [*Competing against Luck*](https://www.amazon.com/Competing-Against-Luck-Innovation-Customer/dp/0062435612/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1KB810F0KV3EM&keywords=Competing+against+Luck&qid=1649315888&sprefix=%2Caps%2C2408&sr=8-1), people driving to the nearest McDonald's to grab a milkshake before 9 a.m. were doing that to solve a specific problem: Making their morning commute more interesting while keeping the morning hunger at bay until lunch (*Competing against Luck*, pp.19-23). Milkshake beat all the other alternatives like coffee, bagels, doughnuts, or a Snickers bar at achieving the desired outcome. Moreover, the same customers could "hire" a milkshake for entirely different jobs in the afternoon. For example, it could be a consolation prize for a kid who couldn't get his mom to buy him a toy truck. ## **"Power-by-the-hour" a.k.a Product-as-a-Service** Although business strategy gurus like Ulwick and Christensen are credited with coining the expression, it turns out that British industrialists were experimenting with the idea long before. First, the British aero-engine manufacturer Bristol Siddeley and then Rolls-Royce, which acquired Bristol Siddeley in 1966, had realized that airline companies were [looking to buy flight time, not airplane engines.](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q4Li4750qwc) Airplane engines were prohibitively expensive. As airline companies had no expertise in engine maintenance, they either ran the engines into the ground or replaced them too early, thus incurring higher costs. Bristol Siddeley developed a subscription-based engine replacement and maintenance program in 1962. Rolls-Royce inherited this program from Bristol Siddeley and honed. The result was the [power-by-the-hour](https://www.rolls-royce.com/media/press-releases-archive/yr-2012/121030-the-hour.aspx) model, which offered the Rolls-Royce customers Engine-as-a-Service. Rolls-Royce would take care of engine maintenance, maximize uptime for its customers, and provide its customers with new engines when needed. The program charged customers a fixed sum per flying hour in return for predictability in flight time and reduced overhead payments. Getting paid for the time engines remained operational, Rolls-Royce [was incentivized](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/subscription-economy-did-start-power-by-the-hour-gene-likins/) to focus on R&D to improve the durability of its engines and develop new preventive maintenance measures. ## **Subscription services today** The effectiveness of the power-by-the-hour model has inspired many recent adaptations. Tire manufacturer Michelin's tire subscription service [Effitires](https://business.michelin.co.uk/freight-transport/freight-transport-services/effitires) provides a case in point. It enables fleet operators such as logistics and transportation companies to outsource their tire management tasks to Michelin, which has been producing tires for more than a century. The scheme improves fleet uptime and renders a major cost item completely predictable for the customers. What started in the capital-intensive aviation industry has become mainstream today—just think about all the subscription payments on your monthly credit card bill: Netflix, Amazon Prime, or HBO Max for home entertainment; Apple Music or Spotify for streaming music, Dollar Shave Club or Birchbox for regular supply of personal care items, to name a few. The average monthly spend on subscription services rose from [$237 in 2018 to $273 in 2021](https://www.westmonroe.com/perspectives/report/the-state-of-subscription-services-spending), an increase of $432 per year. This 15 percent increase has given subscription-based businesses a significant boost, helping them grow [five to eight times faster](https://www.forbes.com/sites/danadunne/2021/12/03/the-origin-of-the-subscription-model/?sh=3d5041d96c74) than traditional companies. Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) companies have built their entire business model on subscriptions. This model determines not only how SaaS companies make money but also how they develop their products. By allowing SaaS companies to track usage, the subscription model provides product teams with a constant stream of customer feedback, enabling them to modify, improve and tailor the product to the customers' specific needs. Companies practicing traditional sales methods are not that lucky, though: They usually receive feedback from customers only in case of complete satisfaction or extreme dissatisfaction with the product. ## **The advantages of the subscription model** The subscription model owes its success to its ability to offer customers and vendors a happy medium. It helps the former enjoy products and services without high upfront costs. Customers also retain flexibility because they can cancel their subscriptions anytime. The benefits vendors derive from the subscription business model are manifold. First, they get to develop a bond with customers and maximize [Customer Lifetime Value](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Customer_lifetime_value) (LTV). One of the crucial metrics a SaaS company has to monitor, LTV refers to the total revenue a customer account will generate. The subscription-based business model [lowers the barrier](https://gocardless.com/en-us/guides/posts/5-benefits-of-a-subscription-business-model/) for other offerings from the same vendor and opens up new growth opportunities through upselling and cross-selling. This maximizes the LTV by bringing in add-on revenue without incurring any marginal cost to acquire new customers. A happy subscriber is a golden goose for a SaaS company. Secondly, the bond nurtured between the customer and the vendor introduces predictability into the vendor's future cash flows and [secures long-term revenue for the company.](https://www.profitwell.com/recur/all/recurring-revenue) This long-term revenue stream makes it easier for decision-makers to plan ahead on issues ranging from investment to hiring. "*Lease, don't buy*" perfectly sums up the current zeitgeist. Startups that recognize that people are looking to get things done rather than owning stuff can capitalize on this and take off. By simply selling new products and services to a fraction of the existing subscribers, a company can unlock the magic of recurring revenue and achieve [compounding growth.](https://www.profitwell.com/recur/all/recurring-revenue) That's how unicorns are made. --- START: blog/subscription-model-tips-warnings/subscription-model-tips-warnings.md --- # **The Subscription Model: Tips & Warnings** We [previously covered](/blog/subscription-business-model/) how subscription became a prominent business model and how SaaS businesses leveraged that model to become unicorns. The applications of the recurring revenue model are not limited to SaaS businesses, though. If you have an eye for innovation, you can adapt this model to many different industries. There are a few points to bear in mind, however. ## **Act to disrupt** The subscription model lends itself to creativity quite well. Most successful subscription-based businesses were not built on revolutionary ideas but rather a creative take on a conventional problem. Some of these businesses create value for you by spreading a lump sum payment over 12 months; others help you deal with perishable inventory in return for a fixed monthly amount. There are also subscription products whose value proposition is based on saving you from having to deal with a nuisance. Take buying razor blade cartridges, for example. You don’t buy replacement cartridges frequently enough, so they are easy to forget during your supermarket trips. Availability is another concern with razor blade cartridges. When bought so seldom, new cartridges turn out to be of a different design, which is not compatible with handles purchased in the past. The price stability of replacement cartridges is the third problem. As commodity prices fluctuate, you can be forced to pay significantly higher prices in your future purchases. Dollar Shave Club solves all three pain points with its subscription model. The brand’s subscribers receive razor blade refills (and other personal care products) without paying for delivery and according to a schedule of their choosing. Launched in 2012, the brand came with an [initial offering](https://www.digitalcommerce360.com/2015/05/13/how-dollar-shave-club-makes-cut/) that cost its customers just $1 a month for 60 blades a year, when Gillette sold a package of 10 cartridges for $19.99. Dollar Shave Club had [3.2 million subscribers](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dollar_Shave_Club) in 2016 and was looking at a sales revenue of $200 million for the year when it was [acquired by Unilever](https://www.nytimes.com/2016/07/20/business/dealbook/unilever-dollar-shave-club.html) for a sum of $1 billion. This model can be adapted to any business idea that offers a solution to some sort of a nuisance people have in the back of their minds. Whether it is regular purchases of flowers, mowing the lawn, or spraying the backyard to keep mosquitos away, there are many services or products people would like to subscribe to so that they cross tasks off their to-do lists. ## **Beware of the churn** Churn refers to the rate at which your customers quit their subscriptions. It can be expressed either in the percentage of customers leaving your brand or the revenue you lose due to that. Some of the churn is involuntary and thus unavoidable. People die, [their credit cards expire](https://www.invitereferrals.com/blog/customer-churn-strategies/), or their needs change. The biggest reason for the avoidable portion of churn is your [failure to onboard](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/top-two-reasons-for-churn/) the customer. Without a smooth, well-designed onboarding process, the customer cannot engage with the product and quits without getting to appreciate the value your subscription offers. Containing churn should be a startup’s primary goal. However, amidst all the troubles a startup has to wrestle with initially, the need to minimize churn will probably not be a priority. After all, churn can seem manageable at the early stages. If you have 20 paying customers and a monthly churn rate of 5 percent, that would mean one customer quitting his subscription and leaving every month. That’s easy to make up for. All you have to do is work a little harder and sell just one more subscription the next month. However, it all adds up in the long run as you bring in more customers. Investor and product-led growth guru David Skok [uses a model](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/why-churn-is-critical-in-saas/) to demonstrate the long-run impact of churn. Skok starts with a hypothetical MRR of $10,000, $2,000 in additional subscriptions every month, and a monthly churn rate of 5 percent. His model generates $90,000 in lost monthly revenue at the end of the fifth year. That’s a lot of money to leave on the table. The best move to reduce churn would be to redesign your onboarding, remove friction, and fast-track the customer’s journey to her “aha” moment. Another option could be to charge your customers upfront. After making a lump sum payment at the beginning of the subscription, your customer will be more motivated to use and engage with your product in order to get her money’s worth. This will increase her chance to derive value from the product. ## **Upsell & cross-sell** People reconsider their subscriptions from time to time as different payments pile up on their credit card bills. They conduct a triage every now and then and quit some of their subscriptions while they try out new ones. You don’t want yours to be among the ones getting axed. Two methods can help entrepreneurs retain customers in a subscription model: 1. **Upselling:** Selling existing customers [upgrades or new products or services at higher price points.](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upselling) 2. **Cross-selling:** Selling customers [related or complementary products or services.](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/cross-sell.asp) A financial consultant serving his customers on a subscription basis can take advantage of upselling opportunities to reduce customer and revenue churn. He can charge his customer a higher price for a premium option where they can reach him 24/7. Such a move not only creates additional revenue for him but also engenders customer loyalty. For an example of a business leveraging cross-selling to expand its revenue and boost its revenue, we can turn to Dollar Shave Club again. Having started with selling only replacement razor blade cartridges, the company later set its sights on “[owning the bathroom cabinet.](https://www.digitalcommerce360.com/2015/07/16/gillette-wants-slice-online-razor-club-business/)” Today, the brand will sell you anything you need in the bathroom, from shaving butter to shower gel, skin care products, and even wet wipes. Upselling and cross-selling bring in additional revenue that can neutralize the customer and revenue churn your startup is suffering from. These two techniques can help you achieve [negative churn.](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/why-churn-is-critical-in-saas/) This term refers to the amount by which your expansion revenue (revenue from new signups, upselling, and cross-selling efforts) exceeds the revenue you lose because of churn. Net negative churn is how the subscription model works its magic. It reverses the compounding impact entrepreneurs suffer from when they have churn. Thanks to negative churn, you can grow your baseline revenue, increase customer lifetime value, and achieve a level of MRR you would not have believed was possible before starting off. ## **Conclusion** It is no surprise that the subscription model has become so common in the last few years, regardless of the industry. It provides a win-win situation between the customer and the company. Barring any radical changes in customer requirements or product quality, the subscription model sets the stage for a long-lasting relationship, which every startup should strive for. --- START: blog/task-management-template/task-management-template.md --- # **The TaskAce Template Fosters Collaboration in Project Teams** Project management is rife with challenges. Planning a roadmap, gathering the resources necessary for its execution, managing the setbacks throughout, and keeping the team aligned behind a common goal are some of the hurdles decision-makers should overcome to see projects through to completion. The digital transformation proceeding at full speed, the ever-increasing competition in the software industry resulting from the introduction of new products every day, and the pandemic-related measures still in effect further complicate things nowadays. Project management will remain a challenge as teams take on more and bigger projects. The number of projects IT was asked to deliver in the enterprise segment [increased by 40 percent](https://www.mulesoft.com/lp/reports/connectivity-benchmark) in 2021, and 52 percent of projects weren't delivered on time. Delays in project execution puts the company's reputation on the line and can even trigger legal action by other stakeholders. To avoid such risks, companies should either dedicate more resources to projects—which would be costly at a time developers are at a premium—or find ways to become more efficient in using their human resources and time. However, running projects more efficiently is easier said than done. Let's take a look at the common problems associated with project management: ## **1 - Getting everyone on the same page** Project management involves bringing together diverse talents and making them work in harmony. This requires ensuring that people involved understand their roles and agree on what needs to be done. Lack of communication can lead to uncertainty about roles, deadlines, expectations and eventually cripple the project. A [PMI survey](https://www.pmi.org/-/media/pmi/documents/public/pdf/learning/thought-leadership/pulse/the-essential-role-of-communications.pdf) conducted in 2013 revealed that miscommunication accounts for 56 percent of the risk posed against projects. To make matters worse, the recently-popular remote work practices have introduced new barriers to communication, which added to the responsibilities of the leaders. Communication can make or break a project. ## **2 - Holding people accountable** When things don't go according to plan, people start pointing fingers. Some of this results from people's unwillingness to own up to their mistakes, but a big part of it is due to a lack of clarity on roles. The only way to avoid the blame game is to promote open and continuous communication. Instead of waiting until the deadline to see how people are doing, regularly checking in to see if anyone is blocked or needs assistance helps avoid disaster down the road. ## **3 - Unclear goals** The uncertainty about what the project aims to achieve can come in different shapes and forms, but it always brings the motivation down and makes people feel like they are drifting along. A few other problems may surface and make the situation more complicated. Scope creep may set in, with the project leadership caving in to pressure from the customers to include new features. As a result, requirements will change, moving the goalposts. Budget and team configuration may be incompatible with the goals, making the team feel stranded, unable to make any progress. At the root of all these problems lies the failure of the project leadership to communicate with the customers and the team members. Decision-makers should set [SMART](https://lucemiconsulting.co.uk/smart-goals/) (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Timely) goals to avoid pitfalls and contain problems like scope creep, budgetary limitations, and incompatibility between the goals and the skillset available on the team. What if you are working with a distributed workforce? How do you ensure that your team is in sync when team members haven't shared the same office in weeks? Employees taking leave due to Covid-19 or having to work from home and offices getting shut down as per pandemic regulations have been quite common in the last two years. Regardless, companies had to keep going as they needed the cash flow. It was in such an environment that more and more companies came to embrace agile practices over waterfall project management. Agile methods ensure that projects are executed incrementally, enabling a company to pivot instead of committing resources to a dead-end project. But agile project management requires a new mindset from the team members and a focus on continuous communication. With so much on the line, project teams turned to task management software to get the best out of agile practices. Teams discovered that tools like Asana, Trello, Jira, or Clickup could help ensure that everyone is on the same page and understands his responsibility. However, having so many options can be a curse, too. Picking the right task management tool for a team can be quite tricky for the uninitiated. While cost can be a concern for some teams, others may find out that their needs do not justify a suite of advanced features. This is where our [TaskAce template](/templates/) comes in. Peaka recently published this template for teams reluctant to shell out big bucks for task management software with features they will never use. TaskAce provides its users with the basic functionality of a kanban board, allowing them to assign tasks to team members and view those tasks as *complete*, *in progress*, and *incomplete*. The template caters to the needs of teams that value simplicity and efficiency over sophistication. Get TaskAce, customize it for your team and take teamwork to the next level! --- START: blog/templates-know-how-transfer/templates-know-how-transfer.md --- # **Templates as Means of Know-how Transfer** “Ars longa, vita brevis,” the Romans would say. “Skillfulness (i.e., learning a craft) takes time, but life is short.” They were right. Life is too short to learn everything from scratch and master everything you took an interest in. Thankfully, humanity found ways to accumulate knowledge and hand it down to the next generations so that each generation did not have to start anew. One medium of know-how storage that we use in our daily lives is recipes. Every family has a few recipes that they cherish and pass down from one generation to another. These recipes detail the steps to be followed to prepare some traditional dish for a festive day, a dessert for an anniversary, or a soup with healing powers that is cooked every time somebody in the family goes down with a cold. Recipes encapsulate a particular body of know-how that was distilled into basic instructions after much trial-and-error and turn that know-how into actionable instructions thanks to standardized measurements. *Two liters of chicken stock, one tablespoon of ginger, a pinch of parsley…* Even a teenager, once she gathers the necessary ingredients, can replicate the taste of a soup her great-grandmother would have cooked decades ago without guidance from anyone by just using a recipe. In that regard, recipes can be regarded as templates that are based on best practices and optimized, repeatable processes. They are means for storing and transferring know-how. In this age of hectic change where we dare to venture into different domains of knowledge we have no expertise in, templates are our shortest routes to success. Take e-commerce, for example. Despite the recent boom it has been through, this particular activity involves so many diverse aspects that it can intimidate someone willing to try his luck by setting up a website to start selling stuff. It requires technical knowledge, domain knowledge, a network of vendors, and a logistical infrastructure one can leverage, etc. It is not as straightforward as it might look. However, entrepreneurs are not disheartened by this challenge. They know that they won’t have to reinvent the wheel. There is enough know-how accumulated and crystallized in best practices that even the most technophobic entrepreneurs can find their way around in e-commerce. One company that recognized the power of templates and used them to transform its business is Pitch. The company started off by offering templates for presentations that people like founders could use to pitch their ideas to investors. Hence, the word Pitch. However, Pitch started to disrupt the consulting industry once it began offering the templates consulting firms used during their presentations to executives. Consulting firms keep their know-how in giant databases of actual cases, which they later leverage to develop solutions for the problem of a specific client. The eventual solution a consulting firm proposes tends to be based on a best practice, which is basically a template customized to the client's specific needs. Pitch offered the same service at a fraction of the cost, disrupting the whole industry. Starting a business has never been easier than it is today. However, the time and resource constraints still remain. The know-how needed to create an end-to-end experience for customers takes a lot of time and money to accumulate. You need to put together a team of experts or acquire the know-how directly from a consulting firm in areas where you lack the domain knowledge. Then you have to spend time on UI, UX, and data architecture—things you can develop in-house in the long run or outsource at significant cost. It is safe to assume that no-code platforms will fast-track this process and reduce the costs involved. These tools help entrepreneurs productize their ideas in a short time. No-code templates will serve as pre-packaged stacks of domain know-how that customers will put to use immediately. We at [Peaka](/) think that providing our customers with flexible data models has to be a priority. Because without flexible data models, customers will inevitably run into problems that they had not foreseen at the beginning and may require the migration of data to fix. Data migration, albeit possible, is a risky process since the data migrated may not perfectly map to relevant fields on the new platform. With our no-code templates, our customers will no longer have to worry about such technicalities and instead focus on scaling their business. --- START: blog/tips-for-freelancing-success/tips-for-freelancing-success.md --- # **4 Tips for Sustainable Freelancing Success** Getting started with the freelancer life can be frustrating. Been there, done that. Despite the promise of quick success (just search for the phrases “make $10,000” and “as a freelancer” on Google to get an idea about the number of clickbait articles written on the subject), it is likely that the first few months will fall short of your expectations, with lots of hiccups along the way. Landing the best freelance jobs can be a challenge for anyone—it is a matter of timing and finding the right fit for your skills. But a few steps that you can take can significantly increase your odds of success. ## **1 - Beware of the scope creep** Freelance work online is uncharted territory for a newcomer and defining the limits of the work you will undertake will be your first wise move. When negotiating a project with a client, you might get more than what you bargained for. Clients, especially those without a tech background, tend to have higher expectations with regards to the scope of the project—they want everything but the kitchen sink. You might be expected to deliver a project that should in fact be done in phases or by different professionals. Therefore, you need to know where to draw the line and ask for more money for the extra work you will do or turn down the offer despite the pressure to score a win. Do not assume that things will work out without first coming to an agreement with regards to the [scope and duration of the project and the revision process](https://medium.com/swlh/how-to-become-a-better-freelancer-by-avoiding-these-3-mistakes-6643ee3b9a1c). ## **2 - Establish long-lasting relationships with clients** Bear in mind that building trust and working with the same clients for long periods of time reduces the work stress, and the monetary return can be substantial, too. Loyalty to a client will lower the administrative burden you need to shoulder every time you start a new project—the time it takes for both parties to understand each other, endless negotiations on contract terms and countless emails that need to be exchanged before the project starts. You don’t get paid for the time you spend for any of these so the smaller the project, the bigger this overhead cost will be for you. The long-term relationships further pay off on platforms such as [Upwork and Peopleperhour](/blog/tips-for-freelancing-success/), where the commission rates charged decrease as the total amount of billings with a particular client increases. ## **3 - Take the road less travelled** Give [local and specialized](https://www.forbes.com/sites/jonyounger/2020/12/16/freelancing-2021-the-trends-i-see-for-the-freelance-revolution/?sh=255a29942086) freelancing platforms a chance. [Chetu](https://www.chetu.com/) is one such platform that offers a more localized service to promote real-time interaction between the developer and the client. Another one, [Gigway](https://www.gigway.se/), narrows its scope down to a single country, Sweden, claiming to bring together the best freelancer talent in this country. Some other platforms like [Devteam](https://www.devteam.space/) and [Stackoverflow](https://stackoverflow.com/) are great places to promote your skills as a developer. These platforms support smaller communities compared to [Upwork](https://www.upwork.com/) or [Freelancer.com](https://www.freelancer.com/), and can be a better fit for people whose self-promotion skills lag behind their technical expertise. The best freelance jobs are not where the crowds are but where you will find the right fit for your skill set. ## **4 - Invest in SaaS tools** Freelance work online means freedom, but not many people know what they can do with theirs. Without an office life that brings some structure to your day, it is entirely up to you to organize your time and increase your productivity. The SaaS world offers an amazing variety of solutions to help with that. Getting started with a tool like [Webflow](https://webflow.com/) or [Squarespace](https://www.squarespace.com/) can help you design an infinitely customizable web site, giving a boost to your self-promotion efforts. A CRM app like [Pipedrive](https://www.pipedrive.com/) lets you manage your business contacts, nurture your leads and cultivate long-term relationships with clients. [Calendly](https://calendly.com/) allows you to organize your day, schedule meetings or let your contacts pick a suitable time for a meeting with you. Tools such as [Sendgrid](https://sendgrid.com/) and [Mailchimp](https://mailchimp.com) turns sending mass emails—a real chore—into an easy task. [Stripe](https://stripe.com/) takes care of your invoicing and payment management, handling a big chunk of the accounting work for you. ## **Final thoughts** No-code platforms like [Peaka](/) can help freelancers automate repetitive tasks and save time while enabling them to ship more apps in a shorter time. The integrations offered by these tools make it possible for a freelancer to establish workflows that can handle the tedious parts of work, letting him focus on parts where his creativity is better employed. This automatically gives a freelancer a much-needed advantage in the face of fierce competition he has to deal with, eventually improving his bottomline. Being a a full-stack platform, Peaka makes use of industry-best practices, and thus negates the effects of lack of peer review and support that are hard to come by in the absence of a regular full-time job. Freelancing can feel like an uphill battle at times, but it doesn’t have to be a one-man crusade against everyone. Top developers are putting all of their brainpower into no-code tools, solving problems for you behind the scenes and equipping you with a capable weapon to take on challenges with. Why not leverage them to grow your freelance business? --- START: blog/top-5-audio-editing-software-2021/top-5-audio-editing-software-2021.md --- # **The Top Five Audio Editing Options for 2022** If you’re ready to start recording your own podcast, or if you are into recording and editing live music, then an audio editing software package is a *must* for optimizing the quality of your content. Even if you’re just designing a short YouTube video, you will discover that a seemingly quiet recording environment is often rife with annoying “background” noise that you’ll want to strip out. Audio editing software is used to achieve this by providing tools to enhance and clean up the sounds in your video productions. No matter what your project, it’s wise to gain an understanding of the different audio editing packages that are available because they will go miles in enhancing your content quality. However, wandering into the dark, unknown woods of audio software can be intimidating if you don’t have a guide. We’re here to be that guide. From no-cost, open-source audio editors to supercharged software packages used by music professionals, we’ve done all the legwork for you and are pleased to present the best market options for achieving superior audio quality below. ## Audacity [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) is an open-source, and wildly popular audio editing program with a 20-year history of remarkable success with musicians, podcaster and pretty much anyone interested in editing their own audio. Audacity can run on Windows, Mac OS, and even Linux machines and the requirements are so minimal that if you bought your computer at any point in the previous 15 years, you’ll be just fine. Audacity offers a slick, multi-track editing timeline making it easy to quickly learn how to edit, record, and mix audio. It can generate output in a variety of audio formats that include MP3, WAV, and more. Plus, if you’re interested in editing an existing audio file, the many supported formats should make this process quite simple. All in all, this is a powerful program that you can download free of charge. ## OCENAUDIO In terms of pure simplicity and straightforwardness, [Ocenaudio](https://www.ocenaudio.com/) is the fast, free audio editor of choice. Oftentimes compared to its rival, Audacity, Ocenaudio is considered the simplest editor to use, and that is what seems to be its competitive advantage. It’s also entirely compatible with Windows, Mac, and Free BSD operating systems. Along with its inherent simplicity, key features of Ocenaudio include a large library of instruments along with mastering tools to accommodate all types of music needs. It also allows for the conversion of digital audio files into WAV files that can be processed by most computers and sound cards. Additional features include a huge database of sounds and instrumentation that you can integrate into your projects to make them more engaging. Where Ocenaudio also seems to edge out Audacity is with its user-friendly interface, and its ability to handle larger audio files. ## Wavosaur A lightweight, portable audio editor recognized and appreciated by the market for doing exactly what it is intended to do – function as a free sound editor. [Wavosaur](https://www.wavosaur.com/) is capable of processing and recording sounds and it has all the required features to edit popular audio files like .wav and .mp3 files. It’s important to keep in mind that it *only runs on Windows*, but it does come with a wide array of processing options, such as conversion from stereo to mono, and advanced features that includes resampling, pitch shifts, vocal removals, or silence removals. Wavosaur is a great pick if you primarily work with .mp3 and .wav audio files and want to do the basics, such as splicing audio clips to create music loops, and batch convert files. One big advantage of Wavosaur is that it doesn’t have an installer, so you can just download and run the app. ## Ableton Live Originally designed to combine music production together with live performances, [Ableton Live](https://www.ableton.com/en/live/) is arguably the most preferred digital audio software by producers worldwide, and it’s as much about creativity as it is about serious audio editing. Make no mistake about it, this program is fitted primarily to DJs, electronic dance music, producers, bands, and singers that are serious about creating music and editing with a swath of editing tools and effects. The functionality and user-friendly features make it a top-of-the-line choice not only for veteran producers, but also for those just entering the music production scene with a big appetite for robust software. Ableton Live comes absolutely loaded with a wide array of customized tools that allow musicians to create new instrument sounds and it works remarkably well for live performance recordings. While it can run in both a Windows and Mac environment, users will find that robustness and quality come at a bit of a price. The lightweight Intro version currently runs $99, the Standard version costs $449, and the Suite version costs $749. If you’ve got the budget, the top-level suite of pro audio editing features in Ableton Live make it a very compelling option. ## Avid: Pro Tools If you’re pegging your sound editing software with promotional language like “*power your sound with the tools that power the industry*" or "*from the comfort of your own home*”, you’re making quite a claim. But when you’re also earning PCMag’s “Editor’s Choice” awards, that’s called credibility for offering an astonishing product. Whether producing an album, mixing a film or even a video game soundtrack, [Pro Tools](https://www.avid.com/pro-tools) has a reputation for offering the very best technologies for audio editing. And it’s available for Windows or Mac. A major advantage of Pro Tools is its ability to provide users with a useful way of seamlessly working with other musicians, including forwarding projects to producers, or sharing detailed track data with mixing engineers. In other words, Pro Tools is an audio editing software package suitable for a Hollywood movie or professional studio album. Pro Tools offers many flexible options, including a free intro version. For the serious player, you can pay $299 up front for one year of access, plus a complimentary two months. For those who want to take it slower, the $29.99-per-month plan is offered. And, if you want to cancel at any time there is a $34.99 monthly plan. ## The Verdict While it largely depends on your project needs and how “deep” into the technology you want to go, it’s so difficult to argue against a free trial and that’s why we feel Avid: Pro Tools offers the best deal for quality. You can start without paying anything and easily upgrade to another subscription. However, there’s always a learning curve when you try using software from the industry heavyweights. If you want to try one of the simpler interfaces that come with the cost-free audio editors, those options have been mentioned in this list as well. In any circumstance, we encourage you to explore these packages considerably and find the right one to suit your needs before breaking your budget. You may find the cost- free options quite appealing for your project. --- START: blog/top-data-integration-tools/top-data-integration-tools.md --- # **Top 10 Data Integration Tools in 2026 (Reviewed & Compared)** “*Data is the new oil,*” they say. However, data you can not use is like an untapped oil reserve under the ground. Data integration is the process that combines data from different data sources and brings it into a target system where it can be used by people after the necessary transformations are performed. However, data integration is not about just moving data from one location to another. Depending on the situation, it may require cleaning, normalizing, or transforming the data into a new schema. Most of the time, it is a process rife with human errors and technical setbacks, which leaves decision-makers disappointed despite the commitment to build a single source of truth. Taking into account all the environments, different data sources, and user types with varying levels of technical skills, it becomes increasingly difficult to navigate the field. In this guide, we’ve reviewed and compared the 10 best data integration tools in 2025, breaking down their key features, strengths, and limitations. Whether you’re integrating SaaS apps, databases, or cloud services, this side-by-side comparison will help you make an informed decision and avoid costly missteps. ## **What is data integration?** Data integration is the process of collecting data from different sources and consolidating it in a central repository. This process reconciles format differences between the source and the target and standardizes data, ensuring that it is accessible to and usable by teams and individuals who need it. The ultimate goal of data integration is to enable users to query this consolidated data to generate reports and gain a holistic view of business operations. ## **Key concepts in data integration** Data integration tools go through a series of tasks to combine data. **Data extraction:** Data extraction refers to how data integration tools retrieve data from various sources such as relational databases, NoSQL databases, APIs, and SaaS tools. These tools leverage connectors to streamline this operation and perform it at scale. **Data transformation:** This is the step where raw data is converted into a new format usable by the target system. Data transformation helps fix data quality issues and ensures data will be compatible with target systems. **Data mapping:** Data mapping is the process of matching the data fields in one database to data fields in another source. Establishing how data fields will be related to each other helps standardize data and eliminates conflicts. Modern data integration tools provide users with a visual interface to handle this rather technical process. **Data loading:** Once data is extracted, transformed into the required format, and mapped to the target data field, it is loaded into the target system. This step can be performed in different ways, such as batch loading, stream loading, incremental loading, and full refresh loading. **Data validation:** Data validation assures that data is accurate, consistent, and reliable. This process gives data a seal of approval, indicating that it meets the required quality standards, complies with regulations, and, therefore, is safe to use for business operations. ## **Data integration vs. Data ingestion** These two concepts sometimes get mixed up. Data ingestion is the movement of raw data from disparate sources into a target system. It involves extracting data from sources such as databases, applications, or streams without processing it and is limited to the initial data collection and storage stages. On the other hand, data integration is a more complicated, multi-stage process involving complex transformations and data mapping. Data integration aims to retrieve bits and pieces of data from different sources, standardize it, and create a cohesive dataset that can be used for business purposes. Tune into this video for a deep dive into the differences between data ingestion and data integration: {{ youtube(id="9v6NpLGIZAk") }} ## **Challenges of data integration** Data integration is not an easy task, considering that even the tiniest startups work with tens of different applications, databases, and spreadsheets and create gigabytes of new data every day. Breaking down data silos and creating a single source of truth comes with unique challenges: ### **Poor data quality** Data quality has a direct impact on how data is used. Low quality may render data unusable, putting all the infrastructure to collect and store data at waste. High-quality data is accurate, complete, up-to-date, and consistent across all your systems. It adheres to a valid format and has no duplicates. The more quality dimensions data lacks, the more difficult it becomes to work with it. Data quality problems add friction to the data integration process. These problems must be addressed by someone, preferably by people who are the most familiar with the data at hand. Ensuring the data is correct, complete, and in a valid format is necessary for smooth data integration. ### **Variety of data sources** As a company grows, new people join, and new departments are formed to serve new functions. As the functions get diversified, so do the software programs being used. Connecting a new data source to an existing system introduces new challenges for an IT team. Data sources come in all kinds of flavors: They differ in their location (on-premise or cloud-based), structure, schemas, and formats. IT people need to reconcile these differences through extensive data modeling and mapping to transform the data so it can be loaded to the target destination. The higher the number and variety of data sources, the more complicated it becomes to integrate data. ### **Scalability** Scalability refers to a system’s ability to handle increased workload without a drop in system performance or user experience. In the context of data integration, it corresponds to a platform's ability to handle queries in an acceptable timeframe and retrieve data in an efficient manner. Conventional data integration is based on ETL (extract-transform-load) processes, which involve converting the data to the desired format before loading it into the target location. Each ETL process is built for a certain kind of transformation, and a new ETL pipeline is needed every time the input or output format changes. This inflexible approach hinders scalability, which data integration platforms try to overcome with data pipeline automation or ELT processes. ### **Data security** Any data-related issue has a security dimension, even if the data is passively sitting in a hard drive in a drawer. A dynamic process like data integration, where data flows in from different data sources and gets blended, multiplies the security risks involved, making data security one of the significant challenges. Data integration platforms gain access to data with different levels of confidentiality, such as customer, employee, operational, or financial data. Protecting this data is critical to ensuring that a company runs smoothly and preventing data breaches or leaks, which can be disastrous for a business's reputation and profitability. Therefore, organizations must take every precaution to maximize data security. A well-planned data integration process with end-to-end security is a good first step in this direction. To uphold data security, organizations must establish guardrails, adopt industry standards and best practices, and decide who gets access to what kind of data. They should use data integration platforms that utilize techniques such as data encryption, data masking, and data recovery in case something goes wrong. ### **Cost** Data integration can be intimidating for non-tech-savvy companies because it is a complex and expensive process. Commonly used data integration tools, known as the modern data stack, are designed to cater to the data integration needs of enterprises and priced accordingly. Operating and maintaining these tools requires investing in a team of skilled engineers and cloud infrastructure, which further drives up the costs. Here, non-enterprise users must look for solutions that will fit their specific needs instead of going for the popular tools designed for the enterprise use case and, therefore, prohibitively costly. The needs and resources of startups and SMBs differ from those of enterprises, which can employ large data teams and invest in state-of-the-art software. Data virtualization, no-code integrators, and ready-made connectors make data integration accessible to companies with limited resources and offer great value for money compared to bloated tools these companies can neither afford nor need, to be honest. Here is a different take on data integration challenges and how you can deal with them: {{ youtube(id="FgL7sMij-zo") }} ## **Benefits of data integration** Despite its seeming complexity, data integration offers a plethora of benefits that make it a must for organizations to implement. Here are the top five of them: ### **A single view of truth** Modern organizations run different systems and applications regardless of their size. Even a small startup of under ten people starts its life with a few dozen SaaS apps and tens of spreadsheets updated regularly. For enterprises, the numbers can be staggering: [The average number of SaaS apps](https://www.spendesk.com/blog/saas-statistics/) an enterprise used in 2023 was 473, which illustrates how fractured data can be in modern organizations. Different departments run specialized programs for their daily operations. Without a data integration process in place, each application, software, or system will become a data silo, keeping data insulated from other applications. Data integration breaks down these silos, brings together data from different repositories, and forms a consolidated view. It’s only upon this unified view, the single view of truth, that decisions can be based. ### **Data-driven decision making** Data sitting in data silos does not mean much unless it enables data users and key decision-makers to make informed decisions. Data integration makes this possible by pulling in and prepping the data, joining it with data from other sources as per user request, and providing it to the users. Decision-makers should rely on [accurate, consistent, relevant, and timely data](/blog/data-quality-dimensions/) for strategic success. Even for a department like marketing, access to data regarding social media, email marketing campaigns, paid ads, and content is critical to evaluating past performance, making projections about the future, and taking necessary steps to achieve goals. Data integration facilitates this by unifying the relevant data in a timely manner, which gives the leaders visibility into operations. ### **Elimination of manual processes** Anybody who has dealt with spreadsheets before will understand how easy it is to make mistakes while copying data from one table and pasting it to another. The risk of such mistakes is significantly higher when you work with tens of different spreadsheets daily because this is the only way your company can unify its data. As per the [1:10:100 rule](https://www.loqate.com/en-gb/blog/the-1-10-100-rule-the-real-impact-of-poor-data/), while preventing data quality issues at the source costs $1, remediating these issues later costs $10, and failure in the event of no action costs $100. Instead of employees manually entering data to reconcile various databases in different systems such as CRMs, payment processing platforms, and inventory management systems, a well-set up data integration process can unify data much more efficiently, making data flow between these systems with little room for human error. ### **Increased efficiency** Working with data can be a tedious job as it involves repetitive tasks that need to be done daily to have a holistic view of a business. These tasks are usually time-consuming and are not a great fit for highly skilled employees whose skills can be put to better use. Data integration platforms streamline and automate data-related tasks, allowing organizations to channel precious, scarce resources to tasks that will create more value. These tools help save time that would otherwise be spent on searching for data, manually entering it into a database, and taking corrective action in the event of a mistake. ### **Enhanced scalability** Your typical internet user produces an immense amount of data through searches, social media use, photos taken, documents written, etc. For your typical company, the amount of data produced can quickly get out of hand as it adds new employees to its workforce and establishes new functions. Each employee and business function added means new spreadsheets, applications, and visual and audio files created. Locating scattered data, sifting through it to spot what to keep and what to remove, turning this data into a usable format, and presenting it to data consumers in an organization becomes a significant challenge once data begins to flow in from every direction. Data integration platforms rise to the occasion in these moments, as they are designed to handle sudden increases in the volume of data being processed. Manual processes quickly get overwhelmed by sudden spikes in data volume, resulting in increased risk of errors and backlog for data users. For a more detailed discussion of the benefits of data integration, see our article, [Top 9 Benefits of Using a Data Integration Platform](/blog/benefits-of-data-integration/), dedicated to this topic. ## **Types of data integration tools** ### **On-premise data integration tools** “On-premise” refers to systems that are physically located on the premises of an organization. Most of the time, these systems are legacy systems an organization has been running for years or even decades, and sometimes, they are kept to store sensitive data that the organization does not want to expose to public networks. Some companies may prefer to integrate their data using on-premise data integration tools. These tools run on a local network or private cloud, performing batch loading according to specifications. They require a data team to set up, maintain, fine-tune, and update as needed. On-premise data integration tools are less flexible than their cloud-based counterparts, as it is more difficult to scale on-premise systems. ### **Cloud-based data integration tools** Cloud-based data integration tools have become the most popular type over the last one and a half decades thanks to the expansion of cloud infrastructure. Today, these tools form the backbone of what is commonly termed the “modern data stack.” Cloud-based data integration tools serve as Integration-Platforms-as-a-Service (IPaaS) and use connectors to bring data into a digital warehouse where distributed data is unified. Being cloud-based allows these tools to remain flexible and scalable in the face of fluctuating demand for data integration. They are usually priced based on usage, giving users control over their data integration costs. ### **Open-source data integration tools** Open-source data integration tools offer a cost-effective alternative to proprietary platforms, which tend to be expensive. Data integration can be a costly endeavor because buying connectors off the shelf or building them in-house costs significant sums of money. Open-source data integration tools offer connectors for free, and the code is freely available in public repositories. These tools lend themselves to customization, provided the users have the technical skills to set them up properly. ### **Proprietary data integration tools** Cost is the main differentiator that sets proprietary data integration tools apart from open-source tools. Proprietary platforms are developed for commercial purposes and usually come with advanced features and offer a better user experience than open-source tools can. However, these platforms are costly solutions primarily built for enterprise use cases and require a skilled data team to operate, which rules them out as viable options for startups and SMBs. ## **Key factors to consider while choosing a data integration platform** ### **Problem-solution fit** There are dozens of data integration tools in the market, each built for a specific ideal customer profile. The features they offer and the integrations they support are developed with the needs of that particular ICP in mind. Therefore, you’d be well-advised to start your search for data integration software by identifying the problem and listing the features, integrations, and functionality you’d need to overcome this problem. ### **The range of data sources to be integrated** The number and variety of data sources a company works with usually depends on the industry and the company's size. While enterprises use hundreds of different applications, software programs, and databases, the data stacks of startups and SMBs consist of a modest number of sources. The number and types of data sources to be integrated have to be taken into consideration while choosing a data integration tool, hiring a data team, and deciding whether to build connectors in-house or use a third-party platform for integrations. ### **Connectivity** Some organizations operate in a stable data environment where the data stack does not change. However, some organizations, such as insurance companies, need to integrate with third-party applications, government systems, and all kinds of financial software during their daily operations. For startups, connecting their data to business intelligence tools may be necessary as they want to generate reports and derive insights from their data. Companies operating in a dynamic data environment should prioritize connectivity over other capabilities while choosing a data integration platform. ### **Scalability** Choosing a scalable platform is crucial to future-proof systems. Scalable platforms can serve even sudden hikes in the number of queries without any loss of performance. Unscalable platforms will act as a bottleneck during times of high demand and force decision-makers to look for makeshift solutions to save the day. Data volume to be handled by data integration tools can surge over time due to the natural growth of a company or the seasonal nature of a business. Failing to handle the load at peak times can slow things down, cause a backlog, and prevent timely decision-making. It can even turn into a PR disaster if customers are directly affected by the deals in the data processing. Suppose an e-commerce business facing increased demand during the holiday season. If it takes ages for this company to match customer data with payment data, customers waiting for their purchases to be shipped will get frustrated or even cancel their orders so as not to miss other deals. ### **Process frequency** The nature of a business informs how often data has to be brought together by data integration software. Depending on how frequently you want your data integrated, the features and capabilities you have to look for in a data integration tool will change. “Real-time data” may have turned into a buzzword over time, but it is only a nice-to-have, not a must-have, for most companies. Some companies rely on batch ingestion that takes place in long intervals because they don’t need real-time data. For other companies that value agility, working with real-time or near-real-time data is paramount. These organizations should pick data integration platforms that use innovative approaches like [data virtualization](/blog/data-virtualization-no-code/) to reduce time-to-insights. ### **Price** Data integration processes can become an important cost item over time, so organizations should carefully evaluate the actual price and the pricing model of solutions they are considering. Users should base their purchasing decision on the total cost of ownership rather than one or two dimensions of it. The total cost of ownership includes setup, maintenance, and scaling costs, in addition to license fees and operational costs that change according to the usage rate. **Open-source platforms** come with no development costs but still involve hosting, setup, and maintenance costs. A fixed-rate **SaaS model** offers predictability but might result in overpayment if the platform is underutilized. Data integration platforms with **usage-based pricing** take into account a lot of factors, like the amount of data handled and the compute power used. These tools tend to be more sophisticated with built-in usage monitoring, but bills can quickly rise if the company fails to estimate its usage correctly. ## **What are the top 10 data integration tools in 2026?** ### **1. Peaka** [Peaka](/) is an innovative zero-ETL data integration platform that was built to replace expensive and difficult-to-use tools and cloud-based technologies commonly known as the “modern data stack.” It is a data integration solution purpose-built to serve the needs of startups and SMBs. Peaka uses data virtualization to establish a semantic layer over distributed data sources, enabling users to view and query all their data sources with a single query. It leverages a library of more than 300 connectors to pull in data from relational and NoSQL databases, SaaS tools, and APIs. By eliminating ETL pipelines from data integration, Peaka allows companies without dedicated engineering resources to unify their data from any data source, form new datasets, and share them with other systems and applications. #### **Pros** - More than 300 ready-made connectors to retrieve data from the most popular data sources. - Can be deployed on the cloud or on-premises. - Supports real-time data integration, allowing business teams to access up-to-date. #### **Cons** - Limited technical documentation that makes it difficult for users to navigate the platform. - Lacks an online community users can refer to for guidance, hacks, and troubleshooting. - Requires a basic level of SQL knowledge to generate reports from the consolidated data. #### **Pricing** Peaka offers a freemium model that provides users with the platform’s basic functionality. The pay-as-you-go starts from as low as $1 per month and charges for the compute resources and storage used. The platform is also available with custom pricing for on-premise deployment, which is subject to change depending on the specifications. ### **2. Azure Data Factory** Azure Data Factory (ADF) is a cloud-based, multi-purpose data integration product developed by Microsoft. In addition to data integration, ADF lends itself to data migration and data orchestration use cases, emerging as a comprehensive solution for enterprises. #### **Pros** - Automates data pipeline monitoring and management, allowing engineering teams to focus on value-creating tasks. - Simplifies data ingestion with over 90 built-in connectors for the most commonly used data sources. - Offers seamless integration with services that run on Azure infrastructure. #### **Cons** - Limited to Azure infrastructure and requires a significant amount of engineering resources to adapt to other environments. - Falls behind the competition in some areas, like debugging and troubleshooting, when it comes to complex data pipelines. - Complex pricing model that makes it difficult to predict cost and undermines budgeting. #### **Pricing** ADF has a pay-per-use pricing model that charges users for the resources they consume. However, the actual calculations are rather complex and depend on the use case (data pipeline orchestration, data flow execution and debugging, or data factory operations), the geographic location of the user, the frequency of activities, and whether the activities run on cloud or on-premise. ### **3. Informatica Cloud Data Integration** Informatica is a well-known data management cloud that has recently incorporated artificial intelligence (AI) into its platform to prepare data for training AI models. One of its products, Cloud Data Integration, helps ingest, integrate, cleanse, and manage data through techniques such as ETL, ELT, data replication, and change data capture (CDC). #### **Pros** - Offers high scalability and uptime thanks to being a cloud-native platform. - A highly capable platform that can integrate with a wide range of data sources, handle large volumes of data, and automate sophisticated workflows. - Serves different use cases with its on-premise and cloud-based solutions. #### **Cons** - Some processes consume a lot of computing resources, which drives up the costs. - Requires a skilled workforce to run, as complex transformations and integrations can be too difficult for regular users to set up. - Involves a steep learning curve due to the multitude of features, workflows, and processes. #### **Pricing** Informatica has a consumption-based pricing model. While this gives users more control over their bills, it hinders predictability as costs can quickly rise during periods of peak demand. ### **4. Fivetran** Fivetran is a cloud-based data movement platform that utilizes ETL/ELT processes to move data from one location to another. It copies data from a source and moves it into a data warehouse while managing various aspects of data pipeline during this process. #### **Pros** - Offers hundreds of connectors to fetch data from all kinds of sources. - Comes with industry-standard security and privacy features such as end-to-end data encryption, anonymization of personal data, and column masking. - Simplifies data governance with granular access control and permissions that can be defined at the team or connector levels. #### **Cons** - Despite offering economies of scale for higher usage, Fivetran can be an expensive tool for large volumes of data and in situations where data has to be resynced due to an error. - Offers limited data transformation capability and requires other tools to handle complex transformations. - Does not readily lend itself to on-premise deployment. #### **Pricing** Fivetran has a usage-based pricing model that charges users for the rows inserted, updated, or deleted over a month. This model rewards higher usage with lower unit costs, creating economies of scale for users. ### **5. Oracle Data Integrator** Oracle Data Integrator is a flexible platform for managing large data integration projects. In addition to migrating bulk data between systems and applications, it is commonly used for business intelligence and data warehousing scenarios. Oracle Data Integrator relies on ELT processes, which makes data integration more efficient as the data is loaded directly into the target. #### **Pros** - Seamlessly integrates with other products in the Oracle ecosystem. - Provides connectivity with a wide range of sources. - Offers real-time data integration, making real-time analytics possible. #### **Cons** - Involves complicated setup and maintenance. - Not easy to use for non-technical users. - Costs too much to be an option for non-enterprise organizations. #### **Pricing** Oracle Data Integrator Enterprise Edition costs $30,000 for every processor license and $6,600 for the first year of software updates, licensing, and support. A “Named User Plus” license costs $900 and an additional $198 for software updates, licensing, and support in the first year. ### **6. Boomi** Boomi is an integration-Platform-as-a-Service (iPaaS) that combines data integration with data management. It comes with a low-code interface, automates complex business processes, and helps with creating, publishing, and managing APIs. #### **Pros** - Offers an extensive collection of pre-made connectors. - Supports automated data mapping powered by crowdsourced machine learning models. - Simplified API configuration that gives centralized control over all APIs. #### **Cons** - Has difficulty adapting to some use cases due to limited customization options. - Falls behind the competition when it has to deal with large volumes of data. - May be difficult to navigate for non-technical users. #### **Pricing** Boomi uses a SaaS model, offering a free plan, a pay-as-you-go plan, and a custom plan that’s priced according to customer specifications. The pay-as-you-go plan costs $99 plus any amount charged for the resource usage. ### **7. AWS Glue** AWS Glue is a serverless data integration product by Amazon Web Services. It offers a visual interface and pre-made transformations, lowering the technical barrier for users. Its data catalog functions as a central metadata repository and makes data immediately discoverable across the Amazon ecosystem once it is cataloged. #### **Pros** - Seamlessly integrates with the Amazon ecosystem. - Supports connection with more than 70 data sources. - Capable of handling complex ETL processes and large volumes of data. #### **Cons** - Does not suit non-enterprise use cases. - Only runs on AWS infrastructure and involves proprietary tech and processes that may not be transferred to other platforms, resulting in vendor lock-in. - High cost, which rules it out as an option for startups and SMBs. #### **Pricing** AWS Glue’s pricing model is based on data processing units (DPUs) needed to run ETL jobs. Although this allows customers to be charged for usage only, it may result in unexpectedly high costs, with customers reporting monthly bills running up to tens of thousands of dollars. ### **8. SQL Server Integration Services** SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) is a data integration solution developed by Microsoft. SSIS comes bundled with Microsoft SQL Server and is a good option for organizations familiar with the Microsft ecosystem. #### **Pros** - Readily integrates with the Microsoft ecosystem, creating synergies for users comfortable with Microsoft products. - Provides industry-standard security features and regulatory compliance. - Mature platform that combines an easy-to-use interface with high scalability. #### **Cons** - Runs on Microsoft infrastructure, which requires a long-term investment in other Microsoft products for those considering this option. - Requires specific Microsoft know-how for debugging and troubleshooting, which some organizations do not possess. - Platform dependency translates into high initial costs for non-Microsoft users. #### **Pricing** SSIS is included in SQL Server licenses, which allows companies in the Microsoft ecosystem to solve their data integration problems at no additional cost. For companies using other infrastructure, purchasing an SQL Server license can be an expensive option compared to other more cost-effective data integration solutions. ### **9. Airbyte** Airbyte is an open-source data integration platform that leverages ELT processes to unify data from diverse sources. It is a highly flexible platform that moves data to data warehouses, data lakes, vector databases, and LLMs at a reasonable cost. #### **Pros** - Offers a capable, cost-effective, open-source alternative to proprietary solutions in the market. - Supports a library of over 400 open-source connectors to retrieve data from data sources. - Benefits from the community-driven open-source model in developing connectors, providing support, and fixing issues. #### **Cons** - Requires a data engineering team to set up and maintain. - Lacks the scalability to deal with high workloads. - Only a portion of the connectors are managed by Airbyte, with the rest being marketplace connectors it features. #### **Pricing** Airbyte offers a free-for-life plan where users only cover the cost of hosting. The next tier, Cloud, charges $15 per million rows synced for an API source and $10 per every GB synced from a database or data warehouse. The Team and Enterprise plans are based on custom pricing and require customers to contact the sales department for a quote. ### **10. Qlik Talend** Qlik Talend is an all-in-one data integration solution that features data transformation, streaming, API management, and data governance. It can work with a wide array of data sources and target destinations and covers almost all use cases enterprise users can face. #### **Pros** - Supports real-time data integration and makes real-time data analytics possible for business teams. - Offers advanced security features such as role-based access controls and data masking. - Serves as a one-stop shop for an enterprise as it can fulfill data quality and governance duties in addition to data integration. #### **Cons** - Excludes non-enterprise use cases due to technical complexity and advanced feature set. - Requires a skilled data engineering team to set up, operate, and maintain. - Vague pricing model that makes it difficult to project cost. #### **Pricing** Qlik Talend has four pricing plans, which are seemingly usage-based. The complex matrix of features and plans lacks any specific mention of cost, and the company requires potential customers to ask for a quote for all plans. ## **Conclusion** Data integration is not a one-and-done process. It should be constantly evaluated and optimized because organizations grow, new data sources surface, and new technologies and tools emerge. Usage patterns change, and so should data integration practices to ensure that the organization leverages its data in the most efficient way. Choosing the right data integration software is one of the key steps in data integration as it is a long-term commitment and involves a critical asset like data. Ultimately, the choice for a data integration tool comes down to a few criteria and which tool can tick the most boxes: The specific use case, the user profile, the technical skills and resources an organization possesses, and the cost. For non-enterprise use cases, tools relying on data virtualization and zero-ETL stand out as they get the job done with minimum overhead costs and no additional investment in hardware and data teams. Lean, efficient, and easy to use: That’s why Peaka is all the data stack a startup or an SMB needs. --- START: blog/top-data-replication-strategies/top-data-replication-strategies.md --- # **Top 8 Data Replication Strategies to Try in 2026** With data streaming in from multiple departments and platforms, business leaders need a data replication plan to compile the necessary information and make timely strategic decisions. However, critical inputs can be siloed within channel-specific systems and reports, severely limiting visibility, which would be solved with an integrated platform like Peaka. Data replication platforms solve this widespread visibility challenge by automatically transferring relevant information from separate sources into unified views for comparison, monitoring, and strategic planning. We’ve identified the top 10 data replication strategies that companies can leverage in 2024 to more efficiently share data insights across teams. ## **Why Data Replication Matters** A recent report found that 57 percent of businesses struggle with [slow or inaccessible data](https://insidebigdata.com/white-paper/2019-data-decisions-report-by-exasol/), but by identifying the possibilities in 2024, decision-makers can confidently utilize platforms that eliminate manual reporting burdens through a reliable, scalable data solution. You can now unlock cross-channel data by learning about consolidation, warehousing, pipeline automation, and more. You can also ensure analytics and activities align with your overarching business objectives, powered by centralized, up-to-date intelligence. ## **Key Benefits of Data Replication** ### **Increased data reliability** Automatically copying data to secondary systems creates reliable backups, protecting companies from data loss and ensuring business continuity if issues emerge. ### **Enhanced analytics** Combining data from separate sources provides a 360-degree view of company performance and customer behavior that exposes insights unavailable in departmental silos. ### **Improved productivity** Teams spend less time tracking down reports, manually compiling data, or worrying about version control. Find out how to query data [directly from its source](/integrations), in real-time with Peaka. ## **The Top 8 Data Replication Strategies of 2024** Here are 8 replication approaches modern companies rely on to seamlessly unify data across warehouses, business intelligence tools, and other systems to create strategic alignment. ### **1. Change Data Capture (CDC)** [Change data capture (CDC)](https://www.confluent.io/learn/change-data-capture/#:~:text=Change%20data%20capture%20(CDC)%20refers,all%20systems%20and%20deployment%20environments.) automatically tracks and replicates any database alterations as they occur in real-time, giving analysts access to the most current, up-to-the-minute information for decision-making rather than stale report snapshots. CDC replication works seamlessly across transactional databases like PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQL Server, and Oracle. ### **2. Log-based incremental replication** Various databases provide the functionality to preserve transaction logs for several purposes, including simplifying the recovery process after an unforeseen event. Moreover, when [utilizing log-based incremental replication](https://www.stitchdata.com/docs/replication/replication-methods/log-based-incremental), replication software can examine these logs to pinpoint modifications made to the data source. Subsequently, it replicates these alterations in the target database or data store. Such modifications may include operations like INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE within the original database. ### **3. Key-based incremental replication** [Key-based incremental replication](https://transferwise.github.io/pipelinewise/concept/replication_methods.html) operates by utilizing a specific column within your database table, known as the replication key, to facilitate data copying. This key can take various forms, such as an integer, timestamp, float, or ID. This method, termed key-based incremental replication, ensures that only the data alterations occurring after the previous replication process are transferred to the replica. The process involves your replication software recording the highest value found in the replication key column after each job. For subsequent replications, the tool contrasts this recorded peak value against the current highest value in the same column of the source database. If the recorded value is less than or equal to the new maximum from the source, it proceeds to replicate the updated data. After successful replication, the new maximum value from the source is saved for future reference. ### **4. Snapshot replication** [Snapshot replication](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/feature/snapshot_replication) stands out as the most frequently utilized strategy for data replication, renowned for its ease of implementation. This method captures a momentary image of the source data and duplicates this exact state across the replicas at the snapshot's timestamp. Given its nature as a mere snapshot, this strategy does not monitor subsequent modifications within the source database. This includes deletions; data removed from the source prior to the snapshot will not appear in the replicated version. Essentially, it mirrors the source in its current state at the snapshot moment, excluding any records that have been deleted. ### **5. Full table replication** In contrast to incremental data replication approaches that rely on log changes and updates to the maximum value of the replication key, [full table replication](https://stitch-docs.netlify.app/docs/replication/replication-methods) encompasses the complete duplication of the database. This method involves transferring all data, including new, existing, and modified rows, from the source to the target. It operates independently of any alterations in the source data, ensuring that everything is replicated regardless of whether changes have occurred. ### **6. Merge replication** Merge replication is a method that integrates two or more databases into a single unit, ensuring that changes in a primary database are also applied to secondary databases. This characteristic sets merge replication apart from other data replication techniques. It allows a secondary database to collect updates from the primary database, apply these changes while offline, and later synchronize with the primary and other secondary databases once connectivity is restored. Within the framework of [merge replication](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/replication/merge/merge-replication?view=sql-server-ver16), both primary and secondary databases are authorized to modify the data. This feature is particularly advantageous when one database becomes unavailable, permitting the remaining databases to continue functioning and later synchronizing the offline database once it is back online. To manage potential data inconsistencies resulting from updates in secondary databases, merge replication provides mechanisms to establish rules for conflict resolution. Initiating merge replication similarly involves capturing a snapshot of the primary database, which forms the basis for data replication across destination databases. Thus, the process begins with the activation of the Snapshot Agent, laying the groundwork for subsequent replication activities. ### **7. Transactional replication** [Transactional replication](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/prescriptive-guidance/latest/migration-sql-server/trans-rep.html) involves initially replicating all the data from the source, known as the publisher, to the destination, referred to as the subscriber. Following this initial replication, any alterations made to the publisher are mirrored onto the subscriber with minimal delay, preserving the sequence of changes. Creating a snapshot of the publisher is crucial because it ensures that the subscribers start with an identical dataset and database structure as the publisher, which is essential for the consistency of subsequent updates. After establishing this baseline, the distribution agent then sets the frequency of updates that are pushed to the subscriber. ### **8. Bidirectional replication** [Bidirectional replication](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/idr/10.2.1?topic=multidirectional-bidirectional-replication) stands as a relatively unique approach within the realm of data replication strategies. Functioning as a specialized variant of transactional replication, this method enables two databases to exchange updates between them. Similar to merge replication, it allows for alterations to be made in both databases involved. Nonetheless, a distinctive requirement of bidirectional replication is that both databases must be operational for any transaction to be executed successfully. ## **How to Find the Best Data Replication Strategy for You** Determining which approaches serve you best depends on use cases and stack complexity. Peaka’s analytics software combines top methods like change data capture, consolidation, transformation, and warehousing matched to your needs for unified insights. Peaka’s dedicated service teams provide tailored guidance, identifying ideal integrations between your martech, financial data sources, support, and other mission-critical systems to un-silo insights and power data-driven planning. ## **The Bottom Line** Say goodbye to manually assembling diluted, delayed reports that fail to connect the dots between channel activities. The future of streamlined replication is here. Evolve your analytics maturity and realize game-changing visibility through automation. Pursue platforms purpose-built to help translate enterprise-wide data into coherent intelligence that cascades company-wide into informed choices carrying bottom-line impact. Partner with Peaka to meet your d[ata analytics](/category/saas-analytics/) needs with its state-of-the-art [zero-ETL approach](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/), offering hassle-free data replication without having to copy or move your data. See Peaka’s [growing library of custom integrations](/integrations/). --- START: blog/top-ecommerce-api-benefits/top-ecommerce-api-benefits.md --- # **Top 6 eCommerce API Benefits Explained** Do you know that, like humans, computer systems can talk, too? No, I'm not talking about a plot from a sci-fi movie where AI is trying to dominate the earth. It's a real-world undertaking that is very simple, purely logical, and, most importantly, it happens for the benefit of humans. Yes, we are talking about the significant growth of application programming interfaces or APIs that is at the root of digital transformation. Businesses around the world are adopting API integrations to reach their goals as soon as possible. Look what Kristin R. Moyer, the VP of Gartner, has to say about it: > *“The API economy is an enabler for turning a business or organization into a platform… Platforms multiply value creation because they enable business ecosystems inside and outside of the enterprise to consummate matches among users and facilitate the creation and/or exchange of goods, services, and social currency so that all participants can capture value.”* With API integrations, businesses across several industry sectors are trying to innovate and reinvent themselves to cope with the trends and the competition in the market. The same is true for the e-commerce sector. The experts in this industry provide e-commerce app development services to guide businesses on how to use APIs as building blocks to pave the road to their success. But before you start using APIs to your advantage, it is important to know what they are, how they work, and what kind of benefits you can get from using them. In this article, we will go through all of this so that when you finally employ e-commerce APIs to do your bidding, you will know what you are doing and why you are doing it so that you can get more effective results. ## **What are e-commerce APIs?** An e-commerce APIs is a type of API that allows developers to integrate their applications [while developing an e-commerce store.](https://www.tatvasoft.com/outsourcing/2022/08/how-to-build-an-ecommerce-website.html) The API integration can be done in several ways, but the most common way is through a webhook, which is an HTTP request that triggers an action in the store's backend. E-commerce APIs are a means of integrating different applications and services (for example, a [secure payment gateway](https://electronictransfer.com/)). For specific purposes, APIs authorize the data exchange between two or more systems. These [integrated systems work to streamline your business processes](/blog/no-code-apps-to-build/) and make them more efficient. The collaboration of two or more systems yields more effective results, which, in the end, helps companies reach their goals faster and save money in the process. ## **How do e-commerce APIs work?** {{ youtube(id="JoCxW5XdEpM") }} We know that APIs are used to interact with other platforms and exchange information. E-commerce websites have to deal with tons of requests at the same moment. So, the APIs here will use the HTTP request method to request from the server the piece of information asked by the visitors. These e-commerce APIs are based on REST architecture. They are much easier to implement using any tool and you have to just use a simple URL for it. [REST APIs are extremely helpful](https://www.ibm.com/topics/rest-apis) in accessing the data sets from the server of an e-commerce website. Therefore, developers tend to include them in their search and query tools. When using REST architecture-based APIs for your e-commerce website, you can also strengthen your site’s security as these APIs support OAuth 2.0 authentication, which is popularly used in apps like Google and Facebook. Moreover, REST API also supports various programming languages along with cross-platform development. Now, the e-commerce APIs integrated into your site contain the following information: + Resources - Objects determining the relationship with other objects and processes on how to handle them. + Endpoints - They are the touchpoints for APIs where other systems interact. + HTTP method - The process of interaction between the systems where GET is used to retrieve resources, POST is used to create resources, and PUT is used to change the resources. + Parameter - Criteria containing the name, value type, and description to define what kind of actions you want to take on the resources. + The Sample Request and Response Objects - They identify the resources’ outputs and inputs. ## **Benefits of API integration** API integration involves integrating your e-commerce platform with other systems and applications. Here are some of the benefits this process brings about API integration: ### **1 - Integration with multiple stores** The main benefit of using e-commerce APIs is that they allow for faster, easier, and more efficient integration with other systems and applications. By using e-commerce APIs, you can integrate your site with other ecommerce platforms and also link your store with the social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram that provide a marketplace. So, the e-commerce APIs will allow you to integrate with multiple stores and handle orders from each one separately. ### **2 - More effective data management** The data you receive from these APIs are already organized by the store itself. This arrangement means you don't have to worry about organizing it yourself or handling errors that may arise due to data inconsistencies. ### **3 - More accessible data repository** These APIs provide access to all kinds of data about products, inventory, pricing information, etc., so you can use them for any purpose you want. While doing that, you won’t have to create your data collection processes or manually organize them into some type of database structure or reporting tool. ### **4 - Increased sales** With API integration, you get access to the information that your customers are willing to share with you. This interaction will not only keep them engaged with your site but also increase the number of visitors. The connectivity here will just increase the value you provide to your customers, resulting in more lead generation and more sales. ### **5 - Cost-effective extensibility** Another benefit is that APIs help businesses save money on infrastructure costs by using existing systems instead of building new ones from scratch. This extensibility saves companies time and money, which can be used toward other business objectives such as hiring more employees or expanding their operations. ### **6 - Easy data access** API integration gives you access to data that is not available through the web interface. You can use APIs to pull data from other web services, databases, or even hardware devices. This access allows you to [create more complex products](/blog/micro-saas-marketplaces/), improve customer experience and add new features to your site. Also, API integration can help companies improve their customer experience by giving customers fast access to information about their products or services through a single portal. For example, if you have an e-commerce website for clothing stores, you may want to allow customers to check out on your site without leaving the site where they are currently browsing through products. ## **Final thoughts** In today’s ever-changing digital world, businesses need to adapt and grow or risk losing to their competitors. In such times, APIs can help you build an agile marketing strategy and take advantage of channel explosion opportunities. You can catch up on every trend and increase the functionalities of your online store easily, quickly, and efficiently with the help of e-commerce APIs. Developers don't have to stress out about coding from scratch as they only have to follow the instructions on API integration. On the other hand, the customers couldn't have asked for a better user experience. APIs help you achieve your business goals and enable you to deliver your customers better value at far lower costs, resulting in a win-win situation for everyone involved. So, what is stopping you? The sooner you acquaint yourself with e-commerce APIs, the sooner you will start reaping the rewards of your step in the right direction. --- START: blog/top-freelancing-sites-for-developers/top-freelancing-sites-for-developers.md --- # **Top 5 Freelancing Sites for Developers** The gig economy or contract-based work is booming. It is known to grow every time the economy takes a [downturn](https://medium.com/swlh/gig-economy-the-future-of-work-885354c39ad0). The 2008 global financial crisis was one such period when millions of people, having lost their jobs, turned to gig economy. The Covid-19 pandemic made a similar impact on the labor market in 2020: According to a [report](https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/@dgreports/@dcomm/documents/briefingnote/wcms_767028.pdf) by the International Labor Organization (ILO), total number of jobs declined by 114 million in 2020 compared to its level in 2019. In addition to millions of people who lost their jobs during the pandemic and turned to the gig economy to somehow make a living, some more fortunate people had the chance to make this shift of their own accord, not willing to spend their lives in office buildings and choosing to try their luck in the freelance market. In the software business, it was the demand-side rather than the supply-side dynamics that helped freelancing grow. On the demand side, digital transformation in the enterprise segment put a premium on developer skills, which drove up the salaries of talented developers and put them out of reach for startups and SMBs. Freelancing websites gave these businesses a chance to employ developers at more affordable prices and stay competitive at the same time. Hiring developers can be prohibitively expensive for startups and SMBs in high-income countries, but [a developer from Latin America](https://www.revelo.com), Ukraine, or India working remotely can get the job done for a much lower rate. Here’s a brief look at how these online marketplaces compare: ## **1 - [UPWORK](https://www.upwork.com/)** Easily one of the top freelancing sites, Upwork boasts a user base of [12 million registered freelancers and around 5 million clients](https://websitebuilder.org/blog/freelance-statistics/) as of 2021. Freelancers can sign up, create a profile and post on Upwork the services they can offer, or they can respond to existing job posts from potential clients. The site uses a rating system where freelancers are reviewed for their work and can distinguish themselves among the crowd by delivering top work. The median hourly rate for front-end developers on Upwork is somewhere between $15-$35, while a senior full-stack developer can expect to earn $100 per hour. The [commission fee](https://support.upwork.com/hc/en-us/articles/211062538-Freelancer-Service-Fees) Upwork charges the freelancers starts from a hefty 20 percent on the first $500 worth of billing with a client and drops to 5 percent for the portion of total billings above $10,000 for that same client. Therefore, your ROI will significantly improve in the long-run if you keep working with the same clients on Upwork. In addition to the high commission rate at the beginning, the screening process Upwork has in place can make it difficult for freelancers to enter the job segments where the market is saturated and there is no need for newcomers. Under the leadership of the CEO Hayden Brown, Upwork [purged](https://www.businessofbusiness.com/articles/18-million-users-have-been-purged-from-gig-economy-site-upwork/) more than two-thirds of its user base in 2020, going from 2.6 million to a little over 800 thousand users in a week. This was an attempt by Brown to steer the company away from a user base chasing one-off gigs to a stable [talent pool](https://investors.upwork.com/static-files/e9603ba9-29b2-4461-b55b-1994e6e2b477) for the enterprise segment and get rid of the deadweight that did not fit in the plan. It is safe to say that Upwork will position itself in the future as a platform for senior freelancers as opposed to inexperienced freelancers. ## **2 - [FREELANCER.COM](https://www.freelancer.com/)** The biggest of all freelancing sites, Freelancer.com has hit [50 million users and 20 million jobs](https://www.freelancer.com/about/press) posted in 2021. The lack of a vetting process on Freelancer.com gives the inexperienced freelancers a bigger chance to start their freelancing careers on this platform, but it also brings down the overall quality of candidates. Members pay Freelancer.com a commission fee of 10 percent on their earnings from fixed and hourly projects. This platform is a good option for [short-term projects](https://www.websiteplanet.com/blog/upwork-vs-freelancer-com/#hselect--3) or for those who just want to test the waters and see if freelancer life is for them. ## **3 - [FIVERR](https://www.fiverr.com/)** Fiverr is one of the better known freelance sites with [3.42 million buyers](https://backlinko.com/fiverr-users) (clients looking to hire freelancers in Fiverr lingo) as of 2021. Although it made a name for itself by hosting freelancers who offer services for as low as $5, Fiverr has evolved into a proper marketplace where buyers (clients) and sellers (freelancers) cut deals for various price levels. Fiverr charges a flat rate of 20 percent on every contract a freelancer lands. Fiverr can be a good place to land a project or two as it draws in a lot of traffic. But it probably isn’t the right place to look for premium projects. Fiverr has been a rather controversial platform, too, since it offers the seller a 14-day grace period during which it guarantees a refund for any reason, putting the whole risk of transaction squarely on the shoulders of the freelancer. Just something to bear in mind. ## **4 - [PEOPLEPERHOUR](https://www.peopleperhour.com/)** One of the more popular freelance sites, PeoplePerHour makes use of a screening process for the applicants before signing them in, which ensures a higher level of success rate for the later projects. Businesses post their projects on PeoplePerHour and freelancers can submit their proposals for the projects they are interested in. Although its automatic invoicing [gets praise](https://www.hostinger.com/tutorials/best-freelance-websites#12_People_Per_Hour) from people who experienced it, the fact that PeoplePerHour charges you for each proposal you submit after using up the 15 proposal credits you are awarded every month means that you might lose some money before landing your first contract. Like Upwork, PeoplePerHour charges freelancers [a sliding fee](https://support.peopleperhour.com/hc/en-us/articles/205218337-Freelancer-commission-fees) based on total lifetime earnings. The service fee is rated at 20 percent for a billing total of up to $350 per client, 7.5 percent for total billings from $350 to $7000 and 3.5 percent for the portion above $7000, incentivizing long-term business relationships with the same clients. ## **5 - [TOPTAL](https://www.toptal.com/)** Differentiating itself from other freelancing sites by using a different business model, Toptal brings together in its talent pool the crème de la crème of freelance developers. Capitalizing on exclusivity, it prides itself on offering the [top 3 percent](https://www.toptal.com/developers) from among the developers. Toptal ensures the best-project talent fit thanks to its meticulous [five-step screening process](https://www.toptal.com/top-3-percent). The hourly rate for a developer ranges from [$60 to $250](https://www.betterteam.com/toptal), reflecting the premium market positioning of Toptal. However, it is significantly more costly for clients to hire talent on Toptal than on other top freelancing sites. It charges solely the clients at a rate nearly twice the freelancer’s predetermined rate, on top of a $500 the client has to deposit for each hire. Freelance developers always need to be at the top of their game in order to stand out from the crowd on the highly competitive freelancing sites. They should underpromise and overdeliver until they make a name for themselves, finish projects sooner than they promised and ship apps at a pace that dazzles the clients. Premium no-code tools like Peaka come with industry-best practices out-of-the-box and by taking care of things like hosting, maintenance and security, they ensure that the quality will not suffer as workload increases and the business scales. For a freelancer, no-code tools can be the difference maker between maintaining a side hustle and building a sustainable business. --- START: blog/top-mistakes-customer-facing-analytics/top-mistakes-customer-facing-analytics.md --- # **Top Mistakes Made While Embedding Customer-Facing Analytics** As SaaS companies prioritize user experience and insights to gain an edge over the competition, providing users with in-product analytics has become a crucial differentiator. Whether it’s a dashboard displaying campaign metrics, product revenue, or average ticket response times, users now anticipate having their data directly visible within the products they utilize. However, embedding this capability into products is far more complex than it first appears. Building customer-facing analytics involves much more than just building a few data connectors. In this post, we’ll explore the most common mistakes SaaS teams make when embedding SaaS analytics and show how a tool like [Embedded Peaka](/embedded-peaka/) helps you avoid them. ## **1. Underestimating the technical complexity** The most common mistake in embedding customer analytics is to think that connectors and a frontend charting library can suffice. The reality is different, however. For a reliable embedded analytics experience, a data stack should include + Connector infrastructure for third-party systems (e.g., CRMs, payment processing platforms, SaaS tools), + A federated query engine, + A UI layer with editable queries, previews, and browser components, + OAuth flows, retry logic, and rate-limit management, + Security, governance, and multitenant data isolation. Most of the time, teams are forced to work with a patchwork of open-source and custom tools to build a functioning embedded analytics infrastructure. But, the hassle of maintaining brittle pipelines renders this effort unsustainable over the long term, making the team look for alternatives or give up altogether. ## **2. Over-reliance on data replication** Another common blunder in embedding customer analytics is to resort to extensive data replication. Copying and moving data into a data warehouse to make it searchable may sound sensible at first, but it comes with problems: + **Latency:** Copying and moving data takes time, which makes real-time analytics impossible. + **Data security:** Copying sensitive data creates security risks and may violate certain regulations. + **Cost:** Data replication creates demand for storage and compute power, which costs money. Innovative SaaS companies overcome these problems with federated querying, which allows them to access data in real-time with [zero-copy](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/). ## **3. Overlooking multitenancy and access controls** A SaaS platform’s success can also become its bane if its infrastructure fails to scale as needed. This happens when teams try to add multitenancy to an analytics layer that was initially configured to handle a single-tenant model. As a result, it becomes a nightmare to + Manage access permissions, + Mitigate data exposure to unauthorized users, + Streamline the conditional logic across dashboards. Multitenancy should not be treated as an afterthought; it must be integrated into an analytics platform to provide a personalized analytics experience for each user. ## **4. Ignoring the frontend experience** Technical teams can become occupied by backend tasks and ignore the user experience offered by platforms. However, considering that it will be mostly business teams using the embedded customer-facing analytics, an easy-to-use, intuitive UI is just as important as a platform’s technical capabilities. For an embedded SaaS analytics experience, teams must build + Connector dialogs and data browsers, + SQL editors with autocomplete, + Customizable themes. Building all these adds weeks, if not months, to a product team’s roadmap, forcing them to make difficult decisions. ## **5. Delaying OAuth and compliance planning** Certain tasks critical for data security, such as OAuth flows, access tokens, and audit logging, are only addressed at the end of the development cycle, which makes them blockers during that final stage. But a sloppy job in those areas will lead to + Possible data breaches, + A risk to reputation, loss of business opportunities, and potential legal responsibility, + Delays in roadmap targets. SaaS companies need to either develop these security features in-house by allocating more resources or deploy embedded analytics tools that come equipped with them. ## **6. Trying to reinvent the wheel** One of the most serious mistakes teams make while building embedded analytics capability is trying to build the whole data delivery stack in-house. Instead of incorporating what embedded platforms already offer, engineers spend months developing + Connector infrastructure, + Caching and rate-limit handling, + Federated SQL query engine, + Customizable embedded UI components. All of these items are doable, but offering customer-facing analytics shouldn’t come at the cost of stalled product development in core areas. ## **How does Embedded Peaka help minimize these mistakes?** Being a full-stack, white-labeled data integration and delivery platform, Embedded Peaka is purpose-built to tackle the pitfalls listed above, as it **Simplifies technical complexity:** With no connectors to build, no data warehouse to manage, and no frontend UI to develop, Peaka significantly simplifies the complexity that product teams face. **Eliminates data replication:** Peaka uses data virtualization to unify data without the need to copy and move data to a central repository. It leverages caching on Iceberg to offer an optimal blend of speed and cost and ensures that product teams can deliver customer-facing analytics in real-time, without incurring high costs and compromising data security. **Provides built-in multitenant access control:** Product teams typically spend months developing multitenant access controls. These controls are already built into Embedded Peaka with its project-catalog-schema hierarchy and granular access controls. As a result, each user (tenant) can access customized analytics dashboards securely and keep their data isolated from unauthorized access. **Fasttracks frontend development:** An intuitive UI is an integral part of the embedded analytics experience. However, developing connector dialogs, SQL editors, and customizable theming severely brings down product velocity. Peaka’s embeddable UI with full white-labeling and branding support gives SaaS product teams a head start in creating a branded analytics experience without building a frontend from scratch. **Ensures data security and regulatory compliance:** Developing scalable OAuth flows, audit logging, and lineage tracking can slow down integrations and feature delivery, leading product teams to overlook them until they no longer can. Peaka’s audit logging and lineage tracking provide the visibility necessary for regulatory compliance while giving teams the option to choose from a bring-your-own keys or Peaka-managed OAuth model. **Offers a complete data management solution:** In addition to serving as a data management backend, Peaka can be used as a complete data management solution that includes an embeddable UI, giving product teams exactly what they need to accelerate product development like no other product in the market can. ## **Conclusion** Offering in-product analytics requires going beyond data integration and embracing a new approach that treats data as a product. Teams that can make this transition successfully can implement embedded SaaS product analytics and create a smooth user experience with built-in scalability and governance. Are you tired of dealing with backend complexity? Do you lack the resources to develop frontend features from scratch? It might be time to look at a purpose-built solution like Embedded Peaka. Let Embedded Peaka simplify the technical complexity for customer-facing analytics while you focus on growing your business. [Schedule a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) and see how easy it is to embed BI into your SaaS product. Make sure to check out our blog post for step-by-step instructions on [how to build a churn analysis dashboard in one hour](/guides/how-to-build-churn-dashboard). --- START: blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/top-saas-revenue-metrics.md --- # **Top 6 SaaS Revenue Metrics to Track in 2026** SaaS, also known as on-demand software, is a cloud-based software delivery model wherein remotely-hosted software is distributed to users over the internet on a subscription basis. In return for a monthly or annual fee, the users receive a copy of the software, which they access after a sign-in process via a web browser or an app. Updates and bug fixes to the software are delivered to each user every time they are released. You may have noticed that software no longer comes in boxes and CDs, and we don’t see software updates being announced with elaborate fanfare anymore. We owe this to the SaaS model. Although its origins can be traced back to the 1960s, it was Marc Benioff of Salesforce who popularized the SaaS concept with his “[_The End of Software_](https://partnertap.com/marc-benioffs-vision-cloud-based-service/)” campaign in 2000. Benioff’s one-man crusade against conventional software received a boost from the rising cloud computing and triggered a chain reaction that eventually gave us Infrastructure-as-a-Service. Before we take a deep dive into SaaS revenue metrics, check out this video by Dan Martell for a brief introduction into the SaaS concept. {{ youtube(id="9nMT-1kmByw") }} ## **Key takeaways** - You need to track the right [SaaS revenue metrics](/blog/saas-business-metrics/) for your business to make sure you are on the right path. - Nuanced metrics like expansion MRR or churned ARR offer actionable insights as opposed to blanket metrics like MRR or ARR. - You can use NRR to judge whether you have found traction and metrics like ARPU and CLV to spot high-value customers. - SaaS revenue data should be blended with customer data and put into a context for users to be able to make sense of it. - A dedicated connector that integrates a CRM like HubSpot and a payment processing platform like Stripe offers users immense value. ## **SaaS revenue statistics** - According to Gartner, [global end-user spending on SaaS tools](https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2022-10-31-gartner-forecasts-worldwide-public-cloud-end-user-spending-to-reach-nearly-600-billion-in-2023) grew from $146 billion in 2021 to $167 billion in 2022. The renowned consulting firm forecasts the industry to grow by 16.8 percent in 2023, reaching $195 billion. - According to Statista, [the average number of SaaS applications](https://www.statista.com/statistics/1233538/average-number-saas-apps-yearly/) used by organizations worldwide rose from 8 in 2015 to 110 in 2021. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-revenue-metrics-us-g-trends.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Google searches for 'saas'") }} Graph showing the increase in the U.S.-based Google searches for the term "saas" from the beginning of the pandemic in March 2021 to May 2023. Image credits: [Google Trends](https://trends.google.com.tr/trends/explore?date=2020-03-01%202023-05-05&geo=US&q=saas&hl=en). The image was slightly modified for aesthetic purposes. - A study conducted by Better Cloud revealed that organizations with more than 1,000 employees use a whopping [177 SaaS tools on average.](https://pages.bettercloud.com/rs/719-KZY-706/images/2020_StateofSaaSOpsReport.pdf) - As of January 2023, there were [337 SaaS unicorns](https://explodingtopics.com/blog/number-of-saas-companies), that is, companies valued at over $1 billion, and 15 decacorns, companies with a valuation of over $10 billion. ## **What makes the SaaS model so attractive to users?** - The SaaS model made enterprise-grade software accessible to the masses by spreading the cost of infrastructure over a user base that’s orders of magnitude bigger. This development allowed people to use state-of-the-art software, which they would otherwise not be able to afford. - The model popularized usage-based pricing, letting users pick from among the options the best pricing plan for their needs. - Firmly based on data about user practices, the SaaS model was able to develop and offer the products customers asked for. [Regular feature delivery, security updates, and customization options](https://www.techtarget.com/searchcloudcomputing/definition/Software-as-a-Service) led to an overall better user experience. [SaaS products](/blog/why-use-saas-analytics-tools/), through brands like Salesforce, Netflix, Dropbox, or Google Workspace, have become a significant part of our daily lives. They have boosted online collaboration, helped us achieve major productivity gains, and democratized access to quality software, becoming the dominant form of software distribution today. ## **What are SaaS metrics?** SaaS metrics are [data points](https://builtin.com/saas-metrics#) that SaaS companies use to gauge their performance and growth. Although growth metrics are the first to come to mind because SaaS businesses are mostly evaluated on how quickly they can grow, there are other kinds of SaaS metrics companies should monitor. Think of SaaS metrics as the instrument panel a pilot uses to fly a plane. The gauges in the panel provide the pilot with vital information that would otherwise not be available to him through the senses. Much like that, SaaS metrics give decision-makers visibility into the trends and subtle changes in the performance of a SaaS company. It is thanks to following these SaaS metrics that a company can [identify actionable KPIs](/blog/saas-growth-metrics/) and make changes to the business plan. Metrics show you the trends you should care about and highlight problem areas. For example, keeping an eye on the usage rates of individual users may let you notice in advance the users that are about to churn. The conversion rate gives you insight into how well your marketing efforts resonate with potential customers. Some metrics allow you to discover your most valuable users so that you can devise customer loyalty plans to keep them happy. Others, like the customer engagement score or the net promoter score, can tell you a lot about how satisfied customers are with your product. See this video by David Skok, investor and renowned SaaS guru, for a discussion of SaaS metrics and why they matter for a SaaS business: {{ youtube(id="5RR6M_d6eKc") }} ## **6 key SaaS revenue metrics to track** ### **1 - Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)** MRR is defined as a normalized metric indicating [how much a business can expect to earn](https://www.saasacademy.com/blog/what-is-mrr) in a month on a regular basis. It is an indispensable metric for companies employing a subscription-based business model. #### **How is MRR calculated?** MRR is the product of the Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) figure multiplied by the total number of subscribers. **MRR = Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) X Total Number of Subscribers
** If your customer base consists of subscribers on annual contracts in addition to customers on a monthly plan, make sure that you calculate the average monthly revenue you earn from annual subscriptions. Let’s say you have 20 monthly subscribers on a monthly fee of $40 and 5 customers paying you an annual fee of $360 per year. Your MRR is $950. MRR = (20 X 40) + (5 X 360/12) = 800 + 150 = $950 #### **Types of MRR** MRR is a blanket metric that needs to be broken down into lower—level metrics used for more precise analysis. **New MRR:** The monthly revenue you can expect to collect from new customers who subscribed to your product or service. **Expansion MRR:** The additional monthly recurring income generated by upselling or cross-selling to existing customers. **Churned MRR:** The fall in the monthly recurring revenue resulting from customers who canceled their subscriptions. **Contraction MRR:** The loss of monthly recurring revenue due to customers switching to a pricing plan that is priced lower than the existing one. **Net New MRR:** The change in your monthly revenue compared to the previous month. **Net New MRR = New MRR + Expansion MRR - Churned MRR
** #### **Why does MRR matter?** MRR allows you to identify trends in your subscription revenue and churn. The monthly revenue that you can realistically expect to earn in the future has a profound impact on your [growth predictions, hiring decisions, and the funding you will need](https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/monthly-recurring-revenue) to support your operations. Investors, too, rely on MRR to assess how fast a business is growing and its future potential. ### **2 - Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)** [ARR](https://www.saasacademy.com/blog/arr-vs-mrr-how-to-calculate) is the total amount of recurring revenue a business earns from its subscribers normalized for a year. As opposed to MRR, which brings to light the operational efficiency of a business, ARR highlights its long-term viability. #### **How is ARR calculated?** In general terms, ARR is equal to MRR multiplied by 12. **ARR = MRR X 12
** There is a caveat, though. When you have customers on multi-year contracts, you have to normalize the value of those contracts by dividing them by the number of years. Suppose you have 12 subscribers on one-year contracts worth $1,000, 10 subscribers on 2-year contracts worth $1,800, and 5 subscribers on 3-year contracts worth $2,400, which means you have an ARR of $25,000. ARR = (12 X 1,000) + (10 X 1,800/2) + (5 X 2,400/3) = $25,000 #### **Types of ARR** Just like MRR, ARR, too, is a blanket metric that needs to be broken down into lower—level metrics used for more precise analysis. **New ARR:** The annual revenue a business can expect to collect from brand-new customers. **Expansion ARR:** The increase in the annual recurring income generated by upselling or cross-selling to existing customers. **Churned ARR:** The reduction in the annual recurring revenue caused by cancellations. **Contraction ARR:** The loss of annual recurring revenue due to customers switching to a pricing plan priced lower than the existing one. **Net New ARR:** The change in the annual revenue compared to the previous year. **Net New ARR = New ARR + Expansion ARR - Churned ARR
** #### **Why does the ARR matter?** ARR is a reliable indicator of a SaaS business’ health. It’s the main metric investors take into account while gauging the potential of a startup. A consistently growing ARR in the typical “hockey stick curve” fashion tells investors that the business in question has validated its business model and found the product-market fit. Some investors would like to see startups hit certain growth targets to justify an investment, like Neeraj Agrawal of Battery Ventures, who thinks successful SaaS startups should grow [72X growth in ARR](https://techcrunch.com/2015/02/01/the-saas-travel-adventure) in 5 years (3X-3X-2X-2X-2X). ### **3 - Average Revenue Per User (ARPU)** ARPU refers to the earnings a business generates per user. It is a key metric used to gauge the profitability of SaaS companies. #### **How is ARPU calculated?** To calculate the ARPU, you should first [determine the timeframe](https://saasinsights.io/article/what-is-arpu-average-revenue-per-user) of analysis. This could be monthly, quarterly, or yearly, depending on the business model. Having calculated your total revenue in that period, you should then divide it by the total number of users to find your ARPU. **ARPU = (Total revenue over a specific period) / (Total number of users in that period)
** #### **Why does ARPU matter?** ARPU is a function of the industry you are operating in and, in turn, determines [how you acquire customers and sell products.](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Svk_Jpqhuxc) ARPU also speaks volumes about the spending habits of your customers. Recent studies reveal that ARPU growth accelerates as ARPU per month increases. Customers with higher ARPUs tend to be more loyal and less likely to churn. They are power users that make products a bigger part of their lives. Companies enjoying higher ARPUs can expect to have higher expansion revenue as they can talk their customers into spending more for the product through upselling and cross-selling. ### **4 - Net Revenue Retention (NRR)** [Net Revenue (Dollar) Retention](https://www.chargebee.com/resources/glossaries/what-is-net-dollar-retention/) refers to the percentage of the recurring revenue a business can retain over a period. It is the sign of a company’s capability to keep its customer base and build upon it through expansion. The term successfully captures the compounding effect that successful SaaS companies are known for. #### **How is NRR calculated?** To calculate NRR, you take your starting MRR and add to it the recurring revenue you generated by upselling and cross-selling to the same customer base (expansion MRR). You then subtract from that figure the lost revenue caused by customers switching to lower-level plans and the churned MRR from the cancellations. You then divide this figure by the starting MRR number and multiply it by 100. **NRR = [(Starting MRR + Expansion MRR — Contraction MRR — Churned MRR) / Starting MRR] X 100
** #### **Why does NRR matter?** Positive NRR proves that you do not have a leaky bucket and that you add to your revenue faster than your customers cancel or downgrade their subscriptions. That’s why SaaS companies with high NRRs tend to receive much higher valuations than the ones with low NRRs. NRR can be seen as the '[north star metric](https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesbusinesscouncil/2022/04/15/why-nrr-net-revenue-retention-is-the-one-metric-to-rule-them-all-for-saas/)' for SaaS businesses because it gives you the bottom line of all your activities. Rather than maniacally marketing your product to potential customers, this metric emphasizes the need to keep existing customers happy. NRR is probably the metric that Airbnb CEO Brian Chesky had in mind when he [said](https://www.businessinsider.com/the-best-advice-airbnb-ceo-brian-chesky-ever-received-2013-1), “_Build something 100 people love, not something 1 million people kind of like._” NRR highlights the fact that SaaS startups should take customer success seriously. ### **5 - Customer Lifetime Value (CLV or CLTV)** CLV refers to the total revenue a business can accrue from a customer over the course of the business relationship. CLV sheds light on the customer profile that can be expected to generate the most revenue for a company. #### **How is CLV calculated?** Calculating CLV can be tricky as it requires forecasting future earnings from a customer, which is impossible to know for sure. However, modeling CLV as the product of the **customer value** multiplied by the **average customer lifespan** would be a good estimate. ARPU gives us the customer value we need for this formula. Dividing 1 by the customer churn rate, we can approximate the number of transactions a customer will complete before churning. So the CLV formula is: **CLV = (Average Revenue Per User) / (Customer Churn Rate)
** #### **Why does CLV matter?** Calculating the CLV allows a company to identify its most valuable customers. It can guide the efforts to create more effective marketing and sales campaigns and leverage less expensive channels to reach out to customers with a higher acquisition cost than lifetime value. One of the more sensible ways decision-makers willing to cut costs can take is to invest in the relationship with existing high-value customers. Nurturing this relationship through [customer success and loyalty programs](https://blog.hubspot.com/service/how-to-calculate-customer-lifetime-value#what-is-clv) helps boost expansion revenue. Looking at the product range through a CLV perspective can result in products or services that don’t generate enough value getting phased out. Low CLV can indicate problems with certain business operations, and remedying these can generate more revenue for a company. ### **6- Monthly Churn Rate** The monthly churn rate is the percentage of customers a business loses in a given month. It is a metric that’s indicative of how well a product resonates with customers. A high monthly churn rate implies that the business is a long way from the product-market fit and has urgent problems it has to deal with. #### **How is monthly churn rate calculated?** To calculate the monthly churn rate, you should first calculate the difference between the number of customers at the beginning and end of the month. Dividing this number by the number of customers at the beginning of the month and then multiplying the quotient by 100 gives you the percentage of customers you lost in a given month. **Monthly Churn Rate = [(Number of customers at the beginning of the month) - (Number of customers at the beginning of the month)] X 100 / (Number of customers at the beginning of the month)
** #### **Why does monthly churn rate matter?** A high monthly churn rate undermines your growth and signals that something is seriously wrong with your product, onboarding process, or customer support. Left unattended, the compounding effects kick in and can have a devastating impact on the business over the long haul. However, focusing solely on customer churn in a month can be misleading as a small number of high-value accounts churning may be more destructive for your business than a large number of low-value customers canceling their plans. Therefore, **monthly revenue churn** might be a better indicator of performance compared to the plain **monthly customer churn.** ## **Why should you measure SaaS revenue metrics?** - To get a sense of the health of your business (MRR, ARR, NRR) - To be able to forecast your future income and plan ahead (CLV) - To make realistic projections about the length of your runway (MRR, ARR, NRR) - To document the growth of your business when pitching investors (NRR, ARR, ARPU) - To plan your future strategies to engage which customers and how (LTV) - To understand how your funnel performs and which stage needs improvement (ARPU, CLV) - To identify and keep an eye on your high-value customers and their spending (ARPU, CLV) - To discover the people among your customers who can become evangelists for your product (ARPU, CLV) ## **Challenges associated with SaaS revenue metrics** - The first challenge is a technical one. It involves pulling in data from a payment processing platform and blending it with the customer data stored in a CRM platform. Without proper connectors in place, this is a job that needs to be done manually, most of the time using spreadsheets. Seamless and real-time integration between two platforms can save frontline workers a lot of time and effort while unlocking insights for decision-makers. - Once the technical challenge is overcome through a data integration tool, then the consolidated data needs to be presented in a way that makes it easy to understand for marketing and sales teams and decision-makers. Trends might be difficult to discover when data is presented in tabular form, but seeing your monthly churn rate shooting through the roof in a graph can serve as a wake-up call for you and your team. That’s why dashboards are necessary for people dealing with B2B SaaS analytics. - The last challenge involves what to make of metrics. A metric like MRR is just a number. It needs to be considered in relation to other data to inform decisions. This requires making the data from one source talk with data from other sources. MRR on its own may tell you whether your business is doing well or not, but it does not reveal much about the underlying reasons. Filtering the MRR by pricing-plan changes your perspective a little, offering you a glimpse into your ideal customer profile. But to gain insights that you can act upon, you need to break down the MRR (or LTV, churn, or any other metric) into country- and company-based segments. It is only at this level that numbers can help you form hypotheses that you can test with your actions. ## **Benefits of integrating key SaaS revenue metrics with your CRM data** Blending SaaS revenue and CRM data maximizes the potential of SaaS data, providing valuable insights for businesses to make informed decisions. Here's what you may expect to gain from this integration: ### **A chance to contextualize bare revenue metrics for better understanding** - Raw SaaS revenue data only provides information on revenue trends without any actionable insights. MRR, ARPU, and monthly churn charts reveal trends, but they do not tell you what you should do to maintain or reverse them. - Combining SaaS revenue and CRM data provides users with context, allowing for a breakdown of revenue metrics such as MRR, ARPU, and monthly churn into country- and company-based components. ### **Actionable insights to inform future decisions** - Importing customer data from CRM platforms adds depth to raw SaaS revenue data, which enables users to see the impact specific customer attributes like country, industry, and company size have on revenue data. - Armed with new insights, marketing and sales teams can form ideal customer profiles, target high-value accounts, and explore cross-selling and upselling opportunities. ## **4 tools for tracking key SaaS revenue metrics** The rise of the SaaS business brought about an increase in the number of tools that bring together SaaS data and help users visualize that data in a dashboard. Here are four popular tools that are worth a look: ### **Peaka** Developed with a vision to help startups and SMBs eliminate data silos, Peaka has an easy-to-use offering for people looking to bring revenue and customer data together. Of the [plethora of integrations](/integrations/) Peaka comes with, the dedicated HubSpot-Stripe connector holds great promise for startups and SMBs. Thanks to this connector, users can pull in payment data from Stripe and join it with the customer data they keep in HubSpot. Most data integration tools can provide users with an MRR, ARPU, or LTV figure based on the pricing plan chosen-that's nothing new. Peaka goes one step further, though, and allows for further segmentation of this data according to country, company size, industry, or funding information, giving users a more granular view of their data. As a result, a Peaka user can, for example, generate reports showing the MRR from her customers based in Germany with a staff size between 10 and 100. Our [HubSpot-Stripe](/blog/integrations-hubspot-stripe/) integration unlocks invaluable insights for both frontline workers and decision-makers. Marketing and sales professionals can use these insights to form ideal customer profiles. They can target high-value accounts and develop personalized messaging for accounts that drive most of the revenue for the company. The insights gained from HubSpot-Stripe integration enable high-level decision-makers to adjust resource allocation and achieve better ROI from marketing dollars. ### **ChartMogul** ChartMogul offers integrations with platforms like Stripe, Securely, Chargeable, and PayPal. It allows users to consolidate their revenue data and [apply filters](https://youtu.be/Svk_Jpqhuxc?t=1760) like churn or MRR by currency, region, plan, or cohort. However, when it comes to achieving a more granular segmentation like MRR-by-region-by-pricing plan, ChartMogul comes up short. ChartMogul offers a Pipedrive integration via Zapier, which lets users pull in customer data. But the lack of a HubSpot integration seems like a glaring problem for many users. Instead of focusing on integrations with major CRM platforms, ChartMogul seems to be charting a new course nowadays. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-revenue-metrics-chartmogul.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width, alt="ChartMogul screenshot") }} A ChartMogul screen showing the breakdown of customer lifetime value data by pricing plan. Image credits: [Youtube Video](https://youtu.be/Svk_Jpqhuxc?t=2111). The company recently launched the [ChartMogul CRM.](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wgLIeVo0MNw) Instead of enabling users to pull in data from their existing CRM platforms, ChartMogul wants to become _the_ CRM platform customers store that kind of data in. Users will keep their customer data on ChartMogul CRM and merge it with revenue data from Stripe to form detailed reports. Whether this bold move will be enough to sway people away from established CRMs like HubSpot or Salesforce remains to be seen. ### **ProfitWell** Another popular analytics software for B2B SaaS data is ProfitWell. ProfitWell provides its users with integrations with payment processing platforms like Stripe, Chargeable, and Zuora. Users can pull in the revenue data from one of these platforms and break down the data into components like MRR, growth rate, churn rate, LTV, and ARPU and filter them by pricing plan, industry, or region. The tool also comes with one of the more capable dashboards in the market and lets users turn data into slick charts and graphs. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-revenue-metrics-profitwell.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width, alt="ProfitWell screenshot") }} | A screenshot from the ProfitWell demo dashboard showing the breakdown of customer lifetime value data by pricing plan. Image credits: [ProfitWell](https://demo.profitwell.com/app/segmentation/comparison?comparison_category=_company_plans&comparison_segments=%5B%22basic_monthly%22%2C%22basic_yearly%22%2C%22pro_monthly%22%2C%22pro_yearly%22%5D&comparison_metrics=%5B%22lifetime_value%22%5D).| On the customer data front, ProfitWell works with Clearbit and Fullcontact to enrich the existing data with contact information and form ideal customer profiles. It also has a dedicated HubSpot connector that combines revenue and CRM data. This connector offers automated workflows that are triggered depending on parameters such as customer engagement or plan status and seems to have received mostly positive reviews from users. ### **Baremetrics** Baremetrics is another viable option for people looking for a B2B SaaS analytics tool. It allows users to track usual metrics like MRR, LTV, churn, or reactivations and see how these metrics change according to the pricing plan selected by customers. Similar to ProfitWell, Baremetrics offers a colorful dashboard that turns metrics into beautiful visualizations. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-revenue-metrics-baremetrics.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Baremetrics screenshot") }} A screenshot from the Baremetrics demo dashboard showing the breakdown of customer lifetime value data by pricing plan. Image credits: [Baremetrics](https://demo.baremetrics.com/stats/ltv). With Baremetrics, users willing to take a more detailed look at their revenue metrics and merge them with customer data can import data from certain CRM platforms like Pipedrive. After pulling in the CRM data as attributes, they can blend it with the existing revenue information to view how revenue MRR, LTV, or churn changes in relation to region or industry. This capability helps decision-makers put things into context while evaluating the performance of sales teams or the effectiveness of marketing campaigns. However, the platform currently lacks a HubSpot connector, which undermines its appeal to a large user base used to working with it. ## **SaaS revenue metrics content to consume** - Video – [SaaS Metrics and Benchmarks — Based on Thousands of SaaS Businesses](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Svk_Jpqhuxc) - Article – [What is SaaS?](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/software-as-a-service-saas.asp) - Article – [What are SaaS Metrics?](https://blog.hubspot.com/service/saas-metrics) - Report – [ChartMogul 2023 SaaS Benchmarks](https://chartmogul.com/resources/saas-benchmarks-report.pdf) ## **Conclusion** SaaS is a game of compounding— compounding your customer base and your revenue. To win in this game, it's essential to maintain a comprehensive understanding of your business, and that means closely monitoring your revenue metrics. But first things first, you need to start with gathering all your data in one place. Being data-driven won't work if you have scattered information. Real-time data integration that consolidates customer and revenue data, while also allowing for country- and company-based customer segmentation, can provide a fantastic competitive edge for SaaS companies. In that regard, data integration and business analytics tools hold the key to the future for SaaS businesses. --- START: blog/top-saas-sales-kpis/top-saas-sales-kpis.md --- # **Top SaaS KPIs Sales Teams Should Track in 2026** 2002 was a difficult year for B2C SaaS. Things went back to normal after the boom the sector enjoyed during the pandemic as the work no longer had the appetite it had for software during the pandemic. The macroeconomic changes (interest hikes and looming recession) in the U.S. brought about a change in the VC attitude toward SaaS. The “growth at all costs” mantra of the last decade was replaced by an emphasis on profitability. With investor funds seemingly drying up, SaaS companies were forced to turn to SMB and enterprise markets where profit margins were higher. This pivot also meant a more sales-driven business model. Instead of chasing millions of customers who would make small monthly payments, more and more SaaS companies came to rely on sales teams who knew how to make a pitch and wine-and-dine executives to win 6- and 7-figure contracts. That’s why SaaS sales KPIs are more important today than ever before, especially for companies willing to tailor their sales efforts to the needs of select customers. This blog post will take a long hard look at SaaS sales KPIs and why they matter. ## **What are SaaS sales KPIs?** [SaaS sales KPIs](https://www.chargebee.com/blog/saas-kpis/#Sales-KPIs-for-SaaS-Companies) are the metrics SaaS companies use to assess sales performance. They reveal how the actual sales performance of a SaaS company compares to predetermined goals, highlight problem areas, and provide insights about how the sales funnel can be optimized. Check out this video by [David Marincic](https://www.linkedin.com/in/david-marincic/) for a quick intro into SaaS sales KPIs: {{ youtube(id="ty_Xszi5FiU") }} ## **Key takeaways** - Sales KPIs have become more prominent in the SaaS sector as a result of the emergence of account-based marketing practices that blend sales tactics with [advanced data analytics](/blog/b2b-saas-analytics-tools/). - SaaS sales KPIs help align different units around measurable goals and optimize the sales funnel, bringing accountability into the sales effort. - Sales KPIs are strategic-level, company-specific figures, whereas sales metrics are more tactical in nature and regarded as industry standards. ## **SaaS in numbers** - The SaaS market has reached [$171.9 billion](https://thesmallbusinessblog.net/saas-companies/) by the end of 2022. - A study by Gartner found out that the [global end-user spending on SaaS tools](https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2022-10-31-gartner-forecasts-worldwide-public-cloud-end-user-spending-to-reach-nearly-600-billion-in-2023) grew from $146 billion in 2021 to $167 billion in 2022 and forecast that it to grow by 16.8 percent in 2023, reaching $195 billion. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-sales-kpis-sales-analytics-us-g-trends.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Google searches for 'sales analytics'") }} | Graph showing the increase in the U.S.-based Google searches for the term "sales analytics" in the last five years. Image credits: [Google Trends](https://trends.google.com.tr/trends/explore?date=2020-03-01%202023-05-05&geo=US&q=saas&hl=en). The image was slightly modified for aesthetic purposes.| - The average SaaS sales cycle lasts [84 days](https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/saas-sales-ultimate-guide) and can go up to 170 days for deals with an annual contract value of more than $100,000. - While 2 percent of sales happen at the first meeting, [63 percent](https://www.lairedigital.com/blog/effective-sales-enablement-for-enterprise-saas-sales-teams) of the people inquiring about a product will not make a purchase for at least three months, and 20 percent will take more than 12 months to buy. ## **4 main methods of selling** Before immersing ourselves in the details of SaaS sales KPIs, we should take a brief look at the four main types of sales methods and what they entail: ### **1- Transactional selling** Transactional selling refers to the traditional sales method where a salesperson hunts for prospects, develops a relationship with them, makes a pitch, and eventually closes the deal. It is based on temporary relationships with customers where the salesperson promotes the product, emphasizes its features, and how it will benefit the customer. The traditional [4 P’s of marketing (product, pricing, placement, and promotion)](https://www.techtarget.com/searchcustomerexperience/tip/Key-differences-between-transactional-and-relationship-marketing) play a big role in transactional selling. Competing on product features and price, pursuing an omnichannel strategy, and running promotional campaigns are part and parcel of this technique. With the product almost selling itself, this approach is predominantly used in industries like retail, automotive, and real estate, where sales cycles are relatively short and purchases are one-off. For most other industries, though, transactional selling is not particularly suitable because it is impersonal in nature. Using [mass marketing](https://www.techtarget.com/searchcustomerexperience/tip/Key-differences-between-transactional-and-relationship-marketing) may help lower the costs, but it also makes it impossible to address the needs of different customer groups. That’s why salespeople implementing this method fail to build long-term relationships with customers to maximize lifetime value. ### **2 - Solution selling** This second technique requires more personal touch from the salesperson compared to the transactional approach. In solution selling, the salesperson invests in his relationship with the customer and nurtures it to gain a deep understanding of the [customer’s needs and pain points](https://www.salesforce.com/resources/articles/what-is-solution-selling). This understanding will help him offer a solution tailored to the customer’s needs, giving him an advantage over competitors. Solution selling involves products that tend to be complex and heavily customized rather than off-the-shelf stuff. Like in construction projects or bespoke software development, identifying the requirements and developing a solution that will create a long-term impact takes a lot of time and effort. Due to the longer sales cycle, the costs involved are higher. Therefore, solution selling makes sense only when the account in question is valuable enough to justify the extra costs. ### **3 - Consultative selling** Consultative selling resembles solution selling in that both require building a relationship with the customer. However, in consultative selling, the salesperson must have a lot of experience and product expertise. This expertise is the foundation of a relationship where the customer will turn to the salesperson for ideas whenever she is searching for a solution to a problem. This strong bond with the customer enables the salesperson to ask the right questions, dive really deep into the pains she has, and offer the right solution. This technique aims to sell without making a pitch. The [four important aspects](https://blog.eonetwork.org/2022/12/the-4-main-types-of-selling-and-when-to-use-them/) of consultative selling are: - Being a good listener - Asking the right questions - Being a trustworthy, objective source of knowledge - Offering solutions, not products or features Consultative selling envisions the salesperson as a companion to the customer and ensures that the salesperson will be top of mind when the customer is ready to make a purchase. ### **4 - Provocative selling** This technique is for times of drastic change where creativity is needed to improve the prospects of a sale. Provocative selling involves a “[shock and awe](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/mastering-four-major-types-selling-industry-hubinit/)” approach where you make your customers aware of problems they did not know existed. You aim to open their eyes to a critical need and create urgency so that they will start looking for a solution. Times of great [macro-level changes](https://youtu.be/tx5__w_g2eA?t=135) like global warming, demographic change (the emergence of Gen Z), or political upheaval (Brexit) can create massive problems for prospective customers. You can use these situations to your advantage by talking to your contacts and telling them about what that change means for the industry, their organization, and their department. Provocative selling aims to instill a “why now” mentality in contacts and kickstart a search for a solution. The Covid-19 pandemic and the way it transformed work-life provided a case in point for how provocative selling can make a difference for SaaS teams. Practitioners of this technique used lockdowns and workplace restrictions to their advantage and pitched their products as solutions to the new pains brought about by the pandemic. We might expect more salespeople to turn to provocative selling to gain prominence as global warming, the U.S.-China standoff, and mass migration disrupt existing business models and enforce change. ## **KPIs vs. Metrics** Despite being used in similar contexts, KPIs and metrics refer to different concepts. In summary, “[_not every metric is a KPI, but every KPI is a metric._](https://databox.com/kpis-vs-metrics)” KPIs and metrics differ on [four main points:](https://dashthis.com/blog/kpi-vs-metrics-all-you-need-to-know/) - KPIs describe high-level strategic goals that tie different departments and teams together. Metrics, on the other hand, help break down these strategic goals into operative objectives. - KPIs communicate the priorities of a business and determine how the lower level metrics should shape up for the attainment of a business goal. Metrics are about specific processes and they gauge the effectiveness of execution. - Metrics reflect a benchmark or widely-acknowledged industry standard. KPIs, on the other hand, do not follow a standard form and vary according to the needs of individual organizations. - While metrics are related to individual employees or teams, KPIs concern various units of different sizes. ## **Why do SaaS sales KPIs matter?** The sales process in the SaaS sector is a long-winded one. It takes weeks and even months to close a deal. Where to start with a lead and how to proceed may be difficult to figure out for a sales rep at first. Any sales rep can feel disoriented and even lost without clear goals in place to inform actions. Sales KPIs are these goals. They are not quotas or sales targets. They are figures that spell out what needs to be done for a business to perform to its full potential in terms of sales. Monitoring SaaS sales KPIs create three key benefits for an organization: - SaaS sales KPIs chart a clear route to the end goal, which is to close a deal. Working backward from the last step in the sales funnel toward the first, sales KPIs lay out how many emails you have to send to generate enough marketing-qualified leads so that you can produce enough sales-qualified leads to close enough deals to meet your objectives. In a sense, sales KPIs help quantify the whole sales funnel from the perspective of a sales rep. - From a management perspective, monitoring sales KPIs allow decision-makers to see how efficient the resource allocation is. Products selling better than expected can be scaled, and more sales reps can be hired to sell them. Those not meeting the expectations can be slowly phased out. - Sales KPIs also help decision-makers evaluate the performance of individuals. People consistently hitting their KPIs should receive consideration for bigger accounts. More training might be needed for underperforming employees. For a discussion of what SaaS companies stand to gain from tracking sales KPIs, see this podcast episode by the Stay Paid Podcast team: {{ youtube(id="9VGVJZCJ_SQ") }} ## **8 widely-used sales KPIs you need to track** The set of sales KPIs a company needs to track can vary depending on the industry it operates in, the business model it pursues, and the kind of challenges it needs to overcome. Here is a rundown of eight sales KPIs that are commonly tracked and what they are good for: ### **1 - Sales cycle length** A sales cycle is the time it takes from the initial sales contact to the time a deal is closed. It is an important KPI that speaks volumes about the efficiency of your sales operations and the success of your sales reps. Longer sales cycles mean your team will be able to close fewer deals throughout the year, which will translate into less revenue. #### **Why should you track sales cycle length?** Sales cycle length is a fundamental figure for planning sales operations and forecasting revenue. Knowing this figure allows you to compare your sales performance with that of the competitors and your past performance. #### **Who should track this KPI?** Account managers and higher-level decision-makers responsible for driving growth would be wise to track the average sales cycle length. ### **2 - Number of deals in the pipeline** The number of deals in the pipeline is a good indicator of sales rep activity and a predictor of sales revenue. This KPI can be broken down into the average number of deals in the pipeline and new deals added to the pipeline in a particular time frame #### **Why should you track the number of deals in your pipeline?** A low number of deals in the pipeline may be a sign of problems with lead generation. This might require a reconsideration of the marketing strategy, the targeted customer profile, the content used, and the performance of the channels leveraged. #### **Who should track this KPI?** The number of deals in the pipeline is a tactical KPI that sales reps should definitely monitor. A sustained drop in this figure is a serious cause for concern, and it may require the sales rep to take action by increasing the work rate or drawing attention to problems with lead generation. ### **3 - Pipeline value** This KPI calculates the maximum amount of revenue you may expect to earn from the deals in your pipeline if everything goes according to the plan. It helps users gauge where their revenue ceiling is and guides forecasting initiatives. #### **Why should you track pipeline value?** Tracking this metric allows you to see how likely your sales reps are to hit their quotas. If the pipeline is full, but the overall value is low, your sales reps may be wasting their time on deals that are not worth the effort. #### **Who should track this KPI?** This is one of the strategic level KPIs directly concerning sales managers. But, sales reps, too, would benefit from keeping tabs on pipeline value as it shows where the sales efforts are headed and makes it possible to course-correct before it is too late. ### **4 - Number of sales opportunities created** A [sales opportunity](https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/criteria-to-upgrade-a-lead-to-an-opportunity-and-theyre-not-what-you-think) is a qualified prospect who is highly likely to become a customer. Leads are converted into prospects, some of whom later become opportunities further down the funnel. Sales opportunities created refer to the number of these qualified prospects added to the pipeline in a given timeframe and indicate the total revenue a business can expect to generate. #### **Why should you track the number of sales opportunities created?** Sales opportunities created is a crucial mid-funnel KPI that tells us a whole lot about the upstream and downstream activities. A relatively low number raises questions about the target market segment and the effectiveness of the marketing tactics used. When there are plenty of sales opportunities created, but the ratio of deals won is low, then the onus is on the sales reps, who need to revisit their pitch. #### **Who should track this KPI?** Sales managers should keep an eye on this KPI to ensure that the sales reps are maintaining a desired level of activity and keeping the pipeline well-fed. ### **5 - Average deal size** The average deal size tells you a lot about your product range and what resonates with your customers. Additionally, it also provides you with objective data to evaluate the performance of your sales reps. #### **Why should you track the average deal size?** Because channeling marketing and sales resources into more profitable products can help a company increase revenue without incurring extra costs. Everything being equal, a higher average deal size means higher profitability. Sales reps would be wise to focus on customers that can be expected to spend more. #### **Who should track this KPI?** Sales reps can use this KPI to make better use of their time. For higher-level decision-makers, average deal size helps identify the popular products and phase out the ones that are not generating enough returns for every sales and marketing dollar spent. ### **6- Lead-to-sale ratio** This KPI reveals the [overall effectiveness of the pipeline](https://www.netsuite.com/portal/resource/articles/accounting/sales-kpis.shtml). It indicates how successful the company is in converting sales-qualified leads into prospects. Some of these prospects will become sales opportunities, some of whom will convert into paying customers. #### **Why should you track the lead-to-sale ratio?** This particular KPI helps users understand how efficient the whole sales effort is in generating desired results, that is, closing deals. A low lead-to-sale ratio can be indicative of the low quality of marketing-qualified leads handed over to the sales team or the channels used by the sales team while contacting prospects. #### **Who should track this KPI?** This KPI is one of the strategically important figures for sales managers. It helps them optimize the sales funnel and evaluate the performance of individual sales reps. ### **7 - Sales by contact method** Digging into the prehistory of a deal and discovering which channel was responsible for successfully engaging the customer in the first place can provide decision-makers with powerful insights. Knowing whether it’s the phone calls, emails, or in-person visits giving you a head-start in your outreach efforts can improve your sales success. #### **Why should you track sales by contact method?** Monitoring this metric is important for optimizing resource allocation and keeping the customer acquisition cost in check. Prioritizing more effective channels at the expense of less successful ones maximizes the return on marketing and sales dollars. #### **Who should track this KPI?** Sales managers can look at this KPI and remove the low-performing channels from the funnel. Sales reps, too, can match this KPI with certain customer profiles and adjust their outreach strategy, improving their conversion rates as a result. ### **8 - Number of monthly demos booked** The number of monthly demos booked is a good indicator of high-intent customers for SaaS companies. Usually, people who book demos are the ones that are aware of their pain points and looking for a solution. #### **Why should you track the number of monthly demos booked?** This KPI matters simply because people booking demos are more likely to become paying customers. Keeping an eye on this figure helps sales managers better forecast sales and plan accordingly. #### **Who should track this KPI?** Sales reps can use this KPI to analyze which customer profiles show more interest in demos. Focusing on these profiles can improve conversion rates and increase revenue. As stated above, sales managers also benefit from tracking this KPI for forecasting purposes. ## **How can Peaka help you with your sales campaigns?** Salespeople are CRM addicts. The customer information they keep on CRM platforms is their biggest asset in building relationships with prospects and turning them into paying customers. However, with the increase in the number of SaaS tools used by sales teams, bringing together the SaaS data has become a real challenge. Data locked in isolated silos is no good unless you can consolidate it to give you a holistic view of the market and the account you are focusing on. By helping you unify your SaaS data, Peaka provides you with three major benefits: - Specifically, Peaka allows users to form highly-precise ideal customer profiles (ICPs) by joining and blending payment data with customer attributes from a CRM platform. It lets users see their MRR, ARPU, or LTV figures based on the pricing plan chosen and further breaks down this data into country-, industry-, or company-size-based components. - Armed with a well-defined ICP, it becomes much easier to personalize the messaging and produce content that will appeal to your highest-value prospects. Peaka enables you to pursue an account-based marketing strategy and improve your return on the sales and marketing dollars spent. - After combining your SaaS data, Peaka allows you to view the consolidated data with your favorite data visualization platform. Peaka’s dedicated connectors for popular business intelligence (BI) tools simplify this process so even non-technical employees can turn their tabular data into visualizations and draw insights. Here are the BI tools Peaka offers ready-made connectors for: **Metabase:** An open-source platform that connects to more than twenty different data sources, Metabase also offers different packages at different price points. Thanks to its Visual Query Builder and pre-made visualizations, the platform makes it easier for non-technical people to visualize their data. Our blog post on [Peaka’s Metabase integration](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/) explains how Peaka enables this user-friendly platform to retrieve and visualize data from any source. **Apache Superset™:** Apache Superset™ is an open-source platform with technical capabilities that can satisfy the needs of enterprise customers. Supported by a large online community, the platform regularly gets updated with new features. Its customizability and scalability make it the ideal choice for technical teams with large datasets to visualize. See this blog post on [Peaka’s Superset integration](/blog/data-visualization-with-superset-integration/) for a more detailed discussion of this platform. **Power BI:** The go-to data visualization for users working within the Microsoft ecosystem, Power BI provides native integration with Teams, SharePoint, and Microsoft 365. Its versatility makes Power BI a versatile choice for large organizations, as both technical and non-technical teams can use the same platform to visualize data. This blog post on [Peaka’s Power BI integration](/blog/data-visualization-with-power-bi-integration/) takes a deep dive into how Peaka allows Power BI to pull data from any source. **Looker Studio:** As the standard BI tool of the Google ecosystem, Looker Studio supports hassle-free integration with Google Analytics, Google Ads, and BigQuery. Although it lacks the powerful features that some other BI tools offer, Looker Studio still appeals to a large user base thanks to its drag-and-drop interface and wide range of pre-made visualizations. Check out our blog post on [Peaka’s Looker Studio integration](/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/), explaining how Peaka enables this tool to visualize data from any source. **Tableau:** For users of Salesforce products, Tableau is the default BI tool for data visualization. The platform is known for the unmatched visual appeal and variety of its visualizations. Tableau natively integrates with other Salesforce apps and is a good fit for enterprise users who have access to capable technical teams that can unlock the full feature set of the platform. As we explain in a blog post on [Peaka’s Tableau integration](/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/), Peaka ensures that this platform can connect to data sources outside the Salesforce ecosystem. ## **SaaS sales KPIs content to consume** - Video – [5 Fundamental Sales KPIs you Need to Track| David Marincic](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ty_Xszi5FiU) - Podcast – [Reach Your Goals with Sales KPIs | Stay Paid Podcast](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9VGVJZCJ_SQ) - Podcast — [The State of Sales KPIs | The Modern Sales Leader Podcast](https://leveleleven.com/2016/03/the-state-of-sales-kpis-podcast/) - Article – [Sales Performance| Mosaic](https://www.mosaic.tech/financial-metrics#sales-performance) - Article – [21 Sales KPIs for Sales Teams to Track in 2023](https://www.netsuite.com/portal/resource/articles/accounting/sales-kpis.shtml) - Article – [22 Sales KPIs Successful Sales Team Track in 2023](https://blog.close.com/sales-kpis-metrics/) - Article – [32 SaaS KPIs Every Company Should Track2023](https://www.chargebee.com/blog/saas-kpis/#Sales-KPIs-for-SaaS-Companies) ## **Conclusion** The SaaS pivot to SMBs and the enterprise segment has given a boost to account-based marketing. More and more companies are pursuing high-value accounts and trying to blend traditional sales methods with advanced data analytics. That’s why KPIs and metrics are a bigger part of the sales effort today. Well-chosen KPIs can help align sales efforts, optimize resource allocation and improve the ROI of sales budget. They are indispensable if you are willing to introduce structure and accountability into your sales funnel. --- START: blog/track-job-costs-servicetitan/track-job-costs-servicetitan.md --- # **Track Job Costs in ServiceTitan without Spreadsheets** “*How much did that job really cost us?*” If you’re running a growing HVAC, plumbing, or roofing business, this is a question you’re probably asking every week, and the reason you’re spending hours in spreadsheets trying to answer. For many ServiceTitan users, the process of calculating job costs still involves exporting CSVs, manually cleaning data, and building custom formulas in Excel. It’s slow. It’s error-prone. And it’s holding your team back from scaling efficiently. But there’s a better way. ## **Why job costing is a critical KPI** Job costing is not only a financial metric but also the heartbeat of every profitable service business. Knowing how much each job costs, in labor, materials, and overhead, helps you set profitable pricing and spot inefficiencies across technicians, services, or locations. A dependable job costing estimate is essential for calculating marketing ROI by job type or campaign and making smarter staffing and scheduling decisions. When job costs aren’t visible in real time, you’re flying blind and lose the ability to course-correct. Access to accurate, real-time job costing data is essential for optimizing resource allocation and maximizing revenue. ## **Why ServiceTitan reporting falls short** ServiceTitan is a powerful operational platform. But when it comes to reporting—especially job costing—it leaves a lot to be desired. + **Limited filters and customization:** Native reports don’t always break down costs in a way that reflects how your business actually operates. + **Data silos:** [Combining ServiceTitan and accounting data](/blog/integrate-servicetitan-with-quickbooks-xero-sage/) is not always straightforward, making it a challenge to join job data with cost details from QuickBooks or Sage Intacct. + **Manual exports:** To get the full picture of the operations, admins often download several CSVs and manually stitch the data together in an Excel table. + **Time sink:** Updating reports with fresh data requires hours every week, which could otherwise be used to improve processes or close new deals. This manual reporting workflow might work for a $2 million company. But it won’t scale with a $20 million operation that manages teams distributed across [multiple locations](/blog/multi-location-servicetitan-reporting/). ## **What a better workflow looks like** Imagine this instead: You connect ServiceTitan (and your accounting tool) to a live data platform. Every job, every cost, every technician’s performance is tracked in real time. [No manual exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/), no formulas involved. You connect your data to your BI tool of choice, like [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/), or [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/). Your dashboards update automatically to show: + Job revenue vs job cost + Profit margin by service type or location + Technician profitability and efficiency metrics + Cost-per-job trends over time The immediate benefit of such a setup is streamlined dashboard creation and report generation, which eliminates the need for Excel or a data team. ## **Real results: What contractors gain** Companies that replace manual job costing workflows with [real-time dashboards](/blog/consultants-servicetitan-kpi-dashboards/) see measurable gains: + 10+ hours saved each week on reporting tasks + Fewer errors in financial tracking and performance reviews + Faster insights into what’s working (and what’s not) + Better strategic decisions about pricing, staffing, and growth investments Without the need for constant manual data exports and endless spreadsheet work, ops and admin teams can focus on growing the business instead of wasting valuable time on repetitive tasks. ## **How Peaka makes it happen** An official ServiceTitan partner, Peaka connects directly to ServiceTitan and your accounting tools, giving you a complete job costing picture without the usual engineering effort. + No-code connectors let you pull in job, invoice, and cost data from multiple systems. + The text-to-SQL capability allows even non-technical users to query and filter data without needing SQL. + Peaka sends consolidated data to BI tools via its ready-made connectors. This eliminates the need for manual dashboard updates, providing you with real-time figures at all times. These capabilities make Peaka a perfect fit for the data needs of home service businesses. Peaka lowers the technical barriers for home service businesses, empowering non-technical users to build the dashboards they need without increasing headcount or the need for manual data replication. ## **Key takeaways** + **Manual job costing slows you down:** Exporting data from ServiceTitan into spreadsheets wastes time, introduces errors, and delays critical decisions. + **ServiceTitan’s native reports are limited:** Built-in reporting doesn’t offer the depth or flexibility needed to track profitability, technician efficiency, or cost breakdowns. + **Peaka automates job costing in real time:** With live dashboards that combine ServiceTitan and accounting data, Peaka delivers accurate, up-to-date insights without engineering help. ## **Stop copy-pasting, start scaling** Home service businesses are caught between two extremes: + Complex, expensive data platforms built for enterprise teams and + Basic spreadsheets that are time-consuming and error-prone. Peaka fills this gap perfectly, giving these companies a cost-effective option to manage their data. It delivers the power of real-time reporting and unified dashboards without the need for a data team or technical expertise. With native connectors for tools like ServiceTitan and QuickBooks, and an intuitive, no-code interface, Peaka gives home service operators the visibility they need to grow, minus the engineering overhead. Tracking job costs doesn’t have to be a manual chore. Peaka unifies your data and automates reporting processes so you can focus on creating value for your organization. Ready to ditch the spreadsheets? [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how Peaka simplifies the way you track job costing and profitability. --- START: blog/unify-servicetitan-data-pe-firms/unify-servicetitan-data-pe-firms.md --- # **How PEs Can Unify Data from Multiple ServiceTitan Instances** When a private equity firm rolls up multiple home service businesses operating in plumbing, HVAC, electrical, or pest control, there’s a high chance each acquired brand runs its own ServiceTitan account. While this best-in-class software helps operators manage scheduling, dispatch, and invoicing, it wasn’t built with multi-entity portfolio reporting in mind. What begins as a tech upgrade at the individual company level quickly becomes a reporting and data integration nightmare at the platform level. KPIs don’t line up. Data sits in silos. Board decks rely on delayed, manual exports. For firms operating on a 3-5 year value creation timeline, this fragmentation acts as a bottleneck to EBITDA growth. This guide is for private equity operating teams and finance leaders who need a practical way to unify ServiceTitan data across multiple brands or instances, normalize KPI definitions, and create a consistent reporting layer that survives the next acquisition. If you are a ServiceTitan consultant managing separate client accounts, read our blog post for [multi-account ServiceTitan consultants](/blog/manage-multiple-servicetitan-accounts/). If you are a contractor running multiple branches within one company, start with our [multi-location ServiceTitan reporting](/blog/multi-location-servicetitan-reporting/) guide. ## **The problem with disconnected ServiceTitan instances** Most home service roll-ups result in each brand retaining its own ServiceTitan environment. While this allows for a smoother transition as teams continue working with a platform they are already familiar with, it also leads to a few problems: + **Inconsistent reporting:** Each entity maintains its reporting habits, with KPIs being defined and calculated slightly differently across the portfolio. + **Manual processes:** Data replication from one spreadsheet to another and [manual data exports](/blog/servicetitan-manual-data-export-costs/) via CSV remain the primary methods of data consolidation. + **No real-time insights:** Without a unified, live view of data, leadership and portfolio managers lack the data needed to draw insights from and have to rely on outdated data. + **Blind spots across brands**: It’s nearly impossible to benchmark technician utilization, close rates, or marketing ROI across the portfolio in the absence of integrated data and standardized metrics. As Peter Drucker once said, “*You can’t manage what you can’t measure.*” This is especially true for PE firms that lack a single source of truth across their portfolio. It means flying blind when it comes to performance optimization and wasting precious weeks every quarter preparing investor updates. ## **What ServiceTitan PE operating teams actually need** A central view of portfolio performance isn’t a simple reporting upgrade; it’s a source of competitive edge when you’re rolling up underperforming home service companies. Here’s why: + Benchmarking across brands becomes possible. Why are jobs closing faster in Dallas but not in Phoenix? Is one brand’s tech utilization lagging? + Revenue leaks, margin opportunities, and unusual trends are easier to spot when KPIs are normalized across entities. + Faster time-to-insight helps PE firms stay agile, especially when strategic decisions must be made between board meetings. + Board and LP reporting becomes more consistent, more reliable, and less dependent on ad hoc Excel work. In short, centralized data unlocks the full potential of a buy-and-build strategy. ## **The traditional data stack: Why it doesn’t work for PE roll-ups** Some firms attempt to unify their ServiceTitan data by assembling a traditional data stack. On paper, it seems the logical thing to do: use Fivetran or Airbyte to extract data, store it in Snowflake or BigQuery, model it in dbt, and visualize it in Tableau or Power BI. But the reality? It’s a bad fit for the needs of a PE firm for a variety of reasons: + **Cost:** Traditional data stacks require significant upfront investment in tools, data engineers, and months of setup, which easily add up to $150K+ per year. + **Complexity:** Most operators lack in-house data teams to run and maintain these systems, resulting in these initiatives becoming full-blown IT projects with six-figure costs and unclear ROI. + **Misalignment with PE timeline:** By the time a traditional data stack begins delivering ROI, a PE is halfway through its value creation window, which typically lasts 3-5 years. All in all, the capabilities of traditional data stacks are overkill for companies that are simply trying to surface technician performance or revenue per job and fire up real-time KPI dashboards. PE firms don’t need a data warehouse; what they need is answers. Fast. That’s why a nimble solution like Peaka, which connects directly to multiple ServiceTitan instances and delivers insights within days, is far better suited for lean operating teams and compressed timelines. ## **What the ideal solution looks like** A solution designed for PE operators needs to go beyond point-to-point integration. It should: + Connect to multiple ServiceTitan accounts at once + Normalize data schemas across brands and define [standardized KPIs](/blog/standardize-servicetitan-kpis-portfolio/) + [Integrate ServiceTitan with accounting tools](/blog/integrate-servicetitan-with-quickbooks-xero-sage/) like QuickBooks, XeroAccounting, or Sage Intacct + Require minimal IT involvement, given most operators lack full-stack data teams + Work with modern BI tools, supporting dashboards in [Power BI](/blog/servicetitan-power-bi-integration/), [Looker Studio](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-looker-studio/), [Metabase](/blog/how-to-connect-servicetitan-to-metabase/), and more ## **How Peaka solves the fragmentation problem** Peaka was built with multi-tenant ServiceTitan environments in mind. This makes it ideal for PE-backed home service platforms. Here’s how it works: + **Connects directly to each ServiceTitan instance:** No custom engineering or connector development required. + **Creates a unified data layer:** Peaka consolidates and models data from each brand into a single, standardized structure. + **Visualizes performance KPIs in real time:** Revenue trends, job close rates, technician efficiency, and more are available instantly. + **Reduces reliance on data teams:** With text-to-SQL capability, even non-technical users can explore, filter, and report on portfolio data. + **Deploys in days, not months:** Perfect for value creation plans where every quarter counts. ## **Key takeaways** + PE-led roll-ups using ServiceTitan often struggle with fragmented data and inconsistent reporting. + Unifying these ServiceTitan instances enables faster insights, better benchmarking, and higher ROI. + Peaka offers a fast, low-lift way to centralize multi-brand performance data—no data warehouse or BI team required. ## **Getting started with Peaka** If you’re managing a growing portfolio of ServiceTitan-based businesses, you don’t need to keep stitching together spreadsheets or waiting on analysts. Peaka can help you unify your data, accelerate reporting, and create the visibility your value creation plan demands. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how we help PE firms simplify ServiceTitan data integration and unlock portfolio-wide insights in days, not months. --- START: blog/venture-capital-generative-ai/venture-capital-generative-ai.md --- # **What is Driving VC Interest in Generative AI?** 2022 was not the best year for tech startups, especially those in the software development segment. The world we woke up to after the pandemic was a different one. It no longer had the appetite for software that it had during the pandemic. The Russian invasion of Ukraine further complicated things, driving up prices and triggering an inflationary wave. The Fed was forced to hike interest rates multiple times, the ghost of a recession was looming all over us, and investors took note of all these developments. What investors think matters because where they put their money serves as an indicator of the near future in tech. The ideas and projects investors pour money into turn into magnets, attracting attention from founders looking to hit big. The concepts no longer backed by investors lose their glamor and start to be questioned by the wider public. ## **A sea change in investment circles** Once again, investors voted with their wallets and hit the brakes on Web3 projects. Cryptocurrencies and NFT-based ideas no longer engender the excitement they once did among investors. The low-code/no-code segment also saw funds drying up in the last quarter of the year. The segment was running on all cylinders during the pandemic, capitalizing on the rush to digital transformation. With everything going back to normal, expectations were revised in a way that would allow for a more modest level of growth for low-code/no-code companies. There was one area that seemed immune to the lack of funding, though: Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). Venture capital (VC) interest in AI is nothing new. Total global investments in AI were less than $3 billion in 2012 and reached [$75 billion in 2020](https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/docserver/f97beae7-en.pdf). In the U.S. and China, mobility and autonomous vehicles were the top destinations for VC money during this period. Y Combinator's (YC) first 2023 batch demonstrates that the VC interest in AI is stronger than ever. [51 of the 183 startups](https://medium.com/democratizing-finance/the-ai-goldrush-51-ai-startups-in-y-combinators-first-2023-batch-7cea092e941b) in the batch are AI startups, 32 of them focusing on [generative AI](https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/mckinsey-explainers/what-is-generative-ai), that is, the algorithms that can be used to create new content like audio, code, images, text, and video. This comes on top of the [loss of faith](https://jaredheyman.medium.com/on-y-combinator-startups-and-the-ai-revolution-fe8ee2269abe) YC experienced after its initial zeal in backing AI companies from 2013 to 2017. The first wave of AI tools failed to live up to the expectations, which were probably unrealistic to begin with. Falling short of expectations caused disillusionment and proved that a little bit of restraint was due. Things are looking up once again for AI, and VC funds are pouring in money to power projects of all kinds. ## **'*Promise me it will be different this time*'** You probably remember seeing similar levels of unbridled enthusiasm for Web3 and metaverse just a couple of years ago. Are we going through the same things all over again? Is AI another fad that will not amount to much, just like Web3 and metaverse before it? Probably not. Despite all the excitement it created in tech circles, Web3 failed to deliver practical use cases that can encourage mass adoption and justify more investment. The crypto winter, the FTX collapse, and the never-ending scams killed the short-term prospect that cryptocurrencies would replace fiat money any time soon. The fact that use cases for blockchain remained rather limited and ventured little beyond financial speculation eventually dampened the enthusiasm of investors. The Web3 episode is definitely not over yet, but put on hold until meaningful real-life applications appear. AI is a more mature technology compared to Web3. Scholars and engineers have been writing and thinking about, and experimenting with different AI applications [since the mid-twentieth century](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_artificial_intelligence). Therefore, it is no surprise that AI proved more resilient because this is not AI's first iteration. AI has traveled all the way along Gartner's hype cycle: It gained popularity on the back of a major innovation, produced sky-high expectations early on but failed at fulfilling them, falling into the trough of disillusionment. As people realized what AI was good at and how it could be leveraged, this new technology gained a new form in generative AI and pulled itself out of the hole, gathering steam once again with more sensible use cases. ## **A new wave of AI-powered products** So, AI differs from Web3 in that entrepreneurs have managed to turn it into products that can be used by the masses. Different startups from various verticals like gaming, copywriting, and graphic design are leveraging a model layer like the one Open AI has and building application layers on top of it. [Taking advantage of APIs and open-source principles](https://www.forbes.com/sites/columbiabusinessschool/2023/01/17/generative-ai-the-new-frontier-for-vc-investment/), generative AI startups can quickly monetize their ideas, and investors do not hesitate to back them. Jasper, the AI-assisted copywriting app, provides a case in point. The company grabbed headlines in October with a [$125 million Series A round](https://www.businessinsider.com/generative-ai-startup-jasper-raises-seriesa-funding-insight-openai-2022-10), becoming the poster child of this new generation of AI-powered apps. The VC interest in generative AI was almost palpable in the last few months of 2022. There were 78 successful funding rounds closed, with a total investment of [close to $1.4 billion](https://www.nytimes.com/2023/01/07/technology/generative-ai-chatgpt-investments.html). Besides Jasper, Stable Diffusion and Runway topped the list of companies raising money at incredible multiples despite having modest revenue streams as of now. However, the niche that gets VCs drooling consists of startups working to develop new [foundation models](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Foundation_models), the large AI models trained on a vast amount of data for use in a range of implementations, which can rival the ones like OpenAI's GPT. One such company is [Cohere](https://www.reuters.com/technology/ai-startup-cohere-talks-raise-funding-6-bln-plus-valuation-sources-2023-02-06/). The Toronto-based company is looking to raise money at a valuation of more than $6 billion. It stands apart from OpenAI with its focus on business-applicable use cases and its target customer base of enterprise users. Companies like Cohere are the innovators that can broaden the horizons of AI through research and development rather than building "me-too" apps that can attract a few investors before flaming out. The hope is that these efforts will produce new models that have less bias and consume less energy. ## **Conclusion** Angel investor Elad Gil [was quoting](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VThN7kpjRpM) Andy Rachleff when he said, "*the market impact, good or bad, dominates the team impact.*" The VC interest in AI is so strong and the initial reaction from the public is so positive that generative AI startups enjoy a tailwind these days. However, this will not last forever. The laws of startup survival will still hold at the end of the day. Once the initial VC interest subsides and profitability becomes a priority, the startups with the better team, product quality, traction, and moat (defensibility) will prevail. In the words of Warren Buffett: > "*Only when the tide goes out do you discover who's been swimming naked.*" Startup founders in the generative AI segment had better start looking for some semblance of swimming trunks if they don't want to embarrass themselves or, worse, lose their startups. --- START: blog/web3-better-internet/web3-better-internet.md --- # **Web 3.0: The Better Internet?** We are currently at an inflection point in the internet technology or standing at the edge of a drastic change. New and maturing technologies such as Virtual/Augmented Reality (VR/AR), Artificial Intelligence (AI), and blockchain are converging to revolutionize the internet. Not only that, but there is a will among people to change the way the internet has operated for more than a decade because they feel intimidated and even threatened by what has come of it. It wasn’t always like this, though. When the internet appeared in the early 90s, it was seen as an inclusive, egalitarian breakthrough that would facilitate access to information for all of humanity. It was a one-way street back then—the internet technology was read-only, whereby you typed in the web address of the website you wanted to visit and consumed information, and that was pretty much all that there was to it. Today, this period of the internet is defined as Web 1.0. Web 2.0, which entered our lives in the mid-2000s, transformed the way people used the internet and turned it into one of interaction. The internet was no longer read-only, but it was [read-write](https://theconversation.com/web-3-0-the-decentralised-web-promises-to-make-the-internet-free-again-113139). Search engines were the drivers of this change early on, only to be joined by social media platforms later. People became content creators, and companies that monetized the user-generated content came to dominate the internet, becoming some of the most valuable brands in all of the economy. The size of data people revealed on this network kept growing over the years, and it was this very phenomenon that created the uneasiness toward the internet lately. The growth of platforms owned by Google, Apple, Microsoft, Facebook, Twitter, and Amazon brought about the accumulation of data in the hands of these companies. If knowledge is power, then it follows that these companies came to wield disproportionately immense power over the society, people and businesses alike. Just imagine losing access to or being locked out of an account you had on one of these platforms and how much trouble that would cause for you, and it becomes easier to understand the kind of clout these companies carry. Privacy is one of the main concerns of internet users today. Personal information shared on such platforms can come back to haunt individuals as Big Tech companies depend on the monetization of such data for revenue generation. Google and Facebook are particularly greedy in the amount and type of personal data they store. The ostensible reason for this data hoarding is to improve the product, services, and user experience. However, it serves well to keep in mind that the business models of these two giants are based on turning this data into targeted ads. People willingly share with these platforms their [name, email address, phone number and payment information](https://www.security.org/resources/data-tech-companies-have/). These platforms can use the information you voluntarily gave them and track your interactions with other people on the platform to correctly profile you and share that data with third parties, which is where things can get a little bit unpleasant. The opaqueness in the way Big Tech companies handle user data has always been an issue that garnered attention. But it was with the Cambridge Analytica scandal that people faced an example that illustrated the possible ramifications of harvesting of user data without user consent. An investigation carried out in 2018 revealed that the British consulting firm Cambridge Analytica had used an app to harvest data of as many as [87 million Facebook users](https://qz.com/1245049/the-cambridge-analytica-scandal-affected-87-million-people-facebook-says/) to build their psychographic profiles. This psychographic data was later used to aid the presidential campaigns of Ted Cruz and Donald Trump. Combined with the alleged Russian efforts to use influence campaigns over social media to meddle in the [U.S.](https://www.bbc.com/news/technology-46590890) and [French](https://www.wired.com/2017/05/nsa-director-confirms-russia-hacked-french-election-infrastructure/) elections, it became easier for the regular citizens to connect the dots and realize how data security and privacy were linked to the survival of democracy. Web 2.0, as it is now, has [all the flaws of the society](https://gavofyork.medium.com/why-we-need-web-3-0-5da4f2bf95ab), only magnified by several orders of magnitude. The asymmetry of power we suffer from in our daily lives vis-à-vis the government can easily be aggravated in a scenario where Big Tech companies can collude with governments to turn life into a living hell for citizens. Combining the data collected by the former with the latter’s coercive power can be the recipe for a dystopian surveillance state. This state can then use the data provided by the Big Tech companies to curtail and push back against individual rights. This is the main danger which Web 3.0 is expected to mitigate. Web 3.0 is a decentralized network that leverages [peer-to-peer connectivity](https://theconversation.com/web-3-0-the-decentralised-web-promises-to-make-the-internet-free-again-113139). The peer-to-peer character of Web 3.0 ensures that data is [not owned by anyone but shared](https://internationalbanker.com/technology/what-is-web-3-0-and-why-does-it-matter/), which negates the need for a user to trust anyone with his data. This means that there will be “[no middlemen, government eavesdropping or walled gardens.](https://blog.computes.com/web-3-0-decentralization-matters-to-business-57a5989dd441)” As technologies such as AI, AR, IoT, 5G data transmission, and machine learning mature, Web 3.0 will be able to synthesize data to provide its users with more relevant information, and the line between the physical and digital phenomena will get blurred. However, nothing is set in stone at the moment. Nobody knows what kind of regulations will apply to a decentralized network like Web 3.0 and how they will be enforced. This ambiguity in regulations will undoubtedly hamper efforts to [rein in crimes](https://theconversation.com/web-3-0-the-decentralised-web-promises-to-make-the-internet-free-again-113139) such as money laundering, online harassment, or child abuse. While there is hope that Web 3.0 will turn out to be the democratic utopia everybody hopes for, it may as well turn out to be a network of “[platform-defined, walled-garden Spatial Webs](https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/topics/digital-transformation/web-3-0-technologies-in-business.html)” owned and governed by a small group of large companies, which wouldn’t be much different than the Web 2.0 experience. We can only hold out hope that the lessons learned from the Web 2.0 saga will lead to a more egalitarian technology that will take us closer to the ideals of the World Wide Web when we first encountered it thirty years ago. --- START: blog/web3-blockchain-internet-of-value/web3-blockchain-internet-of-value.md --- # **Blockchain as the Key to the Internet of Value** Web 3.0 is ushering in a new age of internet connectivity. It is a direct response to [the problems that have plagued Web 2.0](/blog/web3-better-internet/) for years, and is thus designed as a decentralized, trustless, and permissionless network from the get-go. Underpinning Web 3.0 is the [distributed ledger technology](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/d/distributed-ledger-technology-dlt.asp), which ensures that information, transactions, or contracts are cryptographically stored over a distributed network of nodes whereby each node gets to keep a copy of the data. This format minimizes the risk of data manipulation as the data on the manipulated copy would not match the data on the other copies kept on different nodes. Blockchain keeps data in a [time-stamped string of blocks](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/b/blockchain.asp). This practice not only ensures the immutability of data, but also holds the keys to the solution of one of the biggest pains of internet users: Having just the right amount of confidentiality. People do not want to unnecessarily reveal private information unless they absolutely have to, but want to be able to produce proof of identity when needed. Transactions on blockchain can be traced back to the person who executed that transaction, but that person will not have to reveal his personal information to get the transaction done. This very feature has helped IBM and Walmart put in a system in China to [track-and-trace food products](https://www.forbes.com/sites/samantharadocchia/2018/04/26/3-innovative-ways-blockchain-will-build-trust-in-the-food-industry/#10a5ebc42afc) over the whole supply chain and get to the bottom of a problem in case something goes wrong. The system also makes it easier for the authorities to verify whether the claims of "organic" production or "fair trade" practices hold water. This is why [finance industry](/blog/api-open-banking-defi/) is so keen on blockchain technology. Blockchain can keep an immutable proof of identity that will be universally accepted while offering the users a very high level of confidentiality. One common hurdle in banking services is the know-your-customer (KYC) procedure that is indispensable to almost everything a bank does for its customers. KYC entails the identification and verification of a person's identity. It may involve submitting a national ID card or a passport, high-quality photographs, and complete and legible documentation, [among other things](https://medium.com/evenplatform/requirements-to-kyc-documents-ee0a1cea6b36). It rarely ends with the submission of the necessary documents, though, as the process can take up to several weeks in countries like the U.S.A. and U.K. Imagine doing business in different regions of a vast country like the U.S. and having to go through this process in every city you conduct business. That would certainly be enough of a waste of time to discourage some people from doing business. Customers are not the only party to be discouraged by the KYC procedure. KYC is one of the main barriers for local banks in the U.S to attract new customers. Not willing to go through the same ordeal in every city they conduct business in, customers are attracted to bigger national banks with branches in different states and cities. Blockchain offers the perfect solution to mitigate the KYC problem. It allows the conversion of customer data (including your personal information and history file) into a hash code so that it can be saved on a crypto wallet. Sharing the hash code with the other banks in the system is perfectly safe as it is a one-way function: The hash code can't be used to reproduce the data stored in it. When the customer shows up at the local branch of a bank in some other country and produces his hash code, all the bank has to do is to see if the hash code matches with the one on the system to find out if the customer is really the person he claims to be. Blockchain's solution takes care of the whole KYC process in an instant and can be implemented universally. It ensures that national borders are no longer an obstacle for you to enjoy financial services away from your home country. Your whole credit history will be with you when you visit a bank in a foreign country, and you won't have to start all over again. This is an immense benefit for the [3 billion people](https://medium.datadriveninvestor.com/the-future-will-be-decentralized-2696fc4898b0) who are "unbanked "right now. People like refugees who lack the financial records to kickstart a new life away from home stand to gain so much from this breakthrough in the KYC process. Blockchain technology guarantees that information will be coded and distributed across a network of nodes, which removes the possibility of data editing and ensures authenticity. The immutable record stored in the hash code can be used to protect sensitive information like deeds and legal contracts in [war-torn countries](https://www.investopedia.com/terms/b/blockchain.asp) where state authority is non-existent. In that sense, blockchain transforms the internet from a [network of information](https://coinmarketcap.com/alexandria/article/what-is-decentralized-finance) into a network of value where assets can be preserved and exchanged. It removes government custody over a person's assets and facilitates the free movement of value. In more creative use cases, it can even be leveraged to set up a trustworthy voting system that cannot be rigged, and restore trust in the democratic institutions and processes. The use cases listed above are just the tip of the iceberg—it seems blockchain will find its way into every aspect of our lives. However, the end-user won't be able to consider all these use cases and come up with solutions for his own problems since the blockchain domain comes with its particular set of challenges: + Scalability remains an obstacle where new data is added to the existing string of blocks and every node in the network is supposed to store that data + Security is a challenge, as was illustrated by the attack performed [against Ethereum](https://www.nytimes.com/2016/06/18/business/dealbook/hacker-may-have-removed-more-than-50-million-from-experimental-cybercurrency-project.html) in 2016 that forced a hard fork + Regulations are not in place yet Dealing with these challenges requires a certain level of domain expertise which the end-users lack. No-code technology can definitely help here and facilitate [know-how transfer](/blog/templates-know-how-transfer/) from domain experts to the general public. Experts can employ no-code templates to define and serve the most common use cases, accelerating the revolution blockchain is expected to trigger in internet technology. --- START: blog/web3-dao-friendly-countries/web3-dao-friendly-countries.md --- # **Top 5 Most DAO-Friendly Countries** The DAO (decentralized autonomous organization) economy has garnered serious interest from authorities at the state and regional levels for the last few years. However, the reactions vary. While major economies look somewhat reluctant to legalize DAOs for one reason or another, a group of relatively small countries shows enthusiasm to probably gain an early-mover advantage in the game. Let's take a look at how different jurisdictions are dealing with these structures that can one day take the ongoing blockchain craze to another level. ## **1 - Wyoming, U.S.A** Wyoming is not the first state in the U.S. coming to mind when you think of high tech and finance industries. But the Cowboy State is determined to become the "[blockchain state](https://decrypt.co/5240/welcome-to-wyoming-the-blockchain-state)." The authorities in Wyoming took a big step recently to introduce a regulatory framework for DAOs. The bill they passed allows DAOs to incorporate in the state and be founded as limited liability companies (LLCs). This bill cleared some of the doubts regarding the legal responsibility in DAOs by turning them into a legal entity. The legislation brought structure to an expanding business segment. Yet, it stopped short of giving DAOs a *carte blanche*. The Secretary of the State of Wyoming retains the right [to strip a DAO of its liability protection](https://decrypt.co/68789/daos-are-now-officially-recognized-as-a-new-type-of-llc-in-wyoming) if it is involved in some kind of illegal activity. ## **2 - Malta** The tiny Mediterranean island looks to diversify its economy, which is mainly dependent on tourism revenue. Becoming a crypto-friendly country is one of the steps to realize that goal. In accordance with this goal, the University of Malta [has already introduced](https://timesofmalta.com/articles/view/blockchain-the-need-for-tech-law-business-and-finance.914925) a master's program on blockchain and distributed ledger technology (DLT). Malta also became [the first country to legalize DAOs](https://www.withersworldwide.com/en-gb/insight/on-the-rise-distributed-autonomous-organizations-daos). The legislation introduced some form of corporate governance into DAOs. But it ended up placing too much responsibility on the executives of these organizations, which is incompatible with the spirit of DAOs. In 2018, Delta Summit, the first government-backed event on crypto-banking, was held in Malta. Such enthusiastic initiatives did not amount to much at the end of the day, though. There are still concerns that cryptocurrencies could [undermine anti-money laundering efforts](https://www.ellulschranz.com/crypto-friendly-banks-malta), has slowed things down a little bit. Today, any DAO [willing to conduct business in Malta](https://fintechlegal.center/best-eu-country-for-crypto-business/) should have a license, incorporate a limited liability company, and employ at least three employees. ## **3 - Switzerland** California may have Silicon Valley, but it is the small Canton of Zug in Switzerland that's determined to become the *Crypto Valley*. Zug is a small town with a [business-friendly environment](https://www.businessinsider.com/what-its-like-in-zug-switzerlands-crypto-valley-2018-6#-10) and low corporate tax rate. Yet, it still has difficulty attracting venture capitalists. The town hopes to grow a blockchain ecosystem to compensate for the lack of investment. The fact that Ethereum Foundation is based in Zug came to define the town in the last several years. Today Zug is [home to many crypto companies](https://cryptovalley.swiss/) like Monetas, Bitcoin Suisse, Xapo, ShapeShift, ConsenSys, and Tezos. Local authorities seem eager to get on with the times, too. As of the last quarter of 2021, Zug Department of Finance accepts tax payments in cryptocurrencies. The town also successfully ran a test of [blockchain-based municipal voting](https://www.swissinfo.ch/eng/crypto-valley-_-switzerland-s-first-municipal-blockchain-vote-hailed-a-success/44230928) in 2018. Switzerland might be the best-positioned country to become the center of the crypto industry. It is home to some of the best financial institutions in the world. The fact that it has a population with a high disposable income per capita can be a boon for startups, too. It is no surprise that the country wants to have a say in the future of money. However, the very success the Swiss have had in traditional finance practices may come back to haunt them when it comes to DAOs. The Swiss National Bank seems to be concerned that cryptocurrencies may increase volatility in the market. As smart contracts reduce friction in transactions, people will find it easier to complete transactions. Authorities fear that a sharp increase in the number of transactions will disrupt the finance sector. The Swiss are playing a balancing game here. On the one hand, they are trying to attract crypto firms. On the other, they are doing their due diligence, taking as long as one year to issue crypto licenses. It will be quite an achievement if they manage to preserve their impeccable reputation for old money while leading the move toward an economy built around digital assets. ## **4 - Estonia** Another small European country that is trying to make a name for itself as digital-friendly is Estonia. The Baltic country introduced a crypto licensing plan in 2019 to attract crypto companies and give its economy a much-needed boost. However, it did not take long before the Estonian government hit the brakes. Similar to what happened in Malta, Estonian authorities recognized the concerns over money laundering and [shut down](https://www.bloombergquint.com/onweb/clients-of-estonia-s-e-residency-project-linked-to-crypto-scams) hundreds of crypto businesses recently. This move brought down their number from 1,234 at the end 2020 to 353 by the end of August 2021. Still, no other EU country seems as favorable to crypto businesses as Estonia today. ## **5 - Gibraltar** There seems to be a race among tiny states, cantons, or territories to be the crypto darling. Gibraltar, a British overseas territory, is in the hunt, too. The administration in Gibraltar has for some time sought ways to make government services more efficient and effective. It has decided recently to integrate blockchain into its legacy systems. RSK, the smart contract platform that underpins Bitcoin, has become the [platform of choice](https://www.coindesk.com/policy/2021/12/07/gibraltar-to-integrate-blockchain-into-government-systems/). The Government of Gibraltar hopes that this change will enable its citizens to store their personal documents on a decentralized ledger. This will facilitate access to documents like IDs, driving licenses, or vehicle registration papers. The government has also given [crypto licenses](https://www.forbes.com/sites/mariaabreu/2021/12/08/hm-government-of-gibraltar-partners-with-bitso-and-iovlabs-to-issue-digital-ids-with-blockchain-technology/) to 15 firms. ## **Conclusion** This by no means is an exhaustive list of countries showing interest in DAOs, cryptocurrencies, and blockchain technology in general. Countries like [Iran and China](https://www.euronews.com/next/2021/11/20/bitcoin-ban-these-are-the-countries-where-crypto-is-restricted-or-illegal2) had either cracked down on cryptocurrency transactions or outlawed them altogether in the past. Today, they seem to have come around to the idea. They are rumored to be mulling over plans to introduce their own state-owned cryptocurrencies. It looks like governments and institutions like the European Union recognize the potential of blockchain technology. But they all have their reasons to remain hesitant: + Repressive regimes wouldn't like it if their subjects conducted business, organized or financed political activism through DAOs. DAO participants want to evade the control of a central authority. Repressive regimes will do anything to stop that. + The more liberal countries fear that DAOs and cryptocurrencies can spiral out of their control down the road. These technologies can be used to sidestep sanctions imposed on countries like Iran and North Korea. Worse still, they can make activities like money laundering or financing of terrorism almost impossible to detect. Nevertheless, blockchain has become too big to ignore. Everybody is keeping an eye on attempts to legalize DAOs in different countries. As governments learn from these experiments, they will look to harness the power of blockchain for their own interests. --- START: blog/web3-dao-novel-way/web3-dao-novel-way.md --- # **How to Use Decentralized Autonomous Organization (DAO)** The possible use cases for blockchain technology will proliferate, it seems. Although cryptocurrencies are all the rage nowadays, the real transformative power of blockchain is hidden in applications like the simplification of the KYC process and taking financial services to millions of unbanked people. But that’s not all that there is to it—blockchain is paving the way for a new type of organization that has the potential to change the way people do business, collect artwork, or organize for a political cause: [Decentralized Autonomous Organization](https://www.investopedia.com/tech/what-dao/) (DAO). If blockchain is to underpin a new type of organization, it will do this through smart contracts. A [smart contract](https://ethereum.org/en/defi/) is an Ethereum account that ties transactions to certain conditions. When those conditions are met, the transaction automatically takes place without the involvement of a third party or an intermediary. So, it basically is a code that realizes the terms of an agreement between different parties. Once smart contracts showed promise in regulating and facilitating transactions, it was evident that the concept was applicable to a broader range of situations. DAO was a product of such thinking. DAO was developed to automate decisions and ease cryptocurrency transactions. The originators of the idea aimed to leverage automation and community voting to eliminate human error and mischief and monitor transactions. In an ideal world, smart contracts would replace all the regulations in the business world, removing the need for government oversight and institutional supervision. You could bake laws, rules, and regulations into smart contracts and, in theory, execute any kind of transaction in any industry by just [stringing together](https://www.investopedia.com/news/daos-and-potential-ownerless-business/) as many “if…, then…” statements as you needed. Despite their potential, DAOs are not technically perfect. Actually, DAOs can be technically inefficient compared to other digital processes. Any piece of data added to the blockchain is registered on every node. Due to the number of transactions that can be processed by a node being limited, scalability can be a problem with DAOs. However, DAOs are efficient because they take care of work that would otherwise have to be done through conventional bureaucratic means, freeing up a lot of time. DAOs also bring together different parties where trust is a serious issue, and smart contracts can help get deals done. Additionally, by facilitating pooling of funds and talent, they increase the likelihood that projects will be implemented. In other words, DAOs unlock significant social and economic value for the price of a reasonable level of technical inefficiency. The use cases for DAOs seem only limited by imagination. DAOs appeal to people who have idle funds at hand and are looking for assets to park their money. These people can join DAOs and buy shares in a communally-owned piece of art or become the sole owner of unique, inimitable artwork. DAOs also make it easier for underprivileged communities across the world to come together. Without the friction caused by national borders, people can combine their resources and form initiatives to promote causes benefitting [minorities or underrepresented people](https://blog.aragon.org/15-ways-the-world-is-being-transformed-by-daos/#community-collectives). DAOs may even have a role to play in the day-to-day running of government: The Swiss Canton of Zug has initiated the use of DAOs for voting on [municipal matters](https://www.businessinsider.com/what-its-like-in-zug-switzerlands-crypto-valley-2018-6) (more on this in [our next blog post](/blog/web3-dao-friendly-countries/)), so expect to see more political activism organized around DAOs. The broader acceptance of DAOs still awaits a legal framework to be introduced. Some countries have already taken steps in that direction. As the issue of legal responsibility in DAOs is sorted out, these organizations will undoubtedly get to play a more prominent role in our lives. --- START: blog/web3-dao-vc-partners-rivals/web3-dao-vc-partners-rivals.md --- # **DAO & VC: Improbable Partners Today, Fierce Rivals Tomorrow** On November 18, 2021, an original copy of the U.S. Constitution was [put up for sale](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1TBa-9Lx3vc) at Sotheby’s auction house. It looked like an ordinary auction, the likes of which the renowned auction house had held thousands of times before. However, this one turned out to be different as thousands of people mobilized over the internet to pool funds and make a bid. This crowdfunded initiative (named ConstitutionDAO) managed to raise $47 million in a week by bringing together more than 17,000 people who wanted to contribute. But the bid failed, with the item selling for [$43.2 million](https://www.sothebys.com/en/press/newsflash-newsflash%20(sothebys.com%20-%20permalink)?locale=en) ([allegedly,](https://www.cnbc.com/2021/11/18/constitutiondao-crypto-investors-lose-bid-to-buy-constitution-copy.html) had ConstitutionDAO beaten that bid, there wouldn’t be enough money left for the care, preservation, and custody of the document would). The failure raised questions about the fate of funds collected as there is no legal framework regulating the crowdfunding campaigns led by DAOs. It turns out that ConstitutionDAO had an “[act-first-think-later](https://www.fwb.help/wip/imperfect-union-how-constitutiondao-lost-its-way)” approach. Not much thought was put into what would happen after the auction—whether the bid was successful or not, the members of the ConstitutionDAO would vote on different proposals to figure out what to do. The ConstitutionDAO case illustrates both what is exciting and scary about investment DAOs. On the one hand, the unparalleled agility and speed DAOs offer in mobilizing people, pooling funds, and investing in projects have great promise for startups. On the other hand, the lack of accountability or any form of legal recourse in case things don’t go well are significant hurdles that might prevent DAOs from becoming the mainstream instruments for investment. The p opular crowdfunding platform Kickstarter gives you the option of [backing out of a commitment](https://help.kickstarter.com/hc/en-us/articles/115005028854-What-does-Kickstarter-do-to-protect-its-community-) to support a project during the funding period (the funds get locked in only when the project goal is met). DAOs, on the other hand, don’t have any similar regulations in place at the moment. Regulating how DAOs work, establishing strict rules as to what should be done when a project doesn’t meet its goals (or how DAO members are to be compensated in case of fraud), or turning DAOs into limited liability companies can bring accountability to this niche segment. But this would probably come at the price of the spirit that makes DAOs special in the first place. A tightly-regulated DAO will not be the fun, impulsive, and agile organization people love being a part of. The ConstitutionDAO saga may have serious implications for Venture Capitalists (VC). VCs are indispensable to a lively startup ecosystem. They evaluate projects, spot talent, envision what may come of a particular product, and make investment decisions, some of which turn out to be real breakthroughs. However, the relationship between VCs and startups has never been egalitarian. The VCs have been in the driver’s seat while startups pitched their ideas to them and looked for funds, guidance, and a chance to make their dreams true. The conventional fundraising process feature startup founders as mere mortals pleading their cases in front of the gods of Olympus, that is, the VC executives. This process gives VC executives more credit for spotting talent than both they deserve and the very talent in question could hope to receive. Some fund managers have even reached rock star status for investing in projects that later became hugely successful. People like Paul Graham of Y Combinator, Marc Andreessen of Andreessen Horowitz and Mark Maples of Floodgate have become celebrities, much lauded for the Midas’ touch they possess. DAOs have the potential to change that, however. The democratization wave, which has hit everything from software to finance to content creation, is about to hit the VC firms as well. The recent crowdfunding initiatives organized under DAOs, with their agility and passion they instill in contributors, threaten to transform the whole investment landscape. Unlike VC companies that act upon financial projections, calculations, and a reputed sixth sense resulting from experience that investors use to judge the potential of a project, DAOs act like digital tribes at times, relying on a community’s belief in a supposedly righteous cause, or even pure hype in some cases. As crypto startup Multis [found out](https://www.businessinsider.com/dao-crypto-investing-trend-vc-startup-need-to-know-2021-6), the decision-making process of DAOs can be astonishingly swift. They only need a few hours to decide whether to invest in a project and if they do, the startup gets its money within the day as opposed to 15 days when pitching to a VC. Having noticed the appeal DAOs have for startups, VCs want a piece of the action, too. However, DAOs would like to see VCs support them on DAOs’ terms, whereby VCs would see them as equals. This desire may translate into a reversal of roles regarding who is pitching and who is deciding. The controversy surrounding SushiSwap in 2021 presaged this possible future. When a group of VC firms, including [Lightspeed Venture Partners, Breyer Capital, and Polychain](https://forum.sushi.com/t/withdrawn-sushi-phantom-troupe-strategic-raise/4554) offered to buy governance tokens issued by SushiSwap at a discount, some members of SushiSwap objected. The disgruntled members questioned the value VCs would bring in and accused them of just chasing a quick buck. SushiSwap members still haven’t decided whether to take the VCs on their offer yet, but this new situation requires VC executives to pitch their proposals to the DAO community and [engage in lobbying](https://cointelegraph.com/news/andreessen-horowitz-launches-biggest-ever-crypto-venture-fund-at-2-2b) to earn the goodwill of other stakeholders. a16z committed to this change in strategy and took the plunge, recently [investing in](https://a16z.com/2021/10/27/investing-in-friends-with-benefits-a-dao/) Friends with Benefits (FWB) DAO and becoming one of the first VC firms to navigate these waters. DAOs draw interest from VC companies because they are slated to generate a healthy return on investment. However, in the sense that DAOs are investors themselves like the ConstitutionDAO case illustrated, they are rivals with VCs. DAOs and VCs represent two different eras in investment, and their respective philosophies couldn’t be any more different. While VC companies are [top-heavy, hierarchical, and opaque in the way they operate,](https://decrypt.co/78958/how-daos-are-reshaping-investment) DAOs are made up of people who detest hierarchy and put so much value on total transparency that it may be detrimental to their cause (the owner of the winning bid in the ConstitutionDAO case definitely knew how much money the DAO had raised because it was no secret). An advantage DAOs have over the VCs is how they simplify the bureaucratic procedures associated with an investment. Usually, whenever a VC invests in a startup, a great deal of paperwork regarding the investment, reporting, administration, and dividend payouts ensue. Companies sometimes need to hire expensive consultants who can help with these tasks. All of these costs are of the recurring type. With DAOs, smart contracts take care of them all, and the only cost involves the initial coding of the smart contract. DAOs and VCs definitely have common scenarios they can cooperate in, where the former can bring in its agility and passion, and the latter, its networking ability and financial acumen. However, the really interesting part would be to see whether DAOs can dethrone VCs as primary investors in the startup ecosystem. Smart money says that they can. But for that to happen, they should capitalize on the lack of administrative hassle and put in place a legal framework, taking care of the legal accountability issues and instilling trust in potential contributors. --- START: blog/web3-dao-voting-mechanisms/web3-dao-voting-mechanisms.md --- # **The Most Common Voting Mechanisms Used by DAOs** ## **Introduction** DAO is political. Its vision extends from reforming the current economic system to revolutionizing society. How it should be governed is one of the hottest topics in the tech world nowadays. DAO is a construct with many political implications, and governance is a political issue in and of itself as well. Voting is at the center of all this. Members of DAO communities have been trying to balance different concerns like authority, inclusivity, speed, scalability, and economic interests and come up with an optimal method of decision-making. None of the voting systems we will talk about below offer a silver bullet to solve all problems. They all come with their pros and cons, and most of the time, multiple systems will be used together for a better solution. Here's a look at the most common voting systems in DAOs: ## **Token-based quorum voting** Quorum voting is the most basic mechanism used for decision-making in DAOs. It requires a predetermined level of voters to vote in favor of a proposal for it to pass. Determining the quorum level can be tricky, though: Too high a quorum level stifles the decision-making process, and the quality of decisions made suffers when the threshold is set too low. Quorum voting has [serious challenges](https://medium.com/daostack/voting-options-in-daos-b86e5c69a3e3). People hoarding tokens get to enjoy more voting power in this system. Wealthy members can even bribe others for support on a particular proposal. Then, there is the issue of conflicts of interest: Some people prioritize short-term profit with an eye to selling their tokens for a profit, while others emphasize values the DAO is built around. Also, people don't look too enthusiastic about participating in voting despite all the talk about decentralization and a new form of bottom governance. The percentage of members voting on popular platforms like DAOStack and Aragon are [below 10 percent](https://jisajournal.springeropen.com/track/pdf/10.1186/s13174-021-00139-6.pdf), which allows organized groups to dominate the voting process. The low participation rate draws attention to other voting methods such as relative quorum voting, whereby a proposal passes when 51 percent of voters participating vote in favor. This technique is not without its flaws, either. BProtocol's coup on the MakerDAO platform in October 2020 is a good case in point. [BProtocol](https://www.coindesk.com/tech/2020/10/29/flash-loans-have-made-their-way-to-manipulating-protocol-elections/) used a flash-loan to borrow $7 million worth of MKR tokens to manipulate a vote, and then returned the tokens after the vote in the same time-block, exposing how vulnerable this new experiment in democracy can be. Wary of these shortcomings, Snapshot and Orange have joined forces to introduce a [reputation-based voting system](https://cointelegraph.com/press-releases/how-snapshot-and-orange-are-making-crypto-more-democratic-with-reputation-based-voting), which will take into account the contributions a voter made. This initiative aims to wrestle power from the hands of speculators possessing great numbers of tokens and reward voters based on their track record, giving highly-engaged voters a portable reputation they can transfer to other platforms. ## **Quadratic voting** In quadratic voting (QV), voters are allowed to buy tokens and acquire greater voting power. The voting power increases by the square of the number of tokens a voter has. So, while the representative impact of a single vote is one, it increases to four for two votes and nine for three votes. This system comes with its pros and cons: It discourages people without a vested interest from voting on an issue and [gives a minority a more prominent voice](https://medium.com/metawoodstudios/quadratic-voting-why-we-use-it-6c1c27b4304) on issues they are passionate about. However, QV is bound to bring about a plutocracy where voting power becomes a [function of wealth](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quadratic_voting#Criticisms_of_quadratic_voting_mechanisms). This situation contradicts the principles of modern democracy and is in stark contrast to the radical democracy that fans of blockchain technology preach. [Replacing money with tokens](https://www.forbes.com/sites/shermanlee/2018/05/30/quadratic-voting-a-new-way-to-govern-blockchains-for-enterprises/?sh=53b8dde06ef8) is an alternative to using real money for buying votes. To understand how this alternative model works, let's assume every member is assigned a credit of 100 votes for ten tokens. A voter can choose to spread her tokens across different proposals (by putting two tokens on a proposal for an impact of four votes, three tokens on another for an impact of nine, and five tokens on a third proposal for an impact of 25). She can even put all ten tokens on a single proposal and use up all her credits. This practice is akin to buying [collective attention](https://dominic-w.medium.com/using-wait-for-quiet-voting-in-the-dao-12ecd9d9ccc3) for a proposal you back and increasing its visibility. ## **Conviction voting** Conviction voting (CV) is a mechanism based on the continuous expression of the [aggregated preference](https://medium.com/giveth/conviction-voting-a-novel-continuous-decision-making-alternative-to-governance-aa746cfb9475) of a community. In this technique, the weight of a vote increases the longer it remains unchanged. Changing votes is always possible, but it comes at the price of sacrificing the weight your preference has accumulated up to that point. CV prevents people who happen to have large stakes from overpowering the minority opinion as the system [rewards](https://medium.com/daostack/voting-options-in-daos-b86e5c69a3e3) having faith in a proposal rather than sheer wealth. It is immune to last-minute ambushes whereby a group of voters make a concerted effort to swing the outcome in their favor just before the polls close. ## **Holographic consensus** The goal of a DAO is to realize the [global opinion](https://medium.com/daostack/holographic-consensus-part-1-116a73ba1e1c) of the DAO (the theoretical point of reference denoting the ultimate decision that would be made in ideal conditions) by committing the least amount of resources. There are two challenges at play here: The scalability of the voting process (frequency) and how much the outcome represents the global opinion of the DAO. This phenomenon is known as the [scalability-resilience dilemma](https://medium.com/daostack/holographic-consensus-part-1-116a73ba1e1c). Measures taken to ensure high levels of participation in the voting process hurt the scalability of the process. Too little participation, on the other hand, may result in bad proposals ending up passing. In order to achieve maximum scalability, the global opinion of the DAO has to be achieved with minimum mobilization of voting power. The holographic consensus (HC) method aims to solve this conundrum through highly representative local decisions. These decisions compete in a prediction market: While the DAO downstakes on each proposal, members of the DAO put money on proposals they think will win. The backers of the winning proposals are financially rewarded while the money DAO pays them is considered as some kind of administrative expense to ensure the efficient working of the DAO. Although it optimizes scalability and resilience, HC is [quite complex and not very democratic](https://medium.com/daostack/voting-options-in-daos-b86e5c69a3e3) as the cost of participation can be steep for some people. ## **Multi-sig voting** Is it possible to have a happy medium between a centralized authority, which can take swift action but not be trusted to make the right decision at all times, and a decentralized, collective decision-making mechanism, which takes too long and is not scalable? Multi-signature voting technique is claimed to be that happy medium. It involves a group of DAO members signing off on a transaction to take place or a proposal to pass. A predetermined rule stipulates the members who will have a private key and the minimum number of key holders needed for a transaction to be approved. So, in a group with nine private keys, if the preset rule requires six votes for a proposal to pass, six key holders agreeing on a decision will be enough to govern the DAO. Multi-sig voting definitely comes in handy [in an emergency](https://medium.com/chorus-one/towards-multisig-administration-in-lido-for-solana-342474cac81d) where acting fast can save the day. The cause could be a security hole, a bug, or a much-needed update to the system. Looking for a quorum or running more sophisticated techniques like conviction voting or holographic consensus would be impractical in such cases and could jeopardize the existence of the DAO. Multi-sig voting ensures that necessary measures will be taken swiftly. However, there is always the risk that multi-sig key holders can collude to make decisions against the interests of the wider DAO community. ## **Conclusion** Decision-making in DAOs take place along a spectrum and is rife with trade-offs. If you want to act fast, you have to give up some of the representative character of your decisions. If you bake new rules and sophisticated mechanisms in the system to immunize it against possible attacks, you sacrifice the amateur, bottom-up zeal that makes a DAO so unique. The first quarter of the twenty-first century is almost over, and it feels increasingly like the last quarter of the eighteenth century in France and North America. People are full of anger towards the *ancien régime* and have the will to change it, but they are not sure what to replace it with. Back then, some of the brightest minds of the eighteenth century reflected on a new way of governance; some even lost their lives for their ideas after overthrowing the existing rule. Dreaming of a country without a king was one thing; governing such a country was another. The real challenge turned out to be building a new society without a king out of people who had never lived without a king. People fighting over the best way to make decisions in DAOs know that more is on the line than just who gets to decide in an online community. They know they might be building the society of the future. We better educate ourselves about their ways and techniques. It's a new age, people. --- START: blog/web3-ico-vc-capital/web3-ico-vc-capital.md --- # **ICO vs VC: What's Best for Raising Crypto Project Capital** ## **Introduction** Venture capitalists (VCs) and DAOs tend to have a complicated relationship. VCs may see the latter as an investment opportunity, or DAOs can mobilize to compete with VCs for other investment opportunities. VCs are not the only fundraising options for the DAOs, though. [Initial Coin Offering](https://101blockchains.com/what-is-an-ico-initial-coin-offering/) (ICO) seems to be a viable alternative to a VC. However, it is not possible to claim which one is the better way of raising funds without engaging in a detailed comparison of the two, which we will do in this post. An ICO is an online crowdsale event carried out to finance a blockchain-based project. In an ICO, a company sells a portion of its crypto tokens to the early supporters of its project. Thanks to ICOs, companies with blockchain-based services can raise capital without [selling equity or debt financing.](https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11187-020-00337-9) To do that, companies issue tokens that deliver benefits related to the project in question. These tokens do not entitle their holders to equity in the company, but rather the prevailing assumption is that their value will appreciate in time. Raising a lot of money without giving your funders a say in the management of your company may sound like having your cake and eating it. However, ICOs are not the panacea—they come with their pros and cons, may apply to some companies but not to others, and thus are best analyzed in relation to VCs. ## **Pros of ICOs** ### **Speed and relative ease** There are [two stages](https://101blockchains.com/ico-vs-vc-comparison/) to an ICO: The first stage involves preparation of a whitepaper and a website, which explain to the audience the details of the project. The second stage consists of issuing tokens on a blockchain platform like Ethereum. The whole process is fairly straightforward, and the result can be staggering compared to the modest effort required. That Brendan Eich, former CEO of Mozilla, [was able to raise $35 million](https://techcrunch.com/2017/06/01/brave-ico-35-million-30-seconds-brendan-eich/) for his “Brave” project in under 30 seconds is a good case in point. On the other hand, VCs want to see a lot more from a startup before pulling the trigger on an investment decision. First of all, there has to be a sound business model in place. A working prototype or an MVP would go a long way in convincing the VCs to put money into a project. Being business people, VC executives like seeing proof of revenue and financial projections instead of mere feel-good stories or pure hype. ### **Lack of geographic limitation** ICOs take place online. That’s the main reason behind their success in raising huge amounts of money in impossibly short periods of time. Anybody with an internet connection can buy tokens and become an investor during an ICO. VCs are more geographically limited. Being organizations that depend on social contact and networking, VCs tend to cluster around major technology and finance centers like the Bay Area or London. Founders would be well advised to be close to such places if they want to pitch their ideas to VCs and win their backing. ### **Retaining control** ICOs do not involve the sale of equity. In that sense, they are [non-dilutive.](https://www.financierworldwide.com/the-wild-west-of-financing-are-icos-the-end-of-venture-capital-fundraising#.YdN0jy_OmRs) The tokens sold do not give buyers any form of ownership over the company issuing them. Tokens entitle their buyers to benefits that may accrue to them if the project succeeds. In contrast, raising capital from VCs always involves the sale of equity to the tune of 20 to 30 percent of the total company stock. This naturally gives VCs a certain level of control in the way the project is being run, which can be regarded as a loss of control. However, having VCs onboard has advantages, too, which we will delve into below. ## **Pros of VCs** ### **Prestige** VCs are known to do their due diligence in evaluating investment opportunities. Any startup backed by a VC, in a sense, earns a seal of approval in the public eye. Thanks to this phenomenon, possible failures down the road can be attributed to risk typical of a business venture rather than fraud. This boosts the chances of founders to [make a comeback](https://medium.com/@oddup/icos-vs-venture-capital-a-detailed-comparison-of-the-two-most-popular-investment-methods-48dbecdb80f8) in case of failure. However, raising money through an ICO involves people who may not have a deep knowledge of the subject, or are just bandwagoners seduced by the hype built around a project. Expectations in an ICO are based more on speculation than facts. We are all familiar with stories of people who considered investing a small sum in Bitcoin before 2014 but did not for some reason, and regret it to this day. These people do not want to miss out on the next big thing, so they may end up investing in projects without the necessary research. ### **Intangibles** ICOs just bring in capital. That, for sure, is not bad, but for some startups, it may not be enough. Once you have raised the necessary amount in an ICO, you are on your own again, this time with the responsibility to deliver on the promises you made to the token holders. If you are looking for some guidance, mentoring, or a network that you could leverage to grow your startup after the fundraising stage, VCs are the way to go. In return for selling some equity and giving up some control to the VC executives, you get to pick their brains, and they happen to be quite smart people. VC executives are generally founders of successful startups themselves, have lots of experience under their belts, and know what it takes for a startup to succeed. This sort of experience can come in handy when your startup runs into trouble and needs a course correction. ### **Legality** VCs are highly regulated companies. A lot of bureaucratic work ensues once a VC decides to invest in a project, which slows down the process to the detriment of the cash-strapped startups. Accounting, reporting, and administrative tasks are all performed according to long-established rules and regulations when a VC gets involved in a project. On the other hand, ICOs are in the legal grey zone. Whether issuance of tokens should be considered a security sale is debatable and contingent on whether the token is linked to the [operations of the company.](https://thebusinessprofessor.com/en_US/business-transactions/ico-vs-venture-capital-funding) The ambiguity in the legal status of ICOs also poses a serious risk with regards to legal recourse in case there is fraud. ## **Conclusion** ICOs raised a total of [$35 billion](https://www.mdpi.com/1911-8074/14/12/599) in 2016-2019. The golden age of ICOs lasted [from mid-2017 to early 2018.](https://www.tcmb.gov.tr/wps/wcm/connect/3d4d62d0-7961-4281-8c9d-d06e95f86697/wp2116.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CACHEID=ROOTWORKSPACE-3d4d62d0-7961-4281-8c9d-d06e95f86697-nGLC4cZ) The total amount raised in ICOs hit a peak in the first quarter of 2018 and decreased over four consecutive quarters until the second quarter of 2019. Failed projects, scams, and the fact that countries like China and South Korea banned ICOs brought an end to the ICO frenzy. The VC interest in cryptocurrencies has been on a steady increase in the meanwhile. VCs invested around [$30 billion](https://www.forbes.com/sites/rahulrai/2022/01/02/an-overview-of-web3-venture-capital-activity-in-2021/?sh=60ddaec61f16) in crypto startups in 2021, a figure higher than the sum total of the VC investment made up to 2021. The venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz was a pioneer in backing crypto startups. The [$25 million](https://techcrunch.com/2013/12/12/coinbase-raises-25m-from-andreessen-horowitz-to-build-its-bitcoin-wallet-and-merchant-services/) worth of investment it made in popular crypto exchange Coinbase in 2013 grew to [$11.2 billion](https://www.ft.com/content/cc50c224-0444-418b-b335-782916f8b967) in market valuation by 2021 when the company went public. In June 2021, Andreessen Horowitz announced its [$2.2 billion Crypto III fund](https://a16z.com/2021/06/24/crypto-fund-iii/) that it set up to invest in crypto startups, the biggest crypto fund at the time of the announcement, only to be replaced by [Paradigm’s $2.5 billion fund](https://techcrunch.com/2021/11/15/crypto-vc-firm-paradigm-debuts-monster-2-5-billion-fund/) announced a few months later. It looks like VCs really took the wind out of the sails of ICOs lately. Despite all the convenience ICOs offer, the legal risks involved, illustrated by the much-publicized scams, must have outweighed the advantages in the eyes of investors. Unless the legal aspects of ICOs get sorted out, and investors are offered some form of protection, VCs are slated to remain the king of crypto investments. --- START: blog/web3-liquid-democracy/web3-liquid-democracy.md --- # **How Blockchain can Power Popular Rule** We are going through an interglacial age, according to some pundits. What was solid and unchanging for a long time is changing and becoming more fluid before hardening again and taking the shape it will preserve for a long time. Looking back from now, it looks like it all started with the [subprime mortgage crisis](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subprime_mortgage_crisis) and the ensuing [global financial crisis of 2007-2008.](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Financial_crisis_of_2007–2008) Irresponsible financial practices guided by excessive risk-taking burst the housing bubble, threatening the very existence of gigantic financial institutions. The fact that governments bailed out these institutions on taxpayer money brought the inequalities further under the spotlight at a time when families were losing their homes, students were unable to repay loans, and suicide rates were climbing. What followed was an unprecedented polarization in democratic countries. Feeling once again ripped off by the elites, middle-class people increasingly turned to populist politicians who rode a tide of anger to grab power. Donald Trump in the U.S.A., Victor Orbán in Hungary, Jarosław Kaczyński in Poland, and Narendra Modi in India emerged as leaders masses followed in this tumultuous period. Another peculiarity about the end of the first decade of the twenty-first century was the rise of social media, content creation, and tech giants that came to dominate the industry. Connecting with online friends and liking and sharing content on social media felt great initially, but we later found out that those tech giants had other motives. Their business models, at least partly, depended on the [collection and monetization of user info.](https://www.security.org/resources/data-tech-companies-have/) One scandal after another revealed that the internet we got in our hands was not what we bargained for. Today people realize that the internet and online communication are political issues. The struggle for free internet and online privacy is political, too. One of the recent outcomes of this struggle has been Web 3.0. This blockchain-based technology is slated to redefine how data is stored and decisions are made, giving people the [transparency and decentralization](https://medium.com/aerum-technologies/liquid-democracy-and-the-politics-of-blockchain-8017f951f2ba) they dream of. Decentralized Autonomous Organizations (DAOs) will be central to how people will mobilize in the Web 3.0 era. Nowadays, these organizations seem to be experimenting with a new, promising experiment in democracy that has the potential to give power back to people: Liquid democracy. Liquid democracy refers to a form of direct democracy whereby participants leverage blockchain technology to express their opinions and enjoy dynamic representation. People use tokens to exercise their votes in liquid democracy. They can even delegate their voting rights to different individuals. These proxies could be trusted friends and family members or domain experts capable of making the right decision about an issue on the agenda. Another interesting aspect of liquid democracy is fractional voting, which involves dividing the voting power among different proxies. Proxy voting and fractional voting together can take the society closer to a [meritocracy](https://medium.com/decentfund/democracy-3-0-for-the-transparent-world-5a9f1ffad1ad), where decisions will be made by experts. In theory, this could bring about a situation where voting power accumulates in the hands of a handful of [super-proxies](https://harvardtechnologyreview.com/2021/08/18/democracy-for-the-21st-century-using-blockchain-to-revitalize-our-governments/), people trusted by the larger public for their expertise or integrity. There is the risk that these super-proxies might become the new ruling elite of this new way of government, but votes delegated to proxies can always be revoked, eliminating such a possibility. Blockchain technology makes it easy for people to delegate votes to someone, track how they voted, and rescind the authorization if the results are not satisfactory, which promotes accountability. However, liquid democracy is not without its flaws. One of the biggest concerns about liquid democracy is security. It is all too natural that many people or organizations will stand to benefit from derailing the process. Hacking into the system, manipulating the vote on a proposal about the allocation of funds, and funneling the funds into an account set up for malicious purposes would be very tempting for many actors. Another risk factor is the transferability of the tokens. Having cast her vote, a person can transfer her tokens to somebody else, who can also vote. Tokens can be [locked](https://blog.colony.io/towards-better-ethereum-voting-protocols-7e54cb5a0119/) until the polls close and votes are tallied to prevent this, but it wouldn’t sit well with people who want to be free to do whatever they want with their tokens. Still another hurdle limiting the prospects of liquid democracy is the level of technology literacy needed. Although the process could feel fairly straightforward for tech-savvy people, it is still somewhat complicated for most constituents. Last but not least, the [political elite](https://markvanrijmenam.medium.com/liquid-democracy-how-blockchain-can-improve-the-democratic-process-and-enable-a-liquid-democracy-9914cb86568e) who profit from the current system would do anything to stop liquid democracy from taking hold. Replacing the current corrupt system with a true democracy would spell doom for such people. Liquid democracy as a concept hasn’t reached the level of maturity necessary for wide-scale adoption yet. Nevertheless, we can expect to see its local implementations at the district and municipal levels. With its fractional voting, liquid democracy can offer exceptional granularity into the preferences of residents of a town, which wouldn’t be possible with a yes-or-no vote. Liquid democracy is a testament to the fact that blockchain technology is not all about fluctuating cryptocurrency prices. Having emerged at a time when democracy, individual rights, and privacy are threatened, blockchain has the potential to solve the real pains of people. Liquid democracy, even in its relatively limited applications, illustrates how blockchain can be leveraged to transform the power relations we have grown used to in the Web 2.0 era. --- START: blog/web3-use-cases/web3-use-cases.md --- # **3 Use Cases for Web3 that Investors are Keeping an Eye on** 2022 was a difficult year for the crypto owners and enthusiasts who were ready to embrace a world running on cryptocurrencies. With the collapse of FTX in November 2022, which was the third largest crypto exchange by trading volume in 2021, and the questions surrounding Binance, most crypto investors seem convinced that this "crypto winter" is about to turn into a "crypto ice age." The FTX story showed that crypto exchanges were no different from the conventional financial institutions they were supposed to bring down. They proved just as [defenseless against bank runs](https://cointelegraph.com/news/what-to-expect-from-crypto-the-year-after-ftx) as banks are. These organizations turned out to be as centralized as their more traditional counterparts and relied on the trust investors put in them despite all the talk about "[zero trust.](https://www.allbrightcollective.com/edit/articles/what-does-the-ftx-collapse-mean-for-the-future-of-web3)" That's because blockchain is still a relatively new technology that has not matured yet. The last few years have been a period of experimentation, looking for the best way of leveraging this new technology, and some people can't shake off old ways of doing business, preferring to apply this new technology to an old game. Giving up the obsession with the coin prices and [going back to the basics](https://www.cryptonewsz.com/the-future-of-web3-after-the-ftx-saga/) will be key to the future success of Web3. The days of buying a crypto asset with the hope to turn it over to someone for a fortune in a few months are over. Despite all the scams, unkept promises, and the doom and gloom surrounding crypto and the Web3, some venture capital (VC) firms still keep backing Web3 and blockchain projects. For example, Andreessen Horowitz's crypto fund led two series B rounds last fall, helping raise [more than $90 million](https://news.crunchbase.com/fintech-ecommerce/andreessen-horowitz-blockchain-coin/) in funds. What is it that these institutional investors see but others don't? What still keeps the hope alive in the Web3 domain? It is worth taking a look at the most promising use cases in the Web3 domain. ## **Web3-native games** Taking video games to mobile took a few years. That seems to be the case with blockchain, too, as game developers are still trying to find themselves in Web3. The first few years of Web3 gaming were dominated by play-to-earn games, in which players can make money by collecting cryptocurrencies or NFT tokens. These games have gone out of fashion, though. Chasing rewards cannot make up for the lack of a fun and immersive storyline in a game. Today, there is a premium on gaming experience, which game developers in the Web3 domain have failed to provide so far. In the near future, Web3-native games will be expected to deliver the same quality in narrative and playability regular video games offer, and the chance to hoard crypto will not cut it. The gaming market is a huge one with billions of potential participants. The investors are aware of the size of the total addressable market, and their hope is that the introduction of Web3-native games will win over at least part of the market. Will it be through adapting existing popular games to Web3? This is a possibility, but the real breakthrough will probably come from [decentralized storytelling.](https://www.notboring.co/p/web3-use-cases-the-future) This new concept will let fans add their own characters to a game and build out a universe around a central backbone. We are already familiar with modding and DLCs in video games. The decentralized and composable nature of Web3 will take [modding](https://a16z.com/2022/12/15/big-ideas-in-tech-2023/) to another level. ## **Regenerative finance** Regenerative finance refers to a [rethinking of the current economic system](https://www.notboring.co/p/celo-building-a-regenerative-economy) and reallocating resources with a view to account for externalities (secondary or unintended consequences). It aims to put a price on negative externalities like CO2 emissions or water pollution. On the other hand, ReFi rewards economic activities that create positive externalities for humanity. The good thing about ReFi is how it makes utility a core tenet of Web3 once again. ReFi platforms like Toucan already play a role in the [carbon credits trade.](https://newsletter.banklesshq.com/p/how-crypto-is-regenerating-the-world) What they do better than a Web2-based carbon credit system is the [efficiency, transparency, and composability](https://www.flowcarbon.com/knowcarbon/regenerative-finance-is-the-future-of-web3) they introduce to the carbon credits. A ReFi company turns carbon credits into tokens, eliminates intermediaries that demand a sizable chunk of the money involved as a commission fee, and replaces those intermediaries with efficient smart contracts. Removing the brokers from the process saves customers a lot of time and money. Apparently, token-based carbon credits work rather beautifully for the folks who care about their carbon footprint, as Mark Cuban states [in this short excerpt.](https://twitter.com/BanklessHQ/status/1540362738102218753) Hard tech companies that tackle real-world problems attract more interest from investors, who seek tobacco projects that can bring together public good and profitability. ReFi seems well-positioned to take advantage of this situation. As the fight against climate change intensifies and reducing carbon footprint becomes a bigger concern, what ReFi brings to the table will only get more pronounced, making it one of the engines of Web3. ## **Going mobile** For some technology to realize its full potential today, some form of mobile-friendliness is a must-have. If Web3 is to become mainstream one day, it won't happen without a plan to take it to mobile, considering that smartphones are much more common than computers in Africa and South Asia. Web3's future hinges on creating real user value, and smartphones have become the main channel for distributing that value. Web3's growth in the mobile market can catapult it from being a domain for tech geeks to becoming mainstream and the new version of the Internet. Blockchain platform Polygon took a step in that direction in July 2022, [announcing a partnership](https://thedefiant.io/blockchain-phones) with tech startup Nothing to offer its NFTs on the Android-based Nothing Phone. With Polygon itself being a scalability solution for Ethereum, the project's success can help onboard millions of phone users to Web3, as the company's VP of Growth Arjun Kalsy envisions. Polygon is not the first platform striving to bring together blockchain and smartphones. Just a few weeks before Polygon, Solana revealed its plans to develop its own [blockchain phone called Saga.](https://techcrunch.com/2022/10/19/solana-co-founder-sees-its-web3-phone-as-a-developer-play-to-target-crypto-audience/) These two initiatives have the potential to facilitate crypto payments, turn DAOs into a bigger part of our lives, and bring artists closer to their fanbase through NFTs. We are still early in the process, and there are problems to figure out, like how [apps on different chains](https://www.coindesk.com/business/2022/07/06/polygon-joins-solana-in-bringing-web3-to-smartphones/) will be accessed. But judging by the potential, if there is one area that deserves pouring resources into, it has to be blockchain-mobile integration. ## **Final thoughts** At the outset, blockchain owed its popularity to the promise of solving real-world problems like decentralizing the web and the ability to authenticate identity. The market diverged from those concepts and drifted toward crypto speculation, gaining a ponzi scheme-like character. For Web3 to arise from this crypto winter unscathed, utility has to regain its seat as the focal point for Web3 developers. Nail the use cases that solve real problems, and you will have no trouble finding endorsement from investors, be it winter or ice age. --- START: blog/website-planet-interview/website-planet-interview.md --- # **Peaka CEO Mustafa Sakalsız Featured in Website Planet** *Website Planet contacted us for an interview with our CEO, Mustafa Sakalsız. Mustafa took this opportunity to explain Peaka's mission and vision to Website Planet readers. You can find the original version of the interview [here](https://www.websiteplanet.com/blog/codetwo-interview/).* ## **Please present Peaka to our audience.** We are a startup focusing on no-code technology. Peaka was founded at the beginning of 2021, and after receiving seed investment from ScaleX Ventures, we launched our product in April 2021. Our product was well-received by the no-code community, and we have had thousands of users since our launch. The feedback we received from our users guided us as we adjusted our roadmap and introduced new features. The Peaka team is a tight-knit group of developers passionate about innovation. The tech leaders among us have years of experience in the telco, banking, and defense industries. Our team has grown by 3X over the last 12 months, with additions of younger, aspiring developers. Peaka is a no-code platform that allows users to create customer-facing, fully-functional web apps. It comes with a drag-and-drop visual interface so that even people with no technical background can build apps. If you come from a coding background and are comfortable working with code, Peaka lets you inject code or use APIs to extend your app as you like. Peaka reduces by 10X the time it takes our users to create apps, letting them customize their apps as they see fit in the meantime. We are combining advanced customizability with workflows, which makes our offering unique in the industry. ## **Please describe the story behind the company: What sparked the idea, and how has it evolved so far?** There were two main reasons that prompted me to seek a no-code software solution. Being a software engineer with 20 years of experience, I never liked the repetitive side of coding. I resented having to code from scratch every time I started a new project because I knew I could spend more time on tasks requiring creativity if I had the tools to take care of the tedious parts for me. Blocks of code arranged like Lego bricks that you can pick and choose from–that’s how I envisioned software technology evolving. No-code helps you do just that. The other reason behind my interest in no-code was witnessing first-hand how many solid projects and business ideas ended up getting shelved because people didn’t have the technical skills to implement them. People have asked me to become a technical co-founder in their projects for years. I had to turn down those offers because I didn’t have enough time as I always had my own startup projects. However, it was evident that regular people from non-technical backgrounds had a huge technical barrier to overcome whenever they wanted to implement a project. It occurred to me that there was a huge market for the right kind of software that could lower that barrier. ## **What services do you offer?** Peaka is a no-code platform that offers its customers a seamless end-to-end app development experience. Ours is a unique proposition in the market because no other no-code platform can integrate UI, Data, and Logic the way Peaka can. In addition to enabling our users to develop customer-facing, fully-functional web apps, we offer startups and SMBs complementary software solutions they can deploy to address the out-of-scope feature requests from their customers. These out-of-scope feature requests create a predicament for startups fighting to gain traction: Turning them down can alienate customers. On the other hand, trying to accommodate them causes the startup to deviate from its roadmap. By enabling business leaders to create the forms, customer portals, internal tools, and partner portals their customers demand, we help them keep their customers happy without pulling resources away from their main line of work. ## **What is the mission of Peaka?** Peaka's mission is to make the software more accessible to the masses. In Marc Andreessen’s words, the software has been eating the world for more than a decade now. But, the demand for developer talent far outstrips its supply, rendering developers quite expensive to hire for startups and SMBs. I believe that software should not be the sole prerogative of software developers. Regular people should be able to implement their business ideas without the need for technical assistance from developers. This is what we are striving for: Lowering the technical barriers for regular people so that everybody can unlock the power of software for themselves. ## **Who are your typical customers, and what do you think is the main challenge that your product solves for them?** Our typical customers are solution-driven people who want to create web applications by just picking the features they’re looking for. These are freelancers, founders, and tech enthusiasts, who do not want to get deeply involved with technology to achieve scalability, a slick UI, and a secure backend. At the same time, they want a platform not barely adequate for automating a few tasks but capable of building real full-fledged production-ready applications. Current solutions in the market are not up to the task–none of them can bring together UI, Logic, and Data on a single platform. They overpromise and underdeliver, which makes paying customers feel shortchanged. These people are disappointed by the scalability problems of the current offerings, and they get stuck using the platforms out there. Having little or no technical skills to solve their problems on their own, no-coders tend to get discouraged easily because of these problems and quit their projects. Peaka already boasts a fantastic UI. By integrating Logic and Data capabilities into that slick UI, Peaka’s solution becomes unique and unrivaled in the market. Being a founder myself, I empathize with other startup founders. I know that they want to quickly launch an MVP using templates, high-order blocks, and a little customization. Once they get traction and create some revenue stream, they can always hire more technical and skilled team members to scale up, but first, they need to get over the hump. Peaka will help them do just that. ## **How do you envision the future of your industry?** I envision another breakthrough in the software industry coming up in the near future. The engine of this leap forward will be the no-code technology. The most recent breakthrough in our industry was the rise of cloud technology. By introducing abstraction to server infrastructure, cloud technology changed the software stack forever. Today startups can serve the masses because they no longer are burdened by hardware, management, and maintenance costs. The cloud revolution took care of those issues. This abstraction level introduced by cloud technology also gave rise to a whole new ecosystem of developers, startups, and applications. Today, we need another layer of abstraction on top of cloud services to serve less skilled developers and no-coders. This layer will practically be an a la carte menu of features. It will comprise high-level building blocks that no-coders will use to quickly build applications for their particular use cases. Developers, domain experts, and no-coders will diagnose their problems, dive into that menu of features, and mix and match them to compose an app that will achieve the desired outcome. This breakthrough will be complemented by the seamless integration of UI, Data, and Logic, which is lacking today. Together, they will give the users the customizable, scalable, and frictionless software experience they seek. --- START: blog/what-is-a-data-product-marketplace/what-is-a-data-product-marketplace.md --- # **What Is a Data Product Marketplace?** A data product marketplace is a practical way for teams to find and use trusted data without turning every request into a ticket. It provides your organization with a governance layer for publishing datasets as reusable products, so consumers can discover what they need, understand what it means, and access them safely. This is important across all industries, but it is especially critical in financial services. Banks and insurers manage intricate data systems, follow rigorous controls, and operate under high speed expectations. Teams require self-serve analytics and AI preparedness, while risk and compliance functions demand clear evidence, traceability, and uniform definitions. This guide starts by examining the origins of marketplaces, their connection to data products and data mesh, and what a marketplace entails in practice. It then explores why financial institutions adopt marketplaces, the problems they solve, and how to design them to enable data teams to expand access while maintaining governance. ## **Key takeaways** + A data product marketplace turns datasets into reusable products with ownership, shared definitions, trust signals, and controlled access. + In banks and and other financial institutions, the biggest wins come from reducing definition drift and replacing manual extracts with governed self-serve sharing. + Adoption depends on visible trust signals, such as freshness, quality, lineage, and certification tiers, that align with how teams actually use data. + The marketplace needs an operating model. Clear roles, lifecycle gates, and access workflows keep products reliable and audit-ready. ## **Data marketplaces in context** Most organizations found themselves in a quickly growing data sprawl. The initial steps of giving a small number of experts direct access to databases later gave way to warehouses and lakehouses, curated marts, and dashboards. However, more data assets meant more confusion, more duplication, and more time spent figuring out which table to trust. Data catalogs were created to record assets and enhance discoverability. While they organized information, they often only provided an inventory overview. Users could locate data, but faced challenges in using it reliably and accessing it securely. This issue became more apparent as self-serve platforms were adopted by more teams. The marketplace idea addresses that gap. It treats internal data like an offering that must be understandable, reliable, and governable. It packages assets with ownership, definitions, trust signals, and controlled access. The goal is to publish fewer, higher-confidence data products that many teams can reuse. In highly regulated industries, this approach reduces informal sharing and makes governance easier to apply at scale. ## **Related concepts** A marketplace rarely stands alone. It connects several concepts that often get discussed separately. + **Data products** are the unit of reuse. They are curated, documented, and owned offerings built for repeatable consumption. + **Data mesh** is an organizational approach, first proposed by technologist Zhamak Dehghani. It pushes ownership closer to domains like risk, finance, claims, and customer operations while maintaining shared standards across the enterprise. + A **semantic layer** and business glossary help teams agree on meaning. They reduce metric chaos by making definitions explicit and consistent across tools. + A **data catalog** helps teams locate assets and understand technical metadata, lineage, and stewardship. It improves discoverability and provides data users with an inventory of data assets. + A **data product marketplace** pulls these threads together into a system for discovery and controlled consumption. It gives teams a place to publish approved products, attach shared definitions, surface trust signals, and enforce access policies. It can work with a mesh approach or a centralized team, but it always needs product discipline. Without that discipline, the marketplace becomes another directory that teams browse once and ignore. ## **Data product marketplace: What is it for?** A data product marketplace is a platform that simplifies the discovery, sharing, and internal distribution of data products. It offers a governed way to turn your organization’s datasets into searchable, reusable products that teams can discover, trust, and access safely. Data marketplaces are a great fit for banks and insurers, as these organizations have more data than they can ever hope to use. However, this data is hard to find, hard to use consistently, and hard to share securely across domains, regions, and legal entities in an environment where regulations are becoming more strict. Without a reliable way to facilitate data discovery and sharing, these organizations get bogged down in duplicated pipelines, conflicting definitions, slow delivery, and a steady stream of one-off extracts that increase operational risk. A data product marketplace addresses this by packaging data as products with what consumers need to use them responsibly: Clear ownership, shared definitions, documentation, signals to gauge quality, lineage context, and granular access controls with auditable approvals. With a data marketplace, users get to leverage approved, certified products to answer specific questions, instead of searching for individual tables or reports. ## **Why now and what changed** The pressure on Heads of Data is coming from both directions. On one side, the business expects faster delivery. Teams want self-serve analytics, real-time performance monitoring, and AI-ready data foundations. On the other side, regulatory and operational expectations are rising while data estates are becoming more complex with multiple clouds, multiple warehouses, more third-party sources, and more consumers across the organization. This combination creates a familiar trap where either you move fast by copying data and loosening controls, or you stay safe by centralizing everything and slowing down delivery. Neither scales. A data product marketplace offers a third option: Standardize what gets shared, attach governance to the product, and let teams discover and consume data through a controlled system that still feels self-serve. It’s a way to scale access while preserving consistency, privacy, and auditability when hundreds of teams are requesting data in parallel. ## **The problem a data marketplace solves in banks and insurers** Most financial institutions do not have a data shortage problem. They have a coordination problem. Data is spread across core systems, warehouses, lakehouses, risk platforms, claims systems, CRM, finance tools, and vendor feeds. Each domain has its own priorities, terminology, and delivery cadence. Over time, teams build local fixes. Spreadsheets, manual exports, shadow marts, and temporary pipelines become permanent. The business gets answers, but the organization pays repeatedly through duplicated work, inconsistent reporting, and increasing operational risk. The most visible symptom is definition drift. Terms like “customer,” “active account”, “written premium,” or “loss ratio” can mean different things depending on the team, the source system, and the filters applied. Even when teams agree on the word, they may not agree on the logic. This creates friction between finance, risk, compliance, and analytics. The second symptom is access gridlock. Sensitive fields require protection, approvals, and evidence. When the safe path is slow, teams create unsafe paths. They export files, email extracts, widen permissions, or copy restricted datasets to places they should not be. A data product marketplace is designed to solve these two problems together: it makes data easier to use and easier to govern without forcing every request through a ticket queue. ## **Data product marketplace vs data catalog** A data catalog is a registry of data assets such as tables, dashboards, reports, pipelines, and their metadata. It is essential, but it often stops at listing what exists. It helps you find assets and understand their origins, but it does not always make data consumption safe and repeatable. A data product marketplace goes a step further. It is designed to facilitate consumption and controlled sharing. In a marketplace, what gets published is not just an asset, but a data product with clear ownership, shared definitions, quality expectations, and an access model that can be approved, provisioned, and audited. In practical terms: + **Data catalog:** “Here is the customer table and where it comes from.” + **Data marketplace:** “Here is the Certified Customer Profile product, here are the definitions it uses, here is its SLA and quality status, and here is how to request access with audit logging.” Most financial institutions need both. The catalog organizes and documents the landscape. The marketplace operationalizes trust, standardization, and secure access at scale. If your catalog is underused, the missing piece is often productization and governance that supports real consumption. ## **What makes data a product** Data becomes a product when it is packaged for reuse, not just exposed for access. A data product is a managed offering with a clear purpose and the supporting context consumers need to use it correctly, as opposed to a dataset, which is usually a raw or curated asset that exists in a warehouse or lakehouse. A data product has a named owner, a defined scope, and the context consumers need to use it correctly. That includes documentation, quality expectations, freshness targets, and clear rules about what can change and how consumers will be notified. Most importantly, it includes an access model that supports safe self-serve rather than informal sharing. In a marketplace, the goal is to publish fewer, higher-confidence products that many teams can rely on. This reduces duplicated pipelines and stops every new project from starting with a fresh round of data interpretation. ## **Shared definitions and consistency** In financial services, inconsistency rarely looks like a broken pipeline; rather, it's two correct reports that disagree. The root cause is usually semantic. Fields and metrics carry different logic across teams, regions, and legal entities. Even small differences, such as active status logic or time window rules, can invalidate comparisons and slow decision-making. Shared definitions solve this by making meaning explicit and reusable. A marketplace supports semantic alignment by tying business terms, metric logic, and data fields together in one place. It provides consumers with a consistent language across domains such as risk, finance, claims, underwriting, and customer operations. It also reduces the need for each team to rebuild definitions inside dashboards or spreadsheets. Consistency is not about enforcing one definition for everything. It is about making definitions discoverable, approved, and comparable. When variations are necessary, they should be intentional and clearly labeled so teams can choose the right one with confidence. This is a core reason marketplaces outperform ad-hoc documentation and tribal knowledge. ## **Trust signals for freshness, quality, lineage, and certification** Discovery alone does not create adoption. Trust does. In regulated environments, trust must be earned with signals that are visible, current, and easy to interpret. A strong marketplace surfaces operational trust signals directly on the product. Freshness tells consumers whether the data is up to date and whether delays are known. Quality signals include checks for completeness, validity, duplication, and reconciliation with source systems. Lineage explains where the data came from and which transformations shaped it, which helps teams assess suitability and troubleshoot issues faster. A data marketplace manages governance through certification tiers. In this framework, an initial draft product allows for exploration. Once approved, a data product can be shared with specific controls. Only a certified product can be used for high-stakes reporting with stronger requirements and ownership commitments. These signals reduce back-and-forth between producers and consumers and limit accidental use of unreliable assets. ## **Secure sharing with granular access controls, approvals, and auditability** Financial institutions need self-serve access that still behaves like a controlled system. A marketplace enables this by combining granular access policies with workflows and logging that satisfy governance requirements. Granular controls can restrict access by role, business unit, legal entity, region, and sensitivity level. They can also limit which columns are visible and which rows a user can see. This matters when a single product serves many teams, each with different entitlements. Auditability completes the picture. The marketplace should record who requested access, who approved it, what was granted, and when it was used. This makes reviews and recertification practical and helps reduce over-permissioning over time. When secure sharing is built into the marketplace, teams stop relying on manual extracts and overly broad access grants. They get speed without losing accountability. ## **Quick self-assessment to see if you need one** You are a strong candidate for a data product marketplace if most of these are true. + Teams spend significant time searching for data or validating it after they find it + Different departments report different numbers for the same KPI and reconciliation is frequent + Access requests are slow, manual, or frequently bypassed through exports + Sensitive data is shared through manual exports or copied into uncontrolled environments. + The same datasets are rebuilt repeatedly for similar use cases across business units. + You lack a clear ownership model for shared data assets + Auditors ask for evidence of who accessed sensitive data and why + You want self-serve analytics and AI readiness without relaxing governance If you recognized your organization in several bullets, a marketplace can turn ad hoc sharing into a governed system that still supports speed. The biggest indicator is not how much data you have but how often teams rebuild the same logic, argue about definitions, or move data through informal channels to get work done. ## **Conclusion** A data product marketplace helps financial institutions scale data usage without sacrificing governance. It brings structure to what gets shared and how it is consumed, so teams can move faster with fewer inconsistencies and fewer risky workarounds. The best approach to implement a data product marketplace is to start small with a handful of high-impact products, make trust and access controls obvious, and measure reuse. With the right operating model behind it, the marketplace becomes a durable foundation for analytics, reporting, and AI initiatives across the organization. Peaka’s data marketplace is built to turn datasets into searchable data products, allowing teams use and securely share governed data with clear definitions and granular access controls. [Book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) to see how Peaka powers a data product marketplace for enterprises. --- START: blog/what-is-ai-ready-data/what-is-ai-ready-data.md --- # **What Is AI-Ready Data?** At its core, AI-ready data is exactly what the name implies: data that’s ready for AI use. In the past, this typically meant aggregated warehouse data from a source such as Snowflake or Google BigQuery. Unfortunately, that’s proven false, as teams are wiring LLMs and agents into existing pipelines and finding that clean, warehoused data still produces incorrect answers, slow agents, and broken integrations. The change isn't in the data; it's in who's consuming it. Agents spin up ephemerally mid-loop, and the systems they query are too static to keep up. AI-ready means data that an agent can access and reason about, rather than a meticulously tuned, human-curated pipeline upstream. ## **AI-ready vs. analytics-ready** It’s easy to conflate AI-ready data versus analytics-ready data. While they might share similar strategies, they are fundamentally different problems. Analytics-ready data is shaped for human analysts who can ask in #data-help what flag_v2 means. AI-ready data has to be self-describing, like a queryable data catalog, because the consumer has no institutional memory. There are some concrete contrasts between these data classes. + **Latency:** Hourly ETL is fine for analysts. An agent answering 'what's my balance?' needs the answer now. + **Schema stability:** Analysts adapt to schema drift, whereas prompts and agents silently stop working. + **Access pattern:** BI tools hit a warehouse, while agents need narrow, permissioned, query-time access across many systems. + **Trust:** An analyst can use judgment when facing an outlier; an LLM confabulates confidently on bad inputs. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/mathew/ai-ready-data-vs-analytics-ready-data.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="a visual displaying how AI-ready data compares to analytics-ready data") }} Context that a human analyst would hold in their head has to be encoded directly in the data. ## **The eight properties of AI-ready data** There are a few tenets that make data AI-ready, many of which are non-negotiable and all of which are necessary at scale. They reduce to the following buckets: 1. **Accessible at query time.** AI-ready data is reachable through a stable, documented interface — SQL, REST, or MCP — that doesn't require human refresh cycles. 2. **Semantically described.** AI-ready data has table/column descriptions, metric definitions, and entity meanings encoded as metadata in a semantic layer so the AI can read them at query time. 3. **Fresh, or knowingly stale.** AI-ready data either reflects the current source state or the staleness is explicit and machine-readable. 4. **Governed at the row/column level.** AI-ready data has row- and column-level security permissions enforced when the AI queries, not assumed because "the agent runs as a service account." 5. **Joinable across sources.** AI-ready data can combine data from multiple sources in a single query, such as Salesforce + Postgres + Stripe. That’s possible at runtime, without the need for days of engineering work. 6. **Schema-stable or versioned.** AI-ready data is dynamic but also versioned through data contracts so that changes don't silently brick the agent. 7. **Auditable.** Every AI-driven read is logged with who/what/when, providing data lineage so a bad agent action can be traced. 8. **Right-shaped for the use case.** AI-ready data is not a single shape. Data shapes need to be dynamic. RAG wants chunked and embedded text, analytical agents want tables, transactional agents want APIs. These issues often cause developers to scramble to build a data warehouse or vector database that’ll address them all. However, that is the wrong approach. ## **Where implementation goes wrong** Most teams fail by trying to solve a nearby problem instead of the actual problem. Typically, they reach for vector databases first. Vectors are right for certain use cases, specifically unstructured retrieval such as querying docs, transcripts, tickets, etc. They're incredibly inefficient for "*what's the MRR of customer X.*" That's a SQL question in a chatbot disguise. Most enterprise AI questions are structured-data questions in natural language. Forcing them through a vector DB produces hallucinations and worse latency. Teams also assume the warehouse needs to go. Existing warehouses like Snowflake or BigQuery serve analytics well and don't need to be discarded. The problem is treating them as the sole layer for AI access. Copying all operational data into yet another system makes it staler, more expensive, and fragments governance. Agents additionally need live operational data (Salesforce, Stripe, Notion, prod Postgres) that a back-dated snapshot can't provide. The answer is a dynamic layer on top of your existing systems, including your warehouse, that enables query federation in real time rather than replacing any single source. Lastly, teams almost always underestimate the semantic “cleanliness” gap. A pristine Snowflake table with a column named `attr_17` is unusable to an LLM. The bar is clean, accessible, semantically described, and governed data. Most stacks have one or two of those; few have all four. ## **Data virtualization produces AI-ready data** One effective way to produce AI-ready data is data virtualization. This method enables AI systems to seamlessly connect to a virtualized data layer that sits atop all your sources, including data warehouses such as Snowflake or BigQuery, and operational systems, rather than bypassing your existing infrastructure. The virtualized data layer integrates with primary data sources (Stripe, Postgres, Salesforce, your existing warehouse, etc.) and provides federated access at runtime. This virtualized layer, meanwhile, queries the underlying sources and manages a data cache to balance speed with freshness. There is no ETL pipeline; data is synced automatically and on demand using a zero-copy approach, without delay.. The result is a single interface for every source, with the capacity to join data across sources. Another advantage of a virtualized layer is that governance is immediate. The virtualized data layer will use the user’s credentials to access content, thereby avoiding unauthorized access through the pre-existing access control plane. These advantages are exactly why we built Peaka. Peaka is a dynamic layer on top of your existing data sources—warehouses, operational systems, and SaaS tools alike—providing a single SQL interface with permissions and semantic context attached at query time. ## **Final thoughts: Checklist - is your data AI-ready?** To make things easy, consider the following questions. If more than two of these questions are answered with a no, then your data is not AI-ready. + Can an AI agent reach this data through a stable, documented interface? + Does the schema include human-readable descriptions of every table and column? + Are business metrics defined once, somewhere that the AI can read? + Are permissions enforced at query time rather than assumed? + Can the AI join this data with other systems without a multi-month integration? + Is every AI-driven read logged? + Does freshness match the use case? + Is there a schema/semantic contract, enforced by a schema registry, that the AI can rely on? If you’re looking to make your data AI-ready without a data warehouse, [book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) with Peaka. --- START: blog/what-is-data-integration/what-is-data-integration.md --- # **What Is Data Integration?** Data integration is the process of combining and harmonizing data from different sources to provide a unified view of performance. This amalgamation enables organizations to access, analyze, and derive insights from disparate datasets seamlessly. Traditionally, this process has involved extracting, transforming, and loading (ETL) data to ensure compatibility and consistency across platforms. However, novel approaches like data virtualization and zero-ETL can eliminate the transformation stage, simplifying the overall process. ## **Key Takeaways** + **Improved decision-making:** Data integration helps create a unified view of various data sources, enabling informed choices for business growth. + **Enhanced operational efficiency:** By eliminating data silos and streamlining data flow, businesses can automate workflows and reduce manual efforts, leading to increased efficiency. + **Better customer insights:** Combining data from multiple touchpoints provides a deeper understanding of customer behavior and preferences, making way for targeted marketing and improved customer experiences. + **Data quality and consistency:** Data integration ensures data quality through standardization, cleansing, and deduplication, minimizing errors and improving data reliability. + **Faster time-to-market:** Access to relevant data through integration accelerates product development cycles and facilitates quicker responses to market changes. ## **How Data Integration Improves Business Efficiency** Businesses can increase efficiency, simplify operations, and make better decisions by [integrating data](/integrations/). Data integration generates a comprehensive understanding of business processes, customers, and market trends. Data integration also empowers enterprises to leverage their multiple data sources effectively, spurring innovation and identifying opportunities to gain an advantage over their competitors. Furthermore, bad data is also a financial burden, with an average of nearly [$10 million lost every year](https://analytics-iq.com/the-high-cost-of-bad-data-and-data-quality-issues/#:~:text=According%20to%20Gartner%2C%20businesses%20lose,to%20potentially%20cripple%20a%20business.). Leveraging data integration unlocks a unified view across disparate data sources, empowering data-driven decision-making with timely and [actionable insights](https://www.quora.com/What-are-some-great-words-to-make-a-sentence-more-authoritative). By streamlining operations and eliminating data silos, data integration fosters seamless information flow, [optimizing efficiency](https://textcortex.com/post/how-to-change-tone-in-writing-easily). This approach ensures data accuracy and consistency, mitigating the risks associated with fragmented data and [erroneous decision-making](https://textcortex.com/post/how-to-change-tone-in-writing-easily). ## **Top 7 Benefits of Data Integration** [Data integration empowers businesses](/blog/data-integration-architecture/) to leverage data from various sources to have a unified view of their operations, customers, and markets, enabling better decision-making for business growth. By consolidating data silos, organizations can make informed choices to drive profitability. For instance, a retail company integrating data from sales, e-commerce, and CRM systems can analyze customer behavior, sales trends, and inventory levels to optimize pricing strategies, personalize marketing campaigns, and manage inventory more effectively. ### **1. Informed decision-making** Data integration enables organizations to aggregate and harmonize data from multiple sources, providing decision-makers with a comprehensive and unified view of their operations, customers, and markets. Consolidating disparate data sets makes it easier to make informed decisions to drive growth and profitability. For example, if a retail chain integrates data from its point-of-sale systems, e-commerce platforms, and customer relationship management (CRM) software, the company can analyze sales trends, customer behavior, and inventory levels. The retailer can then optimize pricing strategies, tailor marketing campaigns, and manage inventory more effectively. ### **2. Improved operational efficiency** Data integration eliminates data silos and enables seamless data flow across various systems and departments within an organization. This simplifies processes, reduces manual effort, and enhances operational efficiency. Businesses can reduce errors and delays by automating data workflows and guaranteeing data consistency. If a healthcare provider integrates data from electronic health records (EHR), billing systems, and medical devices, clinicians can access patient information quickly and accurately, leading to faster diagnoses, better treatment outcomes, and improved patient care. Additionally, streamlined billing processes reduce administrative overhead and improve revenue cycle management. ### **3. Better client insights** Combining data from multiple touchpoints, such as sales transactions, social media interactions, and customer service inquiries gives you a deeper understanding of your customers. Analyzing integrated customer data allows you to uncover valuable insights into customer preferences, behaviors, and sentiment, enabling personalized marketing, targeted sales efforts, and enhanced customer experiences. For example, a telecommunications company integrates data from its customer support systems, billing platforms, and social media channels. Consolidating customer data across these sources reveals actionable insights into customer satisfaction, service issues, and product preferences. The telecom provider can then proactively address customer concerns, tailor its offerings to meet customer needs and improve overall customer satisfaction and loyalty. ### **4. Data quality and consistency** Data integration ensures quality and consistency by standardizing formats, cleansing and deduplicating data, and enforcing governance policies. Businesses can minimize errors, reduce data redundancy, and maintain data integrity across the enterprise. If a financial services firm integrates data from various sources, including transactional systems, customer databases, and external market data feeds, the company validates and standardizes financial data. This enables reliable financial reporting, regulatory compliance, and risk management. ### **5. Faster time-to-market** Data integration accelerates the [development and deployment of new products](https://www.hotjar.com/product-managers/optimizations/), services, and features by providing timely access to relevant data. Integrating data from research and development, manufacturing, and marketing departments streamlines product development cycles and identifies market opportunities, resulting in a quick response to changing customer demands. For example, a software company integrates data from customer feedback forums, beta testing platforms, and competitor analysis tools. This integrated ecosystem enables the company to gather valuable insights into customer needs, preferences, and market trends. The software developer can now prioritize product features, fine-tune user experiences, and release updates more quickly, gaining a competitive edge in the dynamic software market. ### **6. Scalability and flexibility** [Data integration solutions](/blog/self-service-data-integration/) are scalable and flexible, allowing organizations to adapt to evolving business requirements and technological advancements. Whether expanding into new markets, integrating with third-party systems, or migrating to cloud-based platforms, businesses can easily manage their data ecosystem. When multinational corporations integrate data from their subsidiaries, partners, and suppliers, the company consolidates financial reporting, standardizes operational processes, and achieves economies of scale. As the company grows and diversifies its operations, it can easily adapt its data integration strategy to accommodate new data sources and business needs. ### **7. Innovation and competitive advantage** Data integration unlocks the full potential of organizational data, enabling businesses to innovate, differentiate, and gain a competitive edge in the marketplace. It enables you to uncover new insights, identify emerging trends, and capitalize on untapped opportunities for growth and expansion. If a leading e-commerce platform integrates data from its website, mobile app, and social media channels, [advanced analytics](/blog/why-use-saas-analytics-tools/) and machine learning algorithms can personalize product recommendations, optimize pricing strategies, and predict customer behavior. This data-driven approach enhances the shopping experience, increases customer engagement, and strengthens the platform's competitive position in the fiercely competitive e-commerce market. ## **The Bottom Line** Data integration empowers organizations to maximize the potential of their data assets, driving innovation, efficiency, and competitive advantage. In today's data-driven world, organizations can enhance customer experiences, boost operational performance, and make better decisions by utilizing data integration. Partner with Peaka to meet your data analytics needs with its state-of-the-art zero-ETL approach, offering hassle-free data integration without having to copy or move your data. See Peaka’s [growing library of custom integrations](/integrations/). --- START: blog/what-is-micro-saas/what-is-micro-saas.md --- # **What is Micro SaaS?** If you are keeping tabs on the news from the software business, you must already know that the no-code world has been buzzing with activity lately: New products being launched every week, venture capitalists signing seven-, eight- and even nine-figure cheques to get on the bandwagon and co-founders giving interviews like victorious generals. For someone receiving daily newsletters on the technology and software industry, it is like watching the movie stars passing by on the red carpet before the Academy Awards. ## **The cold hard facts of the SaaS world** However, there is a catch. Almost none of the [SaaS businesses](/blog/b2b-saas-analytics-tools/) are turning a profit. They manage to attract funds thanks to their exponential growth rates, but nearly all of them, including the media darlings such as Salesforce and ones with a cult following like Spotify, are [bleeding money](https://blossomstreetventures.medium.com/operating-losses-in-saas-are-huge-871eda79a5ec). Taking a look at the income statements of most SaaS businesses would reveal that these businesses are operating with negative net incomes and negative gross margins. Being incapable of turning a gross profit and having astonishingly high levels of cash burn rate prolong their payback periods, throwing shade on their status as investments. This reminds us of the fact that having a good business idea and turning that idea into business are two different things. A business idea may be promising, but whether it can take off before the money runs out is another story. Because of the brightness of the spotlights, it might be difficult for us to truly grasp the financial situation these giants are in. But once you understand how deep your pockets should be to survive with operating margins of -50 or -100 percent, these companies lose some of their glamor. The figures are so high that a regular person can have a hard time relating to those stars of the software business and their stories. The situation begs the question, "*Is the startup business really an all-or-nothing game where you either conquer the world or go bust?*" There must be a more human side to software entrepreneurship. That side happens to be micro SaaS companies. They are the middle ground for regular people who do not have deep pockets to invest huge sums or charisma to attract investment right away. People of modest means pursuing modest goals. People who do not dream of a world empire but would be more than content with a small plot of land they could call theirs. As we reconsider our priorities in life in a post-pandemic world, understanding how micro SaaS companies work can show us another way into the future. So, let's take a closer look at this more relatable breed and its endeavors. ## **What is micro SaaS?** Micro SaaS, a term coined by the entrepreneur [Tyler Tringas](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i3d1asTrWUQ), refers to a small SaaS business run by a solo entrepreneur or a team of fewer than five people. These SaaS businesses focus on solving [a particular problem for a small customer base](https://tylertringas.com/1-what-is-micro-saas/), addressing a small, underserved niche in a larger market segment. The business idea central to their efforts could be as simple as a new calendar app, a local grocery service, or an app to keep track of your personal finances. Micro SaaS companies owe their success to their razor-sharp focus and impeccable execution. The core idea is executed so effectively that customers get hooked immediately. Micro SaaS apps tend to be lean, shying away from offering a plethora of features that result in a bloated feeling. The micro SaaS business model is the embodiment of the famous maxim by [Paul Graham](https://www.techinasia.com/airbnb-co-founder-brian-chesky-make-100-people-love-product): > *“It’s better to have 100 people [who] love you than finding a million who just sort of like you.”* Micro SaaS startups aim to build a devoted customer base by offering them the perfect solution for their pains. They then strive to attain sustainable and predictable growth rates by capitalizing on their customers' devotion. In that regard, the almost manic interest big shot SaaS businesses show in increasing user numbers is non-existent in their little brothers. Not prioritizing exponential monthly growth, micro SaaS startups can ignore the vast set of [SaaS metrics](/blog/saas-business-metrics/) regular SaaS startups should monitor. Customer churn rate is the primary SaaS metric they should keep an eye on. Goals like slashing churn and improving customer retention come to replace growth as the critical goals for micro SaaS companies. It is possible to achieve high retention rates in 3 simple steps: + **Maintaining a more personal communication with customers.** You need to know your customers well enough to offer them solutions tailored to their specific needs. + **Removing friction as much as possible.** This will reduce time-to-value so that your customers will get to appreciate the value you are offering before they start feeling lost within the app. + **Being accessible and ensuring customer success.** Owning up to your mistakes and correcting them as soon as possible go a long way toward building trust and earning customer loyalty. A high customer retention rate is vital for the long-term health of a micro SaaS startup. The longer the bond with customers lasts, the more opportunities for cross-selling and upselling there will be. This will help maximize customer lifetime value for a micro SaaS startup. Lacking funds and human resources to scale until they become sustainable businesses, micro SaaS startups have to leverage the SaaS ecosystem to solve their problems. Today, services like [hosting, payment processing or email marketing](https://medium.com/building-micro-saas/bootstrap-a-saas-business-with-these-services-fa40983c0586) are readily available in the market. All one has to do is pick and choose according to the needs of the business. ## **Pros of micro SaaS** ### **No need for outside funding** Micro SaaS ideas are not as ambitious as the ones that set out to transform the way the world operates. Their goals are limited to starting a business with the means at hand and driving organic growth at a more leisurely pace. As they rely on word of mouth rather than sales and marketing, micro SaaS startups can avoid the two main sources of high operating expenses regular SaaS businesses have to budget for. Most of the time, you won't have to spend months or years on your micro SaaS idea before it takes off and starts making money for you. The return on your modest investment will bear fruit more quickly than a big SaaS project, which will boost your motivation to reach new heights. ### **Better fit for beginners** The pressure to succeed is not too big with micro SaaS companies because of the modest amount of money involved. Additionally, micro SaaS customers tend to be more tolerant of mistakes as long as the effort is there to make up for them. Hence, inexperienced beginners have a chance to learn and grow with their business, unlike SaaS giants, where a single mistake can cost millions of dollars. ### **Greater autonomy** Some micro SaaS projects start as side hustles and only become full-time jobs when they prove their worth. A slowly growing micro SaaS business that generates enough income can save an entrepreneur from his office job, affording him [flexible work hours](https://thearjunajith.medium.com/the-growth-of-micro-saas-businesses-59dd6048879f) and more freedom as to wherever he wants to live and work. It may even serve as [passive income](https://tylertringas.com/1-what-is-micro-saas/) since it won’t demand frantic attention to every detail like bigger SaaS projects. ## **Cons of micro SaaS** ### **Limited customer base** The success of micro SaaS businesses is closely linked to how well they understand their customers. The small size of their customer base makes it easier to talk to customers, understand their jobs-to-be-done, perfect the solution devised, and solve problems as soon as they arise. However, the limited size of the customer base also works against micro SaaS companies by putting a cap on their potential. Doing away with this strategy and expanding into different segments naturally means the loss of the personal touch that makes these companies so special in the eyes of their customers. ### **Limited revenue potential** Lack of exponential growth means that it is unlikely for a micro SaaS to reach the heights some SaaS giants have scaled. Still, there are many examples that have achieved five- or six-figure MRRs, like [SuperLemon](https://apps.shopify.com/whatsapp-chat-button) and [Storemapper](https://www.storemapper.com/), respectively. ## **Final thoughts** After weighing the risks and opportunities, assessing the ROI, and comparing it with the effort needed to get a micro SaaS startup up and running, one cannot help but think that this business model will only get more popular among white-collar people in the future. Reevaluating their life choices since the beginning of the global pandemic, these people will find in micro SaaS the purpose they feel they lack in their lives. And then, there is the promise of a five- or six-figure monthly income, which would be quite a raise for someone coming out of his 9-5 work schedule. Not too shabby for us regular folks, is it? --- START: blog/what-is-the-modern-data-stack/what-is-the-modern-data-stack.md --- # **What is the Modern Data Stack?** ## **Introduction** In this data-rich world, being able to access, unify, and utilize data, and turn it into information can give an organization a lasting advantage over competitors. The modern data stack has become the foundation of this data-driven revolution, from small businesses to global enterprises. It is more than a buzzword; it represents a paradigm shift in how organizations deal with, analyze, and exploit data. In today’s article, we will provide answers to questions such as **what is the modern data stack**, what are its benefits and why should you care. ## **What is the modern data stack?** At the heart of our article lies a fundamental question: [What is the Modern Data Stack](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/)? A **modern data stack** is basically a collection of tools, technologies, and processes that enable companies to collect, store, process, and analyze the collected data. The modern data stack is therefore a progression of traditional data processing approaches meant to tackle modern-day data complexities. These are challenges that plagued a traditional data setup with data silos, making it hard to access information for real-time analysis. ***In contrast, the modern data stack unifies and simplifies all aspects of the data lifecycle.*** It is an intricate combination of many constituent parts such as data warehouses, ETL (Extract, Transform, and Load) processes, and [data visualization platforms](/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/). Now that we've defined what a modern data stack is, let's delve into the myriad of benefits it offers to organizations: ### **1. Efficiency** The modern **cloud data stack** is able to make the data integration processes more seamless and be more effective, requiring less time and effort to extract insights. Such efficiencies enable organizations to act in a more timely and data-informed manner. ### **2. Scalability** The modern data stack can scale as quickly as you need it for your growing business. It adjusts to data volumes, allowing systems to work without any difficulty, even under more load. ### **3. Real-time insights** The ability to process data in real-time translates into better speed for business actions where organizations can move fast and make decisions based on the current information available. ### **4. Data integration** The modern data stack also helps break down the silos between different data sources, ensuring that all your data can be accessed and analyzed together. ### **5. Cost efficiency** Although there might be a need for an initial investment in a modern data stack, the resultant savings in the long run are significantly high. The increase in both efficiency and scalability brings about lower operational costs. ### **6. Security** Modern data stacks involve many security precautions for safeguarding sensitive data; thus, using them to handle data is the safer option. ### **7. Accessibility** The easy-to-use interfaces and visualization tools make data available to even non-technical staff, thereby democratizing data access throughout an organization. ### **8. Competitive advantage** Organizations that embrace the modern cloud data stack stand at a competitive advantage as they can respond fast to changing market dynamics and emerging opportunities. ## **What are the components of the modern data stack?** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/flatart/saas-written-floor-and-laptop.png", width=780, height=518, op='fit_width', alt='man working on laptop and saas written in the back') }} Having established a clear answer to the question of what a modern data stack is and what it brings along, let’s highlight its major parts. A modern data stack is typically a combination of a few tools and technologies that have different roles in facilitating the process of analysis. ### **1. Data sources** Data sources form the basis of the modern data stack. These could be internal sources such as databases within your firm, or external ones including web services, social media, and third-party data providers. Raw data from these sources flows into your data stack. ### **2. Data integration tools** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/flatart/peaka-1.png", width=780, height=366, op='fit_width', alt='peaka homepage') }} The transformation is done by [data integration tools](/blog/top-data-integration-tools/), which convert raw data into a form suitable for analysis. These tools process the data, making it ready for use. [Peaka, a no-code data integration tool](/), comes to your aid at this point! By checking out the features offered by Peaka, you can create the data stack that will serve your data integration needs! ### **3. Data warehouses** Data warehouses serve as the central repository for your integrated and transformed data. These cloud-based or on-premises storage solutions enable efficient data storage and retrieval. Data warehouses are optimized for analytical queries, making them essential for performing complex data analysis and generating insights. ### **4. Data transformation and ETL** ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) tools are vital components in the data processing pipeline. They manage the transformation of raw data, carrying out various tasks such as filtering, aggregation, and data enrichment to make the data ready for analysis. ETL tools ensure that the data fits the schema of your data warehouse and follows data quality standards. ### **5. Business intelligence tools** Business Intelligence (BI) tools provide the interface through which users can interact with and derive insights from the data stored in the [enterprise data warehouse](/blog/best-enterprise-data-warehouse/). These user-friendly tools allow you to create reports, build [real-time dashboards](/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/), and [visualize data](/blog/data-visualization-with-metabase-integration/), enabling non-technical users to explore data and make data-driven decisions. ### **6. Data orchestration** Data orchestration tools are responsible for managing the flow of data within the Modern Data Stack. They automate and schedule data movements, transformations, and other processes to ensure a streamlined and efficient data pipeline. These tools help orchestrate complex data workflows and are pivotal in maintaining data consistency and reliability. ### **7. Data governance and security** Data governance and security tools are paramount in ensuring the reliability and security of your data. They help enforce data governance policies, ensure compliance with data privacy regulations, and maintain the confidentiality and integrity of your data. These tools control user access, authentication, and authorization, making sure that sensitive information is protected from unauthorized access and breaches. ## **Final thoughts** Modern data stack: In the era of big data, it’s finally a tool that makes sense. This changes how data is stored and accessed, making it more open and effective as well as better protected. In conclusion, it is necessary to use and know the modern data stack. This is not just an IT improvement, but a step towards a future characterized by data dependency. ***This change can no longer be ignored as doing that can devastate an organization, and the advantages are so obvious.*** Next time you’re wondering what the modern data stack is, think of it as a bridge between today’s data and tomorrow’s success. So, embrace it and set out on the journey to make data your best friend in the future. --- START: blog/what-is-zero-etl/what-is-zero-etl.md --- # **How to Get Started with Zero-ETL** Zero-ETL (extract, transform, and load) is an approach to data integration that eliminates the need for complex and time-consuming ETL processes. As organizations deal with rapidly growing data loads and need faster access to business insights, Zero-ETL provides a more streamlined way to make data readily available for analysis. ## **What Is Zero-ETL?** Zero-ETL represents a shift in data processing strategies. Rather than moving data from source systems into a data warehouse and transforming it along the way like in traditional ETL, zero-ETL integrates data in its raw format directly from where it resides. [Zero-ETL eliminates lengthy data transformation](https://atlan.com/zero-etl/) and movement and allows the data to be available faster for analytical and operational use cases. Technologies like data virtualization and data lakes make it possible to query data in its native format directly from source systems. Key characteristics include: + There is](https://atlan.com/zero-etl/) no data movement between systems + No transformations during data integration + Ability to directly query raw data at the source + Leverages technologies like data virtualization and data lakes + Optimized for analytics and operational use cases Implementing [zero-ETL offers faster access to business insights](/blog/zero-etl-data-integration/), flexibility, and efficiency. ## **Challenges with Traditional ETL** Though ETL processes play an indispensable role in data processing pipelines, they come with considerable challenges: ### **1. Time-consuming** The different steps of ETL extracting from sources, transforming, and loading into target databases are complex and take substantial time. This delays the availability of actionable insights. ### **2. Costly to Scale** As data volumes grow, traditional ETL infrastructure has to be continually expanded to handle bigger workloads. The costs of hardware, software, maintenance, and skill sets required can spiral quickly. ### **3. Data Quality Issues** Data that needs to move through multiple systems and undergo transformations presents more opportunities for errors to creep in and degrade accuracy and reliability. ### **4. Inflexible** Any change to upstream data sources requires modifying and retesting ETL jobs, making adapting to evolving data landscapes challenging. By removing cumbersome ETL steps, zero-ETL makes it possible to overcome many limitations of traditional approaches. ## **The 3 Key Components of Zero-ETL** Query federation, streaming ingestion, and change data capture (CDC) are the [three components of zero-ETL](/blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/). ### **Query Federation** Query federation is a collection of data structures that allow clients access to heterogeneous data stored in multiple locations. Federation makes querying data from remote systems effortless, exponentially speeding up traditional processing times. ### **Streaming Ingestion** Streaming ingestion processes data in real time as it is generated, which is ideal for applications that demand instant actions or real-time insights. This component allows organizations to act on time-sensitive situations immediately. Streaming ingestion also minimizes latency. ### **Change Data Capture** Change data capture (CDC) in zero-ETL tracks all changes made in a database. The CDC identifies changes and updates downstream systems and processes accordingly, ensuring that data is in sync across systems. By replacing nightly batch updates, the CDC provides users with fresh data and makes real-time data analytics possible. ## **Key Technologies for Zero-ETL Integrations** Two pivotal technologies make zero-ETL integrations feasible: ### **Data Virtualization** Data virtualization creates a simplified, unified view of data from disparate sources without needing physical data movement or replication. The virtualization layer maps metadata from sources and enables direct queries on source data as required. This approach avoids having to create copies of data while providing quick access. ### **Data Lakes** Data lakes are centralized repositories that store structured, semi-structured, and unstructured data in native formats. Storing raw data eliminates lengthy preprocessing and enables on-demand transformation later. Technologies like Apache Spark allow running analytics directly against data lakes. Data virtualization and data lakes eliminate delays in moving, staging, and processing data, making analytical insights readily derivable from source data. ## **Step-by-Step Guide for Implementing Zero-ETL** Follow these key steps to adopt a zero-ETL approach: ### **1. Identify Data Sources** Catalog all internal and external data sources from which analytics use cases need to derive insights. These may include databases, CRM systems, cloud storage, social media feeds, and IoT data streams. ### **2. Design Data Access Architecture** Design a solution architecture that enables direct access to source data systems using technologies like data virtualization and data lakes. ### **3. Build Data Connectivity** Implement the designed architecture by establishing integrations with source systems, leveraging their native connectivity capabilities or platform APIs. ### **4. Create Unified Data Views** Use metadata mapping and data modeling methodologies to create an abstracted, unified view of data sources. This provides a single access point to query data. ### **5. Make Data Discoverable** Compile metadata in a data catalog to make the integrated data's availability, lineage, and meaning discoverable to users. ### **6. Provide Self-Service Access** Leverage capabilities like SQL interfaces, data visualization tools, notebooks, and custom applications to empower users with self-service access to integrated data. ### **7. Govern Data Access** To manage users' access to the data, implement role-based access, usage monitoring, and security controls aligned to governance policies. Adopting these practices can lead to a successful zero-ETL implementation, making unified data readily accessible for business insights. ## **Key Considerations for Zero-ETL** Like any technology strategy, zero-ETL comes with some [key considerations](https://www.ascend.io/blog/zero-etl-whats-behind-the-hype/). While Zero-ETL offers faster access to analytics-ready data, its effectiveness depends on several factors: ### **Heterogeneous Data Landscape** Zero-ETL works best when integrating varied data types like databases, files, streams, and cloud data. For homogenous sources like multiple relational databases, traditional ETL may still be preferable. ### **Data Governance Controls** Since data transformations are minimized, strong governance practices for security, privacy, and lifecycle management are critical. ### **Analytical vs Transactional Systems** Zero-ETL provides quick insights by directly querying source transaction systems. However, for certain heavy analytical workloads, staging a [data warehouse](/blog/logical-data-warehouse/) may still be appropriate. ### **High-Performance Data Access** The connectivity and infrastructure powering access to source data must offer the throughput, concurrency, availability, and low latency needed for zero-ETL performance. ### **Skills Availability** Zero-ETL relies heavily on emerging data integration technologies. Ensure teams have skills in areas like virtualization, big data, and cloud architecture. While zero-ETL streamlines access to business insights from data, traditional ETL continues to retain value in certain cases. The decision between the approaches depends on the specific data environment, integration challenges, and analytical objectives. ## **Zero-ETL in Action: Programmatic Advertising** Consider a digital marketing platform that needs to optimize bidding on ad exchanges and targeting based on campaign performance data. Waiting days for batched ETL would result in missed opportunities. Zero-ETL integrates real-time data from ad networks, CRM, web analytics, and other systems, enabling faster optimization. The implementation follows four key steps: ### **1. Streaming Data Ingestion** Ingest real-time streams of ad impressions, clicks, costs, and target audience events using Apache Kafka. ### **2. Storing Raw Data** Land streaming data in compressed, partitioned storage on cloud object stores for cost efficiency. ### **3. Providing Unified Access** Use a metastore catalog to abstract technical metadata and give SQL access to raw data. ### **4. Powering Analytics** Connect business intelligence tools directly to cataloged data sources to visualize and identify optimization opportunities. This zero-ETL approach delivers sub-second insights, maximizing advertising ROI through real-time monitoring and optimization. ## **The Bottom Line** Zero-ETL bypasses complex traditional ETL processes and directly enables analytics on raw source data. Modern data architecture patterns powered by data virtualization and data lake technologies eliminate delays in making diverse data readily available for business use. Zero-ETL presents a versatile approach as organizations aim to accelerate insight velocity across heterogeneous and rapidly growing data landscapes. Using the concepts and best practices covered here, you can assess if zero-ETL aligns with your analytics objectives and begin adopting it to tap into the value of your data. Peaka’s data integration platform can connect to any API. See our [growing library of custom integrations](/integrations/). --- START: blog/what-will-a-no-code-future-look-like/what-will-a-no-code-future-look-like.md --- # **What will a No-code Future Look like?** It was exactly ten years ago that Marc Andreessen famously [declared that](https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424053111903480904576512250915629460) software was eating the world and made a list of all the industries that had already been swallowed whole by that time, adding in his predictions for the future as well. Andreessen was not so much prophesizing as connecting the dots, declaring in crystal clear fashion the logical conclusion of a two-decade-long development. He was proven right over and over again. Today low-code/no-code technology, which has branched out from the software revolution Andreessen was drawing attention to, is pushing the limits of software use and expanding it into fields that were traditionally averse to technology. What does this tell us about the future? What role can we expect no-code technology to play in the next three to five years? Here is a short list of no-code-related changes we can expect to see in the near future: ## **1- No-code will take digital transformation to bureaucracy** If there is one domain desperately in need of a digital transformation, it must be the government. For a regular citizen, just the idea of nudging that cumbersome behemoth into taking a particular action is enough to evoke horrors: Spending hours waiting for a single signature or approval from an official or just the go-ahead from an authority who doesn’t even know you are there. Be it an application for a building permit, a transfer of deed or a simple petition drawn out to voice a request, you are slated to waste hours and even days each time you visit a government institution. But it doesn’t have to be that way. Bureaucratic work offers a huge area of opportunity where no-code can score quick wins and produce very high ROI. The higher the number of authorities needed for their approval, the longer the bureaucratic process. Thinking about it, even the simplest no-code platforms today are capable of tasks such as streamlining paperwork running in parallel, assigning work to different people having taken into account their workload, and triggering certain actions when a task is complete. Actually, considering the relative ease of the necessary steps and the possible savings in terms of man-hours (both from the point of view of the government and the citizens) and the compounded impact that it could have on other parts of the economy, one has a hard time understanding how the use of no-code platforms in government institutions is not already enforced by law. ## **2- ‘No-code Ops’ will become a thing** Being born out of real needs and empowering people on the frontlines, no-code use in enterprises will be a common sight. Domain experts, having diagnosed a problem, will put on their citizen developer hats and deploy a no-code platform to solve that problem, make the necessary integrations and continue their work without skipping a beat. The writing is on the wall: IT department will have a hard time handling the demand from employees for internal tools and task automation. As a result, some other unit, closer to the field, will have to take responsibility. No-code ops, a term coined by [David Peterson](https://blog.usejournal.com/why-no-code-operations-is-the-next-big-job-in-tech-b8bb886378ac) of Airtable, will be this very unit, bringing structure to the way no-code tools are deployed and making it possible for the IT to tend to higher level tasks. No-code ops will serve as a think-tank within the company, dedicated to finding better ways of leveraging no-code technology and dealing with unintended consequences such as technical debt and shadow IT. You may expect to see the term among job postings, too, as many companies will be in need of people who can plan, lead and supervise task automation efforts with no-code platforms. ## **3- No-code will drive the growth of Internet of Things (IoT)** IoT [refers to](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_of_things) a network of physical objects, each with sensors collecting data and sharing that data with other objects via the internet to trigger certain actions. No-code will be the blood running through the veins of [IoT](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_of_things). No-code apps already help people control lighting, heating and appliances in smart homes. Moreover, as we have recently [covered](/blog/no-code-for-manufacturing-industry-2/ ), they increase visibility at the factory floor by collecting data and aggregating that data in the form of meaningful metrics, thus making smart manufacturing and Industry 4.0 possible. No-code apps are transforming agriculture too, by leveraging sensors to ensure utmost precision in the use of fertilizers and herbicides, reducing human involvement and cutting costs considerably. In the future, it is highly likely that we will use no-code apps to diagnose problems with our autonomous driving cars and even fix them ourselves. Today no-code is not eating the world. Not yet. However, there are signs that it is already biting big chunks off it. Current implementations of no-code, which may seem isolated from each other at the moment, will start converging in the near future, like a confluence of tributary rivers. The resultant snowball effect will change the way we see software and technology. We envision that Peaka, offering an all-encompassing solution for a wide range of use cases, will be the no-code platform of choice for entrepreneurs with courage to navigate new waters. --- START: blog/why-data-governance-fails-for-ai-agents/why-data-governance-fails-for-ai-agents.md --- # AI Agents Break Data Governance: 5 Reasons Why Role-based access, column-level classification, quarterly permission reviews, and other traditional data governance methods were built around humans being the consumer. AI agents require a different model entirely. The controls built for one don’t transfer to the other. The most dangerous part is that despite controls not working, on the surface everything still looks governed. Logs keep filing and permissions keep getting enforced, so nothing looks broken from the outside. The original assumptions that were implicitly set by traditional data governance just no longer hold. The clearest way to see where those assumptions break is to dive into each one directly. This piece follows five specific places where traditional governance was right for the customer it was built for and why it is now wrong. {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/mathew/traditional-governance-ai-agents.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="a table depicting how AI agents break traditional data governance") }} ## What changes when the consumer is an agent ### AI agents introduce a second identity Every traditional governance model starts from the same place. Every action has a known identity, or a role. When something goes wrong, the audit points directly to whoever broke it. AI agents don’t have a responsible party. An agent authenticates as a service account. When a query is made on behalf of a user, the database receives the service account of the AI agent. This matters because there are now two identities in the transaction: The agent making the query and the user whose intent drove it. Traditional governance was designed around a single actor making a deliberate choice. The concept of acting on behalf of someone else didn’t exist in the old model. With agents, an intermediary is introduced. Row-level security scoped to the real user never fires. Worse, the service account’s permissions scoped to nothing specific are what get enforced instead. [EU AI Act Article 12](https://artificialintelligenceact.eu/article/12/) now requires that AI system logs identify the responsible party behind each interaction. ### AI agents are non-deterministic Traditional governance was built for deterministic systems. Predictability is what made control possible. The same input produces the same output so you can reason about it in advance. AI agents are more nuanced. The same prompt run twice can produce two different queries. There’s no canonical version of what an agent “does” with a given request. Its behavior is determined at runtime from the model and the context it finds along the way. Every traditional control rests on the ability to specify acceptable behavior before it occurs, and non-determinism takes that away. Policies are written against known actions. Audits compare what happened against what was supposed to happen. Take away a knowable “what was supposed to happen,” and there’s nothing left for a policy to check against. ### AI agents create sensitive data at query time Data classification was designed to tag sensitivity at the field level. A column with social security number is classified as PII and a schema with compensation data is restricted. The assumption is that sensitivity is a property of the data itself, knowable before any query runs. AI agents typically don’t query one source. They pull from whatever systems are connected and synthesize a single response from all of it. The combination they produce (and the sensitivity it carries) isn’t determined until the query executes. Field-level tags miss this entirely. A column tagged as external in Salesforce and a field tagged as internal in Workday each pass their individual checks. Neither check evaluates what those fields produce together. Deal ownership and payment history, assembled into a single response about a specific person, can be sensitive in a way neither source was on its own; the risk comes from the join, not from either field. ### AI agents read and write in the same execution In the traditional model, reads and writes were governed separately because they were done separately. Analysts queried data. Applications modified data through defined workflows. The systems that read and the systems that wrote were different systems, so the controls governing them could be different too. AI agents don’t have that boundary. In a single execution, an agent can read from a CRM, reason about what it finds, update a field, trigger a downstream workflow, and write a result back to the requesting system. And it doesn’t do this once per session the way a human might; it runs continuously, executing dozens of read-write cycles per task. Traditional governance has no model for that volume or that autonomy. Write controls were calibrated for human-speed, intentional modifications. The nature of writes for AI agents has completely changed its risk profile. ### AI agents outlive permissions Human access was self-correcting by design. Someone changes roles, their permissions change. Someone leaves, their access ends. Accordingly, traditional governance was built around the assumption that the access surface would be periodically revisited. Service accounts have none of these triggers. There’s no role change or off-boarding. They’re created when a project needs them. They are granted whatever access seemed necessary in the moment and are left running. Permissions tend to accumulate quickly through incremental additions. That becomes a huge problem when an incident requires revocation, because the service account is usually shared across other agents and pipelines. Revoke it outright and everything downstream stops. Scope it down instead, and you’re rebuilding the permission structure from scratch, mid-incident. None of these failures are surprising in isolation. Together, though, they all point to the same gap. ## Closing Thoughts The deeper issue across all five failures is timing. Traditional governance roles, queries, columns, and permissions are all configured at design time. AI agents operate entirely at runtime. They carry the user’s intent, the conversation history, the task they’re trying to complete, and all of the other context. That context is used to make decisions in real time about what to query and what data sources to combine. Governance that was designed to be configured before execution can’t reason about context that only exists during it. A different layer is needed: One that operates at runtime alongside the agent, evaluating each query against the identity and context that produced it, across every connected source rather than one at a time. Peaka is built as that layer. It sits on top of existing infrastructure without replacing any of it. If you’re looking to modernize your data infrastructure to keep up with the agentic era, [book a demo](https://calendly.com/peaka/demo) with Peaka. --- START: blog/why-developers-love-no-code/why-developers-love-no-code.md --- # **3 Reasons Why Developers Love No-Code** The fabricated tension between developers and the no-code technology that was supposed to put them out of work seems to have subsided, finally. Click-bait headlines that question the job safety of possibly the most popular profession of our time are getting few and far between. Developers are trusting no-code platforms and apparently loving them for various reasons. Here’s a closer look at three less-cited reasons developers love no-code: ## **1 - Chance to test ideas out quickly** The ideation phase in product development is all about throwing mud at the wall and seeing what sticks. Developers want to find out as quickly as possible whether their ideas will work without having to invest a lot of time and effort. No-code technology shortens the route from raw ideas to [Rapid Prototypes](/blog/no-code-fast-track-product-development/). This approach minimizes the business risk that would stem from committing resources to an infeasible solution to a problem. The sooner the failure takes place, the easier it is for the product development effort to pivot to something more productive. No-code provides the perfect litmus test for weeding out bad ideas and keep working with the good ones. ## **2 - Side projects** A side project may serve various purposes for a developer: It may be an opportunity for him to learn a new skill and develop a muscle that he can use later in future projects. It can also be a tentative attempt at turning an idea into a product. If successful, this product can generate passive income in the future, something we all dream of. However, a side project should be [limited in scope](https://theobendixson.medium.com/what-does-a-good-side-project-look-like-d7ce26920967). It should be just that—a side project—and shouldn’t encroach upon a developer’s main line of work and require too much time or motivation. It should be easy to deal with. In this kind of work, the more you get rid of the mundane, tedious parts of the work, the more time you will have in your hands to focus on the nitty-gritty of the project. Deciding on things like the place of a button on the page or the amount of padding to be used should not require too much attention and brainpower after all when the developer has a lot of other things to worry about in a project. No-code tools allow developers to see the outcome of their decisions right away and expedite progress of a project. They help developers save time and effort while working on their side projects, without having to build everything from scratch for something of secondary importance. ## **3 - Separation of back end and front end** In the past, application development was a full-stack job: Developers used to learn a programming language and build end-to-end the whole application on one technology. This was a viable approach for desktop applications which did not put much burden on servers. With the progress of the internet technology, web became capable of hosting applications, a fact that facilitated the migration of applications from desktop to web. This technological breakthrough brought about a sharp increase in user numbers and it became difficult for back end servers to cope with the sheer number of [user requests](https://medium.com/@moficodes/front-end-and-back-end-together-but-separate-6e00d90e34d3). It was obvious that back end and front end [scaled at different paces](https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2018/07/19/seven-reasons-why-a-websites-front-end-and-back-end-should-be-kept-separate/?sh=460fe6ea4fca) and the former needed to scale more quickly. The introduction of cloud computing took things to another level, making it possible for developers to build much more capable web applications with lots of features. This gave rise to a sharp increase in the complexity of problems web developers had to face: Browser-specific problems; the differentiation between mobile and desktop; UX; SEO; security concerns. The back end-front end separation was the result of an effort to specialize in problems associated with these respective environments. With these two separated, any change made on one side no longer affects the other, putting an end to the [maintenance nightmare](https://opensenselabs.com/blog/articles/frontend-backend). No-code platforms lend themselves to this approach, producing code for both back end and front end as the user builds his app. There are a plethora of layers between the component and the data model in a no-code platform, but they come pre-built out-of-the-box and thus, do not require developer hours to code. Modern web design and the powerful applications we use support functions such as push notification, streaming and parallel processing, which put a premium in expertise in certain back end and front end tasks. No-code is tailor-made for this new age of app development. ## **Conclusion** Developers had no beef with no-code platforms in the first place. Articles proclaiming that the no-code revolution would spell the end of software development probably rubbed some developers the wrong way, but they were quick to see the value in no-code technology. As task automation comes to play a bigger role and time-to-market remains as one of the measures of success, developers will come to depend more on no-code tools. What was presented as a conflict of interest between developers and no-code technology has turned out to be the beginnings of a lasting alliance, it seems. --- START: blog/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden.md ---    Link copied Table of Contents * [Why is No-code Becoming “In” All of a Sudden?](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden/#why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden) * [Technology has matured](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden/#technology-has-matured) * [Too much demand, not enough talent](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden/#too-much-demand-not-enough-talent) * [A tech-savvy generation entering the workforce](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden/#a-tech-savvy-generation-entering-the-workforce) * [The impact of the pandemic](https://www.peaka.com/blog/why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden/#the-impact-of-the-pandemic) [Home](/) / [Blog](/blog) / Why is No-code Becoming “In” All of a Sudden? [No-code](https://www.peaka.com/category/no-code/) Published on May 01, 2021 6 min read Why is No-code Becoming “In” All of a Sudden?   M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka / Great Thinker **Why is No-code Becoming “In” All of a Sudden?**[](#why-is-no-code-becoming-in-all-of-a-sudden) ================================================================================================ The last several years have turned “[no-code](/)” into a household term in the tech business. The initial doubts that no-code would not amount to much beyond marketing talk have turned out to be in vain. The sheer number of tasks that no-code tools can handle (breadth) and the proficiency with which they can perform them (depth) have expanded consistently over a couple of years. Today, big corporations are deploying enterprise-grade no-code tools. Investors are racing to throw money at no-code startup projects. Regular people are joining no-code bootcamps to add new skills to their repertoires. As a result of this interest, some no-code platforms have even surpassed the billion-dollar threshold in valuation. Let’s take a closer look at some of the factors that have combined to set the stage for the rise of no-code. **Technology has matured**[](#technology-has-matured) ----------------------------------------------------- The borders of the digital world have greatly expanded in the last decade. The internet infrastructure has become better across the globe. Thanks to that, significantly more people have access to the internet today compared to a decade ago. No-code tools have come a long way in the meantime, too. In addition to tech startups developing no-code platforms, tech giants such as Google, Amazon, and Microsoft have been pouring billions of dollars into developing more capable no-code products. As technologies like cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and machine learning mature, no-code platforms look poised to take on a bigger role. Just think about it for a second: No-code app development assisted by AI... How cool would that be? **Too much demand, not enough talent**[](#too-much-demand-not-enough-talent) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- The rising demand for software is one of the defining characteristics of our age. However, the number of developers entering the industry each year is not enough to satisfy this demand. We are facing a developer shortage, and it is one of the reasons driving the growth of the no-code market. The number of computer science graduates who will join the workforce by 2022 will barely amount to [one-third of the actual need](https://medium.com/chargevc/where-next-for-no-code-8f9d21354cc9) (40,000 vs. 120,000). This will add to the approximately 1 million existing tech job openings in the U.S. This dynamic is driving up the salaries of developers, making them less affordable for startups and SMBs. Not only that, but the recruitment process seems to be getting dragged out, too. [According to a study](https://www.icims.com/blog/how-to-prepare-for-tech-hiring-in-2020/), the average time to recruit for a tech position was as long as 66 days in 2019, which is 50 percent longer than it was for other jobs. A longer recruitment process threatens innovation and prevents a company from realizing its true potential, something a startup can ill-afford. This is where no-code comes into play. No-code technology empowers people that do not come from a coding background to carry out tasks that would otherwise have to be done by developers. In the corporate lingo, these people are called "citizen developers." Citizen developers are domain experts who can leverage no-code tools to take on some of the application development duties. However, their app development activities focus on creating business applications suitable to carry out well-defined tasks at work. These activities complement conventional software development. Make no mistake, though: No-code platforms will not replace the coders. No-code tools will help companies bridge skill gaps caused by the developer shortage. These tools will also support coders and take over repetitive tasks so that elite talent can focus on a strategic level where their creativity and expertise can have a much bigger impact. **A tech-savvy generation entering the workforce**[](#a-tech-savvy-generation-entering-the-workforce) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Members of the much-talked-about Gen Z are graduating from college and joining the workforce. This changes the whole ballgame because of how immersed these people have been in technology from the moment they were born—they are digital natives. Gen Zers learn online, socialize online (they feel at home on social media), fight online, and are generally much more comfortable using technology than the generations that preceded them. While their parents might get frustrated and stressed operating different digital tools, using apps has become second nature to Gen Z. Employers are looking to leverage this capability by putting Gen Zers in a position they can make a difference using no-code tools. **The impact of the pandemic**[](#the-impact-of-the-pandemic) ------------------------------------------------------------- The digital transformation that was already in place before the Covid-19 pandemic has accelerated in a world of lockdowns, working from home, and video conferences. U.S. e-commerce sales saw a [32.4 percent increase](https://www.digitalcommerce360.com/article/quarterly-online-sales/) in 2020 over the previous year, and online sales have become a lifeline for even small businesses. The bakery on your street, the florist in the neighborhood, or the dairy producer in the countryside have all turned to e-commerce platforms in order to cope with the challenges of the pandemic. [The surge of e-commerce](https://www.internetadvisor.com/online-shoppers-statistics-facts-and-trends-for-2022) has become one of the main reasons fueling the rise of no-code: E-commerce templates have become some of the most popular no-code solutions. On the other hand, remote work seems to have changed the work life forever: 83 percent of employers and 71 percent of employees think that [remote work has been a success](https://www.pwc.com/us/en/library/covid-19/us-remote-work-survey.html), so it is a trend that is here to stay in one form or another. The capabilities no-code platforms bring to the table facilitate this trend. These platforms automate certain processes and allow people to work and collaborate online. The post-pandemic world will see widespread use of no-code tools. Members of the Peaka team took part in code and no-code development throughout their careers. They were part of the workforce through all the changes that transpired in the software industry in the last decade. Thus, the platform evolved accordingly in response to the demands of the industry. Now, Peaka is ready to help startups and individuals fulfill their potential in the face of those challenges. Your biweekly inspiration delivered to your inbox Join our newsletter for news, tips, and blog posts on anything data integration! Subscribe  Please fill out this field  Thank you! You have been subscribed. Similar posts you might be interested in [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/) No-code May 01, 2021 [How to Create an Ideal Customer Profile for SaaS Businesses](https://www.peaka.com/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/) How do you create an ideal customer profile (ICP)? Why should a SaaS company create one? How does Peaka help you hone your ICP? Find out in this blog post.  Bruce McFadden Peaka / Seasoned Taskmaster [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/) No-code May 01, 2021 [How to Create an Account-Based SaaS Marketing Strategy](https://www.peaka.com/blog/account-based-marketing-saas/) Here is everything a SaaS founder needs to know about account-based marketing, how it works, its benefits, and how Peaka can help ABM teams implement it.  Eugene van Ost Peaka / IT Soothsayer [](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/) No-code May 01, 2021 [Top 6 SaaS Revenue Metrics to Track in 2026](https://www.peaka.com/blog/top-saas-revenue-metrics/) A deep dive into SaaS revenue metrics, four data integration tools to track SaaS revenue, and benefits of blending your revenue data with your CRM data.  M. Çınar Büyükakça Peaka / Prolific Polemicist   Begin your journey today Start your 14-day free trial to explore Peaka! Get started for free Enjoying this article? Subscribe to our monthly newsletter for insights on ServiceTitan data integration and KPI reporting.   First Name Last Name Email Company Name Phone Number (optional) Subscribe You can unsubscribe anytime. For more details review our [Privacy Policy](https://www.peaka.com/privacy-policy/). --- START: blog/why-use-saas-analytics-tools/why-use-saas-analytics-tools.md --- # **Why You Need to Use SaaS Analytics Tools in 2026** What we witnessed in the software industry in the last two decades was nothing short of a revolution. The Internet infrastructure got better and helped cloud-computing grow by more than 500 percent from 2010 to 2020. As a result, SaaS became the dominant form of software distribution in the 2010s. SaaS not only revolutionized how software is delivered but also changed how software products are developed, marketed, sold, and continuously improved. It integrated software development, marketing, and sales functions like never before. Relying on recurring revenue rather than one-time transactions, SaaS companies felt pressed to sustain and nurture a relationship with their customers, which required understanding them first. SaaS analytics emerged from this need to quantify how customers interact with a product, derive insights, and use them to improve the product and sell more of it. ## **What is SaaS analytics?** [SaaS analytics](/blog/b2b-saas-analytics-tools/) refers to the way SaaS companies track, bring together, and analyze their data to make better decisions. The emergence of SaaS analytics as a discipline resulted from the business model the SaaS concept introduced. The SaaS model might have changed the way we buy software, but it's the after-sales process where it truly differentiates itself from traditional businesses. SaaS companies [rely on recurring revenue](/blog/saas-growth-metrics/) to grow, which does not happen without retaining customers first and then adding new ones. This reliance on customer retention changes the whole game, as the SaaS analytics guru David Skok [points out](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/saas-metrics-2/) in one of his articles: > "_SaaS and other recurring revenue businesses are different because the revenue for the service comes over an extended period of time (the customer lifetime). If a customer is happy with the service, they will stick around for a long time, and the profit that can be made from that customer will increase considerably. On the other hand, if a customer is unhappy, they will churn quickly, and the business will likely lose money on the investment that they made to acquire that customer. This creates a fundamentally different dynamic to a traditional software business. There are now two sales that have to be accomplished:_ > _1. Acquiring the customer_ > _2. Keeping the customer (to maximize the lifetime value)._" While customer retention concerns put pressure on SaaS companies and require frictionless customer experience, the SaaS model also presents its practitioners with opportunities to create life-changing products. Thanks to the cloud-based nature of SaaS, every user interaction with a product becomes a data point, giving a SaaS company unprecedented visibility into how its product is being used in real life. Successful SaaS companies are the ones that collect, analyze, and interpret this data and develop products that perfectly fit the needs of their customers. Tune into this video by [David Skok](https://www.linkedin.com/in/dskok/) for a primer on the SaaS business model and why analytics is indispensable for success in SaaS: {{ youtube(id="5RR6M_d6eKc") }} ## **Key takeaways** - SaaS analytics encompasses how you track, unify, and analyze your SaaS data to make better decisions. - SaaS analytics helps you see which parts of your marketing strategy work, create ideal customer profiles, and evaluate past performance. - SaaS analytics comprises three main types: Product, marketing, and revenue analytics. - Marketing and revenue attribution tools are becoming more popular as they enable you to identify the ads, content, and campaigns that create value for your company. ## **SaaS in numbers** - According to a forecast by [Gartner](https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2024-11-19-gartner-forecasts-worldwide-public-cloud-end-user-spending-to-total-723-billion-dollars-in-2025), the end-user spending in the SaaS sector will reach $299.07 billion in 2025, marking a 19.2 percent growth over the 2024 figure of $250.80 billion. - A recent study by [Precedence Research](https://www.precedenceresearch.com/software-as-a-service-market) forecasts the global SaaS market size to reach $1,251.35 billion in 2034, with a compound annual growth rate of 13.32 percent from 2025 to 2034. - The same study projects the U.S. SaaS market to grow from $115.82 billion in 2024 to $412.14 billion in 2034. - There are more than 16,000 [SaaS companies](https://getlatka.com/companies/countries/united-states) in the U.S. as of 2025. - A study conducted by [BetterCloud](https://pages.bettercloud.com/rs/719-KZY-706/images/BetterCloud-State-of-SaaS-2025.pdf) among 568 IT professionals has revealed that the average number of SaaS apps used by companies with 1,500 to 4,999 employees decreased from 142 in 2023 to 101 in 2024. ## **Why do you need SaaS analytics?** In a business environment where we are overwhelmed by data pouring in from all directions, SaaS analytics is more important than ever. Here are three main reasons you need to invest in analytics if you're running a B2B SaaS company: ### **To see what works and what doesn't** SaaS analytics help users recognize patterns and trends in their business operations. These patterns reveal how the product resonates with customers, the friction points, the features they love, and those they don't like or understand. SaaS analytics puts an end to what you think your product is and shows you what your customers think it is. This last point is particularly critical for startups, which have no data at the beginning and have to make decisions based on various assumptions and hypotheses. SaaS analytics exposes which of these assumptions were true and which hypotheses held. If the startup in question manages to track and unify its data, the analytics can help ensure that future decisions will be data-driven instead of throwing things against the wall and seeing what sticks. ### **To create ideal customer profiles and segment the market** No company can serve everyone at the same time. There has to be a categorization of some kind, and we all know that "[_not all segments are created equal._](https://www.saasceo.com/ideal-customer-profile/)" That's why companies study their potential customers and prioritize the needs of a smaller group among them. These are the customers with pains that are a better fit for a product. Companies strive to target these best-fit customers because they are more likely to make [repeat purchases, upgrade, and refer new customers](https://medium.com/@StartupBusinesstips/how-to-create-a-powerful-ideal-customer-profile-icp-83531bf603d9). That's where SaaS analytics comes in handy. Data can speak volumes about your best-fit customers, provided that you can enrich it with [firmographic, demographic, technographic, and psychographic data](/blog/saas-ideal-customer-profile/). This data can help align marketing and sales activities and ensure that the messaging and marketing companies are personalized for the higher-value segment, which will shorten the sales cycles as a result. ### **To evaluate past performance** SaaS analytics brings a structure to how data is to be tracked, unified, and leveraged. When done right, SaaS analytics identify high-level KPIs and low-level, more focused metrics. With metrics and KPIs at hand, it will be easier to establish ownership of goals across the company. SaaS analytics aligns a company around measurable goals and brings accountability to the day-to-day processes and quarterly operations. Once accountability is established, individual and team performance can be more objectively evaluated and communicated to employees. SaaS analytics visualized in a dashboard reveals where employee performance needs to improve and makes one-on-one coaching of employees possible. Measuring the success of marketing campaigns is a challenge for companies. SaaS analytics helps users correctly attribute success to marketing initiatives undertaken and measure the return on marketing dollars spent. It enables more efficient use of resources and makes it possible for marketing teams to identify the relative performance of different channels like social media, email marketing, or content marketing. More on marketing and revenue attribution later. ## **Types of SaaS analytics** SaaS analytics is a vast and expanding field. For the sake of practicality, it is best to examine it under three headings: ### **1. Product analytics** Product analytics is the process of [tracking and analyzing](https://productschool.com/blog/analytics/product-analytics) how users engage with your digital product and making day-to-day and strategic decisions based on insights drawn from this process. Product analytics enriches the qualitative data you receive from customer surveys and interviews with quantitative data from product usage. SaaS companies rely on Build-Measure-Learn cycles to develop their products, and product analytics tools are what make this possible. As Fatih Koca, currently the head of Global Service OPerations Data Team at Google puts it succinctly, “_What you measure grows._” {{ youtube(id="EvigtbOs5R0") }} A good product analytics tool helps you solve some [major problems](https://theproductmanager.com/topics/product-analytics/) by letting you - **Understand how your users engage with your product.** Product analytics reveal valuable information about your churn and retention rates and your daily, weekly, and monthly active users. - **Discover the friction points and wow moments your users experience.** Product analytics help you address pain points and double down on things that delight your customers. - **Streamline your product.** Product analytics allows you to see which features create value for your product and which ones don't. Using this information, you can create a leaner user experience. - **Conduct [cohort analysis](https://www.fullstory.com/product-analytics/).** Product analytics tools enable you to group customers according to customer attributes like the pricing plan they subscribed to, the country they are based in, and their usage habits. This help ### **2. Marketing Analytics** Marketing analytics is the collection and evaluation of data to inform marketing efforts. Organizations use platforms like Google Analytics, HubSpot, and Salesforce to consolidate and make sense of their data. Marketing analytics helps users to - **Establish a goal-oriented culture.** Marketing analytics allows marketing and sales teams to set goals and align their activities around these goals. - **Identify metrics that help quantify marketing performance.** Marketing analytics provides users with data on the email campaigns, ads, and other content like podcasts, blogs, and videos created and how well they resonated with the targeted groups. [By turning data into information](https://mailchimp.com/marketing-glossary/marketing-analytics/), marketing analytics enables users to channel resources into more productive marketing activities. - **Segment your customers according to common attributes.** Thanks to marketing analytics, you can group your customers, form tiers depending on the account value they offer, and create personalized messaging that will appeal to them. ### **3. Revenue analytics** Revenue analytics refers to the [collection and analysis of data](https://jennpereira.medium.com/what-is-revenue-analytics-and-why-startups-need-it-for-success-9a9fffd8403d) to evaluate revenue generation activities. SaaS companies are characterized by strong revenue growth—that's what sets them apart from SMBs. Therefore, revenue analytics is essential for SaaS companies willing to achieve exponential growth. Thanks to revenue analytics, users can - **Understand customers.** Diving deep into revenue data reveals the best-fit customers who have urgent pains that your product solves. Capitalizing on this group can power your revenue growth. - **Forecast future revenue.** Past data sheds light on cyclical trends and let users brace up for a spike in demand or look to secure external funding in the face of a sharp fall in revenue. - **Uncover new sources of [revenue growth](https://dealhub.io/glossary/revenue-analytics/#revenue-analytics-implementation-steps).** Revenue analytics helps users identify the highest-value accounts and repeat customers, who are prime candidates for upselling and cross-selling initiatives. ## **Which SaaS metrics should you track?** ### **1. Monthly churn rate** The monthly churn rate represents the percentage of customers who canceled their subscriptions in a given month. It is one of the staple metrics to gauge the health of a business and a sign of how close it is to product-market fit. **MRR = Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) X Total Number of Subscribers
** A high monthly churn rate tells that something is seriously wrong with your product, which you have to look for ways to fix to retain customers and grow. Software bugs, friction in the onboarding process, or poor customer support are the usual suspects when facing a high monthly churn rate. The monthly churn rate is a particularly critical metric for networked products. These products depend on the existence of a network for users to derive value from them. A high monthly churn rate means there are fewer and fewer people using a product, which undermines its value and may render the product useless for the remaining users at some point. ### **2. Annual recurring revenue (ARR)** ARR refers to the recurring revenue a business earns from its subscribers normalized for a year. It's regarded as a reliable indicator of a company's long-term viability. Investors focus on this metric while assessing the potential of a startup and deciding whether to invest in it. Doubling and tripling ARR every year is how successful startups stand out from mediocre ones and SMBs. **ARR = MRR X 12
** However, ARR lacks the precision one expects from a metric that informs strategic decisions. That's why it needs to be broken down into its components: - new ARR (revenue from brand-new customers) - expansion ARR (revenue from upselling or cross-selling) - churned ARR (lost revenue from cancellations) - contraction ARR (lost revenue from customers downgrading to a lower-priced plan) - net new ARR (the change in annual revenue compared to the year before) ### **3. Customer lifetime value (CLV)** CLV is the total revenue a business can expect to earn from a customer over the course of the business relationship. It helps identify the customers that create the highest value for a company and, in a sense, separates the wheat from the chaff. **CLV = (Average Revenue Per User) / (Customer Churn Rate)
** CLV matters because capitalizing on existing high-value customers is the shortest route to revenue growth. Customer acquisition cost for these accounts is already incurred, and these customers tend to spend more on upselling and cross-selling offers. Low CLV may indicate inefficient operations that need to be phased out. Eliminating products that are not popular with high CLV customers can help streamline the product range and improve ROI. ### **4. Net revenue retention (NRR)** NRR is the percentage of the recurring revenue your business can retain over a certain period. A positive NRR reflects that you are growing your revenue base, which is a sign that your business model is working. Successful B2B SaaS businesses are characterized by high NRR. **NRR = [(Starting MRR + Expansion MRR — Contraction MRR — Churned MRR) / Starting MRR] X 100
** The reason NRR is regarded as a north star metric is that it measures revenue and sheds light on the efficiency of your whole operation. Cancellations and downgrades are inevitable, but if you can still grow your business despite those setbacks, it means that the positives outweigh the negatives. Whether it's a certain feature of your product, the user experience you offer, or the customer success effort, you are doing something right. Identifying those strengths and doubling down on them should be the next step. ### **5. Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC)** CAC is the total money spent on marketing and sales to acquire a new customer. This figure [includes](https://blog.hubspot.com/service/what-does-cac-stand-for) ads spend, employee salaries, production and publishing costs associated with marketing content, overhead costs regarding software and technical equipment needed to sustain marketing and sales effort, and maintenance. **CAC = (Sum of all sales- and marketing-related expenses) / (Number of new customers added)
** CAC is one of the fundamental metrics in unit economics. It is an indicator of the efficiency of your marketing and sales efforts and how well they are aligned. You don't want to pour money into acquiring customers who will generate less CLV than the money it costs to acquire them. Successful SaaS businesses use two benchmark figures to gauge their performance: - One should earn from a customer [three times](https://blog.hubspot.com/service/ltv-cac-ratio) as much money as one spends acquiring them. - It should take a company 12 months or less (payback period) to recover the money spent on customer acquisition. ### **6. Average ticket count, backlog, and resolution time** These [three metrics](https://blog.hubspot.com/service/customer-experience-metrics) give you a well-rounded idea about the frequency of technical problems your customers are having with your product and how your customer support team is handling the requests for support. The **average ticket count** measures the number of support tickets your team receives on a given day, week, or month. Sudden and sustained increases in the number of support tickets may point to a serious problem with your technical infrastructure or a major bug in your software. Your **average ticket backlog** speaks volumes about your team's performance in responding to and resolving support tickets and the rate at which new tickets are created. A growing backlog of tickets can be a sign of serious issues with your product or an underperforming customer support team. The **average ticket resolution time** is the metric that tracks the performance of your customer support team. A long resolution time means you have to invest in training and expanding your customer support team, or the issues with your product are too complex to deal with. ### **7. Customer conversion rate** Customer conversion rate refers to the percentage of users who have completed a predefined [desired action](https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/valuation/customer-conversion-rate/). This action may differ from one part of the marketing or sales funnel to another, like visiting the website, signing up for a demo, opening an email, or entering credit card info. Customer conversion rate is calculated by taking the number of customers who completed a particular action, like opening an email, and dividing that number by the total number of customers exposed to that particular request or trigger. **Conversion rate = (Total number of conversions) / (Total number of users engaged)
** Conversion rates are important to evaluate the marketing and sales decisions and actions taken along a funnel. Ads and content that generate low conversion rates can be revised for messaging and SEO or discarded altogether. Conversion rates also serve as [reference points](https://www.adjust.com/glossary/conversion-rate/) for salespeople further down the funnel. These people can use conversion rates to forecast the number of customers they will be working with when it's their turn. For a discussion of these SaaS metrics and a few more, give a listen to this podcast by the renowned tech executive, investor, and consultant [Dave Kellogg:](https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelloggdave/) {{ youtube(id="e0t-PSfaCe8") }} ## **4 SaaS analytics tools to keep an eye on** B2B sales is a long-winded process with multiple touch points. As a decision-maker, you want to know which one of your decisions and experiments paid off and which ones did not. That’s why [marketing attribution](https://www.salesforce.com/blog/what-is-marketing-attribution-model/), the way marketers assess the ROI of marketing decisions and actions, is becoming increasingly popular: {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/marketing-attribution-us-g-trends.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Google searches for 'marketing attribution'") }} Graph showing the change in the U.S.-based Google searches for the term "marketing attribution" over the last five years. Image credits: [Google Trends](https://trends.google.com/trends/explore?date=today%205-y&geo=US&q=marketing%20attribution&hl=en). The image was slightly modified for aesthetic purposes. Here is a look at four tools that help SaaS companies with the marketing attribution problem: ### **Dreamdata** Dreamdata is a revenue attribution tool that lets users view the whole customer journey, understand how customers interact with a product, and glean the impact different ads, campaigns, and channels have on revenue. It gives its users visibility into conversion across all touchpoints, making them see which trigger led to a conversion. #### **Strengths** - Dreamdata offers one of the richest integration catalogs in the segment. Its ability to bring in data from a plethora of data sources make it easier to enrich the data and create a complete picture of the customer journey. - Dreamdata’s reports beat those of the competitors on granularity. #### **Weaknesses** - Dreamdata is a complicated tool with a challenging setup process, especially for the uninitiated. - Its data visualization capability, too, leaves much to be desired. Dreamdata offers dashboard templates for common use cases, but it may come up short when the customers develop more sophisticated needs in time. Customizable dashboards would work wonders to address the needs of diverse customer groups. #### **Integrations** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-analytics-1-dreamdata.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="CRM integrations offered by Dreamdata") }} CRM integrations offered by Dreamdata. Image credits: [Dreamdata](https://dreamdata.io/integrations). In addition to CRM suites like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, and Zoho CRM, Dreamdata integrates with Google Ads, Facebook Ads, LinkedIn Ads, and Google Search Console. ### **HockeyStack** HockeyStack is another option if you are trying to see what part of your marketing and sales funnels are working and driving your revenue and which parts are underperforming. It links marketing data to usage and sales data, revealing how marketing initiatives contribute to a company's bottom line. #### **Strengths** - HockeyStack comes with an easy setup process and a no-code user interface, making it particularly suitable for small startups that can't afford large, specialized marketing teams. - It offers a survey feature, which lets you dig into the prehistory of your relationship with your customers and learn how they heard about you. - Another cool feature is the visualizations representing your funnels and conversions that take place along the customer journey. The customization options in reporting and dashboards enable HockeyStack to handle different visualization needs. #### **Weaknesses** - HockeyStack offers a limited number of out-of-the-box integrations, although the team develops integrations with niche tools when customers demand so. - Despite offering customized reports and dashboards, HockeyStack fails to provide the desired level of granularity with its reporting. #### **Integrations** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-analytics-2-hockeystack.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="CRM integrations offered by HockeyStack") }} CRM integrations offered by HockeyStack. Image credits: [HockeyStack](https://hockeystack.com/integrations). HockeyStack integrates with major CRM platforms like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, and Close, on the one hand, and Google Ads, Facebook Ads, and LinkedIn Ads, on the other. The tool may be expected to offer more integrations as it matures. ### **Ruler Analytics** One of the more specialized players in the market, Ruler Analytics is a tool that unifies data from different channels and activities for the purpose of marketing and revenue attribution. It tracks leads across every touchpoint through a customer's journey and gives its users a holistic view of the impact their marketing efforts are generating. #### **Strengths** - Ruler Analytics' reports offer high granularity as they break down data into lower-level components. This lets users see which channels, campaigns, and keywords are responsible for the conversions. - Its capability to track phone calls, live chats, and forms serves as an additional source of insights for users. #### **Weaknesses** - Reporting function covers only the last 90 days. - Revenue analytics does not offer custom dashboards to visualize data. Instead, it scrapes the data and pushes it to other tools that can turn it into charts and dashboards. - The setup process is intricate and requires some level of coding knowledge and support from the Revenue Analytics team. #### **Integrations** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-analytics-3-ruler-analytics.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="CRM integrations offered by Ruler Analytics") }} Some of the CRM integrations offered by Ruler Analytics. Image credits: [Ruler Analytics](https://www.ruleranalytics.com/integrations). Ruler Analytics integrates with major CRM platforms like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, and Zoho CRM. For marketing analytics, it can pull in data from Google Ads, Facebook Ads, LinkedIn Ads, and Google Analytics. Its integrations with Intercom and Drift add another dimension to the lead traction efforts. ### **Factors.ai** Factors.ai is primarily a website analytics platform that can integrate with CRM platforms while letting its users track content performance and analyze site visitor behavior. It complements its website analytics capability with multi-touch revenue attribution, shedding light on the ROI of ads, campaigns, and channels. #### **Strengths** - Factors.ai offers its users an anonymous visitor identification capability. Thanks to the reverse IP-lookup technology to track high-intent accounts with the need for visitors to provide contact information. - Factors.ai leverages AI to reveal how content, keywords, and specific actions impact conversion metrics throughout the whole funnel. #### **Weaknesses** - The limited number of integrations restricts Factors.ai's appeal for different use cases. - Factors.ai's graphic representation of data looks like it could use some improvement. The lack of customization in the dashboard undermines the success of the analytics and attribution functions. #### **Integrations** {{ resize_image(path="../static/assets/images/blog-images/saas-analytics-4-factors.png", width=759, height=400, op='fit_width', alt="Integrations offered by Factors.ai") }} Integrations offered by Factors.ai. Image credits: [Factors.ai](https://www.factors.ai). Factors.ai integrates with major platforms like HubSpot, Salesforce, and Google Ads. It is reasonable to expect the number of integrations to increase in the near future. ## **B2B SaaS analytics content to consume** - Video–[The SaaS Business Model & Metrics: Understand the Key Drivers for Success](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5RR6M_d6eKcc) | David Skok - Video–[Analytics Strategy for SaaS | Fatih Koca](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EvigtbOs5R0) - Podcast–[SaaShimi Ep. II: Key SaaS Metrics | Dave Kellogg](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e0t-PSfaCe8) - Article–[SaaS Metrics 2.0 – A Guide to Measuring and Improving What Matters](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/saas-metrics-2/) - Article–[Marketing Attribution: Creating a Growth Engine at Salesforce, Zendesk and Slack](https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/marketing-attribution/) - Opinion–['The Next-era Metrics Playbook' | Kyle Poyar](https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:7072166550014681088/) ## **Conclusion** "_Scaling what works and eliminating what doesn't._" This is what all SaaS analytics boils down to. If being data-driven is the goal, SaaS analytics is the way to go. SaaS analytics is the culmination of the efforts to make sense of data. It injects some science into the art of management and tries to make innovation and growth more predictable. Good things happen when you connect your data silos, get them to talk to each other, and actually make sense of the consolidated data. SaaS analytics takes care of the last part. For anything before that, you have Peaka. --- START: blog/year-in-retrospect-2022/year-in-retrospect-2022.md --- # **The Year in Retrospect: A Look Back at 2022** Going into 2022, we had [high hopes and a cautious optimism](/blog/2022-predictions) that things would change for the better after two years of pandemic. Now, it's time for an assessment of the year to see whether our hopes materialized or unexpected developments rendered our predictions irrelevant. ## **Pivot to enterprise in the low-code/no-code** 2022 was a good year for low-code/no-code (LCNC) platforms, [just as we predicted](/blog/2022-predictions/#4-low-code-no-code-platforms). The enterprise segment was particularly enthusiastic in adopting these tools and using them to create internal tools and automate tasks. It looks like the B2C segment will take some time to mature before it offers a viable business to low-code/no-code (LCNC) companies. There are mainly two reasons for that: Despite requiring little to no coding skills, people still benefit immensely from algorithmic thinking if they are to tap into the full potential of LCNC platforms. Individual customers mostly see LCNC platforms as tools to realize hobby projects. Most of them lack the motivation to see a project through to completion. The enterprise segment is not hobbled by such factors. The IT departments are full of people who can skillfully wield LCNC tools. This qualified workforce can establish guardrails and governance for non-technical LCNC users and slowly bring them into the fold. Additionally, the use cases in an enterprise environment are better defined compared to the individual segment. Employees know what they need to use an LCNC for and are motivated to invest time and effort in mastering these tools. Regular people with vague business ideas may struggle to figure out what they can do with such platforms. But these platforms become game changers in the hands of professional developers and domain experts. Airtable was the first to make the pivot to the enterprise segment among no-code tools. Having achieved success through bottom-up adoption in big corporations, the company decided that a multi-pronged business strategy was not sustainable. As a result, management [resolved](https://www.airtable.com/newsroom/company/airtable-new-direction) to focus its efforts on the enterprise segment, where the upside looks more enticing than any other. Another no-code platform, Bubble, also seems to be changing direction. Despite boasting a large user base and having raised large, Bubble's efforts to monetize its product weren't as successful. The company is now [repositioning](https://blog.momentumgroup.tech/bubble-ios-new-dedicated-plans-present-a-compelling-alternative-to-expensive-saas-and-enterprise-74b8e374de83) itself, targeting a piece of the ever-growing pie in the enterprise segment. This change comes as a surprise considering the popularity Bubble enjoyed among creative people and professionals with a side project. ## **Data integration becoming a core business concern** 2022 was a year during which organizations became more aware of their data integration problems. The SaaS sprawl, the explosive growth in unstructured data, and the ambition to make data-driven decisions have put data integration under the spotlight. Ensuring high [data quality](/blog/data-quality-dimensions/), breaking [data silos](/blog/data-quality-tips/), and finding the best data integration method for the needs of a business was on top of the agenda for people and organizations alike. The challenge is to find the optimum combination of databases, data warehouses, and data lakes to satisfy specific data integration needs while balancing speed and operational costs. Terms like data fabric, [data mesh](/blog/data-warehouse-vs-data-mesh/), and [logical data warehouse](/blog/logical-data-warehouse/) made the rounds throughout 2022 as the tech community sought to overcome this challenge. Just the discussion itself was enough to show that organizations of different sizes had data integration problems seeking urgent attention. The enterprise segment for data integration tools is not without options as long as customers are willing to pay big bucks. However, SMBs and startups are devoid of any realistic solution, despite their growing data integration needs. Aware of this pain point, the Peaka team spent most of the year working on polishing the data integration capabilities of Peaka and unveiled the new Peaka at the end of October. Leveraging data virtualization technology, the new Peaka allows users to bring their data together without having to move or sync it. With our built-to-purpose data integration tool, SMBs and startups will be able to form a single view of truth in 2023 without employing expensive data teams or paying for costly enterprise-grade products. ## **The rise of hard tech** 2022 was a culmination point, with different trends coming together to signal a lasting change in the way hard tech is perceived by governments, entrepreneurs, and investors. It all started with the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020. The rush to develop vaccines highlighted the role biotech companies could play in times of crisis. Then came the supply chain issues in 2021, which particularly hit microchips hard, creating a squeeze in the supply of electronic devices and cars. In 2022, it was the Russian invasion of Ukraine that provided our yearly dose of chaos and uncertainty. The war brought energy prices to not-seen-before levels, with Russia proving that it couldn't be counted on as a reliable supplier of natural gas and oil. Green energy was a nice cause to root for prior to the war; now, it's a matter of sovereignty and industrial policy for governments. Real-world problems are waiting for real solutions. It looks like stars are aligning for a new era where hard tech projects will become more prominent. Today microchip manufacturing, sustainable energy generation, biotech, automotive, defense, aviation, and space technologies are rejuvenated with a [renewed interest and capital injection](/blog/investors-hard-tech-revival/) not seen in decades. It was the software industry and apps that pushed the frontier of technology in the last decade. 2022 might turn out to be an introduction to a new age of invention and innovation that will transform our lives. ## **AI: Not there yet** AI was on a charm offensive throughout 2022. People flocked to create illustrations and artwork with OpenAI's Dall-E-2, got into conversations with the same company's AI-assisted chatbot ChatGPT at the end of the year, or whipped up avatars out of their photographs using the Lens app. Although not good for much other than having fun, the popular interest in these toys must have provided an enormous amount of data for these to train on. However, we don't see a drastic increase in AI adoption rates in business just yet. According to an online survey McKinsey conducted among 1,492 participants, AI adoption has leveled off between [50 and 60 percent](https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/quantumblack/our-insights/the-state-of-ai-in-2022-and-a-half-decade-in-review#review) in 2022 despite having more than doubled since 2017. There seems to be a bottleneck here. AI is expected to decrease reliance on humans, but experienced engineering and data science talent capable of implementing AI projects are in short supply, which stops this particular technology from becoming mainstream. In the meantime, companies that have so far achieved high ROI for AI [tend to invest](https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/quantumblack/our-insights/the-state-of-ai-in-2022-and-a-half-decade-in-review#gap) in this technology significantly more than other companies and pull away from their competitors as a result. Since there won't be a sudden increase in the supply of software engineers and data scientists any time soon, we will be counting on low-code/no-code platforms to pick up the slack and make AI accessible to the masses. ## **Conclusion** 2022 was a hectic year for the tech industry and may prove to be a milestone when we look back at it some time in the 2030s. It may go down as the year LCNC platforms became staples in the corporate toolbox, data integration needs of SMBs and startups were recognized, hard tech startups took a leap forward, and AI attained public favor. It could have been just the perfect year if it weren't for the war. --- START: blog/zapier-no-code-report/zapier-no-code-report.md --- # **Zapier No-Code Report: An Analysis of the No-code Community** What we think of ourselves rarely matches how others see us. Russell Westbrook, the all-star guard for the Los Angeles Lakers, probably thinks he is still one of the superstars of the game (his attitude would have you think so) when actually he is having [one of the worst offensive seasons](https://www.silverscreenandroll.com/2022/3/16/22980157/russell-westbrook-lakers-lebron-james-anthony-davis-worst-offensive-season) in the history of the NBA. He could use a reality check, but it would be a challenge to convince a player on a $44 million contract to take a smaller role that could justify his performance. Things are going extremely well in the no-code land these days. As people working in this particular segment of the software industry, we can't help but get excited about the future: Startups are gaining traction. Even non-tech-savvy people are taking note of no-code tools and slowly awakening to their potential. Capital keeps flowing in at never-seen-before rates. What's there not to like? We think the future belongs to no-code, but is that so? How do the no-coders see their experience with the no-code technology? What can we learn from them? ## **Riding the pandemic wave** No-code automation platform Zapier has recently published [a report](https://zapier.com/blog/no-code-report/) about the impact no-code has had on individuals and businesses. The findings in the report give us valuable insights into how no-code tools have been received by the community. The first figure from the report tells us that 82 percent of the no-code users started using no-code tools in the last two years. This piece of information speaks to the transformative effect of the global pandemic, confirming a point we [repeatedly emphasized](/blog/after-deluge-post-pandemic-business-world/) in [our blog posts](/blog/great-resignation-no-code/). The pandemic dealt a powerful and unexpected blow to the business world. Overwhelmed by the lockdowns and labor shortages, companies turned to no-code technologies to automate as many processes as possible and tried to rethink them in a way that incorporates no-code. As a result, no-code tools covered more ground in two years than they would be expected to do in a decade. ## **Developers love no-code** Another striking point mentioned in the report is the level of technical knowledge the users of no-code platforms have. 88 percent of the respondents in the study possessed some level of coding knowledge, and 35 percent of the respondents are indeed professional developers. This last figure is in line with the experience we had with our customers, one-third of whom are developers. Although this should make us rethink why people without a coding background struggle to adopt no-code technology, it also demonstrates that developers are open to what no-code can do for them. We can finally put to sleep once and for all the worries about no-code technology and developers becoming [mortal enemies](https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2022/03/14/are-no-code-platforms-making-developers-redundant/) and developers not taking no-code tools seriously. ## **A little bit of homework for us** The biggest hurdles for people working with no-code technology involve troubleshooting moments. People seem to get stuck in case of a problem as they don't know their way around this new domain. Lack of examples is among the cited complaints as well. These struggles come as no surprise, as only 31 percent of the respondents received formal training from their companies about the no-code tools they used. The majority of the respondents seem to be self-taught thanks to watching videos and attending online classes. The no-code community has come a long way in educating the public, but it looks like our job is not done yet. We must make an organized effort to further lower the barriers for no-coders. Seeking government backing in reskilling employees and students as no-coders would be a step in the right direction for the industry. At [Peaka](/), we have been expanding our documentation and adding videos to our Youtube channel in order to mitigate such difficulties. The fact that people have trouble solving the problems they run into indicates that no-coders can benefit from a more structured start to app building so that they won't get lost. Templates are great for getting your feet wet in app building if you have no prior experience, and that's why we have been relentlessly growing our collection of ready-made templates. ## **Conclusion** The bright spot is that 65 percent of people use no-code tools at least once a week. This usage rate implies that these tools have become part of the job for two-thirds of the respondents. Unlike the plethora of other software tools we download and forget about, no-code platforms deliver real business value and keep people engaged. Zapier's recent study sheds light on the friction points no-coders face. If not dealt with properly, these issues may keep the capabilities of platforms from fully translating into value for the customers. Perfecting the onboarding process and empowering the no-coders to unlock the existing capabilities could help no-code platforms pick the low-hanging fruit. For a no-code platform looking for a high-impact move to improve its bottom line, greasing the wheels for the already-converted no-coders should be the top priority. --- START: blog/zero-etl-data-integration/zero-etl-data-integration.md --- # **The Pros and Cons of Zero ETL Explained** Not a day goes by without a new data-related term coming up. Why? Because harnessing the power of data is the most pressing issue on the agenda nowadays. We keep accumulating data through various tools just because we can. Then, management gurus tell us to use that data to become more data-driven. But how? How are we supposed to bring together data scattered over numerous data warehouses, data lakes, SaaS tools, and repositories in the first place so that data scientists and analysts can work their magic? As if that were not challenging enough, we must do it with a handful of experts or find a way to democratize the whole process. If you are done studying terms like data mesh, data fabric, and data virtualization, meet your new homework: Zero-ETL. In this blog post, we find out what it is and whether it can live up to the promise of its name. ## **Why would we need zero-ETL?** Because the extract-transform-load (ETL) process is like calories, sugar, or fat: You want less of it. But can you get away with no ETL at all? To understand what zero-ETL is trying to achieve, we should start by analyzing the ETL process that it is trying to replace. ETL involves [moving data to a staging layer](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_Nk0v9qUWk4), converting it into the desired format, and then loading it to the desired storage location for it to be consumed by data users. This particular process is the main reason data integration poses such a challenge. There must be something ETL is doing really well, though, considering how widely it is used in the industry. It is a fast and effective data integration method that works well with legacy systems. Additionally, it introduces security checks and addresses privacy concerns while bringing the data together. However, ETL has its downsides, too. First of all, it is a labor-intensive and inflexible method by design. Each ETL pipeline is [built for a specific type of transformation.](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=voC0ewDeltA) Therefore, it has to be reconfigured every time data formats change. It is also high-maintenance as you need to supervise the existing pipelines and ensure that they are working properly. These factors put a strain on IT people and hurt scalability. ## **"*Why don't we drop the T, huh?*"** Zero-ETL is the outcome of the efforts to create a reliable data integration method without the shortcomings of ETL. It is for those who want to have their cake and eat it, too. Zero-ETL indeed gets rid of the pesky transformation phase, speeding up data integration. However, while doing that, it also sacrifices the standardization and cleansing of the data that comes with the [transformation function](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extract,_transform,_load#Transform). Transformation is not a needless chore you should look to dump at all costs, though. It prepares the data so that it can be consumed by the data user. You can eliminate the transformation as a task, but the need to cleanse and standardize the data remains. It just has to be dealt with differently. The zero-ETL approach tries to get around this problem by keeping the data in a single ecosystem and automating its movement. Amazon's implementation of this method between its [Aurora relational database system and Redshift data warehouse](https://aws.amazon.com/tr/about-aws/whats-new/2022/11/amazon-aurora-zero-etl-integration-redshift/) is a good case in point. By letting its users move their data without performing an ETL, Amazon claims to offer near real-time analytics and machine learning (ML) capability. However, zero-ETL gives up the flexibility of being able to work with different [data sources, cloud environments, and platforms](https://www.matillion.com/resources/blog/mythbuster-would-life-be-better-without-etl) in the meantime. Now, let's take a tally and summarize the pros and cons of zero-ETL: ## **The pros of zero-ETL** + **Speed:** The zero-ETL approach is [faster than the conventional ETL](https://medium.com/starschema-blog/so-whats-all-this-talk-about-zero-etl-integration-aa3b0ca9612b) as the former does not involve the time-consuming data transformation phase. + **Efficiency:** The zero-ETL approach requires [less custom programming](https://medium.com/codex/is-the-zero-etl-approach-the-end-of-the-data-engineer-32f34fd434cd), hence less manpower and less duplicate storage, which combine to bring down costs. + **Ease of use:** The speed and the elimination of data pipelines make the technology accessible to a broader range of users. ## **The cons of zero-ETL** + **Lack of flexibility:** Despite aiming to replace the inflexible ETL method, zero-ETL comes up short on that front. Its flexibility, speed, and ease of use apply only to a small number of use cases where data moves within the same ecosystem. + **Not enterprise-friendly:** Due to the vendor lock-in and inability to work with different systems, zero-ETL does not lend itself to use by enterprises that tend to employ different data sources and, among them, legacy systems. It is more suitable for organizations like startups and SMBs where data integration needs are well-defined and predictable. + **Limited scope:** Unfortunately, it is not possible to abstract away all the possible transformations, which undermines zero-ETL's capability to address different needs. This method is not suitable for building, managing, and maintaining sophisticated data pipelines. Zero-ETL trades versatility for efficiency and speed in a limited number of situations. ## **What are the most common use cases for zero-ETL?** Zero-ETL lends itself to a particular brand of products and services that require real-time data: ### **Personalized product recommendations** Zero-ETL facilitates the delivery of personalized product recommendations to users based on their previous searches. With no data transformation phase required, e-commerce platforms can use zero-ETL to tailor their suggestions to better accommodate user interest. ### **Live business intelligence** A data management infrastructure leveraging zero-ETL pulls in data from data warehouses, data lakes, and databases and powers dashboards in real-time. This allows business teams to work with real-time metrics instead of the stale data that batch-oriented data integration infrastructure usually generates. ### **Fraud detection** Real-time ingestion and change data capture (CDC) enables zero-ETL to detect abnormal transactions and identify threats before they materialize. Financial institutions can use zero-ETL-based data management to monitor credit card activity or money transfers and take timely measures to prevent security issues. ### **Internet of Things (IoT) applications** Real-time data ingestion is the power behind the Internet of Things (IoT) projects. Ingesting sensor data live and comparing it to the previous data stored helps uncover problems with IoT applications before they surface. Zero-ETL data integration also reduces the maintenance hassle as it gives visibility into these systems and prevents failures before they occur. ### **Training artificial intelligence (AI) models** The success of artificial intelligence (AI) models hinges on the quality of the data they are fed. Up-to-date data helps minimize AI hallucinations and improve the policy suggestions these systems provide. Zero-ETL data integration ensures that LLMs train on fresh data and generate high-quality output without the need for a large data team. ## **Final thoughts** The merits of a genuine zero-ETL data integration are obvious. The question is whether the technology is there yet and how much the claim of zero-ETL corresponds to reality. It is the issue of a process living up to the name given again, like the ["self-service" data integration](/blog/self-service-data-integration/) we touched upon in our previous blog post. As is usually the case, there is no one-size-fits-all solution in data integration. Currently, zero-ETL is a quick and easy-to-implement data integration method that only covers select use cases in narrowly-defined ecosystems. It functions like a very specialized form of the data virtualization technique. For use cases where data virtualization is not ideal, it makes more sense to work to improve the good ol' ETL. Reconciling data inconsistencies, standardizing names and type conventions, and building systems that are integrated at the application layer would go a long way toward making the process more efficient. --- START: blog/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack/zero-etl-vs-modern-data-stack.md --- # **Why Zero-ETL is the Modern Data Stack for Startups** A startup’s tech stack begins to shape up when it sets up its CRM, payment platform, and various tools to monitor product usage. This setup serves its purpose well with minor adjustments and additions until the startup reaches a headcount of around 20-25 people. At this point, the ‘flat organization’ principles, which discourage middle management levels and promote collaboration between individuals with overlapping responsibilities, become more difficult to implement. A more hierarchical structure begins to appear, along with departments and new chains of command. This increase in headcount is usually good news—possibly a consequence of nailing the product-market fit, which brings about an explosion in data. The tech stack at hand fails to handle this new tide of data, so data silos start to form, making it challenging to build a single view of truth. It is around this time that startups get acquainted with the “modern data stack.” ## **Key takeaways** - The modern data stack is a buzz phrase describing a set of tools and processes centered around data warehouses and ETLs and widely used as data infrastructure by organizations today. - Despite the hype, the modern data stack is not a good fit for startups due to the high costs and complexity involved. - Zero-ETL is a viable solution for startups striving to unify and query their data, handle high-velocity event data to track product usage, and [conduct real-time analytics](/blog/data-visualization-with-looker-studio-integration/). - The three components of zero-ETL—query federation, streaming ingestion, and change data capture—give a startup everything they need from a data stack. ## **The modern data stack: How modern is it, really?** The term “modern data stack” refers to the one-size-fits-all solution we have had in the data integration realm for quite some time. It consists of + a [data warehouse](https://medium.com/@diogo22santos/the-problems-in-the-modern-data-stack-e163faf90fa0) to store your data, + ETL pipelines to extract, transform, and load data from different sources into the data warehouse, + a data transformation tool, + a BI tool for drawing insights from the data you brought together and + various other tools for data orchestration, monitoring, and governance. However, not much is modern about the modern data stack, especially the data warehouse and the ETL pipelines that make up its backbone. These concepts have been around for thirty years. Justin Borgman, [Starburst co-founder and CEO](https://www.starburst.io/blog/lie-2-the-modern-data-stack-is-modern/), is right when he says the modern data stack is ”*just the data stack of decades ago moved to the cloud.*” In fact, there has been so little innovation in the segment in the last few decades that even the introduction of ELT was touted as a breakthrough. Another sign of the obsolescence of the modern data stack is its lack of solutions for new problems. The modern data stack has specialized in handling enterprise data. It has become so good at this job that it has upgraded the problem many times over, creating fancy terms for every incremental improvement it unlocked. However, the modern data stack failed spectacularly in providing purpose-built solutions for the data needs of non-enterprise users. The selection of choices available to startups looking to integrate their data is fundamentally the same as an enterprise with tens of thousands of data consumers. They are basically miniaturized or souped-up versions of enterprise solutions that sell startups on features they neither need nor can use. Therefore, money these organizations spend on the modern data stack represents low ROI because it is + prohibitively expensive to set up unless you are running an enterprise, + costly to maintain, and + difficult to use for organizations without sizable data teams. These challenges are the direct results of the ETL processes involved in the modern data stack. The “T” in ETL refers to transformation, which involves changing the data format in a way that maps to the target schema used by the destination platform. However, each type of transformation requires a new ETL pipeline, and these pipelines need to be updated as data formats change. This constant need for monitoring and maintaining pipelines renders ETL a labor-intensive process, which organizations without data teams can ill-afford. So, [the ideal data integration solution](/blog/top-data-integration-tools/) for a startup is one without the ETL processes. What it should include is whole another story. ## **Picking the right tool for your job-to-be-done** As a startup founder, what’s the “job” you want to get done when you “hire” a modern data stack? You want to consolidate your scattered data, create a single view of truth for everyone on your team, in real time, if possible, and leverage that data to draw insights that can inform your decisions. To cut it short, you want to query your data wherever it resides. Do you care if you can do this with a sophisticated stack also used by some Fortune 500 company? Probably not. Does it make any difference to you that the cloud data platform you are using raised X gazillions of dollars last month? Not really. You want to bring your data together and query it in the most efficient way possible. Period. This is a bit like the Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) car vs. Electric Vehicle (EV) debate we have been witnessing for the last few years. You may like the design of an ICE car, the heritage of the brand, and the so-called character it oozes when you rev up its V8 engine. But, purely on the basis of daily utility, your bespoke Bentley cannot hold a candle to a run-of-the-mill Tesla. With its plethora of moving parts, hoses, and fluids, your Bentley is a breakdown waiting to happen. Even keeping it on the road can be a challenge, with those parts getting replaced one by one and at a significant cost. Tesla, on the other hand, represents a different paradigm: Lean, easy to build (hence, affordable), cheap to run and maintain, and almost failproof. If you are buying a car for your daily commute or want to get from A to B in the most efficient way possible, Tesla is hands down the better option than a gas-guzzling Bentley with hand-crafted wood trim in its dashboard. The same applies to a startup’s data integration needs: You want to transition from a state of scattered data to one of unified data in the quickest and most efficient way possible. In the meantime, your “non-modern” data stack should allow you to - connect and query every data source, - track product usage data so you can understand how your customers are interacting with your product, - [conduct real-time data visualization](/blog/data-visualization-with-tableau-integration/) while offloading reporting duties of the source database so it does not get overwhelmed. Thankfully, we finally have an alternative that can provide all three. It is called zero-ETL, but we might as well call it the *real* modern data stack. ## **What's zero-ETL?** Zero-ETL is defined as “a set of integrations that eliminates or minimizes the need to build ETL pipelines” by [AWS](https://aws.amazon.com/what-is/zero-etl/). This technique offers an innovative and practical way of integrating your data. The fact that [zero-ETL data integration](/zero-etl-data-integration/) does away with data transformation makes it instantly more suitable for handling a wider range of data sources, as there is no need to engineer the data to fit the schema of the destination. Omitting this intermediary stage translates into cost savings since it reduces the need for data storage and frees up engineering hours that can be used for other value-creating activities.
3. Fill out the Add AI Model Form The form contains the following fields:
* **Gen AI System** – Select the provider (e.g., Google Gemini, OpenAI, Alibaba Cloud Qwen).
* **Model Role** – Choose the role of the model: Agent/Chat or Embedding/RAG.
* **Gen AI Model** – Specify the model name/version to use.
* **Gen AI API Key** – Enter the API key issued by your provider.
* **Gen AI Base URL** – Enter the base URL/endpoint if required by the provider.
4. Save and Validate
* Click Save.
* Peaka will automatically test your credentials.
* If the credentials are valid, the model will be added and ready to use.
* If invalid, an error message will guide you to correct the information.
After successfully adding the model, it will appear in your list of AI models, ready for use in your projects.
Configuring Model Usage
-----------------------
Once you’ve added your custom AI models, you can configure Peaka to use them instead of the default models.
1. Configure the Settings Form The form contains the following fields:
**Setting**
**Description**
**Agent/Chat Model**
Select the model to use for chat and text-to-SQL agent features.
**Embedding / RAG Model**
Select the model to use for retrieval-augmented generation and metadata retrieval. **⚠️ Changing this model will trigger reindexing of semantic metadata, which may take some time.**
**AI Response Language**
Set the global language for AI responses across the system.
**Generate Semantics on Each Query Update with AI**
Toggle **On/Off**. When enabled, Peaka will automatically generate semantic metadata whenever a new query is executed.
2. Save Settings
* Click Save to apply your configuration.
* Peaka will start using your selected AI models according to the roles you’ve assigned.
Monitoring Token Usage of Models
--------------------------------
Peaka allows you to monitor the usage of your AI models, including tokens consumed during operations. Follow these steps to access the monitoring page:
1. Navigate to the AI Page
* Go to Peaka AI in the main navigation.
2. Open the Token Usage Table
* Click the Token Usage button.
* The LLM Monitoring Table will open, displaying detailed usage information.
3. Understanding the Table Fields
**Field**
**Description**
**Gen AI System**
The AI system used (e.g., OpenAI, Google Gemini).
**Gen AI Model**
The specific model used for the operation.
**Workflow Name**
The main AI workflow associated with the operation.
**Workflow Path**
The path of the subtask within the AI workflow.
**Token**
Total number of tokens consumed by Peaka for the operation.
**Start Time**
Timestamp when the operation started.
**End Time**
Timestamp when the operation ended.
**Model Used**
Indicates whether the **User Model** or **Peaka Model** was used.
This table helps you track usage, analyze costs, and ensure that your custom models are being utilized as expected.
On this page
* [Prerequisites](https://www.peaka.com/docs/ai-setup/bring-your-own-ai-model/#prerequisites)
* [Model Roles](https://www.peaka.com/docs/ai-setup/bring-your-own-ai-model/#model-roles)
* [How they work together](https://www.peaka.com/docs/ai-setup/bring-your-own-ai-model/#how-they-work-together)
* [Adding a Custom Model](https://www.peaka.com/docs/ai-setup/bring-your-own-ai-model/#adding-a-custom-model)
* [Configuring Model Usage](https://www.peaka.com/docs/ai-setup/bring-your-own-ai-model/#configuring-model-usage)
* [Monitoring Token Usage of Models](https://www.peaka.com/docs/ai-setup/bring-your-own-ai-model/#monitoring-token-usage-of-models)
--- START: docs/bi-tools/looker-studio/looker-studio.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Looker Studio
 Copy as Markdown
Looker Studio
=============
Learn how you can use Peaka in Looker Studio
### Prerequisites:
* **A Google account**: To access **Looker Studio**, you will need a Google account. If you already have one, you can directly log into Looker Studio. If not, you can create an account in the [Looker Studio](https://lookerstudio.google.com/) page.
* A Peaka account and a Peaka Project.
* An API Key you created in your Peaka Project.
Using Peaka as a Data Source in Looker Studio
---------------------------------------------
1. Prepare your data in [Peaka](https://peaka.studio).
2. Click on the following link to navigate Looker Studio: [https://lookerstudio.google.com](https://lookerstudio.google.com)
3. Click "Create" button on the left side of the page and then click "Data Source"
4. Search "Peaka" in searchbar and select the "Peaka" connector in "Partner Connectors" list or simply click [this link](https://lookerstudio.google.com/datasources/create?connectorId=AKfycbzAkhGsKvv3xV6qO10BPjS4DCBuCwF6-6cHnOVEONufpGh6LH6mAnTSocuiYV6cpv3j) to add Peaka to Looker Studio as a data source.
5. To confirm the action, click on the AUTHORIZE button.
6. Sign in to Looker Studio using your Google account credentials and grant Google access rights by clicking on the ALLOW button.
7. Paste your Peaka Project API Key to the "Key" field in Looker Studio.
Peaka's Looker Studio connector does not support Partner API Keys. Please make sure you enter an API Key that is created from a specific Peaka Project.
8. Select Data Refresh Rate to define how often Looker Studio fetches fresh data from Peaka.
9. Select a Catalog.
10. Select a Schema (if you are working with a Peaka Table, a Peaka Query, or a BI Table, you will proceed to select a Table without being asked to select a Schema).
11. Select a Table and click on the "Connect" button.
12. Browse the fields and rename the Data Source if needed.
13. Add the data source to your report.
You are all set now! You have successfully added Peaka to Looker Studio as a Data Source.
You can now use your queries or tables to create insightful reports in Looker Studio.
On this page
* [Prerequisites:](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/looker-studio/#prerequisites)
* [Using Peaka as a Data Source in Looker Studio](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/looker-studio/#using-peaka-as-a-data-source-in-looker-studio)
--- START: docs/bi-tools/metabase/metabase.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Metabase
 Copy as Markdown
Metabase
========
Peaka and Metabase integration brings together the power of Peaka's data platform with the visualization capabilities of Metabase's business intelligence platform. With this integration, customers can leverage Peaka's robust data processing and management capabilities to feed into Metabase’s intuitive and interactive dashboards. This allows users to create compelling analytics dashboards that provide meaningful insights into their data.
Metabase has both hosted service and on-premise offerings. We will walkthrough setup process for the both version.
Metabase Cloud Setup
--------------------
You need 2 steps to complete Metabase Cloud setup:
* Generate Peaka API Key
* Setup Peaka Integration with Starburst Connector
### Generate Peaka API Key
After you create your project, setup connections and create your catalogs in Peaka, you need to generate a Peaka API Key to use it with Metabase Connector. Check out Peaka Documentation on [how to create API Keys](/docs/cookbook/how-to-generate-api-keys) for detailed instructions.
### Setup Peaka Integration with Startburst Connector
The Peaka Metabase integration uses the Starburst Connector right now. Startburst Connector is offical partner driver which is provided in Metabase Cloud offering.
* In order to add Peaka as data source, go to your Metabase Home page. Click settings icon on the top right corner of the screen and click _Admin Settings_ button as shown in the screenshot below.
* On the next screen click Databases from the top toolbar.
* On the next screen click Add database button.
* Add database form will open and you need to add your connection details on this screen. Select Starbust for Database Type. Then give a name to your database connection. For the host name enter `dbc.peaka.studio`. For the port enter `4567`. As for the Catalog Name and Schema Name enter the catalog name and schema name of your Peaka Catalog. Then enter trino to the User name field and select Use Secure Connection checkbox. Your form should look like the screenshot below after you enter correct values:
**Note:** If you are using Peaka in EU, you need to use `dbc.eu.peaka.studio` instead of `dbc.peaka.studio` for the host name.
* Scroll down to bottom and click Show advanced options button. Check Optimize prepared statements checkbox. Enter your Peaka API Key to Additional JDBC connection string options in the following format extraCredentials=peakaKey:`
* If everything is entered correctly you should be able to see Peaka under databases list like the screenshot below.
* Go to Metabase Home page and click Browse Data button from the toolbar from the left and select your Peaka connection. You should be able to see your tables here. In our case we are seeing tables under catalog stripe and schema name payment.
Click the table you want to see data and if you can see the data successfully like the screenshot below, you have successfully completed Peaka connection to your Metabase cloud account.
Metabase On-Premise Setup
-------------------------
If you are using Metabase On-Prem or Open Source Edition, follow these steps to install the Starburst driver:
1. Download the latest release of the [Peaka Driver .jar file.](https://github.com/peakacom/metabase-driver/releases)
2. Copy the JAR file into the `/plugins/` directory of your Metabase installation. If you aren’t sure where to find the plugins directory, review the [Metabase driver installation guide](https://www.metabase.com/docs/latest/developers-guide-drivers.html#how-to-use-a-third-party-driver)
3. Restart Metabase.
4. After here follow the same steps as explained in the Metabase Cloud Setup part of this documentation. Only change is Peaka Connector requires different connection parameters than the Startburst. When you enter the Add Database form you will need to. Select Peaka for Database Type. Then give a name to your database connection. For the host name enter `_dbc.peaka.studio._` For the port enter `_4567._` As for the Catalog Name and Schema Name enter the catalog name and schema name of your Peaka Catalog. Your form should look like the screenshot below after you enter correct values:
**Note:** If you are using Peaka in EU, you need to use `_dbc.eu.peaka.studio._` instead of `_dbc.peaka.studio._` for the host name.
Then click Save button and follow the same steps as explained in Metabase Cloud Setup Documentation.
Testing Metabase Integration Locally Using Docker Compose
---------------------------------------------------------
If you wish to test our Metabase integration from your local environment, we've created a Docker compose file for your convenience.
Follow these steps:
1. Download the latest zip file from the provided link:
* [Metabase Docker Compose File](https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1SXKT3hzgScO0SW9AH_MmWhSAYQsGtG3G?usp=drive_link)
2. Unzip the file.
3. Run the 'docker compose up' command.
After running the command, two folders named 'database' and 'metabase-data' will be created. As long as these folders are not deleted, the data will not be lost. This allows you to easily manage and test the integration on your local machine.
On this page
* [Metabase Cloud Setup](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/metabase/#metabase-cloud-setup)
* [Generate Peaka API Key](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/metabase/#generate-peaka-api-key)
* [Setup Peaka Integration with Startburst Connector](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/metabase/#setup-peaka-integration-with-startburst-connector)
* [Metabase On-Premise Setup](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/metabase/#metabase-on-premise-setup)
* [Testing Metabase Integration Locally Using Docker Compose](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/metabase/#testing-metabase-integration-locally-using-docker-compose)
--- START: docs/bi-tools/superset/superset.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Superset
 Copy as Markdown
Superset
========
Welcome to the installation guide for integrating Apache Superset with Peaka. As a leading data platform, Peaka provides seamless integration with various business intelligence and data visualization platforms, including Apache Superset. This document will guide you through the step-by-step process to set up this integration, enabling you to unlock the full potential of your data. Please follow each step carefully to ensure a successful setup.
You need 2 steps to complete setup:
* Generate Peaka API Key
* Add Peaka as Database Connection
Generate API Key
----------------
After you create your project, setup connections and create your catalogs in Peaka, you need to generate a Peaka API Key to use it with Superset. Check out Peaka Documentation on [how to create API Keys](/docs/cookbook/how-to-generate-api-keys) for detailed instructions.
Add Peaka as Database Connection
--------------------------------
* Adding Peaka as Database Connection to Superset is so easy. In your main dashboard in Superset, click Setting and then click Database Connections. Then in the next screen click Database button on the top right corner of your screen.
* Connect a database window will open. In supported databases select Trino.
* In the next screen you need to enter Display Name and SQL Alchemy URI. You can enter anything you like for the Display Name.The SQL Alchemy URI format is like below:
**Note:** If you are using Peaka in EU, you need to use `trino://dbc.eu.peaka.studio:4567` instead of `trino://dbc.peaka.studio:4567`.
`trino://dbc.peaka.studio:4567/
Installation is complete you should be able to see Peaka in Database Connections List. You can start using Peaka with Superset.
On this page
* [Generate API Key](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/superset/#generate-api-key)
* [Add Peaka as Database Connection](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/superset/#add-peaka-as-database-connection)
--- START: docs/bi-tools/tableau/tableau.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Tableau
 Copy as Markdown
Tableau
=======
Welcome to the installation guide for integrating Tableau with Peaka. As a leading data platform, Peaka provides seamless integration with various business intelligence and data visualization platforms, including Tableau. This document will guide you through the step-by-step process to set up this integration, enabling you to unlock the full potential of your data. Please follow each step carefully to ensure a successful setup.
Peaka Tableau Connector allows you integrate Peaka with Tableu for seamless data connection. It's an essential tool for data analysts and scientists to enhance their data visualization capabilities using Tableau. The installation process is straightforward, but this guide will walk you through each step to ensure a successful setup.
You need 4 steps to complete setup:
- Generate Peaka API Key
- Install Peaka Tableau Taco File
- Install Trino JDBC Driver
- Configure Tableau Start Script
Generate API Key
----------------
After you create your project, setup connections and create your catalogs in Peaka, you need to generate a Peaka API Key to use it with Tableu Connector. Check out Peaka Documentation on [how to create API Keys](/docs/cookbook/how-to-generate-api-keys) for detailed instructions.
Install Peaka Tableau Taco File
-------------------------------
A TACO file (.taco) is a packaged Tableau connector file that can be placed in your “My Tableau Repository/Connectors” folder. From there, Tableau automatically loads all connectors it finds.
You need to do following steps to install Peaka Taco File:
* Download the Peaka Taco file by clicking the link below:
* [PeakaStudioJDBC-v1.0.0.tacov](https://cdn.peaka.com/files/PeakaStudioJDBC-v1.0.0.taco)
Place the .taco file in the following directory (default location):
For 2021.2 and newer:
For Tableau Desktop
**For Tableau Prep Builder**
For Tableau Server, Tableau Prep Conductor, Tableau Prep Flow Authoring
• Windows - C:\\Users\[Windows User\]\\Documents\\My Tableau Repository\\Connectors
• Windows: C:\\Users\[Windows User\]\\Documents\\My Tableau Prep Repository\\Connectors
• Windows: C:\\Program Files\\Tableau\\Connectors
• macOS - /Users/\[user\]/Documents/My Tableau Repository/Connectors
• MacOS: /Users//Documents/My Tableau Prep Repository/Connectors
• Linux: /opt/tableau/connectors
For 2021.1 and older:
For Tableau Desktop
**For Tableau Prep Builder**
For Tableau Server, Tableau Prep Conductor, Tableau Prep Flow Authoring
• Windows - C:\\Users\[Windows User\]\\Documents\\My Tableau Repository\\Connectors
• Windows: C:\\Users\[Windows User\]\\Documents\\My Tableau Prep Repository\\Connectors
• Tableau Server: \[Tableau\_Server\_Installation\_Directory\]/data/tabsvc/vizqlserver/Connectors
• macOS - /Users/\[user\]/Documents/My Tableau Repository/Connectors
• MacOS: /Users//Documents/My Tableau Prep Repository/ConnectorsFor Tableau
• To enable your connector for Prep, you also need to add your taco to the following locations:
Tableau Prep Conductor: \[Tableau\_Server\_Installation\_Directory\]/data/tabsvc/flowprocessor/Connectors
Tableau Prep Flow Authoring: \[Tableau\_Server\_Installation\_Directory\]/data/tabsvc/flowqueryservice/Connectors
## Install Trino JDBC Driver
Peaka connector requires Trino JDBC driver to be installed. You can install Trino JDBC Driver by clicking [here](https://trino.io/docs/current/client/jdbc.html).
In the Trino page, you can download the the driver by clicking link highlighted in the image below:

JDBC drivers are self-contained .jar files. Place the Trino JDBC Driver in the folder for your operating system. (You need to create the folder if it doesn't already exist.)
* Windows: C:\\Program Files\\Tableau\\Drivers
* Mac: ~/Library/Tableau/Drivers
* Linux: /opt/tableau/tableau\_driver/jdbc
💡 You must have read permissions on the .jar file.
Configure Tableau Start Script
------------------------------
Tableau requires taco file to be signed. Currently, Peaka Connector taco file is not signed by a certificate authority. We are working on it. However you can still use Peaka Connector by passing a parameter to Tableau executable. Follow these steps to run Peaka Connector:
### For Mac:
Open terminal and create a **tableau.sh** file with this command:
mkdir tableau.sh
Open **tableau.sh** file with a text editor and copy the code below:
#!/bin/bash
"/Applications/Tableau Desktop
* Connect a database window will open. In supported databases select Trino.
* In the next screen you need to enter Display Name and SQL Alchemy URI. You can enter anything you like for the Display Name.The SQL Alchemy URI format is like below:
**Note:** If you are using Peaka in EU, you need to use `trino://dbc.eu.peaka.studio:4567` instead of `trino://dbc.peaka.studio:4567`.
`trino://dbc.peaka.studio:4567/
* Installation is complete you should be able to see Peaka in Database Connections List. You can start using Peaka with Preset.
On this page
* [Generate API Key](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/preset/#generate-api-key)
* [Add Peaka as Database Connection](https://www.peaka.com/docs/bi-tools/preset/#add-peaka-as-database-connection)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/add-connection/add-connection.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Connecting data using a SaaS connector
 Copy as Markdown
Connecting data using a SaaS connector
======================================
Learn how you can connect your data using a SaaS connector
This guide will demonstrate how to add a SaaS Connector in Peaka, using the Peaka HubSpot Connector as an example. SaaS Connectors enable you to seamlessly integrate and access data from various external sources within your Peaka project.
Step-by-Step Guide
------------------
1. **Switch to the 'Data Model' mode**: Ensure that you are in the '**Data Model**' mode. If you're not already in this mode, use the switch button located at the top of the page to select it.
2. **Access the SaaS Connector Setup**: In the '**Data Model**' screen, you will see a set of buttons, as shown in the image below. Click on one of these buttons to access the SaaS Connector Setup.

3. **Choose the connector**: Choose the connector you want to connect.

There is technical documentation in Peaka Docs for each integration. You can find the documentation of the integration which you want to connect
* [Integrations](/docs/integrations).
On this page
* [Step-by-Step Guide](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/add-connection/#step-by-step-guide)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/creating-peaka-table/creating-peaka-table.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Creating a Peaka Table
 Copy as Markdown
Creating a Peaka Table
======================
Learn how you can create your first internal table in Peaka
This guide will walk you through the process of creating your first internal table in Peaka. Internal tables are a fundamental way of storing and managing data within your Peaka project.
Step-by-Step Guide
------------------
Follow these steps to create a Peaka Table:
1. **Switch to the 'Data Model' mode**: Start by ensuring that you are in the '**Data Model**' mode. If you're not already in this mode, use the switch button located at the top of the page to select it.

2. **Access the 'Create Table' menu**: Once in '**Data Model**' mode, you'll see a set of buttons, as shown in the image below. Click on one of these buttons to access the '**Create Table**' menu.

3. **Define the table details**: A popup will appear with options for defining your internal table. Provide a name for your table in the provided field. This name should clearly indicate the purpose or content of the table.

Congratulations!
----------------
You have successfully created your first internal table in Peaka. This table serves as a vital component for storing and managing data within your project.
You can now proceed to populate the table with data, define its structure, and perform various data operations to meet your project's needs.

On this page
* [Step-by-Step Guide](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-peaka-table/#step-by-step-guide)
* [Congratulations!](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-peaka-table/#congratulations)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/creating-query/creating-query.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Creating a Peaka Query
 Copy as Markdown
Creating a Peaka Query
======================
Learn how you can create your first query in Peaka
This guide will walk you through the process of creating your first query in Peaka. Peaka Queries are a powerful way to filter, manipulate, and analyze data within your Peaka project.
Step-by-Step Guide
------------------
Follow these steps to create a Peaka Query:
1. **Switch to the 'Data Model' mode**: Begin by ensuring that you are in the '**Data Model**' mode. If you're not already in this mode, use the switch button located at the top of the page to select it.

2. **Access the 'Write your Query' menu**: Once you are in the '**Data Model**' mode, you will see a set of buttons, as shown in the image below. Click on one of these buttons to access the '**Create Query**' menu.

3. **Create Your Peaka Query**: Choose whether to create a query from scratch or start with a template.

* **Create Your Query From Scratch**
a. **Create a query**: Click on the '**Create Your Query from Scratch**' button.
b. **Define the query details**: A popup will appear with options for defining your query. Provide a meaningful name for your query in the provided field. This name should clearly indicate the purpose or content of the query.

* **Import a Query Template**
a. **Create a query**: Click on the '**Import a Query Template**' button.
b. **Select a template**: A popup will appear, presenting you with a variety of predefined templates to choose from. Select the one that best fits your needs to streamline your query creation process.

c. **Customize the template**: After selecting a template, you can adjust it to meet your specific requirements. Modify the fields and parameters as needed to align with your data needs and objectives.

d. **View the query**: Click the '**View Query**' button to see the created query.

Congratulations!
----------------
You have successfully created your first query in Peaka.

Peaka Queries are a versatile tool that allows you to filter, manipulate, and analyze data from various sources within your project.
You can now proceed to define the query criteria, apply data transformations, and use it in your project components to access the data you need.
On this page
* [Step-by-Step Guide](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-query/#step-by-step-guide)
* [Congratulations!](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-query/#congratulations)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/differences-of-peaka-table-and-peaka-bi-table/differences-of-peaka-table-and-peaka-bi-table.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / Differences of Peaka Table and Peaka BI Table
 Copy as Markdown
Differences of Peaka Table and Peaka BI Table
=============================================
Learn about the differences between Peaka Table and Peaka BI Table
Peaka Table and Peaka BI Table serve different purposes, tailored to distinct data management needs. In this article, we will delve into the key differences between these two offerings, helping you choose the right one for your specific requirements.
Peaka BI Table: Handling Large Datasets
---------------------------------------
Peaka BI Table is primarily designed for efficiently managing vast datasets, with a focus on high-speed data filtering. It is particularly well-suited for situations where rapid data retrieval is essential. However, it is not the ideal choice for extensive data editing, as editing operations can be relatively slow within Peaka BI Table.
**Common Uses of Peaka BI Table:**
* Uploading and filtering substantial datasets.
Peaka Table: Suited for Small Data Management
---------------------------------------------
Peaka Table, on the other hand, excels in tasks involving smaller datasets. It offers capabilities for inserting, editing, deleting, and filtering data, making it ideal for precise data manipulation. If you have a substantial dataset and intend to use Peaka Table, be prepared for potentially longer processing times.
**Common Uses of Peaka Table:**
* Managing and editing smaller datasets, such as customer information and financial data.
**Data Type Considerations:**
* It's worth noting that Peaka BI Table does not support certain data types, such as JSON. In contrast, Peaka Table is more versatile in this regard, accommodating a wider range of data types.
Conclusion
----------
Peaka Table and Peaka BI Table cater to distinct data management needs. To make the right choice, consider the size of your dataset and your specific data type requirements. Peaka BI Table excels in handling large datasets swiftly, while Peaka Table is best suited for managing, editing, and manipulating smaller datasets with diverse data types.
You can observe variations in query times as the dataset size increases, as depicted in the chart below (note that the values shown are for illustration purposes and not actual data). The blue line in the graphic represents Peaka Table, while the green line corresponds to Peaka BI Table.

On this page
* [Peaka BI Table: Handling Large Datasets](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/differences-of-peaka-table-and-peaka-bi-table/#peaka-bi-table-handling-large-datasets)
* [Peaka Table: Suited for Small Data Management](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/differences-of-peaka-table-and-peaka-bi-table/#peaka-table-suited-for-small-data-management)
* [Conclusion](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/differences-of-peaka-table-and-peaka-bi-table/#conclusion)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-bi-table/peaka-bi-table.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / What is a Peaka BI Table?
 Copy as Markdown
What is a Peaka BI Table?
=========================
Learn about Peaka BI Table and how you can use it to manage your data
Peaka BI Table is a robust solution for managing large datasets, designed to handle data-intensive tasks with ease. In this guide, we will delve into what Peaka BI Table is and how it can empower you to effectively manage your big data.
Peaka BI Table employs a column-oriented data storage approach, resulting in exceptionally fast filtering and grouping performance for large datasets. Notably, this approach eliminates the need for additional indexing, further enhancing its efficiency.
When to Use Peaka BI Table
--------------------------
It's important to choose the right tool for the job. Peaka BI Table excels in handling vast datasets, typically comprising over one million records. If your dataset is small or moderate in size, there may be more suitable alternatives like [Peaka Table](/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-table/), as Peaka BI Table's performance advantages become most apparent when managing substantial amounts of data.
Understanding Peaka Tables
--------------------------
* **Structured data storage** : Peaka BI Tables empower you to store data in a structured tabular format, though it's important to note that certain data types, such as JSON, are not supported. Should you require compatibility with these data types, Peaka Table is the recommended choice. This structured approach streamlines data management and organization, enhancing your information's accessibility and structure.
* **Data manipulation**: One of the features of Peaka BI Table is its in data management, allowing you to execute operations like row-by-row updates, deletions, and insertions, thereby affording you level of control. However, if your needs involve frequent and extensive data manipulation, we recommend considering Peaka Table for an optimized experience. It is ideal for the storage of event data, particularly excelling when handling bulk data insertion from various sources. Furthermore, its column-oriented data storage structure enhances the efficiency of data querying, making it exceptionally fast for filtering and aggregation operations on large datasets
* **Integration and connectivity**: Peaka BI Tables seamlessly integrate with other components of your project. You can connect to the data stored in Peaka BI Tables, use table components to display it on your project pages, and employ flow actions to make data changes.
When dealing with substantial datasets, Peaka BI Table emerges as a reliable and efficient choice for your data management needs. Its capacity to handle vast amounts of data and offer granular control over operations makes it a valuable tool for businesses and organizations with substantial data requirements.
On this page
* [When to Use Peaka BI Table](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-bi-table/#when-to-use-peaka-bi-table)
* [Understanding Peaka Tables](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-bi-table/#understanding-peaka-tables)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/peaka-query.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / What is a Peaka Query?
 Copy as Markdown
What is a Peaka Query?
======================
Learn about Peaka Queries and how you can harness their power
Peaka Queries are a versatile tool that allows users to filter and manipulate data in Peaka Tables. They enable you to combine data from your internal tables with other queries and connected data sources, unlocking powerful data management and analysis capabilities.
Key Features of Peaka Queries
-----------------------------
Peaka Queries offer the following key features:
### 1\. Data Filtering and Combinations
* **Data Filtering**: Peaka Queries provide an SQL-like interface that enables you to filter data within your Peaka Tables. You can specify conditions to extract only the data that meets specific criteria.
* **Data Combinations**: These queries allow you to combine data from different Peaka Tables and other connected data sources. This capability enhances your ability to correlate and analyze information from various parts of your project.
### 2\. Query Modes
Peaka Queries offer multiple query modes, catering to different user preferences and expertise levels:
### Visual Mode

### AI | GPT Mode

### SQL Mode

### Modifying the SQL Mode

Getting Started with Peaka Queries
----------------------------------
To harness the power of Peaka Queries, you can follow these steps:
1. **Creating a Peaka Query**: Begin by creating a Peaka Query within your project. Depending on your familiarity with SQL and your preferences, choose the query mode that suits you best.
* **Visual Mode**: This mode offers a user-friendly visual interface for creating queries.
* **AI | GPT Mode**: Leveraging AI, this mode assists in generating queries based on natural language input.
* **SQL Mode**: Experienced users can directly write SQL queries in this mode for fine-grained control over data manipulation.
* **Modifying the SQL Mode**: In this mode, you can customize SQL queries generated by AI | GPT Mode to meet specific requirements.
2. **Executing Queries**: Execute your Peaka Queries to filter and combine data as needed. You can use these queries in various project components to access the data you require.
Peaka Queries offer a powerful way to interact with your data, making it easier to extract meaningful insights and drive informed decisions within your Peaka projects.
For more details on creating a Peaka Query, please check out the [Creating a Peaka Query](/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-query) link.
On this page
* [Key Features of Peaka Queries](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#key-features-of-peaka-queries)
* [1\. Data Filtering and Combinations](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#1-data-filtering-and-combinations)
* [2\. Query Modes](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#2-query-modes)
* [Visual Mode](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#visual-mode)
* [AI | GPT Mode](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#ai-gpt-mode)
* [SQL Mode](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#sql-mode)
* [Modifying the SQL Mode](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#modifying-the-sql-mode)
* [Getting Started with Peaka Queries](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-query/#getting-started-with-peaka-queries)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-table/peaka-table.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / What is a Peaka Table?
 Copy as Markdown
What is a Peaka Table?
======================
Learn about Peaka Tables and how you can use them to manage your data
Peaka Tables are a fundamental feature within Peaka, serving as internal relational databases designed to help you efficiently organize and manage your data.
In this guide, we'll explore the key aspects of Peaka Tables and how they allow you to store, access, and manipulate your data effectively.
Understanding Peaka Tables
--------------------------
* **Structured data storage**: Peaka Tables enable you to store your data in a structured tabular format. This structured approach makes it easy to manage and organize your information.
* **Data manipulation**: You can easily add, delete, filter, and edit your data within Peaka Tables. This flexibility ensures that you have full control over the information you store.
* **Integration and connectivity**: Peaka Tables seamlessly integrate with other components of your project. You can connect to the data stored in Peaka Tables, use table components to display it on your project pages, and employ flow actions to make data changes.
Peaka Tables play a pivotal role in facilitating efficient data management within your Peaka projects. They ensure that your data remains organized, accessible, and easily adaptable to meet your project's evolving needs.

On this page
* [Understanding Peaka Tables](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/peaka-table/#understanding-peaka-tables)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-catalog-schema-virtual-table/what-is-catalog-schema-virtual-table.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / What are catalogs, schemas, and virtual tables?
 Copy as Markdown
What are catalogs, schemas, and virtual tables?
===============================================
Learn about 3 basic concepts for organizing your data in Peaka
**Peaka** users organize their data using catalogs, schemas, and virtual tables. These concepts help users manage and access data from various data sources. Here's a brief introduction into these fundamental concepts:
Catalogs
--------
Catalogs in Peaka represent a collection of data sources or connectors, such as
* a SaaS Platform (HubSpot, Stripe, etc.),
* relational databases (PostgreSQL, MariaDB, etc.),
* spreadsheets (Airtable, Google Sheets, etc.),
* a REST API returning a collection of objects (coming soon...).
Each catalog is configured with a specific connector, which enables Peaka to read from and write to the underlying data source. Catalogs are the top-level organizational data units in Peaka and serve as a way to group related schemas.
Schemas
-------
Schemas are a level below catalogs and can be thought of as namespaces that contain a collection of tables. A schema is used to group related tables and views within a catalog, providing a way to organize data in a hierarchical manner. Schemas are inherited from the underlying connector.
Schemas have different meanings for relational databases and SaaS connectors in Peaka:
* In relational databases, schemas often correspond to a database or a specific user's workspace. For a PostgreSQL connector, schemas correspond to exact schemas with the connected database.
* In SaaS connectors, schemas refer to the groups of APIs according to the API organization of the SaaS providers. For example, HubSpot organizes its APIs under CRM, Marketing, etc.
If there is no organization in the underlying connector, the default schema is usually referred to as **public**, a keyword borrowed from PostgreSQL as the default schema.
Tables / Virtual Tables
-----------------------
Tables form the lowest level in this organizational hierarchy and represent structured data sets.
A table is composed of rows and columns, where each row represents a single record, and each column represents a specific attribute or field of that record.
Tables store the actual data that users query and manipulate using SQL statements in Peaka.
At Peaka, we sometimes call it a virtual table instead of a table because not all are real database tables. Instead, Peaka just shows them as tables in the system. Almost all of the tables of a SaaS connector are virtual tables. You can still use these tables in your data operations and treat them like real tables. You can query them using SQL and join their data with other tables and virtual tables. Virtual tables are bound to an API of the connected data source or SaaS Provider.
Summary
-------
In summary, Peaka organizes data using catalogs, schemas, and tables, where catalogs represent data sources, schemas group related tables within a catalog, and tables store structured data. This hierarchical organization enables users to manage, query, and manipulate data from multiple data sources in a unified and efficient manner.
On this page
* [Catalogs](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-catalog-schema-virtual-table/#catalogs)
* [Schemas](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-catalog-schema-virtual-table/#schemas)
* [Tables / Virtual Tables](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-catalog-schema-virtual-table/#tables-virtual-tables)
* [Summary](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-catalog-schema-virtual-table/#summary)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/what-is-materialized-query.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / What is a Materialized Query?
 Copy as Markdown
What is a Materialized Query?
=============================
Learn about Peaka Materialized Queries and how you can harness their power
What is a Materialized Query?
-----------------------------
A Materialized Query is a powerful performance optimization technique that stores the results of complex queries physically in your database. Instead of executing expensive computations repeatedly, materialized queries cache precomputed data, dramatically reducing query execution time and system load.
### Key Benefits
* **Performance Boost**: Queries that once took minutes can now execute in seconds by accessing pre-calculated results
* **Resource Efficiency**: Reduces computational overhead by eliminating redundant processing
* **Real-time Analytics**: Enables faster dashboards and reporting by serving data from materialized views
* **Cost Optimization**: Lower database resource consumption translates to reduced operational costs
### Common Use Cases
* **Data Warehousing**: Pre-aggregate large datasets for faster reporting
* **Dashboard Queries**: Cache complex analytical queries that power business intelligence tools
* **Cross-database Joins**: Materialize results from queries spanning multiple data sources
* **Heavy Computations**: Store results of resource-intensive calculations like statistical analyses
Materialized queries are essential for applications requiring both complex data processing and fast response times.
### What is the difference between a Materialized Query and a Semantic Catalog?
**Materialized Query**
**Semantic Catalog**
**Storage**
Stores query results physically (precomputed cache)
Virtual—no stored data; runs the underlying query when accessed
**Data freshness**
Refreshed on a schedule or manually; data can be slightly stale between refreshes
Always reflects current source data—each access hits the live query
**Primary goal**
**Performance**: avoid re-running expensive queries; faster dashboards and reporting
**Organization & access**: semantic layer, sharing across projects, controlled access, no data duplication
**Use when**
The query is heavy and you can tolerate periodic refresh (e.g. aggregations, cross-db joins, BI)
You need live data, reusable “data products,” sharing with partners, or a single business-friendly view without copying data
In short: use a **Materialized Query** when you want speed and can accept scheduled updates; use a **Semantic Catalog** when you want a virtual, always-current view with sharing and governance and no physical copy of the data.
How to create a Materialized Query?
-----------------------------------
To create a Materialized Query, you can follow these steps:
1. Navigate to the Query Editor located in the right side panel and then select your query which you want to materialize.

2. Click on the Advanced button to open the configuration modal. Select the Materialize option and click on the Next button.

3. Configure your Materialized Query settings:
* **Name**: Enter a descriptive name for your Materialized Query
* **Auto Update**: Toggle this option to enable automatic refresh of your materialized data
When Auto Update is enabled, you can choose from two update strategies:
* **At regular intervals**: Updates the materialized query at specified minute intervals (e.g., every 15, 30, or 60 minutes)
* **Based on a schedule**: Provides flexible scheduling options where you can define:
* Timezone
* Frequency options (daily, weekly, monthly, or specific dates)
Configure these settings based on how frequently your underlying data changes and your performance requirements.
You can also fine-tune how the results are physically stored for better performance. Both fields are optional:
* **Partitioning**: Physically groups rows by one or more columns or transforms so that filtered reads scan less data. Use the format `ARRAY['column1', 'column2']` — for example `ARRAY['country', 'day(order_date)']`. See [How to Update Materialized Query Settings](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#how-to-update-materialized-query-settings) for the full list of supported transforms.
* **Sorted By**: Sorts rows within each file to speed up selective filters on high-cardinality columns. Use the format `ARRAY['column1', 'column2']` — for example `ARRAY['order_date DESC']`.
Then click on the Create Query button to create the Materialized Query.

That's it, your Materialized Query will be created. You can see the Materialized Query in the right side panel under the "Tables" section.

How to Update Your Materialized Query
-------------------------------------
You can update your materialized query in two ways: by editing the existing query or by replacing it with a different query entirely.
### Edit the Existing Query
1. Navigate your materialized query in the right side panel under the "Tables" section and click on the Show MT Query button.

2. A modal will open displaying the materialized query details. Click on the Edit button to modify the query.

3. You will be redirected to the Query Editor where your materialized query will open. Make your desired modifications to the query and run it to see the updated results.

### Replace with a Different Query
1. Navigate your materialized query in the right side panel under the "Tables" section and click on the Show MT Query button.

2. A modal will open displaying the materialized query details. Click on the dropdown button next to the Edit option and select "Select from List" from the dropdown menu.

3. A modal will open displaying the list of queries. Select the query you want to replace your materialized query with and click on the Update button.

4. Your materialized query will be replaced with the new query.
How to Update Materialized Query Settings
-----------------------------------------
You can modify various settings for your materialized queries to optimize performance and control refresh behavior.
1. Navigate your materialized query in the right side panel under the "Tables" section and click on the Show MT Query button.

2. A modal will open displaying the materialized query details. Click on the **Setup** tab to access configuration options.
3. You can modify the following settings:
* **Name**: Enter a descriptive name for your Materialized Query
* **Auto Update**: Toggle this option to enable automatic refresh of your materialized data
When Auto Update is enabled, you can choose from two update strategies:
* **At regular intervals**: Updates the materialized query at specified minute intervals (e.g., every 15, 30, or 60 minutes)
* **Based on a schedule**: Provides flexible scheduling options where you can define:
* Timezone
* Frequency options (daily, weekly, monthly, or specific dates)
* **Partitioning**: Optionally configure table partitioning to improve query performance. Materialized queries support partitioning by specifying transforms over the table columns. A partition is created for each unique tuple value produced by the transforms. Identity transforms are simply the column name. Other transforms include:
* `year(order_date)` - Creates a partition for each year. The partition value is the integer difference in years between order\_date and January 1 1970.
* `month(order_date)` - Creates a partition for each month of each year. The partition value is the integer difference in months between order\_date and January 1 1970.
* `day(order_date)` - Creates a partition for each day of each year. The partition value is the integer difference in days between order\_date and January 1 1970.
* `hour(created_at)` - Creates a partition for each hour of each day. The partition value is a timestamp with the minutes and seconds set to zero.
* `bucket(account_number, 10)` - Hashes data into 10 buckets. The partition value is an integer hash of account\_number, with a value between 0 and 9 inclusive.
* `truncate(country, 2)` - The partition value is the first 2 characters of the country field.
When enabled, you can specify partition columns using the format `partitioning = ARRAY['column1', 'column2']` or with transforms like `partitioning = ARRAY['year(order_date)', 'country']`.
* **Sort by**: Configure sorted files as a performance improvement. Data is sorted during writes within each file based on the specified array of one or more columns. Sorting is particularly beneficial when the sorted columns show high cardinality and are used as filters for selective reads. You can specify sort columns using the format `sorted_by = ARRAY['column1', 'column2']`. For example, to sort by order\_date, use `sorted_by = ARRAY['order_date']`. You can also explicitly configure sort directions and null ordering like `sorted_by = ARRAY['order_date DESC NULLS FIRST', 'order_id ASC NULLS LAST']`. Sorting can be combined with partitioning on the same column for optimal performance.

4. Then click on the **Update Materialized Query** button to update the materialized query settings.
That's it, your materialized query settings will be updated.
How to Update Materialized Query Manually
-----------------------------------------
You can manually refresh your materialized query to get the latest data without waiting for the scheduled update.
1. Navigate to your materialized query in the right side panel under the "Tables" section and click on the **Show MT Query** button.

2. A modal will open displaying the materialized query details. Click on the **Setup** tab to access configuration options.

3. Click on the **Manuel Update** button to update the materialized query manually.
That's it, your materialized query will be updated manually.
On this page
* [What is a Materialized Query?](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#what-is-a-materialized-query)
* [Key Benefits](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#key-benefits)
* [Common Use Cases](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#common-use-cases)
* [What is the difference between a Materialized Query and a Semantic Catalog?](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#what-is-the-difference-between-a-materialized-query-and-a-semantic-catalog)
* [How to create a Materialized Query?](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#how-to-create-a-materialized-query)
* [How to Update Your Materialized Query](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#how-to-update-your-materialized-query)
* [Edit the Existing Query](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#edit-the-existing-query)
* [Replace with a Different Query](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#replace-with-a-different-query)
* [How to Update Materialized Query Settings](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#how-to-update-materialized-query-settings)
* [How to Update Materialized Query Manually](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-materialized-query/#how-to-update-materialized-query-manually)
--- START: docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/what-is-semantic-catalogs.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / What are semantic catalogs?
 Copy as Markdown
What are semantic catalogs?
===========================
Learn how to create, share, and use semantic catalogs to simplify data models and enable AI-ready datasets in Peaka
What are semantic catalogs?
---------------------------
A semantic catalog is a powerful semantic layer that organizes and provides controlled access to curated data subsets from your integrated sources such as Snowflake, MongoDB, and HubSpot—all without the need for data duplication.
Semantic catalogs act as a bridge between your raw data sources and end users, providing a clean, consistent, and business-friendly view of your data. They transform complex, technical data structures into simplified, meaningful datasets that can be easily understood and consumed by different teams, tools, and applications.
### How semantic catalogs work
Semantic catalogs are created from SQL queries that you've already saved in Peaka. When you convert a query into a semantic catalog, it becomes a virtual table that appears in your **Tables** section. This table can be queried just like any other table in your catalog, but it's powered by the underlying SQL query you defined.
The key advantage is that semantic catalogs automatically reflect changes in your source data—when the underlying data updates, queries against your semantic catalog will return the latest information without requiring manual updates or data copying.
Why semantic catalogs are useful
--------------------------------
Semantic catalogs offer several key benefits:
* **No data duplication**: Access curated data views without copying or moving data, reducing storage costs and ensuring data consistency
* **Centralized data modeling**: Create a single source of truth for business logic and data transformations using SQL
* **Controlled access**: Share specific data subsets with different teams, partners, or projects while maintaining security and governance
* **Simplified consumption**: Present complex data in a format that's easy to understand and use, whether through APIs, BI tools, or dashboards
* **Reusability**: Share semantic catalogs across multiple projects and use cases, reducing redundant work
* **AI-ready**: Structure your data in a way that's optimized for AI and machine learning applications
Use cases
---------
### Simplifying data models
Semantic catalogs help you transform complex, multi-table data structures into simplified, single-table views. Instead of requiring users to understand complex joins, relationships, and technical schemas, semantic catalogs present data in a flat, intuitive format. This makes it easier for business users, analysts, and developers to work with your data without deep technical knowledge of the underlying database structure.
For example, you can combine customer data from multiple tables (customers, orders, products) into a single semantic catalog that shows customer purchase history in one clean view.
### AI-ready data models
Semantic catalogs are ideal for preparing data for AI and machine learning applications. They allow you to:
* Structure data in formats optimized for AI consumption
* Ensure consistent data quality and formatting
* Create feature-rich datasets with pre-computed aggregations and transformations
* Provide clean, labeled data that AI models can easily process
By creating semantic catalogs specifically designed for AI use cases, you can accelerate your AI initiatives and ensure your models are working with high-quality, well-structured data.
### Data products and cross-project sharing
Semantic catalogs function as reusable data products that can be shared across multiple projects within your organization. Instead of recreating the same data transformations in each project, you can:
* Create a semantic catalog once and share it with multiple projects
* Maintain consistency across different projects and teams
* Reduce development time and effort
* Ensure all projects use the same business logic and data definitions
This approach promotes data reuse and standardization across your organization, making your data infrastructure more efficient and maintainable.
### Sharing datasets with third-party partners and vendors
Semantic catalogs enable secure data sharing with external partners, vendors, or clients. You can:
* Create curated datasets that expose only the necessary data to external parties
* Control access through API keys and project-level permissions
* Share data without exposing your entire database or raw data sources
* Provide partners with clean, well-documented datasets that are easy to integrate
This is particularly useful for B2B data sharing scenarios, vendor integrations, or when providing data to clients as part of your service offering.
How to create a semantic catalog
--------------------------------
Before creating a semantic catalog, ensure you have:
* An existing catalog set up
* A query created and saved
For detailed information about catalogs and queries, refer to our [catalog documentation](/docs/connecting-your-data/add-connection) and [query documentation](/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-query).
Follow these steps to create a semantic catalog:
1. Navigate to the **Queries** page in Peaka and select the query you want to use as the basis for your semantic catalog.

2. Click the **Advanced** button to open the configuration modal. Select the **Semantic Catalog** option and click **Next**.

3. Choose your catalog:
* If you have an existing semantic catalog, select **Existing Catalogs** and choose the catalog from the dropdown
* If you want to create a new catalog, fill in the required fields:
* **Catalog name**: A descriptive name for your semantic catalog
* **Schema name**: The schema where your semantic table will be created
* **Table name**: The name for your semantic table
Click **Add** to proceed.

4. Your semantic catalog is now created! You can view it in the **Tables** section of the left sidebar.

How to share a semantic catalog
-------------------------------
Before sharing a semantic catalog, ensure you have:
* A semantic catalog created
Follow these steps to share a semantic catalog:
1. Navigate to the **Tables** page in Peaka. Find your semantic catalog name in the list, click the three-dot menu (...), next to it, and select **Share Options**.

2. A modal will open allowing you to share the semantic catalog with other projects. Select the project(s) you want to share the semantic catalog with and click **Share**.

That's it, the semantic catalog is now shared with the project. You can view the shared semantic catalog in the **Tables** section of the left sidebar in the project you shared the semantic catalog with.
On this page
* [What are semantic catalogs?](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#what-are-semantic-catalogs)
* [How semantic catalogs work](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#how-semantic-catalogs-work)
* [Why semantic catalogs are useful](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#why-semantic-catalogs-are-useful)
* [Use cases](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#use-cases)
* [Simplifying data models](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#simplifying-data-models)
* [AI-ready data models](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#ai-ready-data-models)
* [Data products and cross-project sharing](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#data-products-and-cross-project-sharing)
* [Sharing datasets with third-party partners and vendors](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#sharing-datasets-with-third-party-partners-and-vendors)
* [How to create a semantic catalog](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#how-to-create-a-semantic-catalog)
* [How to share a semantic catalog](https://www.peaka.com/docs/connecting-your-data/what-is-semantic-catalogs/#how-to-share-a-semantic-catalog)
--- START: docs/cookbook/how-to-change-flow-name/how-to-change-flow-name.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / How to change the name of a flow
 Copy as Markdown
How to change the name of a flow
================================
Learn how you can easily change the name of your flow in Peaka
This article explains how you change the name of your flow in three steps in Peaka.
Changing the Flow Name
----------------------
Follow these simple steps to change the name of your flow:
1. **Show your flow:** First, ensure that you have a flow to work with. If you haven't created a flow yet, you can refer to the article on [How to create a flow](/docs/flows/how-to-create-a-flow/) for guidance.
2. **Mouse over the flow name:** Navigate to the flow you want to rename and hover your mouse cursor over its name. When you do this, an edit button will appear next to the flow name.

3. **Edit the flow name:** Click on the edit button to initiate the renaming process. This action will allow you to enter a new name for your flow, as shown in the image below.

4. **Confirm the new name:** After typing the desired new name for your flow, simply press the "Enter" key to confirm the change.

That's it! You have successfully updated the name of your flow to better suit your needs. Renaming flows can help you keep your workspace organized and ensure clarity when working on your projects.
On this page
* [Changing the Flow Name](https://www.peaka.com/docs/cookbook/how-to-change-flow-name/#changing-the-flow-name)
--- START: docs/cookbook/how-to-combine-connector-and-peaka-table-data/how-to-combine-connector-and-peaka-table-data.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / How to join connector data with Peaka Table data
 Copy as Markdown
How to join connector data with Peaka Table data
================================================
Learn how you can combine connector data with Peaka Table data and utilize the result in your Peaka application
This article provides a step-by-step guide on how to join the data from a connector with the data from a Peaka Table and use the result in your Peaka application.
Prerequisites
-------------
Before joining data from a connector and a Peaka Table, ensure that you have the necessary data sources available. You will need:
1. **Peaka Table:** If you don't have a Peaka Table yet, see the documentation on [how to create a Peaka Table](/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-peaka-table) for detailed instructions.
2. **Connector data:** You should have data from a connector source. If you don't have any connector data, refer to the documentation on [how to connect your data](/docs/connecting-your-data/add-connection) using a SaaS connector.
Step-by-step Guide
------------------
Follow these steps to join and use the data from your connector and Peaka Table:
1. **Create an SQL query:** You'll need to create a SQL query that combines data from your connector and Peaka Table. See the documentation on [how to create a SQL query](/docs/connecting-your-data/creating-query) for further details.

2. **Execute the query:** Execute the SQL query you've created while clicking on the "Run" button. This query will merge the data from your connector and Peaka Table.
3. **View the merged data:** Once the query has been executed, you can review the merged data. The results will be displayed as shown in the image below. Additionally, you can access the data in the "Data Model" page under the "Query" tables.

By following these steps, you can seamlessly join and utilize the data from your connector and Peaka Table in your Peaka application. This allows you to harness the power of both data sources to enhance your application's functionality and capabilities.
On this page
* [Prerequisites](https://www.peaka.com/docs/cookbook/how-to-combine-connector-and-peaka-table-data/#prerequisites)
* [Step-by-step Guide](https://www.peaka.com/docs/cookbook/how-to-combine-connector-and-peaka-table-data/#step-by-step-guide)
--- START: docs/cookbook/how-to-connect-databases-in-aws-using-iam-credentials/how-to-connect-databases-in-aws-using-iam-credentials.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / How to connect databases in AWS using IAM credentials
 Copy as Markdown
How to connect databases in AWS using IAM credentials
=====================================================
Learn how you can connect databases in AWS using IAM credentials
This guide walks you through the process of connecting a connector with IAM (Identity and Access Management) credentials to Peaka.
Prerequisites
-------------
Before you begin, ensure that you have the necessary information by following these steps:
Follow the steps below to obtain it:
1. **Enable IAM Database Authentication:** Ensure that IAM database authentication is enabled for your database. Refer to the [official AWS documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.Enabling.html) for detailed instructions.
2. **Create a Database User:** Create a database user following the guidelines outlined in the [AWS documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.DBAccounts.html). Be cautious to grant the appropriate privileges to the user.
**Warning:** Ensure that you grant the necessary privileges to the user created in this step.
3. **Create an IAM Policy:** Set up an IAM policy for your IAM user by following the steps outlined in the [AWS documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.IAMPolicy.html).
4. **Create an IAM User:** Create an IAM user and attach the IAM policy created in the previous step. Ensure that the IAM username matches the database username created in step 2. Refer to the [AWS documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_create.html) for detailed instructions.
**Warning:** Keep in mind that the IAM username and database username (from step 2) must be identical.
5. **Obtain AWS Access Key and Secret Key:** After creating the IAM user, navigate to the AWS console: IAM -> Users -> < IAM user you've just created > -> Security credentials. Create an access key to obtain your AWS Access Key and AWS Secret Key. Utilize these keys and your IAM username in Peaka's Amazon RDS connection screen to authenticate Peaka with your RDS.
**Note:** Use caution with access keys; ensure they are handled securely and kept confidential.

On this page
* [Prerequisites](https://www.peaka.com/docs/cookbook/how-to-connect-databases-in-aws-using-iam-credentials/#prerequisites)
--- START: docs/cookbook/how-to-create-oauth2-based-connections-via-peaka/how-to-create-oauth2-based-connections-via-peaka.md ---
Documentation menu
[Home](/) / [Docs](/docs/) / How to create OAuth2 based connections via Peaka API?
 Copy as Markdown
How to create OAuth2 based connections via Peaka API?
=====================================================
Learn how to create OAuth2 based connections via Peaka API.
You can easily create connection via the Peaka API. For example, here’s how to create a connection to Stripe, a very popular payment platform:
curl --request POST \
--url https://partner.peaka.studio/api/v1/connections/{projectId} \
--header 'Authorization: Bearer
* Find your api key in the table then click `...` button.
* Select `Enable Embedded UI` option
* Enable Embedded UI for this API Key
* Enter your domain that you want to embed the Peaka app.
URL is needed for security reasons. Please be aware that your application should be served over HTTPS for use in an iframe.
* Enter a Company Name for white labeling in Embedded UI.
* If you want to customize the UI, click "Customize UI Theme" button then give a theme name and upload your custom css file. You can also download the valid example of the customization file (Check out the related documentation [to learn more about customization](/docs/cookbook/how-to-customize-embedded-ui-style)). You can add custom css files more than one and change themes in runtime.
After you set the css file, you should start the session with following parameters to enable custom theme.
{
projectId: